Entries |
Document | Title | Date |
20080198391 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, COLOR CONVERSION METHOD AND COLOR CONVERSION PROGRAM - To provide a technique that enables high-quality image forming processing regardless of the type of a color space in which colors of image data are represented without increasing a processing burden markedly. | 08-21-2008 |
20080198392 | Image Forming Apparatus and Calibration Method - Disclosed an image forming apparatus that adjusts density gradation characteristics based on density data obtained by forming a calibration image and measuring the formed calibration image and performing calibration, the image forming apparatus including: a storage section to store data related to adjustments of density gradation characteristics in past calibrations; and a control section to set density gradation characteristics which reproduces one of the past calibrations selected by a user based on the data selected by the user from among the data stored in the storage section and related to the adjustments of the density gradation characteristics in the past calibrations, and based on density data obtained by newly forming and measuring the calibration image. | 08-21-2008 |
20080198393 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - In the case where an output value of a document reading section for at least any of R, G and B is out of a range between a first reference value and a second reference value due to a change in an output value of a reading device caused by an electrical noise, a change of supply voltage, etc. when a document is being read, a second color conversion table is created in accordance with the above change by expanding ranges in a first color conversion table, which ranges are around predetermined first and second reference values and included in regions of RGB color system associated respectively with predetermined tone values of Y, M and C. Using the second color conversion table thus obtained, a color conversion is carried out from the RGB color system into the YMC color system. | 08-21-2008 |
20080198394 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A print-information acquiring unit acquires print object information as an image and predetermined information to be encoded. A code-image creating unit encodes the predetermined information according to a predetermined encode rule to create a plurality of types of code images. A layer-image creating unit creates a plurality of types of layer images including the code images for each of the types. A combined-image creating unit superimposes the types of layer images according to a predetermined superimposition rule to create a combined image. A printing unit prints the combined image created by the combined-image creating unit on a recording medium. | 08-21-2008 |
20080198395 | Print control device and program - Print data representing a superimposed image is generated by developing the main image on a first memory area, developing an additional image on the first memory area so as to be overlaid on the main image and on a second memory area having the same size of the first memory area. A first color conversion is applied to the image on the first memory for portions not corresponding to the image on the second memory area. A second color conversion, which is independent of the first color conversion, is applied to other portions of the image on the first memory for portions corresponding to the image on the second memory area. The image developed on the first memory area is output as the print data after the first color conversion and the second color conversion are applied. | 08-21-2008 |
20080198396 | Output image adjustment method, apparatus and computer program product for graphics files - When a memory card MC is inserted into slot, a control circuit of a color printer acquires and analyzes graphics processing control information GC from the memory card MC. A CPU corrects standard values for image quality parameters indicating graphics data qualities, to reflect the graphics processing control information GC. The CPU corrects image quality parameters to bring them into approximation with the corrected standard values, and adjusts image quality of the graphics data to reflect the corrected image quality parameters. | 08-21-2008 |
20080204771 | CONTINUOUS CALIBRATION OF PROOF PRINTER - A method for printing includes sending first image file data ( | 08-28-2008 |
20080204772 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING A PRINT ORDER - A printing system allows a print buyer to submit an electronic print order. The system analyzes the print order to determine whether a print configuration dictated by the print order can accurately reproduce all of the colors of the associated printing content. The system provides the print buyer with information to determine whether a different print configuration that improves color accuracy has an acceptable production impact for the print order. | 08-28-2008 |
20080204773 | Patch codes wtih improved robustness - A method for encoding information on a printed page includes generating a set of color patches, each having a unique color. The set of color patches is printed. The printed color patches are scanned to identify color values for each patch in the set of patches. For each patch, the identified color values are associated with a datum value in a data structure. A page which includes a patch code is printed. The patch code includes selected ones of the set of color patches for conveying information about the printed page. The printed page is scanned to identify the color values for the color patches in the patch code. The data structure is accessed to identify the data values for the identified color values of the patches in the patch code. Information about the printed page is determined from the identified data values. | 08-28-2008 |
20080204774 | Print controlling program, print controlling apparatus, image forming apparatus and print controlling method - There is described a print controlling apparatus that acquires print data, which are described in the PDL and include objects having image attributes being different from each other, and converts the print data to raster data. When converting the print data to the raster data, the apparatus creates attribute data, in which an image processing attribute indicating a kind of image processing to be applied to each of pixels represented by the raster data is recorded, for every pixel included in the pixels, and then, applies an image processing based on the attribute data to the raster data. The attribute data designates one of image processing attributes that include a plurality of image processing attributes determined according to kinds of the image attributes of the objects and a specific image processing attribute determined corresponding to another image attribute being different from every one of the image attributes of the objects. | 08-28-2008 |
20080204775 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - In an image processing apparatus, a first conversion unit converts, on the basis of an input device profile, input data into first device-independent data expressed by a color space that is independent of an apparatus. A storage unit stores plural conversion profiles for converting using a color appearance model in the color space that is independent of the apparatus in correspondence with plural device characteristics that are dependent on apparatuses. A selection unit selects a conversion profile corresponding to characteristics of the input device, characteristics of an output device, observation conditions of the input data and the output data. A second conversion unit converts, on basis of the selected conversion profile, the first device-independent data into second device-independent data. A third conversion unit converts the second device-independent data into the output data on the basis of an output device profile. | 08-28-2008 |
20080204776 | Printer and Control Method for the Same - A printer that writes print data to the print buffer and runs the paper feed and printing process while receiving image data from a host computer desirably balances the speed of the paper feed and printing process and the speed of the conversion process to enable continuous printing so that white stripes do not appear in the printout. A print process run command and conversion format information specifying the conversion format for converting color block data in a print buffer | 08-28-2008 |
20080204777 | IMAGE PROCESSING CIRCUIT AND PRINTER CONTROLLER EQUIPPED WITH THE SAME - An image processing circuit divides input image data having gradation values for each pixel into cells formed from a plurality of pixels and performs screen processing on a per-cell basis, to thus convert the input image data into output image data. The image processing circuit includes: a cell screen processing circuit, configured to extract from the input image data a cell in a predetermined shape, to determine a position of centroid of a gradation value in the cell from input gradation values of respective pixels constituting the cell, and to perform screen processing for deciding output gradation values of the respective pixels; an output raster buffer, configured to store the output gradation values of the respective pixels; a raster buffer write controller, configured to perform processing for writing the output gradation values of the respective pixels into the output raster buffer; and a raster buffer read controller, configured to perform processing for reading and outputting the output gradation values of the respective pixels written into the output raster buffer. | 08-28-2008 |
20080204778 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - The present invention provides an image processing apparatus which can verify whether or not an image has been able to be correctly read and easily correct an image which has not been able to be correctly read. The image processing apparatus has a reading section | 08-28-2008 |
20080204779 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image processing device for converting a color tone of an image includes: an input unit to which an image is input; a designation unit that designates precision of color conversion performed on the input image; a color conversion table that stores output color data after color conversion of color data, which is determined according to the designated precision and may be included in the image, in an address space determined according to the precision; an address specifying unit that specifies an address referring to the color conversion table on the basis of a first portion, which is determined according to the precision, of color data expressing the input image; a color converting unit that converts the color data included in the input image into output color data by referring to the specified address of the color conversion table; a parameter specifying unit that specifies a parameter for interpolating a color, which is expressed by the output color data, on the basis of a second portion other than the first portion of the color data included in the input image; and an interpolation unit that interpolates a color, which is expressed by the converted output color data, on the basis of the specified parameter. | 08-28-2008 |
20080204780 | Image forming apparatus, printer driver, program and recording medium - According to an image forming apparatus of the present invention, when a user with the intention of having a processing completed in a short time inputs execution of an image forming job involving the intention, this operation information is acquired by an operation information acquisition section. In response to that, an invalidation determining section determines to invalidate processing for maintenance, based on the operation information. Responding to that, an invalidation control section invalidates the processing for maintenance on image forming during execution of the image forming job regardless of predetermined rules. By this means, the processing for maintenance on image forming cannot be executed during the image forming job in the case of a user with the intention of having a processing completed in a short time. | 08-28-2008 |
20080204781 | System for imaging printing forms - A system for imaging printing forms includes a raster image processor breaking down a printing image data set into color separation data sets, a data storage medium for storing the color separation data sets generated by the raster image processor, the color separation data sets being printing location-nonspecific color separation data sets, and control devices and imaging devices. For the imaging of a printing form on the basis of one of the color separation data sets, each of the control devices drives one of the imaging devices to image the printing form in question. The system also includes a correction device integrated into each of the control devices to convert the printing location-nonspecific color separation data sets stored in the data storage medium into printing location-specific color separation data sets, which can be used to drive the imaging devices. | 08-28-2008 |
20080204782 | IMAGE READING APPARATUS AND IMAGE READING METHOD - An image reading apparatus is provided which includes a contact image sensor comprised of a plurality of sensor chips arranged in series, an analog image processor for processing an analog image signal from the contact image sensor, a unit for conducting black shading correction for each pixel and a unit for conducting white shading correction for each pixel. The image reading apparatus further includes a unit for digitally monitoring a black offset value corresponding to each chip with respect to the signal that has been processed by the analog image processor and a unit for adding and subtracting a black offset variation amount for each chip in the previous stage of the unit for conducting black shading correction for each pixel, and corrects black offset based on an instruction of a control unit. | 08-28-2008 |
20080212111 | DOCUMENT DISCARDING PROCESS SYSTEM, DISCARD DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT DEVICE, DOCUMENT PROCESSING DEVICE, DOCUMENT DISCARDING PROCESSING METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM STORING DOCUMENT DISCARDING PROCESSING PROGRAM - A document discarding process system, which includes a discard document management device that registers and manages a discard target document to be discarded; and at least one document processing device that is connected to the discard document management device through a communication section, the discard document management device, which includes an accepting section that accepts a registration of the discard target document; a registering section that registers the accepted discard target document; and a distributing section that distributes identification information for identifying the registered discard target document through the communication section to the at least one document processing device, and the at least one document processing device, which includes: a receiving section that receives the distributed identification information; a searching section that searches the discard target document based on the received identification information; and a discarding section that discards the searched discard target documents. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212112 | Print control device, computer readable medium, printing system, and recording medium - A print control device includes: a drawing control unit that allows a plurality of print elements arrayed in a print head to draw a test image used for checking operation statuses of the print elements on a recording medium, classifies at least a part of the plurality of print elements into a plurality of partial arrays in each of which a constant number of print elements are successively arrayed, classifies the plurality of partial arrays into a plurality of patterns so that the numbers of print elements belonging to the partial arrays are combinations of numbers not having a common divisor other than 1, and allows the print elements disposed at corresponding positions in each of the plurality of patterns of partial arrays to sequentially draw lines on the recording medium in a predetermined direction of the recording medium so as to draw the test image. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212113 | HOST DEVICE HAVING A PRINTER DRIVER AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE PRINTER DRIVER - A printer driver and a method of controlling the same are disclosed. If the printer driver ICC profile does not correspond to the printer ICC profile, the printer driver converts color information of an image into predetermined information using the printer ICC profile instead of the printer driver ICC profile, such that the image forming apparatus can reproduce an optimum color as close to the original color of the image. The control method for the printer driver contained in a computer connected to an image forming apparatus includes determining whether an ICC profile of the image forming apparatus corresponds to an ICC profile established in the printer driver, and if the ICC profile of the image forming apparatus does not correspond to the ICC profile established in the printer driver, converting color information of the image into predetermined information using the ICC profile of the image forming apparatus. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212114 | Image processing apparatus - An image processing apparatus for preventing unauthorized uses of image data by allowing the addition of a specific image in a black-and-white mode even when it is set that a specific image is added in a color mode. When a document is copied, a control section determines whether the apparatus is in a color mode or a black-and-white mode. When in a black-and-white mode, an adding condition determining section reads a set security level and a differential value and determines a security level lower than the one in a color mode. Based on the security level in a black-and-white mode, an adding condition of a specific image is determined. The specific image adding section adds a specific image different from the one in a color mode based on the adding condition. A black-and-white image added with the specific image is printed. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212115 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE READING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - When a reference image to which a document image is judged as being similar for the first time is not the first document sheet of the document type which contains this reference image, error occurrence is concluded so that the page number indicated by a counter is set to be an error occurrence position. In case that the reference image to which the document image is similar is the last document sheet of the document type, when the number of document images having been counted up by the time when this document image is judged as being similar to the reference image does not correspond with the number of reference images contained in the document type, error occurrence is concluded so that the page number indicated by a counter is set to be an error occurrence position. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212116 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes plural output processing units one for each of different image output units and an input processing unit that processes image data input from an image input unit to output an image in an image format compatible with one of the image output units. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212117 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A method of controlling a color image forming apparatus capable of preventing an image from being distorted at a boundary of a color image region due to mis-registration to improve printing quality. The method includes determining whether original image data is in a color image region, detecting boundary region information on a plurality of color channels when the original image data is in the color image region, selecting a channel to be extended using the detected boundary region information, and extending the selected channel. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212118 | DYNAMIC IMAGE DITHERING - Systems, apparatuses, and methods for dynamic image dithering for a printing device are described herein. Embodiments may include an image processing module to process a source image file to provide a dithered image file with print data for each of a plurality of image locations. Printing substance may be deposited and the image processing module may provide the dithered image file with additional print data based at least in part on the deposited printing substance. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212119 | Printer unit with print engine that expands compressed image data - A printer unit is arranged to print documents received from a computer system. The printer unit has a print engine having control electronics. The control electronics are configured to receive document image data from the computer system in the form of a compressed, multi-layer page image. They buffer the image and expand the image to generate an expanded contone layer, a black layer and a layer for infrared printing. | 09-04-2008 |
20080218777 | Printer colorimetry control device, print colorimetry control method and printer - A print and colorimetry control device includes a print control section which controls so that an image for which colorimetry is to be carried out is printed on a printing medium, based on predetermined image data, a determining section which determines a position where a colorimetry section is caused to carry out colorimetry for the image based on a printing position of the image on the printing medium, a feeding section which feeds the printing medium having finished printing, based on the determined position, a colorimetry control section which controls the colorimetry section based on the determined position so that the colorimetry section is caused to carry out colorimetry thereby to obtain a calorimetric value of the image. | 09-11-2008 |
20080218778 | Image Forming System, Image Forming Apparatus and Density Correction Method - An image forming system, image forming apparatus, and method of correcting image density are provided. The system includes a forming unit that forms an image; an acquisition unit that acquires factor information corresponding to a factor which is capable of causing variations in density of the image; a first determination unit that determines a number of marks in accordance with the factor information; a control unit that provides the forming unit with, as the image data, data pertaining to a pattern comprising a plurality of density marks which are different from each other in density and which are equal in number to the number of marks; a detection unit that detects a density of the image formed on the target by the forming unit in relation to the pattern; and a correction unit that corrects the density of the image in accordance with a result of the detection. | 09-11-2008 |
20080218779 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PRODUCT - An image processing apparatus includes a first storage unit, a second storage unit, a selecting unit, a first converting unit, a second converting unit, and a compressing unit. The second storage unit stores therein data on a color reproduction area of an output device. The first storage unit stores therein data on virtual color reproduction areas. The selecting unit selects one of the virtual color reproduction areas similar to the color reproduction area of the output device. The first converting unit compresses and maps image data to a virtual color reproduction range based on the selected one of the virtual color reproduction areas. The compressing unit compresses and maps the image data to a color reproduction range of an output device. The second converting unit converts the image data to a control signal. | 09-11-2008 |
20080218780 | COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - Implementation of color matching with a high accuracy between a device of luminous type and a device of non-luminous type is demanded. Hence, a combination of the device type of a source device and the device type of a destination device is discriminated. If a device of luminous type and a device of non-luminous type are combined, calorimetric values of the device of non-luminous type measured by a contact colorimeter into those of a non-contact calorimeter, and color conversion in accordance with a predetermined color matching method is performed using calorimetric values of the device of luminous type measured by the contact colorimeter and the transformed calorimetric values of the device of non-luminous type. | 09-11-2008 |
20080218781 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Stored reference patch data are outputted, and a gray level of the reference patches obtained by scanning the outputted reference patches is compared with a reference level, such that a conversion table for storing gray level setting information is modified according to the comparison result. A driving condition of a light source for the light exposure is set by a user interface to newly set a print density of an image forming apparatus. Moreover, prior to the user setting, test printing is performed and the print density can be set according to a result of the test printing. | 09-11-2008 |
20080218782 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing system is disclosed that includes a buffer unit configured to store a predetermined pixel and peripheral pixels neighboring the predetermined pixel in image data in a first direction and a second direction perpendicular to the first direction; and a first edge-detecting circuit configured to calculate a maximum value and a minimum value of a set of pixels selected from the peripheral pixels that have the same color as the predetermined pixel to calculate a difference value between the maximum value and the minimum value. | 09-11-2008 |
20080218783 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THE SAME - A method of controlling an image processing apparatus, and an image processing apparatus to carry-out the method. The edge pixels of a black character may be evaluated to improve visibility of edge pixels and to enhance the blackening of the edge pixels when the evaluated edge pixels are determined to be the actual edge pixels of the original image and to correct the edge pixels to be suitable for original background pixel values and to brighten the edge pixels when the evaluated edge pixels are determined to be the actual background pixels of an original image. The black character may be enhanced so that the actual black character becomes blacker and that the background pixels become brighter to improve the visibility of the black character. The black character may be distinguished from a scanned image, the print thickness of the distinguished black character may be controlled, and the black character having controlled print thickness may be printed out using only a K color. | 09-11-2008 |
20080218784 | SPECTRALLY MATCHED PRINT PROOFER - A device, system and a method for soft proofing of an image before it is printed onto printed material, such that the colors of the image substantially reproduce, to the human eye, the colors as they should appear on the printed material. | 09-11-2008 |
20080218785 | Image Processing Apparatus, Image Processing Method and Image Processing Program Product - An image processing apparatus configured to generate a printing image for printing document data by a printer, includes a first processing part configured to generate first processing data having resolution different from the resolution with respect to printing order for character data contained in the document data; a second processing part configured to generate second processing data having a pixel density consistent with the pixel density of the first processing data for image data contained in the document data; and a printing image generating part configured to generate printing data by synthesizing the first processing data and the second processing data. The second processing part makes the pixel density of the second processing data consistent with the pixel density of the first processing data by tone conversion of the image data. | 09-11-2008 |
20080225309 | Calibration sheet and method of calibrating a digital printer - A method of controlling a color printing apparatus takes into account variations in color quality across a sheet, perpendicular to the process direction. The apparatus outputs a print sheet forming a test print, the test print including at least one primary strip extending along a cross-process direction of the printer, and a set of test patches. The test print is read, the reading including measuring actual colors of each of a plurality of portions of the primary strip along the cross-process direction. An in-line spectrophotometer, with an array of photosensors extending across the sheet path, can be used to make measurements across the primary strip. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225310 | Data processing using print driver - The present invention provides for transforming a document containing data using a filter pipeline. The document is received, and at least one parameter for transforming the data within the document is obtained by a print driver interface. The data within the document is transformed based on the obtained at least one parameter, using the filter pipeline. The transformed document is output. As such, an enhancement/transformation feature can be applied to data within a document from virtually any editing software application, even if that application does not incorporate the feature into its software. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225311 | Image forming apparatus, image forming method and computer readable medium - An image forming apparatus includes a combining unit, an image forming unit, a verification unit and a controller. The combining unit combines data from a first path and data from a second path. The image forming unit forms a combined image based on combined image data which is obtained by combining, by the combining unit, original image data from the first path and additional image data from the second path and which is transmitted through a third path. The verification unit verifies combined data which is obtained by combining, by the combining unit, verification data from the first path and verification data from the second path and which is transmitted through the third path. The controller detects, based on a verification result by the verification unit, falsification of data in the first path, the second path and the third path. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225312 | IMAGE PROCESSOR, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - For (CMYK) (x,y) data, a target-pixel checking unit calculates a target-pixel integrated value a(x,y) from CMYK binary data of a target pixel and a surrounding-pixel checking unit calculates a maximum surrounding pixel integrated value n(x,y) from respective CMYK binary data of surrounding pixels that are adjacent to the target pixel. Based on the target-pixel integrated value and the maximum surrounding pixel integrated value, a comparison determining unit estimates a higher toner pile height. The comparison determining unit adds transparent image data W(x,y) to the input data CMYK(x,y) and outputs output image data CMYKW(x,y) such that the toner pile heights become even. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225313 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING STORED THEREIN THE PROGRAM - When image processing is performed on image data representing an image to obtain processed image data, an image processing condition setting unit calculates a recommended correction amount for compressing the dynamic range of the image. Further, a display unit displays information representing the recommended correction amount. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225314 | RECORDING METHOD IN RECORDING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING APPARATUS - A recording apparatus includes a transporting unit which transports a recording medium and a recording unit which records data (e.g., prints) on the recording medium. A control unit controls the recording unit and the transporting unit. A detection unit detects a back end of the recording medium at a more upstream side of a transporting path than the recording position of the recording unit. A first judgment unit determines whether a scheduled recording is possible when the recording medium, while being transported, reaches a position where the recording should be performed when the detection unit detects the back end of the recording medium. A second judgment unit determines whether a portion of the scheduled recording to the recording medium is possible when the recording medium is transported to the position where the recording should be performed. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225315 | Image Processing Apparatus and Image Processing Method - An image processing apparatus, include: a first reader, operable to read image data; a second reader, operable to read a first image in which a correction content is described, the first image and a second image to which the correction content is performed are included in a medium; and a corrector, operable to correct the read image data in accordance with the correction content described in the first image. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225316 | Image retrieval apparatus, image retrieving method, and storage medium for performing the image retrieving method in the image retrieval apparatus - An image retrieval apparatus, which is included in an image forming apparatus and has a storage medium storing a machine-readable program to perform an image retrieving method, includes a retrieving unit configured to search and retrieve a target image similar to specified image data in a storage unit storing a distinctive feature area image stored in association with the target image as a key image, an extracting unit configured to extract the distinctive feature area image associated with the target image retrieved by the retrieving unit, and a display control unit configured to control a display unit having a display screen to display the distinctive feature area image or multiple distinctive feature area images on the display screen in a given time interval in an order according to distinctive feature area image type. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225317 | CARTRIDGE TYPE HARD DISK DRIVE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A cartridge type HDD unit | 09-18-2008 |
20080231873 | INK SET AND METHOD FOR MAKING THE SAME - One embodiment of an ink set includes a light gray ink, a medium gray ink, and a black ink. Each of the inks in the ink set includes a carboxylic polymer. The light gray ink has a carboxylic polymer load equal to or greater than about 3 wt %. The medium gray ink has a carboxylic polymer load ranging from about 1 wt % to about 3 wt %. The black ink has a carboxylic polymer load ranging from about 0.5 wt % to about 2 wt %. Another embodiment of an ink set includes at least one of a light cyan, a light magenta, or a light gray ink having a carboxylic polymer load equal to or greater than about 3 wt %, and an other ink selected from a black ink or a colored ink. | 09-25-2008 |
20080231874 | Printer control system, printer control method and printer - A print and colorimetry instructing section delivers an exclusive-use start instruction to start exclusive use of the printer prior to delivery of the printing instruction and the colorimetry instruction, the print and colorimetry instructing section delivering an exclusive-use canceling instruction to cancel the exclusive use of the printer at a predetermined time subsequent to delivery of the exclusive-use start instruction. The printer carries out only a process according to the instruction from the print and colorimetry instructing section having delivered the exclusive-use start instruction until accepting a predetermined exclusive-use canceling instruction subsequent to acceptance of the exclusive-use start instruction. | 09-25-2008 |
20080231875 | Image Forming Device, and Calibration Method and Computer Readable Medium Therefor - An image forming device, which is capable of double-side printing to form an image on each of first and second sides of a recording medium, includes a calibration unit configured to perform calibration for modifying quality of the image to be formed, a first judging unit configured to judge, for each page to be printed, whether the calibration is to be performed, a second judging unit configured to judge whether a page to be printed is one of a first side in one-side printing and a first side in the double-side printing, and a control unit configured to control the calibration unit to perform the calibration when the first judging unit judges that the calibration is to be performed, and the second judging unit judges that the page to be printed is one of the first side in the one-side printing and the first side in the double-side printing. | 09-25-2008 |
20080231876 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus has a display to display color images and a storage to store color image data. A first preview controller causes the display to display a color preview image based on stored color image data. A character-area extractor extracts a character area from the stored color image data and a color-designation acceptor accepts a designated color newly set in the extracted character area. A second preview controller changes a color of the extracted character area extracted in the preview image to the accepted designated color, and causes a display of the changed preview image. A decision-instruction acceptor accepts an instruction to set the designated color. A color-change processor responds to the accepted instruction by the decision-instruction acceptor to change information representing a color of the stored color image data to allow the color of the extracted character area to be changed to the accepted designated color. | 09-25-2008 |
20080231877 | IMAGE READING APPARATUS AND IMAGE READING METHOD - This invention solves the problem of color misalignment upon reading a color image. An image reading apparatus according to this invention reads an image by scanning a scanning unit which mounts a reading sensor which reads light beams which are emitted by three light sources, which emit light beams of three primary colors, and reflected by an original document. The image reading apparatus conveys the original document by ⅓ of the reading width of the reading sensor in the conveyance direction of the original document every time the image is read. The image is read by switching between the three light sources so that each pixel of the image is read with the light beams from them. | 09-25-2008 |
20080239338 | Method For Performing Error Diffusion Halftoning of an Image - A method for performing error diffusion halftoning of an image includes subdividing the image into a plurality of tiles, the plurality of tiles including a first tile and a second tile adjacent to the first tile; performing error diffusion processing of the first tile; and performing the error diffusion processing of the second tile based on an output phase of the first tile. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239339 | VARIABLE-DOT HALFTONING - A method for enabling a program that communicates a document description from a composition system to a printing system to manage variable-dot halftones for use with variable-dot printing devices, comprising the steps of creating a set of strings, each string defining a halftone cell intensity value and comprising at least one pixel imbution value, wherein said pixel imbution value is in the range of 0 to P, wherein P is the number of physical appearances that a painted pixel can have; using a selected halftone cell intensity value to directly choose a string from said set of strings; and painting at least one pixel within a halftone cell according to a pixel imbution value within the chosen string. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239340 | Method for Limiting Total Colorant Coverage Using Multidimensional Simplicial Subdivision and Barycentric Interpolation - Systems and methods for limiting total colorant in a color rendering system are disclosed. Implementation of the present invention provides for transformation of a specified colorant in which the sum of the colorant components exceeds a total area coverage (TAC) limit to create a second or resultant colorant in which the sum of the colorant components is within the limit. Using a bijective transformation, colorant sampling and other manipulations can be performed using a nominal hypercube space and the results can be compressed from the nominal space back to the actual colorant-limited space, simplifying manipulation of the colorant-limited polytope space. The unlimited colorant hypercube may be divided into simplexes. For each simplex, intersection points may be found between the TAC limit and the edges of the simplex. A barycentric interpolation technique may then be used to map the unlimited simplex onto a corresponding simplex within the colorant-limited polytope. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239341 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CONSISTENT COLOR QUALITY - A system and method control a consistent color quality of overlay colors and single separations of color. The method determines a first error for a first separation of a first color, wherein the first error has a first sign. The method identifies a second error for a second separation of a second color, wherein the second color is a different color than the first color, wherein the second error is based on an actual density value for toner particles printed transferred from the second separation, wherein the second error has a second sign. The method compares the first sign of the first error and the second sign of the second error. The method converges the actual density value of the second separation to a target position when the first sign is a different sign than the second sign. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239342 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETECTION OF BINARY HALFTONE FREQUENCIES - A method and system detects a halftone frequency. A digitized image is received. An autocorrelation function is performed upon the digitized image to generate an autocorrelation function value for each halftone frequency of a predetermined set of possible halftone frequencies. A demerit term for each possible halftone frequency, based upon the autocorrelation function value, is calculated. A halftone frequency from a predetermined set of possible halftone frequencies, based upon the calculated demerit terms, is selected. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239343 | AUTOMATIC CONVERSION OF FULL COLOR IMAGES TO HIGHLIGHT COLOR IMAGES - A device and method for converting a multi-bit full color input image into a highlight color format for output on a highlight color image output terminal. The method and device analyze each pixel block on a block-by-block basis and assign each block to one of highlight color and non-highlight color. Each color is processed as a separate image file and can be combined after processing into a mixed raster file for output. At least the highlight color image portion can be converted to a single-bit file to reduce processing constraints. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239344 | COLOR PRINTER CHARACTERIZATION OR CALIBRATION TO CORRECT FOR SPATIAL NON-UNIFORMITY - Methods and systems are presented for calibrating or characterizing a color printer or determining the color response of a color printer to combat spatial non-uniformity, in which color patches are printed on a test page according to an input matrix of input color in a printer-dependent-color space and the test page is measured to provide a corresponding output matrix of output color in a printer-independent-color space. Initial forward and inverse color transforms between the input and the output colors are generated based on the input and the output matrices. The output values are mapped to the input color space based on the initial inverse transform to form a feedback matrix, and spatial non-uniformities present in the printed test page are estimated according to noise values derived from the input matrix and the feedback matrix. The input matrix is modified according to the estimated spatial non-uniformity to form a modified input matrix of input color, and final forward and inverse transforms are generated for the color printer according to the modified input matrix and the output matrix. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239345 | Systems and methods for efficient print job compression - Systems and methods described herein provide for an efficient method for print job compression. In some embodiments, threshold halftone lookup tables directed to specific object types are used to compare pixel data for specific detected objects. Pixel data for such specified objects may be encoded using the appropriate object-specific threshold halftone lookup table into one of two multi-bit values, which serve to increase the frequency of repetitive or redundant encoded data and permit efficient compression by algorithms that exploit data repetition and/or redundancy. The methods described herein are applicable to a variety of printers, including raster and PDL printers. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239346 | COPY MACHINE CONTROL APPARATUS AND COPY MACHINE CONTROL METHOD - A copy machine control apparatus that can realize copy management of a print, editing a duplicate, management of distribution destinations of a duplicate, and control of outward transmission of a duplicate, by the use of a conventional digital copy machine. The copy machine control apparatus acquires a scan image of a print from a digital copy machine, processes the acquired scan image, and thereafter returns the processed scan image to the digital copy machine to print the processed scan image on a substrate. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239347 | Image Processing Apparatus and Method for Detecting a Background Color - A background color of a document is detected based on image data of a colormetric system in which brightness and color components are separated. A color plane is divided into a plurality of color areas, and the number of elements of image data belonging to each color area is counted. The number of elements of image data belonging to each area of a multiple area constituted of mutually adjacent color areas is then counted. A color area in which the number of elements of image data exceeds a first threshold is extracted and given a positive evaluation. A multiple area in which the number of elements of image data exceeds a second threshold is extracted and a positive evaluation is given to each color area in the multiple area. A color area receiving a positive evaluation both individually and as part of a multiple area is specified as a color area of background color. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239348 | METHOD FOR CREATING COLOR CONVERSION DEFINITION FOR IMAGE OUTPUT DEVICES AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD - The present invention is to provide methods and apparatuses for creating color conversion definition to make the same output result appear without any uncomfortable feeling when a same output result is observed under different illumination lights. To achieve this, the method comprising the successive steps of: (a) assuming an observational environment under an illumination light in which a difference in color appearance of an output result of the image output device in a plurality of observational environments with different illumination lights to observe the output result is made less; (b) determining measured color values of a device color of the image output device in the observational environment under the illumination light in which a difference in each color appearance is made less; and (c) creating a color conversion definition on the basis of the measured color values of the device color of the image output device determined at step (b). | 10-02-2008 |
20080239349 | TONE EVALUATION APPARATUS AND TONE EVALUATION METHOD - A tone evaluation method acquires color information on the second color space of a patch image corresponding to a grid point in the first color space, and calculates as the feature amount of a color conversion table the variation of the color information between two grid points in the first color space. Then, on the basis of the feature amount, a tone evaluation value for the color conversion table is calculated. In addition, on the basis of the variation of the feature amount, a tone jump position in the color conversion table is extracted and displayed. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239350 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - In an image processing apparatus for determining whether input image data is identical with image data of a reference image or not and performing a process according to the result of the determination, input image data whose similarity to a reference image is not less than a predetermined first threshold value or encoded image data obtained by encoding the input image data is stored in an access limitation storage section to which only a specific user is accessible. This allows an administrator to easily check whether the result of the determination is appropriate or not, without requiring a larger and more complex structure. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239351 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, PRINTING DEVICE, SEARCH DEVICE, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - A circuit structure has multiple comparator circuits connected in series. Each comparator circuit compares an input tone value with a medium value of table data input from a preceding comparator circuit. When the tone value is greater than the medium value, the comparator circuit selects table data of greater than the medium value and outputs the selected table data to a subsequent comparator circuit. In this state, the comparator circuit outputs a value ‘1’ as a resulting bit representing a result of the comparison. When the tone value is not greater than the medium value, on the other hand, the comparator circuit selects table data of not greater than the medium value and outputs the selected table data to the subsequent comparator circuit. In this state, the comparator circuit outputs a value ‘0’ as the resulting bit. The circuit structure arrays the resulting bits output from the respective comparator circuits in an output order from its upper bit position and outputs the array of the resulting bits. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239352 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus and a control method thereof expresses a color difference of a printed document when a color document is printed through the monochrome printing even if the printed document has the same brightness value. The image forming apparatus includes a brightness and chromatic value calculation unit to calculate a brightness value and first and second chromatic values of a pixel, an edge determination unit to determine whether the calculated brightness value and first and second chromatic values represent edgeness of the pixel, a degeneracy determination unit to determine degeneracy of the pixel, a halftone screen pattern unit to store first and second halftone screen patterns having first and second threshold values, and a binarization processing unit to perform binarization processing by comparing the first and second threshold values with the brightness value according to the degeneracy of the pixel. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239353 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - A color gamut of image data is appropriately subjected to a smoothing processing to print an image of favorable color reproduction and gradation reproduction. Specifically, when an average lightness is equal to or lower than a blacking lightness, the object pixel is not subjected to the smoothing processing. This can conserve the signal value of the object pixel to prevent a pixel originally having a signal value higher than the blacking lightness from being converted by the gamut compression to a black point. In this manner, a pixel for which the object pixel has the average lightness equal to or lower than the blacking lightness is blacked and a pixel having a signal value higher than the blacking lightness is not compressed to the black point. The resultant image has no deteriorated gradation characteristic when being macroscopically observed. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239354 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An available image area is recognized from information, including a read start position and a read end position of a document, a scaling for performing image processing, a processing object position, or the like. Subsequently, the number of chromatic pixels of one line is counted to output it to a memory, and when it is summed up to an end line of the available image area, a difference between a count number N | 10-02-2008 |
20080239355 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Image data can be subjected to a smoothing processing to improve a color reproduction characteristic and an image free from a deteriorated gradation characteristic can be printed. Specifically, the smoothing processing improves the color reproduction characteristic. This smoothing processing may cause a color originally not having the lightness equal to or lower than blacking lightness to be converted to a color having lightness equal to or lower than the blacking lightness. To solve this, such a color is subjected to a gradation adjustment processing to convert the color to the color having the lightness higher than blacking lightness. A gamut mapping does not map such a color on a black point, thus preventing such a color from being broken by the blacking. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239356 | Printing apparatus and method for controlling printing apparatus - The invention provides a printing apparatus that includes: a printing section that performs printing on a print target medium; a display unit that displays various kinds of information; a touch-sensitive panel that is overlaid on a surface of the display unit and detects a position touched by a user; a display controlling section that controls the display unit so as to display a red cell block, a green cell block, and a blue cell block, the red cell block being made up of an array of a plurality of red display cells in which the value of a red color component only changes stepwise with a certain set of values of red, green, and blue shown on the display unit being taken as a base set of values, the base set of values being preset so as to be recognized by the user as an apparent red base color when observed not directly but indirectly through the touch-sensitive panel, the green cell block being made up of an array of a plurality of green display cells in which the value of a green color component only changes stepwise with a certain set of values of red, green, and blue shown on the display unit being taken as a base set of values, the base set of values being preset so as to be recognized by the user as an apparent green base color when observed not directly but indirectly through the touch-sensitive panel, the blue cell block being made up of an array of a plurality of blue display cells in which the value of a blue color component only changes stepwise with a certain set of values of red, green, and blue shown on the display unit being taken as a base set of values, the base set of values being preset so as to be recognized by the user as an apparent blue base color when observed not directly but indirectly through the touch-sensitive panel; a three-primary-color correcting section that sets a corrected set of values that is recognized by the user as the apparent red base color, a corrected set of values that is recognized by the user as the apparent green base color, and a corrected set of values that is recognized by the user as the apparent blue base color on the basis of a comparison made between the position of each of the red display cells that make up the red cell block, the position of each of the green display cells that make up the green cell block, and the position of each of the blue display cells that make up the blue cell block and a touch position detected by the touch-sensitive panel, respectively; and a print controlling section that controls the printing section to print not the apparent red base color, the apparent green base color, and the apparent blue base color but a true red base color, a true green base color, and a true blue base color as a color sample that is used when the three-primary-color correcting section performs correction. | 10-02-2008 |
20080246978 | Image forming devices, hard imaging methods, and methods of determining a transfer function - Image forming devices, hard imaging methods, and methods of determining a transfer function are described. According to one embodiment, an image forming device includes an image engine configured to provide a marking agent upon media, processing circuitry configured to control the image engine to form a test image upon the media having a specified coverage of the marking agent and to access measurement data indicative of a measured coverage of the marking agent of the test image, storage circuitry configured to store data comprising associations of a plurality of specified coverage values of the marking agent and a plurality of resultant coverage amounts of the marking agent formed upon the media by the image engine corresponding to respective ones of the specified coverage values, and wherein the processing circuitry is further configured to access image data of an image to be formed to identify one of the specified coverage values of the marking agent to be formed upon the media to form the image, to modify the one specified coverage value using the stored data and the measurement data to provide an imaging coverage value, and to control the image engine using the imaging coverage value to form the hard image. | 10-09-2008 |
20080246979 | Method for determining parameters relevant to the print quality of a printed product - The invention provides a method for determining parameters relevant to the print quality of a printed product. A macroscopic photogram of a measuring field of the printed product is recorded using a camera having a macro lens. An actual value of a parameter relevant to the print quality is determined from the macroscopic photogram. The actual value is compared to a nominal value of the parameter relevant to the print quality. Whether the measuring field is printed with adequate quality is determined based on the comparison of the actual valve with the nominal value of the parameter relevant to the print quality. | 10-09-2008 |
20080246980 | METHOD FOR GENERATING BASIC TEMPLATE UTILIZED TO FORM SCREENING MASK - Disclosed is a method for generating a basic template utilized to form a screening mask. The method includes adjusting lines per inch or minimum pattern (such as cluster size or density) of a testing template, printing the adjusted testing template by an outputting device, determining if the gray level of the printing result matches a specific gray level, and continuously adjusting the setting of the lines per inch or the minimum pattern when it does not match the specific gray level, otherwise selecting the adjusted testing template as a basic template. The basic template is optimized according to the printing ability of the outputting device, so the printing performance of the outputting device when using the screening mask formed from the basic template can also be optimized, and the minimum color points can be printed faithfully thereby avoiding dropping of the carbon powder. | 10-09-2008 |
20080246981 | COLOR IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - The present invention is to provide an image processing system and the method thereof capable of maintaining gradient characteristics near a black point of an output image, when performing color matching in a color printer, even if a source profile has a lower minimum lightness value of output color gamut. In the present invention, when a condition is matched by comparing the minimum lightness points of the source profile and output color gamut, a correction color conversion table is generated by correcting the minimum lightness point of the output color gamut to a correction target value set in advance. Color conversion is performed for an input image using the correction color conversion table. | 10-09-2008 |
20080246982 | Printing control according to combinations of color materials - A printing control device which performs printing control for printing by using color materials of a plurality of types, includes: acquiring unit that acquires a color material set which is a combination of the color materials used for printing; and creation unit that creates a color conversion profile which prescribes conversion rules for converting image data expressed by a first color space into image data expressed by a second color space which differs from the first color space and which is a color space expressed by a color material amount set which is a combination of usage amounts for the respective color materials constituting the color material set. | 10-09-2008 |
20080246983 | PRINTED PHOTOGRAPH WITH HIGH CAPACITY ENCODED AUDIO - A data structure is printed on a photograph using infra-red ink. The data structure includes a two dimensional array of data blocks. Each adjacent pair of data blocks is separated by a gap and each of the data blocks has a data region holding encoded data. Each data region is confined by clock-marks and borders to facilitate location of the data region and recovery of data from within the data region. | 10-09-2008 |
20080252913 | Digital image processor spot color workflow test file - An electronic portable document format (PDF) file contains different combinations of gradient blends between spot color and process color. Each gradient blend is represented as both rasterized bitmap and vector images. The rasterized bitmap and vector images can be used to quickly assess the capability of any digital front end (DFE) to process the color gradient blends. The PDF file contains two sets of spot color and process color blended combinations. The first set contains four types of color gradient blends: spot-to-spot, process-to-spot, spot-to-process, and process-to-process, each of which represent the intended design. The second set contains the same four types of color gradient blends, except here the CMYK colors associated with the spot colors are intentionally manipulated. By printing the PDF file using different DFEs, one may compare the output from the two sets and immediately identify any color gradient handling problem, providing a quick benchmarking tool. | 10-16-2008 |
20080252914 | IMAGE PROCESSING CIRCUIT, GRADATION CONVERTING METHOD, AND PRINTING APPARATUS - An input gradation converting circuit has a gradation conversion table in which M-bit intermediate gradation data are correlated with each of N-bit input gradation data, and is operable to convert each of the input gradation data into the M-bit intermediate gradation data by using the gradation conversion table and output the converted M-bit intermediate gradation data. A diffusion gradation converting circuit is operable to convert each of the intermediate gradation data outputted from the input gradation converting circuit into N-bit output gradation data and output the converted N-bit output gradation data. The diffusion gradation converting circuit acquires a uniform random number Rnd in the range of −SFT/2 to SFT/2 and outputs [X+Rnd+0.5] as the output gradation data for each of the intermediate gradation data in which X obtained by dividing a value of the intermediate gradation data by 2 | 10-16-2008 |
20080252915 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus includes a printer profile, which is used to convert an XYZ value into a second RGB value, to perform color conversion. The printer profile includes a first color converting module that inverse-converts the XYZ value into an sRGB value, converts the sRGB value into a first RGB, and equivalence-converts the first RGB value into the second RGB value, if the XYZ value has been obtained by performing color conversion for the sRGB value, and a second color converting module that converts the XYZ value into an sRGB value and then converts the sRGB value into the second RGB value, if the XYZ value has been obtained by performing color conversion for a specific color value other than the sRGB value. | 10-16-2008 |
20080252916 | INFORMATION REPRODUCTION METHOD AND DEVICE USING DOT PATTERN AND DOT PATTERN THEREOF - A reproduction information method and device using a dot pattern is provided. The dot pattern includes: the boundary dots, three direction dots and the code dots. The boundary dots are disposed regularly and continuously to define the blocks. Three direction dots are disposed on centers of three of the blocks to define a direction vector. Each of the code dots is disposed on one of the blocks without the direction dots. The code vectors are defined by the centers of the blocks to the code dots. The information is reproduced by the code vectors and the direction vector. | 10-16-2008 |
20080259362 | User-generated color tonal reproduction curves (CTRCS) for highlight color (HLC) and monochrome printers - A system and methods for providing user-generated color tonal reproduction curves (CTRCs) to enhance color information when the prints will be made on a monochrome or highlight color printer. A graphical user interface (GUI) is provided to allow the user to generate tonal reproduction curves (TRCs) for each of the four separations of the color images thereby choosing what color features for the given document need emphasis on the monochrome printers. The same TRC may be applied to the color objects in a page description language (PDL) file. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259363 | Selective extended gamut printing system and method - Various embodiments of a system and method for selectively printing with an extended color gamut are disclosed. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259364 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus including a plurality of image forming sections arranged in tandem for forming an image having a plurality of colors, the image forming apparatus having: an image reading section for reading an image of a document; an exposure unit having each color exposure section for conducting each color exposure for writing the image, a process unit having a plurality of image forming sections for forming a toner image based on the image read by the image reading section; and a casing for accommodating the image reading section, the exposure unit and the process unit, wherein the exposure unit and the process unit are integrated as an image forming unit and the image forming unit is structured so that it can be drawn from the casing. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259365 | Evaluation of calibration precision - A calibration precision evaluating apparatus includes a calibrator carrying out calibration to adjust an ink amount output characteristic so that a measured color value is approximated to a reference value, a confirmation patch maker printing plural confirmation patches including a background patch and having the known reference values corresponding to the confirmation patches, a color measurer color-measuring the confirmation patches, acquiring initial color measured values, a background color shift amount calculator calculating a first amount of background color shift between the reference values and the initial color measured values with respect to the background patches, a corrector correcting the initial color measured values based on the background color shift amounts, acquiring corrected color measured values, and a precision evaluator carrying out precision evaluation of the calibration based on a second amount of color shift between the corrected color measured values and the reference values with respect to the confirmation patches. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259366 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A reference area around a pixel of interest is set in an image to be processed. It is determined whether a pixel not to be referred exists in the reference area. If the pixel not to be referred exists, the shape of the reference area is transformed based on the pixel. A trapping color for the pixel of interest is decided based on, a first peripheral pixel having a color component that is not included in the pixel of interest among peripheral pixels around the pixel of interest included in the reference area with the transformed shape. The density of the trapping color is calculated based on the peripheral pixels. The pixel value of the pixel of interest is corrected using the pixel of the trapping color having the calculated density in the image to be processed. The image forming unit forms an image having pixels corrected by said correction unit. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259367 | IMAGE PROCESSOR AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD FOR REDUCING CONSUMPTION AMOUNT OF RECORDING MATERIAL - The present invention provides an image processor for outputting image data to an image forming device forming an image with use of a recording material having a plurality of color components. The processor comprises a component determining a region having higher brightness than predetermined brightness and a region having lower brightness than the predetermined brightness in the image data based on the image data and a component adjusting saturation so as to reduce density values of color components other than a color component having a maximum density value among the plurality of color components of the recording material to increase saturation in a region having brightness determined to be high and reduce density values of color components other than a color component having a minimum density value among the plurality of color components of the recording material to decrease saturation in a region having brightness determined to be low. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259368 | Printer, Printing program, and printing method - A printer includes a print head in which nozzles that form an image by discharging ink are arranged in a plurality of lines. The printer prints out an image on the basis of print form data in which information of layout contents of printing elements that form the content of print is set according to the attribute of each printing element. The printer includes a print form data storage unit, a printing element data storage unit, a print form data selection unit, a printing element data selection unit, and a printing element data insertion unit. The print form data selection unit selects a piece of print form data, which is used for printing, from multiple pieces of print form data stored in the print form data storage unit in a specific sequence that is set so that, when the printing is continuously performed, the frequencies of use of the nozzles of the print head are uniform and are equal to or higher than a predetermined frequency. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259369 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, COLOR CORRECTION TABLE GENERATION DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, COLOR CORRECTION TABLE GENERATION METHOD, COLOR ADJUSTMENT METHOD FOR DISPLAY DEVICE, AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - The present invention has an object of providing an image processing device, a color correction table generation device, a display device, an image processing method, a color correction table generation method, a color adjustment method of a display device, and an image processing program capable of color matching to preferable colors of which the excessive emphasis in chromaticness is suppressed. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259370 | IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSOR, IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD FOR USE IN THE SAME, AND PROGRAM - Disclosed herein is an image signal processor for carrying out conversion into an xvYCC signal by using a photograph film as a material, the image signal processor including: acquisition means for acquiring print film concentration data based on said photograph film; generation means for generating spectral data on an image on a screen previously presumed based on spectral concentration characteristics of colors of a positive film having an image projected on said screen, a spectral distribution of a projection light source, and the print film concentration data; arithmetical operation means for arithmetically operating an XYZ tri-stimulus value corresponding to the spectral data; and conversion means for converting the XYZ tri-stimulus value into the xvYCC signal. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259371 | IMAGE FILE CREATION DEVICE, METHOD AND PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM, IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, METHOD AND PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM, AND IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM - There is provided an image file creation device including: an obtaining section that obtains image data forming a color image, conversion conditions for converting the image data into color data of a device-independent color space, and basic viewing conditions for viewing the color image; an input section that inputs target viewing conditions for viewing a formed image that is formed by using the image data; and a creation section that creates an image file containing a main data region for storing the image data, the conversion conditions and the basic viewing conditions, and a sub-data region for storing the target viewing conditions. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259372 | Printing Method, Printing Apparatus, and Storage Medium Storing a Program - A printing method includes obtaining scene information concerning image data from supplemental data that is appended to the image data; classifying a scene of an image represented by the image data, based on the image data; comparing the classified scene with a scene indicated by the scene information; and printing a printout that is used to urge a user to make a continuation when a mismatch between the classified scene and the scene indicated by the scene information exists. | 10-23-2008 |
20080266584 | CONFIGURABLE SINGLE SUBMISSION EVENT PRINTER - A method for configuring a printer to automatically print multiple proof prints includes configuring a printer with an adjustable process parameter to a first value, configuring the adjustable process parameter to a second value; generating a single submission event that expresses the first value and the second value of the adjustable process parameter, and configuring the printer with the single submission event such that the printer automatically prints a first proof print with the first value and a second proof print with the second value. | 10-30-2008 |
20080266585 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A printing apparatus includes: a printing unit that allows a print head to print on a recording medium in a forward path and a return path by reciprocating the print head with respect to the recording medium; a correcting unit that performs correction for a misalignment between printing in the forward path and printing in the return path based on a correction value; an acquisition unit that acquires a temperature inside the printing apparatus or an ambient temperature thereof and/or a counter value which increases or decreases each time a predetermined operation is performed by the printing apparatus; a correction value candidate acquisition unit that acquires correction value candidates based on the temperature and/or the counter value; and a printing example output unit that outputs printing examples of which position discrepancies are corrected in accordance with correction value candidates for each correction value candidate. | 10-30-2008 |
20080266586 | Method and System for Producing Printing Forms for Anilox Printing Presses - A method and a system for producing a printing form for a printing process on a printing press, produces a first printing form based on first image data and prints a printing image on a printing substrate with the printing form. Printing presses without inking zones do not permit regulation of quantitative ink supply with inking zones screws. To permit a printer to manipulate ink density on a printing substrate even after exposure of a first printing plate within a printing press without inking zones, correction values are generated in the vicinity of the printing press in regions on the basis of at least a printing image printed on the printing substrate. The correction values are then used for correcting printing originals on which printing is based and/or screened image data and at least one second printing form is produced on the basis of at least the correction values. | 10-30-2008 |
20080266587 | IMAGING FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - To provide an image forming apparatus and a control method for the same, with which an adjustment for satisfying an image quality is performed without fail while an execution frequency of the adjustment can be changed, for example, an unnecessary adjustment can be skipped. The image forming apparatus includes: a controller for issuing a plurality of commands; an engine for executing image formation according to the command; a control portion for holding a condition status indicating an internal condition of the engine and a factor status indicating a factor of the condition status, or the factor status and notifying, in response to the command, the condition status and the factor status, or the factor status; and a judgement unit for judging whether to adjust an image formation condition of the engine or not according to the condition status and the factor status, or the factor status. | 10-30-2008 |
20080273212 | Image Processing Apparatus and Its Method - In forming an image including a spot color, when an image for which a trapping process is performed does not include information of a spot color, the trapping process sometimes functions ineffectively. To solve this problem, image data having information of colors less in number than the colors included in the image is input and two adjacent regions are detected from the input image data. When the color information is color-separated into the colors, it is determined if the two regions share the color, and trapping for an adjacent portion of the two regions is controlled. | 11-06-2008 |
20080273213 | System and method for enhancing and printing images - A system and method are provided for integrating a workflow through an image enhancement process with a workflow through a printing process. Input files, which are preferably PDF files, arrive at the workflow, in which images are extracted from the input files to be sent through the image enhancement process, which may be performed within a separate computer system executing instructions of an image enhancement or management program, providing an output that is integrated back into the workflow, producing printable output files, which are preferably additionally PDF files. | 11-06-2008 |
20080273214 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR EFFICIENTLY HANDLING IMAGE DATA - A method for efficiently handling image data may involve creating an imaging job that includes image data corresponding to an outputting operation that is to be performed by an imaging device. The method may also involve determining whether the image data includes one or more reduced size images in addition to one or more full size images. The method may also involve determining whether the one or more reduced size images are satisfactory for the outputting operation. If the image data includes the one or more reduced size images in addition to the one or more full size images, and if the one or more reduced size images are satisfactory for the outputting operation, the method may involve despooling the one or more reduced size images to the imaging device without despooling the one or more full size images to the imaging device. | 11-06-2008 |
20080273215 | PRINTING SYSTEM, PRINTING SYSTEM CONTROL METHOD, PROGRAM AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printing system is arranged so that each time a storage button disposed on an operation panel of a printer is operated, an interrupt event transferred from the printer to the computer is detected at the computer, and in accordance with the detected interrupt event, image data in a memory card mounted on a card slot of the printer is stored on a hard disk of the computer, and that each time a print start button disposed on the operation panel of the printer is operated, an interrupt event transferred from the printer to the computer is detected, and in accordance with the detected interrupt event, image data read from the memory card and image data stored on the hard disk of the computer is both printed. | 11-06-2008 |
20080273216 | PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD - When a user enters control information for controlling a printing device, the information is stored in a user information storage unit. All combinations of items of the control information capable of being set by the user and values of items incapable of being set by the user, these having been selected so as to be the optimum values for the combinations, are stored as preset values in a combined information storage unit. An information storage unit compares a value in the user information storage unit with a value in the combined information storage unit. If a combination for which agreement is achieved is found in the combined information storage unit, this value is stored in a printing information storage unit and transmitted to the printing device. Thus, an optimum value can be selected and sent to the printing device even with regard to an item incapable of being selected by the user. | 11-06-2008 |
20080273217 | PRINT ENGINE CONTROLLER FOR A PRINTHEAD ASSEMBLY - Provided is print engine controller of a printhead assembly having a plurality of printhead modules. The controller includes a memory buffer to receive rasterized page data from a computer system, a page image expander for expanding the page data to retrieve page images, and dithering means for dithering a continuous tone (“contone”) layer over the page data. The controller also includes a compositor for compositing a black bi-level layer of the contone layer, rendering means for rendering infra-red tags over the contone layer, and an output driving the printhead modules to print the composited page data. | 11-06-2008 |
20080278736 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD, IMAGE OUTPUT APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, RECORDING MEDIUM IN WHICH IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM IS STORED, AND RECORDING MEDIUM IN WHICH IMAGE OUTPUT PROGRAM IS STORED - An image processing apparatus includes a first print information receiving unit for receiving first print information including image data and color information, a color conversion parameter generating unit that generates a color conversion parameter for converting a color signal of the image data to a color signal of a color space fixed in advance, based on the color information included in the first print information, and a second print information transmitting unit that generates second print information by adding the color conversion parameter to the first print information. Also disclosed is an image processing method. | 11-13-2008 |
20080278737 | DEVICE FOR SEARCHING PRINT TARGET IMAGE ADAPTED FOR PRINTABLE AREA - The present invention provides an image searching device that searches a print target image adapted for a printable area only by setting a template for the printable area and a search condition necessary to search the print target image. The image searching device inputs shape information on the printable area. Then, the image searching device sets the image search condition. Then, the image searching device searches the print target image from a plurality of images on the basis of the shape information on the printable area, and the image search condition. According to the image searching device, upon printing of an image in a specially-shaped printable area, a print target image adapted for the printable area can be automatically searched only by setting a shape of the printable area, and an image search condition, resulting in improvement of searching efficiency. | 11-13-2008 |
20080278738 | IMAGE-PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE-PROCESSING METHOD - A large-capacity multiplexing system assuring image quality and robustness is provided. An image-processing apparatus multiplexing additional information on image information includes a first multiplexing unit that is configured to perform pseudo-halftone processing so that the image information is changed into a first quantization level of multi-level gradation and that is configured to multiplex first information of the additional information at the pseudo-halftone-processing time, and a second multiplexing unit that is configured to perform the pseudo-halftone processing so that the first quantization level subjected to the pseudo-halftone processing by the first multiplexing unit is changed into a second quantization level of gradation lower than the multi-level gradation and that is configured to multiplex second information of the additional information at the pseudo-halftone-processing time. | 11-13-2008 |
20080285062 | Method Of Printing A Compressed Image Having A Bi-Level Black Layer And A Contone Layer - Provided is a method of printing a compressed image. The method includes the steps of receiving, with a printer controller, the image, having a bi-level black data layer compressed in an Edge Delta and Runlength (EDRL) compression format and a continuous tone (contone) CMYK data layer, from a computer. The method includes the steps of expanding the image by simultaneously decompressing the two data layers in parallel, and halftoning the contone CMYK data layer into bi-level CMYK data layer. Also included are the steps of compositing the bi-level black data layer over the bi-level CMYK data layer to form a composited bi-level CMYK image, transmitting the composited bi-level CMYK image to a memory buffer of pagewidth printer for printing. | 11-20-2008 |
20080291474 | PRINT SETTING APPARATUS, PRINT SETTING PROGRAM, PRINT SETTING METHOD - A print setting apparatus that carries out print setting for an image processing apparatus, includes: a paper display unit configured to display predetermined paper information related to a paper that can be used, as a list; a printed matter display unit configured to display a printed matter, as a page list; a selected paper information acquiring unit configured to acquire selected paper information showing which paper information is selected, of the paper information displayed as a list; an insertion position information acquiring unit configured to acquire insertion position information showing which page position a paper should be inserted to, of the pages displayed as a list; and an insertion state reflecting unit configured to reflect the selected paper information in the page list displayed by the printed matter display unit, in a form that the selected paper information is inserted in the insertion position information. | 11-27-2008 |
20080291475 | AUTO WHITE BALANCING BY MODIFIED GREY WORLD AND GEOMETRIC DISTORTION MEASUREMENT - A method, apparatus and computer program product for correcting white balance in a digital image are described. The method comprises determining a number of grey blocks in the digital image (s | 11-27-2008 |
20080291476 | COLOR SIGNAL CONVERSION METHOD AND APPARATUS, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING MAPPING PARAMETERS - A color signal conversion apparatus for converting a color signal of an input gamut to a color signal of an output gamut is provided. First, a target gamut for gamut mapping carried out on the input gamut is set, after which an evaluation function is determined for evaluating the difference between the target gamut and the results of gamut mapping performed on the input gamut using initialized mapping parameters. Then, the mapping parameters are determined based on the evaluation function so that the difference is minimum. The color signal of the input gamut is then mapped to the output gamut based on the determined mapping parameters and constraining conditions. This makes it possible to achieve favorable gamut mapping based on optimal mapping parameters that have been determined automatically. | 11-27-2008 |
20080291477 | Image Forming Apparatus - A matched ideal waveform is extracted from a plurality of ideal waveforms based on degree of coincidence with a light sensitive waveform obtained by a light receiving portion. The plurality of ideal waveforms differ from one another in phase. The displacement amount of an image to be formed of an adjustive color from an image to be formed of a reference color is determined based on the extracted matched ideal waveform. | 11-27-2008 |
20080291478 | COLOR CONVERSION APPARATUS AND COLOR CONVERSION METHOD - A color conversion method including the steps of a) generating output values corresponding to a body-center of each cubic lattice block included in a three-dimensional input space, and interpolating between the output values generated in step a) and the LUT values. The cubic lattice block is divided into six quadrangular pyramids. Each of the quadrangular pyramids is divided into two tetrahedron blocks by a side parallel to a predetermined straight line and by a plane including a diagonal line of a bottom plane that intersects the side parallel to the predetermined axis. Corrected output values are determined by performing linear interpolation on output values corresponding to body-center points of each of the tetrahedron blocks and using LUT values corresponding to three lattice points of each of the tetrahedron blocks and three correction coefficients based on a positional relationship of input color signals inside each of the tetrahedron blocks. | 11-27-2008 |
20080291479 | Spot color printing with non-standard gamuts achieved with process set point adjustment - A color management system is provided for enabling imaging of selected colors called spot colors that document dynamically adjusting the normal printer gamut to achieve extended colors. Developed mass may be increased or decreased by changing set points such as a photoreceptor roll charge, development bias or raster output scanner laser power. | 11-27-2008 |
20080291480 | Image-based color printer fractal gamut extensions achieved with process set point adjustment - A color management system is provided for enabling imaging of selected colors called spot colors by dynamically adjusting the normal printer gamut to achieve a color gamut extension. Developed toner mass may be increased or decreased by changing ROS laser intensity. Such adjustment can occur on a pixel-by-pixel basis for within page and within sections of the image gamut extension. | 11-27-2008 |
20080297812 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - To provide a technique capable of making a contribution to control of execution of processing according to an erroneous setting content in an image processing apparatus that applies processing according to the setting content to image data. | 12-04-2008 |
20080297813 | ASYMMETRICAL DIGITAL FILTERS FOR DOT GAIN ADJUSTMENTS - A method for adjusting dot-gain for a halftone binary bitmap file comprises inputting a halftone binary bitmap file consisting of binary pixels ( | 12-04-2008 |
20080297814 | Softproofing Via Modeling Print Engine Rendering Characteristics - A softproofing system and method render an input document for display on a monitor to faithfully represent projected output from a target print engine, where the displayed document representation rendering is modeled to include internal print engine specific enhancements or characteristics of the target print engine. The system and method identify the target print engine and print engine specific rendering characteristics from the specified content, such as an input file, which may be a raster image or an electronic file in a PDL format. Specific print engine characteristics may include halftone screen identification, error diffusion identification, halftone dot shape, write white, write black, anti-aliasing, line width compensation and specific tone reproduction curves. | 12-04-2008 |
20080297815 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ATTENUATION OF NEAR-NEUTRAL IMAGE COLORS - A method for attenuation of near-neutral image colors is described. The pixel chroma is determined. A chroma control point is determined. A pixel color is shifted toward neutral. An imaging device that is configured for attenuation of near-neutral image colors is described. The imaging device includes a processor. The imaging processing device includes memory in electronic communication with the processor. Instructions are stored in the memory. The instructions are executable to determine pixel chroma. The instructions are also executable to determine a chroma control point. The instructions are further executable to shift a pixel color toward neutral. | 12-04-2008 |
20080297816 | Method and system for black-level correction on digital image data - The black level in raw image data captured from an image sensor does not always stay fixed at a constant level, but may change as a function of the analog gain and exposure time and may vary from one spatial location of the pixels to another. To carry out black-level correction on the raw image data, the black level of each of the color components is measured at one or more sampling locations. A look-up table is generated based on the measured black levels and a computation module is used to carry out black-level correction based on the information stored in the look-up table. The look up table may have information indicative of the analog gain level and the exposure time and the variations of black-levels in different spatial locations. | 12-04-2008 |
20080297817 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COLOR CONVERTING METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus including a scanning unit to scan an image and to output corresponding digital color coordinates; a determining unit to determine a local color gamut including the digital color coordinates, based on a reference matrix computed from a standard color gamut, which includes the local color gamut, and the plurality of digital color coordinates; a matrix selecting unit to select a color conversion matrix that corresponds to the determined local color gamut; and a computing unit to compute LAB color coordinates based on the selected color conversion matrix and the digital color coordinates. A method of color conversion using the image forming apparatus is also provided. | 12-04-2008 |
20080297818 | COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COLOR PROCESSING METHOD - A color processing apparatus includes a calculation unit configured to calculate a correction value from reference color information in an input color gamut and reference color information in a reference color gamut, a correction unit configured to correct reference target color information in the reference color gamut based on the correction value to calculate target color information, and a color conversion unit configured to convert an input color in the input color gamut into an output color within an output color gamut by using the target color information. | 12-04-2008 |
20080297819 | SERVO CONTROL APPARATUS IN OPTICAL DISC DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING SERVO - A servo control apparatus in an optical disc device and a method of controlling a servo are provided. When an image is printed on a surface of an optical disc, an irregular reflective surface results. A servo control apparatus that is adapted for such irregular surfaces includes: an optical pick-up unit configured to output an error detection signal, the error detection signal associated with a positional error of an objective lens, the positional error associated with light that is reflected from an optical disc; a signal compensation unit coupled to the optical pick-up unit, the signal compensation unit configured to amplify the error detection signal to produce an amplified error detection signal; a filter coupled to the signal compensation signal, the filter configured to remove a noise component from the amplified error detection signal to produce a filtered error detection signal; and a control unit coupled to the filter, the control unit configured to output a control signal to a positional actuator associated with the objective lens based on the filtered error detection signal. | 12-04-2008 |
20080297820 | Image Forming Apparatus, Communication Device, and Cartridge - This invention provides an image forming apparatus which communicates with a plurality of cartridges without increasing its circuit dimension. To accomplish this, the apparatus includes a control circuit having an output terminal for outputting a clock signal and data signal used to generate a transmission signal to the cartridge, and an input terminal for receiving a transmission signal from the cartridge. The apparatus includes N connectors each having the first electrode which is connected to the first electrode surface of each cartridge, and the second electrode which is connected to the second electrode surface. The apparatus includes a 1-to-N first signal line for connecting the input terminal to the N first electrodes, and a 1-to-N second signal line for connecting the output terminal to the N second electrodes. The apparatus includes N switching units which are interposed between 1-to-N branch points and the second electrodes on the second signal line. | 12-04-2008 |
20080297821 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS ADMINISTRATION INFORMATION DISPLAY METHOD, SYSTEM, PROGRAM AND STORAGE MEDIUM - To enable for a user to easy recognize plural counter information notifications even when plural image input and output processes performed by using plural input and output paths are administrated by plural kinds of counter information, any of counters that a remaining number is necessary for a setting mode is selected by an administration apparatus from among plural counters (independently administrating plural kinds of number-of-image information representing the number of scanner-read images, the number of own-apparatus-output images, the number of externally received output images, and the like) administrated in regard to each ID, the selected counter is displayed on an operation unit, and it is controlled by a CPU to notify the user of impossibility of process continuation with alert when the counter reaches an upper limit value. | 12-04-2008 |
20080304088 | SECURE PRINT PROCESSING SYSTEM - A print processing system is provided that determines whether or not to execute processing for reducing reusability of a document image, such as image degradation processing and security image processing, based on information on a printer user. An information processing device sets a user-specified region to at least a portion of a region in a document image based on instructions from a user and sends a location of the user-specified region and the document image to a printer. The printer determines whether or not to execute image processing for deteriorating the document image for the user-specified region in the document image based on the information on the printer user. For example, the printer executes security image processing only when authority level of the printer user is low. Namely, a PC user can change executing the security image processing or not based on the authority level of the printer user. | 12-11-2008 |
20080304089 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING PRINTING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS CONNECTED TO PRINTING APPARATUS - A method for controlling an information processing apparatus connected to a printing apparatus including a storage device includes acquiring a status of the printing apparatus; generating a first print file from image data in accordance with the status of the printing apparatus; transmitting the first print file to the printing apparatus; generating and transmitting an instruction to the printing apparatus to perform printing using the first print file; generating a second print file from the image data in accordance with a status that is different from the status of the printing apparatus; transmitting the second print file to the printing apparatus; and generating and transmitting an instruction to the printing apparatus to store the first and second print files in the storage device thereof. | 12-11-2008 |
20080309953 | METHOD FOR REDUCING IMAGE ARTIFACTS ON ELECTRONIC PAPER DISPLAYS - A method and apparatus for reducing image artifacts on displays (e.g., electronic paper, etc.) are described. In one embodiment, the method comprises generating pixels of an image for a bistable display using halftoning based on data of one or more previously displayed images. | 12-18-2008 |
20080309954 | IMAGE RENDERING METHOD - An image rendering method includes the following steps. Firstly, a source image is provided. Then, raster operations (ROPs) are performed on the source image by a first bit operating engine to obtain ROP values, and the source image are divided into at least one first region and at least one second region. Then, a first operation is performed on the first region by the first bit operating engine and a render process is executed, thereby generating first bit image data. Then, a second operation is performed on the second region by a second bit operating engine and a render process is executed, thereby generating second bit image data. Afterwards, the second bit image data of the second region are converted into first bit image data of the second region according to a screening table between the first bit operating engine and the second bit operating engine. | 12-18-2008 |
20080309955 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD TO IMPROVE IMAGE QUALITY THEREOF - An image forming apparatus to improve image quality. The image forming apparatus includes a window control unit to generate a window of a predetermined size using a lines per inch (LPI) value of a dithering mask and an angle, and to detect locations of a center reference pixel and neighboring reference pixels in the window, a weighting set unit to apply weighted values to the reference pixels based on locations of the detected center reference pixel and the neighboring reference pixels, and a control unit to determine a dot size of the center reference pixel corresponding to weighted values corresponding to locations of black pixels of the center reference pixel and neighboring reference pixels. Accordingly, image quality is improved by generating dots corresponding to a plurality of gray levels based on weighted values. | 12-18-2008 |
20080309956 | Image processing apparatus, image forming apparatus, and output-format setting method - An image-information obtaining unit obtains image information. A form determining unit determines form information indicating a characteristic of limiting a position of a viewing axis that is an axis for turning over a page a print on which the image information is printed, based on the image information. A viewing-axis determining unit determines the position of the viewing axis based on the form information. A format limiting unit limits format information that can be set according to the position of the viewing axis. A format receiving unit receives an input of the format information limited by the format limiting unit. | 12-18-2008 |
20080309957 | Image forming apparatus and image forming method - Information controlling image processing or image forming performed on image data of a document is embedded into the image data as control data. When the control data is detected in the image data, the control data is analyzed to determine specific image processing or image forming to be performed on each page of the image data. | 12-18-2008 |
20080316510 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM AND STORAGE MEDIUM - The present invention provides an image processing apparatus, an image processing method, computer-program, and storage medium capable of acquiring a paper fingerprint efficiently and improving convenience for users. An image processing apparatus according to the present invention includes an image sensor acquiring RGB signals. The G signal is separated from the acquired RGB signals, and the RGB signals are input into a gain adjustment | 12-25-2008 |
20080316511 | Printing Apparatus - A printing apparatus, comprising: a printing unit that prints an image on a recording medium in a color mode or a monochrome mode based on a first job; a switching unit that performs a switching operation to switch between the color mode upon printing a color page and the monochrome mode upon printing a monochrome page; a first computing unit that computes, based on a switching time required for the switching operation, the maximum number of switching actions at which a printing turnaround time from a printing start time to a printing stop time is not more than a first time limit from the printing start time to a predetermined time limit; and a first limiting unit that restricts the switching operation based on a number of switching actions determined by the first computing unit. | 12-25-2008 |
20080316512 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREFOR - An image processing apparatus sets a print parameter with which stability of colors can be achieved in continuous printing. The number of prints is obtained. The print parameter is adjusted, and stability of colors in the case where the number of prints are printed in a continuous manner is evaluated. Based on the evaluation result, the print parameter is set. | 12-25-2008 |
20080316513 | COLOR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - The present invention provides a color conversion device that can be applied to a color management system. The color conversion device provides a color conversion device capable of generating a color conversion table used for color reproduction with high precision. The color conversion device generates a color conversion table that describes a correspondence relationship between color data in a first color space and color data in a second color space and corrects the correspondence relationship described in the color conversion table based on calorimetric values of color sample charts obtained by the reading of a plurality of the color sample charts. The color conversion device according to the present invention can correct the output values based on the calorimetric values of the color sample charts. | 12-25-2008 |
20080316514 | Image Forming Device, and Method and Computer Readable Medium Therefor - A print control device includes a first data processing unit configured to process first print job data based on a first file format, a second data processing unit configured to process second print job data based on a second file format, the second data processing unit including a data converter configured to convert first print job data into second print job data, a display control unit configured to display an image that may be printed based on the second print job data processed by the second data processing unit, an input unit configured to select therethrough one of the first print job data processed by the first data processing unit and the second print job data processed by the second data processing unit, and an output unit configured to output the print job data selected through the input unit so as to be printed. | 12-25-2008 |
20080316515 | PRINT ENGINE PIPELINE SUBSYSTEM OF A PRINTER CONTROLLER - Provided is a print engine pipeline subsystem of a printer controller. The subsystem includes a print engine pipeline controller for reading and writing print engine pipeline registers, and a contone decoder unit for expanding JPEG compressed continuous tone (“contone”) layers. Also included are a lossless bi-level decoder for expanding compressed bi-level layers, a line loader unit for expanding page images for a printhead, and a printhead interface for sending dot data to the printhead and for providing line synchronization between multiple printer controllers. | 12-25-2008 |
20090002730 | Adaptor, Image Supply Device, Printing System, and Control Method Therefor - An adaptor which mediates between an image supply device and a printer causes the printer to print by selecting either of the first operation mode in which image data from the image supply device is received by wireless communication and before the completion of receiving the image data, a print job is issued to the printer by wired communication, and the second operation mode in which image data from the image supply device is received by wireless communication and after the completion of receiving the image data, a print job is issued to the printer by wired communication. | 01-01-2009 |
20090002731 | Image processing method and program therefor - Information indicating an area of an image and information indicating attributes of the image have been stored in an IC chip attached to an original paper. When a copying apparatus performs a character recognition process operation with respect to an image displayed on the original paper, the copying apparatus reads the information related to the area of the image and the information related to the attribute of this area from the IC chip attached to this original paper. Then the copying apparatus separates an area where a character is displayed therefrom. The copying apparatus executes the character recognition process operation with respect to the image of the separated area. | 01-01-2009 |
20090002732 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An image forming apparatus includes an attribute determining unit that determines an attribute concerning a hue of an original; a multi-page layout unit configured to arrange image data of a plurality of originals on a single sheet thereby obtaining a multi-page layout; and a cost calculating unit that calculates a printing cost of the originals. The cost calculating unit calculates the printing cost for the multi-page layouts of different combinations of the image data of the originals arranged by the multi-page layout unit based on an outcome of determination by the attribute determining unit. | 01-01-2009 |
20090002733 | PRINTING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printing apparatus which is capable of carrying out proxy printing by a simple operation of attaching a removable storage medium, while preventing an erroneous operation without complicating an operation for selecting a function from various functions for use with the removable storage medium. The printing apparatus prints out print data stored in a storage device. When the printing apparatus cannot print out the print data stored in the storage device, print data stored in the storage unit and yet to be subjected to print processing is transferred into the external memory in response to attachment of the external memory to the printing apparatus. When the printing apparatus can print out the print data stored in the storage device, a job is executed using the external memory in response to attachment of the external memory to the printing apparatus. | 01-01-2009 |
20090002734 | IMAGE COPYING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, PROGRAM, AND METHOD FOR GENERATING 3D-LUT - There is provided an image copying apparatus provided with a scanner and a printer, the image copying apparatus comprising: an obtaining unit which obtains image data by causing the scanner scan an image of an original; a correction unit which performs correction processing that adds, to saturation, a value corresponding to a difference between lightness before and after performing predetermined editing processing on the image data, with respect to a region where a correction is performed designated near the maximum saturation of a color gamut of the printer; and a control unit which causes the printer to print the image data corrected by the correction unit. | 01-01-2009 |
20090002735 | PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS AND PRINTING SYSTEM - In order to enable a user to easily perform setting of tandem printing, icons | 01-01-2009 |
20090002736 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND RECORDED MATERIAL - An image processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the invention, includes an image input unit which inputs main image information defined by first, second and third color component information corresponding to at least three colors, a modulation unit which modulates a color difference grid pattern by sub information, a superposing unit which superposes the modulated color difference grid pattern on each of the first, second and third color component information after the modulated color difference grid pattern and each of the first, second and third color component information are rotated relative to each other through a predetermined angle, and a composition unit which composites the first, second and third color component information to generate color image information. | 01-01-2009 |
20090002737 | COLOR GAMUT DATA CREATING DEVICE - A color gamut data creating device includes a locating unit, and an extracting unit. The locating unit locates characteristic points based on the measurement points on a target plane. The extracting unit extracts at least three vertices of a color gamut from among the characteristic points. Thee at least three vertices satisfy the conditions that a first point, which is any one of the at least three vertices, is located within a reference distance from a second point adjacent to the first point from among the at least three vertices, and that all cross products that are calculated by a vector from the first point to the second point and vectors from the first point to any characteristic points that are located within the reference distance from the first point have the same sign. | 01-01-2009 |
20090002738 | IMAGE-PRINTING DEVICE - An image-printing device includes a reading unit, a sample characteristic amount extracting unit, an original characteristic amount extracting unit, an image converting unit, and a printing unit. The reading unit reads a sample image and an original image. The sample image has a sample characteristic amount indicating a characteristic of the sample image. The original image has an original characteristic amount indicating a characteristic of the original image. The sample characteristic amount extracting unit extracts the sample characteristic amount from the sample image. The original characteristic amount extracting unit extracts the original characteristic amount from the original image. The image converting unit converts the original image based on both the sample characteristic amount and the original characteristic amount. The printing unit prints the converted original image. | 01-01-2009 |
20090002739 | METHOD OF PRINTING WITH A PERSONAL COMPUTER AND CONNECTED PRINTER - A method of printing includes the steps of rendering continuous tone (“contone”) data to a pixel level and subsequently compressing the contone data in a personal computer. The bi-level data is rendered to a dot level and subsequently compressed in said personal computer. The method also includes the steps of transmitting the contone and bi-level data and decompressing the contone data and foreground bi-level data in parallel in a printer controller. The contone data is halftoned to bi-level color data. The foreground bi-level data is composited over the bi-level color data to create composited bi-level color image data. The steps of halftoning and compositing are performed in parallel. The method further includes the step of printing the composited bi-level color image data. | 01-01-2009 |
20090009778 | Converting black to composite black in digital printing - A method of converting black to composite/process black in a digital color print engine. A lightness adjustment is employed for converting input image (O, O, O, K | 01-08-2009 |
20090009779 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND A CONTROL METHOD TO IMPROVE IMAGE QUALITY - An image forming apparatus and a control method to improve image quality. In the image forming apparatus, an edge detecting unit detects an edge pixel from scanned image data, an edge processing unit determines whether the edge pixel is a color edge pixel or a black edge pixel and applies independent edge processing methods to the color edge pixel and the black edge pixel, and a print unit prints the scanned image data using the processed edge pixel. | 01-08-2009 |
20090009780 | IMAGE OUTPUTTING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image outputting apparatus obtains attribute information about image data prior to acquisition of the image data stored in an external apparatus. The image outputting apparatus accepts an output request of the image data by using the attribute information while obtaining the image data. The image outputting apparatus holds the output request in accordance with the acceptance of the output request before completion of acquisition of the image data and allows the outputting the image data in response to the output request after acquisition of the image data has been completed. | 01-08-2009 |
20090009781 | COLOR PRINTING SYSTEM - In a color printing system the printer driver automatically obtains local characteristic information, such as countries, cities, languages, etc., stored in the OS of the host computer. The printer driver or the image forming apparatus color-converts the input data into output data, which reflects the color preference of the specific region where the image forming apparatus is installed, by using the look-up table corresponding to the local characteristic information obtained by the printer driver. Accordingly, the color preference of the specific region, in which the image forming apparatus is installed, is set more quickly and easily without requiring a complicated structure. The system includes a host computer to store local characteristic information of a region where an apparatus is installed, a printer driver to store look-up tables according to the local characteristic information, to select a look-up table corresponding to the local characteristic information obtained from the host computer, and to convert input data into output data representing a color corresponding to a color preference of a specific region by using the selected look-up table, and an image forming apparatus which is connected to the host computer so as to receive and print the output data, which is color-converted by the printer driver. | 01-08-2009 |
20090009782 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM THEREOF - In prior art, there are some occasions where functions of a copy-forgery-inhibited pattern are impaired when printed on a sheet after rotation because of the level difference appearing between the density level of a latent image portion and the density level of a background portion of a copy-forgery-inhibited pattern. To cope with the problem, the image processing apparatus which has a generating unit for generating copy-forgery-inhibited pattern image data and a rotation unit for rotating the generated copy-forgery-inhibited pattern image data, wherein the generating unit generates the copy-forgery-inhibited pattern image data to be rotated by the rotation unit in accordance with a rotation angle in the rotation unit. | 01-08-2009 |
20090009783 | PRINTING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF PRINTING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A user can easily tell whether image position adjustment is being appropriately performed for accommodating units in which printing media is accommodated. A printing method for controlling a printing apparatus so as to cause a printing unit to print on a sheet fed from a sheet accommodation unit, includes: accepting input of an adjustment value for image adjustment for a sheet accommodated in the sheet accommodation unit; causing the printing unit to print an image adjusted according to the accepted adjustment value; and in a case where adjustment is necessary for a sheet accommodated in the sheet accommodation unit, prompting input of the adjustment value. | 01-08-2009 |
20090009784 | METHOD FOR PRINTING ONTO COLOURED SUBSTRATES - A method for printing an electronic image comprising a plurality of pixels onto a substrate using a computer-assisted image processing system, said method comprising the step of using alpha channel information in combination with substrate color information to calculate the transparency level that needs to be applied to each pixel. | 01-08-2009 |
20090009785 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, APPARATUS AND MEMORY MEDIUM THEREFOR - Correction for color fog is securely achieved with limited load of processing. The RGB image data are converted into the luminance Y and the chromaticity values C | 01-08-2009 |
20090009786 | PRINTER CONTROLLER FOR A PAGEWIDTH PRINTER CONFIGURED TO PERFORM INK COUNTS - Provided is a printer controller for a pagewidth printer having a printhead configured to print ink supplied from an ink cartridge with print quality information. The controller includes a processor having an address, data and control bus, an expander unit and a decoder unit each coupled to the bus and configured to receive a page having a bi-level black layer and a continuous tone (“contone”) layer, to decompress the respective layers in parallel, to halftone the contone layer data to bi-level data, and to composite the bi-level black layer over the bi-level data to form an image. The controller also includes a replaceable ink cartridge comprising a first integrated circuit (IC) containing the print quality information and which is configured to be interfaced with the processor. Also included is a second IC interfaced to the processor which is configured to count a number of drops of ink printed by the printhead, to update a remaining drop count of the ink cartridge using the counted drops printed and then write an updated remaining drop count to the second IC each time a page has been printed. | 01-08-2009 |
20090009787 | MULTICOLORANT SEPARATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A method separates a color vector into a colorant vector for a printing system that uses more than four colorants, for example cyan, magenta, yellow, black, orange and green colorants. According to the method, the separation process is split up into partial four colorant processes that contain opponent colors. For example, a first partial process is a cyan, magenta, yellow and black process; a second one is an orange, magenta, yellow and black process; and a third one is a cyan, green, yellow and black process. Continuity of magnitudes of the colorants is achieved across the boundaries of the color gamuts of the partial processes by imposing specific constraints on the combinations of colorants to render a given color. A computer implemented system and a print system are based on the method. | 01-08-2009 |
20090015850 | Rapid loading of interleaved RGB data into SSE registers - Rapid loading of chromatically interleaved RGB data into SSE registers as chromatically segregated RGB data for print processing is achieved through a loading algorithm that relies on a reduced number of memory references. An exemplary method comprises the steps of loading into SSE registers a first instance of data of a first and a second color from interleaved RGB data two bytes at a time, creating in SSE registers a second instance of the data of the first and second colors, removing from SSE registers one instance of the data of the second color, packing into one SSE register one instance of the data of the first color, removing from SSE registers one instance of the data of the first color and packing into one SSE register one instance of the data of the second color. | 01-15-2009 |
20090015851 | Color calibration system - Disclosed a color calibration system including: a first printing system; and a second printing system, wherein a first image processing apparatus includes: a controller to control the first printing apparatus, to obtain first measurement result data, and to calculate first differential data which is a difference between the first measurement result data and ideal value data; and a transmitting section, and a second image processing apparatus includes: a receiving section; and a controller to control the second printing apparatus, to obtain second measurement result data, to add the ideal value data and the first differential data to calculate target value data, to calculate second differential data which is a difference between the calculated target value data and the second measurement result data, and to calibrate a color conversion processing condition in the second image processing apparatus on the basis of the second differential data. | 01-15-2009 |
20090015852 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COLOR TABLE GENERATING METHOD AND COLOR DOCUMENT PRINTING METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus, and a color table generating method and color document printing method of the image forming apparatus. The image forming apparatus includes a color matching unit to match colors of a color document containing one or more images formed with a preset number of colors with colors available in the image forming apparatus, and a color table generator to generate a color table using the matched colors. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the color change caused by a difference in the characteristics between a printer and a scanner. | 01-15-2009 |
20090015853 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus for forming a tone image using a density pattern method has a ROM for storing a density pattern corresponding to each of a number of tones and an ideal density value of each density pattern, and a sensor for detecting the optical density of an image that has been formed by an image forming unit that forms the image by an electrophotographic method. An image is formed by the image forming unit based upon the density pattern corresponding to each tone, and the density pattern corresponding to each tone is modified based upon optical density, which has been obtained by detecting the density of the image by the sensor, and the ideal density value of each density pattern. | 01-15-2009 |
20090015854 | IMAGE-FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR IMAGE-FORMING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image-forming apparatus providing connection which is capable of realizing a user-friendly system environment in connection of a print-control apparatus and an image-forming apparatus present on an identical network. It is determined whether the image-forming apparatus is connected to the print-control apparatus ( | 01-15-2009 |
20090015855 | Method for Correcting the Gray Balance of a Printing Process - A method for correcting gray balance of a printing process includes imaging printing forms assigned to color separations with a test form, printing a printing material using the printing forms in a printing press and calorimetrically measuring the test form printed onto the printing material. It is undesirably possible to produce a new color error in other tonal value ranges due to changing the layer thickness of a process ink to correct the gray balance. In order to perform a gray balance correction without disruptive secondary effects, a test form is imaged with colored gray areas, after their colorimetric measurement, at least two of the colored gray areas are selected and, based on their color values, a corrected tonal value of a non-black chromatic process ink is determined, and this corrected tonal value is recorded as a corrected set point of the process ink for imaging following printing forms. | 01-15-2009 |
20090021753 | Methods and Systems for Refining Text Color in a Digital Image - Aspects of the present invention relate to systems and methods for refining text color in a digital image. | 01-22-2009 |
20090021754 | Method and system for converting a document - A printing system includes a converter for replacing graphic elements of a color matched document ( | 01-22-2009 |
20090021755 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, DATA PROCESSING METHOD, AND PRINTING SYSTEM - An image processing apparatus comprises: an image transformation section which generates, from print data, image data of character or line drawing of gradation value n | 01-22-2009 |
20090021756 | COLOR PRINTER AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF WITH PULSE WIDTH MODULATION FOR TONE CONTROL BASED ON TYPE OF DOCUMENT AND NUMBER OF COLORS PRINTED - A color printing apparatus having pulse-width modulation means which performs pulse-width modulation for tone control, and a control method thereof are provided. Based on determination of a printing mode of printing data supplied and determination of whether or not the printing data is to be processed as single-color data, a pulse-width modulation pattern to be used by the pulse-width modulation means is decided. | 01-22-2009 |
20090027701 | METHODS, APPARATUS, AND ARTICLES OF MANUFACTURE FOR IMPROVED PROCESSING OF EMBEDDED ICC PROFILES - Methods, systems, and articles of manufacture to enhance automation of conversion and/or persistent storage of color management information embedded within an associated, received data object. Features and aspects hereof provide that color management information embedded within an identified data object (e.g., an image data object) is converted to an appropriate form useful within the printing environment and persistently stored for re-use in conjunction with presentation of received data objects in a print job. For example, an ICC profile embedded within a received image data object may be converted to an AFP color management resource (a color conversion CMR and/or zero or more link CMRs) and persistently stored in an object library for re-use in presentation of print jobs. The conversion and persistent storage of such color management information may be substantially automated as a step in the installation of the underlying data object. | 01-29-2009 |
20090027702 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Disclosed is an image forming apparatus in which a visualized background pattern image data in which a latent image is visualized is generated, the generated visualized background pattern image data and an image data of a job are synthesized to generate a visualized background pattern synthesizing image data, and a visualized background pattern synthesizing image in which the latent image is visualized is formed based on the generated visualized background pattern synthesizing image data, to output the visualized background pattern synthesizing image on a printing sheet, at the time of a confirmation printing. Thus, a user can easily confirm the state of an invisible background pattern synthesizing image after reproduction with eyes, before the outputting of the set number of copies to be output. | 01-29-2009 |
20090027703 | IMAGE FORMING DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - An image forming device having a plurality of developing units is provided. The image forming device includes a control unit to determine whether to perform an auto color registration (ACR) with respect to one or more of the plurality of developing units, and a print engine unit to perform an ACR of the determined developing units. | 01-29-2009 |
20090027704 | Tint Block Image Generation Program, Tint Block Image Generation Device, and Tint Block Image Generation Method - A computer readable storage medium stores a tint block image generation program for generating tint block image data for forming, on a print medium, a tint block image including a latent image portion which is reproduced by copying, and a background portion of which copy output density drops. The program has a latent image portion generation step of generating data of a plurality of first dots in the latent image portion based on a dot clustered screen; and a background portion generation step of generating data of a plurality of second dots and data of a plurality of third dots dispersed among the second dots and having a size smaller than the second dots. And the first dots in the latent image portion and the second dots in the background portion are arranged at positions on common displacement vectors in an area of the tint block image. | 01-29-2009 |
20090027705 | PRE-PRINTING CONFIRMATION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PICTURE COLOR TONE FOR PRINTING PRESS, PLATE MAKING METHOD, AND PICTURE COLOR TONE CONTROLLING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRINTING PRESS - The invention relates to picture color tone control for a printing press, and it is an object of the invention to make it possible to confirm a color shade before printing is performed thereby to prevent failure in printing and suppress incidence of paper loss. A device profile of a printing press to be used for printing is acquired, and a device profile of a simulation printing tool is acquired and plate making data is acquired. Then, the device profile of the printing press is used to convert tone value data k, c, m, y of the plate making data into color coordinates (L*a*b*), and color coordinates (L*a*b*) obtained by conversion using the device profile of the simulation printing too are outputted with densities according to densities R, G, B from the simulation printing tool. Then, it is decided whether or not the color shade of the output is within a permissible range. Plate making and picture color tone control of the printing press are performed based on a result of the decision. | 01-29-2009 |
20090027706 | Printing apparatus, and method and program for controlling the printing device - A printing apparatus having a displaying portion, a display controlling unit, and a print controlling unit. | 01-29-2009 |
20090027707 | PEN-SHAPED MODULAR CAMERA ASSEMBLY HAVING A SERIAL BUS INTERFACE - Provided is a pen-shaped modular camera assembly having a plurality of modules each with at least one connector to link the modules together. The assembly includes a camera module having an image sensor for capturing an image in an RGB (red, green, blue) color space, as well as a central processing module arranged in communication with the camera module. The central processing module has a central processor that includes a RISC processor core and a memory for storing operating instructions to operate the camera module and image data for manipulation by the processor core. The assembly also includes a serial bus interface for communicating with the camera module, the printer module and the dispenser module. | 01-29-2009 |
20090033954 | Color job output matching for a printing system - A printing system is provided for color job matching of the output from a plurality of image marking engines. The system includes a first test image printed by a first image marking engine on a media document. The first test image having a data glyph and a plurality of reference patches. The system further includes a second test image printed by a second image marking engine on the media document. The second test image having a data glyph and a plurality of reference patches. The first and second test images are printed on the same side of the media document. A scanner is provided for scanning the media document. The scanned first and second test images provide calibration data for matching color correction tables of the first image marking engine and the second image marking engine, wherein the data glyph and the reference patches of the scanned image data are compared with retrieved color correction tables for generating compensation values based on a difference between the scanned image set-up data and the color correction tables for at least a first subsequent image document on the first image marking engine or the second image marking engine. | 02-05-2009 |
20090033955 | Color conversion device, information processing method and computer readable medium - A color conversion device includes an acquisition section and a correction section. The acquisition section acquires first color information of an image to be printed on a specific position in a first side of a recording paper and second color information of an image to be printed on a position corresponding to the specific position in a second side of the recording paper. The correction section corrects the first color information and second color information acquired by the acquisition section, based on combination information on color combination of images on the corresponding positions of the first side and the second side. | 02-05-2009 |
20090033956 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS, AND CPU-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - When a color image is formed on a transparent sheet with a white color material as background color material and C, M, Y, K color materials as process color materials and has colors determined by the total amount of the color materials that are applied per unit area, image formation failures such as ink drooping and ink fixation failures are prevented from occurring. Of four colors or more including white represented by a CMYKW 1-bit pixel signal, the three colors C, M, Y (gray) are replaced with the color K. After the replacement, for three or more of C, M, Y, K, no white color ink is applied since the transparent sheet is opaque without the white color ink. This control process is effective to reduce the number of applications, i.e., the total amount of inks applied, thereby preventing image formation failures such as ink drooping from occurring. | 02-05-2009 |
20090033957 | CALIBRATION CHART CONFIGURATION SYSTEM | 02-05-2009 |
20090033958 | Image Processing Apparatus for Displaying a Control Method Corresponding to a Control Code Provided in a Document - An image processing apparatus detects a control code provided to a document in order to prevent image data, which is created by reading the document, from being leaked in accordance with the detected control code. A control table storage part stores the control code by relating to a control method to prevent leaking. A control method display section displays the control method, which is retrieved from the control table storage part, on a display part based on the control code. | 02-05-2009 |
20090033959 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus includes an interface which is connected with a storage medium to store printing data therein, an image forming unit to perform an image forming operation with respect to the printing data, a display unit, and a controller to control displaying whether to remove the storage medium depending on the image forming operation with respect to the printing data stored in the storage medium. | 02-05-2009 |
20090033960 | OUTPUT CONTROL SYSTEM - The present invention is to provide an output control system in which an information processing apparatus instructs an image output apparatus to output image data, and in which the image output apparatus outputs the image data. The output control system is configured by an image output apparatus | 02-05-2009 |
20090033961 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS, AND CPU-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A device CMYKW 8-bit signal supplied to an image output device is controlled so that the total amount of color materials per unit area will not exceed an upper limit therefor. Until a provisional total amount of color materials reaches a value 765, a device CMYKW 8-bit signal is output with the white color material being kept at a maximum gradation level 255. When the provisional total amount is in the range between the values 765 and 1020, the amount of the white color material is reduced from the maximum gradation level to 0 to keep the total amount be the value 765. When the provisional total amount is in the range between the values 1020 and 1275, a UCR process is performed while the amount of the white color material is kept at 0. Consequently, the total amount is kept 765 of 300% or lower all the time. | 02-05-2009 |
20090033962 | COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - In the present invention, an image determination processing unit detects an image characteristic for each pixel in cyan image data of image data subjected to a registration shift correction by one pixel by use of a profile characteristic. Each set of characteristic determination result information A to C is stored in a determination result storing unit, and a decoder determines whether or not to perform a registration shift correction less than one pixel according to the information A to C. For magenta, yellow, or black, an image edge simple determination processing unit and a screen image simple determination processing unit for each color detect the image characteristic for each pixel in a simplified manner. According to this detected characteristic determination result information, it is determined whether or not to perform the registration shift correction less than one pixel for magenta, yellow, or black. | 02-05-2009 |
20090033963 | CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROLLING METHOD, PROGRAM AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A problem of the present invention is to provide a control apparatus, a controlling method, a program, and a recording medium which can print by using at least one or more special colors in addition to four colors of Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black. To solve the above problem, the control apparatus according to the present invention includes analyzing unit that provides command analysis for a CMYK plate and a clear toner plate, generating unit that generates image data of the CMYK plate based on a result of the command analysis by the analyzing unit, and embedding unit that embeds a clear toner attribute obtained by analyzing the clear toner plate in an attribute flag accompanying each of pixels of the image data of the CMYK plate, which is generated by the generating unit. | 02-05-2009 |
20090033964 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPURTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - An average value calculating section calculates, for respective color components, an average value of pixel values within a pixel block, to define the calculated average values as a pixel value of a pixel of interest. A histogram generating section obtains, for respective pixels of interest, a maximum value of the average values among the color components and a maximum difference in the average values among the color components, and generates histograms respectively for the maximum value and the maximum difference in which histograms a number of pixels for a density bin is considered as a frequency-of-occurrence value. A determination section obtains numbers of density bins that correspond to a frequency-of-occurrence value greater than or equal to a predetermined frequency-of-occurrence value in the histograms, and determines that data of image is of a blank page image when both of the numbers of density bins are a bin threshold or less. | 02-05-2009 |
20090033965 | Print Control Device and Recording Medium Containing Printer Driver - A print control device is capable of processing print job data having a first file format and print job data having a second file format which is different from the first file format. The print control device includes a judging unit configured to judge whether the print data has the first file format or second file format, a converting unit configured to convert the print data having the first file format to the print data having the second file format, an adjusting unit configured to apply a print area adjustment to the print job data converted by the converting unit only when the judging unit judges that the print job data has the first file format, and a data processing unit configured to apply a data processing to the print job data having the second file format. | 02-05-2009 |
20090033966 | COLOR CONVERSION APPARATUS AND COLOR CONVERSION METHOD - A color conversion apparatus is for converting an input point defined in a three-dimensional first color space into an output point defined in a three-dimensional second color space. The color conversion apparatus includes: a position identifying unit; a first conversion unit; a second conversion unit; and an output point identifying unit. The position identifying unit identifies a two-dimensional position for the input point, the two-dimensional position being defined on a specific plane passing through a first white point, a first black point and the input point, the first white point and the first black point being defined in the first color space. The first conversion unit converts the input point into an intermediate point that is defined in a device-independent color space. The second conversion unit converts the intermediate point into a temporary output point that is defined in the three-dimensional second color space. The output point identifying unit identifies, in the second color space, an output point, whose position defined on a plane that passes through a second white point, a second black point and the temporary output point corresponds to the two-dimensional position identified by the position identifying unit, the second white point and the second black point being defined in the second color space. | 02-05-2009 |
20090033967 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND ITS CONTROL METHOD - In the case of providing a variable data print, it is an object to provide an image processing apparatus in which the user can take a countermeasure against an error more rapidly. When a variable data printing process is started, whether or not image data is inaccessible is discriminated to all image data used in the printing process. If there is the inaccessible image data at this point of time, the user is notified of it and the printing process is cancelled. At this time, a path name of the image data and a name of a record to which the path name belongs are simultaneously displayed and such a record is directly previewed. | 02-05-2009 |
20090033968 | PRINTER WITH FOLDABLE PROTECTIVE COVER AND PRINT MEDIA FEED MECHANISM - A printer includes a hollow body. The body houses an ink ejection printhead coupled to circuitry. In addition, the body bears a user interface. A foldable cover is pivotally mounted to the body to protectively cover the user interface. A print media feed mechanism includes a single motor driving rollers. The feed mechanism is configured to both grip an endmost sheet of print media from a print media stack and feed print media past the ink ejection printhead during printing. The operation of the feed mechanism is conditional upon the driven direction of the motor. | 02-05-2009 |
20090033969 | IMAGE CONTROL APPARATUS AND IMAGE CONTROL METHOD - An image display system in which an image output equipment and an image control apparatus are connected by a moving image digital interface such as HDMI, executes a battery saving in the image output equipment in case of a still image display. The image display system discriminates whether an image, input by an externally-connected digital image output apparatus is a still image, and stores the input image in a frame memory. In case of a discrimination as a still image, the discrimination as a still image is informed to the digital image output apparatus, and the image read out from the frame memory is used for display on a connected display apparatus. | 02-05-2009 |
20090040539 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FORMING IMAGE - Data concerning a transfer pattern of lamination transparent film is not externally sent and stored in a memory but generated by a random pattern generating module of a color controlling DSP | 02-12-2009 |
20090040540 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - The image processing apparatus includes a halftoning unit which performs halftoning with respect to a boundary pixel of an image data, and a setting unit which sets a window range and performs a resetting operation such that a print density of a portion of the boundary pixels in a window is transferred to another boundary pixel by using position information and density information of the boundary pixel. | 02-12-2009 |
20090040541 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND CONTROL PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus receives a printing job from an information processing apparatus and prints the printing job, wherein confirmation printing to confirm the printed material of the printing job is instructed. If the sheet used with the confirmation print is a specialized sheet, printing is performed using the same type of sheet for the confirmation printing and the main printing. | 02-12-2009 |
20090040542 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, DISPLAY DEVICE, PROGRAM AND INFORMATION STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing system includes: an update unit updating color space information indicating a color space by allowing rotational movement of a selected reference color, taking a line connecting a white color to a black color in the color space as a rotation axis, based on adjustment information indicating that hue of at least one reference color is adjusted, which is in a reference color group including plural reference colors of a RGB system and plural reference colors of a CMY system in the color space; and a correction unit correcting an input image signal based on the color space information. | 02-12-2009 |
20090040543 | DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - In a document management system according to an embodiment of the present invention, in order to prevent a leakage of information, in a case where a copy of a document is transferred to a media, a deletion processing with respect to the document is disabled. Then, in a case where it is confirmed that document leakage is not performed from the media, the deletion processing with respect to the document from the media is canceled. | 02-12-2009 |
20090046305 | Controlling dfe color management behavior in a distributed system - A document specification is examined to determine if it matches the device color characterization of a rendering device such as a printer. If it matches, then the document can be faithfully rendered by the device. Otherwise, the document specification must be transformed before rendering. A match can be detected by discovering a appropriate metadata within the document specification or within the document color characterization. Alternatively, a device signature can be used instead of a metadata. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046306 | Method and apparatus for ordering and printing annotated photographs - A method and apparatus are disclosed for printing annotated digital photographs via a computer. Photographic data and annotation data are entered into the computer and associated with each other. The data are then transmitted to an image printing system, either across a network or via a direct connection, and the image printing system prints a double-sided print, with the photographic data on the front, and the annotation data on the rear. In preferred embodiments, metadata is associated with the image and annotation data, and the image and/or annotation data is stored on the computer. In another aspect of the invention, the annotation data is displayed on the computer together with the image, in lieu of producing a double-sided print. The annotation data can be prepared using the full range of editing and formating features of the graphical and text software available for the computer. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046307 | RGB TO RGBW COLOR DECOMPOSITION METHOD AND SYSTEM - A Red Green Blue-to-Red Green Blue White (RGB-to-RGBW) color decomposition method and system. The RGB-to-RGBW color decomposition method includes: determining an output value of white based on inputted RGB values and a saturation; and outputting the output value when an input color is a pure color. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046308 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - There is provided an image processing apparatus that includes a conversion unit that performs color conversion of an input image by employing correlation information denoting color coordinates of grid points in an input color space and color coordinates corresponding to those grid points in an output color space; a first adjustment processing unit that performs first adjustment processing with respect to an image output from the conversion unit; a calculation unit that calculates a total color material amount corresponding to each of the grid points based on the color coordinates of the grid points in the output color space denoted by the correlation information; and a judgment unit that judges whether or not the first adjustment processing is to be applied to an image output from the conversion unit based on a comparison between the total color material amount corresponding to each grid point and the limit value. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046309 | Inkjet Printer With Dual Page Memory And Page Expander - An inkjet printer including a body housing a print engine configured to transport and print upon print media. The print engine includes a memory buffer of sufficient size to enable printing of one compressed page whilst receiving another compressed page. Each compressed page includes compressed contone data and compressed bi-level data. The print engine is configured to expand each compressed page during printing. A retractable cover is pivotally mounted relative to the body and is able to be pivoted to form a guide which can guide print media to the print engine for printing. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046310 | MULTI-COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A multi-color image forming apparatus includes signal detecting units which are included in development units and detect horizontal synchronization signals, a correction unit to count pulse widths of the horizontal synchronization signals detected by the signal detecting units and correct timings of vertical offsets to be increased or decreased according to lengths of the pulse widths, and a video controller to output video data to scan multi-color images on surfaces of photosensitive drums according to the timings of the vertical offsets corrected by the correction unit. Even when any one of the laser scanning units and the development units is shifted from a reference position, the vertical offset is corrected such that the multi-color images printed on a recording medium are aligned in a vertical direction. Accordingly, preventing quality of the multi-color images from deteriorating is possible. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046311 | Printing Apparatus, Displaying Device, and Computer Usable Medium Therefor - A printing apparatus to process a print job is provided. The printing apparatus includes a printing unit to form an image according to print data, a displaying device to display information concerning an operation of the printing apparatus, a first storage unit to store first user information, which identifies a user of an information processing apparatus, in association with a user-specific thumbnail image, which is to be displayed in the displaying device to identify the print job provided by the user, a first judging unit to determine as to whether the print job includes first security information, which is specified by the user to prevent contents of the print data from being disclosed, and the first user information, and a first display control unit to display the user-specific thumbnail image when the first judging unit determines that the print job includes the first security information and the first user information. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046312 | THRESHOLD MATRIX, A METHOD OF GENERATING THE SAME, AND A METHOD OF ASSIGNING THE SAME - The number of pixels of a dot of a minimum size, a pattern frequency of an intermediate tone, the number of new dots of the minimum size at each dot percentage are determined. Then, thresholds in the threshold matrix are determined so that the optimum dot pattern at each dot percentage is obtained, and a threshold matrix is generated. A threshold matrix for C-separation is assigned to a separation for R that is complementary to C. A threshold matrix for M-separation is assigned to a separation for G that is complementary to M. A threshold matrix for Y-separation is assigned to a separation for B that is complementary to Y. | 02-19-2009 |
20090051944 | Image processing method for reducing imaging artifacts - An image processing method includes a step of converting halftoned pixels of an image to be printed represented at a first lower tonal resolution into pixels represented at a second higher tonal resolution. Image processing is used on the pixels having a higher tonal resolution to reduce image quality artifacts when the pixels are printed at the first lower tonal resolution. In a preferred embodiment, the image processing includes error diffusion of a sigma delta modulation. | 02-26-2009 |
20090051945 | IMAGE FORMING DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - An image forming method which examines validity of an output object using an ROP, for example, and determines whether the output object is printed in a color mode or in a mono mode, is provided. The method includes detecting an output object having a color value from among output objects constituting a mono page, examining the validity of the detected output object, and outputting the detected output object as a mono object if the output object is determined not to be valid. Accordingly, if a mono image having an RGB value is recognized as a color object but is data not to be output on paper or media, the image is recognized as data which are not necessary to be output using color toner, so that only black toner is used. Accordingly, the printing rate increases, and efficiency of processing a printing is enhanced. | 02-26-2009 |
20090051946 | IMAGE AREA SELECTING METHOD - A method for controlling a printing apparatus includes displaying a display image on a display unit based on image data, detecting a plurality of positions touched on a touch panel, for each of the positions detected on the touch panel, designating a position on the display image displayed on the display unit according to the position detected on the touch panel, obtaining an aspect ratio of a printing area, determining a crop area of the display image having the aspect ratio of the printing area and including all of the designated positions on the display image, and printing an image on a recording sheet based on the determined crop area. | 02-26-2009 |
20090051947 | PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD - An information processing apparatus analyzes a print job made up of multiple records, detects record segments using the analysis results, correlates each record and the printing page corresponding to each record, and displays a list of records based thereupon. Further, upon operation instructions of printing control input as to a record in the displayed list, the information processing apparatus executes processing based on operating instructions as to an instructed record according to operation instructions. | 02-26-2009 |
20090051948 | IMAGE-FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An image-forming apparatus includes a first monitor which detects whether a non-paper-medium supplier is attached to the main body of the image-forming apparatus. When a normal copying process is selected, the copying process is stopped immediately if the first monitor determines that the non-paper-medium supplier is attached and an error message indicating that a printing process cannot be performed since the non-paper-medium supplier is attached is shown on the main body. In addition, if a facsimile is received while the non-paper-medium supplier is attached to the main body, the user is informed that the facsimile call is received. Accordingly, the user can change the setting of the image-forming apparatus so that the facsimile can be received. Thus, the facsimile is received manually if the non-paper-medium supplier is attached to the main body and is received by operation after the line is acquired by a handset telephone. | 02-26-2009 |
20090051949 | PRINT MEDIA AND FLUID CARTRIDGE OF PHOTOFINISHING SYSTEM - A print media and printing fluid cartridge is provided removably mounted to a support structure of a digital photofinishing system in juxtaposition with a printer mounted to the support structure together with a digital processor and print media drive mechanism. The cartridge has a roll of print media, a print media delivery arrangement arranged to couple with the drive mechanism so as to feed the print media from the roll to the printer, and at least one removable printing fluid first cartridge for feeding printing fluid to the printer. The digital processor is arranged to receive digitised data that is representative of a photographic image and to process the data in a manner to generate a drive signal that is representative of the photographic image for the printer. The printer processes the drive signal and page-width prints the photographic image on the fed print media using the fed printing fluid. | 02-26-2009 |
20090059249 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT METHOD THEREOF AND IMAGE FORMING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - An image forming apparatus for forming the image based on the image information on the prescribed surface of the transfer material, having an image forming section | 03-05-2009 |
20090059250 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - An image processing system having a document reading unit, a printing unit, and a generating unit configured to generate print data used to print by the printing unit, the system comprising: a grouping designation unit configured to group the print data; a storage unit configured to store a plurality of print data grouped by the grouping designation unit; and a specifying unit configured to specify target print data in the storage unit on the basis of a result of reading, by the document reading unit, a printing medium printed by the printing unit on the basis of at least one of the print data. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059251 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE PERFORMING IMAGE CORRECTION BY USING A PLURALITY OF SAMPLE IMAGES - An image processing device includes a first image inputting unit, a comprehensive first characteristic quantity data determining unit, a second image inputting unit, a second characteristic quantity data determining unit, and an image correcting unit. The first image inputting unit is configured so as to be capable of inputting a plurality of first images. The comprehensive first characteristic quantity data determining unit determines comprehensive first characteristic quantity data based on the plurality of first images inputted by the first image inputting unit. The second image inputting unit is configured so as to be capable of inputting a second image. The second characteristic quantity data determining unit determines second characteristic quantity data expressing a characteristic of the second image inputted by the second image inputting unit. The image correcting unit corrects the second image based on the comprehensive first characteristic quantity data and the second characteristic quantity data. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059252 | Stable Emissive Toner Composition System and Method - An emissive toner composition for producing an emissive image component of an image indicia on a substrate. The emissive toner composition includes a photoluminescent agent, a charge control agent, and one or more additives, each selected and present in an amount such that when the toner composition is printed to produce an image component on a substrate, the toner composition has stable spectral characteristics. In one embodiment, the emission spectra of the image component printed on the substrate, for irradiation with an excitation energy includes only dominant emission peaks corresponding to one or more emission peaks of the photoluminescent agent. In another embodiment, the image component has a photoluminescent toner stability factor of about greater than or equal to 25. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059253 | COLOR GAMUT DATA CREATING DEVICE - A color gamut data creating device includes a target plane determining unit. The measurement points are defined in a color space. The color space has an achromatic axis and an axis perpendicular to the achromatic axis. The target plane determining unit further determines a plurality of target planes. Each target plane has a fixed hue angle and including the chromatic axis. A difference between a maximum saturation at a hue angle of each target plane and a maximum saturation at a hue angle of another target plane that is adjacent to the each target plane is lower than a prescribed value. The locating unit that projects, on each target plane, those measurement points that are within a prescribed range relative to the subject target plane. The color gamut creating unit creates color gamut data indicative of a distribution range of the measurement points projected on each target plane. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059254 | Tint Block Image Generation Program and Tint Block Image Generation Device - A tint block image generation program causes a computer to execute a tint block image generation step of generating tint block image data. The tint block image generation step comprises a step of acquiring camouflage pattern data that has multi-grayscales exceeding two grayscales; a step of generating corrected camouflage pattern data by correcting grayscale values of the camouflage pattern data based on input grayscale values of the latent image portion and background portion; and a step of generating latent image portion image data corresponding to the grayscale values of the corrected camouflage pattern data by referring to a latent image portion dither matrix in an area corresponding to the latent image portion, and generating background portion image data corresponding to the grayscale values by referring to a background portion dither matrix in an area corresponding to the background portion. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059255 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - A dividing unit divides image data that is formed with a plurality of pixels each including an image dot in a main scanning direction and a sub scanning direction in units of pixel, and divides a target pixel, which is a pixel to be corrected from among divided pixels, into a plurality of image blocks including a plurality of image dots. A correcting unit corrects the image dots of the image blocks, based on contrast of densities of adjacent pixels adjacent to the target pixel, by shifting the image dots in a density direction that is a direction toward an adjacent pixel having a higher density. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059256 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE OUTPUTTING IMAGE FOR SELECTING SAMPLE IMAGE FOR IMAGE CORRECTION - An image processing device includes an original image inputting unit, an original-image characteristic quantity data determining unit, an outputting unit, a selecting unit, and a correcting unit. The original image inputting unit is configured so as to be capable of inputting an original image. The original-image characteristic quantity data determining unit determines original-image characteristic quantity data expressing a characteristic of the original image inputted by the original image inputting unit. The outputting unit outputs at least one set of image data or indication concerning at least one set among a plurality of sets of sample-image characteristic quantity data. The selecting unit enables a user to select one set of image data among the at least one set of image data. The correcting unit corrects the original image based on one set of sample-image characteristic quantity data corresponding to the selected set of image data and the original-image characteristic quantity data. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059257 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE CAPABLE OF PREVENTING NEEDLESS PRINTING - An image processing device includes a first image inputting unit, a second image inputting unit, an image processing unit, and a restriction control unit. The first image inputting that inputs a first image. The second image inputting unit inputs a second image. The image processing unit performs a prescribed process on the second image based on the first image. The restriction control unit is configured to restrict the prescribed process based on information of the first image. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059258 | Image forming apparatus - Test print images are created as focusing on one image quality mode among a plurality of image quality modes that are provided in advance according to the type of document and with high practical needs such as text mode, photo mode, text/photo mode containing both text and photographs, etc. The test print images thus created are image-formed on a sheet of recording paper and offered for the purpose of image quality selection in accordance with a user's preference. Consequently, an image forming apparatus capable of realizing a test printing function that is practical with a high level of user satisfaction can be provided. | 03-05-2009 |
20090066978 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPROVED SPACE FILLING INTERPOLATION - Document processing systems and methods are presented for transforming color image data from an input color space to output color space using space filling interpolation to mitigate loss of color information at the corners of color gamuts. An initial interpolation of the input color space pixel values for each pixel is performed to compute initial output color space pixel values, and these are converted into luminance-chrominance color space pixel values. An adjustment value λ is then computed according to the luminance-chrominance color space pixel values, and final output color space pixel values are computed according to the initial output color space pixel values and the adjustment value λ. | 03-12-2009 |
20090066979 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD AND MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus for generating image data of a page divided into small areas continuously in a predetermined direction and forming an image based on the image data, includes a detection unit configured to detect a continuous range of the image data having the same image contents in the page, the page including at least one continuous range, a specifying unit configured to specify image data of interest in the continuous range of the image data detected by the detection unit, and a first determination unit configured to determine based on the image data of interest whether the page is a blank sheet. | 03-12-2009 |
20090066980 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE SAME - The numbers of pixels of respective colors of image data are detected. In monochrome printing, a print invalid area with first variable width corresponding to the number of black pixels among the detected numbers of pixels of the respective colors is set in a top portion of the image data. In color printing, a print invalid area with second variable width corresponding to a sum of the detected numbers of pixels of the respective colors in the top portion of the image data. | 03-12-2009 |
20090066981 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORMING IMAGE, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A position deciding unit decides a correction target position in the image data from a position of a reference pixel in the image data based on size-adjustment proportion and a correcting unit performs correction with respect to the correction target position. A size adjusting unit adjusts a size of the image data by performing sub-scanning direction processing including causing the position deciding unit to sequentially decide positions of a plurality of correction target pixels in one line of pixels along a sub-scanning direction and causing the correcting unit to sequentially perform correction with respect to the correction target positions, and performing main-scanning direction processing including performing the sub-scanning direction processing for all the lines of pixels in the sub-scanning direction. | 03-12-2009 |
20090066982 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - The image forming apparatus includes image forming parts, a developing device and a cleaner to clean at least the intermediate transfer material or the transfer device, wherein at the image forming operation starting time, in each image forming part, after starting the charging, the application of the developing bias is started before the top end of the charging portion of the image bearing member surface reaches a developing area in which the image bearing member and the developer bearing member are set against each other, and from among the areas on the image bearing member in which the charging is not yet performed in each image forming part, in case each area having passed the developing area when the developing bias is applied is brought into contact with the intermediate transfer member, the contact area with each area in the intermediate transfer member is controlled without superposing on the intermediate transfer member. | 03-12-2009 |
20090066983 | Image processing device and method - The present invention provides an image processing device and an image processing method, which prevent printing mishaps from occurring in printed matter when a user performs a printing process without knowing an EPS image that has been subjected to JPEG compression is included on a page layout. When an EPS image is detected, a warning is generated to request selection of the next process. For this reason, when interruption of printing is designated, the printing process is interrupted. The use of a warning color or application of an outline may be designated, and a drawing setting may also be performed according to the designation. An output of a warning page is designated, and a setting may also be performed such that a print output is obtained by either extracting a compressed image or by deleting a compressed image. | 03-12-2009 |
20090073464 | Selective Color Replacement - One embodiment is directed to a method that includes inspecting a frame of image data transmitted as a stream of pixels. At least one of the pixels in the stream is selected and the color of selected pixels is changed. The steps of inspecting, selecting, and changing the color of selected pixels may be performed as the data is transmitted. The frame may be transmitted for storing in a memory and the steps may be performed as the frame is stored in the memory. Alternatively, the frame may be transmitted from a memory and the steps may be performed as the frame is fetched from in the memory. The selected pixels may be pixels within a particular region of the frame or the selected pixels may have a particular color component value. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073465 | NATURAL LANGUAGE COLOR COMMUNICATION AND SYSTEM INTERFACE - A method and system for controlling color output includes receiving a document containing a color image, producing a first output copy of the document using a first color processing path, receiving at least one natural language request to adjust the color output of the device, adjusting the color output of the device, and producing a second output copy of the document. The method and system further includes presenting natural language descriptions of the effects of color processing paths with or without sample palettes to the user either to solicit a suggestion from the user or present the user with choices based upon the natural language request received. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073466 | IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, DATA PROCESSOR AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD - The image forming system is provided with: a printer that superposes and transfers plural images formed by use of plural image forming materials to a medium; and a data processor that supplies data of the images to the printer. The data processor includes: a data generation unit that generates data of image components corresponding to the respective kinds of the image forming materials; a data forwarding unit that forwards the generated data to the printer; and an assigning unit that assigns the image components in accordance with the data amount of the forwarded data. The printer includes: an output controller that controls an image forming mechanism to form an image by use of the image forming materials; and a switch processing unit that transmits the data received from the data processor, to the output controller corresponding to the image components of the received data. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073467 | COLOR PRINTING CONTROL DEVICE, COLOR PRINTING CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORED WITH COLOR PRINTING CONTROL PROGRAM - The color printing control device outputs color material reduction processed data generated by applying a color material reduction process to each pixel of bitmaps converted to color material colors to be used in printing, when it is judged that the color material reduction printing mode is specified. The color material reduction process includes chroma conversion that reduces chroma and under-color removal/black generation that replaces at least a portion of achromatic components generated by overlaying of a plurality of color materials. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073468 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes a contour pixel extraction unit configured to extract a contour pixel component from a bit plane. The bit plane is a set of bits, the number of which is equal to the number of pixels, and each of which is 1 bit of a plurality of bits representing an intensity of each of pixels. Also provided is a connectedness detection unit configured to detect equivalent bits adjacent to each other in a window including a bit corresponding to a target pixel on the bit plane. Also provided is a filter unit configured to reduce an intensity of the target pixel by a reduction amount determined in accordance with the contour pixel component extracted by the contour pixel extraction unit and the equivalent bits adjacent to each other detected by the connectedness detection unit. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073469 | COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COLOR ADJUSTMENT METHOD - A color image forming apparatus specifies print mode (media), forms a test image based on gradation levels of a plurality of colors according to the specified print mode (media), and detects the test image with a color sensor. The color image forming apparatus performs gray axis correction calculation based on detection result obtained by the color sensor. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073470 | Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and recording medium - A preprocessing unit determines a feature of a brush pattern for each line of a background setting command to set a background, and selects a drawing processing method that enables a high speed drawing process from among a plurality of drawing processing methods based on the determined feature of the brush pattern. A post-processing unit performs a drawing process based on the drawing processing method selected by the preprocessing unit. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073471 | DATA TRANSFER SYSTEM FOR AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE, A MEDIA PROCESSING DEVICE, AND A CONTROL METHOD FOR A MEDIA PROCESSING DEVICE - The number of signal lines needed to communicate a plurality of data types and a plurality of data status levels is reduced and the system cost thereby reduced. A first function unit | 03-19-2009 |
20090073472 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - An image forming apparatus which is capable of correctly and accurately detecting a sheet leading edge position and carrying out image formation in appropriate image write timing. a detection device is disposed at a reference position upstream from the transfer position and detects the recording medium being conveyed. A determining device determines image write timing for forming the electrostatic latent image on the photosensitive drum based on a difference in position between a leading edge position of the recording medium detected by the detection device and the reference position. The detection device respectively include a plurality of light detecting pixels disposed in a recording medium conveying direction, and the leading edge position of the recording medium detected by the respective light detecting pixels. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073473 | PRINTING SYSTEM, IMAGE OPERATING SYSTEM, PRINTING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printing system includes: a camera unit for performing an electro-optic conversion on an image from a subject, generating image data storable in a storage unit, and storing print instruction information as associated with the image data according to the capture information relating to the capture of the image; an image editing unit for performing image editing on the image data; an information rewriting unit for rewriting the print instruction information stored as associated with the image data corresponding to the contents of image editing by the image editing unit; and a printing unit for performing a printing process after performing a predetermined image processing on the image data corresponding to the print instruction information. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073474 | COLOR RESOLUTION METHOD AND VIDEO IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE - In a case wherein a color separation table is prepared, color separation is provided, so that the density characteristic to be output is maintained, and the total colorant amount is not beyond the limit value of the total colorant amount. Further, the optimal color separation is performed while taking into account the colorant amount, and the colorant amount of a light color is adjusted in the entire color range to control granularity and consumption of the colorant amount. A color separation method comprising: a step of calculating the total colorant amount by employing a relationship between a total colorant amount limit value and a colorant amount, that includes a colorant amount for a colorant other than the dark colorant and the light colorant; a step of calculating a density; and a step of employing the total colorant amount and the density to calculate the colorant value signals. | 03-19-2009 |
20090080003 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS HAVING THINNING FUNCTION AND THE THINNING METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes an image area identification unit to discriminate a character area and a line drawing area from an image area with respect to an image formed based on inputted color image data, an edge detection unit to detect an edge of a character and a line drawing, which is identified, and an edge γ correction unit to perform, only in a case where the edge exists on a white ground area in the image, thinning to lower an image density of a pixel on an outer border corresponding to the edge on the white ground area. | 03-26-2009 |
20090080004 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING AN OPTIMAL REFERENCE COLOR CHART - A color chart for color calibration of imaging devices that has nearly identical calibration performance as the Macbeth ColorChecker or another set of reference colors, but with substantially fewer color patches. For example, the color chart has similar 2nd order statistical characteristics, auto-correlation matrix and major principal components as the Macbeth ColorChecker. The color chart is developed by applying Orthogonal Non-negative Matrix Factorization (ONMF) to the set of reference colors, using non-negativity and smoothness constraints to achieve physically realizable colors and using orthogonality constraints to obtain similar statistical properties to that of any input set of reflectances including, but not limited to, the Macbeth ColorChecker. Seven colors provide nearly identical calibration performance to that of twenty-four colors in the Macbeth ColorChecker. | 03-26-2009 |
20090080005 | COLOR SIGNAL CONVERTING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, COLOR SIGNAL CONVERSION METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - The color signal converting apparatus is provided with: a color signal receiving unit that receives input of first color signals; and a converting unit that performs a conversion of the first color signals received by the color signal receiving unit, into second color signals. The converting unit performs the conversion to make a total sum of color component values of each of the second color signals equal to or smaller than an upper limit value set for each of the second color signals. | 03-26-2009 |
20090080006 | Image Forming Apparatus - In an image forming apparatus, an image forming portion forms an image on a rotator. A first designating portion determines a first estimated phase point based on a base time point, and designate, as a designated parameter, a correction parameter corresponding to said first estimated phase point based on change characteristics information stored in a storage portion. A correcting portion corrects an image forming position on the rotator based on the designated parameter. A changing portion changes a value of the designated parameter into an adjusted value intermediate between the designated parameter and a reference parameter that is a correction parameter designated based on the time when the detecting portion detects the detecting phase point. | 03-26-2009 |
20090080007 | PRINTING DEVICE AND METHOD THEREFOR - A printing device includes a receiving unit receiving image data, a printing unit transferring printing agent onto a sheet so as to form an image according to the image data received, a printing ratio determining unit determining, based upon the image data, a printing ratio that is a ratio of an area to be filled with the printing agent on the sheet to a whole area of the sheet, a first determining unit determining whether the printing ratio determined is equal to or more than a first predetermined value that is a printing ratio at less than which the sheet is classified into a recyclable sheet when the printing agent is transferred onto the sheet, and a control unit controlling the printing unit to transfer the printing agent onto the sheet depending on the determination by the first determining unit. | 03-26-2009 |
20090080008 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus reads an original by R, G and B sensors and a monochromatic sensor, and includes Log conversion means for subjecting signals produced by the reading to Log conversion. When two-color printing is performed, Log conversion parameters are individually set for one of signals produced by the reading of the R, G and B sensors and for a signal produced by the reading of the monochromatic sensor. | 03-26-2009 |
20090080009 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, APPARATUS, AND METHOD, AND COLOR REPRODUCTION METHOD - In a system for converting an input image signal input from an image input device into an output image signal to be output by an image output device, an image compression unit converts a spectral image input via an image input unit into R, G, and B data, obtains principal component data by making principal component analysis of the spectral image, and stores these data in an input image storage unit. When the principal component data and R, G, and B data are loaded and stored in an output image storage unit, a spectral reflectance reconstruction unit reconstructs the spectral reflectance of each pixel using these data. A printer model determines the dot quantities of inks used to record each pixel in an image output device on the basis of the calculated spectral reflectance, and generates an output image signal for the image output device. In this way, image data which allows to estimate the spectral reflectance characteristics of an input image is provided, and faithful color reproduction can be realized. | 03-26-2009 |
20090086223 | Method for creating a color link - The invention deals with a method for replacing the colorant values of a raster image by a new set of colorant values that is for example optimized for a standardized printing process. According to the invention, a forward look up table is identified that transforms the colorant values in the raster image into color values. The color values in this look up table are separated into new colorant values to obtain a colorant to colorant interpolation look up table. This is done by using an inverse transformation that is based on the forward look up table using appropriate separation parameters for the standardized printing process. The method has the advantage that it enables to map pure colorant values in the original image back onto pure colorant values in the transformed image. | 04-02-2009 |
20090086224 | IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMATION PROGRAM RECORDING MEDIUM, AND IMAGE FORMATION METHOD - An image formation system includes I storage units, an assignment unit that assigns to the storage units storage destinations of color component data forming a part of image data, J color component image formation units that form color component images of corresponding colors based on color component data stored in the storage units, and an image formation unit that forms an image of the image data based on the formed color component image, wherein the assignment unit includes a J-color assignment unit that assigns to the I storage units storage destinations of J sets of color component data forming a part of J-color image data, and an L-color assignment unit that assigns a storage destination of L sets of color component data forming a part of L-color image data to N storage units among the I storage units, and each of I, J, and N is a natural number greater than or equal to 2, L is a natural number greater than or equal to 1, L04-02-2009 | |
20090086225 | COLOR PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Restriction information on a total colorant amount for a medium is obtained. Patches at grid points in a color space corresponding to a plurality of colorants at which the total colorant amount falls within a restriction represented by the restriction information, and a patch at a point surrounded by the patches are generated. Color values are obtained by measuring the colors of the patches printed on the medium. It is determined based on a color prediction value between the grid points whether the measured color values are appropriate, and if so, a color value at a grid point at which the total colorant amount exceeds the restriction is estimated based on the measured color values. A color separation table is created based on the measured color values and the estimated value. | 04-02-2009 |
20090086226 | IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image forming system supplied capable of keeping a high thruput when performing a background pattern data print (e.g. Anoto print). The image forming system comprises a color image processing apparatus and a color image forming apparatus that is connected with the color image processing apparatus, wherein the color image processing apparatus has a color changing section that uses one of CMYK values to designate background pattern data when performing a CMYK change with respect to color image data generated in the color image processing apparatus; wherein the color image forming apparatus has an image forming section that receives the color image data that has been performed by the CMYK change and the background pattern data that has been designated by one of CMYK values from the color image processing apparatus, and compounds the both data to form an color image. | 04-02-2009 |
20090086227 | DEVICE FOR CHANGING SCREEN RULING FOR IMAGE FORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN LUMINANCE AND SATURATION - The present invention relates to a device that, in printing of controlling the amount of color materials applied, changes a screen ruling for image formation according to the relationship between luminance and saturation. A first component obtains color component data of a plurality of colors so that the total amount of controlled variable in each pixel does not exceed a first limit amount. A second component obtains color component data of a plurality of colors so that the total amount of controlled variable in each pixel does not exceed a second limit amount by performing color conversion processing different from the color conversion processing with the first component. A third component performs pseudo halftone processing by changing a screen ruling to be applied to the color component data of a plurality of colors obtained by the color conversion processing with the second component from chromaticity of color image data. | 04-02-2009 |
20090086228 | COLOR CONVERSION DEVICE, PROGRAM, AND METHOD - A color conversion device converts an input value to an output value in order to form an image on a recording medium using an achromatic ink and a chromatic ink. The color conversion device include a first color converting unit, a second color converting unit, an adjustment value setting unit, and an output value acquiring unit. The first color converting unit converts the input value to first color data including a first chromatic component value. The second color converting unit converts the input value to second color data including a second chromatic component value and a first achromatic component value. The adjustment value setting unit sets an adjustment value based on a type of the recording medium. The output value acquiring unit acquires the output value by weighting the first color data and the second color data according to the adjustment value. | 04-02-2009 |
20090086229 | Image Processing Device and Pixel Attribute Identification Method - The printer of the invention performs an area classification process to classify each pixel included in an input image read by a scanner as a pixel in an edge component area or a pixel in a halftone dot area, and performs a correction process with a spatial filter suitable for each area. The area classification process calculates a difference value between luminance values of two arbitrary pixels selected among peripheral pixels in a specific pixel range around each target pixel according to each of multiple differential patterns t, compares the calculated difference value with threshold values provided for each differential pattern t to compute multiple difference detection values ht(x) corresponding to the multiple differential patterns t, and gives weights to the computed difference detection values ht(x) to compute a comprehensive difference detection value H(x). The area classification process identifies whether the target pixel is a pixel in the edge component area or a pixel in the halftone dot area, based on the computed comprehensive difference detection value H(x). This arrangement enables high-speed identification of the attribute of each pixel included in an image by such simple operation, while enabling identification of pixel attribute with high accuracy. | 04-02-2009 |
20090086230 | Methods and Apparatuses for Printer Calibration - A test pattern printed by a printer is assessed—without colorimetric equipment—to provide data used in recalibrating the printer. The assessment may be made by an unskilled operator, and can include discerning whether a particular pattern is visible in the printed test pattern, or whether a feature in the test pattern is relatively wider or narrower. From such assessment, needed changes to the printer's calibration data are inferred and implemented. A variety of other printer calibration techniques are disclosed. The technology is illustrated in the context of dye sublimation printers, and is particularly useful in optimizing printing of digitally-watermarked graphics. | 04-02-2009 |
20090086231 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - 17-valued data of a pixel in a multi-valued image is divided into two divisions for a two-pass printing, obtaining the division data. Next, by using an index pattern where arrangements of the numerals of 1 to 16 are dispersed, each dot data of C, M and Y in the division data is arranged. First, six dot data of C are assigned to the respective minor pixels of the numerals of 1 to 6 in accordance with a value of C | 04-02-2009 |
20090086232 | Image processing apparatus, image forming apparatus, image processing system, and image processing method - In a server, there are stored (i) identification information of a reference image and (ii) a common process rule applied to input image data determined as being similar to the reference image which common process rule is set regardless of users. In a card, there is stored a merged process rule obtained by merging the common process rule with an individual process rule which is indicative of a process applied to the input image data determined as being similar to the reference image and which is set for each user or to attribute of the user. Further, in case where a version of the merged process information is identical to a version of the common process information, a process based on the merged process information corresponding to the reference image determined as being similar to the input image data is carried out, and in case where these versions are not identical to each other, the process based on the merged process information is not carried out for the input image data. As a result, in the image processing apparatus for determining similarity between input image data and a reference image, it is possible to reduce the load of the user concerning operation for setting the content of the process for the input image data. | 04-02-2009 |
20090086233 | Printing device, printing method, and print program - There is provided a printing device that generates print data used for a printing process based on a print source. The printing device includes a duplication unit that duplicates a spool file that is generated from a single print source in a case where a direction for coloring a margin area in a predetermined color is received, a rendering unit that generates a print image by drawing one of the spool files, a halftone unit that generates first position data indicating a white area of an object included in the print image to be also an area in which the object exists by drawing the spool file by using a technique different from that used by the rendering unit and performs a halftone process for the area, in which the object is determined to exist based on the first position data, of the entire area of the print image, and a print data generating unit that generates the print data based on halftone data generated by the halftone unit. | 04-02-2009 |
20090086234 | System and method for multiple printer calibration using embedded image calibration data - Disclosed is a system and method for calibrating multiple printers, and particularly color printers, in a networked environment using data embedded in select color patches in target sheets generated by each printer, which embedded data allows automated processing of the target sheets and association of appropriate target sheet data with the correct printer. The embedded data preferably includes an identification of which of multiple printers a particular target sheet corresponds to, along with data about the target sheet itself. | 04-02-2009 |
20090086235 | Color separation into plural ink components including primary color ink and spot color ink - An ink set that includes a plurality of chromatic primary color inks that can reproduce achromatic color in combination with each other and at least one spot color ink having a hue different from any of the chromatic primary color inks is prepared. A color to be reproduced on a printing medium in accordance with a given input color is termed a reproduction color, and a combination of ink amounts for inks in the ink set to be used to reproduce the reproduction color on the printing medium is termed a color separation ink amount set. When a saturation parameter value that is correlated with the saturation of the reproduction color falls within a first range that is close to achromaticity, the ink amount of the spot color ink included in the color separation ink amount set is adjusted such that it decreases in accordance with a change in the saturation parameter value in the direction of lower saturation. | 04-02-2009 |
20090091771 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CALIBRATING A DIGITAL COLOR IMAGING DEVICE THAT USES MULTI-HUE COLORANTS - Methods and apparatus are provided for calibrating a digital color imaging device to a printing press by determining a total colorant limit, per-channel colorant limits, and channel linearization tables using colorimetric and/or spectrophotometric techniques. In addition, for digital color imaging devices that use multi-hue colorants, methods and apparatus are provided for determining distribution functions for the multi-hue colorants as a function of input values. | 04-09-2009 |
20090091772 | PRINT SYSTEM, IMAGE DISPLAY APPARTUS, IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD, AND IMAGE DISPLAY PROGRAM - A print system for printing one printing image data in a plurality of printing sizes, includes an image display apparatus for displaying the printing image data, and a printer apparatus for printing the one printing image data which is displayed and selected with the image display apparatus in a plurality of printing sizes. The image display apparatus includes record means in which the printing image data is stored, display means for displaying the printing image data stored in the record means, and control means for causing the display means to simultaneously display frame data in the plurality of printing sizes on the selected printing image data. | 04-09-2009 |
20090097045 | Image processing apparatus and image processing program - An image processing apparatus comprises: a N-valued conversion unit that converts color component values of plural colors comprised in pixels constituting input image data into N-valued values in a unit of color based on threshold values of the plural colors; a dither matrix storage unit that stores dither matrixes in which one dither pattern or one kind of dither pattern is repeated in a unit of dither pattern; a counter that holds a value specifying a readout position of a row of each dither matrix; and a readout unit that reads out the threshold value of each color used from plural kinds of dither matrixes based on the values from the counter, wherein the number of threshold values constituting a row of the plural kinds of dither matrixes is a common multiple of the number of threshold values constituting a row of the plural kinds of dither patterns. | 04-16-2009 |
20090097046 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD CONTROLLING THE AMOUNT OF TRANSPARENT INK FOR RECORDING - An image processing apparatus includes a calculation unit configured to calculate an amount of a first coloring material (at least one of cyan, magenta, yellow and black) in an area including a plurality of pixels; a determination unit configured to determine an allowable amount of a second coloring material, being substantially colorless and transparent, in the area on the basis of the amount of the first coloring material, calculated by the calculation unit, and a limit of the amount of the coloring material; and a control unit configured to control an amount of the second coloring material in the area so as not to exceed the allowable amount of the second coloring material. | 04-16-2009 |
20090097047 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND PROGRAM - The graphics state of the second graphics data is determined when converting the first graphics data into the second graphics data and outputting the second graphics data to the second printer driver in accordance with a print instruction from the first application. Warning information is output in accordance with the determined graphics state of the second graphics data. | 04-16-2009 |
20090097048 | IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, STORAGE MEDIUM, AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - A first acquiring unit acquires a print target image. A storage unit has stored thereon a combination image to be combined with the print target image in association with a judgment condition for determining whether the combination image is combined with the print target image. A second acquiring unit acquires attribute values related to the print target image or a print environment when starting execution of printing of the print target image. A judging unit makes a judgment based on the attribute values acquired by the second acquiring unit and the judgment condition stored in the storage unit about whether the attribute values satisfy the judgment condition. A combination controller performs control to combine the combination image with the print target image when the judging unit judges that the attribute values satisfy the judgment condition. | 04-16-2009 |
20090103116 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - When one or both of color conversion data for chromatic colors and color conversion data for achromatic colors are rewritten, attribute information of the color conversion data for chromatic colors or the color conversion data for achromatic colors is updated and this attribute information is displayed on a display. | 04-23-2009 |
20090103117 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - Color conversion data used in converting an image signal into color information represented by color materials is saved in a color-conversion-data saving unit and, when the color conversion data is rewritten, before rewriting of the color conversion data, the color conversion data is copied to an area different from an area in which the color conversion data is rewritten in the color-conversion-data saving unit. | 04-23-2009 |
20090103118 | COLOR CONVERSION APPARATUS - A determination unit of a color conversion apparatus refers to Pure Gray allowance designation information supplied from outside. In a case where the Pure Gray allowance designation information is forcible Enable to unconditionally allow Pure Gray, the Pure Gray is determined to be Enable. In a case of forcible Disable to unconditionally inhibit, the Pure Gray is determined to be Disable. In a case of automatic selection to automatically determine Enable or Disable based on color distribution information, a determination is made based on the color distribution information as to whether an achromatic color is included in the color arrangement or color arrangement pattern of a drawing object under attention, whether the color arrangement is uniform, and whether a chromatic color is included in the color arrangement pattern. | 04-23-2009 |
20090103119 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, OUTPUT METHOD OF COLOR IMAGE AND CONTROL PROGRAM THEREOF - An image forming apparatus including an image acquisition section which acquires a color image; a memory section which stores a first table correlating a specific color with a symbol indicating the specific color; a color discrimination section which discriminates a color on the basis of color information of each portion in the color image, and extracts an area having the specific color; a symbol composition section which specifies the symbol corresponding to the specific color by reference to the first table, and composes the specified symbol into the area having the specific color in the color image to generate a composite color image; and an image output section which outputs the composite color image. | 04-23-2009 |
20090103120 | Image Forming Apparatus, Image Forming Method, and Computer Readable Medium Recording a Printing Data Generation Program - An image forming apparatus using a plurality of colorants for image formation, includes a generation unit which generates bitmap data, in which each pixel has a gradation value of each color of the colorants, with respect to an object of the image formation; a classification unit which classifies the pixels into a plurality of predetermined groups based on the bitmap data and generates classification data corresponding to the classified groups for each pixel; a detection unit which detects, based on the classification data, a range, in which a correction processing of modifying the gradation values has to be executed, on the bitmap data; and a correction unit which executes the correction processing to the detected range, wherein the image formation is executed based on bitmap data after the correction processing. | 04-23-2009 |
20090103121 | DENSITY CALCULATING APPARATUS, DENSITY SETTING APPARATUS, DENSITY CALCULATING PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM, AND DENSITY SETTING PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM - A density calculating apparatus includes: an image data acquisition section that acquires print image data representing a print image; a place designating section that designates a place on the print image; and a target color acquisition section that acquires a target color of a color of the place. The apparatus further includes: a color guess section that guesses a print color of the place to be printed by a printing system, by using a patch image produced based on a predetermined criterion; and a density calculation section that calculates the print densities of the ink materials having the plurality of colors by using the color guess section so that the target color is achieved at the place by the printing system based on the print image data. | 04-23-2009 |
20090103122 | DENSITY CALCULATING APPARATUS, DENSITY SETTING APPARATUS, DENSITY CALCULATING PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM, AND DENSITY SETTING PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM - A density calculating apparatus includes: an image data acquisition section that acquires print image data representing a print image; a place designating section that designates a place on the print image; and a target color acquisition section that acquires a target color of a color of the place. The apparatus further includes: a color guess section that guesses a print color of the place to be printed by a printing system, by using a patch image produced based on a predetermined criterion; and a density calculation section that calculates the print densities of the color materials having the multiple colors by using the color guess section so that the target color is achieved at the place by the printing system based on the print image data. | 04-23-2009 |
20090109451 | COLOR CONVERSION APPARATUS AND COLOR CONVERSION METHOD - A color conversion apparatus includes: an original data analyzing unit configured to extract background color information of an original and color information of a character and line drawing object on the background; a background color changing unit configured to change the background color of the original when necessary, on the basis of the result of comparing the background color information acquired from the original data analyzing unit with a preset threshold value; and a character and line drawing color correcting unit configured to change lightness of the character and line drawing color in a way that increases a lightness difference between the background color for printing and the character and line drawing color on the background when necessary, on the basis of the background color information of the original acquired from the original data analyzing unit, the background color information for printing acquired from the background color changing unit, and the character and line drawing color information on the background acquired from the original data analyzing unit. The color conversion apparatus contributes to saving of color material, reduction in load on a printer engine, prevention of stripping of color material, and prevention of deformation of paper. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109452 | COLOR CONVERSION TABLE GENERATION APPARATUS AND COLOR CONVERSION TABLE GENERATION METHOD - A color conversion table generation apparatus includes black-maintenance-provisional-output generating means for generating provisional CMYK values, black-maintenance-degree evaluating means for calculating an index indicating a degree of black maintenance and evaluating a degree of black maintenance on the basis of a result of the calculation, black-maintenance-CMY searching means for fixing a K value of the provisional CMYK values which satisfy predetermined constraints concerning the index and searching for other CMY values, and recording means for recording CMYK values calculated by combining CMY values searched and obtained by the black-maintenance-CMY searching means and the K value fixed during the search in the black maintenance color conversion table. According to the color conversion table generation apparatus, it is possible to more easily generate an optimum black maintenance color conversion table desired by a user than conventional apparatus. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109453 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes an electrophotographic printer including a printer controller that performs an image processing on image data into which a page description language is developed and outputs the data to a printer engine, and the printer engine to perform printing of an image based on the image data transmitted from the printer controller, and an image quality maintaining control device to maintain image quality of the printer, and the image quality maintaining control device includes a halftone parameter control unit to change a halftone parameter when an image quality maintaining control processing of the printer is executed. According to the image forming apparatus, an image more stable than the related art can be maintained against an image quality variation caused by a mechanism or a process influenced by aging or environmental variation. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109454 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTIVELY PRINTING COLOR CONTENT OF A PAGE WITH A REDUCED COLOR GAMUT - A system and method for selectively printing color content of a page with a reduced color gamut. The system includes a detection module, a printing mode module, and a conversion module. The detection module is configured to detect a color object in the page and the printing mode module exists in at least one mode. The conversion module can selectively convert the detected color object to a converted reduced-colorant object in accordance with the existence of the at least one mode of the printing mode module. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109455 | Method and apparatus for improving data entry for a form - One embodiment of the present invention provides a system that improves data entry for a form with one or more fields. During operation, the system displays both a printed representation of the form as well as an enhanced representation of the form that displays an enhanced view of the form's fields. When the system detects a user action related to a field displayed in one of the representations, the system adjusts the display of the field in the other representation (or in both representations) to indicate that the two fields are related. By indicating this relationship, the system facilitates entering and/or updating data for the form. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109456 | Image Forming Apparatus, Image Forming Method, and Computer Readable Medium Recording a Printing Data Generation Program - An image forming apparatus that uses a plurality of colorants for image formation and performs the image formation based on bitmap data in which each pixel has a gradation value of each color of the colorants, includes: a correction unit which executes a correction processing of correcting gradation values with respect to the bitmap data of a correction object region, from among objects of the image formation, that is a region of a single color and adjacent to a pixel composed of another color that does not include the single color, wherein the correction processing is not performed on a region, from among the correction object region, that is adjacent to a white pixel. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109457 | PRINTING METHOD AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING PRINTING INSTRUCTION TO PRINTING APPARATUS - A printing method for performing printing of paper having a user entry field, which is a region into which a user performs writing after printing is performed, includes setting a transparent recording material setting for the user entry field; and causing a printing unit to perform recording, by using a transparent recording material, for the user entry field for which the transparent recording material setting has been set. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109458 | Image Processing Apparatus and Application Executing Method - An image processing apparatus includes an input part to input data which is a target of an image processing, an output part to output a result of the image processing, a first filter to control an input process of data from the input part depending on the input part, and a second filter to control an output of data to the output part depending on the output part. A marking type information which is to be added to a predetermined image is specified with respect to the second filter, a marking image is created based on the marking type information, and the marking image is synthesized with respect to an image which is output from the output service. The second filter instructs output of an image with respect to the output service. An application is formed by connecting the first filter and the second filter. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109459 | Processing Print Jobs - Methods for processing print jobs include flagging, or not, to-be-printed objects having PDL-specified math or logic functions requiring hard processing operations, such as two or more inputs. The math or logic functions preferably reside in ink attributes of display list objects corresponding to the to-be-printed objects. To-be-printed pages of the print job become divided into bands. Bands with to-be-printed objects therein have band display lists constructed in the event the to-be-printed objects become flagged. On a band-by-band basis, if bands have band display lists flagged with hard processing operations, contone bands become constructed. The contone bands result from color information blending between overlapping pixels of to-be-printed objects or an object and a contone page. A contone page includes color information of the to-be-printed page in a first color space. To-be-printed objects are rendered in a second color space in device specific page(s) of memory. | 04-30-2009 |
20090116043 | Image processing method, image processing device, and image processing program - An image processing method includes the steps of: obtaining image data formed by signals of a plurality of pixels expressing a color image; discriminating a photographic scene of an image from the image data; determining a gradation correction method based on a result of discriminating a photographic scene; determining a first gradation correction amount based on a result of discriminating a photographic scene; detecting a face area in an image of the image data and calculating a face detection reliability; determining a second gradation correction amount based on an average luminance of the face area; determining a third gradation correction amount by weighted averaging the first gradation correction amount and the second gradation correction amount based on the face detection reliability; and applying a gradation correction process to the image data by using the third gradation correction amount and the gradation method. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116044 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ANALYZING PRINT QUALITY - A method is provided for analyzing the colour quality of a press pull as compared to a contract proof. The contract proof is scanned to create image data including colour data representing a scanned proof image. The press pull is also scanned to create image data including colour data representing a scanned press pull image. The scanned images are simultaneously displayed on a video monitor, and, the displayed images are searched for any significant differences in colour. A method is also provided for printing colour products on a colour printing press in a print run associated with a contract proof. The contract proof is scanned to create image data including colour data representing a scanned proof image. A sample printed colour product from the press is also scanned to create image data including colour data representing a scanned press pull image. The scanned images are simultaneously displayed on a video monitor. The scanned images are aligned and linked. The colour data for each section of one image is automatically compared with the colour data for a linked corresponding section of the other image to determine whether any differences exceed a pre-determined threshold. A count indicative of the number of sections which are determined to exceed such threshold is maintained. It is determined whether the number of sections which exceed such threshold exceeds a pre-determined overall threshold to determine colour quality. If the overall threshold is not exceeded, the print run is continued. If the overall threshold is exceeded, the print run is temporarily stopped, the print variables are adjusted and the print run is resumed. The preceding steps are repeated from the remove sample step until the print run is complete. A system is provided for analyzing the colour quality of a press pull as compared to a contract proof comprising at least one scanner for scanning the contract proof and for scanning the press pull, an image comparator connected to the at least one scanner to receive the data for the scanned proof image and the scanned press pull image and a video monitor connected to the image comparator to receive the data for the scanned proof image and the scanned press pull image and to display the scanned images simultaneously. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116045 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DRIVER-BASED IMAGE MANIPULATION - The subject application is directed to a system and method for device-specific image manipulation. First, output device capability data corresponding to capabilities of available document output devices is stored in associated memory. Electronic document data having image data corresponding to a plurality of sub-images is then received. Device selection data is then received corresponding to a selected document output device. Capability data representing the output capabilities of the selected device is then retrieved. Image characteristic data is then determined and tested relative to the device output capability data. Selected sub-images are then merged into a single image and the image is classified in accordance with the image characteristic data. Resolution and colorant reduction are then determined in accordance with the testing output. The determined resolution and colorant reductions are then applied to the single image of the received electronic document data and output by the selected document output device. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116046 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus includes an image input unit configured to input image data, a calculation unit configured to calculate an application amount of a recording material to form an image on a recording paper according to the input image data, a conversion characteristics creation unit configured to create composite conversion characteristics based on gradation-prioritized conversion characteristics and tint-prioritized conversion characteristics according to the application amount, and a conversion unit configured to convert the image data according to the created conversion characteristics. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116047 | REDUCTION OF PITCH ERRORS BETWEEN POINTS OF A PRINT IMAGE - In a method and printing device, a deviation from a predetermined desired pitch that occurs between at least two points of at least one print image in a print direction is reduced. In a printing step, the at least one print image is generated on a substrate with at least one print head of the printing device with a relative movement between the at least print head and the substrate. In a determination step preceding the printing step, an initial deviation from a desired pitch between the two points is determined first and correction information to reduce the deviation is determined from the determined initial deviation. In the printing step, control signals for the at least one print head are generated depending on the correction information to generate the at least one print image. A variable delay of at least one of the control signals is predetermined by the correction information. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116048 | IMAGE DATA CORRECTING APPARATUS, COMPUTER-READABLE IMAGE DATA CORRECTING PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM, IMAGE DATA CORRECTING METHOD AND PRINTING SYSTEM - An image data correcting apparatus includes: an image data obtaining section that obtains print image data representing a print image; an area designation receiving section that receives a designating operation to designate an area in the print image represented by the print image data; a density adjusting section that has an adjustment value designated through an operation for the printing density; a change estimating section that estimates a change in a print color in the printing system that is caused by the adjustment of the printing density with the use of the adjustment value; and a data correcting section that corrects the print image data to cancel the change estimated by the change estimating section in the area other than the designated region in the print image. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116049 | Apparatus and method for processing images and program fro the same - An image processing apparatus includes a storage section that can provide more than one storage area for storing print data for use in printing; a conversion section that converts image data to the print data; and a storage control section configured to, when printing multiple copies of multiple images, store print data that takes longer to convert in the storage section in accordance with conversion times taken to convert the individual pieces of print data. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116050 | Image processing device - The present invention provides an image processing device which aims for appropriate settings and simplification of printing functions. In a print server, when a print job is received, an application name used in a client terminal is specified from a drawing command of the print job, and standard settings of printing functions provided for each application are read from database files. Thereafter, the standard settings and settings of printing functions of the print job are compared. When the settings are different, after carrying out a warning processing, setting of printing functions based on the standard settings is carried out, and image processing and printing processing based on the set printing functions are executed. In this way, while simplifying settings of printing functions in the client terminal, image processing and printing processing by appropriate printing functions are possible. | 05-07-2009 |
20090122325 | AUTOMATED METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR ASSESSING AND SUMMARIZING GAMUT REQUIREMENTS - Methods and systems of assessing color gamut requirements for a print job and a printing device are disclosed. A print job including one or more input color spaces may be received. A computing device may produce a color transformation for each input color space using at least a color gamut error profile. The computing device may further produce result information based on the one or more color transformations. Result information may be provided to a user. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122326 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - When image data is obtained through a network from a document reading portion or a PC etc., a main control portion displays, through a display control portion, a document icon in a document icon area on a display portion. A user drags and drops the document icon on an output image operation area with a touch pen or the like, and the main control portion displays the specified document icon on the area. Moreover, when specification of a paper area, a position of a punch hole, a position of stapling, and the like is performed with the touch pen or the like, the main control portion determines whether or not setting is possible and outputs specified data to an image formation control portion and a post-process control portion. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122327 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus including:
| 05-14-2009 |
20090122328 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND HOST APPARATUS THEREOF - An image processing method includes measuring a state of an image forming apparatus which is connected to a host apparatus to perform color and mono printings; selecting at least one of a plurality of color management system profiles by using the measured state of the image forming apparatus; and generating a printing data of a document based on the selected color management system profile. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122329 | CUSTOMIZING PRINT CONTENT - Disclosed herein are methods and apparatus for creating an interactive interface allowing a user to create a virtual design on-screen. Specifications of the design created by the user may be subsequently transmitted to a server for high-resolution rendering and printing on an adhesive appliqué or other material adapted to receive print. In some embodiments, the created product is adapted to fit a particular device, such as a cell phone, laptop, personal digital assistant, snowboard, boat, or motor vehicle. Alternatively, the printed product can be adhesively applied to a portion of a wall, a window, or upon the side of a building. In one embodiment, the interactive interface allows the user to create their own personalized product by using a combination of images, colors, text, and shapes, specified for a particular CAD that will print onto an adhesive skin. In this manner, the adhesive skin can be made to look exactly like the finished product of a personally customized design presented on a computer screen. | 05-14-2009 |
20090128835 | GAMUT MAPPING - A mapping technique is disclosed that maps color image data of an image displayed on a first image display device to output color image data for display on a second image display device. This mapping technique maps the color gamut of the first image display device to the color gamut of the second image display device while controlling one or more characteristics of the color image data, and generates one or more lookup tables that correspond to the gamut mapping, for example. The color image data is then mapped to the output color image data based on the lookup tables. | 05-21-2009 |
20090128836 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND MULTI-CROPPED IMAGE FORMING METHOD THEREOF - A multi-cropped image forming method of an image forming apparatus includes displaying at least one image, setting a plurality of print regions with regard to the at least one image, and performing printing with respect to the plurality of print regions. | 05-21-2009 |
20090128837 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND PRINT DATA PROCESSING METHOD THEREOF - A print data processing method of an image forming apparatus that has a storage unit includes: setting at least one print speed enhancing mode; performing a pre-processing corresponding to the set print speed enhancing mode; and processing the print data by using a result of the pre-processing. | 05-21-2009 |
20090128838 | Image Processing Device, Image Processing Method, and Image Processing Program - An image processing device and image processing method maintain hue and prevent a drop in print quality while also reducing consumption of recording materials. For example, a host computer | 05-21-2009 |
20090128839 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND PRINTING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes an input unit which inputs a plurality of image object data, an acquisition unit which acquires resolution information and area information, a generation unit which generates image data based on the resolution information and stores the image data in a memory unit, an extraction unit which extracts overlap area information and resolution information of each of the image objects, and a composition unit which reads out, from the memory unit, pixel data corresponding to a pixel position of interest in accordance with the area information, if a plurality of pixel data existing at the pixel position of interest are located in the overlap area, converts one of the plurality of pixel data in accordance with higher resolution information extracted by the extraction unit, composites the converted pixel data with the other pixel data, and outputs the pixel data. | 05-21-2009 |
20090128840 | Apparatus, method, signal and computer program product configured to provide output image adjustment of an image file - An apparatus, method, signal and computer program product is provided to generate an image file that can correctly reproduce image data at a predetermined output device. The image file includes an image data storage area that stores image data, and a control information storage area stores output control information. The image data is stored in JPEG format for example, and output control information is stored in TIFF format. The output device control information is information set so as to be able to obtain an optimal image output results according to a paired-combination of the input device and output device, taking into consideration their respective image processing characteristics. | 05-21-2009 |
20090135440 | Image Processing Device, Image Processing Method, and Computer-Readable Record Medium for Image Processing - An image processing device comprises an image processing unit capable of executing multiple types of image processing (differing in the amount of pixel loss caused to an image edge) to an image as a processing target, a specifying unit which specifies image processing that should be executed by the image processing unit from the multiple types of image processing, and a target image extending unit which extends the area of the image as the processing target depending on the amount of pixel loss to be caused by the image processing specified by the specifying unit. The image processing unit executes the image processing specified by the specifying unit to the image whose area has been extended by the target image extending unit. | 05-28-2009 |
20090141294 | Register Regulation in a Printing Press - There is described a regulating system for register adjustment in a printing press which has at least one printing unit, wherein the regulating system has at least one register regulator. In the regulating system, a pilot control variable and/or a register error estimated variable are/is provided for influencing the register adjustment. A drive bus is advantageously used for transferring these variables between different printing units, wherein the register regulation is advantageously distributed in a decentralized manner among different regulating devices for carrying out the drive regulation. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141295 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - A color correction unit corrects a color of an image signal. A reference data storing unit stores reference data corresponding to patches in a reference chart. A correction parameter generating unit generates image processing parameters based on the reference data and values of the reference chart. An intermediate result storing unit stores intermediate calculation results calculated in a stepwise manner to obtain the image processing parameters. A determination information storing unit stores recalculation determination information for determining whether to recalculate the intermediate calculation results. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141296 | COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A color image forming apparatus in which a positional displacement detection image and a light quantity adjustment image are formed within a one-rotation length of an image bearing member (intermediate transfer belt). A light-emission quantity when detecting density is determined on the basis of a detection result of a light quantity adjustment image formed within the one-rotation length using light-emission quantity that is provided when light is emitted to the positional displacement detection image. This allows, for example, image density control to be performed quickly while precision of the image density control is maintained. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141297 | PRINTING SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF AND PROGRAM - A printing system and control method thereof which insert partitions between printed materials printed by a printing apparatus execute substitution operation in a case that there is no partition. The substitution operation includes executing shift discharge sheet operation which loads printed materials onto a stacker with a shift by units of printed materials to be partitioned, or supplying an partition for substitution from another sheet feed cassette in which partitions for substitution operation are stored, or supplying a sheet from another sheet feed cassette in which other sheets being different from the printed material used to printing of printed materials in at least one of size, type and color as an partition. | 06-04-2009 |
20090147279 | METHOD FOR COMPENSATING FOR COLOR VARIATIONS AMONG MULTIPLE PRINTERS - A method for compensating for color variations among multiple user printers by providing a target simulation process in each user printer that modifies its default color characteristics so that it has the same color characteristics as a designated target printer. In a WCS implementation, a target CDMP and a user CDMP representing color characteristics of the target printer and the user printer, respectively, are stored and used by the WCS workflow to perform color conversion when printing an image on the user printer. In an ICC implementation, a color simulation profile is generated that matches the color characteristics of the user printer to those of the target printer. The color simulation profile is combined with the default color profile of the printer to generate a combined color profile which is used to perform color conversion when printing an image on the user printer. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147280 | IMAGE FORMING METHOD AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Disclosed is an image forming method to perform a printing for a plurality of sheets of paper, comprising: expressing any one region in a first color, the one region being one of a predetermined number of regions which are provided at an end part of each sheet of the plurality of sheets of paper and are continuous in an extending direction of the end part of the sheets; expressing the other regions except the one region in a second color; and printing an additional image in which the one region expressed in the first color is shifted sequentially in the extending direction of the end part of the sheets, in an order of the printing of each sheet of paper. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147281 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING OPTION SETTING METHOD THEREOF - An image forming option setting method of an image forming apparatus which has a display unit, the method includes selecting an administrator setting, and displaying an administrator setting image forming option on the display unit related to a display image forming option displayed on the display unit when the administrator setting is selected. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147282 | Method and system for scanning papers and documents presenting printed information in black & white and in colored formats - The present invention is a scanning method and system in which the colored information as well as the black & white information appearing on the individual page or upon multiple pages of a document are initially scanned in a full color, 24-bit per pixel, mode; after which, the black & white wording and/or Images are then selectively identified and electronically downsized to a single bit per pixel value. This sequence of selective identification and electronic downsizing of the black & white scanned contents effectively preserves the original printed Information, while retaining the accuracy and integrity of the characters forming the colored written text and illustration portion's of the scanned page or document in their original 24-bit per pixel format. Via this method and system, the entirety of the scanned image is maintained as a single electronic file of markedly reduced size. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147283 | Ejecion control of quality-enhancing ink - A printing control method of generating print data to be supplied to a print unit capable of forming dots on a print medium by ejecting ink droplets of at least one type of colored ink containing a color material and a quality-enhancing ink for enhancing quality of a printed material. The printing control method comprises a tone-decreasing step which includes the step of generating transparent dot data by a process configured such that size of first processing-targeted pixels is larger than size of second processing-targeted pixels, the first processing-targeted pixels being targeted for processing in the transparent dot data generating process, the second processing-targeted pixels being targeted for processing in the colored dot data generating process. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147284 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus having: a plurality of image forming sections each of which forms images of respective colors; an intermediate transfer belt; and a control section which executes a color registration correction process and a deviation correction process, wherein the color correction process includes: forming test images on the intermediate transfer belt by the plurality of image forming sections; measuring the test images thereafter; and correcting image forming positions of the image forming sections in response to the measurement results; and wherein the deviation correction process includes: detecting a deviation of the intermediate transfer belt; and correcting the detected deviation, and wherein, when an amount of correction in the deviation correction process exceeds a predetermined level during the execution of the color registration correction process, the control section executes the color registration correction process again. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147285 | IMAGE JOINING APPARATUS - Joint images are end portions of respective read images and are portions to be joined together. The joint images are stored with a compression ratio lower than that with which the read images are stored. Then, the read images are joined together at relative positions determined on the basis of the joint images. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147286 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COLOR DEVIATION CORRECTING METHOD AND PROGRAM - The invention has an image forming apparatus with a deviation amount calculator for obtaining, by an arithmetic operation, by an arithmetic operation, the deviation amount between the laser beam irradiating positions for each color, under the condition that the deviation amount increases gradually according to a time lapse in at least one of the plurality of operating modes, according with a further time lapse, the deviation amount between the laser beam irradiating positions for each color decreases gradually, and according with a further time lapse, the deviation amount between the laser beam irradiating positions for each color is converged. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147287 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a decision unit which decides a color selection threshold based on received compressed data from external apparatus, and a determination unit which determines according to the color selection threshold if a pixel included in the compressed data is a chromatic color pixel or an achromatic color pixel. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147288 | RENDERING APPARATUS, RENDERING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - It is determined whether the rasterization result of a rendering object is cashed. If it is determined that the rasterization result of the rendering object is not cashed, an image and a mask for the image are generated from the rendering object. The generated image and the generated mask are stored in a cache. If it is determined that the rasterization result of the rendering object is cached, an image and a mask are extracted from the cache. The extracted image is rendered on a portion of the extracted mask so that a background image remains on a portion other than the portion of the extracted mask. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147289 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus which is capable of eliminating influence of in-plane variation contained in secondary-color patches, which is caused by devices, in performing gradation correction. A first toner pattern having a uniform density (of gray) and a second toner pattern having gradation (of gray and black) are formed in a direction orthogonal to a direction of driving an image bearing member. Gradation correction data for converting an input image signal associated with the toner of black is formed, based on density information on the second toner pattern formed by the two toners, and density information on the second toner pattern formed by the toner of gray. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147290 | PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS AND PRINT CONTROL METHOD - A print control apparatus includes a storage unit configured to store print attributes and print settings corresponding to the print attributes in association with each other, a search unit configured to search the storage unit for a print attribute corresponding to a print attribute of document data in accordance with an instruction to print the document data, and a generation unit configured to, when the corresponding print attribute is detected, set a print setting corresponding to the print attribute as a print setting of the document data and generate print data to be output to the print apparatus, and when no corresponding print attribute can be detected, accept input of a print setting of the document data and generate print data using the accepted print setting. | 06-11-2009 |
20090153886 | PRINTER AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING PRINTER - The present invention is employed for self-service printing vending machines installed in various stores, for example. The present invention is provided for detecting an abnormality of an image and for displaying the abnormality with the corresponding image to be printed. The abnormality is corrected in accordance with an instruction by a user. | 06-18-2009 |
20090153887 | APPARATUS FOR PRINTING CONSISTENT SPOT COLORS - RE A color imaging system is provided with a tagging system that tags spot color pixels in a page description language differently from non-spot color pixels. These tags are generated in a digital front end and stored along with contone values in a data structure. In addition to the tags, a rendering hint remap table and a user TRC remap table are used to bypass applying TRCs to spot colors. | 06-18-2009 |
20090153888 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHROMATIC ADAPTATION - A method for performing chromatic adaptation includes performing chromatic adaptation wherein corrections to tristimulous values XYZ are maximized in the regions of white and neutral and are minimized in the vicinity of non-neutral regions of colors space via piecewise linear corrections in XYZ. In one embodiment, a selective linear correction is performed using three matrices one for each sector in an RGB color space. In an alternative embodiment, selective color adjustments are made and the adjustments are partitioned for each primary and secondary color. | 06-18-2009 |
20090153889 | METHOD OF PREVENTING A REGISTRATION ERROR WHILE PRINTING - A method of preventing a registration error while printing at least one printing image, wherein, in order to control or adjust the correct length of the printing image, the start and/or the distance of the printing image lines of the printing image are controlled by determining the ratio of the number of rotary encoder signals of a transport web counted during a specific time interval to the number of rotary encoder signals of a cylinder of a printing and by taking into account a change of this ratio as a correction, said ratio being a function of a printing sheet located in a printing nip between the transport web and the printing unit, is characterized in that a changed printing material situation occurring in said printing nip between the transport web and the printing unit is used to achieve registration accuracy immediately. | 06-18-2009 |
20090161125 | Method for classifying a printer gamut into subgamuts for improved spot color accuracy - A method is provided for classifying a color printer gamut into a plurality of gamut subclasses including representing the color printer gamut as a composite of gamut classes wherein each gamut class is comprised of a subset of printer color separations; and, assigning selected spot color targets to determined ones of the gamut classes. The method further includes determining if the selected spot color target is located inside, or on-boundary, or outside of the gamut classes. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161126 | METHOD FOR UPSAMPLING COLOR CORRECTION TABLES, AN APPARATUS FOR CREATING AN UPSAMPLED COLOR CORRETION TABLE, AND A PROGRAM FOR UPSAMPLING COLOR CORRECTION TABLES - A method of forming a multidimensional upsampled table, which includes a plurality of upsampled contents and a plurality of upsampled columns and a plurality of upsampled rows, includes reading a multidimensional unsampled table having a plurality of unsampled content values. The multidimensional unsampled table has a plurality of unsampled columns and a plurality of unsampled rows. The multidimensional unsampled table is monotonic in the plurality of unsampled columns and is monotonic in the plurality of unsampled rows. The method further includes performing a Piecewise Cubic Hermite Interpolating Polynomial (PCHIP) interpolation to upsample the multidimensional unsampled table and to create the multidimensional upsampled table, and storing the multidimensional upsampled table. The PCHIP interpolation is independent of an order of interpolation direction. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161127 | IMAGE OUTPUT COLOR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD - Disclosed is an image output device color management system. The color management system includes a 2 dimensional principle component analysis (PCA) compensation method for reducing the number of measurement required for re-profiling a device, such as a printer. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161128 | COLOR IMAGE PROCESS CONTROLS METHODS AND SYSTEMS - This disclosure provides color image process methods and systems to control hue variation associated with a color printing system. In particular, it provides a method and system to adjust a control patch associated with a color separation to force a chromatic difference and control perceived color accuracy. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161129 | Used Media Printing - A printing device includes a used media holder. A scan module is operable to receive a piece of used media from the used media holder and determine whether the piece of used media includes a printable side. A print module is operable to receive the piece of used media from the scan module and, in response to the scan module determining that the piece of used media comprises a printable side, the print module is operable to print on the printable side. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161130 | INK JET RECORDING APPARATUS AND INK JET PRINTING METHOD - There is provided an ink jet printing apparatus in which unevenness that may occur at the edges of printing areas can be reduced also for various printing media including unspecified printing media. In the ink jet printing apparatus which uses a print head for ejecting ink and performs printing by scanning a predetermined area on a printing medium with the print head multiple times, the multiple times of scan including a forward scan and a backward scan, the apparatus comprising: a control unit that cases the print head to print patterns each of which is printed through multiple times of scan of the print head and has different portions in a time interval between the multiple times of scan, with different printing ratios for the multiple times of scan; and a setting unit that sets the printing ratios based on the test patterns. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161131 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus is configured to process multivalued image data corresponding to a unit area of a recording medium so as to form an image on the unit area with a plurality of relative movements between a recording head and the recording medium. The apparatus has a selecting unit for selecting either a first processing mode to segment the multivalued image data into a plurality of multivalued image data corresponding to the plurality of relative movements, and then quantize each of the plurality of multivalued image data, or a second processing mode to quantize the multivalued image data into quantized image data, and then segment the quantized image data into a plurality of quantized image data corresponding to the plurality of relative movements. The selecting unit may select either the first processing mode or the second processing mode based on the number of relative movements to the unit area. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161132 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM THEREOF - An image processing apparatus, which has an input unit configured to input image data and which is communicably connected to an external apparatus via a network, includes an obtaining unit configured to obtain a document with a predetermined form that includes a request for input of image data, via the network from the external apparatus; a display unit configured to display, in the event of displaying a screen corresponding to the document obtained by the obtaining unit, a screen including a display object based on the predetermined form, the display object to instruct inputting of image data by the input unit; a determining unit configured to determine whether or not to display the display object on the display unit; and a control unit configured to control the display of the display object by the display unit, according to determination results of the determining unit. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161133 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A method that prints image data including multiple pages one copy at a time, and prints multiple copies, includes generating a patch image having multiple densities, forming the patch image on a photosensitive drum, and reading the density of the patch image, wherein generating the patch image, forming the patch image, and reading the density of the patch image are performed at a time of ending printing for certain copies. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161134 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - In an apparatus connected to a plurality of input devices, in the case of a browsing mode of images stored in a device from which images are input, a user is allowed to select, in parallel, from the images stored in the input device and images showing interfaces capable of connecting to the other devices. Further, if an image indicating an interface is selected, the interface changes to an input mode of image data. Thus, the user is allowed to input image data from the other input devices without returning to the setting screen of an input device in such a mode. | 06-25-2009 |
20090168082 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR AN OUTPUT LOOKUP TABLE DESIGN AND DATA ACCESS LAYER IN COLOR MANAGEMENT RESOURCE ENGINES - Methods and apparatus for saving and re-using lookup tables (LUTs) used in generating color data objects in a presentation/printing system. A data object is generated by a device or application having an associated input ICC profile and is transferred to a presentation device having one or more associated output ICC profiles. The data object is converted from its input color space to a color space of the presentation device based on calculated LUTs. Once calculated, the LUTs are saved in a memory of the presentation device to be re-used for processing of a subsequent data object. The saved LUTs are indexed using the object ID (OID) of the ICC output profile used to calculate the LUT. A subsequent data object may specify use of the same ICC output profile such that the previously calculated LUT may be retrieve and re-used to obviate the calculation burden to recalculate the LUT. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168083 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING A LOOKUP TABLE SIZE FOR AN AFP LINK CMR - Methods and apparatus for determining a preferred size for a Link LUT as used in conversion from an input color space defined by an input ICC profile into an output color space defined by an output ICC profile. The Link LUT may be incorporated within a device link structure as generally defined in the ICC specification or within a Link Color Conversion CMR in an AFP architecture system. The preferred size is determined from the size of an input LUT associated with the input ICC profile and the size of an output LUT associated with the output ICC profile. In AFP architecture systems, the input and output LUTs and profiles may each be incorporated in appropriate Color Conversion CMRs. The preferred size is determined as a reduced size that requires less computation to generate but does not cause loss of accuracy in conversion between the input and output color spaces. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168084 | COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - The number of color patches is reduced to attain high-precision color estimation. Hence, the colorimetric values of a plurality of color patches of at least one primary color output by an output device are input. Based on the colorimetric value of first color patches corresponding to a part of the plurality of color patches, colorimetric values corresponding to second color patches other than the first color patches of the plurality of color patches are estimated. Errors between the input colorimetric values of the second color patches and the estimated colorimetric values corresponding to the second color patches are calculated. A plurality of color patches corresponding to the output device is determined based on the calculated errors. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168085 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - Image processing for creating bitmap data based on a plurality of drawing objects by sequentially rendering the plurality of drawing objects respectively having drawing attributes and drawing logic, and sequentially updating the bitmap data and attribute information for each pixel of the bitmap data, has the following characteristic feature. That is, a transparent object group, which expresses transparent processing and includes a plurality of drawing objects, is detected based on the drawing logic, and the drawing attribute of a predetermined drawing object in the detected transparent object group is updated to an attribute indicating that the attribute information is not updated. For example, for transparent processing including three continuous drawing objects having drawing logic “EXOR”, “overwrite”, and “EXOR”, the first and last drawing objects of the EXOR are controlled not to update attribute information for each pixel upon drawing, thus obtaining appropriate attribute information. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168086 | Line Head Control Method, Image Forming Method, and Image Forming Apparatus - A control method of a line head including a first image forming system; a first light emission element which emits light for forming an image by an image forming lens of the first image forming system; a second image forming system disposed in a first direction of the first image forming system; and a second light emission element which emits light for forming an image by an image forming lens of the second image forming system is disclosed. The method includes, when the first light emission element emits light at a time t | 07-02-2009 |
20090168087 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus and an image forming method are provided which can produce an image with high robustness that can keep image impairments from becoming noticeable even when there are printing characteristic variations over a range of positions of the print elements, as in the case of an end deflection phenomenon. This is realized by distributing multilevel grayscale values of individual pixels according to distribution coefficients determined for the individual print elements that print the pixels, allocating the distributed grayscale values to the associated planes, and binarizing the allocated grayscale values in each plane. With this process, the grayscale value distribution factors in each scan of multipass printing can be determined according to the positions of individual print elements on the print head. | 07-02-2009 |
20090174887 | Printer, printer control program, printer control method, image processing device, image processing program, image processing method, and storage medium storing the program therein - The printer includes a print head having nozzles that are arranged in a plurality of lines and that form dots by discharging ink onto a medium used for printing. The printer prints out an image on the medium by one scanning operation using the print head. The printer includes a printing image data acquisition device, an N-level processing device, a dot forming information generating device, a print position information modification device, and a printing device. | 07-09-2009 |
20090174888 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus includes: an image forming part which picks up a recording medium at a predetermined pickup timing and forms an image at a predetermined printing speed; and a controller which accelerates the timing for picking up the recording medium in advance of the predetermined pickup timing, and which lowers the printing speed so as to allow the printing operation to take place at a lower fusing temperature during warming up from a cold start in order to shorten the first print output time (FPOT). | 07-09-2009 |
20090185200 | Gamut mapping in spectral space based on an objective function - Mapping spectral colors in an Interim Connection Space (ICS) of a full spectral space based on an objective function is provided. A spectral color value in the ICS is accessed, and a spectral gamut boundary of the destination gamut is accessed. The spectral color value is mapped into mapped spectral color value based on minimization of an objective function of coordinates of a first subspace of the ICS, by fixing coordinates of a second subspace of the ICS, subject to a constraint that a result is within the spectral gamut boundary. The first subspace is a null space of a transformation from the ICS to a color space, while the second subspace is an orthogonal complement of the first subspace in the ICS. The constraint is determined by a gamut section that is an intersection of the spectral gamut in the ICS and an affine subspace characterized by the fixed coordinates of the second subspace. | 07-23-2009 |
20090185201 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PARAMETERIZED SPOT COLOR RENDERING - Systems and methods are provided to provide image quality particularly with regard to rendering spot color objects in image forming devices. Input spot color objects are assessed based on an object type and one more parameters associated with the object, to include, but not be limited to, a desired tint value. A plurality of spot color rendering mechanisms are available within the individual system and/or method. A determination is made automatically regarding which of the plurality of color rendering mechanism to be employed to enhance specific image quality based on sensed and/or obtained parameters regarding the object, to include, but not be limited to, type and/or desired tint values. | 07-23-2009 |
20090185202 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR SELECTING PRINTING MATERIALS - Methods and systems for selecting printing materials are disclosed. One or more performance criteria and a print job may be received. At least one performance criterion may be used to measure a capability for a plurality of sets of printing materials. A computing device may evaluate the print job with respect to the one or more performance criteria in order to produce evaluation information. A first set of printing materials may be selected from the plurality of sets of printing materials based on the evaluation information. An indication of the first set of printing materials may be provided. | 07-23-2009 |
20090185203 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR AUTOMATED LOAD BALANCING OF COLOR PRINT JOBS - Methods and systems for selecting a printing device are disclosed. A print job may be received. A computing device may produce a first color transformation for the print job using at least a color gamut error profile for a first printing device to determine a first value and a second color transformation for the print job using at least a color gamut error profile for a second printing device to determine a second value. One of the printing devices may be selected for the print job based on at least the first value and the second value. The print job may be transmitted to the selected printing device and printed using the selected printing device. | 07-23-2009 |
20090185204 | Systems and Methods for Detecting Image Quality Defects - An approach for detecting and correcting printing system print quality defects is disclosed that allows defects to be corrected based on an analysis of image data collected over time, across many separate images, under a wide variety of system status and environmental conditions to allow detection of print quality defects that would otherwise be undetectable. The approach supports the detection and correction of defects related to colorant appearance effects that are correlated to colorant interactions. Techniques are described by which allow image data to be efficiently collected and stored to support a wide range of defect processing techniques. Defect processing may be performed in parallel with print job operations using spare processor CPU cycles and/or may be performed off-line by either the printing system processor or a separate defect processing system. Detected print quality defects may be corrected for using one or more interpolation techniques. | 07-23-2009 |
20090185205 | Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer program product - An image processing apparatus that prints a first color in an image in a second color in a printout includes a first-color setting unit that specifies the first color in an RGB colorimetric system; a second-color setting unit that sets the second color; a color determining unit that determines whether the first color is a chromatic color or an achromatic color; and a color converting unit that, when the color determining unit determines that the first color is a chromatic color, performs color conversion processing of converting the first color into a color that is reproduced with a gradation level having a hue same as the second color and a color saturation lower than the second color. | 07-23-2009 |
20090185206 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image formation portion forming an image onto a recording medium in an electro-photographic process. An acquisition portion acquires image data and a storage portion stores in advance first and second image formation conditions for the electro-photographic process. A condition setting portion sets the first image-formation condition for an image formation operation, if data indicating a bar code is not included in image data acquired by the acquisition portion, and sets the second image formation condition for an image formation operation if image data indicating a bar code is included in image data acquired by the acquisition portion. A control portion allows the image formation portion to execute an image formation operation based on image data acquired by the acquisition portion according to the image formation condition set by the condition setting portion. | 07-23-2009 |
20090185207 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus comprises a signal generator generating a clock signal associated with image forming in a main-scanning direction, an image forming unit including a write unit performing the image forming in the main-scanning direction on a paper relatively moving in a sub-scanning direction, in synchronization with the clock signal generated at the signal generator, an image processor converting input image data into data for driving the write unit, a magnification setting unit setting a magnification of an image in the main-scanning direction associated with a position of the image in the sub-scanning direction, a controller controlling to generate the clock signal of a frequency corresponding to a relative position in the sub-scanning direction on the basis of the magnification set at the magnification setting unit when the write unit performs the image forming on the basis of the data for driving converted at the image processor. | 07-23-2009 |
20090185208 | Color separation into a plurality of ink components including primary color ink and spot color ink - Utilizing an ink set that includes a plurality of chromatic primary color inks that, when used in combination, can reproduce achromatic color, and at least one spot color ink of hue different from any of the plurality of chromatic primary color inks. Color to be reproduced on a print medium according to any one input color is termed “reproduction color”, and the combination of ink quantities in the ink set for reproducing the reproduction color on the print medium is termed the “color separation ink quantity set.” The ink quantity of the spot color ink included in the color separation ink quantity set is adjusted in accordance with a lightness parameter value which is correlated to lightness of reproduction color, so as to reduce ink quantity at a rate of change greater than the rate of change of the lightness parameter in the direction of increasing brightness. | 07-23-2009 |
20090185209 | Divisional print control - The technique of the present invention enhances the workability of bonding and improves the finish in poster printing. The procedure first sets multiple areas adjacent to one another in an image expressed by master image data, where each of the multiple areas corresponds to each unit page to be printed. The procedure then enlarges each of the adjacent areas by preset dimensions (corresponding to an enlarged area in marginless printing) and sequentially extracts image data included in each enlarged area. The procedure subsequently magnifies the extracted image data by a predetermined magnification to generate each piece of page image data. The area actually printed is a little greater than the size of each sheet of printing paper. This arrangement thus enables an image part, for example, each part of a letter ‘A’, to be printed to the top, bottom, left, and right sides of each sheet of printing paper. The image part printed in each sheet of printing paper is continuous with the image part printed in an adjoining sheet of printing paper. | 07-23-2009 |
20090190144 | GAMUT BOUNDARY SEPARATED PRINT SYSTEM PROFILING METHODS AND SYSTEMS - This disclosure provides a method and system to generate device dependent color space representations for an image output device. The method and system are particularly applicable to a printing device, where gamut boundary separated profile methods are executed to map device in-gamut and device out-of-gamut colors. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190145 | PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS, PRINT APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM AND COMPUTER-DATA SIGNAL - A print control apparatus includes a print request receiving unit and a print control unit. The print request receiving unit receives a print request, including print target information, to a print apparatus. If a condition is satisfied under which print target information should have information regarding security added thereto for printing, the print control unit adds the information regarding security to the print target information and causes the print apparatus to print the print target information to which the information regarding security is added. If the condition is not satisfied, the print control apparatus stores the print target information included in the print request in a storage unit, and when an operation receiving unit provided in the print apparatus is operated to instruct to print the stored print target information, the print control apparatus causes the print apparatus to print the stored print target information. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190146 | Image forming apparatus having blank sheet ejection preventing function and blank sheet ejection preventing method - An image forming apparatus for printing out one or more pages in an electronic file having color information in the form of at least one of character information and image information, includes an information acquiring unit configured to acquire at least one of the character information and the image information from the electronic file; and a blank page determining unit configured to determine whether a page in the electronic file is a blank page based on the color information of at least one of the character information and the image information acquired by the information acquiring unit. A page that is determined as being a blank page by the blank page determining unit is cancelled from being printed out. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190147 | Image forming apparatus, print control method, and computer-readable recording medium storing print control program - An image forming apparatus and a print control method prevents a disadvantageous effect to a user due to print failure, before an image forming operation is started. The image forming apparatus includes an interface for connecting an external storage device to the image forming apparatus. Data stored in the external storage device is read via the interface and printed by the image forming apparatus. A memory usage at the time of printing the data is calculated based on a parameter obtained from various information about the data. The calculated memory usage and a memory capacity that is available in the image forming apparatus during printing are compared. An image forming operation for printing the data is controlled depending on a comparison result. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190148 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND PRINTING METHOD, AND PROGRAM THEREFOR - The objective of the present invention is to provide a printing apparatus that can avoid difficulty in the folding of a print sheet that has been printed using clear toner. In order to achieve this objective of the present invention, a printing apparatus includes a storage unit for storing data which indicates positions to be printed by using a transparent color material on a print sheet according to a registration instruction and a synthesizing unit for synthesizing image which is printed by using non-transparent color material based on contents data and image which is printed by using transparent color material based on form data stored in the storage unit on a print sheet according to a synthesis instruction. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190149 | Image Forming System - An image forming system, according to the present invention can include a forming device for forming an image based on printing data, an obtaining device for obtaining an image-formable range specific to the forming device, a determination circuit for determinating if the image based on printing data fits within the image-formable range, and an adjusting circuit for adjusting at least one of a position and a size of the image in accordance with the image-formable range, when the determination circuit determines that the image does not fit within the image-formable range. | 07-30-2009 |
20090195794 | Multilevel Halftoning for Tint Graphic, Line Art and Text Rendering - Method and apparatus for font/line art rending via multi-level halftoning including the selecting or generating of halftone cell patterns related to the minimal stable pixel of a rendering electrophotography (EP) engine and image processors including EP engines. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195795 | Font and Line Art Rendering for Multi-Bit Output Devices - Multilevel color page image rendering via multi-bit output devices including the rounding of tone levels, dual tone scan patterns and the selecting or generating of halftone cells and electrophotography engines and image processors for rendering multilevel tone density objects such as font and line art. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195796 | AUTOMATIC SELECTION OF A SUBSET OF REPRESENTATIVE PAGES FROM A MULTI-PAGE DOCUMENT - What is provided herein is a method for automatically selecting a subset of pages from a multi-page document for image processing wherein each selected page is substantially different from all other pages according to certain features of interest and wherein the combined content of the selected pages approximately represents the content in the entire document. Selected pages are clustered wherein each page is represented by a feature vector meaningfully related to the task to be performed. A matrix of feature vectors is analyzed. Basis vectors are extracted from the matrix using rank-reduction techniques. Clustering is performed by subspace projection of page features onto the basis vectors with each page being assigned to a cluster to which that page maximally projects. Representative pages are selected from each cluster. The representative pages can then be used as input to a secondary process. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195797 | SENSITIVITY MATRIX DETERMINATION FOR ADAPTIVE COLOR CONTROL - What is provided are a novel system and method for determining a sensitivity matrix for adaptive color control in a color marking device capable of performing device independent color correction. In one embodiment, a determination is made as to what control operation the color marking device is being characterized for. Nominal CMYK values are then selected based on the determined control operation. If the control operation is a gray balancing operation, the nominal CMYK values are selected using C=M=Y=L* and K*=0 values. Otherwise, the nominal CMYK values are selected using a CMYK to L*a*b* printer map. Color parameters are determined for the CMYK values based on the selected nominal CMYK values. A sensitivity matrix is then generated from the color parameters and CMYK values. The method facilitates calibration of dynamically varying color reproduction devices. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195798 | VECTOR HALF-TONING WITH MINIMUM LUMINANCE VARIATION DOT FORMATION - What is disclosed is a system and method for improving vector half-toning in dot-on-dot printing devices. The method utilizes minimum spatial luminance variation to achieve a smooth color half-toning pattern transition. Red (M+Y), blue (C+M), and green (C+Y) dots in addition to CMY dots are utilized to achieve darker colors without black ink. As gray values to be printed get darker, green, red and blue pixels get introduced. Black is not introduced until the gray values are darker by approximately | 08-06-2009 |
20090195799 | ESTIMATING AN AMOUNT OF COLOR IN A DOCUMENT - What is provided are a novel system, method, and computer program product for estimating the amount of color in a document to be printed, with the capability to handle composite black. A color billing strategy can be dynamically determined based on the amount of color in the document. In one embodiment, a contone CMYK image is examined and the level of color is estimated based on information extracted from the four planes simultaneously. More specifically, it examines the pixel values from all the four planes to calculate the number of white, black, color, and gray or neutral pixel counts. Input CMYK values can be pre-adjusted via a look-up table to take into account neutral balance characteristics. The difference among the adjusted color values is compared against a threshold that is input level dependent. Color is further subdivided into fuzzy colors to handle highlights and neutral areas. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195800 | ESTIMATING AN AMOUNT OF COLOR CONTENT IN A DOCUMENT - What is provided herein is a novel system and method for estimating the amount of color in a document to be printed, with the capability to handle composite black, in those environments without access to all the original four color planes simultaneously. In one embodiment, input CMYK values are pre-adjusted via a look-up table to take into account the neutral balance characteristics. The planes are then scaled and quantized so that all four planes become available simultaneously. The difference among the quantized CMYK color values is compared against a threshold that is input level dependent. A pixel is classified into one of several color categories such as, for example, true neutral, fuzzy neutral, true color or fuzzy color. A color billing strategy can then be automatically determined based on the amount of color content. The method advantageously provides flexibility to support multi-tier billing in systems with various marking technologies. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195801 | ESTIMATING AN AMOUNT OF COLOR CONTENT IN A DOCUMENT - What is provided herein is a novel system and method for estimating the amount of color in a document. In one embodiment, a binary CMYK input image is received. Each of the CMYK plane is received at an offset from the previous plane, i.e., the 4 planes are not received simultaneously. Each plane is divided into M×N tiles. Pixel values of all four planes are examined separately and the number of on-pixels is counted for each plane. The number of on-pixel counts for each tile are aggregated for each plane. Total on-pixel counts are used to estimate the total number of white, black, color, and gray pixel counts. The total counts for all planes are used to estimate the amount of color. A document is determined to be color if the amount of color exceeds a predetermined threshold. A color billing strategy is determined based on the estimated color amount. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195802 | IMAGE PROCESSOR, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - An image processor comprising a control unit, wherein the control unit includes a determining unit that determines a reading mode suitable for a document based on image data corresponding to the document read by an reader; and a converting unit that converts the image data according to the reading mode. The determining unit includes a color detecting unit that detects color information based on the image data; a color determining unit that determines whether the reading mode is a color mode based on the color information; a background detecting unit that detects a background of the document; a background removing unit that removes the background; a gray detecting unit that detects a size of an area of a portion which is not removed in the image data as gray information; and a gray determining unit that determines whether the reading mode is a gray mode based on the gray information. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195803 | Image processing method, program thereof, and image processing apparatus - There is provided an image processing method for generating a bit map image of an object from a vector image by superimposing a plurality of parts by using a computer software program. The image processing method includes assigning unique identification information to a drawing command in a case where designation for transmission is included in the drawing command that is a command for drawing the object by using the plurality of parts, determining whether identification information that is assigned to a drawing position in which a drawing process is performed and the identification information that is assigned to the drawing command coincide with each other in a case where the drawing process is performed based on the drawing command to which the unique identification information is assigned, and assigning the identification information that is assigned to the drawing command to the drawing position and performing a drawing process for the drawing position on the basis of the drawing command, for a case where the identification information does not coincide with each other and not performing the drawing process for the drawing position on the basis of the drawing command for a case where the identification information coincide with each other. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195804 | Printing system, printing system controlling method, printing system controlling program, and printing apparatus - A printing system includes a circular record medium and a printing apparatus. The circular record medium includes: a data record surface on which electronic data are recorded; a label surface which is a rear surface of the data record surface and on which the printing apparatus prints an image; and a wireless IC tag which is attached to or embedded in the label surface. The printing apparatus includes: a wireless IC reader/writer which reads and writes electronic data from and to the wireless IC tag; a data record unit which writes electronic data on the data record surface; a data input unit which inputs electronic data from the outside; a specific image record unit which writes specific image data associated with the electronic data input from the data input unit to the wireless IC tag by use of the wireless IC reader/writer, upon writing the electronic data input from the data input unit on the data record surface by use of the data record unit; and a label print unit which reads the specific image data from the wireless IC tag by use of the wireless IC reader/writer and prints an image which is based on the read specific image data on the label surface. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195805 | Digital Photograph Duplication Apparatus - An apparatus for reproducing a visible image depicted in a photograph carrying digitally encoded data printed in invisible ink. The digitally encoded data having pixel values for all pixels in the visible image. The apparatus comprises an illuminating means for illuminating the photograph with invisible radiation; a sensing means for receiving the invisible radiation illuminated on and reflected from the photograph by the illuminating means, the sensing means adapted to detect an interaction of the invisible radiation with the digitally encoded data carried on the photograph; a top substrate in which the illuminating means and the sensing means are encased, the top substrate being transparent to the invisible radiation and having a semi circular cross section in the vicinity of the illuminating means, the top substrate further having a elongated recess for receiving therein the sensing means; means for processing the invisible radiation received by the sensing means, the means for processing operable to decode the digitally encoded data; and an inkjet printer for receiving data from the means for processing data to print a copy of the visible image depicted in the photograph, the data used to print the visible image being generated from the digitally encoded data. The top substrate, in the vicinity of the sensing means, is shaped to define an array of microlenses for focusing the invisible radiation reflected from the photograph onto the sensing means. | 08-06-2009 |
20090201516 | Gradation converting device, image processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer program - An image processing apparatus includes: a filter-coefficient storing unit that stores filter coefficients respectively associated with spatial frequencies, which are the numbers of strips displayed per unit angle with respect to an angle of field of a display apparatus; a viewing-condition determining unit that determines, as viewing conditions, a viewing distance between a viewer and the display apparatus and pixel density of the display apparatus; a filter-coefficient setting unit that sets a filter coefficient selected on the basis of a spatial frequency calculated from the viewing conditions among the stored filter coefficients; and a gradation modulating unit including a quantizing unit that quantizes a pixel value in a predetermined coordinate position in an image signal and outputs the pixel value as a quantized pixel value in the predetermined coordinate position, the gradation modulating unit gradation-modulating the image signal by multiply-accumulating a set filter coefficient with respect to quantization errors caused by the quantizing unit to feedback the quantization errors to an input side of the quantizing unit. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201517 | DOCUMENT READING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A document reading apparatus includes an integral display portion integrally provided with the area sensor portion and a main CPU for controlling screen display of the integral display portion, in which reflection light from an object placed on a screen of the integral display portion is detected by the area sensor portion. Based on an area of reflection light from the object detected by the area sensor portion, the main CPU determines whether or not the object is a document, and when determined that it is a document, it sets a document reading mode for reading the document placed on the screen by the area sensor portion. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201518 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus is provided for realizing a higher speed print-out of a scan image. It is determined whether an input data type stored in metadata of document data is PDL or not (S | 08-13-2009 |
20090201519 | IMAGE READING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE READING METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes an image reading device which reads an image in accordance with a sheet-through method. The image reading device includes a reading device and a control device. The reading device is configured to include a carriage including an optical device for optically reading an image. The control device is configured to control shading correction of images on successively fed sheets by first performing the setting of the timing of starting a shading correction and the setting of the operation of the carriage, and then performing the setting of shading correction before shading correction starts during the operation of the carriage. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201520 | Image Processing for Determining Dot Formation States in Printing an Image - An image processing apparatus for determining formation states of dots in printing an image based on an image data using dots of a plurality of sizes includes a storage and a dot formation state determination unit. The storage stores a width correspondence table that indicates correspondence relationships between a plurality of dot sequences representing combinations of dots of specific color along a prescribed direction, and width along the prescribed direction of dot areas composed of dots that are formed on a printing medium in accordance with the dot sequences. The dot formation state determination unit determines formation states of the dots based on the correspondence relationships indicated in the width correspondence table. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201521 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes a data recording unit to store a misregistration amount of a scanning line from an ideal scanning line when a plurality of laser beams is scanned in a main scanning direction, a calculation unit to calculate a shape of the scanning line based on the misregistration amount stored, and to determine a scanning line curvature cancellation curve which cancels misregistration of the calculated shape of the scanning line, and an image forming unit to form an image that reflects the scanning line curvature cancellation curve by shifting image data which is read out from a memory unit in a sub scanning direction according to the scanning line curvature cancellation curve. The image forming unit corrects the amount of misregistration which is smaller than a main scanning line interval by adjusting a transfer point at which the image data is shifted in the sub scanning direction. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201522 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM INCLUDING THE SAME - An image forming apparatus that forms a color image using a transparent toner and color toners based on received printing information includes a determination unit configured to determine whether a transparency attribute is set for an object included in the printing information, and a generation unit configured to generate a transparent object using the transparent toner on the object when the determination unit determines that the transparency attribute is set for the object. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201523 | Printing apparatus - A printing apparatus includes: an image data acquiring unit which acquires image data representing an image of a print target; a print data generating unit which on the basis of the image data generates print data for forming the image by allowing an ink head to perform scanning and record ink in a specific edge of a print medium more times than in a portion other than the specific edge; and a print control unit which performs printing on the image on the basis of the print data by controlling the ink head. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201524 | Printer Printing Composited Print Image Planes - A printer is provided having a receiver for receiving compressed print data, a first decoder for decoding continuous tone image planes in the received compressed print data to produce first decoded data, a second decoder for decoding bi-level image planes in the received compressed print data to produce second decoded data, a ditherer for dithering separate image color planes of the first decoded data to produce dithered data, a compositor for compositing the second decoded data with the dithered data to produce composited data, and a printhead for printing the composited data. | 08-13-2009 |
20090207426 | Simulation of a Printed Dot-Pattern Bitmap - Embodiments of the present invention enable generation of a simulated reference bitmap image that corresponds to a dot-pattern image. Certain applications of the present invention are its use in various embodiments of a system for inspection of a printed circuit board (“PCB”) substrate. In embodiments, a dot-pattern image and user-input configuration parameters are used to create an initialized simulated reference bitmap, and the dot pattern is mapped onto the reference bitmap using a scaling factor. In embodiments, reference bitmaps of individual sections of a dot-pattern image may be generated separately. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207427 | Printing Control Method for a Printer and a Printer - A printer prints all print data when an inverted print mode is selected for printing even if an insufficient memory state occurs in the image conversion buffer. If the roll paper printer | 08-20-2009 |
20090207428 | Printing System - An object is to provide a printing system that is capable of reducing the time loss while keeping the function to instantly adjust the operation status of a printing press, through the structure in which even if one display part fails to operate, another display part can instantly display the information which has been displayed by the one display part. There is provided a printing system for a printing press, which includes two control devices, each including a display part for displaying plural kinds of the operation status of the printing press and an input part for setting or changing operation conditions relating to the operation status that is being displayed in the display part, the two control devices being installed with the same computer program relating to the operation conditions, and one of the two control devices being connected to the printing press, and being connected to the residual control device by wire or wireless, in which the two control devices each are provided with a mirroring function, allowing the operation condition inputted from the one control device to be rewritten into the residual control device and stored therein. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207429 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes an acquisition unit configured to acquire image data, a generation unit configured to generate a histogram based on a signal value of each pixel in the image data acquired by the acquisition unit, a derivation unit configured to derive the number of pixels matching a first condition in the histogram generated by the generation unit, and a selection unit configured to select, according to the number of pixels derived by the derivation unit, one of a fixing processing adjustment mode for increasing a degree of gloss of a print product by adjusting fixing processing and a transparent toner mode for increasing a degree of gloss of a print product by using a transparent toner. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207430 | COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COLOR IMAGE FORMING METHOD - A color image forming apparatus is provided that forms an image by correcting registration shifts during an image forming process by using image data and which prevents toner from being blown away and scattered during a fixing process by thinning pixels without making an erroneous decision. When multivalued color image is binarized, the threshold is corrected by using information on grayscale level correction. Further, when trailing phenomenon prevention operation is performed on the binarized image data, the patterns to be used for pattern matching are changed and selected according to whether the subscan direction line shifting point lies within the reference window. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207431 | Backlight adjustment processing of image using image generation record information - A decision as to whether to perform backlight adjustment processing is executed using both image data and image generation record information, and when it is decided to execute the same, backlight adjustment processing to increase brightness value of at least some pixels in the image data is executed. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207432 | Method For Creating A Garment - A method of creating a garment. The method comprises the steps of: (a) capturing an image of a person using a camera; (b) selecting a card having a depiction of a garment and encoded information relating to the garment depicted; (c) optically reading the encoded information on the card; (d) manipulating the captured image in accordance with the encoded information; (e) generating print data for garment pieces using the encoded information and the manipulated image; (f) communicating the print data to a garment fabric printer; and (g) printing outlines of garment pieces and a decorative finish on to a surface of a bolt of fabric. | 08-20-2009 |
20090213392 | Printing control device, printing system and printing control program - There are provided a spectral reflectivity estimating unit which estimates spectral reflectivity of a mixed color created by use of a second color material group different from a first color material group on the basis of spectral reflectivity of each of color materials of the second color material group as a mixed-color source and a use ratio of the color materials of the second color material group in the mixed color; a color material set estimating unit which estimates the color material amount set for reproducing spectral reflectivity approximate to the spectral reflectivity of the mixed color on a print medium; and a printing control unit which permits a printing apparatus to perform printing on the basis of the estimated color material amount set. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213393 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - There are provided an image processing apparatus which corrects the curvature of a scanning line using image data in image formation, and a control method thereof. When reading out image data by burst transfer from a memory in the line direction of a scanning line on the basis of the read start address of the image data and the burst transfer length, the switching address in the line direction for switching a line of image data is set. The image processing apparatus generates, based on the switching address, the second read start address for reading out image data of the second line, so as to read out image data by burst transfer of at least the first line before line switching and the second line after line switching, in accordance with the set switching address. Image data is read out in accordance with an address generated by the address generator, to form an image in which the curvature of a scanning line is corrected. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213394 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - An image processing apparatus includes an emitter which has a plurality of light emitting devices arranged in a sub-scan direction, and a former which forms an image on a photosensitive member by multi-passed scanning an identical region on the photosensitive member in a main scan direction using light beams output from the respective light emitting devices of the emitter. An input section inputs image data of an image to be formed by the image processing apparatus. A divider divides the input image data into image data for respective scans in the multi-passed scans using a mask pattern generated based on amounts of deviations from scan lines of the light beams output by the respective light emitting devices of the emitter. A supplier supplies the divided image data to the emitter in accordance with scans of the former. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213395 | PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORING A PRINT CONTROL PROGRAM - There are provided a get unit that gets a document name of print data; a first determination unit that determines whether or not the obtained document name includes a predefined character string; a first deletion unit that deletes the character string from the document name to create a new document name when it is determined that the document name includes the predefined character string; a second determination unit that determines whether or not the number of characters in the document name exceeds a predefined maximum number of displayable characters; and a second deletion unit that deletes the number of exceeding characters from a head of the document name to create a new document name when it is determined that the number of characters in the document name exceeds the predefined maximum number of displayable characters. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213396 | Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer program product - An image determining unit determines a type of each of a plurality of images to be combined. A character identifying unit identifies a black character area in each of the images. A color-conversion processing unit performs a color conversion or a monochrome conversion on the images and a monochrome conversion on the black character area. When the images include a color image, a control unit controls the color-conversion processing unit to perform the color conversion on the images based on the type of the image and a current image processing mode. An image output unit combines color-conversion processed images on a single page and outputs combined images. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213397 | Apparatus, system, and method of process control - An apparatus, system, and method for image processing are disclosed, each of which obtains a mark from image data, detects additional information in the mark, determines whether the mark is detected in the mark to generate a determination result, and controls processing performed by an image processing apparatus with respect to the image data based on the determination result. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213398 | PRINTING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, PRINTING APPARATUS CONTROL PROGRAM, AND PRINTING SYSTEM - A printing apparatus includes: a tag information reading/writing unit which reads information from an IC tag attached to or embedded in a predetermined location of a print medium and writes information to the IC tag through wireless communication with the IC tag and which reads layout information, which defines at least a location of a printable area on the print medium, from the IC tag; a record data inputting unit which inputs record data representing contents recorded on the print medium; and a printing control unit which performs a printing process on the print medium on the basis of print target data in which a print location of the contents represented by the record data is determined on the basis of the layout information and which updates the layout information on the basis of information directly or indirectly representing a printed area in the print medium subjected to the printing process and allows the tag information reading/writing unit to write the layout information subjected to the updating process to the IC tag. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213399 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, MISREGISTRATION CORRECTION CONTROL METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE INFORMATION RECORDING MEDIUM - A pattern image of either a registration correction pattern including a plurality of position detecting marks or a misregistration correction performing determination pattern having a plurality of position detecting marks, the number of which marks is smaller than that of the registration correction pattern image is formed. A misregistration amount is calculated based on an image formed position detected with the use of the pattern image. It is determined whether the registration correction is to be carried out, based on the misregistration amount with the use of an image formed position of the correction performing determination pattern. When it is determined to carry out the misregistration correction, the misregistration correction is carried out based on the misregistration amount with the use of image formed positions of the misregistration correction pattern. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213400 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a region determination unit detecting attributes of image data generated by a reading unit; an image modification unit generating attribute data based on the results of the determination performed by the region determination unit; an image conversion processing circuit performing resolution conversion processing on the image data of a pixel of interest; and an attribute conversion processing circuit performing resolution conversion processing on the attribute data of the pixel of interest. The attribute resolution converter employs attribute data identical to the attribute data before being subjected to the attribute resolution conversion processing as the attribute data for the pixel of interest following the attribute resolution conversion processing, and employs the attribute data after being subjected to the attribute resolution conversion processing as the attribute data for neighboring pixels to the right and left of the pixel of interest following the attribute resolution conversion processing. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213401 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus capable of accurately compensating an increase or decrease of a toner area coverage resulting from shifting that is performed to correct skew is provided. A color density of image data represented by a correction target pixel is corrected such that the increase or decrease in the toner area coverage on the correction target pixel is compensated excluding a toner area coverage on the correction target pixel covered by a toner image that would be formed based on a color density of image data to be represented by a neighboring pixel of the correction target pixel. This effectively reduces banding noise on an output of the image data and prevents degradation in image quality. | 08-27-2009 |
20090219553 | Printing medium conveying apparatus and printing medium conveying method - A printing medium conveying technique is disclosed for moving a printing medium in a sub scanning direction. The technique involves controlling the moving of the printing medium through feedback control using a speed profile. The speed profile includes an accelerating region, a constant speed region, a decelerating region, a constant low speed region, and a stopping operations region. The technique also involves switching the speed profile from the accelerating region to the constant speed region according to speed information; and switching the speed profile between the constant speed region, the decelerating region, the constant low speed region, and the stopping operations region according to the current distance from a target position. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219554 | METHOD OF GENERATING PRINTING COLOR PROFILES FOR COLOR MANAGED REPRODUCTION OF COLOR PRINTS WITH TRANSPARENT LAYER - The invention relates to a method of generating a printing color profile for printing a printing image with a digital color printing machine, in particular a multi-color printing machine, preferably an electrophotographically operating printing machine. A transparent layer on top of a multi colorant printed image is taken into consideration during the generation of the printing color profile such that a differential clear printing color profile for the clear material effect is determined, said clear printing color profile being added, as needed, to the printing ink color profile of the remaining printing colors for defined substrate classes and specific clear material and coverage levels. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219555 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes a storing unit configured to store, in a storage device, print setting information including a hierarchical structure of a document and a print attribute associated with a hierarchical level of the document, and a setting unit configured to, when the print attribute in the print setting information stored in the storage device is applied to a selected document, compare a hierarchical structure of the selected document and the hierarchical structure of the print setting information and to set a print attribute to an appropriate hierarchical level of the selected document based on a comparison result and the print attribute of the print setting information. | 09-03-2009 |
20090231603 | Apparatus, system, and method of communication - An apparatus, method, and system of determining which one of monochrome image data and color image data is desired according to a user instruction, and sending the image data in the desired format. | 09-17-2009 |
20090231604 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus having an image forming unit forming a gradation image includes density detection, gradation correction, and mechanism control units. The density detection unit detects gradation image density. The gradation correction control unit controls a change of gradation characteristic. The mechanism control unit controls the image forming unit and a change of image density, and includes density difference calculation and comparison judging units. The density difference calculation unit calculates density difference between target image density and the image density. The comparison judging unit compares the density difference with reference value and judges the image density to change and the gradation correction unit to operate where the density difference exceeds the reference value, or judges the gradation correction unit to operate where the density difference is below the reference value. The mechanism control unit controls the change of image density and the gradation correction unit according to judgment result. | 09-17-2009 |
20090231605 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD OF ELECTRONIC DEVICE SYSTEM - A system comprising a first printer driver and a second printer driver and a printer;
| 09-17-2009 |
20090231606 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMAGE FORMING AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An image forming apparatus capable of minimizing degradation in density correction as a part of skew correction includes a noise-occurrence determining unit, a correction-target-pixel selecting unit, a density correcting unit, and a phase correcting unit. When the noise-occurrence determining unit determines that noise would appear, the density correcting unit performs density correction on a correction target pixel that is determined by the correction-target-pixel selecting unit. The phase correcting unit corrects an output point in time of image data of the density-corrected correction target pixel in a pixel period during which the image data can be output so as to output the image data at a position displaced away from a shift position or toward a shift position. | 09-17-2009 |
20090237681 | METHOD FOR ENCODING RENDERING HINTS INTO A BITMAP IMAGE - Methods, systems and software are disclosed for embedding and using rendering hints in a bitmap image. Print objects ( | 09-24-2009 |
20090237682 | PRINTER CHARACTERIZATION FOR UV ENCRYPTION APPLICATIONS - The appearance of a color print viewed under UV illumination is predicted using a target comprising color patches each printed using a known coverage of printer colorant(s). In one case, the target is illuminated using a UV light source and an electronic image of the target is captured using a digital camera or the like. In another case, a spectrophotometer is used both with and without a UV cutoff filter to measure the target. The captured image data or the spectrophotometric measurements are used to derive a UV printer characterization model that relates any arbitrary combination of printer colorants to a predicted UV color appearance value. Metameric colorant mixture pairs for visible light and UV light viewing can be determined using the UV model together with a conventional visible light printer characterization model. A visual matching task is used to determine a correction factor for the UV printer characterization model. | 09-24-2009 |
20090237683 | SYSTEM, COLOR IMAGE PRODUCING DEVICE, COLOR MEASUREMENT DEVICE AND COLOR MEASUREMENT METHOD - A system is disclosed comprising a color image producing device for providing a test pattern on a medium, said test pattern comprising a plurality of color patches, said test pattern having a principal orientation axis under a non-perpendicular angle α with the propagation direction of the medium through said color image producing device; and a color measurement device coupled to receive the medium from the color image producing device and arranged to propagate the medium in said propagation direction, the color measurement device being further arranged to measure the colors of the respective patches of the medium during said propagation, the color measurement device comprising a color sensor mounted on the carriage oriented substantially perpendicularly to the propagation direction. The present application further discloses a color image producing device and a color measurement device that can be used in such a system, and a method for measuring colors with such a system. | 09-24-2009 |
20090237684 | Print data generating apparatus, printing apparatus, method to generate print data, and computer usable medium therefor - A print data generating apparatus to generate print data, which is to be used in a printing apparatus to form an image in a plurality of colorants, based on originally inputted image data representing the image, is provided. The print data generating apparatus includes a black enabled image data converter unit to convert the inputted image data into black enabled image data, which indicates scale values of a plurality of colors including a black color to be used in the image, a white scale value calculator unit to obtain scale values of a white color to be used in the image to be formed. The white scale value calculator unit calculates the scale values of the white color by inverting the scale values of the black color obtained in the conversion by the black enabled image data converter unit. | 09-24-2009 |
20090237685 | Color image printer and gradation correcting method therefor - A method of gradation correction for laser scanning exposure is effected, based on measured density values of a test print (TP) including a horizontal stripe test pattern comprised of a plurality of horizontal lines extending in the main scanning direction and a vertical stripe pattern comprised of a plurality of vertical lines extending in the sub scanning direction. The includes the steps of calculating, based on the measured density values, a rising correction amount for main scanning rising correction of adding a rising correction component to one dot after rising of a modulated laser in order to reduce density difference between the horizontal line and the vertical line and calculating, based on the measured density values, a falling correction amount for main scanning falling correction of adding a falling correction component to one dot after rising of the modulated laser in order to reduce the density difference between the horizontal line and the vertical line. | 09-24-2009 |
20090237686 | Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer program product - An image processing unit includes a first image processing unit that processes image data from a reading unit and a second image processing unit that processes image data from either one of the first image processing unit and a storing unit. A control unit determines a processing to be performed on the image data by the second image processing unit depending on a result of a processing performed on the image data by the first image processing unit, and selects an image processing route depending on a processing to be performed on the image data by the second image processing unit. | 09-24-2009 |
20090237687 | Printing apparatus capable of double-side printing - A printing apparatus is provided with a circulating transportation route and capable of performing a double-side print process by printing the main side of a print sheet, reversing the print sheet with the printed main side, and printing the back side of the print sheet. Particularly, the image data blocks for printing the main side and back side of each print sheet are stored in separate areas of a page memory unit such that the image data blocks for printing the main sides of a plurality of print sheets are successively and continuously stored in the page memory unit one after another without an interval therebetween, and the image data blocks for printing the back sides of the plurality of print sheets are stored in the same manner as for the main sides. It is therefore possible to prevent fragmentation from occurring during the double-side printing process. | 09-24-2009 |
20090237688 | Control circuit of image reader, image reader, control method of image reader, and program - A control circuit of an image reader having at least one light source includes: a light source control portion that controls ON and OFF of the light source by performing current switching for adjusting a value of a current supplied to the light source; a black reference data creating portion that creates black reference data used for shading correction under control of the light source control portion; an image reading portion that reads image data under control of the light source control portion; and a shading correction portion that performs shading correction of the image data using the black reference data. The black reference data creating portion adds a noise, which is equivalent to a noise added to the image data by the current switching, to the black reference data, and the shading correction portion removes the noise added to the image data by performing the shading correction. | 09-24-2009 |
20090237689 | Concentration correcting method - A concentration correcting method includes: forming N test patterns at different positions in a moving direction by repeatedly performing a dot line forming process of forming a dot line in a line region on a test medium in which a plurality of unit areas is arranged in the moving direction by ejecting liquid from nozzles direction and a transport process of transporting the test medium in a transport direction; performing on the N test patterns a process of calculating a concentration correction value, which is used to correct concentrations of the unit areas in a print image; and correcting the concentrations of the unit areas in the print image by the use of interpolated correction values obtained using a linear interpolation method, two concentration correcting values acquired from the two test patterns, and positions of the unit areas in the moving direction. | 09-24-2009 |
20090237690 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus reconfigured image fragments received from a host, by using an image block selector | 09-24-2009 |
20090237691 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes an adjustment data setting unit which sets base adjustment data used to readjust a density of a part having a lower density than a predetermined density of image data to a lower value with respect to a printer driver which generates print data, a data input unit which receives the image data and the base adjustment data from the print driver, and a base adjustment unit which executes base adjustment in a predetermined part of the image data in accordance with the base adjustment data. The base adjustment data includes information designating a data attribute of the predetermined part where base adjustment is carried out, and information designating a level of the base adjustment. | 09-24-2009 |
20090237692 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION DISPLAY METHOD USED IN THE IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes a processor and a storage device to store instructions which cause the processor to operate as a specially programmed processor. The processor executes a multi-application in which a plurality of applications is combined, each of the applications configured to input, process, and output image data; displays a screen including display areas to enter input- and output-setting items; displays a multi-application screen including a feedback display area; identifies, when a content of the input- and output-setting items is changed for one application of the applications, another application for which a content of the input- and output-setting items is changed by the setting change for the one application; identifies a difference before and after the change in the content of the input- and output-setting items of the another application; and switches a display of the feedback display area in accordance with the difference to setting-change-influence information. | 09-24-2009 |
20090237693 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE - An image processing device includes an acquiring unit, a calculating unit, a color data determining unit, an appending unit, and a converting unit. The acquiring unit acquires print data. The print data includes a plurality of sets of text data. Each set of text data has character data and color data. The calculating unit calculates, for each set of color data, an appearance ratio at which a subject set of color data appears in the print data. The color data determining unit determines the color data having a highest appearance ratio among a plurality of appearance ratios of a plurality of sets of color data as first color data, and determines the color data except for the first color data as second color data. The appending unit appends first attribute data to the character data included in the text data having the first color data, and appends second attribute data to the character data included in the text data having the second color data. The converting unit converts a plurality of sets of character data into binary data, based on one of the first attribute data and the second attribute data which is appended to the subject set of character data. | 09-24-2009 |
20090237694 | Automatic image quality adjustment according to size of subject - A method of processing an image includes processing the image, if a shooting mode is portrait and a face size in the image is larger than a prescribed size. In one instance, the processing includes performing flesh color adjustment processing of the image. In another instance, the processing includes performing tone value adjustment processing of the image. An image processing device includes an image processor that processes an image, if a shooting mode is portrait and a face size in the image is larger than a prescribed size. A printer includes an image processor that processes an image, if a shooting mode is portrait and a face size in the image is larger than a prescribed size, and a print unit that prints the processed image. | 09-24-2009 |
20090244558 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus according to the invention includes: an input unit configured to input first document data including bitmap data; an image component dividing unit configured to divide the first document data into components and separate the bitmap data included in the first document data; a determining unit configured to determine, in accordance with attribute information of each bitmap data acquired by the division into components, whether the bitmap data is convertible into vector data or not; and a vectorizing unit configured to convert the bitmap data that is determined as being convertible into vector data, into vector data. With the image processing apparatus according to the invention, an output with high image quality can be provided at the time of enlarging or reducing a monitor output or print output of binary bitmap data or index bitmap data. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244559 | IMAGE RASTERIZING APPARATUS AND IMAGE RASTERIZING METHOD - An image rasterizing apparatus according to the invention includes: an input unit configured to input an image file or image file information including first bitmap images that are drawn in accordance with a command and have different image attributes; a bitmap image generating unit configured to create a second bitmap image at least from the first bitmap image; and an attribute signal generating unit configured to search attribute information held by the first bitmap image on the basis of the command, then decide a data format of the first bitmap image in accordance with the attribute information, and generate an attribute signal indicating the decided data format. With the image rasterizing apparatus according to the invention, different attribute signals can be outputted in accordance with image attributes, from an image file including bitmap data having different image attributes. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244560 | BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION IN A MULTI-FUNCTION COLOR SCANNING SYSTEM - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for background suppression in the image path. In one example embodiment, an image is scanned and RGB color values generated for each pixel. Each of the pixels is converted into a Lab color space to obtain luminance and chrominance values. A background luminance and a luminance variation are determined for the scanned image. For each pixel, a determination is made whether that pixel is a white pixel or a non-white pixel based. If the pixel is a white pixel, an adjustment chrominance value for that pixel is determined. The value of the chrominance adjustment is modulated as a function of a difference between the white pixel's luminance and the background luminance. The modulated chrominance adjustment is applied to the white pixel. Adjusted and non-adjusted pixels are stored in a memory. A printer controller converts the pixels to an output space. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244561 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMAGE REGISTRATION FOR IMAGE PROCESSING - A method and apparatus that evaluates an image registration for image processing is disclosed. The method may include outputting one or more test patterns to a user, receiving misregistration level input parameters from the user, calculating misregistration using the misregistration level input parameters from the user by adding a first edge of a page perceptibility threshold and a second edge of the page perceptibility threshold and dividing the result of the addition by two, determining if the calculated misregistration is acceptable, wherein if the calculated misregistration is not acceptable, making corrections to the image registration, otherwise using the image registration for image processing based on the calculated misregistration. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244562 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes an image input device to convert image data into uncompressed data of CMYK, a gradation processing device to perform a gradation process on the uncompressed data to generate a halftone image, a rearrangement determination device to determine necessity of rearrangement of pixels of the halftone image, a selector to select an output destination based on a rearrangement necessity determination result, a rearrangement device to rearrange the pixels by using a threshold table used at a time of execution of the gradation process of the halftone image, and a coding device to output data obtained by coding data of the halftone image. According to the image processing device, coding efficiency can be improved more than in the related art while a harmful effect (reduction in code amount) due to the rearrangement process is suppressed. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244563 | Systems and methods for color conversion - Systems and methods are provided for dynamically converting first color data to second color data using a look-up table, wherein the first color data is a subset of a first color space, and the second color data is a subset of a second color space. In some embodiments, at least one first color value is input in the first color data. At least one look-up table entry may be calculated for the at least one first color value in the first color data, if the look-up table entry has not been previously calculated. The at least one calculated look-up table entry may be stored. At least one value in the second color data, which corresponds to the at least one first color value, can be computed based on the at least one first color value and the stored value of the at least one look-up table entry. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244564 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE EXTRACTING DESIRED REGION TO BE USED AS MODEL FOR IMAGE CORRECTION - An image processing device includes a first image inputting unit, a second image inputting unit, a first partial image extracting unit, a first characteristic quantity data determining unit, a second characteristic quantity data determining unit, and a correcting unit. The first image inputting unit inputs a first image. The second image inputting unit inputs a second image The first partial image extracting unit extracts a desired region of the first image as a first partial image. The first characteristic quantity data determining unit determines first characteristic quantity data based on the first partial image. The second characteristic quantity data determining unit determines second characteristic quantity data based on the second image. The correcting unit corrects the second image based on the first characteristic quantity data and the second characteristic quantity data. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244565 | PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - A print control apparatus includes: plural drawing processing units capable of drawing processing on print information having plural print basic colors; an analysis unit that analyzes information contents of the print information; and a selection unit that selects whether the drawing processing on the print information is performed by the drawing processing units in parallel by a predetermined unit of information amount or in parallel by each of the plural print basic colors, based on a result of analysis by the analysis unit. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244566 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR AUTOMATIC PRINTING PRESS OPTIMIZATION - A method of automatically optimizing a printing apparatus based on media type of a substrate, comprising: (A) inputting a substrate into the printing apparatus; (B) determining the media type of the substrate; (C) automatically adjusting calibration settings according to at least one calibration setting preset, responsive to the determining; and, (D) performing image transfer. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244567 | Image Forming Apparatus - An image forming apparatus includes an exposing unit and a first processing component. The first processing component is configured to generate a first data and a second data. The first data causes the exposing unit to blink in accordance with image data. The second data sets a blink mode of the exposing unit. The image forming apparatus also includes a second processing component connected to the first processing component through a first signal line. The second processing component is configured to receive the first data and the second data from the first processing component and perform blink control of the exposing unit based on the first data and the second data. The exposing unit is connected to the second processing component through a second signal line. The image forming apparatus thus can remedy a defect in data communication to the exposing units. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244568 | PRINT DATA GENERATING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, METHOD TO GENERATE PRINT DATA, AND COMPUTER USABLE MEDIUM THEREFOR - A print data generating apparatus to generate print data is provided. The print data generating apparatus includes a maximum density setting unit, through which a maximum allowable density of a white colorant is designated, an image storing unit to store originally inputted image data, a data convertor unit to convert the inputted image data into a colorant-enabled data, which is information concerning pixels composing the image in scale values of the plurality of colors, and a density-adjusted data generating unit to generate white density-adjusted data, in which the scale values of the pixels in the colorant-enabled data are adjusted according to the maximum allowable density of the white colorant. The density-adjusted data generating unit adjusts the scale values of white in the pixels in the colorant-enabled data to be lower than or equal to scale values corresponding to the maximum allowable density. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244569 | Print data generating device, method to generate print data, and computer usable medium therefor - A print data generating apparatus to generate print data based on originally inputted image data is provided. The print data generating apparatus includes a transparentized color designating unit to designate a transparentized color, a color difference calculating unit to calculate a color difference between color scale values of a marked pixel and color scale values of the designated transparentized color, a data convertor unit to convert the image data into a colorant-enabled data, and an opacity-adjusted data generating unit to generate opacity-adjusted data, in which color scale values of the pixels in the colorant-enabled data are adjusted according to the color difference, when the color difference of the marked pixel is calculated to be smaller, the opacity-adjusted data generating unit adjusts the color scale values of the marked pixel to be closer to zero so that the color scale values of the marked pixel is adjusted to have lower opacity. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244570 | Face image-output control device, method of controlling output of face image, program for controlling output of face image, and printing device - A face image-output control device includes a face image detecting unit that detects a face image positioned in an approximately front direction from a target image and an output control unit that outputs the target image and a predetermined mark indicating that a face image of the target image can be printed as an identification photograph to a predetermined output target for a case where the face image positioned in an approximately front direction is detected by the face image detecting unit. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244571 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes: an image output unit that outputs an image; and an image processing unit that converts an input image signal to an output image signal and outputs the image signal to the image output unit, the image output unit having: an image carrier that carries at least a latent image; plural developer containers containing mutually different color developers used for developing the latent image carried on the image carrier; and a transport member for repeated operations of attachment of the developer contained in one of the plural developer containers, transport of the attached developer to the image carrier, and removal of remaining developer, and the image processing unit having a change unit that changes a color conversion characteristic of an image signal in correspondence with color mixture of the mutually different color developers. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244572 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a dividing unit configured to divide image data into pieces of print scan image data for the plurality of print scans, a quantization unit configured to quantize the pieces of print scan image data, and a generation unit configured to generate pieces of print data for the plurality of print scans on the basis of the quantized pieces of print scan image data. In a case where a density represented by the pieces of print scan image data is a low density, the quantization unit quantizes the pieces of print scan image data so that they are mutually exclusive in the plurality of print scans. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244573 | COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - Colorimetric values for generating a color separation table, which are obtained by measuring a plurality of color patches included in a color chart, are input, and measurement values corresponding to the input plural measurement values other than supervised input measurement values are estimated using supervised measurement values. Then, color differences between the estimated measurement values and the input plural measurement values other than the supervised measurement values are calculated. Based on the color differences, it is determined whether printing of the plurality of color patches or measurement of the plurality of color patches has been performed correctly. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244574 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming apparatus body, and an external controller connected to the image forming apparatus body. The image forming apparatus body includes an image processing unit which generates reference density pattern data for detecting image density and an image forming unit which transfers the reference density pattern data generated in the image processing to an intermediate transfer belt as a toner image and detects density on a surface of the intermediate transfer belt, thus acquiring the density data for image correction. The external controller includes an image processing unit | 10-01-2009 |
20090244575 | IMAGE RECORDING APPARATUS AND METHOD - The image recording apparatus records an image on a recording medium. The image recording apparatus includes: a recording head which has a plurality of recording elements; a conveyance device which conveys at least one of the recording head and the recording medium so that the recording head and the recording medium move relatively to each other; a characteristics information acquisition device which acquires characteristics information that indicates recording characteristics of the respective recording elements; a correction calculation device which corrects image data corresponding to the respective recording elements by using at least recording point positional deviation information within the acquired characteristics information, and generates image data that suppresses a non-uniformity streak occurring in an output image due to the recording characteristics; a nearest recording point specifying device which specifies, in a case where an image density value indicated by the image data corrected by the correction calculation device is out of an output image density range of the recording head, a second recording element concerning a recording position nearest to a recording position of a first recording element corresponding to first image data that is out of the output image density range; a sum density calculation device which calculates a sum density of the first image data and second image data, the first image data corresponding to the first recording element, the second image data corresponding to the specified second recording element and having been corrected by the correction calculation device for the image data corresponding to the specified second recording element; an image data modification device which preserves the sum density calculated by the sum density calculation device, while distributing the sum density to respective image data corresponding to the first recording element and the second recording element, at values within the output density range; and a drive control device which controls driving of the recording head in accordance with the image data corrected by the correction calculation device and the image data modified by the image data modification device. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244576 | IMAGE GENERATING DEVICE, IMAGE GENERATING METHOD AND PRINTING DEVICE - An image generating device comprises an acquisition unit which acquires an image drawing instruction for drawing an elliptical radial gradation from accepted target data, an extraction unit which extracts elliptical shape parameters and gradation pattern parameters from the acquired image drawing instruction, a transformation matrix generating unit which generates a transformation matrix for transforming an elliptical shape specified by the elliptical shape parameters into a perfect circular shape based on the elliptical shape parameters, an inverse matrix calculating unit which calculates an inverse matrix of the transformation matrix, a transformation unit which transforms the gradation pattern parameters using the transformation matrix, a drawing unit which draws a gradation for the perfect circular shape based on the transformed gradation pattern parameters, and a gradation generating unit which generates the elliptical radial gradation by inversely transforming the perfect circular shape (including the gradation drawn by the drawing unit) using the inverse matrix. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244577 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes n line buffer circuits and a delay adjustment section. In a case of a filter process, (i) image data corresponding to n lines stored in the n line buffer circuits and (ii) image data corresponding to one line supplied to the delay adjustment section are outputted to a spatial filter process section in synchronization with each other. In a case of a dilation process, (i) image data corresponding to m lines stored in m line buffer circuits of the n line buffer circuits and (ii) image data corresponding to one line supplied to the delay adjustment section are outputted to a dilation process section in synchronization with each other. This reduces the size of a circuit of an image processing device including a plurality of types of image process sections for carrying out image processes by using image data with different numbers of lines. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244578 | IMAGE RECORDING APPARATUS AND METHOD - The image recording apparatus records an image on a recording medium. The image recording apparatus includes: a recording head which has a plurality of recording elements; a conveyance device which conveys at least one of the recording head and the recording medium so that the recording head and the recording medium move relatively to each other; a characteristics information acquisition device which acquires characteristics information that indicates recording characteristics of the respective recording elements, the characteristics information including recording point positional information and recording-incapable element information; an information selection device which selects the recording point positional information to be used in calculation of correction values for use in generating image data that suppresses density non-uniformity caused by the recording characteristics in accordance with the recording-incapable element information; a correction value calculation device which calculates the correction values from the recording point positional information selected by the information selection device; a correction processing device which corrects the image data by using the correction values obtained by the correction value calculation device; and a drive control device which controls driving of the recording head in accordance with the image data corrected by the correction processing device. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244579 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE FORMING DEVICE - An image processing method comprises: a step of acquiring recording characteristic information of the recording elements; a step of obtaining inconsistent density correction information from the recording characteristic information acquired in the characteristic information acquiring step; a step of obtaining inconsistency corrected image data from the inconsistent density correction information and data of the input image; a step of generating inconsistency correction unfit image position information by detecting an inconsistency correction unfit image from data of the input image; a step of obtaining image data having an N number of tones from the inconsistency corrected image data; a step of judging whether non-correctable conditions arise according to the inconsistent density correction information and the inconsistency correction unfit image position information; and a step of alerting a user to an image anomaly according to judgment results given in the image anomaly judgment processing step. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244580 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Graininess is suppressed while at the same time minimizing grayscale variations caused by inter-plane deviations. For this purpose, when a pixel is printed by M relative scans of a print head over a print medium or by a relative scans of M print heads over the print medium, M pieces of multivalued image data is created according to a division number or distribution ratio determined by a grayscale value of that pixel. The M pieces of multivalued image data are individually quantized and then the printing is performed according to the quantized pixel data. This process prevents dot generation delays and graininess from deteriorating in highlighted areas, thus realizing printed images highly robust against density variations. | 10-01-2009 |
20090251712 | Methodology for developing color models and printer sensitivity functions for spot colors and profiles - A method and system is disclosed for developing a printer model from a reduced set of selected test patches. The model corresponds to a spot color editor controller having a sensitivity matrix model developed from a plurality of the patches to define printer operation. The sensitivity matrix is comprised of coefficients computed from an orthogonal disposition of the experimental patches within a selected sub gamut of the color printer gamut. A plurality of replicas of the experimental patches are run for achieving statistical significance. | 10-08-2009 |
20090251713 | MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND MANAGEMENT METHOD - If different settings are performed for a user to control usage of functions provided by an image forming apparatus, a management apparatus detects whether resources relating to these settings accord with each other to confirm any conflict between these settings. A plugin management unit detects whether a resource relating to a setting by a plugin B, which is to be installed from a plugin management table, accords with a resource relating to a setting by a plugin A. | 10-08-2009 |
20090251714 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING A WINDOW SHADE WITH A NATURAL MATERIAL PRINTED IMAGE COATING - A method and a system for producing a window shade having a real natural material printed image coated thereon. A real natural material is scanned and the data of the image is stored in a computer which generates an image of the scanned real natural material. That image is duplicated a plurality of times by the use of the computer and the images are assembled in a predetermined arrangement to produce a composite image which is then enhanced using photo-enhancing software. The enhanced composite image is then printed by the use of a colored ink printing machine on material to form the window shade. Preferably, but not exclusively, the material is constituted by slats of a louvered blind or a fabric of a roller blind. | 10-08-2009 |
20090251715 | COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE FORMING CONDITION SETTING METHOD FOR COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Specification of a printing mode or medium is identified, and gray axis correction control is performed based on the identified printing mode or medium. Subsequently, determination is made regarding whether or not to predict a value equivalent to the results of the gray axis correction control, for a different printing mode or medium, based on the results. If certain conditions are satisfied, the results of prediction are taken as the results of the gray axis correction control for the different printing mode. | 10-08-2009 |
20090257072 | COLOR LOOKUP TABLE COMPRESSION - A technique to compress multidimensional color look-up tables by computing an inexpensive fit to the contents of the tables is provided. At each node of the table, the difference between the result of evaluating the fit and the original value at that node are completed. In one form, the parameters of the fit and the differences are stored and compressed, possibly losslessly. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257073 | MINIMIZING VISUAL ARTIFACTS IN A BRICK-LAYER HALFTONE STRUCTURE - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for minimizing visual artifacts, such as ROS skew and laserbeam bow, in a brick-layer halftone structure. The present method involves determining a line pattern from ROS skew and laserbeam bow profiles which traverses through successive halftone cells displacing pixels along scanlines in the process direction. The amount of displacement is varied as a function of the cross-process location as determined by the line pattern. Pixels along scanlines are shifted in a direction defined by the error profiles. In each halftone cell within which the line pattern traverses, extra pixels (empty pixel spaces created in the halftone cell by the shifting operation) are filled with lost pixels (pixels bumped from the halftone cell during the shifting operation) such that overall density of the halftone cell is maintained. The lost pixels are buffered such that lost pixels are preserved. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257074 | RECORDING MATERIAL MOVING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING DEVICE - A recording material moving device comprises: a position adjuster that moves a recording material in a direction which is parallel to a recording surface of the recording material and orthogonal to a transporting direction, in an upstream side of a recording position along the transport direction of the recording material; a reference position specifying unit that specifies a reference position; a determination unit that determines whether a range of a predetermined width centered on the reference position exceeds a movable range of the recording material within which the recording material can be moved by the position adjuster; and a controller that causes, if the determination unit determines that the movable range is not exceeded, the position adjuster to sequentially move the recording material within the movable range of the predetermined width centered on the reference position each time a condition for moving the recording material is satisfied. | 10-15-2009 |
20090262370 | System And Method For Distributing Image Values Of A Color Separation - A method processes image data in a color separation to attenuate printing defects arising from misalignment of serially arranged printheads that eject ink for the color separation. The method includes processing image values of the color separation with a first rendering process that corresponds to one printhead in a plurality of serially arranged printheads for printing the color separation, processing the image values of the color separation with a second rendering process that differs from the first rendering process for at least one other printhead in the plurality of serially arranged printheads for printing the color separation, generating firing signals for the one printhead from the rendered image values generated by the first rendering process, and generating firing signals for the at least one other printhead from the rendered image values generated by the second rendering process. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262371 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - When executing super-resolution processing, both reduction in necessary memory capacity and generation of high-resolution image data having a desired image quality are achieved. This invention provides an image forming method in an image forming apparatus capable of executing super-resolution processing using a plurality of low-resolution image data to generate high-resolution image data. The method includes steps of acquiring a plurality of low-resolution image data, selecting image data to be deleted from the plurality of acquired image data on the basis of spatial frequency information or color information of each image data, deleting the selected image data, and storing, as image data used in the super-resolution processing, remaining image data which are not deleted among the plurality of image data. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262372 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - Image data of a pixel of interest is inputted, diffusion data diffused from errors occurred by decrease of a tonal number of image data is added to the image data of the pixel of interest, the tonal number of the image data of the pixel of interest, to which the diffusion data has been added, is decreased using an error diffusion method or minimized average error method, and an error occurred in the decrease of the tonal number for the pixel of interest is diffused to pixels close to the pixel of interest. Further, the errors occurred by the decrease of the tonal number of the image data in a predetermined image region are integrated as an integrated error, and a threshold value used in the error diffusion method or minimized average error method is set based on the image data of the pixel of interest and the integrated error. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262373 | METHOD OF CALCULATING CORRECTION VALUE AND LIQUID EJECTING APPARATUS - A method of calculating a correction value includes forming a correction pattern on a medium in a yellow color, acquiring blue color information by reading out the correction pattern, and calculating a correction value of the density of the yellow color based on the blue color information. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262374 | Image Forming Apparatus - An image forming apparatus is provided. A first cleaning unit is configured to collect a particle deposited on an object. An applying unit is configured to apply a voltage to the first cleaning unit. A first detector is configured to detect a first current flowing between the first cleaning unit and the object A controller is configured to control the applying unit. When the detected first current becomes equal to or greater than a first predetermined value, the controller controls the applying unit to reduce the voltage applied to the first cleaning unit so as to make the first current smaller than the first predetermined value. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262375 | LIQUID EJECTING APPARATUS AND LIQUID EJECTING METHOD - [Task] To improve the quality of an image formed by a liquid ejecting apparatus capable of performing a bi-direction printing process. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262376 | GRAIN PATTERN FOR GRAIN PATTERN PRINTING, METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR CREATING GRAIN PATTERN, AND HOUSING BUILDING MATERIAL PRODUCT, AUTOMOTIVE INTERIOR PART, ELECTRIC HOME APPLIANCE, AND INFORMATION EQUIPMENT WITH GRAIN PATTERN PRINTED THEREON - An object of the present invention is to install software in a computer to create a grain that replaces a conventional grain. The present invention provides a grain pattern for grain pattern printing created by a computer, the grain being characterized in that basic structures are repeatedly generated using a geometrical fractal in such a way that the generated basic structures include basic structures with a repetition mode changed. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262377 | System And Method For Calibrating A Document Processing Device From A Composite Document - A system and computer-implemented method for calibrating a document processing device from a composite document is disclosed. A composite document including human-readable content and machine-readable code marks is input into a document processing device. The machine-readable code marks are decoded to identify at least one spatial pointer including at least one nominal property of at least a portion of the human-readable content. The at least one nominal property is compared to an input property of the human-readable content. One or more distortions in the input property compared to the at least one nominal property are identified. The document processing device is calibrated based on the identified distortions. | 10-22-2009 |
20090268218 | HYPOCHROMATIC IMAGING - Color management constraints on the use of selected hypocolorant(s) and a black colorant in the rendering of a given pixel reduce ink or toner usage and/or reduce pressure on an ink limit. Additionally, the enforcement of this mutual exclusivity between the black and the selected hypocolorant(s) allows screen frequencies and angles to be shared between halftone screens used for the black colorant and a selected hypocolorant. This reduces the likelihood of objectionable moiré associated with the use of hypocolorant colorants in addition to the conventional CMY(K) colorants. In some embodiments, color management constraints prevent the use of black colorant for pixels beyond a threshold lightness or luminance. This constraint allows the use of the selected hypocolorants in the region of color space beyond the threshold. The threshold can be a function of hue and/or chroma. In some embodiments the threshold is a constant. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268219 | INK PRINT-THROUGH COLOR VALUE ESTIMATION METHOD AND APPARATUS, COLOR VALUE ESTIMATION METHOD AND APPARATUS TAKING INK PRINT-THROUGH INTO CONSIDERATION, TARGET COLOR SETTING METHOD AND APPARATUS TAKING INK PRINT-THROUGH INTO CONSIDERATION AS WELL AS CONTROLLING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRINTING PRESS - The present invention relates to a color value estimation method and apparatus for a printing press which make it possible to estimate a color value with high accuracy taking ink print-through of a sheet-formed printed matter which is printed on the opposite faces. A one-face side picture data and the other face side picture data to be printed on a printing sheet are acquired, and a basic print-through color value from the other face side to the one-face side is calculated from the other face side picture data using a correlation relationship with a basic color value where one-face side with respect to the other face side picture data is blank. Then, the basic print-through color value is corrected based on the degree of the basic color value to the other face side picture data and the one-face side picture data corresponding to the other face side picture data to calculate a print-through color value. Further, a one-face side basic color value where the other face side of the printing sheet is blank is calculated from the one-face side picture data using the correlation relationship with the basic color value where the one-face side with respect to the other face side picture data is blank. Then, a one-face side color value, which includes a value by ink print-through, to be detected by a calorimeter is estimated from the calculated print-through color value and one-face side basic color value. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268220 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING SAME - In an image forming apparatus, a discrimination unit discriminates the type of printing medium conveyed to an image forming unit. A comparator compares the type of a printing medium that has been designated and the type of a printing medium that has been discriminated. A setting unit sets a second image forming condition in the image forming unit if it has been determined not to add identification information to image information in accordance with the type of printing medium designated and, moreover, the type of printing medium designated and the type of printing medium discriminated by the discrimination unit do not match. The second image forming condition is different from a first image forming condition that conforms to the type of printing medium discriminated by the discrimination unit. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268221 | PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS AND PRINTING CONTROL METHOD - A printing control apparatus includes a verification unit configured to verify a charging destination of a job generated at a client terminal apparatus. The printing control apparatus includes a control unit configured to suspend execution of the job if no value is set to the charging destination of the job or that an invalid value is set to the charging destination of the job. The printing control apparatus also includes a generation unit configured to generate an input screen for entering a value of the charging destination of the job if no value is set to the charging destination of the job or that an invalid value is set to the charging destination of the job. The printing control apparatus also includes a notification unit configured to notify information about the input screen generated by the generation unit to the client terminal apparatus. | 10-29-2009 |
20090273797 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR VISUALIZATION OF BLACK-COMPONENT GAMUT SCULPTING - The subject application is directed to a system and method for visualization of black-component gamut sculpting. Parameter data is first received corresponding to parameters associated with the black replacement for a primary color system. Alternative color profiles are then generated according to the parameter data and characteristics of the primary color system. Image data is then received of an image defined in the primary color system. Renderings are then generated corresponding to the received image data, with each rendering uniquely corresponding to one of the alternative color profiles. Selection data is then received corresponding to a selected black replacement parameter selected in accordance with the generation of the renderings. | 11-05-2009 |
20090273798 | PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS AND PRINT CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - A PDL controller divides a print job of providing instructions to perform printing using color toners and a clear toner into a print job using the color toners and a print job using the clear toner in accordance with a ratio in an entire image formed on the basis of the print job of an image area when a sum of a total amount of the color toners used and a predetermined amount of the special toner used exceeds an upper limit of an amount of toner used in printing, and transmits the print jobs to a printing apparatus. Also, when printing based on the print job using the clear toner is to be performed, the PDL controller allows a display unit to display a guide to set a printout generated on the basis of the print job using the color toners to a paper feeder. | 11-05-2009 |
20090273799 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus is provided which associates specific folders, which are set for specific setting items, with a specific file, and performs operations on the specific file according to the settings of the specific folders. The image forming apparatus includes an associating unit that associates a file having setting on its own file with one of the specific folders, and a setting contents substituting unit that substitutes setting contents of the specific folder with setting contents of the own file. | 11-05-2009 |
20090279111 | COLOR SEPARATION MULTIPLEXING FOR REAL-TIME DIMENSIONAL DEVICE CALIBRATION - In accordance with the disclosure, a method is provided for processing color images for rendering on a color image. The method comprises receiving a plurality of device color separations for an image intended for rendering on a color image device; forming at least one intermediate image by interleaving pixels from at least two of the device color separations, compressing the at least one intermediate image in a compression module; decompressing the at least one intermediate image in a decompression module; processing the at least one decompressed intermediate image through a multidimensional calibration transform to output a calibrated device color separation; and, the device color separations include at least three colors. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279112 | Ink minimizing profile making tool - An International Color Consortium (ICC) profile making tool includes a regression module to establish a dependency between a profile connection space (PCS) and a device color space and an optimization module to generate a first output profile based on an ink minimization mode and a second output profile based on a high accuracy mode. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279113 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - A PC is provided with a display control portion for displaying, in a setting dialogue box in which setting items corresponding to each function are provided in order to perform an operation setting for each function of a plurality of connected devices, illustrations of the plurality of devices, a device information storage portion for storing a mounted function for each of the devices, a detecting portion for detecting that a pointer indicates the setting item, and a device determination portion for determining the device mounted with a function corresponding to the detected setting item. The display control portion performs a display of an illustration of a function mounted device specified by the device determination portion of the plurality of devices in a different form from illustrations of other devices. | 11-12-2009 |
20090284762 | REDUCING PRINTHEAD PROCESS COLOR NON-UNIFORMITIES IN A DIRECT MARKING DEVICE - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for reducing process color banding due to printhead non-uniformities in a direct marking device. In one example, a first measurement of a printhead spatial non-uniformity is obtained along a first line in a color space which produces a spatial uniformity when a target primary color is printed alone. A first spatial tone reproduction curve is generated. A second measurement of the printhead spatial non-uniformity is obtained along a second line in color space in a coverage area of a process color which maximally changes a halftone structure of the target primary color. A second spatial TRC is generated. The first and second spatial TRCs are combined using a weighted average which balances the primary and process colors. A modified spatial TRC is generated. The printhead is adjusted at a location of the target primary color according to the modified spatial TRC. | 11-19-2009 |
20090284763 | INTENT PRESERVATION WHEN CONSTRUCTING MEASUREMENT-BASED COLOR TRANSFORMS FROM TRANSFORM-BASED PROFILES - Preservation of rendering intent when a rendering model encapsulated in a transform-based profile is used in a measurement-based CMS. Source device color values are converted to generate perceptually rendered values using a perceptual transform of the transform-based color profile. Perceptually rendered appearance values of a color appearance space are generated by converting the perceptually rendered values using predefined ICC viewing conditions. Using a gamut mapping model (GMM), the generated appearance values are converted to generate destination device color values within a color gamut of a destination device. The GMM uses a PRMG boundary description and a gamut boundary description of the destination device to perform the mapping. A transform is constructed from the source device color values and the corresponding destination device color values. Color values of an image generated by the source device are converted to color values of a destination device using the constructed transform. | 11-19-2009 |
20090284764 | PLUG-IN FOR CUSTOMIZED DEVICE MODEL WITH INTERFACE FOR DEVICE PROFILER AND FOR COLOR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A measurement-based color management system (MBCMS) plugin device model, methods, and a color profiler program that use the plugin device model. The plugin device model provides both an interface used to convert between device dependent and device independent color values, and an interface used to create a color device profile for use with the plugin device model. The color profiler receives color sample information from the plugin device model, using the color profiler interface provided by the plugin device model. The color profiler generates a color target having color samples as specified by the received color sample information. The color values of the color target's color samples are measured. The color device profile is generated, based on the measured color values. | 11-19-2009 |
20090284765 | Print control apparatus, printing apparatus, print control method, and program thereof - Provided is a print control apparatus including a display image processing unit and a printing process unit so as to execute a printing process, wherein the display processing unit includes a unit arranging a plurality of images in a predetermined layout and acquiring an arrangement printing instruction for executing printing; a unit outputting the arrangement printing instruction, which is a printing output instruction, to the printing process unit using at least one specified image and layout information of the image; a unit outputting an arrangement image generation instruction for generating the arrangement image data to the printing process unit using at least one specified image and layout information which is information about the arrangement of the image; a unit which, when arrangement image data of a predetermined format is acquired from the printing process unit as a response of the arrangement image generation instruction, generates display image data from the acquired arrangement image data and outputs the generated display image data to a display unit; and a display image processing unit. | 11-19-2009 |
20090284766 | Image Synthesis Method, Print System and Image Synthesis Program - An image synthesis method including the steps of: executing a lossless compression of first image data of a first image in a pixel unit by utilizing a table which correlates coordinate values expressed in m bits in a color space to index values expressed in n bits that is smaller than the m bits; executing a lossless compression of second image data of a second image in a pixel unit by utilizing the table used to execute the lossless compression of the first image data; generating compressed synthetic image data by synthesizing the compressed first image data and the compressed second image data in a pixel unit; and decompressing the compressed synthetic image data in a pixel unit by utilizing the table to generate synthetic image data in which each pixel of the synthetic image data is expressed as a coordinate value in the color space. | 11-19-2009 |
20090284767 | PRINTING APPARATUS, PRINTING METHOD, AND MEDIUM STORING PRINTING PROGRAM - A printing apparatus analyzes whether or not each page in form data has been given a designation of blank page printing, carries out a process based on a result of analysis, of invalidating the designation of blank page printing of a page that has been given the designation of blank page printing in the form data, merges form data and print data, and performs printing of merged data that has been obtained by merging. | 11-19-2009 |
20090284768 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - The present invention provides an image processing apparatus able to shorten the processing time for automatic tone correction. The image processing apparatus includes: printing unit for conducting tone correction for bitmapping a print job, and then printing the tone-corrected bitmap data; automatic tone correcting unit for conducting automatic tone correction while the printing unit is processing the print job; and configuring unit for configuring an image quality mode for printing by the printing unit. Depending on the image quality mode configured by the configuring unit, the automatic tone correction conducted by the automatic tone correcting unit while the print job is being processed may not be conducted. | 11-19-2009 |
20090284769 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM TO EXECUTE IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An instruction of image processing for an image and an object included in the image is received from a client. The operation environment of the client is stored as the metadata of the object included in the image. When an instruction is input to re-evaluate the attribute of the object included in the image, a record is made as metadata indicating that the attribute has been re-evaluated. Upon receiving another image different from the image, when the operation environment of a client which has given an instruction to perform image processing of the other image is identical to the operation environment of the client which is stored by the storage unit, and the record is in the recording unit indicating that the attribute has been re-evaluated, the attribute of the received other image is re-evaluated. | 11-19-2009 |
20090284770 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus including: a black image forming section for forming a black image and a first black pattern for a coarse correction of black and optionally a second black pattern for a precise correction of black; a color image forming section for forming a color image optionally a third pattern for a coarse correction of color and optionally a fourth pattern for a precise correction of color; and a control section for allowing at least the first black pattern to be formed and optionally a second black pattern and third and fourth color patterns, and controlling to perform the coarse correction of black for correcting a forming condition of a black image to be formed and to perform optionally a precise correction of black, the coarse and precise correction of color based on the measurement of the formed pattern(s), wherein the control section controls to perform the coarse correction of black but not to perform the precise correction of black and the coarse and precise corrections of color in case a print job is acquired after a predetermined period elapses since the black image forming section has formed the first black pattern previously and the acquired print job includes a black-and-white page only. | 11-19-2009 |
20090284771 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A raster image processor (RIP) can process data for one page for each of a plurality of small areas, and handles each individual small area as a display list. Each individual display list holds information required to determine a rendering resolution. The RIP renders a small area including a text object with a high resolution, and a small area which does not include any text object with a low resolution. The RIP renders the respective small areas with the designated resolutions, and temporarily holds the rendering results in a memory for respective small areas. Upon generating a page image, the RIP directly transfers the high-resolution rendering result to a page memory. The RIP transfers the low-resolution rendering result to the page memory with applying an enlarging pixel process to the rendering result. | 11-19-2009 |
20090284772 | TEXTURE MAP OF PAINT COLORS, AND ITS PRODUCTION METHOD, PRODUCTION PROGRAM, PRODUCTION SYSTEM AND DATA STRUCTURE - The present invention relates to a texture map of paint colors in which a plurality of paint colors are arranged to be able to identify their textures; and its production method, production program, production system and data structure. The texture map of paint color production method of the present invention is a method of producing a paint color texture map in which a plurality of paint colors are arranged on a two-dimensional plane using coordinate axes of two parameters that represent the color and texture of the paint colors, the method comprising: determining at least three characteristic quantities, using a plurality of spectral reflectances measured at a plurality of light-receiving angles, for each of the plurality of paint colors (S | 11-19-2009 |
20090284773 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image processing apparatus for sharing image processing for an image area by a plurality of processors, analyzes a tendency of compositing input pixel information in the image area, determines a share of tasks to be executed by each of the plurality of processors based on the analysis result, and controls the share of tasks by each of the plurality of processors in accordance with the determined share of tasks. For example, when the plurality of processors include a first processor which executes a generation process of pieces of pixel information for respective layers to be composited, and a second processor which composites the pieces of generated pixel information, the requirement or complexity of a compositing processing, or the size of area in which the compositing processing is performed is analyzed, so as to control the share of tasks or a communication method of the first and second processors. | 11-19-2009 |
20090284774 | COLOR MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, COLOR MANAGEMENT METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM RECORDING COLOR MANAGEMENT PROGRAM - In color management apparatus, the generation unit uses the color prediction model, the data of an input color expressed by the device dependent color and data of an output color expressed by the device independent color to generate color profile between the input color and the output color. The obtaining unit obtains a target lightness of the white point which is less than the standardized maximum lightness in the device independent color space. The change unit changes the output color into the device independent color of which the target lightness of the white point is a maximum lightness. | 11-19-2009 |
20090284775 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, DOT PATTERN CALIBRATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A test pattern containing plurality of patches recorded using small dot patterns and large dot patterns is printed. The dot sizes arranged in the patches are different between patches. Then the test patterns are read. The detection rate and average density of additional information embedded in each large dot pattern are obtained. A large dot pattern whose detection rate and average density fall within a reference range and are closest to ideal values is determined. The average density of each small dot pattern is obtained. A small dot pattern whose average density falls within a reference range and is closest to the average density of the determined large dot pattern is determined. A copy-forgery-inhibited pattern image is generated using these dot patterns and combined with a print target image. | 11-19-2009 |
20090284776 | PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR DOUBLE-FACE INK-PRINTING CANVASES FOR ADVERTISING LIGHT BOXES - The present invention provides a process and apparatus for double-face ink-printing canvases for advertising light boxes. The process includes: disposing a print head at a side of an ink print workbench, an unprinted face of a reverse side of the canvas facing to the print head; disposing an inductor at the other side of the ink print workbench, a printed face of an obverse side of the canvas facing to the inductor; collecting image data of the printed face by the inductor during conveying the canvas and transmitting the image data to a signal processing device to process, and after time sequence processing, determining print positions on the unprinted face depending on results of the processing; and driving the print head to print on the determined print positions on the unprinted face by a print driving device, for achieving the double-faced ink print on the canvas for the advertising light boxes. | 11-19-2009 |
20090290171 | AUTOMATED COLOR ADJUSTMENT - A method for determining ( | 11-26-2009 |
20090290172 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SCULPTED GAMUT COLOR CONVERSION - The subject application is directed to a system and method for sculpted gamut color conversion. First gamut data is received related to a first color gamut defined by a primary color space having no black component. Second gamut data is then received related to a second color gamut defined by a primary color space inclusive of a black component. At least one first color value of the first color gamut is then mapped to a second color value of a portion of the second color gamut disposed outside of the first gamut. At least one fractional black component value is then selected for each mapped color value. Non-black color data associated with each selected fractional black component is then identified. A sculpted gamut is then generated in accordance with each selected fractional black component and associated non-black color data. A color image is thereafter generated corresponding to received image data in accordance with the generated sculpted gamut. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290173 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A method and apparatus of adjusting color conversion parameters to be used by a color printer for printing documents or images, includes receiving a user input designating a color conversion parameter to be adjusted. It also includes obtaining information as to at least one other color conversion parameter that is related to the user designated color conversion parameter. It further includes adjusting the user designated color conversion parameter based on a user selection of source color-to-destination color change, and adjusting the at least one other color conversion parameter related to the user designated color conversion parameter based on the same user selection of source color-to-destination color change | 11-26-2009 |
20090290174 | METHOD FOR PRODUCING PRINTED PATCHES FOR OPTICAL AND HIGH-CONTRAST GUIDANCE - A method is described for producing printed patches to provide a plurality of color markings and high-contrast markings as aligned arrangements of fiducial points. The printed color markings facilitate optical image processing and the printed high-contrast markings facilitate high-contrast image processing. These fiducial points enable a visible area of interest to be located by a person and associated with relevant high-contrast imaging data. This method includes providing a patch; printing at least one arrangement of color markings on the patch; and printing at least one arrangement of high-contrast markings on the patch. According to further features of certain embodiments the markings are aligned, can designate the same point, or can be disjointed. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290175 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRINTING DOCUMENT INCLUDING OBJECT TO WHICH PREDETERMINED EFFECT IS APPLIED - Provided are a printing method and apparatus. The printing method includes receiving data regarding a document to be printed from a host, applying a predetermined effect to an object included in the document to be printed, and printing the document including the object to which the predetermined effect is applied. Thus, when a document created by a host and transmitted to a printing apparatus to be printed, cannot be corrected by the host, an effect can be applied to the document by the printing apparatus. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290176 | IMAGE GENERATING DEVICE, IMAGE GENERATING METHOD AND PRINTING DEVICE - An image generating device for generating a gradation in which the color value changes from a center of the gradation through multiple areas includes an acquisition unit that acquires parameters representing a gradation pattern including the center and shape of the gradation, a symmetry judgment unit that judges whether the gradation symmetry is satisfied (condition that the shape has line symmetry or point symmetry and the gradation center is on a line symmetry axis or at the center of point symmetry), an area determination unit that determines a partial area usable for generating a whole gradation using the gradation symmetry if the gradation symmetry is judged to be satisfied, a drawing unit that draws the gradation in the partial area based on the parameters, and a gradation development unit that develops the drawn gradation into the whole gradation using the gradation symmetry. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290177 | Image forming apparatus - An image forming apparatus, that is controlled to perform image output based on electrophotography, includes: an image processor for outputting input image information in the form of image data for forming images; and, an image forming portion for forming images on a sheet of paper based on the image data output from the image processor. The image processor has a function which, in accordance with folding information for folding the paper with images formed thereon, sets the images to be formed on the page of the folded paper whose folded sections oppose each other when the paper has been folded. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290178 | IMAGE FORMING DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - The transfer of a duplicate electronic document between image forming devices is done with an electronic document that is formed of only resolution-independent vector data and the like, and a normal printing of the duplicate electronic document or printing of different resolution is performed by developing the vector data. In high-quality printing of the duplicate electronic document, a Fill Map included in the original document the information indicating the location of an electronic document of copy source that is embedded in a metadata specifies is obtained, and this printing is made using the Fill Map. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290179 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes an image forming instructing section that notifies an image forming section, whether to perform a first printing processing with a plurality of colors including at least one chromatic color or a second printing processing with only black. A data obtaining section obtains pixel data from a plurality of pixels constituting an image; and an operating section inputs designated color data. A pixel data extracting section extracts pixel data of colors, except for a designated color indicated by the designated color data inputted through the operating section, from pixel data obtained by the data obtaining section. A printing type selecting section selects the first or second printing processing based on each pixel data extracted by the pixel data extracting section. The image forming instructing section notifies the printing type selected by the printing type selecting section as the type of printing processing to be performed. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290180 | PRINTING SYSTEM, PRINTING APPARATUS, COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM, AND CALIBRATION METHOD - A printing system controls a printing unit to print one or a plurality of patches on a printing medium, and measures the colors of the patches. The printing system controls the printing unit to print information based on the colorimetry results of the patches in correspondence with the patches, thereby forming the first chart. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290181 | IMAGE RECORDING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR SAME - An image recording apparatus having a plurality of stack units used for stacking recording media, comprising: a transport path changeover unit which transports the recording media to the plurality of stack units; an inversion unit which transports the recording medium by inverting it; and a recording face uniformity control unit which changes over the order between the front face and back face of a printed face on the basis of print job information from a host apparatus, wherein the recording face uniformity control unit changes over the order of the printed faces and also gives the inversion unit and transport path changeover unit respective instructions to invert the recording medium and to change over the transport path for the recording medium, thereby stacking the recording media in the plurality of stack units with the orientation of the recorded face of the recording media uniform in each respective stack unit. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290182 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS WITH PREVIEW DISPLAY FUNCTION, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - On an operation panel, a preview image based on first preview image data generated by a first preview image generator is displayed (first stage), and then, a preview image based on second preview image data generated by a second preview image generator is displayed (second stage). An image reducing unit reduces input image data into an image size appropriate for the preview image to generate third preview image data. When image synthesis processing is set as user setting, an image processing unit changes, in accordance with the user setting, a display aspect of at least a portion of an area on the third preview image data corresponding to an area on the input image data in which another image data (a fixed pattern or the like) is to be synthesized. | 11-26-2009 |
20090296106 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TONER REPRODUCTION CURVE LINEARIZATION USING LEAST SQUARES SOLUTION OF MONOTONE SPLINE FUNCTIONS - Methods are presented for calibrating or characterizing a printing system with respect to at least one color, in which a toner reproduction curve (TRC) is measured and curve-fitted according to a least squares solution using a set of spline basis functions having high spline density in regions of high TRC curvature and/or high measurement noise, with the weights of the spline functions being restricted to positive values to maintain monotonicity of the TRC. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296107 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEMS TO RETRIEVE GCRS FROM HISTORICAL DATABASE - This disclosure provides methods, apparatus and systems for generating a profile for a printing device. Specifically, the profile is generated by selecting a GCR profile from a plurality of GCR profiles and mapping a plurality of nodes to a device dependent color space as a function of the selected GCR profiles. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296108 | COOPERATIVE NEIGHBOR PRINTING SYSTEM PROFILE METHODS AND SYSTEMS - This disclosure provides printing methods, apparatus, and systems to generate a multidimensional printer profile for a color printer. Specifically, the profile is generated by a method of selecting a recruiter set of nodes associated with a plurality of target color nodes and selecting a candidate set of nodes associated with a plurality of target color nodes. The candidate nodes and recruiting node cooperate to generate a printer profile. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296109 | PRINTER PROFILING METHODS, APPARATUS AND SYSTEMS FOR DETERMINING DEVICE AND GAIN MATRIX VALUES - This disclosure provides printer profiling methods, apparatus and systems for determining device and gain matrix values. Specifically, a method is disclosed for generating a multidimensional printer profile look-up table (LUT) for color correction. The method includes generating an initial LUT associating a plurality of colorimetric nodes with respective initial estimates of their respective device dependent color space representations and their respective gain matrix. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296110 | IMAGE INDEXED RENDERING OF IMAGES FOR TUNING IMAGES FROM SINGLE OR MULTIPLE PRINT ENGINES - A system and method for rendering an image provide for segmenting the image into a plurality of segments based on image content and, for each identified segment, identifying a rendering profile from a set of rendering profiles. The rendering profile may include a look up table for converting pixels from a first color space, such as a device independent color space, e.g., RGB, to second color space, such as a device dependent color space, e.g., CMYK. The identified rendering profile is applied to the respective segment and the segments to which the profiles have been applied are combined into a print job for rendering on print media by an associated color output device or otherwise output. The system allows different segments in the image to be processed through different rendering profiles most suited to the objects that the segments contain. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296111 | METHODS, SYSTEMS AND APPARATUS TO CONTROL HUE VARIATION FOR MULTIPLE MARKING ENGINE PRINTING SYSTEMS - Disclosed are methods, systems and apparatus to control hue variation for multiple marking engine printing systems. According to one exemplary method, hue variations associated with two or more color marking engines is controlled by adjusting a color separation error envelope which quantifies color separation error differences between the two or more color marking engines. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296112 | SPOT COLOR CONTROL METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM - This disclosure provides spot color control methods, apparatus and systems. According to one exemplary embodiment, disclosed is a method of generating device dependent color recipes for a plurality of printing devices. The method includes generating a first device dependent recipe for a target color for rendering on a first printing device, and generating a second device dependent recipe for the target color for rendering on a second printing device, whereby the second device dependent recipe is a function of the first device dependent color recipe. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296113 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS TO PRODUCE CONSISTENT SPOT COLORS FOR MULTI-COLOR PRINT ENGINES - This disclosure provides methods, systems and apparatus to manage spot colors for an image marking device. Specifically, disclosed is a spot color control method including selecting a gain matrix K from a plurality of gain matrices, the gain matrix K being selected to satisfy performance criteria associated with the rendering of the target spot color, the performance criteria including an acceptable spot color error associated with the rendered spot color relative to the target color, an acceptable actuator energy utilized to achieve the acceptable spot color error and a total toner/ink usage acceptable to render the spot color. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296114 | COLOR MANAGEMENT METHODS AND SYSTEMS TO ADAPTIVELY TUNE COLORS FOR IMAGE MARKING DEVICES - Disclosed are color management methods and systems to adaptively tune colors for one or more image marking devices. Specifically, exemplary embodiments include methods and systems to create profiles for preference color matching. For example, Lab values associated with target node colors can be warped using a predefined function for special regions of interest. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296115 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM TO PROCESS ADDITIONAL DATA OF PRINTING JOB - A method, apparatus, and image forming system to process additional information in a printing task. The method includes receiving a printing task which includes data to be printed, determining whether the received printing task includes additional information, and, if the printing task includes additional information, printing out the data to be printed and the additional information after changing color of the data to be printed or the additional information according to a printing mode. Thus, unnecessary driving of a driving unit of a color image forming device due to additional information added to a printing task can be prevented. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296116 | Print System, Program, and Printer - A print system, computer readable media, and printer are provided. The print system includes a printer and a computer. The printer includes a print unit that generates an image on a sheet from output data; a generation unit that generates correction data for correcting print data; and a transmission unit that transmits the correction data to the computer. The computer includes a correction unit that corrects the print data using the correction data transmitted from the transmission unit, thereby generating the output data; and an output unit that outputs the output data to the printer. The printer system also includes a wait state maintain unit that is configured to maintain a wait state so as not to start a printing of the output data corrected in accordance with the correction data generated during a period from a time at which generation of the correction data is commenced by the generation unit until a time at which the transmission unit transmits the correction data. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296117 | IMAGE-PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THEREOF, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - An image-processing apparatus is provided. The apparatus includes a determining unit determining a type of image data; a holding unit holding color value for the still images, and holding a ratio for the moving image for each moving image, an updating unit updating the color value and the ratio, and a display unit displaying composite image data. For each piece of image data to be drawn, the updating unit updates each ratio based on a transmittance of the image data, updates the color value and a transmittance of a still image when it is a still image, and updates the color value data based on a transmittance of a moving image, and causes the transmittance to be further held as a ratio of the moving image when it is a moving image. The display unit displays the composite image data using the color value and the ratio. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296118 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD, AND MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - An information processing apparatus for determining presence/absence of a measurement error when measuring color characteristics of a plurality of patches laid out on a chart, acquires measurement values of the plurality of patches, acquires color differences by comparing each of the measurement values of the plurality of patches and each of predetermined reference values of the plurality of patches, and determines the presence/absence of the measurement error using the acquired color differences. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296119 | DOCUMENT PROCESSING SYSTEM, DOCUMENT PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A document processing system includes a printing apparatus configured to perform printing and a post-processing apparatus configured to execute post-processing on a print product. The document processing system includes a setting unit configured to set a sheet-feeding direction of the print product to be fed to the post-processing apparatus, and a print control unit configured to control the printing apparatus to print on the print product a mark indicating the sheet-feeding direction set by the setting unit. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296120 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes an acquiring unit configured to acquire a first amount of a transparent toner for use in 2-pass printing in which a color toner is fixed on a recording medium and then the transparent toner is fixed, a change-amount acquiring unit configured to acquire a first amount of change in lightness between an image after the color toner is fixed to the recording medium and an image after the 2-pass printing is performed on the recording medium using the first amount of the transparent toner, and a setting unit configured to set a second amount of the transparent toner for use in 1-pass printing such that a difference between the first amount of change in lightness and a second amount of change in lightness is equal to or smaller than a threshold, the second amount of change in lightness being an amount of change in lightness between the image after the color toner is fixed to the recording medium and a 1-pass printing image after the color toner and the second amount of the transparent toner are fixed to the recording medium. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296121 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND DENSITY CORRECTING METHOD - An image forming apparatus, comprises: a control unit for causing an image for correction to be generated, the image including (i) a beltlike image having a predetermined density and extending in a main scanning direction and (ii) auxiliary lines arranged in different correction reference positions on the beltlike image in the main scanning direction, and each auxiliary line extending in a sub-scanning direction; an image forming unit for forming the image for correction on a paper to output a correction chart; an operation unit for accepting an input for a correction value of a pixel density in the correction reference position based on the correction chart; and a correction unit for correcting each pixel density of an image to be formed based on a result obtained by executing a linear interpolation process for pixel densities between the correction reference positions based on the correction value. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296122 | MULTILEVEL CLUSTERED DOT SCREENING METHOD WITH IMPROVED DETAIL AND REDUCED IMAGE NOISE - A method and a printing system are described capable of rendering more than 2 density levels at the device pixel level using precalculated rectangular screening tiles of finite size that define a spatially repetitive screening operation according to geometric clustered dot screen definitions for first, second and third separation screens that has the following characteristics: (A) the set of at least three separation screens is free of second order moiré; (B) the set of at least three separation screens consists of screens that have no internal moiré and/or screens that have a reduced sensitivity to amplification by process instability of any remaining level of intrinsic internal moiré; and (C) the screens have an optimized and balanced rosette structure leading to a reduction of visible patterning in overlays of the separation screens. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296123 | PRINTING DEVICE, PRINTING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A printing device includes a controlling section that converts visible information, expressed using biaxial orthogonal coordinate data, into polar coordinate data, and binarizes the polar coordinate data to generate binarized polar coordinate data. Next, the controlling section performs landing position correction on the binarized polar coordinate data, and generates ink discharge data in which displacements of landing positions of ink drops, caused by the order in which the ink drops are discharged from discharge nozzles, are corrected. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296124 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD OF PROCESSING INFORMATION, CONTROL PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus for processing image data including character information, the processing of image data including a process of inserting interpretation information corresponding to the character information. The information processing apparatus includes an image data acquisition unit, an interpretation information retrieval unit, an area information definition unit, and an insertion style determination unit. The image data acquisition unit acquires the image data including the character information composed of a plurality of characters having a first string of characters. The interpretation information retrieval unit retrieves first interpretation information to be attached to the first string of characters. The area information definition unit computes insertable area information on a first insertable area, usable for inserting the first interpretation information, based on coordinate data of characters in the acquired image data. The insertion style determination unit determines an insertion style of the first interpretation information based on the insertable area information. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296125 | PRINTER CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD - The invention seeks to improve the accuracy of management of remaining amount of ink in a printer in which remaining amount of ink is managed based upon amount of ink consumed. If a print job is sent to a printer, first the printer is requested for status information that includes a warning concerning remaining amount of ink. When the status information is received from the printer, it is determined whether the status information indicates the possibility that ink has been replaced. If the information indicates such possibility, then the user is prompted to enter the nature of the ink replacement. If the user makes an entry to the effect that the ink replacement was performed, then the current status information of the printer is acquired again and discriminated. If possibility that ink has been replaced is indicated in this status information as well, then the printer is sent a command for initializing the information relating to remaining amount of ink. | 12-03-2009 |
20090303501 | Print Management System, and Method and Program for the Same - Colors of printed materials are easily matched. Provided is a print management system used in a printing system including a plurality of printing presses and performing printing using plates respectively created for each printing press. The print management system includes a tone-curve storage unit for linking and storing identifying information of the printing presses and tone curves for the printing presses; a communication device for obtaining binary image data from a host system; a binary-image-data correction unit for creating binary image data for each of the printing presses by correcting the binary image data using the tone curves stored in the tone-curve storage unit; and CTPs for creating respective plates for each of the printing presses on the basis of the corrected binary image data. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303502 | PRINT DEVICE SELECTION IN A NETWORKED PRINT JOB ENVIRONMENT - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for selecting a printer in a document reproduction environment comprising a plurality of networked printing devices. In one embodiment, a document is received which is to be printed and a set of image quality requirements specific for the document are determined based on the document's image content. A threshold quality expectation level is set for the document based on the set of image quality requirements. Device specific image quality metrics are obtained for each of the networked printing devices and then compared with the threshold quality expectation level. A printing device which best exceeds the threshold quality expectation level is selected as a result of the comparison. The document is sent to the selected networked printing device. If none of the networked printing devices is found to meet the threshold then an operator is signaled that the document cannot be printed. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303503 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS PERFORMING IMAGE FORMATION SUITABLE FOR ADDING INFORMATION IN HANDWRITING OR THE LIKE - When a printing mode is designated by user operation, an MFP embeds information specifying a storage location in designated stored image data and prints the resultant image data. When a user adds information in handwriting or the like to the above-described printing material, and the printing material after the information is added is scanned, the MFP specifies the storage location from the image data, which is scanned data, and replaces the image data in the above-described storage location by the scanned image data and registers the resultant image data. At the time of the above-described printing, even if the printing condition is set for the image data, the designation of the above-described printing mode allows the printing condition suitable for scanning the printing material to be set. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303504 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM THEREFOR - The objective of the preset invention is to easily determine an optimal method for the use of transparent toner. In order to resolve this problem, an image forming apparatus according to the present invention includes an addition unit for adding, to each of objects that constitute an original document, information indicating either that transparent toner is to be printed for the entire surface of the original document or that transparent toner is to be printed for only part of the original document, a storage unit for storing the object and a generating unit for generating image data by employing the object stored in the storage unit, wherein, based on the information added to the object that is stored in the storage unit, the generating unit controls a number of pixels used for printing the transparent toner. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303505 | SUBTRACTIVE COLOR METHOD, SUBTRACTIVE COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM FOR COMPUTER PROGRAM - A most used color that is a most popularly used color is obtained in an image. Pixel groups formed of continued pixels having an identical color other than the most used color in the image is extracted as first pixel groups. Pixel groups having a color of which a color difference with respect to the most used color is smaller than a predetermined threshold and having a size thereof that is smaller than a predetermined size is extracted as third pixel groups among the first pixel groups thus extracted. The first pixel groups other than the third pixel groups are taken as second pixel groups. An image is generated by replacing colors of portions, which correspond to the second pixel groups in an image having an area identical with that of an image to be processed and filled with the most used color, with the corresponding second pixel groups, respectively. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303506 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A method for controlling an image processing apparatus includes obtaining image data from a detachable memory unit, estimating whether the obtained image data is image data read by a scanner, and in a case where it is estimated that the obtained image data is image data read by the scanner, performing control not to execute predetermined screen processing on the image data. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303507 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR PRINTING THREE DIMENSIONAL IMAGES - Systems and methods for printing a 3D object on a three-dimensional (3D) printer are described. The methods semi-automatically or automatically delineate an item in an image, receive a 3D model of the item, matches said item to said 3D model, and send the matched 3D model to a 3D printer. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303508 | IMAGE READING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image reading apparatus includes: an image reading unit for reading an original image at a first resolution and converting the read original image into first image data; a data analysis unit for analyzing the first image data; a resolution determination unit for determining an appropriate second resolution on the basis of an analysis result of the data analysis unit; and a resolution conversion unit for converting the first image data into second image data relating to the second resolution and outputting the second image data. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303509 | PRINT CONTROL DEVICE, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A print control method allowing a printing apparatus to perform printing based on a plurality of contents used for outputting a plurality of components to be finally integrated is provided. The CPU determines whether component basis post-processing is set in each of the plurality of contents. The printing sequence is determined such that a first content determined as a content in which the component basis post-processing is set is printed in advance of a second content determined as a content in which the component basis post-processing is not set. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303510 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING INFORMATION FOR DENSITY CORRECTION - The invention enables people to easily identify a printout image even in the case where the printout image is printed with a tint block image added thereon. More specifically, a physical page that is a printable area of printing paper is divided into areas, an intended document/image is printed in each of these divided areas (logical pages), and a tint block image is printed only in an area that is in this physical page but does not belong to any of the logical pages. Using a fact that a margin is produced in the so-called N-up printing, the tint block image is printed in this margin. Thereby, the tint block image can be printed in a location that will not interfere with whatever printout image to be printed. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303511 | DATABASE SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING IMAGE DATA FOR CONSISTENT COLOR PRINTING - Present systems and methods enable digital color printers to consistently print color output from computer generated image data that includes spot color definitions. Colors that are defined as spot colors can be separated from colors that are defined as combinations of process colors. Accordingly, color corrections can be separately applied to objects that are defined by spot color definitions to provide customized image processing that provides printed color images with improved quality. | 12-10-2009 |
20090310151 | Systems and Methods for Multi-Mode Color Blending - Systems and methods are provided for performing blending operations on color documents described in a PDL in one of at least two modes. In a first mode, a specified colorspace associated with one PDL group is replaced with a second colorspace, wherein the second colorspace is native to a target device. Blending operations can then be performed on the PDL group using the second colorspace. In the second mode, blending operations are performed using the colorspace specified for the PDL group. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310152 | PRINT MEDIATOR - A print mediator includes an interface module which serves as an interface for a document to be submitted for printing. The interface module communicates with an associated printing infrastructure for acquiring color rendering information for a print queue of the printing infrastructure. A reviewing application receives the acquired color rendering information and generates a visual representation of a document to be submitted for printing based thereon. Problems relating to color rendering by the printing infrastructure are detected and proposals for correction are presented to the submitter by the reviewing application. The user can review the proposals and accept or reject them as well as making annotations on the document. An analogous reviewing application is accessed by the print shop operator to review the document and submitter's annotations. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310153 | COLOR SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS, COLOR SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, COLOR CONVERSION APPARATUS COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A color signal processing apparatus includes a total amount calculating unit, a limit value calculating unit and a correcting unit. The total amount calculating unit calculates a total amount value of an input color signal in an output device color space which has, as color components, colors of coloring materials used in an output device. The limit value calculating unit calculates a limit value for limiting a total amount of a color signal, in accordance with the calculated total amount value. The correcting unit corrects the input color signal in the output device color space so that the total amount value of the input color signal becomes the calculated limit value or less. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310154 | Chromatic Component Replacement - A color-separation LUT and/or algorithm method and apparatus preferably convert input device-color data to output device-colorants, for many color-presentation types—automatically and for arbitrary colorant-set. In one major aspect of the invention, a device-hue ring is defined along six straight edges of a cubical device-hue space (without segments ending at white and black). Preferably coordinates defined along the six segments parametrize the procedure and equipment, i. e. establish colorant indexing by those coordinates (and preferably device-hue). In a second major aspect, plural color transformations—having respective favorable and adverse characteristics—serve different portions of input color space; their outputs merge to combine favorable properties of the transforms. In a third, cusps of the colorant hue planes populate the output side of the hue ring. In a fourth, a colorant sampling technique (faster by several orders of magnitude than exhaustive sampling) canvasses the output space. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310155 | Processing image data - A method of obtaining image data for printing a circular pad having a radius R by forming ink blots having a radius r in an overlapping manner. The method can include: setting a base pitch as the base distance between adjacent ink blots, arranging the vector data of the pad in an x-y coordinate system, setting a first base point in the coordinate system, selecting a first determination point that is separated from the first base point by a unit distance along each of the x-axis and y-axis in any one direction of 45 degrees and 135 degrees, comparing the distance from the first base point to the first determination point with the base pitch, and storing the coordinates of the first determination point as print data if the distance from the first base point to the first determination point is greater than or equal to the base pitch. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310156 | Image Processing System, Image Processing Method and Object Name Generation Program - There is described an image processing system, which makes it possible not only to prevent the system from generating printing errors, but also to increase the reuse ratio of the object. The system includes a first apparatus that generates first data for designating a first job and a second apparatus that rasterizes a plurality of objects based on the first data generated by the first apparatus so as to synthesize the plurality of objects. The first apparatus generates an object name of each of the plurality of objects by utilizing information pertaining to the concerned object. The second apparatus stores a plurality of rasterized objects into a cache memory, and registers object names into a table. The first apparatus inquires whether object names of rasterized objects to be used in the next job are registered in the table from the second apparatus, to add an unregistered object to data. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310157 | Color Conversion Method, Color Conversion Table Created by the Color Conversion Method, Image Processing Apparatus, and Color Conversion Program - There is provided a color conversion method. The method includes: a black correction step of converting the first black corresponding to the first color data having a tone value of 0 to the second black corresponding to the second color data having a tone value of 0 so that when the first black corresponding to the first color data having a tone value other than 0 is converted to a value smaller than a quantization threshold of tone values 0 and 1 of the second color data, a conversion destination becomes greater than or equal to the quantization threshold; a recording agent limit quantity calculating step of setting an upper limit of the sum of tone values for each pixel of the second color data with respect to a predetermined print medium; and a chromatic color correcting step of converting the second chromatic color so that the second color data after conversion in the black correction step does not exceed the upper limit. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310158 | Image Forming Apparatus and Image Forming System - An image forming apparatus, comprises an input section to input identification information of a user; a memory section to memorize an event, time and date of the event, participants of the event and print data of information materials used in the event; a printing section; and a control section to obtain a schedule of a user corresponding to the identification information inputted by the input section during a predetermined period and print data of information materials used in an event included in the schedule from the memory section, and to control the printing section to print the obtained schedule and the information materials based on the obtained print data. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310159 | IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - Disclosed an image forming system including: an image forming section to perform an image forming processing to form an image on a sheet to eject the image-formed sheet to an sheet ejection section; a control section to control the image forming processing by the image forming section; a specify section to specify the number of units for stop in a temporary stop mode in which the image forming processing by the image forming section is temporarily stopped, wherein the control section allows the image forming section to stop the image forming processing when the image forming processing by the image forming section reaches the number of units for stop specified with the specify section. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310160 | PRINTED MATTER MANAGING SYSTEM - A printed matter managing system for printing a file to which a label in accordance with file identifying information is applied to manage the printed matter includes a detection unit for detecting the label applied to the printed matter in one of reading the printed matter by a computer and physical carrying out of the printed matter from a predetermined region, and a limit unit for limiting one of using the read result by the computer and physically carrying out the printed matter in accordance with information contained in the detected label. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310161 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - First data, which is calculated from quantization errors of adjacent pixels of a pixel of interest in accordance with an error diffusion matrix, and second data, which is calculated from quantization results of the adjacent pixels in accordance with a reference pixel matrix and a gain coefficient, are added to color data of the pixel of interest. The color data of the pixel of interest, to which the first and second data are added, is quantized, and a quantization error of the pixel of interest is calculated from the quantization result. Different combinations of reference pixel matrices and gain coefficients are respectively used for a plurality of color component data. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310162 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR THE SAME - There is provided an image forming apparatus and a control method for the same in which the reading size for an original is controlled according to various executing conditions while troublesome operations for a user are reduced. To accomplish this, at the time of reading an original, the image forming apparatus confirms a pre-registered executing condition and sets the reading size for the original according to the executing condition. Specifically, if an appropriate original size is pre-registered, that original size is set as the reading size for the original. Even if the original size is not pre-registered by the user, an original size entered with minimum user operations required of the user is set as the reading size. | 12-17-2009 |
20090316165 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COLOR CONTROL OF CLEAR COATED IMAGES ON MEDIA - An apparatus ( | 12-24-2009 |
20090316166 | ORIGINAL READING DEVICE - An original reading device corrects line noise when performing original image reading by a sheet-through method, even if line noise appears due to a piece of debris simultaneously influencing all color sensors. Background plates ( | 12-24-2009 |
20090316167 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM AND IMAGE FORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An image forming apparatus that executes an image forming process based on print data including an execution command of transparency processes to be executed, comprises: a first storage unit to be used when the transparency process is executed; and a control unit for controlling the first number of transparency processes to be executed when a storage capacity of the first storage unit is insufficient to execute the transparency processes to be executed, and causing a display unit to display a preview image to which the second number of executable transparency processes different from the first number has been executed to determine an image being an object for print output based on an instruction by an operator relating to which transparency process is executed. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316168 | Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and image processing program - An image processing apparatus includes a specific image detection unit detecting an area including at least a part of a specific image in an input image, a state determination unit determining the state of the input image, a color gamut change unit changing a prescribed color gamut in a predetermined calorimetric system as a color gamut corresponding to the specific image in accordance with the determination result by the state determination unit, a pixel extraction unit extracting pixels, the color of which belongs to a color gamut after the change by the color gamut change unit, from among pixels in the area detected by the specific image detection unit, and a representative color calculation unit calculating a representative color of the specific image on the basis of the pixels extracted by the pixel extraction unit. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316169 | Controller unit and control method performed by controller unit - A controller unit controls an image processing apparatus that includes a scanner unit that acquires image data by scanning an original. The controller unit includes a scanning characteristic correcting unit that converts the image data acquired by the scanner unit into normalized image data, an expanded I/F unit to which a controller image processing unit can be detachably attached to perform an image reducing operation on the normalized image data, and a basic image processing unit that, when the controller image processing unit is not attached to the expanded I/F unit, performs a basic image reducing operation on the normalized image data. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316170 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus which makes it possible to prevent a third party from outputting secret information as an image without leaving any evidence. A printer section of the image processing apparatus receives first image data and attribute data. The printer section forms an image corresponding to the first image data on a sheet, and then forms an image of information of the attribute data on the sheet in a manner superimposed on the image. A controller of the image processing apparatus generates second image data from the attribute data, and performs control such that the first image data and the second image data are recorded as history information on a job processed by the image processing apparatus. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316171 | IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - Disclosed is an image forming system, in which the printer controller is capable of performing the re-RIP (Regeneration Raster Image Processing) in conformity with the revised page order accepted from the image forming apparatus. When determining that the re-RIP is necessary, the image forming apparatus transmits a regeneration request including revised page order information, changed from the original page order, to the printer controller. Receiving the regeneration request, the printer controller reapplies the rasterization processing to the print data while using the data stored in advance in the storage section, to regenerate the revised image data corresponding to the page information, and then, transmits the revised image data to the image forming apparatus. Receiving the revised image data regenerated in response to the regeneration request, from the printer controller, the image forming apparatus employs the revised image data for performing the image forming operation in regard to the print job. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316172 | IMAGE READING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image reading apparatus includes a color line sensor that converts an image of an original document into an electric signal at first resolution and a monochrome line sensor that converts the image of the original document into an electric signal at second resolution higher than the first resolution. The image reading apparatus further includes an image-quality improving circuit that calculates a correlation between first image data obtained by reading the image of the original document at the first resolution with the color line sensor and second image data obtained by reading the image of the original document at the second resolution with the monochrome line sensor and converts the first image data into third image data having resolution higher than the first resolution on the basis of the calculated correlation. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316173 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROLLING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMATION METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - The image forming apparatus includes: an image forming unit forming an image on a medium by using an image forming portion; a mode setting unit setting an image forming mode of plural image forming modes, the plural image forming modes setting, at a time of forming the image, different image forming conditions for the image forming portion included in the image forming unit; an adjusting unit performing adjustment of an image forming condition in the image forming mode; and a measuring unit individually measuring, for each of the image forming modes, a progress state after the adjustment of the image forming condition is performed by the adjusting unit in the image forming mode. The adjusting unit performs the adjustment of the image forming condition when the progress state in the image forming mode exceeds a certain value in the image forming mode. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316174 | TERMINAL APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS MAINTENANCE SYSTEM - A terminal apparatus that can identify contents of work conducted to repair an image forming apparatus with its power supply turned off. A terminal apparatus can communicate with the image forming apparatus. An obtaining unit obtains information related to an error occurred in the image forming apparatus. A display unit displays work required to cancel the error. An input unit causes a user to selectively input contents of work. A control unit stores the contents of work selectively inputted through the input unit in a storage unit when the terminal apparatus stops communicating with the image forming apparatus and transmits the contents of work stored in the storage unit to the image forming apparatus when the terminal apparatus starts communicating with the image forming apparatus. | 12-24-2009 |
20090323086 | IMAGE RENDERING PRIOR TO MEDIA TYPE DETECTION - A method for selectively sequencing the rendering of an image for a print system includes determining a status field indicator for media type used in the print system; and pre-rendering an image according to the status field indicator, when the status field indicator includes a recognized media type. Additionally, the method identifies media type of a sheet of recording media that the image will be printed upon before rendering the image, when the status field indicator is absent of any recognized media type. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323087 | Systems and Methods for Document Redaction - Systems and methods consistent with disclosed embodiments provide for a method for redacting documents comprising associating at least one redaction template with a document, wherein the redaction template includes information identifying at least one section of a document to be redacted. The document can be printed using the redaction template, wherein information in the redaction template is used to redact sections of the document prior to printing the document on a print medium. In some embodiments, the redaction template, and the document associated with the redaction template may be separate files. The method can be invoked using document processing software, and/or a printer driver, and user interfaces associated with document processing software may be used to create the redaction template, which can be stored as a document layer. Redactions stored in the template may also be associated with a security level. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323088 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An object of the present invention is to provide an image processing apparatus that switches a detecting function to be used in accordance with a state of a printing apparatus when different devices respectively have similar detection functions. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323089 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORING IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - A compression process and apparatus includes: generating a background layer by extracting a text region from an input image and removing at least the text region from the input image; extracting a background region corresponding to a color characteristic from a background layer; recording coordinate values of the background region extracted; and section storing the background region in a form in accordance with the color characteristic of the background region extracted. Further, a data storage section stores a local background and a page background as information including the background color estimated and the coordinate values of the background region including the background color, each of which local background and page background are included in the background layer. This configuration makes it possible to improve a compression efficiency and image quality. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323090 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes a function selection unit configured to acquire an operation function of the image forming apparatus by selection of a user, a first distortion detection and correction unit configured to detect and correct distortion of an input image by a first method when a first operation function is selected, a second distortion detection and correction unit configured to detect and correct the distortion of the input image by a second method different from the first method when a second operation function is selected, and an image output unit configured to output the input image of which the distortion is corrected. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323091 | RENDERING CONTROL DEVICE, RENDERING DEVICE AND PROGRAM FOR RENDERING CONTROL - A rendering control device capable of creating a rendering of a visible image perceived from a rendered visible image that best matches visual expectations of a rendering person as compared with its original image is provided. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323092 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus has a calibration mode in which a calibration image is formed on a print medium to correct image forming conditions. The image forming apparatus detects print medium information to determine, on the basis of the print medium information, whether the print medium is a sheet recommended as a print medium for use in the calibration mode. The image forming apparatus sets calibration conditions corresponding to the determined recommended sheet. The image forming apparatus corrects the image forming conditions on the basis of the set calibration conditions. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323093 | IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM RECORDING IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING PROGRAM - An image signal processing apparatus including a first tone correcting section for generating a first image signal by performing a space-variant tone conversion process for a digitalized image signal from a CCD and an A/D converting section, a second tone correcting section for generating a second image signal by performing a space-invariant tone correction process for the digitalized image signal from the CCD and the A/D converting section, and a synthesizing section for setting a synthesis rate R | 12-31-2009 |
20100002246 | Printing simulation method and apparatus, picture color tone controlling method and apparatus for printing press, and printing press - A printing simulation method and apparatus, a picture color tone controlling method and method for a printing press and a printing press are disclosed by which, before printing is carried out, the color tone can be confirmed readily so that a demand for a print color tone can be satisfied precisely while appearance of broke is suppressed. A printing characteristic of a printing press and data of a printing picture to be printed by the printing press are acquired, and an image of the printing picture obtained by simulating color by the printing press with the data of the printing picture converted using the printing characteristic of the printing press is displayed on a monitor screen. Then, while a sample of the printing picture is referred to, correction of the color state of the picture displayed on the monitor screen with respect to the density of the ink color upon printing is carried out so that the color tone of the picture displayed on the monitor screen approaches the color tone of the sample picture. A target density is set in response to the correction, and printing is carried out while the ink supplying state by an ink supplying apparatus for each color is controlled so that the actual density of the color of a result of printing approaches the target density value. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002247 | IMAGE PROCESSOR, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM, AND IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM - An image processor includes: a first storage; a rendering unit; a second storage; a creation unit; and a control unit that performs: a first control that makes the creation unit create sequentially variable images corresponding to respective records of variable data, and output the created variable images; and a second control that, in a case where variable image creating format data corresponding to format definition data conforming to the records embedded by the creation unit is not stored in the second storages makes the rendering unit render from the format definition data conforming to the records stored in the first storage to the variable image creating format data, and makes the creation unit output the variable image in which the recodes are embedded in the variable image creating format data rendered by the rendering unit separately from the output of the variable image by the first control. | 01-07-2010 |
20100007900 | Image processing apparatus, image-capturing apparatus, and recording medium storing image processing program - An image processing apparatus can correct band-like unevenness due to flickering with a simple arrangement. For this purpose, the image processing apparatus includes a detecting unit which detects, in the image to be processed, a band-like unevenness occurring along a direction substantially perpendicular to the scanning direction of the imaging sensor included in the image-capturing apparatus used when performing image-capturing of the image, a calculating unit which calculates a correction amount to correct the band-like unevenness, and a correcting unit which corrects the band-like unevenness in the image based on the correction amount. | 01-14-2010 |
20100007901 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes a color converting unit | 01-14-2010 |
20100007902 | PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS, PRINTING CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - Flexible specifying is enabled in the event of using data created with a general application to specify printing by layering a color toner image and optional special color toner image. A printer driver specifies pages to perform printing using a clear toner out of the page group received from the application, generates a job including data for layering as to the same face on the same sheet and printing a clear toner page which is a specified page, and a color toner page which is a page not specified for clear toner in the page group, and sends this to the printer. | 01-14-2010 |
20100007903 | PRINT ATTRIBUTE SETTING APPARATUS, PRINT ATTRIBUTE SETTING METHOD, AND PRINT ATTRIBUTE SETTING PROGRAM - Print attributes are set in print type where a plurality of original paper images are arranged on at least one surface of print paper so that useless print can be prevented. A print attribute for defining a specific relationship between an original paper size and a print paper size is provided as one of the print attributes of the print type, one print attribute is selected from a plurality of options so that the specific relationship between the original paper size and the print paper size is set. As a result, a combination of the original paper size and the print paper size intended by a user can be set securely even in the above print type, so that useless print can be prevented securely. | 01-14-2010 |
20100014103 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, HOST APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR PRINTING OUT WEB PAGE THEREWITH - An image forming apparatus capable of printing out a web page displayed on an host apparatus. An image forming apparatus includes a sheet-supplying cassette to store a printable medium thereon, an input key to input a command for printing out the web page, an interface to transmit the command for printing out the web page to the host apparatus, and receive print data converted to fit onto the printable medium stored on the sheet-supplying cassette from the host apparatus if the input key is selected, and an image forming unit to print out the received print data on the printable medium. Therefore, a user can conveniently prints the web page. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014104 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING FONTS - A printing system is described in which a font manger monitors print jobs for execution by a printer having a memory operable to store font data. The font manger is arranged to identify fonts in a print job to be executed by the printer for which font data is not already stored in the memory of the printer; and cause font data corresponding to the identified fonts to be downloaded and stored in the printer memory for use in executing subsequent print jobs. In this way by having a computer generate print jobs which only include font data which is not already present in the memory of a printer the size of print jobs can be reduced thereby increasing the speed with which such print jobs can be generated and transmitted to a printer. The font manger may be provided either on the printer or within the computer or as part of a printer server connected to the printer and the computer via a communications network. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014105 | PROCESSING IMAGE DATA - A method of processing image data according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: setting a permissible pitch range for a distance between adjacent ink blots; arranging image data for the line pattern in an x-y coordinate system; selecting a first base point corresponding to one side of the image data for the line pattern; selecting a first determination point from the first base point, in which the first determination point is parallel to and separated from one side of the image data for the line pattern; determining whether a distance between the first base point and the first determination point is within the permissible pitch range; and storing a coordinate as print data if the distance between the first base point and the first determination point is within the permissible pitch range, in which the coordinate is located at a shortest distance from the first determination point. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014106 | PAINT DEALING SYSTEM, PAINT DEALING METHOD, AND COMPUTER - A paint dealing system includes computers which are provided for a purchaser, a distributor, and an agency store and are connected to each other via a communication line, wherein the computer of the agency store includes a sample printing unit that prompts a printing apparatus to print a paint sample, and an information printing unit that prints identification information on the sample to identify the paint and the agency store, wherein the computer of the purchaser includes a purchasing unit that transmits the identification information printed on the sample to the computer of the distributor, and wherein the computer of the distributor includes a specification unit that specifies the paint and the agency store which prints the sample on the basis of the transmitted identification information, a charging unit that charges a cost of the specified paint to the purchaser, and a payment unit that pays a cost of printing the sample to the specified agency store. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014107 | PRINTER DRIVER AND PRINT CONTROL METHOD - A printer driver causes a computer to perform a function of printing by attaching a color material to a recording medium. The printer driver causes a computer to perform: an image displaying function of displaying an image; a region designating function of accepting designation of a region to be a print object in the displayed image; a color material amount acquiring function of specifying a target representing a color equivalent to a color represented by the region among a plurality of targets, and acquiring an amount of the color material reproducing spectral reflectance characteristics equivalent to the target from a database; and a printing function of performing printing based on the amount of the acquired color material. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014108 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - The present invention discloses an image processing method and an image processing apparatus which is capable of preventing wasteful consumption of toner and an increase in processing time when a page including information not desired by a user such as an advertisement on a Web page is printed. According to the image forming method of the present invention, the image forming method includes a mode for printing image data without change and a mode for simplifying and printing the image data or not printing the image data, and executes print processing according to a mode set by the user. | 01-21-2010 |
20100020338 | PRINTING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printing apparatus determines the resolution of bitmap copy-forgery-inhibited pattern image data included in transmitted print data, and decides whether to print the bitmap copy-forgery-inhibited pattern image data onto a sheet based on the determination result. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020339 | MINIMIZING DOT GRAININESS IN DOT-ON-DOT PRINTING DEVICES - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for minimizing dot visibility in color marking devices capable of dot-on-dot printing. The present method achieves minimum dot visibility for a given dispersed-dot screen by performing a CMYK to CMYKRGB conversion which uses less visible dots as much as possible before more visible dots are introduced. The output color dot coverages are calculated sequentially to minimize the coverage of more visible dots in a decreasing order of brightness. Resulting images have noticeably reduced halftone graininess, particularly in the mid to darker tone areas. The present method is also computationally efficient. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020340 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR VISUAL CALIBRATION OF PRINTERS - A method and system for improving visual calibration of a printing device is disclosed. A Pan-Dimensional Mechanism can be utilized for calibrating the printing device so that a gamma curve can be created once for each halftone. A grey calibration and a color calibration can be implemented under different light sources utilizing a comb pattern and a snowflake pattern for displaying color display parameters. A delta in value can be determined between composite greys associated with different light sources which can be added to an internal calibration value associated with a particular light source for color calibration. Such an approach can be implemented utilizing a touch screen front panel with various display methods for user interactions in order to set the color display parameters. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020341 | Image Processing Apparatus, Image Processing Method, Image Processing Program, and Image Printing Apparatus - An image processing apparatus including a specific image detection unit detecting an area including at least a part of a specific image in an input image, a difference acquisition unit acquiring a difference between brightness of the area detected by the specific image detection unit and brightness of a background area in the input image, a correction curve acquisition unit acquiring a correction curve for gradation correction on the basis of the difference, and a correction unit correcting the gradation value of a pixel, which belongs to a color gamut with a dark portion defined, from among pixels constituting the input image by using the correction curve. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020342 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, PRINT INSTRUCTION APPARATUS AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Disclosed an image forming apparatus to perform image forming processing based on a print job, which image forming apparatus including: a storage section to store obverse side information indicating an attribute specific to an obverse side of a sheet and reverse side information indicating an attribute specific to a reverse side of the sheet; and a control section to perform image forming processing on the obverse side of the sheet in an image forming condition according to the obverse side information stored in the storage section, and to perform image forming processing on the reverse side of the sheet in an image forming condition according to the reverse side information stored in the storage section, when image forming processing is performed on both sides of the sheet based on the print job. | 01-28-2010 |
20100027035 | DYNAMIC ADJUSTABLE CUSTOM COLOR PRINTER AND CUSTOM COLOR IMAGES - An electrographic printer and related method for providing a custom color including printing custom color on a receiver using a multicolor printer including at least one color module capable of printing at least one color image separation of a first color toner on an imaging member by collecting a first color toner from an imaging member, mixing the first color toner with one or more second color toners in a custom color module to produce a blended custom color toner comprising a mixture of at least the first color toner and a second color toner to produce a custom color image separation. Then printing the custom color image separation by transferring the image to a receiver and fusing the image on the receiver. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027036 | IMAGE FORMING DEVICE - An image forming device includes an image forming unit, a test image forming unit, a measuring unit, a color density correction data creating unit, a color order setting unit, a performing unit, a print image data acquiring unit, a to-be-used color determination unit, a first determining unit, and an print image forming unit. The image forming unit is configured to form an image based on image data by using at least one of a plurality of colors of developer. The test image forming unit is configured to control the image forming unit to form a test image based on test image data. The measuring unit is configured to measure density of the test image. The color density correction data creating unit is configured to create the color density correction data based on the measured density. The color order setting unit sets a color order. The performing unit performs a color density correction data creating process to create color density correction data for the plurality of colors in the color order, by controlling the test image forming unit, the measuring unit, and the color density correction data creating unit. The print image data acquiring unit is configured so as to be capable of acquiring print image data while the performing unit is presently performing a color density correction data creating process for a current color that is one of the plurality of colors. The to-be-used color determination unit determines, based on the print image data, a to-be-used color among the plurality of colors of developer, the to-be-used color being a color that should be used for forming a print image based on the print image data by the image forming unit. The first determining unit determines whether or not the performing unit has already performed the color density correction data creating process for the to-be-used color. The print image forming unit controls the image forming unit to form the print image based on the print image data by using the color density correction data corresponding to the to-be-used color, when the first determining unit determines that the performing unit has already performed the color density correction data creating process for the to-be-used color. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027037 | Image Processing Controller and Image Processing Apparatus - An image processing controller inputs image data representing a tone for each pixel into a processing unit via a bus that offers a predetermined transfer speed. A first substituting section renders a given number of low order bits in a tone value of the image data redundant and includes information on the number of bits rendered redundant in the image data. A compressing section compresses image data subjected to the redundancy processing. A decompressing section decompresses compressed image data acquired from a storing section via the bus when the amount of stored compressed image data reaches a predetermined amount. A second substituting section obtains the information on the number of bits rendered redundant included in the decompressed image data and replaces these bits with non-redundant data. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027038 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A determining unit determines a color of a character. A color converting unit converts a chromatic color having a predetermined hue into the predetermined color and a chromatic color having a hue other than the predetermined hue and an achromatic color into a black color. A processing unit processes either one of a color character and a black character determined by the determining unit such that the color character having the chromatic color converted into the black color is relatively noticeable to the black character. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027039 | IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM AND SHEET PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image forming system capable of shortening the time required to process configuration information on an image forming system and shortening communication time. When any of sheet processing apparatuses is activated before activation of an image forming apparatus, a controller of a sheet processing apparatus acting as a sub-manager configures a sub-system consisting of sheet processing apparatuses connected to a communication network and creates configuration data on the sub-system. When recognizing that the image forming apparatus is newly connected to the network, the sub-manager apparatus notifies the image forming apparatus of the already created configuration data based on which a controller of the image forming apparatus creates configuration data on the system and stores it into a RAM. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027040 | PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, AND METHODS FOR USE IN THOSE APPARATUSES - A printer driver in a host computer (PC/WS) instructs an image input/output apparatus to perform clear toner printing in which color-toner data printed by using a plurality of color toners and clear-toner data printed by using a clear toner are printed in a superimposed relation. Upon accepting an instruction for a test print of the clear toner printing, the printer driver defines a first color and a second color, which differ from each other and which are discernible relative to colors designated in the color-toner data, and issues a printing instruction to the image input/output apparatus such that a portion designated in the clear-toner data where the clear toner is coated by the clear toner printing is printed in the first color, and a portion designated in the clear-toner data where the clear toner is not coated by the clear toner printing is printed in the second color. | 02-04-2010 |
20100033736 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PRINTING - Aspects of the disclosure provide a printing method that can determine a configuration of a printing system based on contents of a printing job to achieve an optimum image quality for the printing job. Further, the configuration can be provided to a configuration update mechanism via a communication method. The printing method can include storing a plurality of printing configurations for at least one printer, analyzing a printing job to determine printing characteristics, rating the plurality of printing configurations based on printing abilities of the plurality of printing configurations corresponding to the printing characteristics, and selecting a printing configuration based on the rating. | 02-11-2010 |
20100033737 | IMAGE REVISING METHOD, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REVISING IMAGE SPREADING - An image revising method, an image forming apparatus, and a method for revising image spreading are provided. The image revising method includes regulating a black color level in a black area of an input image; adjusting a color level of at least one other color excluding the black color in the black area; and revising the image by applying the regulated black color level and the adjusted color level of the at least one other color. Thus, in copying a document, the black color with the enhanced legibility can be serviced. | 02-11-2010 |
20100033738 | PRINT PROCESSING DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A print processing device including a printing unit to print an image on a sheet, a reading unit to read a sheet, an operation unit including keys to be operated by a user, a print control unit to cause the printing unit to print either a first sheet for selecting an image from a plurality of images stored in a storage medium or a second sheet for selecting a language to be used in the first sheet, and an analyzing unit configured to analyze an image read by the reading unit. If a language is not registered, when the image corresponding to the second sheet is detected as an analysis result by the analyzing unit, the first sheet is printed using a language associated with the detected image and when the image corresponding to the second sheet is not detected, the second sheet is printed. | 02-11-2010 |
20100033739 | CUSTOMIZED CREDENTIAL AND METHOD AND SYSTEM OF PRODUCTION - A batch of individualized credentials, e.g., ID tags, event tickets, etc., taken from a credential medium that includes respective polyoptic regions each carrying an encoded image set associated with respective individualized credentials, as well as a system and a method or producing the same. The production process uses credential data retrieved from a data store to create a plurality of individualized credentials on a single sheet medium. The dynamic production process enables inclusion of variable customer or patronage data, or individual object data (e.g., a serial number or object characteristic) on individual credentials using a template file that identifies a type of data to be retrieved from the data store and/or a specified image generated according to the value, nature, or type of the individualized data. Encoding of images may take the form of positioning, sizing, intensity, color, masking, interlacing, interleaving, scrambling, mixing, transformation, alteration, translation of pixels of images of multiple images. | 02-11-2010 |
20100033740 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - An image forming apparatus allows a print unit to print a sheet on which a user handwrites, and combines a handwritten image included in an image obtained by reading out a handwritten sheet with a background image, and prints the combined image. Further, a decor to determine decoration contents for the handwriting image and a painting pattern of a decorated area can be designated by the user, and the handwriting image is decorated according to the determined decoration contents and the painting pattern. Further, the decoration contents are determined according to the designated painting pattern as well as the designated decor. That is, the decor that the user desires may be adjusted to be suitable for the designated painting pattern and the decoration contents may be determined. | 02-11-2010 |
20100033741 | IMAGE COMBINING APPARATUS AND IMAGE COMBINING METHOD - An image processing apparatus combines a background image, handwritten image, and a standard image. A reference image acquired by increasing the luminance value of the background image and the standard image is printed on a recording sheet. A recording sheet is read after being filled in, and a region whose luminance value is lower than a predetermined threshold value and a region indicated by standard image mask data are extracted. The extracted regions are combined with the background image and printed. In particular, the standard image mask data indicates a region in the standard image which is easily affected by a background color of a paper, so that color adjustment is performed on the region in the extracted image which is indicated by the mask data. As a result, the region in the standard image is prevented from being affected by the background color of the recording sheet in the combined result, and the images can be combined and printed according to the original color of the standard image. | 02-11-2010 |
20100033742 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An image processing apparatus includes a printing unit to print an image on a sheet, a reading unit to read the sheet, a conversion unit to convert a background image stored in a storage medium into a reference image that represents the background image and has a luminance value higher than that of the background image, a print control unit to cause the printing unit to print the reference image obtained by the conversion unit, as an entry area for a user, on the sheet, an extraction unit to extract an image of an area that has a luminance value lower than a first threshold and a color-difference value greater than a second threshold from an image corresponding to the entry area included in the image read by the reading unit after an entry by the user in the entry area, and a combining unit to combine the image extracted by the extraction unit with the background image. | 02-11-2010 |
20100033743 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, PRINT MEDIA TRANSPORT DEVICE, AND IMAGE QUALITY DETERMINING METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming unit, an image sensor unit, an image data obtaining unit, and an image quality determiner unit to determine quality of an image on a print sheet after fusing based on input image data and output image data as a result of detection by the image sensor unit. According to a result of the determination, a print sheet containing an image determined as a non-normal image is discharged to a first paper tray while that containing an image determined as a normal image is discharged to a second paper tray. | 02-11-2010 |
20100033744 | PRINTING SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A printing system for controlling to allow various settings by one job and reducing output of unnecessary printed materials is provided. To accomplish this, the present invention sets a post-process to be executed for a plurality of sheets that are printed by execution of a job as a first setting, sets a post-process to be executed for part of the sheets included in the plurality of sheets as a second setting, and causes a post-processing unit to execute post-processes according to the setting of the post-processes set as the first setting and the second setting. | 02-11-2010 |
20100033745 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS - Disclosed is an image processing apparatus in which vector data from which noise has been removed and amount of data reduced can be generated in ideal fashion with regard to an illustration area selected from a document image. The document image is input to the apparatus and is segmented into a plurality of areas. A clip-art image is selected from these areas and a plurality of clusters are generated with regard to this image area. When a small area included in the plurality of clusters is determined as a noise, the noise is eliminated by combining the small area with a adjacent cluster. After noise is removed, the cluster group eventually obtained is converted to vector data. | 02-11-2010 |
20100039657 | CLUSTER-BASED PRINTER MODEL FOR TONE REPRODUCTION CURVE ESTIMATION - What is disclosed is a system and method for efficiently and accurately estimating the complete TRC for a color marking device equipped with a multi-center cluster halftone screen which has a similar halftone tiling geometry and a similar growth specified by a corresponding single-center cluster halftone screen. The present method introduces a cluster-based printer model which establishes a relationship between a color output of a single-center cluster halftone screen and a color output of a multi-center cluster halftone screen. The present cluster-based printer model determines the complete TRC for the multi-center cluster halftone screen using the measurements for the single-center cluster halftone screen. Results of halftone dot linearization with different printing devices demonstrates that high accuracy can be achieved using the reduced measurements from the single-center cluster halftone screen. The present method finds its uses in characterization processes for a wide variety of color marking devices known in the arts, | 02-18-2010 |
20100039658 | METHOD FOR PRINTING ONTO COLOURED SUBSTRATES - A method for printing an electronic image comprising a plurality of pixels onto a substrate using a computer-assisted image processing system, said method comprising the step of using alpha channel information in combination with substrate color information to calculate the transparency level that needs to be applied to each pixel. | 02-18-2010 |
20100046013 | APPLICATIONS, SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IDENTIFYING AND MONITORING CRITICAL COLORS IN CUSTOMER PRINT JOBS - Applications, systems and methods for identifying and monitoring critical colors in a print job and using an embedded color sensing device to measure critical color printed actually printed. The application permits the user to interact with a print job and to select of one or more critical colors from within the print job. In one embodiment, an application is configured to provide a graphical user interface (GUI) to facilitate the user in selecting critical colors. A printing system and method are disclosed for automatically monitoring critical colors in a print job and using an embedded color sensing device to measure critical color printed. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046014 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTINUOUS FEED PRINTING SYSTEMS - A method of measuring and correcting the Young's Modulus inline to eliminate its impact on image length variation during print runtime. The method includes intentionally perturbing the nominal operating condition of the web printing system which is controlled by the double reflex printing controller. The perturbation creates misregistration in a control target printed image that is detectable by in-situ sensors, from which Young's Modulus is estimated. Specifically, the web tension before the print zone is set differently from the web tension in the print zone to create misregistration. The error is detected by the inline sensors, and it is used to calculate the actual Young's Modulus. The implementation of the method consists of measuring the Young's Modulus at various frequencies. The correct Young's Modulus in then incorporated into the double reflex printing algorithm. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046015 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLED PRINTING OF DOCUMENTS INCLUDING SENSITIVE INFORMATION - Methods and systems for controllably printing documents including sensitive information. Features and aspects hereof provide a controller coupled to the marking engine. The controller applies rules to automatically detect the presence of sensitive information in a document to be printed and actions to securely print the document. Each rule includes a list of words and/or phrases deemed sensitive in the printing environment and actions to be taken when any of those words or phrases are detected. The actions may define, for example, that a user must enter authentication credentials at the marking engine to indicate that the user is physically present at the marking engine to receive the document printed. The rules may also specify, for example, that portions of the document detected as containing the sensitive information may be automatically modified/redacted by the controller prior printing the document. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046016 | METHOD OF CAPTURING IMAGE OF DOCUMENT BY USING IMAGE PICKUP DEVICE - A method of capturing an image of a document is provided. First, a notebook computer having a base is provided, wherein an image pickup device is disposed on the notebook computer, and a symbol mark is formed on the base of the notebook computer. Next, a document fixer having a fixer middle mark is provided. The document is fixed by the document fixer, wherein a centerline of a long edge of the document is aligned with the fixer middle mark. Next, the document fixer is moved according to a size of the document until the fixer middle mark is aligned with the symbol mark. After the image of the document is captured, an image processing procedure is performed. By aligning the fixer middle mark with the symbol mark of the notebook computer, the document is precisely positioned and thus a sharp image with no tilted distortion is acquired. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046017 | Image processing apparatus, image processing method, image forming apparatus, and computer program product - An image processing apparatus includes an integer-part converting unit configured to convert multi-level image data into integer image data by referring to a first conversion table, a threshold setting unit configured to generate matrix data for performing area coverage modulation by referring to the multi-level image data, a decimal-part converting unit configured to convert the multi-level image data into decimal image data by referring to a second conversion table, a level reducing unit configured to reduce levels of the decimal image data by using a threshold generated in the threshold setting unit, an adding unit configured to add the integer image data to the level-reduced decimal image data and outputting a result of addition as gamma conversion image data, and an image processing unit configured to perform image processing on the gamma conversion image data. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046018 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - In an image processing for printing a monochrome image, color deviation can be suppressed to print a favorable monochrome image. Specifically, the printing of a monochrome image is performed by using black ink in all of a color reproduction region (color gamut) including a gray axis and regions other than the gray axis. This avoids the use of C, M, and Y for the expression of the monochrome image to suppress the color deviation due to slight imbalance among amounts of three colors of inks. | 02-25-2010 |
20100053643 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRINTING - Aspects of the disclosure provide a printing method that can utilize a lightly pigmented toner along with a darkly pigmented toner to improve the image quality. The method can include receiving a dataset corresponding to a printing of a printing system using a darkly pigmented toner. The printing system may have an undesirable optical density printing range for the darkly pigmented toner. Further, the method can include converting the dataset to a first dataset corresponding to a first printing of the printing system using the darkly pigmented toner, and a second dataset corresponding to a second printing of the printing system using a lightly pigmented toner. The first dataset can avoid the undesirable optical density printing range for the darkly pigmented toner, and a combination of the first printing and the second printing providing a substantially same printed optical density corresponding to the received dataset. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053644 | System and method for printing user documentation - Systems, methods, and other embodiments associated with printing user documentation are described. One example method includes receiving a print request and determining if the print request is for printing a user guide. If the request is for printing a user guide, then the method may retrieve an updated version of the user guide. The print request may be modified by adding the updated version to the print request. The user guide is printed using the updated version. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053645 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING DATA AND RECORDING MEDIA RECORDED WITH PROGRAM REALIZING THE SAME - Disclosed are a method for processing data and a recording media recorded with a program realizing the same. The method for processing bitmap data for driving an inkjet head in which nozzle rows are spaced from one another in a scan direction, each of the nozzle rows consisting of a plurality of nozzles disposed on the same straight line, the method including: converting a distance by which a second nozzle row is spaced from a first nozzle row in the scan direction into a pixel count of the bitmap data; and compensating the bitmap data for driving the second nozzle row by as much as the pixel count. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053646 | IMAGE DENSITY CONTROL DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image density control device includes: a light irradiation unit that irradiates an irradiation light of a wave-length, in which reflectance of a second color layer is higher than reflectance of a first color layer, onto an image which is a laminated layer image formed by an image forming unit on an image carrier and formed out of the first color layer and the second color layer laminated on the first color layer; a detection unit that detects a quantity of a reflection light reflected on the laminated layer image irradiated by the irradiation light from the light irradiation unit; and a control unit that controls density of the image according to the quantity of the reflection light detected by the detection unit. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053647 | COLORIMETRIC METHOD, COLORIMETRIC APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A first color patch printed on a first printing material and a second color patch printed on a second printing material, which match each other in appearance in a desired environment, are acquired. The calorimetric values of a color patch to be measured which is printed on the first printing material are corrected using the calorimetric values of the first and second color patches and a spectrophotometric calorimeter for obtaining calorimetric values in a desired environment, thereby generating effective calorimetric values. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053648 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus not having a spot color printing function and connected a network cannot print out a proper image from image data which is already processed for spot color and stored in an image forming apparatus having a spot color printing function. When the image data subjected to the spot color process is stored in the image forming apparatus having the spot color printing function, difference information is stored together with the image data subjected to the spot color process. In order to print the data by a four-color output type of image forming apparatus not having the spot color printing function, the data is restored into four-color image data on the basis of the difference information, and the four-color image data is transmitted to the image forming apparatus not having the spot color printing function. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053649 | Image-Forming Device - An image-forming device includes an image-forming unit, a sensor, a calculating unit, and an extracting unit. The image-forming unit forms a plurality of marks on an object. The sensor detects a light reflected on the object, the reflected light including a plurality of waveforms. The calculating unit calculates a first value of each waveform in a predetermined evaluation index, a second value of a basic waveform corresponding to an ideal mark in the predetermined evaluation index, and a matching rate of each waveform with the basic waveform based on both each first value and the second value. The extracting unit extracts, from the plurality of waveforms, waveforms whose matching rates satisfy a predetermined condition. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053650 | Image Processing Device, Image Processing Method, And Image Processing Program - An image processing device, an image processing method, and an image processing program stored on a computer-readable medium can select a color conversion table based on an image deposition level and are not dependent upon the media setting specifying the print medium. A host computer | 03-04-2010 |
20100053651 | Image Processing Device and Image Processing Method - Provided is an image processing device which executes a color conversion process of converting a color space of received image data into a color space of an output device for outputting image data, the image processing device including: input/standard color conversion information generated with respect to a plurality of input color spaces of the received image data, for converting the input color spaces into a standard color image which does not depend on the output device; and a control unit generating input/output color conversion information for converting the input color spaces into an output color space from standard/output color conversion information for converting the standard color space into the output color space which is the color space of the output device and the input/standard color conversion information, and executing the color conversion process using the input/output color conversion information. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053652 | CHART FOR COLOR CALIBRATION, CALIBRATION METHOD AND IMAGE COLOR CALIBRATION SYSTEM USING THE CHART - In a chart for color calibration which is output and calorimetrically measured for color calibration of a printer device, respective charts of a color chart are arranged obliquely with respect to the alignment direction of grid points in a printer device color space or in a state that a plane in which charts are arranged on grid points and a plane in which charts are not arranged on grid points are alternately combined, on a color space of the color chart. With this configuration, a novel chart for color calibration which assures higher accuracy despite having a smaller number of steps (number of charts), and an image processing method and image processing apparatus using the chart are provided. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053653 | METHOD FOR GENERATING A COLOR CHART - A method is provided for generating a color chart for a printer, which color chart comprises a plurality of elements. The method comprises obtaining reference color data representing colors output by the printer, when the printer is in a reference state. Further, comparison color data representing colors output by the printer, when the printer is in another state is obtained. Differences in color between corresponding elements of the reference color data and the comparison color data are determined and at least one region of the output color space of the printer is classified as a linear region in which the differences vary substantially linearly. The method includes selecting colors of the elements of the color chart on the basis of the linear region. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053654 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - An image forming apparatus comprises an image data generating unit configured to convert a tone of an input value which indicates a density of a pixel by using a predetermined dither matrix and generate image data. The image forming apparatus further comprises a drive source and a gear configured to transmit a drive force from the drive source to an image carrier. The dither matrix includes a plurality of sub-matrixes arranged in a predetermined rule and a dot in each of the plurality of the sub-matrixes grows from a corresponding original point. The image forming apparatus satisfies a relation of (1) a≧0.24 mm and b/a<0.78, or (2) a<0.24 mm and b/a>1.2, where “a” is a travel distance of a printing medium per tooth of the gear in a secondary scanning direction orthogonal to the primary scanning direction, and “b” is a component in the secondary scanning direction of a distance between the original point of the dot derived from a first sub-matrix and the original point of the dot derived from a second sub-matrix. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053655 | ERROR DIFFUSION-BASED IMAGE PROCESSING - In an embodiment, a method includes receiving values of a first pixel and a second pixel of an image at an input processor element of an image signal processor and distributing fractional parts of a number of values from surrounding pixels to the first pixel and the second pixel non-serially using first and second accelerator units, respectively, of the image signal processor. The method further includes assigning output values to the first pixel and the second pixel based on the values of the first pixel and the second pixel and the fractional parts of the number of values from the surrounding pixels using an output processor element of the image signal processor and outputting the output values to an output device that has a color range that is less than a color range of the image using the output processor element. | 03-04-2010 |
20100060909 | EXTENSIBLE CONTROL OF DOCUMENT PROCESSING - In an embodiment, a method comprises, in a print application management computer program that enables a user to generate a printed application using one or more document processing devices: identifying a plug-in that extends one or more capabilities of the print application management computer program; extending the print application management computer program to include the identified plug-in, including reconfiguring a graphical user interface of the print application management computer program to include one or more GUI widgets associated with the identified plug-in. | 03-11-2010 |
20100060910 | SYSTEM AND METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR DETECTING AN EDGE IN SCAN DATA - A system, method, and computer program product are provided for detecting an edge in scan data. In use, RGB scan data is analyzed for determining an approximate location of a background in the scan data representing a background adjacent a document having a similar color as the background. Additionally, a threshold is set for at least one of R, G and B, where the threshold is based in part on RGB values of the background and a predefined color threshold. Further, an intensity threshold is set. Further still, the scan data is analyzed using the thresholds for generating distribution points. Also, a first edge of the document is detected based on a location of a contour in the distribution points. In addition, the scan data and information about the detected edge are output. | 03-11-2010 |
20100060911 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR COLOR UNIFORMITY - Methods and apparatus for achieving color and luminance uniformity in color output devices. In one embodiment, measurements of luminance and chrominance are taken at various regions of the display surface for a range of color inputs. Using the collected data, a color volume is formed for each of the measured regions. This color volume comprises a set of all colors producible at the measured region. The color volumes for each of the measured regions are then used to generate a common color gamut, i.e., a volume of colors that are producible in each of the measured regions. A gamut mapping can then be performed for all or a portion of the positions on the display surface to a target color gamut. Input data for the gamut mapping process may be determined by conventional interpolative techniques. | 03-11-2010 |
20100060912 | PRINTING SYSTEM AND SECURE DOCUMENT PRINTING METHOD - A printing system can include an output unit to print printing data using main developers including a cyan (C) developer, a yellow (Y) developer, a magenta (M) developer, a black (K) developer, and a supplementary developer, a detection unit to detect whether a security mark is present in the printing data, and a control unit to control the output unit to print the security mark using the supplementary developer if the detection unit detects the security mark in the printing data. | 03-11-2010 |
20100060913 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, RECORDING MEDIUM STORING A PROGRAM, AND DATA SIGNAL - An image processing device, which includes: an original reception unit that receives an original image; a dot image generation unit that generates, on the basis of additive information to be added to the original image, a dot image in which a plurality of dots each formed by one or more pixels are arranged; a state alteration unit that, when any of the dots in the dot image is determined to be not extractable, alters a state of the non-extractable dot on the basis of a relationship between a position on the dot image generated by the dot image generation unit and a corresponding position on the original image; and a composite image generation unit that generates a composite image by superimposing, on the original image, the dot image having the state of the non-extractable dot altered by the state alteration unit. | 03-11-2010 |
20100060914 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS TO HAVE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND PROCESSING METHOD OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus to have a processing apparatus includes a plurality of main developing apparatuses to form an image on a printing medium, an auxiliary developing apparatus to form an image on the printing medium using at least one developer different from developers used in the plurality of main developing apparatuses, a processing apparatus to perform a processing operation at the printing medium, and a control portion to control the main developing apparatuses and the auxiliary developing apparatus to form the images on the printing medium and to control the processing apparatus to form a printing medium processing region at which the processing operation is performed. The control portion estimates a size or area the printing medium processing region according to a processing condition, and does not control the auxiliary developing apparatus to form the image on at least some region of the estimated size or area of the printing medium processing region. | 03-11-2010 |
20100060915 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IMAGE PROCESSING, AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus includes a frequency information extracting unit configured to extract frequency information of an input image, a color information extracting unit configured to extract color information of the input image, a feature amount calculating unit configured to calculate a feature amount of the input image on the basis of the frequency information extracted by the frequency information extracting unit and the color information extracted by the color information extracting unit, and a scene determining unit configured to determine a scene of the input image on the basis of the feature amount calculated by the feature amount calculating unit. | 03-11-2010 |
20100060916 | Controller for Printing Device - A controller for a printing device including a print performing unit may be provided with a data file selecting unit, an index printing data generating unit, and a providing unit. The data file selecting unit may sequentially select a data file from a plurality of data files. The index printing data generating unit may generate index printing data including plural sets of printing data corresponding to plural data files, by sequentially processing the sequentially selected data file using a memory, and by sequentially storing a set of printing data in the memory, wherein the set of printing data defines an image described by the sequentially selected data file. The providing unit may provide the index printing data to the print performing unit each time when the index printing data is generated. In a case where the index printing data generating unit cannot process a particular data file due to a shortage of remaining capacity in the memory when first index printing data is generated, the index printing data generating unit may postpone processing of the particular data file. The data file selecting unit may select the particular data file when second index printing data is generated. | 03-11-2010 |
20100060917 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - A mask processing unit masks a peripheral image of a page image in every page of an input original document, and generates an area image which is obtained by masking the peripheral image from the page image. A determining unit determines a color of the area image. When the determining unit determines that the area image is color, a printing control unit prompts a color printing processing unit to operate, and when the determining unit determines that the area image is monochrome, the printing control unit prompts a monochrome printing processing unit to operate. | 03-11-2010 |
20100060918 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS CAPABLE OF ENHANCING RESOLUTION OF IMAGE DATA IN HIGH QUALITY - MFP matches low-resolution binary image data received by facsimile with a dot pattern showing a jaggy. If there is any matching region, the image data is converted into multivalued image data by performing jaggy correction in which the tone of a target dot in the region is substituted with a grayscale. MFP also generates a region identification attribute code based on the result of matching and the tone of the input image data. MFP enhances the respective resolutions of the image data after jaggy correction and the region identification attribute code. MFP then binarizes the image data having the enhanced resolution once again by a binarization method according to the region identification attribute code having the enhanced resolution. | 03-11-2010 |
20100060919 | Print label editing apparatus - This disclosure discloses a print label editing apparatus comprising: an operation device that enables an operator to edit print contents to be printed on a print-receiving tape; a display device that displays a print image to be printed; a reference position determining portion that determines whether or not a first reference position in a printable area for an object area exists, based on a preset position of said object area, said object area including a print object within said printable area of a printing device for said print-receiving tape; and an object resetting portion that scales and resets said object area by using said first reference position as a standard in a case where it has been determined that said first reference position exists by said reference position determining portion and a scaling operation that enlarges or reduces said print object has been performed by said operation device. | 03-11-2010 |
20100060920 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING SAME - In an image processing apparatus that is capable of setting desired image processing conditions for each of images that have been shot, an image of interest for which number of prints is to be set is specified and it is determined whether image processing conditions have been set for the specified image of interest. If image processing conditions have not been set for the specified image of interest, a number of prints for the image of interest is allowed to be set. If setting of number of prints has been allowed, then the setting of number of prints is accepted and the set number of prints is stored in correlation with the image of interest. | 03-11-2010 |
20100067025 | IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, TERMINAL DEVICE, GRADATION CHARACTERISTIC MEASURING METHOD, COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM AND GRADATION CHARACTERISTIC MEASUREMENT SHEET - A terminal device includes: a colorimetry unit that performs colorimetry on color values of respective measurement regions on a gradation characteristic measurement sheet where the plural measurement regions are formed in different densities; and a determination unit that determines identification information to identify the gradation characteristic measurement sheet based on a result of colorimetry of identification information measurement regions arranged to identify the gradation characteristic measurement sheet in a result of colorimetry by the colorimetry unit. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067026 | METHOD OF AND SYSTEM FOR PREDICTING PRINT COLORS - A method and a system for predicting print colors are provided. A profile generator determines standard density spectral reflectances of a color chart printed under standard density conditions, first changed density spectral reflectances of a color chart printed with only the density of one of colors C, M, Y, K being changed by a given amount, and second changed density spectral reflectances of a color chart printed with the densities of the colors C, M, Y, K being changed by the same amount. The profile generator generates a print predicting profile for obtaining desired target densities, using the standard density spectral reflectances, the differences between the standard density spectral reflectances and the first changed density spectral reflectances, and corrective coefficients for obtaining the second changed density spectral reflectances, and predicts highly accurately colors of the print where the density of a desired color is changed, using the print predicting profile. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067027 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus and an image processing method are provided which are capable of selecting an image to be printed in a user's intended color. The image processing apparatus of the present invention includes: a selecting condition setting unit configured to prepare an image selecting condition depending on set output color in printing; a selection DB specifying unit configured to specify a group of images for image selection based on the image selecting condition; and further an image selecting unit configured to select an image from the specified group of images based on the image selecting condition. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067028 | APPARATUS, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR FORMING IMAGES - An image forming apparatus includes plural input filter sections controlling different types of input-processing performed by corresponding input devices to produce respective input image data sets each having a different input format, plural output filter sections controlling different types of output-processing performed by corresponding output devices that receive respective output image data sets each having a different output format, and an image processing section being made sharable by any given one of the input filter sections and any given one of the output filter sections, and converting an image data set from an input format of the one of the input filter sections to an output format of the one of the output filter sections. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067029 | Colored investment data display system and method - A method and system that provides a unique data display tool for use in the investment area and utilizes color coated entries in various data displays to aid in the client's assimilation of investment data and information. More specifically, the method and system uses a plurality of colors that are superimposed over data contained in various data category displays. Any one category data may contain a number of different such colored overlays. It is between different data displays, the same color would be used for the same data category presented in each display. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067030 | Image color adjustment - At least one of a plurality of achromatic object color ranges is selected based on the image targeted for processing, and a color adjustment process is executed based on the selected achromatic object color range. Image may be reproduced using a color image data after a color correction of the color image data, the color correction being performed according to illumination light source associated with the color image data. Image data may also be output after the color correction. Image data may also be output associated with data related to the illumination light source, to reproduce the image after the color correction. | 03-18-2010 |
20100073697 | ELECTRIC CHARGING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS USING THE SAME - An electric charging apparatus and an image forming apparatus using the electric charging apparatus, capable of stably discharging electrons and reducing deterioration in an electron discharging member, which includes an electric field forming device including two electrodes facing each other to form electric field therebetween including an electron discharging member provided at a portion of one of the electrodes, where the portion faces the other electrode, to discharge electrons into the electric field, and a voltage applying controller to control voltage applied to the electrodes, wherein the voltage applying controller selects two or more intensities of the electric field. | 03-25-2010 |
20100073698 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR IMAGE PROCESSING - An image processing apparatus includes an image information acquiring unit that acquires image information; a line region setting unit that sets a line region in an image indicated by the image information acquired by the image information acquiring unit; and a background correcting unit that corrects an image density of a background portion of the image in a region set to be the line region by the line region setting unit. | 03-25-2010 |
20100073699 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME, AND PRINTING METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus capable of reducing a stitch effect, an image forming system including the same, and a printing method thereof. The printing method of the image forming system includes inputting image data to be printed; and, if adjacent first and second objects included in the input image data have different LPIs (Lines Per Inch), emphasizing at least one of boundaries of the first and second objects and printing the image data with an emphasized boundary. | 03-25-2010 |
20100079775 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming portion which includes a nozzle surface having at least one nozzle and which is configured to form an image on a recording medium by ejecting ink toward the recording medium through the at least one nozzle, a feeding portion which includes a feeding surface on which the recording medium is placed and which is configured to feed the recording medium toward the image forming portion in a feeding direction, and a detecting portion which is configured to detect a state of lift of the recording medium relative to the feeding surface. The detecting portion includes a contact portion which is contactable with at least a part of a portion of the recording medium that is in the state of lift and a sensing portion which senses that the recording medium and the contact portion contact with each other. | 04-01-2010 |
20100079776 | PRINTING APPARATUS, PROGRAM, AND PRINTER DRIVER - A printing apparatus capable of executing color printing and monochrome printing includes: a mode controller which controls a monochrome printing mode where the monochrome printing is executed, a first mode where reception of a printing job stops when a color image forming medium has run out, and a second mode where procession to the monochrome printing mode is possible; an exclusive controller which receives only one printing job in a first time period; and a print executing unit which execute printing on the basis of the printing job received by the exclusive controller. | 04-01-2010 |
20100079777 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, DISPLAY METHOD THEREFOR, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus sets, on an image to be printed, the print position of attribute information of the image. The information processing apparatus displays, on a display device, the print preview screen of the image to be printed in which an image forming the attribute information is arranged at the set print position. When a region corresponding to the attribute information on the print preview screen displayed on the display device is selected, the information processing apparatus enlarges and displays the attribute information. | 04-01-2010 |
20100079778 | PRINT SETTING APPLICATION PROGRAM, PRINT CONTROL PROGRAM, PRINT SETTING APPLICATION APPARATUS, AND PRINT SETTING APPLICATION METHOD - A print setting application apparatus includes: a print job data storage processing section that causes a predetermined storage medium to store print job data that designates a print target; a print setting acquiring section that acquires information that indicates that at least one of a plurality of print settings that can be applied to the print target has been changed; and a display controlling section that causes a predetermined display unit to display print-setting-application-completed information, which shows a result of application of the changed print setting to the print target when the print setting has been changed. | 04-01-2010 |
20100079779 | PROFILE CORRECTING DEVICE - A profile correcting device includes a first profile acquiring unit, a second profile acquiring unit, a first correcting unit, and a second correcting unit. The first profile acquiring unit acquires a first profile representing correspondence relationship between input color values and first colorimetric values. Each first colorimetric value corresponds to one input color value and represents a color that is reproduced by a first image forming device based on the one input color value. The input color values includes a white value indicative of white, a black value indicative of black, a near-white color value indicative of a color near to white, and a near-black color value indicative of a color near to black. The second profile acquiring unit acquires a second profile representing correspondence relationship between the input color values and second colorimetric values. Each second colorimetric value corresponds to one input color value and represents a color that is reproduced by a second image forming device based on the one input color value. The second image forming device is different from the first image forming device. The first correcting unit corrects the second colorimetric value for the white value to a value equal to the first colorimetric value for the white value, and corrects the second colorimetric value for the black value to a value equal to the first colorimetric value for the black value. The second correcting unit corrects the second colorimetric value for the near-white color value to a weighted average of the first and second colorimetric values for the near-white color value, and corrects the second colorimetric value for the near-black color value to a weighted average of the first and second colorimetric values for the near-black color value. | 04-01-2010 |
20100085586 | Target for color characterization of color printer - With respect to color characterization of color printers, the present disclosure relates to the identification of colorant combinations for color patches in a color characterization target, which contains different color patches, and which is measured calorimetrically or spectrally to color-characterize the printer. A black ramp is printed and measured. Substantially uniform steps on the ramp are selected by applying principal component analysis to the measured values or color values derived from the measured values, and by using a first principal component thereof to select the substantially uniform steps. For each of the substantially uniform steps identified, the above procedure is repeated on all chromatic ramps with black ink at a corresponding black level. Color values of the color patches are populated by using multiple combinations of the substantially uniform steps of the black channel and of the chromatic channels at the corresponding black levels that meet an ink limit. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085587 | Method and system for identifying spot colors - Methods and systems of selecting a color for a print operation are disclosed. A color including a color formula with multiple color components may be selected based on a reference color. A print sample may be printed on a printing device based on the selected color. The print sample may include the selected color and one or more rings of color variants. Each ring may include a plurality of color variants differing from a color component of the selected color by a corresponding amount. Each color variant may be aligned axially based on the color component that differs from the selected color and a magnitude of a difference between the color component of the color variant and the selected color. The print sample may be compared to the reference color. A document may be printed on the printing device using at least the color formula for the selected color. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085588 | Method and installation for printing different blanks on a printed sheet - A method for printing combined jobs having different blanks on a printed sheet includes obtaining area coverage values or inking zone presetting values for printing presses, with which the blanks are printed, from image data of the printed sheet. The area coverage values from an earlier job are compared with those from a subsequent job, in which the number, the configuration or the type of at least one blank differs from the corresponding value from the earlier job. The configuration of the blanks on the sheet is changed if the difference in the area coverages exceeds predefined values. An installation for carrying out the method is also provided. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085589 | IMAGE SCANNER PRINTER - An image scanner printer that reads an original image and that prints out the original image includes a red-eye detection unit, a YCC image storage processing unit, a YCC/RGB conversion unit, a red-eye correction unit, and a print data creating unit. The red-eye detection unit detects red-eye that is included in an image corresponding to a predetermined number of lines of RGB image data when the original image is read. The YCC image storage processing unit converts the predetermined number of lines of the RGB image data into YCC image data and stores all the data as one unit JPEG image. The YCC/RGB conversion unit converts the YCC image data into RGB image data in units of a line or in units of a predetermined number of lines. The red-eye correction unit executes red-eye correction on the RGB image data when an image corresponding to the converted RGB image data includes a red-eye area that is stored in a red-eye table. When print data are created from the RGB image data, the print data creating unit, for RGB image data, among the RGB image data, on which the red-eye correction has been performed, creates print data from the RGB image data on which the red-eye correction has been performed. | 04-08-2010 |
20100091305 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PRINTING TARGET COLORS WITH PROCESS COLORS UTILIZING PARALLEL FEEDFORWARD NEURAL NETWORKS - A system and method for printing target colors includes a print-engine interface and a neural network component. The print-engine interface is in operative communication with a print engine of a printing system. The neural network component is calibrated to the print engine for printing a target color on a substrate. The neural network is in operative communication with the print-engine interface and communicates a parameter associated with printing the target color on the substrate utilizing the print engine. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091306 | COLOR TO BLACK ONLY PERCENT THRESHOLD OPTION FOR CUSTOMERS - A system prints documents according to non-color content. The system includes a processing component that receives a print job that includes at least one of color and non-color content. A threshold selection component allows a user to select a minimum value of non-color content within the received print job. An analysis component evaluates the non-color content within each print job, compares the non-color content with the value selected via the threshold selection component, and modifies the color parameters of the print job to appear as non-color, if the threshold is met or exceeded. A print devices receives the print job information from the evaluation component and outputs the print job as a non-color print job if the non-color content threshold is met or exceeded, and outputs the print job as a color job if the non-color content threshold is not met. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091307 | MARKING METHOD BY MASKING COLOR, MARKING METHOD BY REMOVING COLOR AND MARKING METHOD BY CHANGING COLOR - A method for more easily marking an optical recognition code is accomplished. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091308 | Image Processing Apparatus and Recording Medium - An image processing apparatus for performing a color converting process in which image data of an original document is converted into image data expressed in a color space corresponding to a coloring material used in an output apparatus, the image processing apparatus includes: a conversion information generating unit which generates data for the color converting process when the color converting process is performed, the data corresponding to one or more images included in the image data of the original document; and a color converting unit which performs the color converting process using the data for the generated color converting process, the data corresponding to the image data of each image. The data for the color converting process includes information which is used to convert the image data of the image before conversion such that the image data is expressed in one color of the coloring material. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091309 | MULTI-ARRANGE ABLE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - According to an embodiment of the present invention, an image forming apparatus includes an image forming section to fix a developer image to a sheet material and to output it, a control unit that is provided independently of the image forming section and supplies image data and an image output condition to the image forming section, and an operation section that is provided independently of the image forming section and the control unit, and outputs a control signal for supplying the image data and the image output condition to the image forming section. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091310 | EFFICIENT BANDED HYBRID RENDERING - Disclosed is a method of band rendering an image. The method comprises receiving ( | 04-15-2010 |
20100097622 | GAMUT MAPPING BASED ON NUMERICAL AND PERCEPTUAL MODELS - Methods and systems herein provide for color conversion. Such color conversion includes gamut mapping by determining a color gamut of an imaging device and receiving color data having color values external to the color gamut of the imaging device. The gamut mapping proceeds by determining a color region external to the color gamut and mapping the color values within the color region to the color gamut. Thereafter, the area of the color region is increased and the color values within the increased color region are mapped to the color gamut. | 04-22-2010 |
20100097623 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND IMAGE FORMING PROGRAM - A printer not optically correcting bends and inclinations of scanning lines needs to execute such control as to electrically correct them. However, a conventional correction method has a problem that this correction causes an image defect such as an image streak or an uneven concentration in a specific area. A correction method of the present invention, when an input image has only one color, executes only correction by a second correction component which corrects distortions in a main scanning direction without executing correction by a first correction component which corrects bends and inclinations in a sub-scanning direction, and when an input image has two or more colors, executes both of correction by the first correction component and correction by the second correction component. This control can reduce the frequency of occurrence of an image defect. | 04-22-2010 |
20100103438 | ADAPTIVE COLOR TRANSFORM TO CONTROL COLOR INCONSTANCY - A method for selecting the level of color inconstancy of an output image produced on a digital color printer having a neutral ink and a plurality of color inks is disclosed. The method includes analyzing the distribution of input colors present in the input digital image to determine a color distribution metric related to the importance of producing output images having a reduced color inconstancy when the output image is viewed under a variety of image illumination spectra; selecting a color transform from a set of available color transforms designed to produce output images having different color inconstancy characteristics in response to the color distribution metric; processing the input digital image using the selected color transform to produce a transformed image having a selected level of color inconstancy; and printing the transformed image on the digital color printer to produce an output image having the selected level of color inconstancy. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103439 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR VISUAL CONFIGUATION OF DYNAMIC DOCUMENT HOLE PLACEMENT - Document processing systems and methods are presented in which a hole select system is connected to a graphical user interface that visually renders a media image representative of a printed media, the interface includes at least one hole indicia on the media image, and allows the hole indicia to be manipulated by the user and the hole select system generates and provides hole location data to a hole creation system to produce holes on the printed media. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103440 | IMAGE PATH UTILIZING SUB-SAMPLED CROSS-CHANNEL IMAGE VALUES - A technique for cross-channel correction in real time for digital color printing in which the full resolution value of a selected colorant is combined with low resolution versions of the remaining colorants to provide a basis for correcting the selected colorant based upon the data for the other colorants employed. The pixel values of sub-samples of the remaining colorants are derived from the cell in which the full resolution selected colorant is taken; and, the desired output value is selected from a look-up table established for the known printing process. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103441 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND IMAGE FORMING PROGRAM - A printer not optically correcting bends and inclinations of scanning lines needs to execute such control as to electrically correct them. However, a conventional correction method has a problem that this correction causes an image defect such as an image streak or an uneven density in a specific area. A correction method of the present invention, when an input image has only one color, executes only correction by a second correction component which corrects distortions in a main scanning direction without executing correction by a first correction component which corrects bends and inclinations in a sub-scanning direction, and when an input image has two or more colors, executes both of correction by the first correction component and correction by the second correction component. This control can reduce the frequency of occurrence of an image defect. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103442 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus forms a color image using image carriers for a plurality of colors by electrophotography. The image forming apparatus stores, for each color, information on the shift amount between an ideal scanning line and an actual scanning line in the main scanning direction on the image carrier. For each color, a color misregistration correction amount calculation unit converts a readout address in a bitmap memory ( | 04-29-2010 |
20100110455 | LANGUAGE BASED COLOR SELECTION METHOD - A method of color selection is described including a component to parse a natural language color specification into a set of colloquial color names and a set of flags to indicate whether a color name is to be included or excluded from the color selection. Components are also included to find the best matches of colloquial color names in a library of colloquial color names and map the best matches to one or more standard colors in a library of standard colors. A transform building component uses the standard colors names and the flags to create a mathematical selection transform, typically in the form of a multi-dimensional lookup table. If necessary, another component converts arbitrary sets of test color coordinates into color encoding identical to that used for the standard colors to produce a color selection. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110456 | Method of and apparatus for converting colors - A standard density print profile capable of producing a print of standard densities is generated by a printing press set to standard density conditions, and a designated density print profile capable of producing a print of designated densities is generated by the printing press when the printing press is set to designated density conditions. A color conversion table capable of producing the print of the designated densities with the printing press set to the standard density conditions is generated using the standard density print profile and the designated density print profile. The colors of the image data are converted using the color conversion table. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110457 | COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A profile for converting color data dependent on a source device into color data dependent on a destination device, and generation information used in generation of the profile are acquired. Adjustment conditions of the profile designated on a device independent color space are inputted. Color data stored in the profile and dependent on the destination device is converted into first color data on the device independent color space using the generation information. Adjustment is applied to the first color data in accordance with the adjustment conditions. The first color data, to which the adjustment is applied, is converted into second color data dependent on the destination device using the generation information. Color data stored in the profile and dependent on the destination device is modified based on the second color data. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110458 | DEVICE FOR SETTING COLOR PRINT LIMIT MODE ACCORDING TO PREFERENCE SET ON PER-PAGE BASIS - An image processing system includes a preference designating unit and a printer. The preference designating unit is configured to designate one or more preferential print pages from pages included in a print job so as to be color printed preferentially to non-designated pages included in the print job. The printer performs color printing of the one or more preferential print pages. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110459 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - An image forming apparatus includes: a forming unit that includes an image forming function for forming an image; a restricting unit that restricts usage of the image forming function based on presence or absence of usage authorization for the image forming function of the forming unit; an adjusting unit that executes an image quality adjusting process to improve a quality of the image formed by the forming unit; and a control unit that inhibits the adjusting unit from executing the image quality adjusting process in accordance with presence or absence of restriction of the usage of the image forming function by the restricting unit. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110460 | IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes: an image forming unit; a communication unit configured to receive image data and an instruction; a nonvolatile memory configured to store color correction data; a color correction data generating unit configured to generate a new color correction data and update the color correction data stored in the nonvolatile memory with the new color correction data; and a control unit. When the instruction contains a first instruction which instructs performing the printing operation without updating the color correction data, the control unit corrects a gradation of an image contained in the image data using existing color correction data stored in the nonvolatile memory. When the instruction does not contain the first instruction and also when a given condition is satisfied, the control unit causes the color correction data generating unit to generate the new color correction data and update the color correction data with the new color correction data, and corrects the gradation of the image contained in the image data using the new color correction data. When the instruction does not contain the first instruction and also when the given condition is not satisfied, the control unit corrects the gradation of the image contained in the image data using the existing color correction data stored in the nonvolatile memory. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110461 | Systems and Methods for Proof/Press Substrate Difference Adjustments - Embodiments of the present invention provide systems and methods for adjusting for differences between a proof substrate and the ultimate substrate on which an illustration or other image is to be printed. Embodiments are particularly useful for any print process on an opaque substrate where a proof representing the expected result is provided that has a different substrate color or value from that being used in the print process. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110462 | TEXTURE INFORMATION DATA ACQUIRING DEVICE AND DISPLAY CONTROL SYSTEM HAVING THE TEXTURE INFORMATION DATA ACQUIRING DEVICE - There is provided a texture information data acquiring device that receives print data, which is used at the time of performing printing by using a printing apparatus and represents the amount of a print recording material used at the time of printing, as input, acquires texture information data that represents the texture of a printing surface of a printing material from the print data, and outputs the texture information data. | 05-06-2010 |
20100118319 | IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image forming system includes: an image forming apparatus; a first recording member; a second recording member storage; and a control unit that, when the image forming apparatus firstly forms an image on a first recording member and secondly forms an image on a second recording member, executes a first control in which the discharge of the second recording member from the second recording member storage is carried out before the discharge of the first recording member from the first recording member storage, and a second control in which the discharge of the second recording member from the second recording member storage is carried out after the discharge of the first recording member from the first recording member storage, the control unit selecting any one of the first and second controls according to the number of the first recording members stored in the first recording member storage. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118320 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING PRINTING THEREOF - A method for controlling printing of an image forming apparatus includes receiving a printing command from a user, determining whether a condition for auto color registration is satisfied, asking the user whether to perform auto color registration if the condition for auto color registration is satisfied, and performing either printing or auto color registration according to a response to the asked question. Accordingly, even though a condition for auto color registration is satisfied after a printing command is input, the user can select either printing time or printing quality according to his or her priority. Therefore, user convenience can be enhanced. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118321 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND PRINTING CONTROL METHOD - An information processing apparatus for setting a setting value for print data to be transmitted to a printer, includes a selection unit configured to select a purpose from a plurality of printing purposes, and a display unit configured to display a screen for setting the setting value for the print data including a variable setting item for setting a setting value from a plurality of setting values associated with the printing purpose selected by the selection unit, and a fixed wherein setting values for the variable setting item and the fixed setting item are set by using different setting ways on the displayed screen. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118322 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - When a recording agent amount limiting process is carried out, a color reproduction range is narrowed, and therefore gradation properties of dark areas are deteriorated and information originally held by an image is sometimes undesirably lost. By obtaining ( | 05-13-2010 |
20100123910 | COLOR CONVERSIONS IN THE REAL DOMAIN - Methods and systems herein provide for color conversion in the real domain from an input color space to an output color space using a color conversion table that includes color values defined in the output color space corresponding to color values in the input color space, a table of scaling factors, and a conversion engine operable to group the real domain image data into blocks of pixels. The conversion engine, for each block of pixels, converts a color value in the block of pixels from the input color space to the output color space according to the color conversion table, computes differences between the color value and color values of pixels in the block, scales the computed differences according to the table of scaling factors, and adds the scaled differences to the converted color values to convert the pixel color values to the output color space. | 05-20-2010 |
20100123911 | PRINT COLOR MANAGEMENT - In one embodiment, computer readable instructions for: displaying together in a single display a group of user selectable icons each representing a discrete color scheme for printing an image; and then, in direct response to a user selecting one of the icons, displaying a color preview of the image as the image will appear when printed with the selected color scheme. In another embodiment, computer readable instructions for: allowing a user to select a color scheme, which selects a first color profile; allowing the user to select a printer, which selects a second color profile; identifying a third color profile for a display device; transforming image source data into image print data using the first and second color profiles; transforming the image print data into image display data using the second and third color profiles; and displaying the image on the display device using the image display data. | 05-20-2010 |
20100123912 | PANTOGRAPH METHODS, APPARATUS AND SYSTEMS BASED ON UCR/GCR - The disclosure provides pantograph methods, apparatus and systems. Specifically disclosed is a method of rendering a pantograph including defining a foreground region associated with a pantograph, defining a background region associated with the pantograph, and applying a first UCR/GCR strategy to the background region and a second UCR/GCR strategy to the foreground region, whereby the foreground region is less discernable after the pantograph is rendered with a printing device relative to a reproduction of the rendered pantograph. | 05-20-2010 |
20100123913 | IMAGE PRINT SYSTEM AND IMAGE PRINT DEVICE - When a recording medium ( | 05-20-2010 |
20100123914 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a determination unit determining, based on a pixel value of a prescribed background color area in image data obtained by inputting a printed image, and based on information regarding a color of a toner used in printing the image, whether or not the background color of the image corresponds to the color of the toner. | 05-20-2010 |
20100123915 | Color Adjustment Apparatus, Image Forming Apparatus, And Computer-Readable Recording Medium - A color adjustment apparatus comprises an input unit for receiving an input operation, a color adjustment display segment for displaying orthogonal coordinate systems between a pre color adjustment hue axis and an adjustment target axis indicative of a degree of adjustment of a hue, saturation, or lightness and an adjustment line indicative of a relationship between before color adjustment and after color adjustment on the orthogonal coordinate systems, an adjustment line changing unit for changing the adjustment line in response to an operation by the input unit, and a color adjustment unit for adjusting a hue, saturation, and lightness of a target image in correspondence with the adjustment line changed by the adjustment line changing unit. | 05-20-2010 |
20100123916 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus that can transmit an image outputted after the execution of a workflow as well as an attribute information file including attribute information suitable for an external system as a transmission destination to the external system. An attribute information management unit manages attributes required by the external system when the image data is transmitted to the external system. A workflow execution unit executes a workflow as a sequential processing in which a plurality of functions of the image processing apparatus are combined. An attribute value setting unit sets attribute values for the attributes required by the external system when the communication unit transmits the image data to the external system. An external system interconnection unit causes the communication unit to transmit the image data output from the workflow execution unit to the external system with reference to the attribute values set by the attribute value setting unit. | 05-20-2010 |
20100123917 | PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - An apparatus allocates a value of page attribute to each page included in a job according to a job attribute set to the job in an intermediate code format that corresponds to data to be printed generated by an application. If a combining instruction is issued to combine a plurality of jobs whose specific job attributes in which only one attribute value can be allocated to one job are allocated different attribute values, the apparatus processes the intermediate code format data so that printing is performed according to the allocated page attribute values. The apparatus then generates a combined job and transmits the generated combined job as print data to the printing apparatus. | 05-20-2010 |
20100128289 | Method, Device and Computer Readable Medium for Consumable Reduction - Consumable reduction is achieved for a printing device by utilizing a processor ( | 05-27-2010 |
20100128290 | EMBEDDING INFORMATION IN DOCUMENT BLANK BORDER SPACE - A method for embedding coded information in a document border includes encoding information as a plurality of data carrying dot pair patterns where each dot is too small to be visually noticeable. For each page of a document to be rendered, the method includes determining whether the border area is blank. If found not blank the border area is cleared. Each of the plurality of data carrying dot patterns is embedded in the blank border area of the document page. The document page with the embedded data carrying dot patterns is then rendered, where each data carrying dot is too small to be visually noticeable. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128291 | Authenticated Facsimile Transmission From Mobile Devices - A fax document can be either uploaded to a fax server in a vPBX network or generated dynamically. For dynamic generation, pre-configured templates can be stored either on a mobile device or on a fax server. A user can use a mobile device connected to a vPBX network as a controlling device to direct generation of faxes on a fax server. The generation of faxes can be customized based on a geographic location of the mobile device. The generated fax can be downloaded onto a mobile device. The user can digitally sign the fax using a touch-screen input device on the mobile device. The digitally signed fax can be transmitted to a destination device. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128292 | DYNAMIC EARLY PREPARATION OF PRESENTATION OBJECTS FOR EFFICIENT PRINTING - A command is provided as a means to instruct a printer to pre-rasterize and store presentation objects according to specified presentation parameters. The stored rasterized objects are available to the printer for use during printing when a print job is submitted to the printer which includes a presentation object already rasterized, saving significant processing at print time. The rasterized objects are stored with information identifying the object and the parameters used in the rasterization process and the printer is enabled to identify the appropriate rasterized object for inclusion in the print job. Objects may also be selected by a printer at print time as most closely matching the required parameters and then adjusted as needed at print time to completely conform with the requirements of inclusion in the job. This capability allows the printer to perform trimming-on-the-fly or other real-time operations while enjoying the time-saving benefits of a pre-rasterized object. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128293 | DOCUMENT PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - According to this invention, bookbinding data containing pages created by respective applications can be constructed regardless of the type of application. Even when one or more desired pages contained in bookbinding data are selected, image editing is designated, but a non-image page exists in the selected pages, the non-image page can be excluded from editing targets, and the process can shift to image editing. For this purpose, when a plurality of pages are selected and image editing is designated, whether each selected page is an editable image page is determined. An editable page is temporarily stored. After all the selected pages are determined, an image editing application is activated to edit stored editable image pages. | 05-27-2010 |
20100134809 | GAMMA CORRECTION METHOD FOR ERROR DIFFUSION - An image processing system includes a printing device having a printing resolution, and a processor. The processor is configured to receive input image data comprising an input tone, and to dither the input image data at a halftone resolution, wherein the halftone resolution is less than the printing resolution of the printing device. The processor is further configured to perform multi-thresholding of the image data to identify a multi-pixel output tone level, and to generate output image data comprising the multi-pixel output tone level. The output image data is printed at the printing resolution. The multi-thresholding of the image data may further include an error diffusion algorithm providing gamma correction of the input tone. | 06-03-2010 |
20100134810 | INFORMATION CONVERSION METHOD,INFORMATION CONVERSON APPARATUS, AND INFORMATION CONVERSION PROGRAM - Reproduction can be adjusted according to the degree of achromatopsia and the color distribution of an image, and color reproduction approximate to the vision of normal persons is provided to achromates. Different textures are added to respective regions (similar and hardly indistinguishable regions) which have different colors but conduce to similar result of light-reception by a light receiving device according to the differences of the original colors. The textures include a pattern of angle, hatching, or contrast each different according to the difference of the original color. | 06-03-2010 |
20100134811 | PRINTING CONTROL DEVICE AND PRINTING CONTROL SYSTEM HAVING THE PRINTING CONTROL DEVICE - A printing control device includes a texture control unit that acquires texture control data, which is used for controlling the texture of a printing surface of a printing material printed by a printing apparatus, based on texture information data that represents the texture of the printing surface of the printing material. | 06-03-2010 |
20100134812 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - When there is a copy inhibiting dot pattern in an image, an image destruction processing unit performs image destruction processing to image data, and a storage processing unit stores in a storage unit the image data after the image destruction processing. An RGB/CMY conversion processing unit converts the image data into CMY image data C | 06-03-2010 |
20100134813 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a carrier; a forming unit that forms a pattern on the carrier; a correcting unit that executes a plurality of correction processes for image formation by measuring the pattern formed on the carrier by the forming unit; and an issuing unit that has issuing conditions corresponding to the correction processes and issues execution requests indicating execution timings of the correction processes satisfying the issuing conditions, wherein the correcting unit executes only one correction process, of which the execution request is issued, when another correction process is not issued at the execution timing of the one correction process, and wherein the correcting unit executes the one correction process and the another correction process in a prescribed order regardless of the execution timings indicated by the execution requests when the another correction process is issued at the execution timing of the one correction process. | 06-03-2010 |
20100134814 | PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD AND PRINTER - A print control apparatus comprising: a first receiving unit that receives, from a printer, support language information indicating whether a particular kind of language is supported by the printer; a judging unit that judges, by referring to the support language information received by the first receiving unit, whether the particular kind of language which is supported by the print control apparatus is supported by the printer; a transmitting unit that transmits, to the printer, a specification information acquisition command for acquiring specification information relating to a specification supported by the printer if the judging unit judges that the particular kind of language is supported by the printer; a second receiving unit that receives the specification information which is transmitted from the printer in response to the specification information acquisition command; and a controller that performs processing according to the specification information received by the second receiving unit. | 06-03-2010 |
20100141970 | DIGITAL PRINTING USING SIMILAR COLORANTS - A method for printing an input digital image using a digital printer having a set of colorants with substantially the same color but different densities, including a sequence of node points where each of the two or more colorants are either at their maximum or minimum values, setting colorant concentrations such that the color channel output responses corresponding to the sequence of node points are substantially equally spaced in a visually uniform color space; forming colorant control look-up tables to provide smooth transitions in the color channel output response between the sequence of node points; addressing the colorant control look-up tables with the printer code value for each pixel of the input digital image to determine the colorant control signals for each of the two or more colorants; and controlling the digital printer using the colorant control signals to produce a print of the input digital image. | 06-10-2010 |
20100141971 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND PRINT APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - In the case that a plurality of users execute output reservations while looking at targets to be output together, the necessity for an operation to sort the output materials by user after output is eliminated. The plurality of users are classified, the plurality of targets to be output selected in a scattered manner by the plurality of classified users are bulked together as selected targets to be output for each user, and those bulked targets to be output are output for each user. | 06-10-2010 |
20100141972 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus having a recording head with a plurality of printing elements comprising: a first quantization unit that performs a first quantization process on input image data to calculate N-level data by using a screen parameter corresponding to a screen condition of a target device; a conversion unit that converts the N-level data to M-level data (M>N); a configuring unit that configures printing density for each of the printing elements for each scan, using the M-level data; a second quantization unit that performs a second quantization process on the printing density for the scan of interest, using constraining information for the scan of interest; and a generating unit that generates the constraining information for the scan of interest, from the printing density configured for the preceding scan and the result of the second quantization process for the preceding scan. | 06-10-2010 |
20100141973 | HIGH DENSITY, HIGH INTENSITY INK FORMULATION AND METHOD FOR PRINTING HIGH INTENSITY COLORS - A high intensity ink solution includes a letdown varnish of about 50% to 58% by weight, a dispersion oil of about 8% to 15% by weight, a pigment about 18% to 25% by weight, a wax compound of about 4% to 10% by weight, and a drier compound of about 1%-3% by weight. A method of producing high intensity color prints includes generating a color space and placing the color space in a CMYK file, generating a color proof, then generating at least four printing plates, and configuring a printer to print specific color densities to accurately match the color proof. Densities of pigments, such as yellow, magenta, cyan, and black are included in the inks, creating color which is perceived more strongly with less dots per area than currently available inks. | 06-10-2010 |
20100141974 | Printing system configurable using a document key - A method of configuring a printing system includes providing a document key having an initial image and providing a printing system that includes a memory storing a first system setting. The method also includes scanning the document key and validating the initial image. The method can optionally include marking a first overlay image over at least a portion of the initial image, scanning the document key, and verifying the marking of the first overlay image thereon. The method also includes configuring or permitting the configuration of the printing system after the initial image has been validated or the marking of the first overlay image on the initial image has been verified. A printing system that is capable of being configured using the document key is also included. | 06-10-2010 |
20100149558 | USER DEFINED ASSOCIATIONS OF COLORS TO CARTRIDGES FOR COLOR PRINTERS - A printer status interface controller displays an interface at a client system with a first color from among a plurality of colors associated with a first print cartridge position associated, from among a plurality of print cartridge positions of a printer. The printer status interface controller receives a user selection within the interface to specify an association of a second color from among the plurality of colors with the first print cartridge position. Responsive to the user selection to associate the second color with the first print cartridge position, a printer color association controller adjusts a reference to the first color in a print document to print in the second color through a second print cartridge in a second print cartridge position from among the plurality of print cartridge positions. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149559 | SPECIALTY MEDIA CALIBRATION ENHANCEMENT METHOD AND SYSTEM - A system and method for enhancing media calibration and rendering to enable the use of multiple sets of calibration curves and intrapage when rendering to a multi-substrate media. A calibration target related to a specific multi-substrate media can be rendered. A number of calibration patches can then be measured with respect to each substrate region on the media. The calibration patches can be utilized to create a custom rendering profile for the multi-substrate media. A rendering job can be processed and a matching custom rendering profile defined in the multi-substrate calibration can then be applied to regions specified in the media definition. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149560 | METHOD FOR ASSESSING SYNCHRONIZED PRINT DEFECTS - As set forth herein, a computer implemented method is used to detect synchronized defects in documents. Profiles of single separation test targets are characterized for one or more toner colors. A spatially varying toner reproduction curve (TRC) is constructed for each profile on terms of an area coverage in versus area coverage out. A profile is extrapolated for each color of interest and a CMYK profile is applied to obtain a correlating L*a*b* profile for each color of interest. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149561 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM AND COMPUTER DATA SIGNAL - An information processing apparatus includes a receiving unit, a search unit, a determination unit, a conversion unit and an output unit. The receiving unit receives a command for forming an image. The search unit searches for color designation information that designates specific color information and is included in the received command. The determination unit determines a type of the color information designated by the color designation information found by the search. The conversion unit converts the color designation information into information conforming to a common expression rule, based on a conversion rule that is set for each type of the color information. The output unit outputs the information obtained by the converting. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149562 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus includes a user interface, and an image forming unit to perform an image forming job in a new image mode by combining two or more image modes when the two or more image modes are selected through the user interface. The image forming unit may include a controller to combine color lookup tables of the two or more selected image modes and to create a new color lookup table, and an engine unit to perform the image forming job in an image mode corresponding to the new color lookup table. Therefore, it is possible for the image forming apparatus to support various image modes. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149563 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, PRINTING SUPPORT METHOD AND PRINTING SUPPORT PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus for printing image data of print subject after converting the image data to print image data dependent on an image forming device, the apparatus including a control section which converts the image data to first data in a color space independent from the image forming device by referring to a first conversion table, converts the print image data to second data in the color space by referring to a second conversion table, calculates a color difference specified by a difference between the first data and the second data, and causes a display section to display the calculated color difference. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149564 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND DENSITY UNEVENNESS CORRECTION METHOD THEREIN - Disclosed is an image forming apparatus including: an image forming section to form an image on paper based on image data according to an image forming condition to output the image on the paper; a storage section to store a plurality of correction values corresponding to setting conditions of the image forming condition, the correction values used for correction of density unevenness in a main scanning direction of the image; a density correction section to perform correction of density of each pixel of the image data based on the correction value; and a control section to read out the correction value according to a set condition in the image forming condition from the storage section and to allow the density correction section to perform the correction of the density of each pixel of the image data based on the read out correction value. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149565 | PRINT PROCESSING SYSTEM, PRINT PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A print server checks a job ticket for a print job to be processed. When a method of printing set in the printing attributes of the job ticket is case binding, a first thickness of a bookblock is calculated using the paper type set in the printing attributes. The print server calculates a second thickness of a bookblock using the paper type after a change. The print server changes the paper type set in the job ticket when the difference between the first thickness and the second thickness is within a permissible range. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149566 | PRINT DATA GENERATING DEVICE - A print data generating device includes: (a) a display; (b) a print-image-region selector for selecting a print image region which is a region of an original-data-based image, such that the selected print image region corresponds to each of desired images; (c) a media size recognizer for recognizing a size of a print medium; (d) a print layout determiner for determining, based on a size of the print image region and the recognized size of the print medium, a print layout of the desired images that are to be printed onto the print medium, such that a number of the desired images printable onto the print medium is maximized in the determined print layout; and (e) a display controller for causing the display to display a print layout preview showing the desired images that are arranged according to the determined print layout. The print data generating device generates a print data which is used for printing, in conformity with the print layout preview, the desired images arranged according to the determined print layout, onto the print medium. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149567 | Image forming apparatus and image forming method - An image forming apparatus has: a recording head for forming an image on a recording medium; a color correction processing device which performs a color correction processing with respect to an input image data; an image output controller which controls the recording head according to the image data after performing the color correction processing in such a manner that the image corresponding to the image data is formed on the recording medium; a patch forming controller which controls the recording head so as to form a patch for colorimetry on the recording medium; a memory device for storing an output condition for forming the image, and measured results of the patch for colorimetry formed under the output condition; and a correction data change device which changes a correction data used for the color correction processing performed by the color correction processing device, when difference between the measured results of the patch for colorimetry that are obtained by forming the patch for colorimetry and performing colorimetry of that formed patch before starting of a printing job or during performing the printing job and the measured results of the patch for colorimetry that are stored in the memory device exceeds a predetermined acceptable range. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149568 | METHOD FOR CREATING A COLOR TRANSFORM RELATING COLOR REFLECTANCES PRODUCED UNDER REFERENCE AND TARGET OPERATING CONDITIONS AND DATA STRUCTURE INCORPORATING THE SAME - A printer operates under a first set of conditions to create a first set of M of samples and under a target set of conditions to create a second set of K samples. Each sample is produced using the same colorant(s). The actual spectral reflectance for each sample is measured. The actual reflectances for corresponding samples in the first and second sets are used to create a cross-validated, partial-least-squares transform that maps a reflectance from a sample produced under the first set of conditions to a reflectance from a sample produced under the target set of conditions. | 06-17-2010 |
20100157329 | METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT AND DEVICE FOR GENERATING AND PROCESSING DOCUMENT DATA WITH MEDIA-RELATED COLOR MANAGEMENT RESOURCES - In a method or device to generate or process a resource-based document data stream with which an output of at least one document on an output medium can be controlled, the document data stream is provided with resource reference data related to at least one color management resource, and medium reference data related to the output medium. The resource reference data and the medium reference data are logically connected with one another such that when the medium reference data changes because the output medium has changed, then the resource reference data is automatically changed to another color management resource. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157330 | OPTIMIZED COLOR CONVERSION - Methods and systems herein provide for optimized color conversion. Such color conversion includes identifying color regions in the image data and identifying portions of the color regions that overlap. The color conversion also includes converting color values in the color regions to the color space of the output imaging device based on a plurality of numerical models. The color conversion further includes processing the overlapping portions of the color regions to remove abrupt transitions between the overlapping portions of the color regions. The numerical models may be generated based on human perception and a source of printer errors. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157331 | Color Smoothing Mechanism for an Ink Minimizing Profile Making Tool - An International Color Consortium (ICC) profile making tool includes a regression module to establish a dependency between a profile connection space (PCS) and a device color space, an optimization module to generate a first output profile based on an ink minimization mode and a second output profile based on a high accuracy mode and a smoothing module to prevent fluctuating transitions between colors occurring in the first output profile. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157332 | PRINTER AND PRINT CONTROL METHOD - A printer of the present invention prohibits print-media replacement or operations of the printer, when executing a profile creation mode of creating profile data that is used for color conversion processing performed on image data that is to be printed by a print unit. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157333 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND PRINTING METHOD - In an ink jet printing apparatus capable of performing a marginless printing, there is provided an ink jet printing apparatus and printing method of performing a dot count with accuracy. An ink jet printing apparatus includes a print medium edge position detecting device for detecting a position of at least any of a left edge, right edge, upper edge and lower edge of a print medium. Furthermore, it includes a replacing device for replacing an input data in a protruded region by a null data. Further, it includes a counting device for counting an ejecting dot number in a printing region after being replaced by a null data by using the replacing device. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157334 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - A plurality of types of images corrected based on lookup tables set in advance in association with a plurality of types of light sources are printed as a chart displayed in association with a plurality of types of light sources. Evaluations by the user under viewing light sources corresponding to the plurality of types of images in the outputted chart are quantified. Evaluation values of the plurality of types of light sources are calculated. The calculated evaluation values are used to specify a light source from the plurality of types of light sources. Image data is corrected based on a lookup table corresponding to the specified light source. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157335 | Image Forming Apparatus, Image Forming System, and Head Device - An image forming apparatus includes: a plurality of controllers which controls a nozzle group forming an image on an image forming medium on the basis of image data; and a plurality of distribution units which is connected to one or more controllers and transmits the image data, which is used to control the nozzle group controlled by the controller, to the controller. A first distribution unit, which is the uppermost unit, to a second distribution unit, which is the lowermost unit, are connected such that upper and lower distribution units are connected to each other in a communicable way, and the first distribution unit is connected to an external apparatus in a communicable way. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157336 | IMAGE FORMING METHOD AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - An image forming apparatus sets one of a plurality of modes including a monochrome mode of forming a monochrome image, converts a multivalued luminance signal into signal values of color material amounts to be used to form the image and forms the image using color materials based on the signal values. The color materials used in the forming when the monochrome mode is set include an achromatic color material and at least two auxiliary color materials which have hues opposite to each other and a chroma larger than that of the achromatic color material. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157337 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing system comprising: a color conversion unit configured to perform color conversion from color data in a first color space into color data in a second color space by using a color profile; a correction unit configured to perform correction for the color data in the second color space by using correction data; a printing unit configured to print on a printing medium in accordance with the color data in the second color space that is corrected by the correction unit; a first changing unit configured to change the color profile; a second changing unit configured to change the correction data; and a selection unit configured to select, based on a color measurement result of a color chart for correcting a color of an image printed on the printing medium, one of processes including change of the color profile and change of the correction data. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157338 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - A plurality of patch sets each including a patch formed by an achromatic ink and a patch formed by chromatic inks are formed by changing a combination ratio in first color conversion processing of executing color conversion of image data in correspondence with a first light source and second color conversion processing of executing color conversion of the image data in correspondence with a second light source. The information of a patch set selected by a user from the plurality of patch sets is acquired. The image data is color-converted by the first color conversion processing and the second color conversion processing corresponding to the combination ratio used to form the patch set selected by the user. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157339 | DATA PROCESSING DEVICE - A data processing device is used for a printing device including a printing unit for printing an image based on image data using color material contained in a cartridge. The cartridge is detachably mounted in the printing device and has a storage unit storing processing data. The data processing device includes an original image data acquiring unit, a processing data acquiring unit, a first processing unit, a second processing unit, and a supplying unit. The original image data acquiring unit is configured to acquire original image data. The processing data acquiring unit is configured to acquire the processing data from the storage unit. The first processing unit is configured to generate first image data using the original image data based on the acquired processing data if the processing data acquiring unit acquires processing data. The first image data is used for producing a first image by the printing unit. The second processing unit is configured to generate second image data using the original image data if the processing data acquiring unit does not acquire the processing data. The second image data is used for producing a second image by the printing unit. The second image has a density higher than a density of the first image. The supplying unit is configured to supply one of the first image data and the second image data to the printing unit. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157340 | OBJECT EXTRACTION IN COLOUR COMPOUND DOCUMENTS - Disclosed is a computer implemented method of text extraction in colour compound documents. The method connects similarly coloured pixels of an image of a colour compound document into connected components (CCs); classifies each CC as either text or non-text; refines the text CC classification for each text CC using global colour context statistics; groups text CCs into text blocks; recovers misclassified non-text CCs into a nearby text block; and removes extraneous CCs from each text block using local colour context statistics to thereby provide the extracted text in the text blocks. Also disclosed is a computer implemented method of locating graphics objects in a colour compound document image. The method connects similarly coloured pixels of said image into connected components (CCs) and placing the CCs in an enclosure tree; classifies ( | 06-24-2010 |
20100157341 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus for supplying image data, to be formed by an image forming apparatus, to the image forming apparatus includes an obtaining unit for obtaining information on first environment light and second environment light different from the first environment light; a converting unit for converting data, defined by a color space independent of the image forming apparatus, of the image data into first image data defined by a color space dependent of the image forming apparatus depending on the first environment light and then for converting the first image data into second image data defined by a color space independent of the image forming apparatus depending on the second environment light; a discriminating unit for discriminating whether or not a color difference between the first image data and the second image data is a predetermined value or more in an area in which the first image data and the second image data correspond to each other; and a display controlling unit for controlling a display unit so that the image data is displayed on the display unit in an image area including an area in which the color difference is the predetermined value or more and including an area in which the color difference is less than the predetermined value. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157342 | METHOD FOR MEASURING DENSITY, PRINTING METHOD, METHOD OF CALCULATING CORRECTION VALUE, METHOD OF MANUFACTURING PRINTING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OBTAINING CORRECTION VALUE - A method for measuring density, includes: forming on a medium a pattern that consists of a plurality of dot rows formed respectively in a plurality of row regions lined up in a direction intersecting a movement direction in which a plurality of nozzles move, by forming each of the dot rows in the row region arranged in the movement direction by ejecting ink from the nozzles; reading the pattern by a scanner; measuring density of each of the row regions of the read pattern; calculating respective modification values corresponding to each of the row regions, based on at least a part of a measurement result of the density of the plurality of the row regions; and modifying respective measured values of the density of each of the row regions based on the respective modification values corresponding to each of the row regions. | 06-24-2010 |
20100165363 | Methods and systems for calibrating a source and destination pair - At least certain embodiments of the disclosures relate to methods and data processing systems for matching a source profile to a destination profile. In one embodiment, a method includes providing a destination test chart and a corresponding first source test chart with each test chart having color patches. The method includes adjusting the source profile to substantially match a known or an unknown destination profile in response to receiving an input for visually matching an adjustable white color patch of the first source test chart to a corresponding white color patch of the destination test chart. The method includes progressively generating a second source test chart having modified at least some and possibly all color patches compared to the first displayed test chart based on applying a first transformation to the source profile in response to visually matching the white color patch. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165364 | COLOR CONVERSION OF IMAGE DATA - Methods and systems herein provide for the color conversion of image data. Such color conversion includes receiving the image data from an input imaging device and generating a CMYK to CIELab model for conversion of the image data to a color gamut of an output imaging device. From there, a table of CMYK color values and corresponding CIELab color values is generated based on the model. The color conversion then includes mapping the CIELab color values of the image data to a CIELab color gamut of the output imaging device such as a printer. The color conversion also includes comparing the mapped CIELab color values to the CIELab color values of the table to retrieve corresponding CMYK color values and processing the retrieved CMYK color values (e.g., via multidimensional optimization) to convert the CIELab color values of the image data to the CIELab color values of the output imaging device. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165365 | IMAGE RECORDING APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - An image recording apparatus including: a storing portion configured to store first image data based on which recording is performed on one of recording surfaces of a recording medium and second image data based on which the recording is performed on the other surface; a first density adjusting section configured to make an adjustment to a recording density for at least part of the first image data on the basis of an input of a user; a second density adjusting section configured to make an adjustment to a recording density for at least part of the second image data, the adjustment being reverse to the adjustment by the first density adjusting section; and a recording section configured to perform the recording on the basis of the first image data adjusted by the first density adjusting section and the second image data adjusted by the second density adjusting section. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165366 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - The quantity processing is executed to data distributed for each color. Binary data obtained by this quantization processing are selected only in regard to a color generating print quantity information. Filtering processing is executed to the binary data of the selected color to generate the print quantity information. In the quantization processing for a second plane, data found by converting the print quantity information generated in the first plane processing into a minus value are added to the multi-valued data. In the quantization processing in the second plane added, the value of the multi-valued data is made small and in the quantity, probability that the multi-valued data become binary data printing the dots is made small. That is, a ratio where dots in the first plane and dots in the second plane overlap and are formed can be made small. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165367 | Printer Gradation Correction Method and Color Patch Image - A printer gradation correcting method, comprises the steps of: outputting a color patch image by a printer based on image data of a color patch image; measuring a gradation of the outputted color patch image by a color measuring device so as to obtain a gradation measurement value; and correcting a gradation characteristic of the printer based on the gradation measurement value. The color patch image includes a patch-shaped image having a uniform gradation of a predetermined gradation representative value and gradation fluctuation of a predetermined color component added in the patch-shaped image, and the added gradation fluctuation is structured such that a total of gradation fluctuation measured in a measurement region by the color measuring device becomes a predetermined value. The gradation characteristic of the printer is corrected based on the gradation representative value, the predetermined value of the total of gradation fluctuation, and the gradation measurement value. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165368 | Image processing device, image forming apparatus incorporating same, image processing method used in the image forming apparatus, and program product used in the image forming apparatus - An image processing device, which can be incorporated in an image forming apparatus and perform an image processing method, includes a first image sensor unit including multiple image sensor chips arranged in a line to read an image of a document by converting light incident from the document into electrical signals, a chroma calculation unit to calculate chroma data from an image signal constituted by the electrical signals of the image read by the first image sensor unit, and a chroma adjustment unit to adjust the chroma by using the chroma data calculated by the chroma calculation unit to perform, only on a low-chroma image signal, a conversion process for reducing the chroma to suppress color irregularities occurring at intervals corresponding to widths of the multiple image sensor chips of the first image sensor unit. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165369 | IMAGE CROPPING SYSTEM AND METHOD - Electronic document design systems and methods allowing a user engaged in customizing an electronic product to re-crop product images in a manner that is compatible with the product layout. Upon selection of an image area in the product design, the user can choose to re-crop the image currently displayed in the image area or to select and crop a different image to be used in the selected image area. A cropping indicator that can be resized and repositioned is provided to the user. The cropping indicator is automatically sized to have and retain the same height to width ratio as the selected image area. Upon completion of any resizing or repositioning operation, the selected image area of the electronic product is updated to reflect the cropping changes made by the user. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165370 | LASER PRINT APPARATUS WITH TONER EXPLOSION COMPENSATION - A printing apparatus comprises a processor comprising registers, and a memory configured to store image data. The processor is configured to load portions of the image data into the registers and perform toner explosion compensation on the portions of the image data loaded in the registers, excluding image data loaded in boundary positions in the registers. | 07-01-2010 |
20100171968 | COLOR REPRODUCTION METHOD - A units of red {u | 07-08-2010 |
20100171969 | PREVENTING ARTIFACTS THAT MAY BE PRODUCED WHEN BOTTLING PDL FILES CONVERTED FROM RASTER IMAGES - The present invention eliminates undesirable image defects caused during the preparation of pages for printing and folding, known as the bottling process. This is achieved by analyzing image characteristics, sorting out the image according to its characteristics, where necessary vectoring and editing the vectored characteristics, and finally completing the file conversion from a raster image to a Page Description Language (PDL) image. A first embodiment of the invention divides an image into small segments. A second embodiment of the invention enlarges existing image segments. A third embodiment of the invention enlarges existing image segments and sorts image segments according to their color attribute of transparency. A fourth embodiment of the invention divides a part of an image segment to small segments. | 07-08-2010 |
20100171970 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus is provided with a resolution conversion unit | 07-08-2010 |
20100171971 | PRINTING APPARATUS, COLOR CORRECTING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A printing apparatus which executes a calibration operation of matching a measured value of a color reproduced on a print medium with a target value of the color. The printing apparatus includes a unit which executes the calibration operation only on restricted patches satisfying a predetermined condition without executing the calibration operation on all of the patches, when the print medium is exchanged or a print color material is exchanged. | 07-08-2010 |
20100171972 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, PRINTING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Multi-valued image data stored in an input image buffer are read out for each time of scans, and the color space conversion and image distribution are performed to read multi-valued image data. The binarized result is sent to the print buffer and at the same time, is accumulated as the print information to execute processing of reflecting it to the image distribution processing of the next pass. It is possible to appropriately restrict the density fluctuation due to the print position shift between planes without providing pixels where dots are overlapped and printed more than necessary. With this, by accumulating the multi-valued image data at the stage of RGB in the input image buffer to read out data stored in input image buffer for executing processing, a capacity required for input image buffer does not change even if the number of the ink colors provided on the printing apparatus increases. | 07-08-2010 |
20100177327 | Method and Apparatus for Generating White Underbase and Generating Suitably Modified Separations for Printing on Colored Background Other than White - The invention relates to an embedded system and a method to generate a white underbase for printing on a colored background from the given image to be printed automatically without any human intervention or operator's assistance. This invention simplifies the process of printing on colored substrates like garments, packing materials, woods, acrylic sheets, cardboard etc. Along with the simplification of a great amount of productivity increase is achieved in comparison to the existing methods as it eliminates any human intervention. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177328 | METHOD FOR REDUCING REGISTRATION DEFECTS IN COLOR PRINTING - A method and system modify a rasterized digital image to reduce registration artifacts, the image having a black plane and a color plane by determining if a pixel is part of a connected black region and if the pixel is part of a connected color region. It is determined if the pixel is part of a connected black region and a connected color region that are contiguous. A dilation operation is performed on the color plane value of the pixel if the pixel is part of a connected black region and a connected color region that are contiguous. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177329 | METHOD FOR REDUCING REGISTRATION DEFECTS IN COLOR PRINTING - A method and system modify a rasterized digital image to reduce registration artifacts, the image having a black plane and a color plane by determining if a pixel is part of a connected black region and if the pixel is part of a connected color region. It is determined if the pixel is part of a connected black region and a connected color region that are contiguous. A dilation operation is performed on the color plane value of the pixel if the pixel is part of a connected black region and a connected color region that are contiguous. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177330 | JOB-SPECIFIC PRINT DEFECT MANAGEMENT - A print defect management device that supports job-specific print defect management automatically assesses print job pages to determine the severity of image quality defects likely to occur on one or more selected printers. Views of identified troubled pages may be rendered to include approximations of color and image quality defects based on the original page image data, and each printer's color rendition data and defect data, thereby allowing troubled pages for one or more selected printers to be viewed prior to printing. Suggested changes may be automatically or manually applied. Once satisfied with the image quality of print job pages rendered for a specific printer, a user may submit the print job to the same printer, thereby assuring that the user's image quality expectations are met in the printed product. The device may support job-specific print defect management with both local and/or remote printers via LAN, WAN and/or Internet based connectivity. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177331 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus, which performs image formation by using various colorants, includes a bitmap data generation unit that generates bitmap data, in which each pixel has a gradation value of each color of the colorants, with respect to image formation objects, a label generation unit that generates label information of a relevant pixel for each pixel based on the bitmap data or label information of peripheral pixels of the relevant pixel, and a correction unit that corrects the bitmap data based on the label information. The image formation is performed based on the corrected bitmap data, and the label information includes information on a color of a pixel adjacent to a region to be corrected when the pixel exists in the region to be corrected, and includes information for identifying a color of the relevant pixel when the pixel does not exist in the region to be corrected. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177332 | METHOD OF ADAPTING A PRINTING PROCESS WHILE MAINTAINING BLACK BUILD-UP - A method of adapting color values, which have been produced for a first printing process to a second printing process, is performed so that the visual impressions of the colors in the two printing processes are identical. Starting from a first printing process adaptation U without maintaining the black build-up, which transforms the color values [C | 07-15-2010 |
20100182616 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HALFTONE INDEPENDENT TEMPORAL COLOR DRIFT CORRECTION IN HI-ADDRESSABILITY XEROGRAPHIC PRINTERS - Disclosed are systems and methods for halftone independent temporal color drift correction, particularly for correction in hi-addressability xerographic printers | 07-22-2010 |
20100182617 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR FORMING IMAGE - An image forming apparatus includes a tone correction storage unit that stores a plurality of tone correction charts for correcting tone of image data; a determination unit that determines characteristics of the image data; a selection unit that selects a tone correction chart suitable for the image data from the plurality of tone correction charts stored in the tone correction storage unit; a chart print unit that prints the tone correction chart selected by the selection unit on a sheet; a receiving unit that receives an adjustment value inputted based on the tone correction chart printed by the chart print unit; a tone correction unit that corrects tone of the image data based the adjustment value; and a print unit that prints out the image data after correcting tone of the image data. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182618 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing system includes an acquiring unit configured to acquire image data; a first determination unit configured to create histograms of colors in the acquired image data, and determine deemed background colors with the use of the histograms; a second determination unit configured to determine a background color based on the deemed background colors; a counting unit configured to count a number of pixels corresponding to character colors in the image data, wherein colors other than the background color are the character colors; and a deciding unit configured to obtain a ratio of the number of pixels corresponding to the character colors to a total number of pixels in the image data, and perform blank page determination on the image data by determining that the image data is blank when the ratio is less than a predetermined value. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182619 | COLOR COMPENSATION APPARATUS AND METHOD, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A color compensation apparatus, a color compensation method, an image forming apparatus, and a computer readable recording medium are provided. The color compensation apparatus includes a color scheme analyzing unit to classify an input image into one or more objects and to compute average color values for each of the classified one or more objects, a storage unit to store a color table proposed for color compensation, and a color compensating unit to compensate the average color values computed for each of the classified one or more objects using colors of the stored color table which match the computed average color values. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182620 | Image processing device and image processing method - An image processing device connected to a display device and a printing device includes an image data acquiring module that acquires image data, a setting module that sets a print image quality adjustment condition, a print image data generating module that performs an image quality adjustment process on the acquired image data, and generates print image data, and a display image data generating module that generates display image data. The display image data generating module, when requested to display an image subjected to an image quality adjustment process, performs an image quality adjustment process on the acquired image data, and generates adjusted display image data, and when requested to display an image not subjected to an image quality adjustment process, generates unadjusted display image data, without image quality adjustment. A display control module displays an image subjected to the image quality adjustment process using the adjusted display image data. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182621 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE - An image processing device includes a storing unit and a creating unit. The storing unit stores a single set of line dither matrices. The single set of line dither matrices includes a first line dither matrix for first color, a second line dither matrix for second color, and a third line dither matrix for third color. Each of the first line dither matrix, the second line dither matrix, and the third line dither matrix includes threshold values that are arranged to make halftone dots grow linearly and including a plurality of n×n sub-matrices. N is set to an integer greater than 1. The first dither matrix has a first screen angle. The second dither matrix has a second screen angle that is different from the first screen angle. The third dither matrix has a third screen angle that is different from the first screen angle and the second screen angle. The creating unit is configured to create binary image data based on input image data using the single set of line dither matrices. A difference between the first screen angle and the second screen angle is set to either one of (π/2−arctan(1/n)) radians and (π/2+arctan(1/n)) radians. A difference between the first screen angle and the third screen angle is set to either one of (π/2−arctan(1/n)) radians and (π/2+arctan(1/n)) radians. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182622 | Image Forming Apparatus, Image Forming Method and Recording Medium - An image forming apparatus performs image formation using colorants of various colors. In relation to a target image, when a first region, formed using colorants of a black color and not using colorants of remaining colors is adjacent to a second region formed using the colorants of the remaining colors and not using the colorants of the black color, the first region is generated using the colorants including the remaining colors based on conversion information generated according to the remaining colors of the second region. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182623 | IMAGE ENLARGEMENT METHOD, IMAGE ENLARGEMENT APPARATUS, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Virtual pixels not included in input image data are arranged before a first input pixel and after a last input pixel of an input pixel array, respectively. A position of a first output pixel is determined so that a difference between a position of the first input pixel and the position of the first output pixel equals a difference between a position of the last input pixel and a position of a last output pixel. Pixel data of an output pixel before the first input pixel is interpolated based on pixel data of the virtual pixel before the first input pixel and pixel data of the first input pixel. Pixel data of an output pixel after the last input pixel is interpolated based on pixel data of the virtual pixel arranged after the last input pixel and pixel data of the last input pixel. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182624 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming method includes receiving a private print job with a password and related information, acquiring, as reception date and time, date and time, storing the password, the related information, and the reception date and time in a private print job data base, editing and displaying information related to the print job, selecting at least one private print job, and printing the selected private print job, wherein the editing and displaying information related to at least one private print job includes classifying, on the basis of job priority time, private print jobs into a new job group and an old job group, and changing display order to display jobs belonging to the new job group in order from one having the earliest reception date and time and subsequently display jobs belonging to the old job group in order from one having the latest reception date and time. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182625 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE QUALITY CONTROL METHOD - A technique that can perform appropriate image quality control processing corresponding to fluctuation in a printing environment is provided. An image forming apparatus that forms, on a sheet, a test pattern formed by a color obtained by mixing toners of plural colors, scans a test pattern image formed on the sheet with a color sensor, and performs predetermined image quality control processing on the basis of information scanned, the image forming apparatus including a media sensor that acquires information for discriminating a type of a sheet to be an object of image formation processing, a control-information acquiring unit that acquires, on the basis of the information acquired by the media sensor, information for control used in the image quality control processing, and a color sensor that is arranged further on a downstream side than a fixing device in a sheet conveying direction and scans the test pattern formed on the sheet. | 07-22-2010 |
20100188671 | Weighted Sheet Inspection - An image processing system for use in a sheet-fed offset printing press inspects image data in a variable manner. and provides remediation in the event of a malfunction in order to reduce misprints, thus reducing waste and associated cost inefficiency. | 07-29-2010 |
20100188672 | GAMUT AIM AND GAMUT MAPPING METHOD FOR SPATIALLY VARYING COLOR LOOKUP TABLES - An image processing apparatus, program product, and method determine an achievable gamut achievable by the imaging engine or engines for all spatial locations of an output image, or all utilized print engines. A reference gamut is calculated which is any gamut containing the achievable gamut. A gamut mapping is used to map gamuts from the mean gamut to the achievable gamut, and a set of transformations is calculated for each of a set of input colors to a set of target colors selected from colors in the achievable gamut. Values for a received digital image are transformed for each image pixel or clusters of pixels based on the calculated set of transformations. Output images are generated based on the transformed values. | 07-29-2010 |
20100188673 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing method and apparatus RGB luminance data for target pixel P(n) and adjacent pixels P(n−1) and P(n+1) to one set of luminance data L(i) and two sets of color difference data Cr(i) and Cb(i). Intermediate values Crm(n) and Cbm(n) for the color difference data are calculated for the pixels P(n−1), P(n), P(n+1). A change in the luminance data in the vicinity of the target pixel P(n) is determined. When a predetermined condition is satisfied, the intermediate values replace color difference data Cr′(n) and Cb′(n) for the target pixel P(n). When the predetermined condition is not satisfied, weighted average values of the intermediate values and original color difference values Cr(n) and Cb(n) replace the color difference data for the target pixel P(n). Thereafter, the color difference data for the target pixel P(n) and the luminance data that are not changed are again converted in the RGB color space. | 07-29-2010 |
20100188674 | ADDED IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND ADDED IMAGE GETTING-IN METHOD - According to one embodiment, an added image processing system includes a document storing portion configured to store a document file which is electronic information, an added image obtaining portion configured to obtain a difference in case comparing a document file stored in the document storing portion identified on the basis of a scanned image obtained by scanning a paper document with the scanned image as an added image, a corresponded text obtaining portion configured to obtain a text corresponding to the added image obtained by the added image obtaining portion, a text metadata obtaining portion configured to obtain text metadata of the corresponded text, an added image storing portion configured to store the corresponded text, the text metadata, and the added image in relation to each other, an added image getting-in portion, on the basis of the text metadata, configured to add the added image stored in the added image storing portion to a new document file, and a text metadata selecting portion configured to select an attribute considered in case adding the added image to the new document file by the added image getting-in portion. | 07-29-2010 |
20100188675 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE READER - An image forming apparatus has R, G and B dot pattern detection units that detect the presence/absence of image data of operation restricting dot patterns of R, G and B color components respectively in document image data. A dot pattern color determination unit determines the presence/absence of the operation restricting dot pattern and the color of the operation restricting dot pattern on a document from the detection results from the detection units. A restriction detail table storage unit stores, beforehand, a table showing the correspondence relationship between the color of the operation restricting dot pattern and a restriction detail concerning a copy operation. An image formation control unit determines, based on a determination of the dot pattern color determination unit and the table, whether a current setting of a multi-functional peripheral is relevant to the restriction detail corresponding to the color, and, when relevant, prohibits the copy operation. | 07-29-2010 |
20100188676 | INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION APPARATUS, INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A method for distributing information includes acquiring information indicating a condition for an applicable setting value to be set to a program from an image forming apparatus, verifying whether a setting value of the program satisfies a range of an applicable setting value to be set to the program based on the acquired information, and distributing, if the setting value satisfies the condition, the setting value to the image forming apparatus. | 07-29-2010 |
20100188677 | METHOD OF PRINTING ON A PRODUCT - A method of conveying a printed product on a conveying device toward a printer for printing. The thickness of the printed product is monitored, and the height of the printer is adjusted based on the thickness of the printed product. Indicia is printed on the printed product with the printer. | 07-29-2010 |
20100195122 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR BUILDING PAINTED THREE-DIMENSIONAL OBJECTS - Embodiments of the invention are directed to a method for printing a painted three-dimensional object. Each layer of the object is printed so that only the external circumference of the layer contains colored material. The building material used may be transparent, and a white colored material may be used as a barrier between the building material and the colored material. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195123 | Image communication apparatus, image communication system, and control program for image communication - An image communication apparatus that includes an image-data receiving unit that receives image data, a storing unit that stores therein the image data received by the image-data receiving unit, and an output unit that outputs the image data stored in the storing unit, the image communication apparatus includes a scanning unit that scans the image data output by the output unit; a difference extracting unit that extracts a difference between the image data scanned by the scanning unit and the image data stored in the storing unit; a difference determining unit that determines whether the difference extracted by the difference extracting unit satisfies a predetermined condition based on condition information obtained together with the image data; and a control unit that controls so that a message is transmitted to a transmission source of the image data based on a result determined by the difference determining unit. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195124 | METHOD FOR THE CREATION OF A TEMPLATE - In a method or system to generate a template, the template is defined by content and layout information. Job chaperone data are associated with the template to control subsequent document processing processes. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195125 | IMAGE CONVERSION DEVICE, IMAGE CONVERSION METHOD, AND CONVERSION PROGRAM - Conversion data D from an original color space into a new color space is set to D=A·B | 08-05-2010 |
20100195126 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PROGRAM, RECORDING MEDIUM, AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - In the case where a sheet on which a transparent toner image is to be formed has high glossiness, when the transparent toner image is formed in an area in which a user wishes to partly increase the glossiness, the glossiness in the area in which the user wishes to increase the glossiness is lowered. For that reason, a print as desired by the user cannot be obtained by fixing the transparent toner image in an area corresponding to the area in which the user wishes to increase the glossiness. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195127 | IMAGE PROCESSOR FOR CORRECTING IMAGE DATA - An image-processor includes an acquiring unit and a correcting unit. The acquiring unit acquires image data and ambient light data indicating a degree of a first color temperature with respect to a second color temperature. The first color temperature represents a color temperature for a first ambient light. The second color temperature represents a color temperature for a second ambient light. A first image, which corresponds to the image data, is perceived in the first ambient light as an image having one color appearance. The first image is perceived in the second ambient light as an image having another color appearance. The correcting unit corrects the image data such that a color appearance of the first image under the first ambient light are reproduced under the second ambient light. The correcting unit corrects the image data based on the ambient light data such that an image based the corrected image data is brighter as the second color temperature is higher than the first color temperature and such that the image corresponding to the corrected image data is darker as the second color temperature is lower than the first color temperature. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195128 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image formation controller judges whether or not a tint block has been detected by a tint block processor upon judging that an automatic color determination mode is set in a multi functional peripheral. The image formation controller causes an image forming section to perform a monochromatic image forming operation if the tint block is a chromatic tint block when the tint block was detected by the tint block processor. On the other hand, the image formation controller causes the image forming section to perform an image forming operation corresponding to a determination result by an ACS processor when no tint block was detected and when the tint block was determined to be a monochromatic tint block. | 08-05-2010 |
20100201997 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR THE AUTOMATIC PROCESSING OF PRINTING DATA FOR A PRINTING OPERATION - In a method or system for automatic preparation of print data for a printing process, the print data is imported and subdivided into segments. The segments are analyzed with an image analysis method for automatically determining presentation parameters for the respective segments such that an image content of the respective segments is analyzed for at least one of color depth, contrast, sharpness, brightness, color space, detail richness, or resolution. The print data together with the automatically determined presentation parameters are provided to control the printing process. | 08-12-2010 |
20100201998 | System and method for display matched color printer calibration - The subject application is directed to a system and method for display matched color printer calibration. Color input data is received corresponding to a color printout from an associated color management device, the color input data including M×N discrete color areas corresponding to M rows and N columns on an associated printout, wherein M and N are integers greater than 2. A display is then generated on an associated display device, the display including a color image comprised of each of the color areas arranged in M rows and N columns. Calibration data is received corresponding to a comparison of the color printout to the display and an associated color printer is calibrated in accordance with received calibration data. | 08-12-2010 |
20100201999 | COLOR GAMUT SURFACE GENERATING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A color gamut surface generating apparatus includes a vertex generating unit and a gamut surface generating unit. A device-dependent color space has axes of (i) four basic colors including black and (ii) at least one extra color which are used in color output by an output device. The vertex generating unit generates, in the device-dependent color space, vertices of each of sub-surfaces constituting a surface of a color gamut by selecting (a) at least one color gamut each of which is output by the output device using a combination of three of the basic colors and one, corresponding to each color gamut, of the at least one extra color, and (b) a color gamut which is output by the output device using the four basic colors. The gamut surface generating unit generates surface points existing on the surface of the color gamut constituted by the vertices | 08-12-2010 |
20100202000 | Image processing apparatus, image reading processing apparatus, image forming apparatus, image processing method, image processing program, and storage medium - In an image processing apparatus, a color/monochrome determination section determines whether color image data is image data indicative of a color document or image data indicative of a monochrome document, regardless of which color setting is selected to output image data, and a control section stores a determination result and the color image data in a storage device so that they are correlated with each other. Upon receiving a change instruction to change the color setting, the control section generates output image data, following a color setting that is changed according to the change instruction, on the basis of the determination result and the color image data each stored in the storage device. As a result, even if the color setting is desired to be changed, it is possible to carry out output processing without reading the document from an image reading apparatus again. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202001 | ANATOMICALLY REALISTIC THREE DIMENSIONAL PHANTOMS FOR MEDICAL IMAGING - This application generally relates to the field of medical imaging. According to certain embodiments, anatomically accurate phantoms with tunable activity concentrations and x-ray attenuation coefficients for use in positron emission tomography and positron emission tomography/x-ray computed tomography are created by utilizing a three dimensional printer. According to certain embodiments, radiolabeled or x-ray contrast material is added to a binder used in a three dimensional printer, and the resultant radiolabeled or x-ray contrast binder is selectively used to bind a prototype powder into an accurate scanning rendition of a selected portion of anatomy. By utilizing one or more radiolabeled or x-ray contrast binders, multiple tissue densities can be present in a single phantom, with complex geometries rendered therein. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202002 | Method and Printing Technology Machine for Conversion of Color Measured Values Measured Without a Filter Into Color Measured Values Measured With a Filter and Vice Versa - A method for controlling color in printing technology machines, includes measuring color measured values without/with a UV filter and converting them with a computer to color measured values measured with/without a UV filter. The color measured values measured without/with a UV filter are recorded by a color measurement instrument on a substrate. The spectral remission values of the substrate measured with and without a UV filter are supplied to the computer and the computer converts color measured values measured without/with a UV filter to color measured values measured with/without a UV filter taking into account these supplied spectral remission values of the substrate, and uses them to control the color in the printing technology machine. A printing technology machine having a computer for carrying out the method, is also provided. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202003 | PROCESS, A COMPUTER AND A COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR PROCESSING DOCUMENT DATA HAVING COLOR DATA - In a preflight process for digital print systems, color data from print data are analyzed and the results presented in a report. The color data are individually altered in regard to not only a color profile, in which they are encoded, but also in regard to their color values, using a graphic user interface. Results of the alterations are displayed using corresponding screened document pages. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202004 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - When a monochromatic copy mode is to be executed, a control section sets a read mode in a scanner section so as to enable the scanner section to read an image at high speed by means of only a line sensor K, sets in an image processing section an image process that can print monochromatic image information, which is sent from the scanner section, with a single black color in the printer section, and sets in the printer section a monochromatic print mode that can print a black image at high speed, thereby controlling a monochromatic copy operation. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202005 | PITCH TO PITCH ONLINE GRAY BALANCE CALIBRATION WITH DYNAMIC HIGHLIGHT AND SHADOW CONTROLS - An automatic gray balance control system to produce TRCs for all primary colors in a reproduction device and for each pitch of a photoreceptor system by printing target patches for each pitch, measuring the output colors, and automatically readjusting the tone reproduction curves until a satisfactory level of accuracy is obtained as compared to the theoretical desired output. The system produces pitch-based gray balanced TRCs that are updated frequently for each pitch, with different TRCs for different pitches, to ensure consistency in output from pitch to pitch as well as from page to page on a given pitch. | 08-12-2010 |
20100208279 | IMAGE-PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE-READING DEVICE, AND IMAGE-FORMING DEVICE - An image-processing device includes: a first detection unit that based on a predetermined color component, detects a first pixel value that satisfies a predetermined first base color condition from among the pixel values of pixels included in image data which is to be processed; a pixel determination unit that determines pixels with the first pixel value detected by the first detection unit; a second detection unit that, based on color components other than the predetermined color component, detects a second pixel value that satisfies a predetermined second base color condition from among the pixel values of the pixels determined by the pixel determination unit; and a base color determination unit that determines pixel portions with both the second pixel value detected by the second detection unit and the first pixel value as a base color of an image represented by the image data. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208280 | Method for Printing A Substrate - A method for printing on a substrate, wherein the substrate is printed upon with a plate-based printing process, i.e., an offset printing process, and with a plateless printing process, i.e., an inkjet printing process, inline with the plate-based printing process. In accordance with the invention, the printing resolution of the plateless printing process is determined depending on a printing speed of the plate-based printing process. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208281 | Method for Actuating an Inkjet Printing Device - The invention is directed to a method for controlling an inkjet printing device working according to the continuous inkjet principle so that a print image to be printed by the inkjet printing device can be positioned on a substrate. The inkjet printing device supplies ink droplets at a determined droplet generating frequency, and the position of the substrate to be imprinted relative to the inkjet printing device is monitored by means of a sensor, in particular by means of an encoder, in order to generate an actuating signal for the inkjet printing device. According to the invention, the absolute position of the substrate is monitored by means of the sensor, and when the sensor detects the start of a substrate zone to be imprinted with a relatively high printing quality, the actuating signal of the inkjet printing device for the subsequent substrate zone to be imprinted with the relatively high printing quality is coupled with the droplet generating frequency, and when the sensor detects the end of a substrate zone to be imprinted with the relatively high printing quality, the actuating signal of the inkjet printing device for the subsequent substrate zone which is not to be imprinted or is to be imprinted with a relatively low printing quality is coupled with the sensor signal. | 08-19-2010 |
20100214576 | Color Separation into Neugebauer Primary Area Coverage Vectors - The disclosure describes methods for color printing, performing a color separation process and performing a halftoning process. Furthermore, the disclosure describes the color separation process determining one or more Neugebauer Primaries, tessellating the Neugebauer Primaries, and generating one or more Neugebauer Primary area coverage vectors, whose area coverages are linear with respect to a device-independent color space. The disclosure further describes that the color separation process communicates with the halftoning process using one or more Neugebauer Primary area coverage vectors. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214577 | ENCODING OF NON-INDEXED DATA FOR PRINTING USING INDEXED RGB - Machine-enabled methods of, and devices and systems for, encoding color bitmap data as indexed red-green-blue (RGB) data for printing and optional multi-functional peripheral (MFP) device raster image processor (RIP) bypass. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214578 | METHOD FOR EVALUATION OF APPLIANCE ECONOMICS AND ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT - A method and system for determining appliance economics and environmental impacts of appliances comprising the steps of electronically reading an appliance identifier of an appliance using a portable, hand-held communication device, inputting an installation location of the appliance into the communication device, transmitting the appliance identifier and the installation location of the appliance to a data processing center containing current energy cost data and externalities data for the installation location, and transmitting at least one of said appliance economics and said appliance environmental impact for the appliance to the communication device. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214579 | MAPPING AN OUT-OF-GAMUT COLOR TO A SURFACE OF A COLOR GAMUT - What is disclosed is a system and method for mapping an out-of-gamut spot color to a surface boundary of a target color gamut of a color marking device in a color management system. The present method accurately detects the intersection of a point at the boundary surface of a ray traced between the out-of-gamut color and color point along a neutral axis of the target gamut. The ability to map an out-of-gamut color accurately to the gamut surface provides many advantages as one skilled in the art would appreciate. Various embodiments are provided. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214580 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPROVED SOLID AREA AND HEAVY SHADOW UNIFORMITY IN PRINTED DOCUMENTS - A method for minimizing cross-process non-uniformities in solid and heavy shadow regions of printed documents is provided. The method includes marking with a marking engine an image on an image bearing surface moving in a process direction; generating profile data of the image by sensing an optical characteristic of the image in a cross-process direction; adjusting at least one control actuator of the marking engine so as to shift the characteristic of a subsequent marked image in the cross-process direction to at least a target value; and generating a spatially varying tone reproduction curve to smooth the characteristic of the subsequent marked image towards the target value. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214581 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes; a chart data forming unit that forms density correcting chart data to be printed, in which reference density patterns and adjusting density patterns are arranged so that a connection angle, and the adjusting density patterns have different densities in the respective patterns; a printing unit that prints a density correcting chart in which the reference density patterns and the adjusting density patterns are arranged adjacent to each other in respective patters; a receiving unit that receives an input of a density adjusting value of a desired pattern, on the basis of comparison of density between the reference density patterns and the adjusting density patterns which has been obtained from visual observation of a user on the printed density correcting chart; and a tone correcting unit that conducts tone correction of the desired pattern. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214582 | Color Reproduction Method, Data Processing Apparatus and Program - A color reproduction meth a color printing apparatus which reproduces a color by a combination of a black plate and a plurality of chromatic color materials, which calculates color control values including a quantity addition of the black plate to a first color reproduced by only a combination of the chromatic color materials to reproduce a second color which is reproduced by adding the black plate to the first color, includes: calculating, based on a color profile of the color printing apparatus, a characteristic data representing characteristic changes of a brightness and a color saturation of a representative color caused by adding the black plate to the representative color, wherein the representative color is reproduced by only any one of the chromatic color materials or a combination of the chromatic color materials; and calculating the color control value based on the characteristic data. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214583 | IMAGE READING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF IMAGE READING APPARATUS - An image reading apparatus which performs a shading correction by using white reference data, includes an image sensor which transfers accumulated charge to a shift register by a shift pulse; a motor for moving a carriage; an encoder; and a shift pulse control unit, wherein in a white reference data acquisition process, the shift pulse control unit outputs a shift pulse which is a start timing of the charge accumulation corresponding to a predetermined reference color in a case in which an output result of the encoder is in a predetermined state, outputs a shift pulse which is a start timing of the charge accumulation corresponding to each color other than the predetermined reference color in a case in which a predetermined time for each color other than the predetermined reference color has elapsed from the start timing of the charge accumulation corresponding to the predetermined reference color as a reference. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214584 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM THEREFOR - An image processing device is configured to detect allocation areas from template data, specify a position of each detected allocation area on the template data with respect to a first standard, provide an area identification to each allocation area based on the specified position of each allocation area, acquire image data based on document sheets set thereon, extract document images from the acquired image data, specify a location of each extracted document image on the acquired image data with respect to a second standard, provide an image identification to each document image based on the specified location of each document image, identify an allocation area corresponding to each document image based on the image identifications and the area identifications, edit each document image to be allocated in the corresponding allocation area, generate composite data with the edited document images allocated in the respective allocation areas, and output the composite data. | 08-26-2010 |
20100220341 | COLOR REPRODUCTION EVALUATION APPARATUS AND PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM - An evaluation apparatus includes an image reproduction section, which obtains a reproduction image by reproducing an original image with a plurality of color elements visually mixed for defining colors, and which obtains a plurality of reproduction images respectively corresponding to twelve types of color element groups having different types of color elements and/or different numbers of color elements from one another. The apparatus also includes a calculation section which calculates a level of a difference between colors of each of the plurality of reproduction images and colors of the original image; and a display section which displays the level of the difference calculated by the difference calculation section. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220342 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND ITS CONTROL METHOD - With this invention, color shifting correction is performed first based on shifting amount information indicating a shifting amount with respect to the scanning direction on an image carrier of each image forming unit, and halftone processing is then performed, thus suppressing generation of moiré due to the color shifting correction, and forming a high-quality image. To this end, an image forming engine has color shifting amount storage units C, M, Y, and K (black) which store actual shifting amounts with respect to ideal scan directions on image carriers C, M, Y, and K in image forming units C, M, Y, and K. Color shifting correction amount arithmetic units C, M, Y, and K calculate color shifting correction amounts for respective color components on the basis of the stored color shifting amounts. Color shifting correction units C, M, Y, and K perform color shifting correction by converting coordinates upon reading out image data from bitmap memories C, M, Y, and K on the basis of the calculated color shifting correction amounts, and then perform tone correction. Data after tone correction undergo halftone processing by halftone processors. C, M, Y, and K. PWM processors C, M, Y, and K generate PWM signals for scanning, and output them to exposure units C, M, Y, and K of the respective image forming units. | 09-02-2010 |
20100225935 | Apparatus and method for dispensing color Merchandise - A methodology and apparatus provide the customers and other decision makers the ability to make decisions, such as purchase decisions and other selections, based solely on non-verbal and non-textual, non-symbolic or non-hieroglyphic prints on a substrate. | 09-09-2010 |
20100225936 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM FOR USE IN INKJET PRINTING - Method, apparatus and computer-readable storage medium for use in performing a pre-print scan of a recording medium using a first sensor, wherein pre-print data is obtained from the pre-print scan, the pre-print data corresponding to an area of the recording medium upon which printing is to be performed; performing a post-print scan of the recording medium using a second sensor, wherein post-print data is obtained from the post-print scan, the post-print data corresponding to the area after printing was to have been performed thereon; and determining whether printing was successful using the pre-print data and the post-print data. | 09-09-2010 |
20100225937 | IMAGED PAGE WARP CORRECTION - A method of correcting warp on an imaged page includes generating projection profiles for pixels on the imaged page and determining a reference baseline based on the projection profiles; calculating a deviation away from the reference baseline for points along a boundary; and mapping the points along the boundary to the reference baseline. | 09-09-2010 |
20100225938 | IMAGE-PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE-FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE-PROCESSING METHOD - An image-processing apparatus includes: a memory that stores a red range defining red in a color space; an acquiring unit that acquires original image data representing an original image including a first part whose color is the red defined by the red range and a second part whose color is a color other than the red; and a generating unit that generates modified image data representing a modified image in which a density of either the first part or the second part is reduced to a density smaller than a density of the original image represented by the acquired original image data. | 09-09-2010 |
20100225939 | METHODS, APPARATUS AND SYSTEMS FOR USING BLACK-ONLY ON THE NEUTRAL AXIS IN COLOR MANAGEMENT PROFILES - This disclosure provides methods, apparatus and systems for generating and using color management profiles. Specifically, the color management profiles generated include K-only colorant recipes for image colors associated with a neutral axis. | 09-09-2010 |
20100225940 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PRINTING WITH CURABLE INK - A method for printing with curable ink is presented. The method comprises the steps of: generating an image wise pattern of spaced apart ink droplet locations for representing the image; and separating the pattern into at least first and second different interleaved portions, each portion comprising a plurality of droplet locations and the droplet locations of each interleaved portion being spaced apart from each other and spaced apart from the droplet locations of the remaining interleaved portions. In a first printing pass, ink droplets are deposited on the substrate at the drop locations of the first interleaved portion. Then, in a final printing pass, ink droplets are deposited on the substrate at the droplet locations of the second interleaved portion. The deposited ink droplets are then cured by exposing the deposited ink droplets to curing radiation in a first partial curing step between first and final printing passes and in a final curing step. | 09-09-2010 |
20100225941 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM THEREFOR - An image processing device acquires image data of set document sheets in a single acquiring operation, extracts from the image data document images respectively based on the document sheets, specifies a position of each document image defined on the image data, provides each document image with a first identification based on the specified positions of the document images, inputs data for creating ancillary images, provides each ancillary image based on the input data with a second identification, identifies an ancillary images as being associated with one of the document images, based on the first and second identifications, generates one or more pages of composite data, each page of the composite data containing one or more combinations each of which includes one of the document images and an ancillary image identified as being associated with the one of the document images, and outputs each page of the composite data. | 09-09-2010 |
20100225942 | COLOR CONVERSION APPARATUS, RECORDING MEDIUM STORING COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, AND COLOR CONVERSION METHOD - A color conversion apparatus, for converting input image data into output image data that is to be output from a recording apparatus using a color material of five colors or more, the color conversion apparatus, includes a color conversion table that is used in performing color conversion of the input image data directly into the output image data; and a color conversion unit that, by making use of the color conversion table, performs color conversion of the input image data directly into the output image data. | 09-09-2010 |
20100225943 | Rotor Optics Imaging Method and System with Variable Dose During Sweep - The technology disclosed relates to translating between a Cartesian grid and a curved scanning path that produces varying exposure doses as the scanning head traces the curved scanning path. It can be applied to writing to or reading from a workpiece. In particular, we teach use of varying exposure dose that compensates for the time it takes for the curved scan path to transit a straight axis. This simplifies either modulation of a modulator, from which data is projected onto the workpiece, or analysis of data collected by a detector, onto which partial images of the workpiece are projected. | 09-09-2010 |
20100231932 | Document including data suitable for identification and verification - A document upon which a data sequence is placed, the data sequence comprising identification data ( | 09-16-2010 |
20100231933 | DYNAMIC PRODUCTION BASED ON PERCEIVED PAGE VALUE - Document descriptions, typically written in a page description language, are automatically transformed down to the page level based on the perceived value of the content of each page. In normal production, documents, printers, and entire printing facilities typically have a set of predefined production parameters that govern the production and appearance of all documents. In enhanced operation, identification rules automatically generate perceived page values for each document page. The pages can be grouped into page subsets based on their perceived values. The Transformation directives can then be selectively invoked to alter the production parameters used for printing the pages within certain page subsets and thereby alter the final appearance, plex, media, or color space of the printed pages within those subsets. | 09-16-2010 |
20100231934 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - In the image forming apparatus, a color shift correction execution check unit detects positions of density correction patches of respective colors according to binary signals of density detection outputs by a density sensor on the density correction patches. When distances corresponding to intervals of time from starts of image drawing of the density correction patches of the respective colors to the detection of the positions of the density correction patches of the respective colors and distances between the density correction patches of the respective colors are shifted from a value, the color shift correction execution check unit determines color shift correction processing is required to be executed, and it gives an instruction to a color shift correction control unit to execute the color shift correction processing. And the color shift correction control unit forms a color shift correction patch to execute the color shift correction processing. | 09-16-2010 |
20100231935 | Color conversion apparatus, and color conversion method and computer program product - A first color conversion unit converts RGB signals from a line input unit to L*a*b* signals. A lightness range compression unit matches the lightness range of the input color signals with that of an output gamut. If the maximum saturation point on an input line is outside the output gamut, an input line correction unit corrects the point in such a manner that it is mapped onto the surface of the output gamut. If a near-surface determination unit determines that the corrected line is not located on the surface of the output gamut, an out-of-gamut mapping unit maps it onto the surface of the output gamut, whereas if it determines that the corrected line is located near the surface of the output gamut, the surface mapping unit maps all points on the surface of the output gamut. A second color conversion unit converts the mapped L*a*b* signals to CMYK signals. | 09-16-2010 |
20100231936 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a designating unit that designates a color to be output in a target color, an analyzing unit that extracts, with regard to input image data, coordinates of a location to be output in the designated target color, and page information that specifies a page that includes the coordinates, a colorimetry unit that measures a color of an image that is on a page prior to a page with respect to which the color to be output in the target color was designated, and that was obtained by forming an image based on data including the designated color, a generating unit that generates correction data for approximating a color resulting from the colorimetry to the target color, and a correcting unit that corrects color data of the location in the targeted page to be output in the target color. | 09-16-2010 |
20100231937 | PRINT APPARATUS AND PRINT SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE PRINT APPARATUS - A print job from a first PC is received and stored with a print attribute, and update information to update the print attribute is notified to the first PC. The first PC transmits a mail describing the update information to a second and/or subsequent PCs, and if these second or subsequent PCs access the transmitted update information, then the print attribute stored in a printer is updated, and in correspondence with a print start instruction, printing based on the print data is performed in accordance with the updated print attribute. | 09-16-2010 |
20100231938 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An image processing apparatus obtains image data containing a plurality of pieces of character information, obtains corresponding information that corresponds to the character information contained in the obtained image data, obtains, using the character information, area information indicating an area to which the corresponding information is to be inserted, and determines an insertion style of the corresponding information based on the obtained area information. | 09-16-2010 |
20100231939 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus prints images of different document sizes on paper having a predetermined paper size. The image forming apparatus includes a computation processing part to compute a print position of the image with respect to the paper, based on the document size, the paper size and moving amount computation information that is input thereto, and a print processing part to arrange and print the image on the paper, based on the print position computed by the computation processing part. | 09-16-2010 |
20100231940 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes a positioning unit that acquires a misalignment amount of a pixel in a main-scanning direction and a sub-scanning direction, the pixel as a reference pixel for zooming image data, and decides a position of a pixel as a correction target, based on the misalignment amount; a correcting unit that corrects the pixel; a zooming unit that controls the positioning unit and the correcting unit so as to repeatedly perform the positioning process and the correction process on a pixel line; a pattern recognition unit that performs pattern matching on a predetermined pattern and a predetermined pixel line; and a pixel position changing unit that shifts the decided pixel position in the sub-scanning direction, wherein the zooming unit performs the zooming process on the pixel line of the sub-scanning direction including the pixel that is located at shifted pixel position. | 09-16-2010 |
20100231941 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - This invention reduces an increasing capacity of image data by using PQR (spectral auxiliary coefficients) in addition to CIELAB (fundamental stimulus values), compared to conventional CIELAB. To accomplish this, image data holding fundamental stimulus values and spectral auxiliary coefficients is input. Output colors corresponding the input fundamental stimulus values and spectral auxiliary coefficients are calculated. An image size corresponding to the spectral auxiliary coefficient is smaller than that corresponding to the fundamental stimulus. | 09-16-2010 |
20100231942 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS ACHIEVING PRINT UNIFORMITY USING REDUCED MEMORY OR COMPUTATIONAL REQUIREMENTS - Engine response curves (RCs) can be used for streak compensation for printed documents. A feedback control paradigm can be included to effect RC compensation. Singular Value Decomposition (SVD) can be used to represent each RC in the collection of spatial RC data as a linear combination of basis vectors. RCs are approximated by selecting the first few basis vectors, the approximation aiding in noise rejection and reducing computation in the controller by reducing dimensionality of the RC data from gray levels to the number of SVD bases selected. An optimal subset of RCs is selectable from the set of approximated RCs by clustering the SVD weights, the clustered SVD weights producing TRCs that span all engine response RCs generated by a printer. Compensation RCs are constructible using reduced number of bases and clustered SVD weights. | 09-16-2010 |
20100238461 | Profile Selection Mechanism - A printing system includes a print system to print data received at the printing system, a color image recording device to measure one or more control patches from the data printed at the print system and a control unit to compare measurement data from the control patches to data from available International Color Consortium (ICC) profiles to select an appropriate ICC profile corresponding the control patches. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238462 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMAGE QUALITY ANALYSIS AND DIAGNOSTICS - A system and method for diagnosing image quality of a printer device's output is provided. The method includes receiving by a processor, via a network from a remote node of the network, a service incident report. The incident report includes an indication of a type of the printer device the printer device being disposed along the network at a location remote from the processor. The method further includes accessing by the processor a storage device storing a collection of test patterns, selecting by the processor a test pattern from the collection of test patterns based on the type of the printer device, wherein the test pattern is configured as input that the printer device can receive and output corresponding printed output, and transmitting by the processor the selected test pattern for the selected test pattern to be provided as input to the printer device. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238463 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSOR, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes: an image processing unit acquiring image data, performing image processing, and generating color image data for respective colors; plural toner image forming units each forming and developing an electrostatic latent image on the basis of the color image data, and forming a color toner image; and a toner image holding member moving while holding each color toner image. Each electrostatic latent image has pixel rows arranged in a slow scan direction, with pixels aligned in a fast scan direction. The image processing unit performs, on the color image data, image processing to add or delete the pixel rows for a position of the electrostatic latent image in the slow scan direction. The number of the pixel rows corresponds to the amount of change in a moving velocity of the toner image holding member when each color toner image formed at the position is held. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238464 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus includes an interpreting unit that interprets an order of the logical arithmetic processing and a kind of a logical arithmetic processing; and a drawing unit that, in a case of drawing the image information as raster data, draws from an element of an upper-order side in order of the logical arithmetic processing interpreted by the interpreting unit with respect to an area that is interpreted to be processed by a simple overwrite processing for giving priority to an uppermost-order side element as the kind of the logical arithmetic processing, and draws using a calculation sequentially from an element of a lower-order side in order of the logical arithmetic processing interpreted by the interpreting unit with respect to an area that is interpreted to be processed by a logical arithmetic processing for using the calculation as to the overlapped elements as the kind of the logical arithmetic processing. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238465 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes image forming sections that forms images of different colors, respectively, a correction image formation controlling section that forms correction images of the respective colors, a density sensor that detects a density of each of the correction images in synchronization with passage of each correction image on an image carrying body, a detecting section that detects a position and the density of each of the correction images, based on a binary signal of a density detection output of each of the correction images, a density correction controlling section that corrects and controls an image density of the color, based on the detected density of each of the correction images, and a color deviation correction controlling section that corrects and controls the color deviation, based on the detected position of each of the correction images. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238466 | Heating device, heating method and image forming apparatus using the heating device - The heating device includes plural heaters to heat fixing members; a power supplying device to supply power to the plural heaters; and a controller. The controller determines heater activation priority order for the heaters every control cycle, and allows the power supplying device to supply power to one of the heaters according to the heater activation priority order. When the controller judges that it is necessary to activate two or more of the heaters in a control cycle, the controller allows the power supplying device to supply power to one of the heaters having the highest rank in the heater activation priority order among the two or more of the heaters. The controller changes the heater activation priority order by according the lowest rank to the heater activated in the last control cycle while maintaining the rank relationship among the others of the heaters. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238467 | Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer program product - An image processing apparatus includes a color information generating unit that generates information of color values in input image data; an Index table generating unit that generates an Index table in which a first identification information according to a hash value is associated with a first predetermined number of color values; a drawing unit that generates a second identification information according to the hash value for each color value in the input image data and performs, when the second identification information is different from the first identification information associated with a color value in the Index table having a same value, drawing according to the color value, and when the second identification information is the same as the first identification information, drawing according to the first identification information; and a converting unit that converts an image drawn by the identification information into a color value. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238468 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - When edge smoothing is applied to a portion where trapping was applied, the two processes are applied to a small region, thus causing image deterioration. Hence, the invention is configured to exclusively set trapping and edge smoothing execution conditions. Then, even when application of both trapping and edge smoothing processes to an entire image is selected, one of these processes is applied to each individual pixel or region. Alternatively, an execution completion flag may be set for one of these processes, and the other process may be executed with reference to that flag. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238469 | Printing Apparatus and Recording Medium for Computer to Read - Print data for display in which an operation screen of a multifunction periphery is described in a page-description language is created and outputted to an external memory medium. Specifically, the print data for display includes a screen description section | 09-23-2010 |
20100238470 | DOCUMENT IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM AND DOCUMENT IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - A document image processing system is provided with an input portion to input a document image. An extraction portion extracts document elements of the document image from pixels of the inputted document image. A presumption portion presumes representative colors of the extracted document elements in a color space. A calculation portion calculated a plane to separate the presumed representative colors in the color space. A substitution portion substitutes colors of the pixels of each of the document elements existing in a region separated by the calculated plane in the color space with each of the representative colors existing in the same region. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238471 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM RECORDED WITH IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - In order to form an image without losing a moving image included in a structured document, an MFP, when forming an image, receives print data and a moving image from a PC, stores the moving image in association with second moving image identification information, embeds, in a still image included in the print data, the second moving image identification information for the stored moving image and positional information included in the print data, and forms the still image on a sheet of paper. When reading an image, the MFP | 09-23-2010 |
20100245856 | Apparatus, System, and Method for Color Data Printing - An apparatus associated with a printing device having a plurality of print engines comprising a first print engine and at least one second print engine is provided. The apparatus comprises a pixel clock generating module which generates a reference signal operating at a single video frequency derived from a first clock and the at least one first print engine. The apparatus further comprises a color data modification module which modifies the color data for the at least one second print engine based on an accumulated phase error for at least one second print engine, wherein the accumulated error is calculated based on calibration information for the at least one second print engine relative to the at least one first print engine. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245857 | Systems and Methods for Processing Color Data - Systems and methods are provided for processing at least one document comprising color data. Color data in the document in a first color space is inspected to determine if a color space conversion operation for a portion of the color data is specified using a color space dictionary or a transformation matrix, wherein the color space conversion operation converts the color data from the first color space to an intermediate standard color space. An input profile corresponding to the color conversion operation is generated, wherein the input profile comprises information to convert color data from the first color space to the intermediate standard color space; and color space conversion operations are performed on the color data using the generated input profile to convert the color data from the first color space to the intermediate standard color space. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245858 | Methods and Systems for Rendering Data - Aspects of the present invention are related to systems and methods for rendering graphical objects in a printing system. According to one aspect of the present invention a graphic list may be partitioned, and the graphic-list partitions may be rendered “out-of-order” or concurrently. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245859 | Imaging Apparatus with Sheet Size Measuring Device - An imaging apparatus for forming the image on a sheet, wherein the imaging apparatus includes a sheet-feeding path for conveying the sheet, a detecting section positioned along the sheet-feeding path, which detects a leading edge, a trailing edge and a side edge of the sheet while the sheet is being conveyed along the sheet-feeding path, a controller for registering dimensions, a memory for storing data of dimensions wherein when a auto-measurement mode is set in the controller, the controller controls the detecting section so as to detect the leading edge, the trailing edge and the side edge of the sheet while the sheet is being conveyed along the sheet-feeding path and obtains a length and a width of the sheet, and then the controller registers the length and the width of the sheet to be stored in the memory. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245860 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus that comprises an obtaining section that obtains data of numerical values or numerical expressions used to describe a drawing process, and a generating section that generates, based on data obtained by the obtaining section, image information including color information on a color of each of a plurality of pixels, the image information having a first set of color information that describes using a color space different from a color space defined by colors of colorants used by an image forming section, and a second set of color information that specifies an amount of black colorant used by the image forming section. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245861 | IMAGE-PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE-FORMING DEVICE, IMAGE-PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image-processing device includes: a memory that stores a color range within a color space; an acquisition unit that acquires image data; and a generating unit that generates image data in which an image represented by the image data acquired by the acquisition unit has been subjected to an operation to change a color of an image area of the image having a color falling within the color range into black, and an operation to add a black image beside the image area. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245862 | IMAGE-PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE-FORMING DEVICE, IMAGE-PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image-processing device includes: an obtaining unit that obtains image data; an area extraction unit that extracts an area having a color falling within a predetermined range of a color, in an image represented by the image data obtained by the obtaining unit; a component extraction unit that extracts a component meeting a predetermined condition on a component of an image, in the image represented by the image data obtained by the obtaining unit; and a generating unit that if a component is extracted by the component extraction unit, that meets the predetermined condition, generates image data representing an image in which an effect of a type associated with the predetermined condition is applied to the area extracted by the area extraction unit. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245863 | IMAGE-PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE-FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE-PROCESSING METHOD - An image-processing apparatus includes: a memory that stores a red color range occurring within a color space; an acquiring unit that acquires image data representing an image containing text; and a generating unit that generates, based on the image data acquired by the acquiring unit, image data in which a pattern image is disposed in a region containing text whose color is within the red color range, the pattern image having a first transmittance in a case that a size of the region is greater than or equal to a threshold, the pattern image having a second transmittance that is smaller than the first transmittance in a case that the size of the region is smaller than the threshold. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245864 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM AND METHOD THEREOF - An image processing apparatus comprises: an acquiring unit that acquires image data representing a document image that includes characters; an extracting unit that extracts, from the document image represented by the image data acquired by the acquiring unit, a character that has undergone a modification for distinguishing from another character; a processing unit that processes the image data by reducing a density of the character other than the extracted character below a density indicated by the acquired image data; and an output unit that outputs the image data processed by the processing unit to an image forming apparatus. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245865 | Image Forming Apparatus Having a Function for Adjustment of Image Forming Conditions - An image forming apparatus includes a forming portion, an adjusting portion and a control portion. The forming portion is configured to form an image, while the adjusting portion is configured to execute an adjustment for correcting a pre-selected adjustable image forming condition based on a measurement of an image formed by the forming portion. The control portion is configured to control execution of the adjustment achieved by the adjusting portion. Specifically, the control portion obtains a plurality of kinds of variation values, which individually indicate a different state variation capable of involving a state change in the pre-selected adjustable image forming condition. The control portion calculates a complex evaluation of the current state of the pre-selected adjustable image forming condition based on the plurality of kinds of variation values, and determines a starting time for execution of the adjustment based on the complex evaluation. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245866 | MULTIFUNCTION APPARATUS - A multifunction apparatus includes: an execution request acceptance section that accepts a request for executing a function; a determination section that determines whether or not the execution request is a function involving printing operation when the execution request acceptance section receives the execution request; and an execution section that performs print preparation operation when the determination section determines that the execution request does not correspond to the function involving printing operation. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245867 | Image Processing Device, Image Processing Method, and Program - An image processing device, an image processing method, and a program enable easily acquiring for each profile information related to the amount of ink that is required to record image data after the image data is converted using a particular profile. A host computer | 09-30-2010 |
20100245868 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATING RANDOMLY REMIXED IMAGES - A system and method for generating randomized remixed graphical images is provided. A database comprising a plurality of files representing graphic images is linked to a processor and computer executable instructions. Multiple image files are randomly obtained and randomly merged to form a new and unique merged image. The merged image can be manipulated and can be transferred to a substrate. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245869 | METHOD FOR INLINE COLOR REGULATION IN PRINTING MACHINES - A method for color measurement of printing materials produced in printing machines includes a first color measurement instrument in the printing machine measuring the color of printing materials, a second color measurement instrument outside the printing machine measuring the color of printing materials produced in the printing machine and a computer communicating with the instruments, storing nominal color values and regulating color in inking units of printing units with the first instrument based on deviations from the stored nominal color values, determined on the printing materials in the printing machine. Printing materials produced by the printing machine are recorded by the second instrument. The second instrument records deviations from an original based on the color measured values determined on printing materials. The computer calculates corrected nominal values based on the deviations recorded with the second instrument for the first instrument and uses them for color regulation by the first instrument. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245870 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes: a recognition process section for performing, on the basis of image data of a document, a character recognition process of recognizing a character contained in the document; a chromatic text generation section for generating color text data (character image data) indicative of character images in which character images with different attributes are displayed with different colors; and an image composition section for generating composite image data by combining the image data of the document with the color text data so that each of the character images indicated by the color text data is partially superimposed on a corresponding image of a character in the document. The image processing apparatus causes a display device to display an image in accordance with the composite image data. This allows a user to easily check whether or not a result of the character recognition process is correct. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245871 | METHOD OF CORRECTING PIXEL DATA AND FLUID EJECTING APPARATUS - A method for correcting pixel data and a fluid ejecting apparatus and are disclosed. The method for correcting pixel data in the fluid ejecting apparatus which relatively moves a nozzle array having nozzles for ejecting a fluid onto a medium and arranged in parallel in a predetermined direction, and the medium in a direction intersecting the predetermined direction, onto which the fluid is ejected from the nozzle array based on pixel data of the first number of gradations, while the nozzle array and the medium are relatively moved in the intersecting direction, the method includes converting original pixel data of the first number of gradations into pixel data of the second number of gradations higher than the first number of gradations; correcting the pixel data of the second number of gradations, of which the number of gradations is converted, by a correction value set for every pixel line data which is the plurality of pixel data lined up in a direction corresponding to the intersecting direction on the pixel data; and converting the pixel data of the second number of gradations which is corrected by the correction value into the pixel data of the first number of gradations. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245872 | PRINTING CONTROL METHOD, PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A printing control method for printing an image onto a recording medium including inputting data to be used for printing a page, setting a position and a size of a margin for a plurality of pages represented by the input data, according to an instruction from a user, and causing a print device to print an image including the plurality of pages and in which the binging margin with the set width is arranged at the set position, onto the recording medium in a direction determined according to the width of the margin. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245873 | COLOR CONVERSION METHOD AND PROFILE GENERATION METHOD - A tincture adjustment value used to adjust a monochrome signal to a tincture desired by a user is set, and a tincture conversion table and chromaticity line table are generated based on that tincture adjustment value and the profile of an image output apparatus. Using the generated tables, a lightness signal L* corresponding to an input monochrome signal is converted into a distance signal l on a chromaticity line, and the distance signal l is converted into a chromaticity signal (a*, b*). The lightness signal L* and chromaticity signal (a*, b*) are converted into a color signal of the image output apparatus. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245874 | System for distributing and controlling color reproduction at multiple sites - The system provides for controlling color reproduction of input color image data representing one or more pages or page constituents in a network having nodes (or sites). Each one of the nodes comprises at least one rendering device. The system distributes the input color image data from one of the nodes to other nodes, and provides a data structure (virtual proof) in the network. This data structure has components shared by the nodes and other components present only at each node. Next, the system has means for providing color calibration data at each node characterizing output colors (colorants) of the rendering device of the node, and means for producing at each node, responsive to the color calibration data of the rendering device of the node, information for transforming the input color image data into output color image data at the rendering device of the node. The information is then stored in the data structure in different ones of the shared and other components. Means are provided in the system for transforming at each node the input color image data into output color image data for the rendering device of the node responsive to the information in the data structure. The rendering device of each node renders a color reproduction of the page constituents responsive to the output color image data, wherein colors displayed in the reproduction at the rendering device of each node appear substantially the same within the output colors attainable by the rendering devices. The system further has means for verifying at each node that the information for the rendering device of the node properly transformed the input color image data into the output color image data, and means for revising the information stored in the data structure at the node responsive to results of the verifying means. Shared components of the data structure may also store color preferences selected by a user. The information producing means of the system may further operate responsive to both the color calibration data and the color preferences. The rendering devices in the system can provide color reproductions having three or four colorants, and may provide more than four output colors (color inks). | 09-30-2010 |
20100253952 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIRMING ATTRIBUTES OF MEDIA LOADED IN A MEDIA TRAY IN AN IMAGE PRODUCTION DEVICE - A method and apparatus for confirming attributes of media loaded in a media tray in an image production device is disclosed. The method may include determining which media tray of one or more media trays is being loaded with media using one or more media tray sensors, displaying a graphical representation of the media tray being loaded to a user on a user interface, prompting the user to enter and confirm attributes of the media being loaded into the media tray through the user interface, determining if confirmation has been received from the user interface, wherein if it is determined that the confirmation has been received from the user interface, storing the confirmed attributes for the determined media tray in a memory, and processing print jobs using the stored media tray attributes. | 10-07-2010 |
20100253953 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, DATA AMOUNT REDUCING METHOD, AND DATA AMOUNT REDUCING PROGRAM EMBODIED ON COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - In order to reduce the data amount of image data while preventing degradation of image quality, an MFP includes an image data acquiring portion to acquire image data, a region extracting portion to extract regions having predetermined attributes from the image data, a selecting portion to select one of the extracted regions, a reduction portion to reduce the data amount of the image data by processing the selected region in a manner predetermined for the attribute of that region, and a comparing portion to compare the data amount of the image data after reduction of the data amount with a predetermined target value, in which the selecting portion selects the regions one by one until the comparing portion determines that the data amount of the image data is equal to or less than the target value. | 10-07-2010 |
20100253954 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR TRANSFORMING DIGITAL COLOUR IMAGES - A general framework for adaptive gamut mapping is presented in which the image is first decomposed in two bands, one containing the local means, the other the local variations. Two spatial and color adaptive gamut mapping algorithms are introduced. Based on spatial color bilateral filtering, they take into account the color properties of the neighborhood of each pixel. Their goal is to preserve both the color values of the pixels and their relations between neighbors. | 10-07-2010 |
20100253955 | Recording Control Device, Recording System, and Recording Control Method - A recording control device can adjust the recording density without causing color shifting when recording images using chromatic and achromatic inks. A host computer | 10-07-2010 |
20100253956 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD OF THE SAME - An image forming apparatus includes a controller section that executes image processing on data of an image to be outputted, and a printing execution unit that forms the image on a printing medium on the basis of the image-processed output data transferred from the controller section; the controller section including a color-material counting section that measures the quantities in which the respective color materials of the plurality of colors are consumed on the basis of the output data; and a determination section that acquires the measured values from the color-material counting section for each output unit, and determining that printing was conducted in color for the output unit when the measured values of the color materials other than the black color material have changed and that printing was conducted in monochrome for the output unit when the measured value of the black color material alone has changed. | 10-07-2010 |
20100253957 | PRINTING USING INKS OF PLURAL COLORS INCLUDING WHITE COLOR - Disclosed is a printing apparatus that performs printing by using inks of plural colors including a white color, which includes a first image forming unit that forms a first image, and a second image forming unit that forms a second image such that at least a part of the second image overlaps the first image. The second image forming unit forms at least a part of a section of the second image, which overlaps the first image, by using only a white ink, and forms at least a part of a section of the second image, which does not overlap the first image, by using inks of a white color and at least one color other than the white color. | 10-07-2010 |
20100253958 | MEASUREMENT OF OPTICAL TRANSMITTANCE OF PRINTED MATTER - A printing method of performing printing on a printed matter by using a printing apparatus is disclosed. The print method includes obtaining from the printed matter a wavelength-based transmittance which is transmittance to plural visible light; determining an optical transmittance of the printed matter based on the wavelength-based transmittance; and ejecting white ink onto the printed matter based on the optical transmittance. | 10-07-2010 |
20100253959 | Image Forming Apparatus Which Displays a Setting Screen - There is displayed, in a display section, a photocopy processing setting screen having a setting information display area to display information indicating various setting particulars of photocopy processing, a button display area to display various icons indicating the setting particulars of the photocopy processing, and a graphic to associate each setting particular displayed in the setting information display area with each icon to set the setting particular displayed in the setting information display area among the icons displayed in the button display area. | 10-07-2010 |
20100253960 | SENSITIVITY MATRIX DETERMINATION VIA CHAIN RULE OF DIFFERENTIATION - What is provided are a novel system and method for generating a sensitivity matrix for adaptive color control in a color marking device. In one embodiment, a first and second color space is identified. A total of N intermediate components are identified. Component sensitivity matrices are calculated and a sensitivity matrix is generated using a chain rule of differentiation over each successive component sensitivity matrix. The present method facilitates calibration of dynamically varying color reproduction devices. | 10-07-2010 |
20100259772 | RECORDING SHEET SURFACE DETECTION APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus for detecting surface conditions of a recording sheet on which an image is formed, includes a light source configured to emit a first light beam and a second light beam, an image capture device configured to capture a first image of a surface of the recording sheet illuminated with the first light beam and a second image of the surface of the recording sheet illuminated with the second light beam. A first straight line including a ray in a center of the first light beam and a second straight line including a ray in a center of the second light beam intersect with each other, when each straight line is projected onto the surface of the recording sheet, and a detection device configured to detect information about the unevenness on the surface of the recording sheet based on the first image and the second image. | 10-14-2010 |
20100259773 | IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - A system includes a receiving unit configured to receive an operation input concerning an imposition setting, a generation unit configured to generate a first image in which images from a plurality of pages are virtually imposed in one page based on the imposition setting, and an output unit configured to output the first image regardless of a pre-set imposition setting restriction. | 10-14-2010 |
20100259774 | IMAGE FORMING CONDITION SETTING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING CONDITION SETTING METHOD - An image forming printing condition setting device for setting an image forming condition displays setting candidates including combinations of plural types of setting conditions, generates a new setting candidate similar to a selected setting candidate if the setting candidate is selected from the displayed setting candidates, and displays the selected setting candidate and the generated new setting candidate similar to the selected setting candidate. | 10-14-2010 |
20100259775 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND MEMORY PRODUCT - A trapping determination process section calculates edge intensities in a main scanning direction and a sub scanning direction of each pixel by using differential filters for each color plane. The trapping determination process section determines, for at least two color planes, whether there is a pixel where the absolute values of the edge intensities are equal to or greater than a threshold and the edge intensities take positive and negative values, respectively. When such a pixel exists, the trapping determination process section calculates color differences between this pixel and the average values of the pixel values in an increment direction region and a decrement direction region, and determines a direction in which the color difference is smaller to be a similar color direction. The trapping determination process section determines, on the basis of the similar color direction, whether or not to perform a trapping process, and performs the trapping process. | 10-14-2010 |
20100259776 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus capable of executing an operation mode setting by a minimum operation. The image forming apparatus is connected to an external storage apparatus. An obtaining unit obtains information indicating resolution or a color mode on image data stored in the connected external storage apparatus. A setting unit sets the operation mode including resolution or a color mode when an image forming job is executed in the image forming apparatus based on the information obtained by the obtaining unit. A generating unit generates an image file including an image parameter and image data according to the operation mode set by the setting unit. A writing unit writes the image file generated by the generating unit in the external storage apparatus. | 10-14-2010 |
20100265521 | Multipass colour printing - Disclosed is a system for printing an image comprising a plurality of pixels, the system comprising: a carriage arranged to make a plurality of passes along a scanning axis with respect to a print medium; a plurality of printheads mounted on the carriage, each printhead corresponding to a different ink colour and comprising at least one ejection nozzle; and, a print controller configured to receive data defining for each pass zero or more locations at which to deposit each of the ink colours to produce each pixel; wherein the data is such that for at least one pixel, at least one of the ink colours is deposited at substantially more locations on one pass relative to the other passes. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265522 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FORMING A TINT OF A SPOT COLOR - Systems and methods are provided for rendering tints of spot color objects or target colors between a spot color and a second color in image forming devices. In particular the systems and method provided allow for a sweep of a spot color to be rendered accurately, without discontinuities when transitioning from the tint to the solid spot color. The systems and method will prevent discontinuities even if the solid spot color has been modified by a user. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265523 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING IMAGE FORMING PROGRAM AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes: a determination unit that determines whether or not color materials for image data, more than a predetermined number of color materials, are used for a rim portion of a recording medium to which an image is to be outputted; and a controller that, in correspondence with a result of determination by the determination unit, performs control so as to change the number of color materials used for at least the rim portion of the recording medium to which the image is outputted, to a predetermined or smaller number of color materials, and form the image on the recording medium. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265524 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a storage unit configured to store a plurality of device link profiles corresponding to a combination of color space information of an input device, a viewing condition, and a color conversion method. The image processing apparatus determines whether the stored device link profiles are to be used according to the set color conversion method. If it is determined that the device link profiles are to be used, the image processing apparatus selects one of the plurality of device link profiles according to the color space information of the input device. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265525 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes: a color-data acquiring unit configured to acquire, for each of plural kinds of color components for defining colors of respective plural pixels that form image data, color data of the respective plural kinds of color components; plural compression processing units separately provided in association with the respective plural kinds of color components and configured to compress in order, for each of the color components, the color data of the color components acquired by the color-data acquiring unit according to arraying order of the color data in the image data; a packed-data generating unit configured to generate, for each of the color components, packed data as data packaged in the order of the compression by the compression processing unit while associating a predetermined volume of compressed data in which the data is arrayed in the order of the compression by the respective plural compression processing units and identification information indicating the color components corresponding to the compressed data; and a combined-compressed-data output unit configured to output combined compressed data obtained by combining a plurality of the packed data of the color components generated by the packed-data generating unit such that the packed data is arrayed in the order of the generation. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265526 | Electronic album image forming apparatus - Provided is an electronic album image forming apparatus having a scanner function, which includes an electronic album unit for displaying, selecting and editing a digital image; a print unit for printing a digital image selected in the electronic album unit; and a scan unit for scanning an original document and converting it into a digital image. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265527 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Color production with high chroma in a low lightness portion is realized by using an appropriate complementary color ink to a particular color ink reproducing the low lightness portion. More specially the device secondary color G-K is reproduced with ink of the pure color component composed of the color mixture of the particular color G ink and the basic color Y ink to tone the particular color G ink. In addition, as complementary color components, the particular color R ink and K ink are used. Thereby, the reproduction line is substantially linear from the device secondary color G point to the device K point. In color reproduction at the dark portion of the color on the G-K line, sufficient chroma can be obtained. | 10-21-2010 |
20100271642 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF PRINTING USING COLOR TABLES - A method and system are disclosed for creating and using space-efficient color tables in an imaging system having an imaging object. The imaging object has processing conditions associated therewith, and a full size color conversion data lookup table. The color linearity of the imaging object is determined. The processing conditions of the imaging object are classified into data groups based on color linearity. A full size shared color conversion data lookup table common to the processing conditions for each of the data groups is calculated, and a small size delta color conversion data lookup table for each of the processing conditions is calculated from the differences between the full size color conversion data lookup table and the shared color conversion data lookup table. In use, the shared standard color conversion data lookup table and lo the delta color conversion data lookup table, which are stored in memory, are retrieved and used to calculate the full size standard color conversion data lookup table, | 10-28-2010 |
20100271643 | IMAGE QUALITY MATCHING IN A PRINT ENGINE ASSEMBLY SYSTEM - A method and system for improved image quality using an image quality matching method is used to match the optical density of single prints produced on multiple print engines by first sensing the optical density of a first image produced on a first print engine and then sensing the optical density of a second image produced on a second print engine before comparing the optical densities and determining if they are substantially equal. The density is changed by adjusting the initial voltage on the primary imaging member of at least one print engine and/or by adjusting the exposure of the primary imaging member of at least one print engine. | 10-28-2010 |
20100271644 | COLOR CONVERSION DEVICE, COLOR CONVERSION METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A color conversion device include a limit value setting unit that sets, in accordance with a color gamut, a limit value of a color material total amount that is used in an output device that uses color materials of M colors including black, where M is an integer equal to or larger than 4, and outputs an image; and a black amount determining unit that calculates a total amount limit value corresponding to the color gamut for each black amount on the basis of the limit value that has been set in accordance with the color gamut by the limit value setting unit and determines a black amount from a conversion target-independent color signal of a device-independent color space. | 10-28-2010 |
20100271645 | IMAGE READING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image reading apparatus includes: an image reader configured to read both sides of sheets of an original document to generate page images thereof; an attribute information supplier configured to attach, to the page image of each page, attribute information including a page number of the corresponding page in the original document and a distinction whether the corresponding page is a front side or a back side of the sheet of the original document, when the page image is not a blank page; and an electronic file generator configured to generate an electronic file by integrating non-blank page images, which are the page images with no blank pages. | 10-28-2010 |
20100271646 | CONTROL APPARATUS, IMAGE READING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus is connected to an image reading apparatus which reads a read area set on a scanner platen in accordance with a size of a document placed on the scanner platen so as to create image data in which an image of the document is shown. The image processing apparatus includes a document detection section and an instruction section. The document detection section creates, based on the image data supplied from the image reading apparatus, document area information indicative of an area where the document is placed on the scanner platen. In a case where the area indicated by the document area information is not completely encompassed by the read area, the instruction section sets a reread area which completely encompasses the area indicated by the document area information and causes the image reading apparatus to read the reread area. In a case where a document which is not completely encompassed by the read area is read, a user can carry out a rereading process more easily than a conventional art. | 10-28-2010 |
20100277751 | System and method for color printer calibration employing measurement success feedback - The subject application is directed to a system and method for color printer calibration employing measurement success feedback. Color input data is received corresponding to a color printout from an associated color measurement device, the color input data including M×N discrete color areas corresponding to M rows and N columns on the printout, with M and N representing integers greater than 2. A display including a color image comprised of each of the areas arranged in M rows and N columns is then generated on a display device. Color input data is tested to determine successful measurement of colors corresponding to the color areas and a row-based indicator is generated for a successful measurement of color areas within a row. Calibration data is received of a comparison of the color printout to the display and an associated color printer is calibrated based upon the calibration data. | 11-04-2010 |
20100277752 | CONSTRUCTING SPECTRAL GAMUT BOUNDARY DESCRIPTORS - Color management in which a spectrally-based ICS color value is spectrally gamut mapped onto a spectral gamut of a destination device using a simplified Gamut Boundary Descriptor (GBD) that represents the spectral gamut of the destination device, and the gamut-mapped ICS value is converted into a destination-side color. The simplified GBD is constructed by generating sample points that span the spectral gamut of the destination device, forming a full spectral GBD by applying a hulling algorithm to the sample points, identifying sample points that are vertices of the full GBD of the spectral gamut, partitioning the vertices of the full GBD into clusters, such that the clusters are at least at a certain threshold distance apart, choosing a representative sample point from each cluster, and forming the simplified GBD by applying the hulling algorithm to the representative sample points from each cluster. | 11-04-2010 |
20100277753 | COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORED WITH A COLOR CONVERSION SETTING PROGRAM, A COLOR CONVERSION SETTING METHOD, A COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORED WITH A COLOR CONVERSION PROCESSING PROGRAM, AND A COLOR CONVERSION PROCESSING APPARATUS - A computer readable recording medium stored with a color conversion setting program, the program causes a computer to execute a process comprising: (a) generating a plurality of profile sets respectively associated with paper types, each of the profile sets being to be used for applying at least one kind of color conversion profile having conversion data for converting colors to a color conversion process depending on the particular paper type used for printing; (b) generating color setting information containing the plurality of profile sets respectively associated with paper types to be used during the color conversion process for each job; and (c) executing a control process for registering the color setting information generated in the step (b) to a storage unit, from which the color setting information is read out during the color conversion process. | 11-04-2010 |
20100277754 | MOSAIC IMAGE GENERATING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A mosaic image generating apparatus comprises: a segmenting unit which segments a target image into a plurality of blocks; a target image processing unit which calculates, as a target density value, an average density value of each basic color in each of the blocks; a determining unit which determines from the plurality of blocks a placement block on which the material image is to be placed, without being restricted by the image of the placement block; a calculating unit which calculates an average density value of each basic color in the material image; and a color correcting unit which performs a color correction on the material image such that the average density value of each basic color in the material image becomes the target density value of each basic color in the placement block while maintaining the density value distribution ratio of each basic color in the material image. | 11-04-2010 |
20100284029 | 4+ COLOR MANAGEMENT FOR GAMUT EXTENSION USING A VIRTUAL CMYK METHODOLOGY - 4+ color management sequentially processes four colors at a time from among the 4+ colors to leverage solution capability using a 4-color management tools. In methods and apparatus for processing 4+ colors, received information of 4+ colors may be processed in a first stage using four colors of the 4+ colors, such as CMYO. The processed four colors are then mapped into three virtual colors. The mapped three virtual colors and one additional unprocessed color of the 4+ colors are then processed in a second stage using a 4-color tool. From this, a second color model of at least five colors (4+) is generated, The resulting four colors determine five printer colors, and are then mapped into three virtual colors. The mapped three virtual colors and one additional unprocessed color of the 4+ colors are then processed in a third stage using a 4-color tool, From this, a third color model of at least five colors (4+) is generated. This modeling and mapping to virtual input can be repeated for once for each color beyond 4 that is supported by the printer. The processed 4+ colors are output to a device, such as a printing engine, for rendering the image. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284030 | Color conversion apparatus, color conversion method, color change program and recording medium - There is provided a color conversion table having a plurality of pieces of reference color image data making correspondence between color data for a first image device and color data for a second image device and including a specified total information amount. The color conversion table is used to distribute the reference color image data over a prescribed area in a specified color space. Color data information for each reference color image data is increased more than a specified amount within a limit of the specified total information amount. Further, a color conversion table is created using an original table which highly accurately defines colors in part of the table. If such color conversion tables are referenced for color conversion, it is possible to suppress the storage capacity, provide color matching, and perform high accuracy color conversion. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284031 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image processing method is applied for recording an image on a recording medium using a plurality of color materials including a chromatic material and an achromatic material. A total amount of recording of the chromatic material is smaller than a total amount of recording of the achromatic material, and a plurality of monochrome modes including a first monochrome mode and a second monochrome mode are provided, the total amount of recording of the chromatic material being different for each of the monochrome modes. The image processing method includes adjusting the amount of recording of the achromatic material so that a recording density of an image recorded in the first monochrome mode and a recording density of an image recorded in the second monochrome mode become equivalent to each other with respect to the same luminance signal. | 11-11-2010 |
20100290065 | COLOR MATCHING FOR COLOR MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - Embodiments herein provide for color conversion in production printing systems. The color conversion system includes a processor operable to receive a print job and convert the print job into a full sheetside bitmap comprised of an array of color pixels. The full sheetside bitmap is destined for color conversion via an ink limitation algorithm. The color conversion system also includes an image identification module operable to identify a portion of the print job for a level of color accuracy and to designate that portion of the print job for color conversion via a color accuracy algorithm. The processor is operable to convert a color value of the identified portion of the print job using the color accuracy algorithm. The processor also converts color values of the remainder of the print job using the ink limitation algorithm. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290066 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COLOR CORRECTING METHOD THEREOF, AND HOST APPARATUS TO CORRECT THE COLOR OF AN OUTPUT IMAGE USING THE SAME - An image forming apparatus and a color correction method, and a host apparatus to correct the color of an output image using the color correction method. The image forming apparatus can include a table correction unit to correct the color conversion table based on monitor information, and a color conversion unit to convert the input image into the output image using the corrected color conversion table. Accordingly, the color of a displayed image can match that of a print output regardless of the status of the display apparatus. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290067 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - For a printing apparatus which saves on a color material, an image processing apparatus is realized which enables a user to incur printing costs only for necessary information and necessary areas in a print product. For this purpose, there is provided an image processing apparatus including a separation unit configured to analyze and separate print information into text, photograph, and graphic constituent elements, a display unit configured to display information about a color material used amount to be used in printing for each of the separated constituent elements, and a setting unit configured to allow a user to set a change in the color material used amount for each of the separated constituent elements. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290068 | Image forming apparatus displaying function-related information - A CPU of an MFP executes a program including: a step of receiving combination information collecting combinations of functions set by a user from a server computer and storing the information in a function combination management table; a step of reading the function combination management table, when a user logged in to a certain MFP selects a function; a step of reading not-to-be-displayed recommended function for the user from a not-to-be-displayed function management table; a step of displaying a function or functions combined with high frequency with the established function and not set to be not-to-be-displayed, as recommendations on a touch panel display; and a step of storing, when a recommended menu setting button is pressed and a function set as not-to-be-displayed function is established, storing the selected function as the not-to-be-displayed recommended function, in the not-to-be-displayed function management table. | 11-18-2010 |
20100296110 | Image processing system and method thereof for processing an image data - A processing system includes a setting module for capturing Cyan, Magenta, Yellow and K data of a foreground and selecting one from the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow and K data in order to set gray values of remaining three of the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow and K data as “0”; a coupler module for capturing the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow and K data of the background and combining the Cyan data of the foreground and background into a Cyan data group, the Magenta data of the foreground and background into a Magenta data group, the Yellow data of the foreground and background into a Yellow data group and the K data of the foreground and background into a K data group; and a print module for printing, out the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow and K data groups one above another in an overlapping manner. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296111 | Device and Method for the Representation of Body Colours - The invention relates to a device for representing surface colors for simulating print results through a screen, comprising at least one light source and a projection surface. According to the invention the base colors are generated from white light through filters from surface colors and the mixed colors are generated through subtractive color mixing, preferably through reflexive color filters. Through the method for representing surface colors for simulating print results the capability is created to represent surface colors at different locations and at different times identically. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296112 | METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, AND DEVICE FOR THE CREATION AND PROCESSING OF DOCUMENT DATA COMPRISING INDEXED COLOR MANAGEMENT RESOURCES - In a method, program, or device to generate or process a document data stream that comprises data relating to color management resources wherein processing of color-related data of the document data stream can be controlled, associating at least one indexed color management resource with the document data stream wherein with the management resource color-related data of the document data stream can be associated with multiple predetermined color palettes. Within a color palette, an index value is respectively associated with multiple color. Respective values regarding the index colors are stored in the color management resource. The values are associated with corresponding proportions of color tones to reproduce the respective indexed color. The color palettes are compared between the system that generates the document data and an output system that outputs the document data, the document data stream is structured. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296113 | IMAGE OUTPUT DEVICE AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image output device includes: an image output unit that prints inputted printing data; an acquiring unit that acquires printing data that is not normally printed by the image output unit; a processing condition storage unit that stores processing conditions for each of predetermined data types; an alternative printing data generating unit that identifies portions corresponding to the data types within the printing data acquired by the acquiring unit, generates alternative printing data obtained by processing the printing data of the identified portions according to the processing conditions of the identified portions, which are stored in the processing condition storage unit, and inputs the generated alternative printing data to the image output unit; and a fault data output control unit that outputs, as fault data, the alternative printing data that is not normally printed by the image output unit. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296114 | NETWORK IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING PRINTING THEREOF - A network image forming apparatus connectable to at least one host apparatus and a method of controlling printing thereof, including receiving a user defined color table generated using at least one host apparatus, and storing the received user defined color table in the network image forming apparatus such that the received user defined color table can be shared by more than one host apparatus connected to the network image forming apparatus, and performing a printing job using the stored user defined color table. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296115 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND PROGRAM - Provided is an image processing apparatus that improves the accuracy in ACS determination without needing a mechanism to detect an original document size, a user input of an original document size, or pre-scanning of an original document, and a control method therefor. To accomplish this, the image processing apparatus specifies, when reading an original document, the size of the original document, based on the timings at which the leading edge and the trailing edge of the original document that is conveyed were detected. Furthermore, the image processing apparatus determines whether image data read from the original document is a color image or a monochrome image, for each size of a plurality of standard-size printing medium, and selects, from among the determination results, a determination result obtained by performing determination using the standard-size printing medium size that is similar to the specified size of the original document. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296116 | Multi-Module Device including a Printer Module - A multi-module device having first and second modules is disclosed. The first and second modules communicate through a serial bus. The first module has a memory for storing image data in a RGB format and a processing unit for converting the image data from the RGB format to a L*a*b* format, before outputting image data in the L*a*b* format through the serial bus. The second module receives the image data in the L*a*b* format, converts the image data to a CMY format and prints the image data in the CMY format. | 11-25-2010 |
20100302561 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, AND PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus includes a determination unit determining whether an amount of colorant remaining in a container is equal to or greater than a threshold value and a control unit causing a print unit selectively to perform plural double-side printing methods in which at least one of the number of one-side printed sheets N and the number of opposite-side printed sheets M is different. When the determination unit makes a negative determination, the control unit performs a negative selection process of selecting a double-side printing method satisfying at least one condition of a condition that the number of one-side printed sheets N is smaller than that when the determination unit makes an affirmative determination and a condition that the number of opposite-side printed sheets M is greater than that when the determination unit makes the affirmative determination. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302562 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR ADAPTIVE COMPENSATION OF A MTF - A method and system for adaptively compensating for the printer MTF. The MTF compensation applied locally depends on the local mean: Several compensated High-pass images are computed for different mean values. Then locally, depending on the value of the low-pass band, one compensation high-pass value is selected for the final result. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302563 | Image Forming Apparatus and Image Forming System - An image forming apparatus having an accepting unit; a printing unit, which performs a high-speed double-sided print processing operation to print an image on a second recoding medium during a period between when a first side of a first recording medium is printed and when a second side of the first recording medium is printed; an adjustment unit, which performs an image quality adjustment; a determination unit that determines whether adjustment execution conditions will be fulfilled during performance of the high-speed double-sided print processing operation before the high-speed double-sided print processing operation is initiated; and a control unit, which controls the adjustment unit to perform the image quality adjustment before initiation of the high-speed double-sided print process operation, when the determination unit determines that the adjustment execution conditions will be fulfilled. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302564 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus includes a reception unit which receives an electronic document, a generation unit which generates a display list containing edge information indicating the outline of an object contained in the received electronic document, fill information for controlling whether to fill in the inside of the outline of the object, and control information for controlling image formation of each page that forms the electronic document, an edge position extraction unit which obtains the intersections of the object and the line based on the edge information, and extracts the positions of the edges of the object on the line, and a setting unit which sets, based on the data amount of extracted edges and the data amount of edges in the page that is predicted by analyzing the control information, a threshold for controlling extraction of the edges to fall within a predetermined data amount. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302565 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus which can be connected to a printing apparatus and a post-processing apparatus configured to perform post-processing on a sheet output from the printing apparatus includes an identification unit configured to identify a size of the sheet to be changed by executing first post-processing to the sheet output from the printing apparatus, a designation unit configured to designate a position on which second post-processing is executed to the sheet to which the first post-processing has been executed, and a display control unit configured to display a preview image for identifying a position on which the second post-processing is executed with respect to the size of the sheet identified by the identification unit based on the size of the sheet identified by the identification unit and the position on which the second post-processing is executed. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302566 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An apparatus includes a subset staple setting unit configured to divide one print data into a plurality of subsets and to set a stapling position for each subset, a page layout setting unit configured to set a page layout of the print data, and an adjustment unit configured to adjust, if the page layout is changed when a setting of the stapling position for each subset is specified, the setting. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302567 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL PROGRAM THEREFOR - An information processing apparatus includes a designation unit configured to designate number-of-copies information indicating a number of copies of print media to be stacked in a lump as a unit via a user interface of a printer driver, and a transmission unit configured to set an attribute of a print job based on the number-of-copies information designated by the designation unit and to transmit the set attribute to an image forming apparatus. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302568 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - Disclosed is an image processing system, comprising: an image processing apparatus to output image data based on an input of a print job; and an image forming apparatus to form an image based on the image data, wherein the image processing apparatus comprises a first control section to output color adjustment data so as to perform a gamma adjustment for the image data, and wherein the image forming apparatus comprises an adjustment section to perform the gamma adjustment for the image data based on the input color adjustment data. | 12-02-2010 |
20100309493 | System and method for interactively acquiring optical color measurements for device color profiling - The subject application is directed to a system and method for iteratively acquiring optical color measurements for device color profiling. A first color measurement data set, in a first color space, is received of a measured value for each of L discrete printed color patches in an M row by N column planar array, where L, M and N are positive integers greater than 2, and L is less than M×N. A visual rendering on a display of color patches arranged in M rows and N columns is generated from second color space measurement data. Profile data is generated of the transition between color data and color measurement data based upon the relationship between available printed patches and displayed patches. When L is less than M×N, a visual indicator is generated for the displayed row of the current L value. A second color measurement data set is received uniquely defined from the first set, which second set includes patches not found in the first set. Profile data is then generated based upon the second data set. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309494 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ANALYZING PRINT QUALITY - A method is provided for analyzing the colour quality of a press pull as compared to a contract proof. The contract proof is scanned to create image data including colour data representing a scanned proof image. The press pull is also scanned to create image data including colour data representing a scanned press pull image. The scanned images are simultaneously displayed on a video monitor, and, the displayed images are searched for any significant differences in colour. A method is also provided for printing colour products on a colour printing press in a print run associated with a contract proof. The contract proof is scanned to create image data including colour data representing a scanned proof image. A sample printed colour product from the press is also scanned to create image data including colour data representing a scanned press pull image. The scanned images are simultaneously displayed on a video monitor. The scanned images are aligned and linked. The colour data for each section of one image is automatically compared with the colour data for a linked corresponding section of the other image to determine whether any differences exceed a pre-determined threshold. A count indicative of the number of sections which are determined to exceed such threshold is maintained. It is determined whether the number of sections which exceed such threshold exceeds a pre-determined overall threshold to determine colour quality. If the overall threshold is not exceeded, the print run is continued. If the overall threshold is exceeded, the print run is temporarily stopped, the print variables are adjusted and the print run is resumed. The preceding steps are repeated from the remove sample step until the print run is complete. A system is provided for analyzing the colour quality of a press pull as compared to a contract proof comprising at least one scanner for scanning the contract proof and for scanning the press pull, an image comparator connected to the at least one scanner to receive the data for the scanned proof image and the scanned press pull image and a video monitor connected to the image comparator to receive the data for the scanned proof image and the scanned press pull image and to display the scanned images simultaneously. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309495 | PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD - Whether or not an execution of a print job according to a designated print setting is available is decided based on a result of an output of a sensor of a temperature and humidity. When the print job cannot be executed, an alternative setting is decided and the print job is executed based on the alternative setting. Thus, whether or not the execution of the print job according to the designated print setting is available can be decided based on the output of the temperature/humidity sensor provided for a printing apparatus. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309496 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a setting unit configured to execute a layout setting on first image data, a determination unit configured to determine an image type of second image data, an image processing unit configured, if it is determined, as a result of determination by the determination unit, that the image type of the second image data is an image type for applying a layout setting set for the first image data, to execute image processing on the second image data according to the layout setting set for the first image data, and an output unit configured to form an image of the first image data on a printing sheet by using color toners, to form an image of the second image data on the printing sheet by using a transparent toner. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309497 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An information processing device prints a link source webpage and a link target webpage so that (i) it is easy to grasp, from a printout of these webpages, that these webpages are associated with each other, and (ii) the printout can be easily organized. MFP | 12-09-2010 |
20100309498 | Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer- readable recording medium storing image processing program for generating color tone correction parameter - An image processing apparatus is disclosed that includes a printing procedure request portion configured to request printing of color tone image data in a state where a patch row is arranged in a direction almost parallel with a main scanning direction; an image data obtaining portion configured to obtain scanned color tone data, showing scanned value of the patch row, from a scanning portion configured to optically scan the patch row; and a parameter generating portion configured to generate a color tone correction parameter for correcting color tone value of photoconductive image data by comparing the scanned color tone data and the color tone image data. | 12-09-2010 |
20100315661 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - A method for controlling an information processing apparatus is provided, which can easily perform not only print setting but also installation of a printer driver during creation of a hot folder. The hot folder can be easily created by automatically installing the printer driver and setting the printer driver based on an operation of copying a template of a hot folder to a PC. | 12-16-2010 |
20100315662 | Printing apparatus and printing method - A receiving unit | 12-16-2010 |
20100321708 | PRINTING OF CODING PATTERNS - A method is designed for printing on regular digital printers of a coding pattern consisting of code symbols. In the method, a character-based representation of the coding pattern is obtained, wherein the code symbols are represented by characters according to a character definition set. A definition identifier is generated to identify the character definition set. The definition identifier is specific to the morphology of the coding pattern or to the printing job. Finally, a print module is caused to print the coding pattern based on the character-based representation, the character definition set and the definition identifier. | 12-23-2010 |
20100321709 | AUTOMATED AUDIT SYSTEM, APPARATUS AND METHOD - A system, apparatus and method are provided to automate an audit of an information technology (IT) system. | 12-23-2010 |
20100321710 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COLOR SPACE CONVERSION OF COLOR SPACE VALUES WHICH LIE OUTSIDE OF A TRADITIONAL COLOR SPACE BOUNDARY - The subject application is directed to a system and method for color space conversion. Image data is received comprised of a plurality of pixels having a value encoded in a first multidimensional color space. Each of the pixels encoded in the first color space is converted to a corresponding pixel encoded in a second multidimensional color space, the conversion further including transforming each of the pixels based upon a function of the pixel values in the first color space having component values defining a fractional relationship having a numerator portion and a denominator portion, with each portion including at least one of the component values. A value of each denominator portion is converted relative to a threshold value and the pixels encoded in the first color space are converted to the second color space with an alternative quantity selectively substituted for each denominator portion in accordance with the comparison. | 12-23-2010 |
20100321711 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND PROGRAM - This invention provides an image forming apparatus, control method therefor, and program for executing efficient image formation while ensuring user friendliness. To accomplish this, the image forming apparatus according to this invention permits changing an image forming condition during execution of an operation of forming an image while conveying a plurality of sheets each on which the image is to be formed at the first interval, and restricts changing the image forming condition during execution of the operation of forming an image while conveying the plurality of sheets at the second interval shorter than the first interval. | 12-23-2010 |
20100321712 | Image forming apparatus, color conversion control method, recording medium, and information processing apparatus having printer driver - An image forming apparatus is disclosed that performs a color conversion process in accordance with a color conversion setting set by an information processing apparatus that generates print data. The image forming apparatus includes a determination unit determining whether a valid color conversion setting has been performed by the information processing apparatus based on received print data; and a control unit controlling the color conversion process to be performed by the image forming apparatus based on a result determined by the determination unit. | 12-23-2010 |
20100321713 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An object of an input print job is discriminated, and color conversion processing is applied to the object of the print job based on the discrimination result and information which is set in correspondence with the print job and is used to designate color conversion processing. When the object is a transparent object, the color conversion processing is executed on a rendering color space, and when the object is a gradation object, the color conversion processing is executed on a device color space. | 12-23-2010 |
20100328688 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - The image processing apparatus includes: a color conversion unit color-converting an image signal of a first color space into that of a second color space with a color conversion characteristic defining a correspondence relationship between the image signals; an adjustment unit adjusting the image signal of the second color space with adjustment conversion factor groups that is for adjusting it in accordance with a change in the color conversion characteristic, and is set for respective types of sheets on which an image is to be printed according to the image signal of the second color space; a calculation unit calculating the adjustment conversion factor groups; a memory storing an associating factor group associating, with each other, the adjustment conversion factor groups; and an update unit updating the adjustment conversion factor groups according to the calculated adjustment conversion factor group of one sheet and the stored associating factor group. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328689 | Host device and image forming apparatus controlled by host device, and peripheral device control method - A peripheral device control method of the host device includes receiving setting information regarding one or more peripheral devices which are previously found as a result of searching and storing the received setting information, displaying a setting information list using the stored setting information, and displaying a user interface (UI) to represent one of first to third universal drivers which matches a target peripheral device selected from the setting information list, wherein the one or more peripheral devices include at least one image forming apparatus, at least one image scanning apparatus and at least one image transceiving apparatus, and wherein the first to third universal drivers share the stored setting information. Therefore, there is no need to search for peripheral devices for each universal driver program. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328690 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing device processes image data, which expresses an image and is edited to image data including, in correspondence with each pixel of the image, a pixel value field that holds a pixel value of the pixel and an attribute value field that holds an attribute value. The image processing device includes a first and a second image processing module, and a connection module that is connected to the first and second image processing modules, and moves the image data from one image processing module to the other image processing module. At least one of the image processing modules has a first function to output an image processing result for a pixel value of the input image data as an output pixel value, and a second function to output an image processing result for a pixel value of the input image data as an output attribute value. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328691 | COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING A CONTROL PROGRAM FOR AN IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE USING COLOR PROFILES, AND AN EVALUATION METHOD OF COLOR ADJUSTMENT RESULTS BY AN IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE USING COLOR PROFILES - The control program of the present invention causes an image processing device to execute the steps of: executing a color conversion process on image data containing various color patches (S | 12-30-2010 |
20100328692 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - To shift an image in order to prevent the image from overlapping with a finishing position, the amount of shift for preventing the overlap may be increased and a desired result of layout may not be obtained. In addition, if the image is not shifted in order to obtain the desired result of layout, the image may overlap with the finishing position and toner or the like may come off. When it is determined that a position where the finishing process is to be executed overlaps with a content data placement area, an avoidance area where printing is not performed is placed at a position in which the position where the finishing process is to be executed overlaps with the content data placement area without changing the position and size of the content data placement area. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328693 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND ITS METHOD, AND CONTROL METHOD - An ICC profile includes brief gloss information indicating glossy/matte attribute as attribute information, however, gloss matching cannot be performed with the 2 options. In a case where embedding of glossiness information into the ICC profile is designated, glossiness information is obtained from a color chart placed on an original plate of a color copier, and the obtained glossiness information is described in a private tag of the ICC profile. | 12-30-2010 |
20110001991 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing device includes a first and a second image processing module including an image processing unit, and a connection module that is connected to the first and second image processing modules, and moves an image data from one image processing module to the other image processing module. At least one of the image processing modules includes a weighted average processing unit that calculates, based on a weighting coefficient included in an attribute value, a weighted average of a pixel value of the input image data and a image processed pixel value, and an output unit which outputs at least one of the image processed pixel value and the weighted-averaged pixel value. | 01-06-2011 |
20110001992 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus comprising: a generation unit configured to determine characteristic information associated with image data which expresses an image, to generate an attribute value based on the determination result, and to set the attribute value in an attribute value field included in the image data; and an image processing device configured to apply an image process to a pixel value set in a pixel value field included in the image data, based on the attribute value set in the attribute value field. | 01-06-2011 |
20110001993 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus which previously sets a reduction order based on saturation with respect to inks to be used in a saving mode. When a color uses two or more colors of ink, the image processing apparatus reduces the ink featuring high on the reduction order, or increases the reduction amount of the ink featuring high on the reduction order. | 01-06-2011 |
20110001994 | IMAGE COMPRESSING METHOD, IMAGE COMPRESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A foreground layer generating unit generates a foreground layer on the basis of a foreground mask generated by a foreground mask generating unit and an original image. A binary image processing unit generates N binary images corresponding to N kinds of foreground identifiers on the basis of the foreground layer, and sets a plurality of tiles for each of the N binary images. Further, the binary image processing unit determines whether or not adjacent tiles are to be merged, and then sets tiles obtained by merging tiles determined to be merged, and leaving tiles determined not to be merged as they are. An image compressing unit cuts out rectangular regions from the individual set tiles by employing the binary images, and compresses the rectangular regions. | 01-06-2011 |
20110007332 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MODELING HIGHER DIMENSION COLOR RESPONSE - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for implementing a color model function for a printer that uses a relatively large number of colorants. The model is based upon several four color printer color models that contain more complete color models by storing output data for a higher number of input color value combinations and a small number of additional measurements that characterize the response of the printer to outputs using more than four colorants. Results from more complete printer models are determined and combined with a CMYKOV printer model that stores output values for only a coarse resolution of inputs. Transitions between various regions of color space defined by the colorant model definitions are then smoothed. A higher dimension printer color model output is produced. The present method effectively determines a higher dimension color printer model output corresponding to values of an N+2 dimension color model input. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007333 | COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND METHOD THEREFOR - A color processing apparatus configured to simulate a print product output by a printer on a monitor. The apparatus includes a first conversion unit configured to convert color data representing an image of the simulation object into color data in a printer color space, a first calculation unit configured to calculate color data of diffuse reflection in a line-of-sight direction from color data in the printer color space, a second calculation unit configured to calculate color data in the printer color space and specular reflection color data, a third calculation unit configured to calculate color data of specular reflection in a line-of-sight direction from color data of specular reflection calculated using a parameter representing an exitance of the glossiness and colorless light-source color data, a combination unit configured to combine the color data of diffuse reflection and color data of specular reflection, and a second conversion unit configured to convert the combined color data to color data in the monitor color space. | 01-13-2011 |
20110013206 | ADAPTIVE ILLUMINATION INDEPENDENT MATCHING OF SPOT COLORS - A methodology is disclosed to achieve adaptive illumination independent matching of spot colors. In one embodiment, the methodology includes an iterative process to determine a variety device specific recipes for spot colors across different illumination spectra, and then automatically choosing and/or recommending the optimal recipe that provides the lowest color dispersion across a variety of illuminants under consideration. This approach may be used with a variety of gamut mapping techniques. According to a further embodiment, the methodology may be used with a ray-based gamut mapping method. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013207 | COLOR MANAGEMENT WORKFLOW FOR TRANSITIONING OFFSET PRINTING USING CUSTOM INKS TO DIGITAL PRINTING - A color management workflow for offset printing using custom inks is disclosed. In one embodiment, an apparatus for color management workflow for transitioning offset printing using custom inks to digital printing includes a color image recording device to measure one or more spot color ramps that correspond to custom ink colors, the color image device operable to determine a matching L*a*b value for the spot color ramps. The apparatus further includes a color characterization module to determine device CMYK matches for each of the L*a*b values for the one or more spot color ramps and create a custom input characterization file based on the device CMYK matches and an International Color Consortium (ICC) profile module to create a new input ICC file and a new output ICC file from the custom input characterization file. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013208 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR GAMUT BOUNDED SATURATION ADAPTIVE COLOR ENHANCEMENT - System and methods for gamut bounded saturation adaptive color enhancement are provided. Color enhancement incorporating gamut bounded saturation enhances colors of an pixel from a source color gamut such that the resulting color is within a target color gamut. This resulting color may, for example, take advantage of an expanded target color gamut of a display. Gamut bounded saturation may be implemented independently or in combination with RGB bounded saturation. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013209 | Variable Printing System - Disclosed is a variable printing system, which makes it possible to efficiently implement a variable printing, based on streamed variable print data. The variable printing system includes: the variable print data generating apparatus that creates variable print data in which an identifier, indicating an instruction for deleting a specific reusable object that will not be used in following pages, is embedded into a potion for describing page information including information in regard to the specific reusable object, and streams the above-created variable print data; and the variable printing control apparatus that receives the streamed variable print data to rasterized the concerned object, and synthesizes the rasterized data with each other so as to create image data for every page, and at the same time, conducts such the controlling operation to delete specific rasterized data of the specific reusable object, designated by the identifier, from the cache memory. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013210 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - Disclosed is an information processing apparatus including: a control section to obtain output condition information to show an output condition when a color chart is output, to obtain colorimetric data obtained by measuring the color chart, to create a color conversion profile based on the obtained colorimetric data, and to embed the output condition information in the created color conversion profile according to an order determined in advance. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013211 | Application of Dimensional Printing Effects to Items Created in a Collage-Based Editor - In a photo collage editor implemented in software residing on and executable from a digital medium, a method for configuring a project for three dimensional printing includes the steps (a) displaying in the editor, a page canvas for editing, (b) selecting or highlighting an image or item on the page canvas, (c) invoking a dimensional print effect configuration interface by selecting an interactive button on a toolbar displayed automatically as a result of step (b) or by implementing keyboard shortcut to execute the interface, and (d) selecting an option for applying one or more three dimensional effects from the interface. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013212 | METADATA PRODUCING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METADATA PRODUCING METHOD AND PROGRAM - There is provided technology which, when producing metadata for correlation with image data to which predetermined processing is to be administered and for characterizing that image data, can produce metadata that is more appropriate to the predetermined processing and can contribute to alleviating the work burden. | 01-20-2011 |
20110019211 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ALTERING DOCUMENT OUTPUT PROPERTIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALTERING INTERCEPTED PRINT STREAM DATA - The subject application is directed to a system and method altering document output properties in accordance with altering intercepted print stream data. Print stream data is received from an associated data processing device, with the print stream including data corresponding to at least one electronic document and associated processing instruction data. Data representing a preselected data string is stored in a data storage, with the data string corresponding to a document processing command. The data string is stored associatively with secondary document processing instruction data. The received print stream data is compared to the preselected data string, and a coincidence between the print stream data and the preselected data string is detected from the comparison. The secondary document processing operation is inserted into the print stream based upon a detected coincidence. A document processing operation is completed on the document inclusive of the secondary document processing operation in accordance with an inserted secondary document processing instruction. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019212 | BLACK POINT COMPENSATION IN A TIPP ARCHITECTURE - A method for calibrating an image printing system that includes a plurality of parallel printers, where each of the printers has a minimum luminance value. The method includes determining a minimum luminance value profile for the plurality of printers in the image printing system based on the minimum luminance values of each of the printers in the image printing system, determining a black point compensation function based on the determined minimum luminance value profile, adjusting luminance values for input image data using the determined black point compensation function, and rendering, with the parallel printers, images on substrates based on the input image data with adjusted luminance levels. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019213 | Toner saving method, toner saving system, and image forming apparatus - An image forming apparatus is provided. The present image forming apparatus includes a communication interface unit to receive a printing job, a parsing unit to parse the received printing job, a rendering unit to perform rendering by adding a hole to a random coordinate in a text character from the parsed printing job, and a printing engine unit to output the rendered image. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019214 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - A plurality of color data respectively undergo quantization processing, and a logical multiplication of the plurality of quantized color data is calculated. A product of the plurality of color data is calculated. A first low frequency component is extracted from the logical multiplication, and a second low frequency component is extracted from the product. The first low frequency component is subtracted from each of the plurality of color data, and the second low frequency component is added to the subtraction results to generate a plurality of corrected color data. The plurality of corrected color data respectively undergo the quantization processing. | 01-27-2011 |
20110026050 | Laser Printing Process Using Light Controlled Wettability - A light controlled laser imaging method includes exposing a surface layer of an imaging member substrate to a first expose source to render the surface layer uniformly hydrophilic, wherein the surface layer comprises a compound having reversible light controlled wettability whereby the surface layer is reversibly hydrophilic and hydrophobic; exposing the surface layer to a second expose source in an image-wise fashion to render image areas of the surface layer hydrophobic; exposing the surface layer to a polar liquid wherein the polar liquid attracts to non-image hydrophilic areas; exposing the surface layer to a hydrophobic liquid colorant wherein the hydrophobic liquid colorant attracts to hydrophobic image areas; contacting the surface layer with an image receiving substrate to transfer the image thereto; fixing the image; and optionally, treating the surface layer to remove residual hydrophobic liquid colorant. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026051 | DIGITAL IMAGE BRIGHTNESS ADJUSTMENT USING RANGE INFORMATION - A method for adjusting the brightness of objects in a digital image using range information that includes distances of pixels in the scene from a reference location, the method comprising: generating a cluster map based at least upon an analysis of the range information and the digital image, the cluster map grouping pixels of the digital image by their distances from the reference location; detecting a plurality of objects in the digital image based at least upon an analysis of the cluster map and the digital image; determining a brightness adjustment amount for each object; and applying the brightness adjustment amounts to the detected objects to form a modified digital image with adjusted brightnesses. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026052 | METHOD FOR CHARACTERIZING THE COLOR RESPONSE OF AN IMAGING DEVICE - A method for characterizing the color response of an imaging device, the method includes reproducing a color on the imaging device based on a set of device color coordinates; measuring spectral values for the reproduced color with a spectral measurement device controlled by a digital processing system; calculating a first set of tristimulus values from the spectral values; defining a set of human observer color matching functions, the set of human observer color matching functions being functions of the first set of tristimulus values of the reproduced color; calculating a second set of tristimulus values from the spectral values using the defined set of human observer color matching functions; and associating the reproduced device color coordinate with the second set of tristimulus values. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026053 | ADAPTIVE ILLUMINATION INDEPENDENT MATCHING OF OUT OF GAMUT SPOT COLORS USING VARIOUS GAMUT MAPPING TECHNIQUES - A methodology is disclosed to achieve adaptive illumination independent matching of out-of-gamut spot colors. In one embodiment, the methodology includes an iterative process to determine a variety device specific recipes for out-of-gamut spot colors across different illumination spectra and gamut mapping techniques, and then automatically choosing and/or recommending the optimal recipe and gamut mapping technique that provides the lowest color dispersion across a variety of illuminants under consideration. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026054 | METHOD FOR PRINTING ELECTRONIC BOOK VIA ELECTRONIC BOOK READER - A method is used to print an electronic book via an electronic book reader which stores a note file related to the electronic book. The method includes following steps. Firstly, a printing module of the electronic book reader sets printing parameters for printing the electronic book. Then, check whether the parameter comprises a choice of printing note. If the parameter comprises the choice of printing note, integrate the note file in the electronic book. The electronic book reader transmits the electronic book and the printing parameters to a printer. The printer prints the electronic book according to the printing parameters. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026055 | IMAGE FORMATION APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, an image formation apparatus includes storage, an image formation unit, an attribute change acceptance unit, and an image converter. The storage stores image data of multiple pages of document. The image formation unit reads the image data from the storage, and forms an image of the read image data on a recording medium. The attribute change acceptance unit accepts a change in attribute information for forming images of continued pages of document on a recording medium. The image converter converts the image data stored in the storage, based on contents of the attribute information accepted by the attribute change acceptance unit. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026056 | IMAGE FORMING DEVICE AND POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL METHOD IN AN IMAGE FORMING DEVICE - The present invention provides an image forming device that reduces power consumption by setting the color image recording units to low power consumption mode during monochrome image recording, and a power consumption control method in an image forming device. Furthermore, this image forming device has a monochrome image recording unit and color image recording units, and is an image forming device capable of setting the monochrome image recording unit and color image recording units to low power consumption mode, and has a switching unit for switching between monochrome image recording and color image recording, and a control unit that sets the color image recording units to low power consumption mode during monochrome image recording and continues to set the color image recording units to low power consumption mode while this monochrome image recording continues. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026057 | PRINTING SYSTEM WITH INPUT ROLLER AND MOVABLE MEDIA ENGAGEMENT OUTPUT - A printing system with a print zone where droplets of ink print onto media, a drive roller configured to translate the media into the print zone and a movable media engagement assembly for vacuum engagement of one side of the media to draw the media away from the print zone. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026058 | PRINTING SYSTEM WITH ADJUSTABLE AEROSOL COLLECTION - A printing system that has a drive roller for feeding different sizes of media along a media path, an inkjet printhead assembly for printing the media and an ink aerosol collection system for removing ink aerosol from areas adjacent the media path. The ink aerosol collection system is configured to remove aerosol at a greater rate in response to an increase in the media size. | 02-03-2011 |
20110032544 | Optimal patch code design via device characterization - A method for optimally using color patch codes or color barcodes for transmitting machine-readable information, via device characterization, is disclosed to comprise characterizing a printing device and optionally a sensing device for identifying a number of recognizably spaced printer output colors; deriving a code book, by relating the printer output colors and their corresponding input values to information elements; and using the code book for encoding and decoding the information to be transmitted. The recognizably spaced printer output colors are in terms of a color space relevant to a color patch code or color barcode sensing device, and are related to the corresponding marking device input values. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032545 | CONTROLLING PROCESS COLOR IN A COLOR ADJUSTMENT SYSTEM - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for controlling process color in a color adjustment system in an image marking device. A control parameter, such as a gain matrix, forms a basis of an adaptive closed-loop controller. A sensitivity matrix is used to calculate the gain matrix. This permits complex color adjustments at a customer location. The present system and method is well suited for long production runs because, as the system moves (or drifts) away from nominal, the color control system will learn the changes in the system (e.g., new input-output sensitivity) with print, measure, and prediction processes, operating on the test patches, and effectively adapt to these changes by re-computing the feedback controller gains and revising the current actuator values to follow desired target color values. The present system and method can also be used for adjusting or developing a CMYK recipe in color management LUTs. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032546 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ESTIMATING THE COLOR OF COATED PRINTS - A method for estimating the color of a coated print includes: measuring the color of an uncoated print with a color measuring device; and estimating the color of the print when coated by a coating process based on the uncoated color measurement using a function that correlates uncoated color measurements and coated color measurements; and adjusting at least one parameter of the printing process based on the coated color estimation. The correlating function may be derived by measuring the color of a plurality of uncoated color patches; measuring the color of the plurality of patches after the patches have been coated by the coating process; and correlating the color of the coated patches with the uncoated patches based on the coated and uncoated color patch measurements. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032547 | PRINT IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM AND METHOD FOR FORMING PRINT IMAGE - A print image forming apparatus includes: an obtaining unit that obtains a document having at least one page; a color information generating unit that generates color information from an identifier allocated to and associated with the obtained document according to a predetermined rule; and a forming unit that forms an image to be output, in which the identifier represented by a color which is in accordance with the generated color information is added to the document. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032548 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a storing unit that stores an image fanning information including an image type information indicative of a type of an image for each image, an index value to be a decision source related to a suppression in a consumption of a recording material, and a print setting information; a discriminating unit that discriminates a type of an image to be an image forming target; a calculating unit that calculates the index value; and a selecting unit that selects any of the image forming information which is stored in the storing unit and takes top priority based on a result of the discrimination obtained by the discriminating unit and a result of the calculation obtained by the calculating unit. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032549 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a storage unit that stores image formation information in which print setting information is associated with an index useful in deciding to suppress consumption of a recording material; and an execution unit that executes a process of displaying one or more pieces of the image formation information stored in the storage unit on a display unit in association with print data to be printed. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032550 | LED EMISSION WAVELENGTH ESTIMATION METHOD, IMAGE READING APPARATUS, AND MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER APPARATUS - In a prior art, since the wavelengths of R, G, and B LEDs serving as the light sources of a CIS scanner vary, read colors vary between individual scanners. Since the behavior of metamerism also changes due to the same reason, measures against the metamerism are hard to take. To solve this problem, a color patch is irradiated with light from an LED, and its spectral reflectivity is measured using a spectroreflectometer, thereby estimating the emission wavelength of the light source LED. A signal change characteristic representing the relationship to the output signals of three LEDs obtained from the spectral reflectivity of the patch is stored in a memory. In actual image reading, color correction is performed based on the signal change characteristic stored in the memory. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032551 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND SOFTWARE FOR REDUCING PRINTER COLORANT USAGE - A system, method, and printer controller software for reducing printer colorant usage by using printer controller software which controls the deposition by the printer of the printer colorant on the printable medium in response to selected print image quality and printer colorant reduction criteria, as well as identifying printer colorant deposition characteristics of the printable medium, identifying characteristics of the printer, and identifying characteristics of the printer colorant. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032552 | DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD - A data processing apparatus which compresses image data determines whether each of a plurality of regions obtained by segmenting the image data is a first region in which all the pixels are represented by a specific color. Upon determining that the region is not the first region, the apparatus determines whether the region is a second region adjacent to the first region or a third region which is not adjacent to the first region. The apparatus sets the compression rate of the image data of the second region to a rate lower than that of the image data of the third region, and compresses the image data of the second and third regions. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032553 | COLOR MATERIAL AMOUNT DETERMINATION TABLE FORMING METHOD AND COLOR MATERIAL AMOUNT MEASUREMENT APPARATUS - A disclosed color material amount determination table forming method includes forming a pattern image by changing a control parameter controlling the adhered amount of plural color materials so that the adhered amounts of the respective color materials are changed in the pattern image, measuring reflectance characteristics in a visible wavelength region and an infrared wavelength region of the pattern image; calculating the color value of the pattern image; calculating the adhered amounts of the respective color materials in the pattern image, and forming the color material amount determination table in which the color value of the multi-colored image is associated with the respective adhered amounts of the color materials. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032554 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus which generates print data for driving a printing head having nozzle groups for color which are capable of discharging ink at a first resolution and nozzle groups for black which are capable of discharging ink at a second resolution which is higher than the first resolution includes a first processing device which inputs image data, and a second processing device which is communicably connected to the first processing device through a predetermined communication interface. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032555 | PRINTER - A printer includes an input unit, a cell-size changing unit, a print data creating unit, and a printing unit. The input unit receives table data describing a table including a plurality of cells. Each of the plurality of cells has a size. The cell-size changing unit is configured to be capable of changing the size of a cell that is associated with a formula. The print data creating unit creates print data for printing a cell-size changed table that includes the size changed cell in a predetermined part of a recording sheet such that the formula fits entirely within the size changed cell, if the cell-size changing unit changes the size of the cell. The printing unit prints the cell-size changed table based on the print data in the predetermined part of the recording sheet. | 02-10-2011 |
20110037991 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - There is provided an image forming apparatus including: a sensitivity calculating unit; a first correction amount calculating unit that calculates, for each of the different density values of the color material, correction amounts for correcting density nonuniformity with respect to each recording element in regard to each of the color signals on the basis of reading data; and a second correction amount calculating unit that calculates, for each of the different density values of the color material, correction amounts of the density values of the color material on the basis of the correction amounts of the color signals for each of the different density values of the color material, with respect to the recording elements, and on the basis of the sensitivities of each of the color signals in regard to each recording element. | 02-17-2011 |
20110043833 | ENHANCED IMAGING WITH ADJUSTED IMAGE SWATH WIDTHS - A method for forming an image comprising a first halftone image having a first screen angle and a second halftone image having a second screen angle. A recording head forms a plurality of image swaths. Each swath is merged with another swath at a merge line. A row of cells in the first halftone image is selected and a first sub-scan pitch of the cells in the row cells is determined. A first sub-scan spacing between two adjacent merge lines in the first group of swaths is equal to an integer multiple of a first sub-scan pitch. A row of cells in the second halftone image is selected and a second sub-scan pitch of the second cells in the row of second unit cells is determined. The recording head is reconfigured by disabling at least one of the recording channels forms the second halftone image. | 02-24-2011 |
20110043834 | Color conversion system and color conversion processing method - For color conversion of image data in a L*a*b* color space, a color conversion system includes a color conversion processor to implement a first color conversion for color conversion of data positions of an image data in a reference-color representing first region covering a constant hue line at a prescribed hue angle on an a*b* plane, and a second color conversion for color conversion of data positions of the image data in a second region set outside the first region within an angular range smaller in hue angle than the prescribed hue angle on the a*b* plane, the prescribed hue angle being set up in an angular region of 0 degree or more and 90 degree or less relative to an a* axis, the color conversion processor being adapted to implement mutually different color conversion processes for the first color conversion and the second color conversion. | 02-24-2011 |
20110043835 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a spot color area detection unit, an erasing determination unit and a drawing control unit. The spot color area detection unit detects a spot color area in image information. The erasing determination unit determines, based on designation regarding drawing of the spot color area, as to whether or not a non-spot color area overlapping the spot color area is to be erased. The drawing control unit outputs an instruction of erasing the spot color area and determines a drawing range of the non-spot color area based on a determination result of the erasing determination unit. | 02-24-2011 |
20110043836 | PRINTING CONTROL DEVICE, PRINTER DRIVER, CONVERSION DEVICE, PRINTER, PRINTING SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD FOR A PRINTING CONTROL DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHOD FOR A PRINTER - Printout that enables the user to easily know printed information is produced. A print data acquisition unit | 02-24-2011 |
20110043837 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CALIBRATION METHOD FOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - According to an embodiment, in an image forming apparatus and a calibration method for an image forming apparatus, whether a sheet is housed in a sheet cassette or not is determined, and when it is determined that no sheet is housed, a display to instruct manual paper feed is shown on a control panel. | 02-24-2011 |
20110043838 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - When recording is performed in a pixel region by M (M is an integer equal to or larger than 2) passes with N (N is an integer equal to or larger than 2) recording element groups, density variation due to a deviation between recording positions of dots that are recorded by different passes is suppressed while a load of data processing is decreased. | 02-24-2011 |
20110043839 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - When one or both of color conversion data for chromatic colors and color conversion data for achromatic colors are rewritten, attribute information of the color conversion data for chromatic colors or the color conversion data for achromatic colors is updated and this attribute information is displayed on a display. | 02-24-2011 |
20110043840 | IMAGE FORMING DEVICE - A problem that setting (setting the kind of a paper or a printout method) for achieving the print effect (gloss effect or matte effect) at a maximum is very complicated and therefore, a manual setting thereof by a user is very difficult. When image data which a user desires to print and a desire for a print effect to transparent form image data are input, the paper type, conversion of the transparent form image data and a printout method for realizing the print effect are automatically set and printed out. | 02-24-2011 |
20110051153 | Hard Imaging Devices, Print Devices, And Hard Imaging Methods - Hard imaging devices, print devices, and hard imaging methods are described. According to one arrangement, a hard imaging device includes a media transport system configured to move media along a media path and a print device adjacent to the media path. The print device may include an image forming device configured to eject a plurality of droplets of a liquid marking agent in a direction towards the media moving along the media path to form hard images using the media, wherein the ejection of the droplets of the liquid marking agent from the image forming device creates puddles of the liquid marking agent on the image forming device and a puddle removal system configured to remove the puddles of the liquid marking agent from the image forming device. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051154 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING DARKENING OF IMAGE DATA - A method and system for controlling the darkness level of image data to assist in output matching between dissimilar rendering devices. Image source information from a source file can be interpreted by a rendering decomposer in order to generate halftone source image data. The decomposition of the image can be repeated in response to a request by an operator for an additional darkening level via a user input file. The additional layers can be shifted in an opposing direction and then a clockwise direction from the original position until the additional darkening level is attained. The required darkening level can be stored in a storage unit or memory so that the required darkening level can be later triggered by a source document name to employ the same darkening approach. The darkening level can be selected from an array of darkening levels to assist in output matching without major modifications to the utilized rendering device(s). | 03-03-2011 |
20110051155 | PRINTING APPARATUS - A printing apparatus includes: a printing unit which prints an image on a recording medium; a controller which causes the printing unit to execute print processing on the basis of a print request; a measurement unit which executes an image measurement processing using the image printed by the printing unit; a correction unit which corrects the image to be printed by the printing unit on the basis of the result of the image measurement processing; and a detector which detects occurrence of a measurement executable error which stops print processing performed on the recording medium by the printing unit and which can causes the measurement unit to execute the image measurement processing, wherein when the detector detects the measurement executable error during the print processing, the controller controls the printing unit to stop processing the print processing and controls the measurement unit to execute the image measurement processing. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051156 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - According to an aspect of the invention, an image processing apparatus includes a first calculating unit, a second calculating unit, and a control unit. The first calculating unit calculates, for each print subject image, consumptions of recording materials when the print subject image is printed based on image data of the print subject image, a first value of a first element and a second value of a second element. The second calculating unit calculates a first consumption variation range of the recording materials that corresponds to a first adjustment range of the first element and a second consumption variation range of the recording materials that corresponds to a first adjustment range of the second element. The control unit controls a display device so that the display device displays the first adjustment range and the first variation range and displays the second adjustment range and the second variation range. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051157 | CONTROL DEVICE, IMAGE SCANNING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING IMAGE SCANNING APPARATUS - A control device including an image enlarging unit that creates enlarged image data of image data by repeatedly using a line in the image data; and a control unit that reads, from a storing unit in which the image data is stored, the image data and outputs, to the image enlarging unit, the image data for each line, the output being performed at time intervals corresponding to the number of times the line is used in accordance with an enlargement ratio of the image data to the enlarged image data. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051158 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM FOR COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus that prints and edits a document includes a user identification portion, a print management portion that records print management information indicating a user who performs abort operation of printing, an edit management portion that records edit management information, a determination portion that determines, based on the print management information, whether or not the user is a print suspended operator who has performed the abort operation previously, a page extraction portion that, when the print suspended operator performs reprinting operation for giving instructions to print the document that has been updated, extracts pages of the document which were printed successfully when printing of the document was suspended and have been updated thereafter, and a print controller that controls the image forming apparatus such that the image forming apparatus prints at least unprinted pages of the document and the pages extracted by the page extraction portion. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051159 | Image Processing Device and Computer Readable Medium - A color space converting section of an image processing device waits to output when acquiring partial data including gray prior to partial data including a chromatic color. After starting to wait, when acquiring partial data including a chromatic color, the converting section outputs multi-color converted data as the converted data expressing gray by a combination of densities of the multiple colors with respect to the partial data its output has been waited. While, when the acquisition of the image data was completed without acquiring any partial data including a chromatic color, the converting section outputs a single black color converted data as the converted data expressing gray by a density of a single color black with respect to the partial data its output has been waited. When acquiring partial data including a chromatic color, then the converting section converts partial data acquired thereafter into the multi-color converted data. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051160 | INFORMATION UPDATING APPARATUS, IMAGE HISTORY INSPECTION APPARATUS, INFORMATION UPDATING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information updating apparatus compares resolution information and color information acquired from received image data with resolution information and color information acquired from an external apparatus, and, if an amount of information of the resolution information and color information acquired from the received image data is larger than an amount of information of the resolution information and color information acquired from the external apparatus, replaces image feature amount data stored in the external apparatus with image feature amount data acquired from the received image data and replaces text data stored in the external apparatus with text data extracted from the received image data. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051161 | Digital Image Tone Adjustment - Image tone adjustment systems and methods are disclosed. The system of the present invention includes an input to accept an input image. A curve generator is also disclosed that is used to generate a tone reproduction curve including a contrast stretch of the input image, a white stretch of the input image and a black stretch of the input image. Backlit correction is also applied by the tone adjustment corrector to thereby generate a tone adjusted image. | 03-03-2011 |
20110058186 | LEAST SQUARES BASED COHERENT MULTIPAGE ANALYSIS OF PRINTER BANDING FOR DIAGNOSTICS AND COMPENSATION - A method, system, and computer program product for estimating a banding profile in an image printing system is disclosed. The method includes obtaining image data across multiple measurement intervals by one or more sensors; combining the image data with timing information into a coherent signal by a processor; estimating periodic and aperiodic components of the coherent signal using least squares estimation by the processor, wherein the periodic component represents a banding profile; and wherein at least the periodic component is used to generate an output. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058187 | AUGMENTED REALITY DYNAMIC PLOTS - In one embodiment, a special paper plot (referred to herein as a dynamic plot) for which corresponding metadata is maintained is printed. A mobile appliance obtains corresponding metadata for the dynamic plot. A camera of the mobile appliance computes an image of the dynamic plot. A position of the camera of the mobile appliance with respect to the dynamic plot is calculated from the image of the dynamic plot. Using the calculated position, information or icons are overlaid at particular locations in the image captured by the camera of the dynamic plot. The image captured by the camera of the dynamic with the overlaid information or icons is then displayed on a display screen of the mobile appliance. A user may add annotations beyond what is printed on the dynamic plot. This information may subsequently be shared with other users involved in the project. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058188 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD COMBINING COMPRESSION AND WATERMARK TECHNIQUES - An image processing method combining compression and watermark techniques is provided. In the method, a block is taken as a unit, and two ordered dither arrays mutually conjugate are used to code an original image, so as to insert information of a watermark into the original image during the coding process. Accordingly, the method generates a compressed image gives consideration to the compression ratio, the image quality and the data safety. On the other hand, the method also provides a procedure to extract the watermark from the compressed image, in order to verify whether the compressed image has been modified illegally. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058189 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - According to an aspect of the invention, an information processing apparatus includes a process instruction receiving module, a storage module, and a process state output module. The storage module receives a process instruction from a user. The storage module stores the process instruction and language attribute information to associate with each other, the language attribute information designating a language for outputting a process state of the process instruction. The process state output module outputs information of the process state in the language designated by the language attribute information associated with the process instruction. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058190 | PROFILE CORRECTING METHOD - A profile correcting method includes: acquiring a device profile indicating correspondence relationships between a plurality of input values and a plurality of sets of first output values, each first output value set corresponding to one of the plurality of input values, each input value representing an achromatic color having a density level, each first output value set including a plurality of chromatic values each representing a chromatic color, the achromatic color being reproduced by mixing the chromatic color; and, performing a process for each input value. The process includes: forming a test patch based on one first output value set corresponding to the each input value; measuring color of the test patch, the color being represented by a set of a*b* values, the a*b* value set including a first a* value and a first b* value which are defined in a CIEL*a*b* color space; determining whether or not the one first output value set is a to-be-corrected first output value set, the to-be-corrected first output value set corresponding to a test patch whose color is represented by an a* b* value set including at least one of the first a* value greater than an a* prescribed value and the first b* value greater than a b* prescribed value, the a* prescribed value and the b* prescribed value being smaller than zero; and correcting, if the one first output value set is the to-be-corrected first output value set, the one first output value set to a second output value set which is to form color that is represented by an a* b* value set including a second a* value and a second b* value, the second a* value being smaller than or equal to the a* prescribed value, the second b* value being smaller than or equal to the b* prescribed value. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058191 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - The present invention provides a technique for reducing image quality deterioration and suppressing print performance reduction. A raster image processor (RIP) generates intermediate data by interpreting PDL data, and stores it in a memory. In a case where the memory area overflows in the middle of intermediate data generation and storage processing on the print data for one page, rendering is executed based on the intermediate data. In accordance with JPEG XR, tile division is performed. An encoding parameter indicative of lossless-encoding or lossy-encoding is determined in accordance with each tile, and encoding is executed. The encoded image data is stored in a background image memory area as a background image of intermediate data that will subsequently be generated. When subsequent intermediate data generation is completed, rendering is executed, the rendered image is synthesized with the image saved as a background image, then the data is outputted. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058192 | PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS - A print control apparatus is provided, which controls a printing apparatus that performs printing using a plurality of color inks including a white ink. The print control apparatus includes a toning white designation unit that acquires a characteristic color of a print medium and designates sets of density values and color specification values with respect to a toning white that is defined by a combination of the density value and the color specification value in a predetermined color specification system based on the characteristic color of the print medium; and a control unit that controls a first image forming unit forming a color image on a print region where the printing by the printing apparatus is performed and a second image forming unit forming a toning white image on the print region. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058193 | Printing Apparatus, Layout Adjustment Method, Program And Recording Medium - Disclosed is a printing apparatus including an image input unit, a first image narrowing unit, and gives a high weight for image data photographed during a time period in which the number of shots is large, a second image narrowing unit, and gives a high weight for image data photographed during a time period in which the number of shots is large, a weight synthesis unit, a layout decision unit, an image data extraction unit, an image assignment unit, an image color determination unit, and an additional information adjustment unit. The first image narrowing unit counts a group of a plurality of image data photographed at a predetermined time under a specific setting as one group including a number of shots, and calculates the number of shots for each predetermined time period based on the shooting date and time of the image data. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058194 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, AND PRINT CONTROL PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus, a print control method, and a print control program are provided that are capable of printing after changing print setting by an easy operation for a application program in operating. Together with two windows of document creating programs which are operating, a gadget indicating calendar information and a print setting gadget are displayed as gadget programs in an area of the right side of a desktop screen of a PC. When a print setting button of the print setting gadget is selected, the print setting condition corresponding to the selected button and the application program in operating are stored, and when a print request is made from the application program, the setting value of a printer driver is changed for printing. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058195 | COLOR INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A color information processing apparatus includes a color information processor for carrying out a plurality of steps of approximating or matching a color that actually is printed by a printing apparatus to a designated color, a result display controller for displaying a result of each of the steps each time that the steps are carried out, and a color history display controller for displaying a plurality of colors acquired in the steps as a history of changing designated colors. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058196 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM STORING A PROGRAM THEREOF - An image processing apparatus has a color chart condition setter for setting colorimetric values of a designated color as a reference color, and an image data generator for generating image data of pixel values calculated such that a plurality of color patches are arranged in a two-dimensional pattern on a print medium around the reference color set by the color chart condition setter, and color differences in an equal color space between adjacent ones of the color patches are represented by a substantially equal interval along a row or column of color patches. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058197 | COLOR INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A color information processing apparatus includes a mapping section for mapping a designated color that lies outside of the range of a gamut of a printing apparatus to the range of the gamut according to a plurality of mapping techniques, and a display device for simultaneously displaying the designated color and a plurality of colors mapped by the mapping section. For example, the display device simultaneously displays the designated color and colors mapped by the mapping section adjacent to each other. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058198 | COLOR VALUE ACQUIRING METHOD, COLOR VALUE ACQUIRING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Color reproduction data of a print obtained by forming an image on a print medium corresponding to an input type thereof, and spectral data of a laminate film corresponding to an input type thereof are acquired. A reference color is determined based on color information of a designated color to be reproduced on a protective-film-covered print. Based on the acquired color reproduction data and the acquired spectral data, the determined reference color is converted into another reference color depending on the print without the laminate film thereon. A color value depending on a color patch that is selected as a color closest to the designated color, under a condition where the laminate film is not laminated, from a designated color adjusting color chart printed based on color values depending on the converted other reference color or colors close to the other reference color, is acquired. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058199 | Printer driver, information processing apparatus, and program product storing printer driver therein - A printer driver adapting to a plurality of models of printers includes a function management unit that determines an available function based on function information including a constraint on a print setting, a print setting unit that generates a print setting screen based on a determination result from the function controlling unit, and a drawing unit that generates print data in response to a request to print drawing data. The function management unit determines whether a print setting value set for the drawing data conforms to the constraint, when the drawing unit responds to the request to print the drawing data. The drawing unit generates print data based on the determination result from the function management unit. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058200 | Image processing apparatus and method - An image processing apparatus includes: an extractor to extract colors used in input data; a converter to convert signals of the extracted colors into intermediate color signals each including three color signal components including brightness; an evaluator to evaluate recognizabilities of the colors based on the intermediate color signals; a generator to generate additional image data to be added to data for ordinary image formation based on a result of the evaluation and the input data; and a color convertor to convert the input data into the data for ordinary image formation. | 03-10-2011 |
20110063631 | METHODS AND SYSTEM FOR IMPROVED COLOR CHARACTERIZATION - Methods and systems are presented for characterizing a printer, display or other color reproduction device in which parametric and nonparametric forward color transforms are generated to construct a forward color device transform to characterize the mapping of CMYK input data to La*b* data of the device, with the parametric transform adapted to compensate for drifting performance of the color reproduction device. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063632 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR BUILDING A COLOR LOOKUP TABLE FOR A PRINTER - Color separation systems and methods improve color constancy and smoothness of a color lookup table (LUT) for a printer. A plurality of nodes of the LUT may be defined in colorimetric space, and the nodes out of the printer gamut may be mapped to the printer gamut surface. A set of possible colorant combinations are then determined that produce each node in the LUT in a device independent color space using a non-linear minimization algorithm, such as, for example, a conjugate gradient algorithm. Next, a colorant combination may be determined for each and every node in the LUT based on an image quality metric. In some implementations, a smoothing filter may be used to smooth the lookup table. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063633 | COLOR PRINTER CALIBRATION FOR MULTIPLE MEDIUMS - Methods and systems herein provide for calibrating for a plurality of different paper types. In one embodiment, a system for calibrating a printer includes a measurement module operable to detect colors printed on a first tangible medium by the printer and convert the detected colors to a detected color characterization. The system also includes a storage module operable to store a calibration file. The calibration file includes color characterizations of a plurality of different tangible mediums and each color characterization includes color measurements for one of the plurality of different tangible mediums obtained from the printer via the measurement module when the printer is calibrated. The system also includes a calibration module operable to compare the detected color characterization to at least two color characterizations of the calibration file and determine an adjustment to an output color scheme of the printer based on the comparison to calibrate the printer. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063634 | METHOD FOR CALIBRATING A MULTI-COLOR PRINTING MACHINE - Described is a method for calibrating a position of a first register line in a register mark for a multi-color printing machine, said first register line consisting of a first color that does not offer sufficient contrast with respect to a printing material in order to allow a detection above a determined threshold value on a register sensor. In this method, first a plurality of register marks, each consisting of at least one starting line, a background line and a first register line, is printed, said background line consisting of a second color which offers sufficient contrast with respect to the first color for a detection above the specified threshold value on the register sensor if the first register line is printed on the background line, and said background line having a width that is by X mm greater than the first register line, and said starting line, said background line and said first register line being printed with the use of the pre-determined control parameters, which, in the normal case, cause the first register line to be printed on the background line. Subsequently, it is detected whether the first register line has been recognized by the register sensor above the pre-determined threshold value as being completely positioned on the background line. If this is not the case, then, in accordance with the method, at least one pre-determined control parameter for printing the first register line is changed and printing of the register marks and the detection are repeated. Changing of the at least one control parameter may be repeated one or more times, with the first register line being shifted each time with respect to its width with different algebraic signs. The above method is also particularly suitable as a pre-calibration of the first register line for a calibration pass for all colors of the multi-color printing machine. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063635 | COLOR FACSIMILE APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, a color facsimile apparatus includes a printer portion that performs color print and monochrome print of a received image of a color facsimile signal transmitted from a certain outgoing listed number, an outgoing detecting portion that receives the facsimile signal to detect the outgoing listed number, an image determination portion that determines whether the received image of the facsimile signal is a color image or a monochrome image, and a color print control portion that compares the outgoing listed number to listed numbers on a previously stored white list to restrict the color print of the received image when the outgoing listed number does not exist in the listed numbers on the white list. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063636 | PRINTING APPARATUS - A printing apparatus comprising: a printing unit configured to perform a print processing based on a full-color mode and a non-full-color mode, the print processing being performed, in the full-color mode, based on coloring materials of a plurality of color and by using all the coloring materials required for printing of printing target data, the print processing being performed, in the non-full-color mode in which a part of the coloring materials required for printing of the printing target data is unavailable, by using the coloring materials except for the unavailable coloring material, a storage unit storing reprinting data including at least the image data of the color of the unavailable coloring material when the print processing is performed in the non full-color mode; and a reprinting unit performing a print processing by using the reprinting data after the coloring material which was unavailable in the non-full-color mode becomes available. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063637 | PRINT CONTROLLER - A print controller includes a controlling unit, storage unit, subject pixel data determining unit, converting unit, and adjusting unit. The controlling unit controls a printing unit to print an image on a recording medium by using a black ink and M chromatic color inks. The black ink reproduces black defined in a first color space. Each chromatic color ink reproduces one of M chromatic colors in the first color space and has permeability to the recording medium different from the permeability of the black ink. The storage unit stores a part of image data having a plurality of sets of pixel data. Each set of pixel data has a set of N color values indicating one of N colors that are defined in a second color space. N is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and smaller than (M+1). The subject pixel data determining unit determines whether one pixel data set is subject pixel data to be subjected to bleed suppression and includes: a target pixel data setting unit setting the one pixel data set as target pixel data; peripheral pixel data setting unit setting, as peripheral pixel data, pixel data set corresponding to a pixel located within a prescribed range from a target pixel; target-pixel color value acquiring unit acquiring the N color value set of the target pixel data; peripheral-pixel color value acquiring unit acquiring the N color value set of the peripheral pixel data; and determining unit determining whether the target pixel data is the subject pixel data based on the N color value sets. The converting unit converts, for each pixel data set, the N color values to a set of (M+1) color values including a black value and M color values. The adjusting unit is configured to adjust, for each subject pixel data, the (M+1) color value set by decreasing the black value. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063638 | Image Processing Apparatus, Image Processing Method, And Program - An image processing apparatus includes a reading unit that reads image data; a counting unit; a non-cumulative counting unit; a non-cumulative frequency storing unit; a cumulative value calculation unit; a cumulative value storing unit; and a print range determination unit, wherein the cumulative value calculation unit does not change the cumulative value in the case where no pixel having a luminance equal to or smaller than a predetermined luminance value is counted by the counting unit, and the cumulative value calculation unit adds the number of pixels counted by the counting unit and subtracts a value corresponding to the frequency stored in the non-cumulative frequency storing unit to and from the cumulative value at that time point so that a resultant value is used as the cumulative value in the case where the pixels having a luminance equal to or smaller than a predetermined luminance value are counted by the counting unit. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063639 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM FOR EXECUTING PRINTING WITH IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A data processing system includes: an image forming apparatus including a service part configured to receive a first printing attribute and printing data and set the first printing attribute to the printing data, the first printing attribute being commonly used among different types of image forming apparatuses, a control part configured to control printing based on the kind of printing attribute set to the printing data, a data processing apparatus including a receiving part configured to receive a request including the first printing attribute, a second printing attribute, and the printing data, the second printing attribute surpassing a range of the first printing attribute, a setting part configured to set the second printing attribute to the printing data, and a transmitting part configured to transmit the printing data being set with the second printing attribute and the first printing attribute to the image forming apparatus. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063640 | CALIBRATION PERFORMED IN IMAGE FORMATION APPARATUS TO MAINTAIN IMAGE QUALITY - An image formation apparatus performs calibration to maintain image quality. An adding unit performs addition processing to add an arbitrary type of printing medium different from a printing medium designated in advance as a printing medium usable for the calibration. A storage unit stores characteristic information indicating characteristics of each of a plurality of arbitrary types of printing media added by the adding unit. A determination unit determines an arbitrary type of printing medium relatively approximate to the characteristics of the printing medium designated in advance by comparing the characteristic information of each of the plurality of arbitrary types of printing media with the characteristics of the printing medium designated in advance. A calibration performing unit performs the calibration using the printing medium determined by the determination unit. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063641 | PRINTING APPARATUS, PRINTING PROGRAM AND PRINTING METHOD - There is provided a printing apparatus which is configured to control a basic color in performing the basic color in a printing medium. The printing apparatus includes: a table in which a correspondence relationship between a grayscale value in image data of the basic color and a color material amount is defined; an obtaining section which is configured to obtain a density range of a color which is to be printed on the basis of the image data of the basic color; and an adjustment section which is configured to adjust a grayscale range of the table so that the grayscale value corresponding to a color material amount range which corresponds to the density range of the color is increased. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063642 | METHOD FOR STORING AND READING DATA - A method for storing data is described, wherein the data to be stored is printed in the form of a dot pattern comprising a plurality of dots onto the surface of an imprintable medium using a printing device, wherein the dot pattern comprises at least one dot pattern block covering a defined area on the imprintable medium, and wherein the area, which is covered by the at least one dot pattern block on the medium to be imprinted, comprises a plurality of partial surfaces of equal size disposed next to and/or on top of each other, a dot pattern each representing a portion of the data to be stored being printed in said partial area. The method described is characterized in that each partial area comprises one of several different base dot patterns, or a reference dot pattern, that each of the several base dot patterns includes of two dots, which with respect to a virtual reference point are disposed in a point-symmetrical manner inside the respective partial area, and that the base dot patterns differ with respect to the angle of the virtual connecting line between the two dots of the respective base dot pattern with respect to a virtual reference line. The invention further relates to a method for reading the data stored in this manner. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063643 | METHOD FOR DETECTING ERRORS IN INDIVIDUAL COLOR SEPARATION IMAGES OF A MULTI-COLOR PRINTING MACHINE - A method for detecting errors in individual color separation images of a multi-color printing machine, in particular an electrophotographic printing machine, comprising a plurality of printing units, is described. Using this method, first a plurality of first register lines is printed with a first printing unit, and a plurality of second register lines is printed with a second printing unit in such a manner that each of the first register lines, together with one of said second register lines, is positioned inside a respective registration frame. Then the plurality of the first and second register lines in the respective registration frame are detected with a register sensor, and an output signal of the register sensor relating to the respective second register line is compared with an intensity threshold value in order to determine whether the second register lines can be recognized. In an alternative embodiment of the method, a plurality of the first register lines is printed with a first printing unit in such a manner that each of the first register lines is printed within a respective registration frame. Subsequently, the plurality of the first register lines in the respective registration frames is detected with a register sensor, and an output signal of the register sensor relating to the respective first register lines is compared with a pre-specified intensity threshold value in order to determine whether the first register lines are recognizable. | 03-17-2011 |
20110069328 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CREATING A DATA-BEARING IMAGE - A system for creating a data-bearing image can include a reference image generator configured to apply a clustered-dot halftone screen to a continuous-tone image. The resulting reference halftone image includes carrier cells in which a pixel cluster can be shifted to at least two shift positions in the carrier cell. The system also includes a payload encoder configured to segment the data payload and encode data segments into one of the carrier cells by shifting the cluster to one of the shift positions. The system also includes an output device configured to output the resulting data-bearing halftone image. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069329 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, PRINT APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus includes an image output unit that outputs an image to a continuous paper; a generator that generates an image based on a print instruction by executing drawing processing; a determining unit that determines an image layout to output a plurality of images on the continuous paper in parallel based on at least two print instructions; and a combining unit that combines the plurality of images generated by the generator on the basis of the image layout determined by the determining unit; a controller that controls the image output unit so that the plurality of images combined by the combining unit is output to the continuous paper. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069330 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND PROCESSING METHOD THEREOF - A determination is performed as to whether a media setting contained in settings information of an input print job is a standard media setting for which a standard medium is to be used or a custom media setting for which a custom medium different from the standard medium is to be used. Then, in a case where the media setting is determined to be a custom media setting, the media setting is converted to a setting of a medium that can be printed by another image forming apparatus, and the converted media setting is stored. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069331 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM FOR COMPUTER PROGRAM - An apparatus for converting a monochrome image into a color image includes a selection portion that select, for a plurality of attributes, individual colorization methods from among a plurality of colorization methods that are defined individually such that the plurality of colorization methods correspond to at least one attribute among the plurality of attributes relating to the plurality of regions, a processing portion that colorizes the monochrome image to produce a colorized image by applying the individual colorization methods selected by the selection portion, and a determination portion that determines whether or not the colorized image satisfies a setting condition. In this apparatus, when the determination portion determines that the setting condition is not satisfied, the selection portion changes a combination of the colorization methods such that at least one among the plurality of colorization methods applied to the plurality of regions is changed. The processing portion performs re-colorization on a region having an attribute for which the selection of the colorization method is changed among colorization methods included in the combination. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069332 | COLOR SELECTING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - It is determined whether an entered designated color is a color within a gamut of a printing machine or not. If the designated color is judged as being not a color within the gamut, then the designated color is mapped to converted colors within the gamut according to a plurality of gamut mapping processes. One of the gamut mapping processes which corresponds to one of the converted colors is selected. If the designated color is judged as being a color within the gamut, the designated color is set as a reference color. If the designated color is judged as being not a color within the gamut, then the selected one of the converted colors is set as the reference color. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069333 | COLOR SELECTING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - Image data used for printing a designated color adjusting color chart having color patches with a printing machine are generated, color values and positions of the color patches being associated with each other. A patch selection image simulating the positions of the color patches on the color chart is displayed. Coordinates corresponding to the position of a color that has been selected as a color that is closest to the designated color from the color patches of the color chart, are indicated on the displayed patch selection image. Color values of the color that is closest to the designated color are calculated based on the color values and positions that are associated with each other and the indicated coordinates. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069334 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND PRINTING METHOD - A printing apparatus includes an obtaining unit, a printing unit and a consideration request unit. The obtaining unit is configured and arranged to obtain image data of an object and target spectral characteristics information relating to the object. The printing unit is configured and arranged to print an image of the object according to the image data, and to print at least one color patch using the target spectral characteristics information while the color patch is associated with the image. The consideration request unit is configured and arranged to transmit a consideration request for printing of the image based on a comparison result between the target spectral characteristics information and spectral characteristics information obtained by color measurement of the color patch that was printed | 03-24-2011 |
20110069335 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - An image processing method includes determining one or more candidate pixels having variation of brightness in a first direction, among a plurality of pixels constituting an input image, the variation of brightness exceeding a first reference value, determining a certain region in which the total number of candidate pixels existing in a row of pixels in a second direction different from the first direction exceeds a second reference value, and generating an output image free from the determined certain region. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069336 | Method Of Identifying A Target Simplex - A method and system identify a target simplex (T | 03-24-2011 |
20110075162 | EXPOSURE AVERAGING - A method for capturing an image in a multi-color printing system, the method includes the steps of providing a test pattern on a print media having a plurality of test patterns aligned in a first direction in a repeating pattern; providing an image capture device having a shutter that controls a time interval during which a single image is captured; and flashing a strobe light multiple times within the time interval in which a single image is captured; wherein each strobe light flash is synchronized with motion of the test pattern past the image capture device so that each test pattern is illuminated by a single strobe-light flash at substantially the same location within the captured image. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075163 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF COLOR CONVERSION WITH GRAY VALUES - Methods and systems herein provide for the color conversion of image data with various levels of gray values, such as text. Such color conversion includes generating a CMYK conversion model by defining a gray region in the perceptual color space of the image data to convert the gray values of the gray region to a range of K values during CMYK color conversion of the image data and segmenting chroma values in a color lookup table that maps perceptual color values to CMYK color values. Lightness values in the color lookup table are adjusted using a perceptual model (e.g., a Heimholtz-Kohlrausch Effect model) based on the segmented chroma values to substantially maintain a lightness relationship between the gray values of the image data and the remaining color values of the image data. The image data is the converted to a CMYK color space using the generated CMYK conversion model. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075164 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ENHANCED PRINTING OF ONLINE CONTENT - Methods disclosed permit the printing of online content in a manner that optimally uses printer capability. A method for printing web page content can comprise: receiving a print request for a first print data associated with the web page at a printer, wherein the print request includes the web-page URL; generating a request for a second print data, wherein the request for the second print data is based on the web-page URL, and the second print data is associated with the first print data; and printing according to the second print data received in response to the request. For example, for online maps, the first print data can be low resolution map data while the second print data can be higher resolution map data. For online images, the first print data can be RGB image data while the second print data can be CMYK image data. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075165 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing system includes a plurality of intermediate data generating sections that analyzes distributed data of document data described in a page description language, and generates intermediate data; and a plurality of drawing data generating sections that acquires the intermediate data from the plurality of intermediate data generating sections and generates drawing data including information of pixels of a print image based on the acquired intermediate data. The plurality of intermediate data generating sections generates the intermediate data by pages of the document data. The plurality of drawing data generating sections corresponds to a plurality of different basic colors and generates the drawing data for the corresponding basic colors. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075166 | PREVIEW OF A DOCUMENT WITH PRINTABLE COMPONENTS AT A PRINTING DEVICE BASED ON ITS PRINTING CAPABILITY - An apparatus, method, system and medium are described that support functionality to receive document(s) to be printed at a printing device, and enable editing the document(s) prior to printing. Modifications to the document(s) may be generated based on the user edits, and a print preview of the modified documents may be displayed and may enable further edits. In some embodiments, the print preview may be provided to the user on a display that is part of the printing device. In some embodiments, the print preview may be provided to the user through a UI presented on a client device. Display of the modified document(s) may be a rasterized image of the modified document(s), generated based on capabilities of a selected printing device. In some embodiments, modifications may be made to an intermediate version of the document(s), and that intermediate version may be cached. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075167 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - An image forming apparatus comprising an image forming unit that forms an image based on a processing batch, a measurement unit, which interrupts the processing batch to form a density pattern by controlling the image forming unit, and which obtains density adjustment data by measuring the density pattern, and an adjustment unit that adjusts the density of the image based on the density adjustment data. When the measurement unit performs a density measurement before formation of a first color page of a processing batch, which includes monochrome and color pages, the adjustment unit adjusts the density of each color page using new density adjustment data obtained through the density measurement performed before the formation of the first color page, and the adjustment unit adjusts the density of each monochrome page using old density adjustment data obtained before the density measurement performed before the formation of the first color page. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075168 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An apparatus includes a conveyance unit configured to convey a document, a first detection unit configured to detect a first deviation amount of the conveyed document by a leading edge of the document, a first correction unit configured to correct deviation of the conveyed document if the first deviation amount is larger than a predetermined value, an input unit configured to read the document the corrected deviation and to input image data, a second detection unit configured to detect a second deviation amount of the conveyed document by a trailing edge of the document, and a second correction unit configured to correct deviation of the document included in the input image data if the second deviation amount is larger than a predetermined value. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075169 | PRINTING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printing apparatus includes: an input unit configured to input images of a plurality of pages; and a printing unit configured to execute, if the images of the plurality of pages include a color page image, printing on a plurality of sheets based on the images of the plurality of pages by solely sheets for color printing even in a case where the images of the plurality of pages include a monochrome page image. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075170 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS USING SAME - When an image forming apparatus sequentially reads the document images of a plurality of pages, forms images on sheets and outputs the sheets (aggregation mode and similar), the image forming apparatus compares, for partial data of the data for a plurality of pages generated by a reading device, coded partial data after first image processing with coded partial data after second image processing. If the coded partial data after first image processing is smaller, the coded data for the plurality of pages after first image processing is caused to be stored in a compressed data storage portion. Then, a first coding/decoding portion is caused to read the stored data, a second image processing portion and similar are caused to perform processing of the data, and a printer is caused to form images on sheets and output the sheets. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075171 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND CALIBRATION METHOD - A printing apparatus is adapted to form a printed image by forming ink dots based on an ink amount specified for each of a plurality of pixels forming image data. The determination unit is configured to analyze the image data and to determine at least one color patch to be printed based on a result of the analysis. The patch printing unit is configured to print the color patch. The color measurement unit is configured to perform color measurement on the color patch to obtain a color value indicated in the color patch. The correction data creation unit is configured to create correction data using the color value obtained by the color measurement unit. The printing unit is configured to form the ink dots based on the ink amount that has been corrected based on the correction data. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075172 | PRINT INFORMATION ACQUIRING METHOD, PRINT INFORMATION ACQUIRING APPARATUS, PROFILE GENERATING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM WITH PROGRAM RECORDED THEREIN - An association table is generated which associates print information with color values. Print information of a print is encoded into target color values based on the generated association table. Image data of management patches having the target color values are added to image data for printing the print. The print, which is printed by a printing machine, is colorimetrically measured to acquire color values of the management patches. The acquired color values of the management patches are decoded into print information based on the association table. The association table is generated depending on a gamut of the printing machine. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075173 | PROFILE GENERATING APPARATUS, PROFILE GENERATING METHOD, COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM WITH PROFILE GENERATING PROGRAM RECORDED THEREIN, AND PRINTING SYSTEM - A group of spectral data of print mediums and a group of laminating film spectral data are stored, which correspond to a plurality of colors on a color chart. The type of print medium and the type of laminating film are entered. From the group of spectral data of print mediums and the group of laminating film spectral data, spectral data corresponding to the entered type of print medium are entered as first spectral data, and spectral data corresponding to the entered type of laminating film are entered as second spectral data. Colorimetric value data of the colors are calculated using the first spectral data and the second spectral data. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075174 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - The image processing apparatus executes quantization processing of second multi-valued image data that corresponds to a second relative movement of a plurality of relative movements based on first multi-valued image data that corresponds to a first relative movement of the plurality of relative movements, and executes quantization processing of the first multi-valued image data based on the second multi-valued image data. This makes it possible to output a high-quality image having excellent robustness and reduced graininess by controlling the overlap rate of dots that are printed by the first relative movement and the dots that are printed by the second relative movement. | 03-31-2011 |
20110080600 | IMAGE PROCESSOR, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processor includes: a receiving unit that receives an input of image data in a first color space; a first color conversion unit that performs color conversion of the image data received by the receiving unit to image data formed of a first combination of color components in a second color space; a second color conversion unit that performs color conversion of the image data received by the receiving unit to image data formed of a second combination of color components in the second color space, the second combination being different from the first combination; and an image generating unit that generates an image based on at least the image data generated by the first and second color conversion units. Each of the first and second combinations includes a smaller number of color components than the number of color materials to be used in formation of an image. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080601 | IMAGE ARRANGEMENT SUPPORTING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSOR, IMAGE ARRANGEMENT SUPPORTING METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image arrangement supporting device includes: a detection unit that detects a state in which plural images associated with drawing attributions different from each other are arranged on one virtual medium; and an output unit that outputs information indicating that at least one of the plural images is not formed on one real medium with a drawing attribution associated with the at least one of the plural images, in accordance with detection of the state by the detection unit. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080602 | Optimizing To-Be Printed Objects During Print Job Processing - Methods for processing print jobs in rendering devices include representing multiple to-be-printed objects with fewer such objects before processing of the objects occurs. In this manner, processing and memory requirements are optimized. Examples include utilizing a single raster operation function of one object for an entirety of objects; using fewer raster operation functions than originally required for the entirety of objects; creating a no processing (NOP) situation; and effectively creating a mask. Other aspects include modifying raster operation functions of one or more objects to have fewer variables than originally specified by the print job. Printers having stored or accessible computer executable instructions for performing the steps are also disclosed as are host devices that may direct or control the printer to perform the same. | 04-07-2011 |
20110085186 | Image forming apparatus and de-skew method thereof - A de-skew method of an image forming apparatus is provided which includes reading an image on a print medium fed through an automatic document feeder (ADF); detecting a leading edge of the print medium and calculating a skew angle of the read image; comparing the calculated skew angle to a first threshold and determining whether to perform a de-skew operation; and setting skew compensation levels based on the calculated skew angle and performing different de-skew operations according to the set skew compensation levels to output a de-skewed image when the absolute value of the calculated skew angle is equal to or greater than the first threshold. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085187 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND AUTO COLOR REGISTRATION METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus and an auto color registration method thereof. The automatic color registration method of the image forming apparatus, the method includes transferring a plurality of first patterns synchronized with a phase of an image receptor, detecting the transferred first patterns, and performing an automatic color registration (ACR) by controlling a driving speed of the image receptor based on the detected first pattern. With this, the apparatus and method controls a driving speed of an image receptor by using a pattern synchronized with a phase of the image receptor and improves accuracy of the ACR. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085188 | IMAGE FORMATION DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMATION METHOD - An image formation device includes an image reading unit, a control unit, and a displaying unit. The image reading unit reads a document according to a scan parameter to obtain an image data having a first data size. The control unit controls changing the first data size to the second data size due to change of the scan parameter, and calculates the second data size based on the changed scan parameter. The displaying unit displays the second data size and a preview of image based on the second data size. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085189 | IMAGE PROCESSOR AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Provided is an image processor and image processing method that are capable of suppressing both density unevenness and graininess that occur due to deviation of the printing position of dots that are printed by a plurality of relative movements (or a plurality of printing element groups). In order to accomplish this, the dot overlap rate of an image characteristic in which density unevenness stands out is made higher than the dot overlap rate of an image characteristic in which other defects stand out more than the density unevenness. By doing so, it is possible to suitably adjust the dot overlap rate according to an image characteristic, and to output an image having no density unevenness or graininess. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085190 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ANALYZING ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTS AND DIGITAL PRINTING SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus are provided for receiving a PDL File that describes a print job, processing the PDL commands in the file, identifying print settings and printer factors that may affect the entire print job, and reporting such print settings and printer factors. Methods and apparatus are also provided for receiving a PDL File that describes a print job, processing the PDL commands in the file, identifying any objects in the print job that have associated predetermined attributes, and reporting the print objects that have any such predetermined attributes. | 04-14-2011 |
20110090520 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image processing apparatus for generating a print image which can be easily visually recognizable under a particular light source, without using special ink, by utilizing a characteristic of a print medium. A color information holding unit holds first color information and second color information indicating different ink use amounts in a print unit per unit area on a print medium, and a color difference equal to or less than a predetermined value under ordinary light. In accordance with a value of a pixel of binary latent image data delivered from a latent image generator, a discrimination image data generator print-outputs one of the first color information and the second color information as print data with respect to the pixel. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090521 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD CONTROLLING THE AMOUNT OF TRANSPARENT INK FOR RECORDING - An image processing apparatus includes a calculation unit configured to calculate an amount of a first coloring material in an area including a plurality of pixels; a determination unit configured to determine an allowable amount of a second coloring material in the area on the basis of the amount of the first coloring material, calculated by the calculation unit, and a limit of the amount of the coloring material; and a control unit configured to control an amount of the second coloring material in the area so as not to exceed the allowable amount of the second coloring material. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090522 | AUTOMATIC TRAPPING METHOD AND SYSTEM - An automatic trapping method and system is used for packaging printing. The method includes translating trapping objects into simple color blocks, scanning all of the blocks and attaining trapping boundaries, determining whether the color blocks on both sides of the trapping boundaries meet the trapping rule depending on the ink dots percentage and luminance, connecting trapping boundaries by analyzing regions, creating trapping zone and filling ink into the zone and reducing color. | 04-21-2011 |
20110096342 | METHOD FOR PRINTING AN IMAGE - A method for printing an image, the method includes the steps of defining a media support surface; advancing a print medium onto the support surface; emitting light from a first side of the print medium toward the defined surface; moving a sensor on a second side of the print medium along a scan direction; monitoring the position of the sensor as it moves along the scan direction; sensing the light on the second side of the print medium which is opposite the first side as the light passes through the print medium to a sensor; providing memory for storing patterns representing particular media types; providing a processor for comparing signals from the sensor to patterns stored in the memory in order to identify media type; identifying the print medium type; selecting a print mode based on the identified print medium type; processing an image according to the selected print mode; and printing the image on the print medium. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096343 | IDENTIFYING A COLOR PROFILE FOR AN ILLUMINANT - A method includes collecting, within a printer body, ambient light entering the printer body. Characteristics of the collected ambient light are measured. A color profile based on the measured characteristics is identified. The identified color profile is provided for use in forming a color image on a medium. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096344 | Printing System - Method of computing a convex hull in a predetermined color space, comprising determining a print attribute value range pertaining to a reference print attribute value, selecting base NP (Neugebauer Primary) area coverages, comprising area coverages of single NPs and combined NPs, having print attribute values in the print attribute value range, printing and measuring patches corresponding to the base NP area coverages, computing linear combinations of the base NP area coverages, and assigning one of the base NP area coverage or the linear combination of base NP area coverages to the corresponding color, depending on which is closest to the reference print attribute value. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096345 | Print System - Method of determining a color gamut of a predetermined print system, comprising determining ink restrictions of the print system, generating all NP states of the print system, generating a convex hull of area coverages of NPs that do not exceed said ink restrictions, determining which NP states are outside of the convex hull, mapping NP states that are outside of the convex hull onto the convex hull, re-expressing the mapped NP states as area coverages of NPs, and sampling the convex hull in a colorimetrically predetermined way. | 04-28-2011 |
20110102817 | IMAGE ON PAPER REGISTRATION USING IMAGE MARKS - An image transfer assembly and method capable of adjusting the registration of an image printed on paper. A first image location being determined on at least one first sheet by measuring for each of at least three corners of a first sheet the distance between the two adjoining edges of the respective corners to a portion of at least one first fiducial mark. For each of the measured first sheet corners the measured portion of the at least one first fiducial mark is closer to that respective corner than any other of the first sheet corners. Then a second image to be transferred is adjusted by changing, relative to at least one second sheet, at least one of a size, shear, position and orientation of the second image based on the determined first image location. The adjusted second image being then printed on the second sheet(s). | 05-05-2011 |
20110102818 | DYNAMIC FIELD TRANSFER CONTROL IN FIRST TRANSFER - Multi-color document processing systems and operating methods are disclosed to control retransfer by providing a user-selected secondary operating mode in which marking devices not needed for a particular print job are disabled and one or more required devices are operated at reduced transfer field levels for the first transfer of marking material onto an intermediate transfer structure. | 05-05-2011 |
20110102819 | Printer and Computer-Readable Storage Medium for Controlling the Same - A printer is provided that includes a printing unit, a detector that outputs a detection signal corresponding to one of a remaining amount of coloring agent and a consumed amount of coloring agent, and a controller configured to perform a switching process. In the switching process, when determining, based on the detection signal, that a usable amount of coloring agent is more than a first reference value, the controller controls the printing unit to perform a normal printing operation to print an original image based on image data. Meanwhile, in the switching process, when determining, based on the detection signal, that the usable amount of coloring agent is equal to or less than the first reference value, the controller controls the printing unit to perform a show-through cancellation printing operation to print an image that is formed by removing an image recognized as a show-through image from the original image. | 05-05-2011 |
20110102820 | INPUT APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS INCORPORATING INPUT APPARATUS - An input apparatus configured to change a set value continuously, comprising: an operating key configured to be pressed; a detector configured to detect press of the operation key; a calculation portion configured to sequentially add or subtract a first variable to or from the set value during the press of the operation key and sequentially add or subtract a second variable greater than the first variable to or from the set value after a number of calculations with the first variable exceeds a first threshold number; and a change portion configured to change the operating key in colour from a first hue to a second hue, when the number of the calculations with the first variable exceeds a second threshold number smaller than the first threshold number. | 05-05-2011 |
20110102821 | COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A first color value of a printing medium under a first light source which emits first light including light in an ultraviolet region and at a first temperature is obtained from either a measured data table or a measurement section. A second color value of the printing medium under the first light source and at a second temperature different from the first temperature is obtained from either the measured data table or the measurement section. A color value of the printing medium at a viewing temperature, which is different from the first and second temperatures, is estimated from the obtained first and second color values. | 05-05-2011 |
20110102822 | PAGE DESCRIPTION DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, PAGE DESCRIPTION DATA PROCESSING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Before page description data are input to a raster image processor (RIPa) that plots an overprint of a shading object in process colors in the nonzero overprint mode, the page description data are converted into robustized page description data wherein minimum values of process colors are replaced with small values which are not of 0. The robustized page description data are input to the RIPa. | 05-05-2011 |
20110102823 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus carries out a combining process in which a part of an original image is whitened and a target image to be combined is superimposed over the whitened part. The image processing apparatus receives a command to specify a color of an unnecessary region of the stamp image including the target image to be combined which region is not to be superimposed over the original image in the combining process. Then, the image processing apparatus receives a command to define a necessary region of a specified color region of the stamp image which necessary region should not be defined as the unnecessary region, the specified color region being constituted by pixels indicating the color specified by the command. Further, the image processing apparatus carries out the combining process, assuming that the unnecessary region is a region of the stamp image which region is obtained by excluding the necessary region from the specified color region and the target image to be combined is a region other than the unnecessary region in the stamp image. | 05-05-2011 |
20110102824 | ADJUSTING COLORANTS SPECIFIED IN A DIGITAL IMAGE - A method for making a device link ( | 05-05-2011 |
20110109921 | PHOTORECEPTOR MOTION QUALITY ESTIMATION USING MULTIPLE SAMPLING INTERVALS - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for determining printer component velocity variations by analyzing multiple page test patterns. A test pattern, such as ladder chart targets, is produced that extends across multiple pages. Corresponding page sync signals are recorded and used to maintain phase coherence when analyzing scanned images associated with the multiple pages. An algorithm determines the ladder rung positions and the average photoreceptor velocity between each ladder rung on each scanned image for each page. Interpolation is used for proper phase alignment of the velocity data that spans multiple pages. The long assembly of phase coherent velocity data is then analyzed in one embodiment to determine its frequency content and to estimate the photoreceptor motion quality error sources. Based upon these estimated error sources, a trouble condition or pending maintenance problem with the printer is able to be indentified. | 05-12-2011 |
20110109922 | PRINT CONTROL TERMINAL, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - A print control terminal including a user interface to receive a setting of a print command and print options of a document, a screen selection unit to select a halftone screen to be applied to the document, a transparency multiple number selection unit to select a transparency multiple number to correspond to the selected halftone screen, a print data generation unit to generate print data of the document according to the selected transparency multiple number, and a communication interface to transmit the generated print data and the print options to the image forming apparatus. A transparency multiple number is changed according to the characteristics of a halftone screen to improve quality of an output image. | 05-12-2011 |
20110109923 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD, AND PROGRAM-RECORDED STORAGE MEDIUM - A gradation correcting curve to correct a gradation of an input image is generated. Gradation correction based on the gradation correcting curve is made to a boundary pixel of a color reproduction space at the same saturation as that of a target lattice point and at a hue of the target lattice point. An equal saturation line is set by using the boundary pixel of the color reproduction space after the gradation correction. A saturation correction amount of the target lattice point is decided based on the gradation correcting curve and the equal saturation line. | 05-12-2011 |
20110109924 | LASER FIXING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A fixing device includes: a laser radiating section for radiating laser light to a sheet so that a toner image on the sheet is fixed to the sheet, an optical sensor, and a smoke detecting section. The optical sensor includes a light radiating section for radiating light with a predetermined wavelength and a light receiving section for receiving the light with a predetermined wavelength so as to output a signal corresponding to a received amount of the light with a predetermined wavelength. The light radiating section and the light receiving section are positioned in such a manner that the light radiating section and the light receiving section face each other with a light path of the laser light therebetween, and light radiated from the light radiating section crosses the light path of the laser light and then reaches the light receiving section. The smoke detecting section detects smoke in the fixing device based on the signal. Thus, the laser fixing device can detect smoke with high accuracy. | 05-12-2011 |
20110109925 | CORRECTION UNIT FOR COLOR MEASUREMENT UNIT MOUNTED IN PRINTING APPARATUS AND CORRECTION LUT FOR COLOR MEASUREMENT UNIT - In creating a correction LUT that includes, as its data, correction values each equivalent to a difference between a color-measurement value measured by a spectroreflectometer as a reference color measurement unit and a color-measurement value measured by a spectroreflectometer as a correction-target color measurement unit, the correction LUT includes, as its argument elements, a wavelength, reflectance, a change in reflectivity relative to wavelength, obtains the correction values based on the color measurement results of color patches each corresponding to a predetermined color, and estimates a correction value at a grid point lacking the correction value based on the color measurement results. | 05-12-2011 |
20110109926 | COMMODITY SALES DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - According to one embodiment, a commodity sales data processing apparatus includes a printing unit, an input unit, a printing-data creating unit, a correcting unit, and a printing control unit. The printing unit prints a receipt. The input unit receives input of information concerning a commodity. The printing-data creating unit creates, on the basis of information concerning commodities input via the input unit, printing data for causing the printing unit to print a receipt including detail information of a transaction. The correcting unit corrects the printing data such that the length of the receipt printed by the printing unit on the basis of the printing data is reduced. The printing control unit causes the printing unit to print a receipt based on one of the printing data created by the printing-data creating unit and the printing data corrected by the correcting unit. | 05-12-2011 |
20110109927 | IMAGE PROCESSING CONTROLLER AND PRINTING APPARATUS - An image processing controller for performing screen processing for tone reduction of input image data, which has a tone value in N | 05-12-2011 |
20110109928 | PRODUCTION OF TEST PRINTS - In order to improve a method for producing test prints such that the same results in reproducible test prints in a narrow deviation spectrum at high accuracy with the highest possible print flexibility, the invention provides a method for the production of test prints (proofs) of print data intended for printing on an industrial printing machine on a digital printer, wherein the print data is converted from a color space for any given industrial printing machine into digital proof print data in a color space for any given digital printer, as a function of a given state based on conversion tables, wherein the given state comprises parameters, such as paper type, ink, printing mode, and wherein conversion data is determined and considered during the printing process for a calibration file for the printer based on data compatible with the color space, by means of printing a test image, measuring the same, and comparing the same to a typical printer target image, wherein parameters dependent on a measuring device utilized during the measuring of the test image are considered during the determination of the correction data. | 05-12-2011 |
20110116110 | SHOW-THROUGH MEASUREMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INKS ON MEDIA - Systems and methods of measuring an amount of show-through in a printed document are disclosed. The systems and methods include an imaging device that scans a back side of the printed document and scans a front side of the printed document with a blank document disposed thereon. The imaging device produces bitmaps related to the scans and calculates bit depths associated with the bitmaps. A difference array is calculated based on the differences between the bitmaps of the back side and front side scans, and the average value and standard deviation of the difference array is calculated. The amount of show-through of the document is measured based on a formula with the calculated average and standard deviation. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116111 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR CONTROLLING SAME - Disclosed is an image forming apparatus and method of controlling same for forming an image on a print medium using a non-transparent recording agent and a transparent recording agent. If the gloss level of an image to be formed is designated, the image is formed upon deciding whether or not image formation using the transparent recording agent is to be carried out, this decision being made based upon the designated gloss level and stored type information of the print medium used in image formation. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116112 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM AND MEMORY MEDIUM FOR EXECUTING IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus characterized by including; an area sensor unit that reads from an original document image a plurality of frames of image data having a shift of less than one pixel, an output resolution acquisition unit that obtains an output image resolution at which resolution the original document image read by the area sensor unit is output, an acquisition frame number control unit that controls a number of frames read by the area sensor unit according to a result of the output resolution acquisition unit, a correction unit that corrects an inclination of the frames of image data controlled by the acquisition frame number control unit, and a high resolution conversion unit that performs an interpolation processing using the plurality of frames of image data whose inclination is corrected by the correction unit to obtain image data in a resolution higher than a resolution during reading. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116113 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE CAPABLE OF SAVING INK CONSUMPTION - An image processing device includes an acquiring unit, a rendering unit, and a mode determination unit. The acquiring unit acquires an input data including a character in a first size. The rendering unit renders an output image based on the input data. The mode determination unit determines whether or not a prescribed mode in which a consumption of printing material is reduced while printing the output image is designated. If the mode determination unit determines that the prescribed mode is designated, the rendering unit renders the output image of the character in a second size smaller than the first size. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116114 | IMAGE FORMATION APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMATION METHOD FOR PERFORMING COLOR DEVIATION CORRECTION - A problem in conventional electrical color deviation correction is that an awkward step is generated at a border where a pixel is offset by one-pixel-basis correction. Although such a step can be cancelled by less-than-one-pixel-basis correction, this smoothing process in turn generates unevenness in density. To solve these problems, in electrical color deviation correction, a draw command is analyzed to specify a draw position for color deviation correction for each of draw objects. Then, the object is drawn at the specified draw position, and an offset for color deviation correction is performed on an object basis. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116115 | IMAGE PROCESSOR AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - There are provided an image processing method and an image processor which realize the processing of restricting image degradations such as “dot delay”, “banding” and “wind ripple” with a simpler circuit construction. Therefore, after the regular quantization processing is performed, in a pixel in a prohibition position the processing of limiting a predetermined quantized value to change into another quantized value is performed corresponding to the obtained quantized value and the position information of the pixel of interest. By doing this, even in the low level of the density value, it is possible to realize at a low cost the construction in which dots having different sizes are mixed for printing. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116116 | RECORDING MEDIUM, COLOR CONVERSION TABLE CREATING APPARATUS AND COLOR CONVERSION TABLE CREATING METHOD - Disclosed is a recording medium recording a program for a computer to perform the following functions of: creating first corresponding information to show color value corresponding to a combination of values of black and three basic colors when a plurality of color patches are each output; creating second corresponding information to correspond the combination of values of black and three basic colors to a virtual basic color axis coordinate; creating third corresponding information to show color value corresponding to the virtual basic color axis coordinate; and obtaining virtual basic color axis coordinate corresponding to the color value, obtaining a combination of values of black and three basic colors corresponding to the obtained virtual basic color axis coordinate, and storing the obtained combination of values of black and three basic colors as a combination of values of black and three basic colors corresponding to the color value. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116117 | System and method for depositing solidifiable translucent fluid with a determined thickness - The present invention relates to an Inkjet printing system for obtaining a finished product comprising:
| 05-19-2011 |
20110122426 | SPECTRAL GAMUT MAPPING BY CONSTRAINED SUBDIVISION OF GAMUT - Color management in which a spectral gamut is determined for spectral gamut mapping by constructing subdivisions of a set of samples spanning the spectral gamut. The samples are designated by specifying device values and are subdivided based on their lightness, chroma and hue under a reference illuminant such that the number of samples in each subdivision is limited by a predetermined number. A color value to be spectrally gamut mapped is accepted, and converted into a colorimetric value under the reference illuminant. The converted colorimetric value includes a lightness, a chroma and a hue. Subdivisions within a tolerance of the converted colorimetric value are identified using its lightness, chroma and hue. Samples within the identified subdivisions are searched to find a sample that matches acceptably to the color value relative to an objective function. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122427 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus determines whether a color image is formed by reading an original with a reading unit or input from an external apparatus, and sets a conversion method for converting the color image into a monochrome image such that when an image obtained by monochrome converting the color image is output onto a recording medium, security information included in the color image is difficult to be discriminated by human eyes, if the color image is formed by reading an original. If the color image is input from the external apparatus, the image processing apparatus sets a monochrome conversion method selected by a user. The apparatus then converts the color image into a monochrome image by the set monochrome conversion method. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122428 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus has a calibration mode in which a calibration image is formed on a print medium to correct image forming conditions. The image forming apparatus detects print medium information to determine, on the basis of the print medium information, whether the print medium is a sheet recommended as a print medium for use in the calibration mode. The image forming apparatus sets calibration conditions corresponding to the determined recommended sheet. The image forming apparatus corrects the image forming conditions on the basis of the set calibration conditions. | 05-26-2011 |
20110128558 | SELECTING BLENDED REGIONS OF COLOR SPACE - A method for adjusting the color of an image is provided. The image includes a plurality of pixels. The method includes receiving a natural language command to adjust a selected color of at least a portion of the image; determining a selection value for a pixel of interest by comparing a location of a color of the pixel of interest within a color space to a plurality of planes defining a multi-dimensional boundary of a portion of the color space corresponding to the selected color; and adjusting, based on the natural language command, the selected color of the pixel or the pixels of at least the portion of the image determined to be within the portion of the color space corresponding to the selected color. The selection value is representative of whether the pixel of interest lies within the portion of the color space corresponding to the selected color. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128559 | PRINTING DEVICE THAT EXECUTES CALIBRATION AT FREQUENCY SUITED TO USER DEMAND - A printing device including a printing unit that prints an image with print agent, a calibration unit that executes a calibration process, a specifying unit that specifies a usage amount of the print agent, and a control unit that controls the calibration unit to execute the calibration process at a lower frequency when the specifying unit specifies a lower amount as the usage amount. The calibration process is for printing a mark with the print unit, detecting the mark, and calculating a calculation value based on a detection result. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128560 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes an acquisition unit, a determination unit, and a thinning unit. The acquisition unit may acquire color information concerning color of an image having an attribute of at least one of character or line drawing. The determination unit may determine a thinning ratio for thinning data of non-edge portions of the image according to the color information acquired by the acquisition unit. The thinning unit may thin data of the non-edge portions according to the thinning ratio determined by the determination unit. The thinning ratio determined by the determination unit when the color information indicates a color other than black is lower than the thinning ratio determined when the color information indicates black. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128561 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - When the number (M) of passes is smaller than a threshold value, a first processing mode is selected. In the first processing mode, multivalued image data is divided into pieces of multivalued data corresponding to passes and a common multivalued data for a plurality of passes, the pieces of multivalued data are individually binarized to generate pieces of binary data corresponding to the passes, and the common multivalued data is binarized to generate common binary data for these passes. On the other hand, when the number (M) of passes is equal to or larger than the threshold value, a second processing mode is selected. In the second processing mode, multivalued image data is binarized and the binary data is divided into pieces of binary data corresponding to passes with a mask. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128562 | COLOR DESIGNATION CONTROL DEVICE, COLOR DESIGNATION CONTROL METHOD, AND MEDIUM STORING COLOR DESIGNATION CONTROL PROGRAM - A color designation control device includes: an image acquisition section that acquires a color image; and a display control section that displays a user interface screen, which includes at least a preview image of the acquired color image and a hue scale representing a change in hue, on a predetermined display while accepting designation of a position or a region within the preview image, acquiring a hue at the designated position or in the designated region from the preview image, and adding a specific indication for a range within the hue scale corresponding to the acquired hue. | 06-02-2011 |
20110134447 | METHOD TO RETRIEVE A GAMUT MAPPING STRATEGY - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for retrieving a gamut mapping for a color device. A ray-based model is derived from a system estimation of either a seed profile or a seed device. The model is hard coded inside a run-time ICC profile creation algorithm. The runtime profile generation code can be optimized for a variety of gamut mapping scenarios. The generated profile is provided to an imaging system wherein out-of-gamut colors are mapped to the color gamut of the host device. The present method provides an accurate way to reproduce colors of images by retrieving the gamut mapping from profiles or from the color device that use destination profiles for rendering images. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134448 | Image forming apparatus and image forming method thereof - An image forming apparatus includes an input part for receiving image data; an image processor for image-processing the input image data; an output part for outputting data processed at the image processor; and a controller for controlling the image processor to process the image using one of a plurality of image processing modes having a toner consumption lower than a toner density to use when the toner density to use for outputting the input image data exceeds a preset reference density. The plurality of the image processing modes includes a boundary image processing mode which outputs only boundaries of objects in the image data. Thus, the toner used for the image forming can be saved. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134449 | COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A color value of output color reproduced based on an output signal value corresponding to an input color value of a grid point in an input color space, which is obtained by sampling a range of the output signal value, are estimated. An evaluation value that evaluates tonality between a color value estimated in correspondence with an input color value of a grid point of interest in the input color space and color values estimated in correspondence with input color values of grid points adjacent to the grid point of interest is calculated. When the input color value of the grid point of interest, whose evaluation value is less than a predetermined threshold value, is obtained, an output signal value corresponding to that input signal value is set in the grid point of interest. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134450 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS THAT DISPLAYS INFORMATION ACCORDING TO SIZE OF PREVIEW IMAGE, CONTROL METHOD FOR IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image display apparatus that can appropriately display supplementary information according to a display magnification for a preview image. A size of a preview image indicative of a printing result of an image to be printed is determined according to an instruction from a user. A type of information on printing of the image, which is to be displayed on a display unit, is determined according to the determined size. Information of the determined type is displayed in a state in which the preview image is displayed on the display unit according to the determined size. | 06-09-2011 |
20110141496 | CONTROLLING ERROR DIFFUSION DOT DENSITY - A method for improving printing quality of a digital image using error diffusion screening including the steps for each pixel in a digital image: a) initialize weighted error diffusion value; b) translate first value ( | 06-16-2011 |
20110141497 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PRINT PROFILE SELECTION - A computer-based method and system for optimal print profile selection are provided. The method includes receiving a color document and print profiles into memory, identifying out-of-gamut regions within the color document, presenting the identified out-of-gamut regions to a user, receiving color accuracy requirements from the user for at least one out-of-gamut region, computing a color quality value for each of the at least one print profile based at least partially on the received color accuracy requirements, creating a ranked list comprising the at least one print profiles ranked at least partially according to the computed color quality value, and outputting the ranked list to a user terminal, a computer monitor, or computer memory. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141498 | CONTROL DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image formation control device is provided with a control unit. The control unit controls generation of information for forming a transparent image on the basis of settings that include at least a superimposition region and a superimposition sequence, when plurality of images which include the transparent image and a colored image are superimposed and synthesized. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141499 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing device processes image data, which is edited to image data including, in correspondence with each pixel of an object included in the image, a pixel value field that holds a pixel value of the pixel and an attribute value field that holds an attribute value. The image processing device includes a generation unit which includes a table that holds characteristic data and an address of the characteristics data, generates an attribute value based on information of a position of a pixel in the image and the table, sets the attribute value in the attribute value field, an image processing unit which applies an image process to a pixel value set in the pixel value field based on the set attribute value, and a connection module moves the image data from the generation unit to the image processing unit. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141500 | Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer program product - An image processing apparatus includes: a setting unit that sets a color index representing a category to which an achromatic color and at least one chromatic color that are included in image data belong; an adjustment unit that adjusts a color tone of the achromatic color belonging to the category that is indicated by the set color index in accordance with a hue of the chromatic color belonging to the category; and a generation unit that generates image data including the chromatic color belonging to the category and the achromatic color of which the color tone is adjusted by the adjustment unit. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141501 | Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer program product - An image processing apparatus includes an object type determining unit that determines whether a drawing object in the input image data includes a color character group; a background area extracting unit that extracts the background area on which the color character group is formed in the drawing object; a monochromatic conversion unit that, when the drawing object is determined to include the color character group, generates monochromatic image data by performing monochromatic conversion of the input image data with minimum luminance of a main color; a pattern generating unit that, when the drawing object is determined to include the color character group, generates, according to the hue of the color character group, pattern image data to be added to the background area of the post-monochromatic-conversion color character group; and a synthesizing unit that synthesizes the monochromatic image data and the pattern image data. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141502 | IMAGE PROCESSOR AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processor and an image processing method are provided which can suppress both a bronzing phenomenon and a color rolling in an inkjet printing apparatus and produce high-quality monochrome pictures. To that end, a monochrome image is processed by generating the multivalued density data for a chromatic ink having a hue component opposite that of the achromatic ink in a low to medium density region and, in a high density region, generating the multivalued density data for a chromatic ink having a reflection light with a hue component opposite that of a reflection light of the achromatic ink. With this arrangement, a high-quality monochrome image can be produced which has hardly noticeable hue deviations and bronzing phenomenon in the entire density grayscale or density range. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141503 | MULTILEVEL PRINTING PROCESS AND DEVICE USING A RASTER BITMAP AND ASSIGNMENT METHOD FOR MULTILEVEL SCREENS - A process for printing substrates includes assigning image dots of printer-ready copy to pixels of a multilevel map and assigning values to the pixels depending on the tonal value of the image dot for assigning n+1 different values, where n>1. Artifacts are prevented in multilevel printing processes by assigning threshold values of any threshold value matrix to the pixels of the multilevel map on which the printing is based with respect to their positions relative to the printing substrate, calculating tonal values of the image dot, fixing the values of the pixels depending on the threshold value and the tonal value of the assigned image dot, and printing the multilevel map on a printing substrate in a multilevel printing process, with different values representing different amounts of ink of a printed pixel. A screen assignment device assigns a value to a pixel of a multilevel map generated by an RIP. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141504 | IMAGE READING DEVICE FOR CORRECTING IMAGE READ FROM ORIGINAL, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE IMAGE READING DEVICE, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image reading device which corrects images read from respective first and second sides of an original without increasing the total circuit size. A scanner unit (image reading device) reads an image on a front surface of an original by a front-side reading section and reads an image on a back-side of the original by a back-side reading section in a single feeding operation. The scanner unit detects a skew angle of the original read by the front-side reading section, with respect to the front-side reading section, and corrects image data read by the front-side reading section and image data read by the back-side reading section, according to the detected skew angle of the original. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141505 | PRINTING SYSTEM, PRINTER DRIVER AND COPIER - Disclosed is a printing system including a printing device having one or more feeders, and a computer. The computer includes a setting reception unit that stores beforehand a setting of ON or OFF of a colorant save mode in which a process of saving a colorant is performed for every one of the feeders, and receives a print instruction including selection of a feeder, and a command sending unit that, on the basis of the feeder selected in the print instruction and a setting of ON or OFF of the colorant save mode of the feeder, generates a print command and sends the print command to the printing device. The printing device includes a print control unit that, on the basis of the print command sent from the computer, performs a predetermined process of saving a colorant when the colorant save mode is ON, generates print data, and carries out printing using the feeder selected in the print command. | 06-16-2011 |
20110149307 | SELECTION OF SAMPLES FOR SPANNING A SPECTRAL GAMUT - Determining a spectral gamut of a device by designating a spanning set of samples which span the spectral gamut. A first crude spanning set of samples is established by specifying one or more corresponding device values in a device color space. The first crude spanning set is refined by processing a plurality of new samples in a predetermined order. The processing includes, for each new sample, determining if the new sample differs in an objective function value by more than a predetermined threshold from all samples in the first crude spanning set and adding the new sample to the first crude spanning set if the new sample differs in the objective function value by more than the predetermined threshold. The resulting first crude spanning set is designated as the spanning set of samples. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149308 | RED-GREEN-BLUE TO MONOCHROME COLOR CONVERSION - Systems and associated methods provide for converting an RGB color image to a grayscale image via a lookup table of correction values. The lookup table is generated and used to compensate for errors in converting the color image to the grayscale image. The lookup table is generated by generating a reference image having pixels with color values in the RGB color space, converting a first copy of the reference image to a grayscale reference image via interpolation, and converting a second copy of the reference image to an intermediate image. The intermediate image comprises chrominance and luminance values (e.g., YCbCR or YCgCo). The chrominance values are removed from the intermediate image. The intermediate image is then compared to the grayscale reference image to generate the correction values. The lookup table may then be applied to a grayscale image that has been converted from the RGB color image. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149309 | MEMORY EFFICIENT ELECTRONIC REGISTRATION METHOD THAT COMPENSATES IMAGE CONTENT AND PREVENTS HALFTONE MOIRE - Systems and methods are described that facilitate compensating for slow scan direction displacement (e.g., skew and/or bow) defects in a raster line using slow-scan electronic registration. Input image data is buffered at low-resolution (e.g., 600 spi or the like). Displacement compensation is performed as the low-resolution contone image data is converted to high-resolution (e.g., 2400 spi or the like), and a displaced (e.g., staggered) halftoning threshold array is indexed to account for detected displacement. Displacement compensation is again performed during conversion of the high-resolution contone image data to high-resolution binary image data that is used to generate an output image. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149310 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRINTING ON CUSTOM MEDIA USING AN IMAGE PRODUCTION DEVICE - A method and apparatus for generating a custom media template for printing by an image production device is disclosed and may include receiving a request to generate a custom print preview template, initiating a scan of the custom print preview template document, receiving the scanned custom print preview template, and storing the scanned custom print preview template. A method and apparatus for printing on custom media is also disclosed and may include receiving a request to print a print job, determining whether custom media is required, determining if a request for a print preview has been received, prompting the user to select one of the custom media templates from one or more custom media templates; receiving a custom media template selection presenting the document image on the selected custom media template in a print preview image, determining whether the print job is to be processed, and printing the print job. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149311 | COLOR INCONSTANCY GUIDE FOR SPOT COLOR PRINT APPLICATIONS - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for generating a color inconstancy guide for use in spot color print applications. In a manner more fully disclosed herein, color inconstancy values are calculated for selected spot colors of interest using a color inconstancy metric. A color inconstancy guide is generated from the calculated color inconstancy values and their respective spot colors. Thereafter, when a user desires to render a job in a particular spot color, the associated color inconstancy value for that color can be obtained from the guide. In various embodiments, recommendations in the form of a suggested printer to use, a media type, a halftone screen, and other meaningful assistance can be provided for spot color selection that are less sensitive to varying illuminations for a given print/copy job. The present color inconstancy guide provides meaningful extensions in color quality and color reproduction in print/copy job environments. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149312 | SPECTRAL MATCHING GUIDE FOR SPOT COLOR PRINT APPLICATIONS - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for generating a spectral matching guide for spot color print applications. Spectral matching values are determined for spot colors obtained from a library of spot colors. A spectral matching guide is created from the spot colors and their respective spectral matching values in a manner more fully disclosed herein. Thereafter, when a user desires to render a job in a particular spot color, the associated spectral matching value for that spot color can be obtained from the spectral matching guide. In other embodiments, recommendations in the form of a suggested printer to use, a media type, a halftone screen, and other meaningful assistance can be provided for selection of spot colors for a given print/copy job that are less sensitive to varying illuminations. The present spectral matching guide provides meaningful extensions in spectral color reproduction in print/copy job environments. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149313 | REFERENCE COLOR DIFFERENCE QUANTITY GUIDE FOR SPOT COLOR APPLICATIONS - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for generating a reference color difference quantity guide for spot color print applications. RCDQ values are determined for spot colors obtained from a library of spot colors. A reference color difference quantity guide is created from the spot colors and their respective RCDQ values in a manner more fully disclosed herein. Thereafter, when a user desires to render a job in a particular spot color, the associated RCDQ value for that spot color can be obtained from the reference color difference quantity guide. In various embodiments, recommendations in the form of a suggested printer to use, a media type, a halftone screen, and other meaningful assistance can be provided for selection of spot colors for a given print/copy job that are less sensitive to varying illuminations. The present RCDQ guide provides meaningful extensions in color reproduction in diverse print/copy job environments. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149314 | PRINTING CONTROL TERMINAL DEVICE AND METHOD OF PRINTING XML PAPER SPECIFICATION (XPS) FILE - A printing control terminal device includes a user interface to receive a command to print an XPS file on an XPS viewer, an analyzing unit to analyze at least one of a print ticket, a core property, and a digital signature included in the XPS file, and to distinguish a first setting information to be applied to a printing job and a second setting information not to be applied to a printing job, a conversion unit to convert at least one of the print ticket, the core property, and the digital signature corresponding to the second distinguished setting information to be applied to the printing job, a driver to generate print data using the second converted setting information and the first setting information, and a communication interface to transmit the generated print data to the image forming apparatus. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149315 | PRINTING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A control method for controlling a printing apparatus configured to print image data and capable of conveying a printed sheet to a postprocessing apparatus configured to trim the printed sheet identifies and manages a region to be cut off by trimming and another region not to be cut off by the trimming and allows a user to easily edit an image included in the region to be cut off by the trimming. The control method includes displaying the image data, editing the displayed image data, obtaining information about a trimming position at which the postprocessing apparatus trims the sheet, and executing control for permitting editing of a first region, which is a region to be cut off by the postprocessing apparatus according to the obtained information and for restricting editing of a second region not to be cut off by trimming by the postprocessing apparatus. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149316 | PRINTING SYSTEM, PRINTING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - According to the present invention, patch data is printed in such a manner that the length of a low-optical-density patch is small and the length of a high-optical-density patch is large. In addition, the measurement is performed by a sensor that measures at a constant scanning speed. Therefore, SN of a dark patch having a high optical density is improved, and a patch chart can be measured in a short time. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149317 | METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING PRINTING OF GRAPHICAL INFORMATION - A method for controlling printing of graphical information in combination with a coding pattern, wherein the graphical information and the coding pattern are to be printed with separate inks, the coding pattern being printed using a black ink corresponding to a K component of a CMYK colour space and the graphical information being printed using colour inks corresponding to the CMY components, comprises: receiving a representation of the graphical information in RGB colour space, the representation comprising a set of elements making up the graphical information, each element comprising R, G and B component values together representing the colour of the element; and transforming the representation of the graphical information, said transformation mapping the R, G and B component values onto a range of values which is outside a domain where said black ink will be mixed by a printer into said colour inks during printing of the graphical information. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149318 | APPARATUS, METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR PROCESSING AN IMAGE - An image processing apparatus includes a comparison unit, a change unit, and a printing unit to perform variable printing in a form of a composite of a master page and a variable page. The comparison unit compares a color of the master page and a color of the variable page near a boundary line between the master page and the boundary page. In a case where the master page and the variable page are similar in color near the boundary line, the change unit changes the master page to another master page with a color that is not similar to the color of the variable page. The printing unit prints the another master page and the variable page in a composite form. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149319 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COLOR PROCESSING METHOD - It is difficult to appropriate estimate the colorimetric values of an arbitrary patch at a desired temperature with respect to an arbitrary medium in consideration of the influence of a fluorescent whitening agent contained in the medium. Target patch colorimetric values obtained when patches of a plurality of colors formed on a medium using color samples are measured at a target temperature designated in step S | 06-23-2011 |
20110157611 | METHOD FOR GENERATING PERSONALIZED DOCUMENTS - A computer implemented method of producing personalized documents comprising the steps of inputting handwritten alphanumeric characters which are then mapped into at least one set of text characters. A textural document is entered into the computer and is transcribed into a set of text characters corresponding to the input handwritten alphanumeric characters. The document can be printed and will contain text in the handwriting of the person whose alphanumeric characters were used as input. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157612 | METHOD FOR CALCULATING COLOR TRANSFORM IN WCS PIPELINE - A modified WCS (Windows Color System) pipeline is provided, which calculates the color transform off-line. More specifically, the color transform is calculated once after any profile is changed, and the calculated color transform data is stored for later use. During the printing process (i.e. when the user prints a document), the stored color transform data is retrieved and used by the pipeline to perform subsequent steps such as content color translation, without re-performing the color transform calculation. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157613 | IMAGE FORMING DEVICE THAT PERFORMS REVERSE-TRANSFER OPERATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH IMAGE FORMING CONDITION - An image forming device performs an image forming operation in either one of a color mode or a monochrome mode. The image forming device includes a plurality of photosensitive members, a plurality of collecting members configured to collect excrescences from the corresponding photosensitive members, and a reverse-transfer member that performs a reverse-transfer operation to transfer the excrescences collected by the collecting members back onto the photosensitive members and further onto an endless bearing member. A control unit controls the reverse-transfer member to perform the reverse-transfer operation at a frequency when image forming operations are performed in succession in the monochrome mode. The control unit sets the frequency based on an image forming condition. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157614 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - This invention provides an image processing method and image processing apparatus, which allow the user to select an image for which an amount of printing material applied to a printing medium is to be reduced. To an object selected on a selection window, a CPU applies image processing for reducing a printing material to data of an internal part of the selected object except for its contour using a program of a printer driver. Then, this invention can provide an image processing method and image processing apparatus, which are convenient for the user. | 06-30-2011 |
20110164262 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - In an image processing for printing a monochrome image, color deviation can be suppressed to print a favorable monochrome image. Specifically, the printing of a monochrome image is performed by using black ink in all of a color reproduction region (color gamut) including a gray axis and regions other than the gray axis. This avoids the use of C, M, and Y for the expression of the monochrome image to suppress the color deviation due to slight imbalance among amounts of three colors of inks. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164263 | METHOD OF APPLYING MAKEUP AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING SUCH A METHOD - A method of making up the skin or the lips, the method including measuring at least one optical characteristic at least one location of the skin or the lips; and automatically forming on the skin or lips a deposit that has an optical characteristic that varies and that corresponds substantially at said location, to the measured optical characteristic. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164264 | Linking an Object to a Position on a Surface - A method of generating an association between a software object and a position on a surface is disclosed. The method starts by sensing, by a sensing device placed on the position on the surface coded data at the position on the surface. The coded data at the position on the surface encodes an identity of the surface and the position of the coded data relative to the surface. The sensing device then generates indicating data using the sensed coded data. The indicating data is indicative of the identity of the surface and the position of the sensed coded data relative to the surface. Upon receiving the indicating data from the sensing device by a computer system, the computer system identifies, using the indicating data, the identity of the surface and the position of the sensed coded data relative to the surface. The computer system also identifies the software object, and then generates an association between the identity of the surface, the position of the sensed coded data relative to the surface, and the software object. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164265 | COLOR GAMUT DATA CREATING DEVICE - A color gamut data creating device includes a locating unit, and an extracting unit. The locating unit locates characteristic points based on the measurement points on a target plane. The extracting unit extracts at least three vertices of a color gamut from among the characteristic points. The at least three vertices satisfy the conditions that a first point, which is any one of the at least three vertices, is located within a reference distance from a second point adjacent to the first point from among the at least three vertices, and that all cross products that are calculated by a vector from the first point to the second point and vectors from the first point to any characteristic points that are located within the reference distance from the first point have the same sign. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164266 | COLOR GAMUT DATA CREATING DEVICE - A color gamut data creating device includes a locating unit, and an extracting unit. The locating unit locates characteristic points based on the measurement points on a target plane. The extracting unit extracts at least three vertices of a color gamut from among the characteristic points. The at least three vertices satisfy the conditions that a first point, which is any one of the at least three vertices, is located within a reference distance from a second point adjacent to the first point from among the at least three vertices, and that all cross products that are calculated by a vector from the first point to the second point and vectors from the first point to any characteristic points that are located within the reference distance from the first point have the same sign. | 07-07-2011 |
20110170122 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing system includes an information processing apparatus and an image forming apparatus that are connected via a network. The information processing apparatus receives inputs designating scan setting and a layout method, and transmits the scan setting and the layout method to the image forming apparatus. The image forming apparatus reads an original document according to the scan setting, outputs image data, extracts a content from the image data according to the layout method, and transmits the content to the information processing apparatus. The information processing apparatus determines, according to the layout method, a layout of the content on a page, arranges the content on the page according to the layout, and generates the drawing data. The image forming apparatus forms an image on a sheet of paper corresponding to the page according to drawing data. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170123 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND PRINTING METHOD FOR FORMING IMAGE USING A FIRST PRINT MATERIAL AND A SECOND PRINT MATERIAL - A printing apparatus comprising a first engine for performing a print using a first print material connectable to a feed unit of a second engine for performing a print using a second print material is provided. The printing apparatus comprise a first controller configured to control the first engine and a second controller configured to control the second engine. Power control unit of the second controller configured to restrict consumption power of the image processing unit of the second controller in a case that transmitted information for the second engine from the first controller does not include the data to be processed by the second engine. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170124 | Image processing system and image processing apparatus - An image processing system is disclosed that is configured to input color image data, generate color image data identification information identifying the color image data, store the color image data identification information in association with the color image data, generate monochrome image data based on the color image data, combine the color image data identification information with the monochrome image data according to a predetermined format and print the combined monochrome image data on a first recording medium. Also, the image processing system is configured to read the combined monochrome image data from the first recording medium, extract the color image data identification information from the combined monochrome image data, read the color image data stored in association with the extracted color image data identification information, and output the read color image data in a predetermined visible format. | 07-14-2011 |
20110176151 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CREATING AND USING CUSTOMIZED SAMPLE RENDERING JOB - A system and method for configuring a customized sample job for monitoring print quality and increasing proofing flexibility. A sample job comprising one or more pages can be created in association with print programming attributes utilizing a document creation application. The sample job can be raster image processed with respect to a user specified job setting and stored in an electronic memory component (e.g., DFE component, computer memory, Flash memory, USB memory, etc) as a custom sample job. The custom sample job can be then selected with respect to a primary rendering job in order to render a sample page based on a predefined frequency interval (e.g., after every N sheets) to a sample tray. The frequency interval associated with the custom sample job production can be predefined on a job-by-job and/or global basis by a user. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176152 | Image processing apparatus, image processing method, computer program, and recording medium - An optimal interval obtaining sheet is output, and the density thereon is measured using a color meter. A layout determining unit determines an optimal interval at which patches are to be arranged on a sheet including a plurality of patches having the same color and the same gradation based on the measurement. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176153 | METHOD OF GENERATING A COLOR PROFILE, AN IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE FOR GENERATING THE COLOR PROFILE, AND A COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING A CONTROL PROGRAM OF THE IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE - The method in the present invention of generating a color profile for converting color values in a device-independent first color space to color values in a device-dependent second color space for the purpose of color adjustment of an output device comprises the steps of executing the mapping of the extra-gamut color value located outside the gamut of the output device among the color values in the first color space (S | 07-21-2011 |
20110176154 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - In a recording apparatus in which resolution of a main scan and resolution of a subscan differ, a print character is preferably reproduced. An image processing apparatus for controlling the recording apparatus in which the subscan resolution is lower than the main scan resolution has: a character direction discriminating unit for discriminating a direction of a character included in image data; an image rotating unit for rotating the image data so that a horizontal line in the character decided by the character direction discriminating unit is scanned by the main scan of the recording apparatus; and a control unit for allowing the recording apparatus to record the image data rotated by the image rotating unit. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176155 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD THEREFOR - The present invention relates to an image processing apparatus which performs density tone correction with high accuracy while reducing the burden on the user. The image processing apparatus prints an evaluation image in which a plurality of color patches and a plurality of reference patches are placed on the same main scanning line, measures density of the printed evaluation image, performs density irregularity correction in a main scanning direction using densities of the measured reference patches, and performs density tone correction using densities of the measured color patches. Results of the density irregularity correction are reflected in the density tone correction. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176156 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING A MONOCHROME IMAGE - A method to configure an apparatus to apply a plurality of mono colorization filters to a low resolution version of a color image. A contrast value is determined for each application of the mono colorization filters. The mono colorization filter achieving the highest contrast value is applied to a high resolution version of the color image to produce a high contrast monochrome image. The high contrast monochrome image is then printed by the apparatus. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176157 | PRINT INFORMATION MANAGING APPARATUS, PRINT INFORMATION MANAGING METHOD, PRINT INFORMATION MANAGING SYSTEM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM WITH PROGRAM RECORDED THEREIN - Color values in an overlapping area, in which at least two of a plurality of acquired gamuts overlap each other, are associated with common information (ID numbers), which is common to prints for producing the at least two gamuts. Print information of the prints is encoded into target color values. Management patches including the encoded target color values are added to the prints. | 07-21-2011 |
20110181896 | OPTICAL DETECTION METHOD DURING PRINT FINISHING - An optical control method for use in print finishing, comprising the following steps: First, guiding a planar printed product along a conveying path past at least one optical sensor ( | 07-28-2011 |
20110181897 | DATA PROCESSOR, DATA PRCESSING METHOD AND PROGRAM - Provided are a data processing method and a data processor for ink jet printing, which are capable of achieving uniform and high-quality images while stabilizing density and color development in each of pixels. To this end, a mask pattern for setting permission and non-permission to print dots in each area is arranged non-periodically by using an integral multiple of m×n areas as one unit. The m×n areas allow one pixel to be expressed in half-tone. Thereby, density in the pixel is stable since a plurality of dots printed in the same pixel are printed approximately in the same event. Moreover, since each of the units (clusters) is non-periodically arranged, a uniform image can be obtained. | 07-28-2011 |
20110181898 | Image Data Processing Apparatus, Medium Recording Image Data Set, Medium Recording Image Data Processing Program and Image Data Processing Method - There has been a problem in that original image data should be saved with another name so as not to be altered, resulting in complexity and an increase in a necessary storage region. | 07-28-2011 |
20110181899 | MULTICOLOR ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND PROCESSES OF FORMING THE SAME BY PRINTING - There is provided a method of forming a regular array of rows of subpixels on a workpiece. The subpixels have c different colors, where a colors are formed by printing. The subpixel pitch is s. The method includes (a) providing a printing head having a sets of z adjacent nozzles arranged in a row, wherein the spacing between adjacent nozzles within the same set is p | 07-28-2011 |
20110188058 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - Data specified by a distributor can be printed in an arrangement similar to that of the display state corresponding to the layout which is viewed by a person, to whom a printed matter is distributed, on the screen of his/her device in use. By specifying a user, i.e., the distribution destination for the printed matter, an information processing system can print the output data for a portlet application in accordance with the layout on the portal screen displayed by the user. In the portal server | 08-04-2011 |
20110188059 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A specific color detecting section | 08-04-2011 |
20110188060 | METHOD FOR PREPARING A PROFILE OF A PRINTING SPEED OF A PRINTING MACHINE - For an efficient management of the printing speed in a printing machine, a method has been provided for preparing a profile of a printing speed of a printing machine for printing a plurality of sheets, wherein a print job defining the printing of a plurality of sheets is accepted and analyzed in view of a printing speed for each individual sheet. Subsequently, before printing the sheets of the print job, a profile of the printing speed is prepared for each individual sheet as a function of the printing speed and of the change-over times between different printing speeds of the printing machine. It is also possible to determine the printing speed of the sheet with the lowest printing speed within the print job and, subsequently, adjust a profile of the printing speed for the entire print job to a constant printing speed that corresponds to the lowest printing speed within the print job, with the profile being adjusted before the sheets of this print job are being printed. | 08-04-2011 |
20110194125 | DISTRIBUTED DATA FLOW FOR PAGE PARALLEL IMAGE PROCESSING WITHIN PRINTING SYSTEMS - A system renders print jobs via a marking engine. A raster image processor receives the job from the input module and renders it to one or more raster images. One or more contone image processors receive the one or more raster images to perform cross-channel image processing to render the raster images into a form compatible with the marking engine, wherein the output is partially sub-partitioned by color separation. An image refactoring and distribution network completes the sub-partitioning by separation of the rendered contone raster images by color separation and distributes each color sub-partition to a marker channel module specific to each color sub-partition. A marking engine receives the color sub-partitioned image data, marks the image onto a substrate and outputs a hardcopy of the image. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194126 | TRANSCODING RUN LENGTH LIMITED DATASTREAMS FOR OBJECT LEVEL HALFTONING - Methods and systems for transcoding continuous tone Run Length Limited (RLL) encoded datastreams for including information for identifying halftone screens within the datastream are disclosed. Sequential packets comprising headers and bitmap data are identified within the datastream. Halftone screens associated with bitmap data within the packets are identified and merged into the packets to generate a modified RLL output. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194127 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus includes a control unit and an output unit. The control unit includes an image output unit that arranges an image read by reading processing in an area shifted in a certain direction in a display area in which read image on which reading processing is performed by an image reading apparatus is displayed, and outputs the image to the output unit. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194128 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COUNTING METHOD FOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus, including: an image forming unit to perform an image formation on paper; a storage unit to store a printing rate coefficient corresponding to one of printing rate levels, the printing rate levels being a plurality of levels into which a printing rate is divided, the printing rate coefficient being stored for each of the printing rate levels; a coefficient changing operation section for changing a printing rate coefficient for each of the printing rate levels; and a control unit to calculate a printing rate on each page of the paper on which the image formation is performed, to read a printing rate coefficient, corresponding to one of the printing rate levels to which the calculated printing rate belongs, from the storage unit, and to add up the read printing rate coefficient as a count coefficient. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194129 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing device of the present invention includes: a lightness/saturation calculating section that calculates saturation of each pixel on the basis of multicolor image data; an achromatic/chromatic color determining section that determines a pixel as a chromatic pixel if the saturation of the pixel is not less than a preset threshold value and determines a pixel as an achromatic pixel if the saturation of the pixel is less than the threshold value; an achromatic color data generating section that generates, for the achromatic pixel, pixel data for formation of an image using only a color material of black; and a specified color data generating section that generates, for the chromatic pixel, pixel data constituting a double color image and containing single color image data for formation of an image realized by a combination of color materials of colors corresponding to a single color other than black, and the specified color data generating section generates, for the chromatic pixel, single color image data such that the consumption of a color material of a chromatic color corresponding to the single color increases with increase in the saturation of the chromatic pixel. This makes it possible to generate double color image data by which high contrast and rich tone reproduction can be realized and the boundary between the achromatic region and the chromatic region can be expressed with natural gradation. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194130 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM RECORDING MEDIUM - An image processing device comprises: a first output device having a first color gamut and outputting an image based on a given first color reproduction target value; a second output device having a second color gamut and outputting an image based on a second color reproduction target value; a color gamut information acquirer for acquiring a first color gamut information relating to the first color gamut of the first output device and a second color gamut information relating to the second color gamut of the second output device; and a target value generator for producing a second color reproduction target value for the second output device by correcting the given color reproduction target value for the first output device based on acquired first and second color gamut information by the color gamut information acquirer. | 08-11-2011 |
20110199622 | PRINTING DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR PRINTING DEVICE - A printer device has a two-sided printing function and a circulatory transporting path for transporting a printing medium. The printer device is configured such that after creating a set of print data for a first recording surface to be printed with two-sided printing, the printer device adds a set of dummy print data for a second recording surface corresponding to a back side of the first recording surface to the set of print data for the first recording surface. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199623 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND SETTING METHOD USED IN IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, an image processing apparatus has a storage unit, a display unit, a display control unit, a setting log saving unit, a determination unit, and an updating unit. The storage unit stores default settings. The display unit displays setting contents reflecting the default settings. The display control unit causes the setting contents which are changed in response to an instruction from a user to be displayed on the display unit. The setting log saving unit saves the setting contents of the executed process as setting log information. The determination unit determines whether or not the default settings are to be changed using a plurality of the setting log information. The updating unit, if it is determined that the default settings are to be changed, updates the default settings to default settings determined from the plurality of the setting log information. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199624 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING IMAGE - According to one embodiment, an image processing apparatus including a preview image creating section configured to create a preview image corresponding to image data, a display section configured to display the preview image, an additional image input section configured to acquire and store image data to be added to the preview image displayed by the display section, and an image synthesizing section configured to superimpose the image data to be added to the preview image by the additional image input section on the image data used in forming the preview image. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199625 | PRINT DATA GENERATION APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS AND PROGRAM - A print data generation apparatus for generating a print data which causes an image indicated to be printed and a first mark, being printed by using a color erasable print material whose color is erasable by exposing to specific wavelength light, to be printed on a same recording sheet. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199626 | METHOD AND TEST ELEMENT FOR DETERMINING CHARACTERIZATION DATA OF A PRINTING PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR CARRYING OUT THE METHOD - A method for calculating characterization data of a printing process, is more manageable and less complicated than previously-known methods, in which determining printing tables for CMYK printing systems with special colors or for multicolor systems easily becomes unwieldy and complicated because of necessary colored areas in test elements. A test element supplies actual spectral data. By using subsets of this actual data, tonal value curves or tonal value gain curves, parameters of a model of the printing process for determining spectra of overprinted printing inks and adapted input variables, are determined in a calculating device in accordance with the model, taking into account the tonal value gain, to determine corrected tonal values or their spectra. Then only a few colored areas are needed to calculate characterization data. A test element for determining characterization data of a printing process and an apparatus for carrying out the method are also provided. | 08-18-2011 |
20110205562 | Method of reducing the amount of black in an image - A method of reducing the amount of black in an image is disclosed. The method is using a computer to reduce the amount of or eliminate the black in an original digital image. The major procedure is to increase the pixels of the original digital image (by four or nine times) and then change the color information of the pixels. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205563 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING A SIZE AND SHAPE OF MEDIA ON WHICH IMAGE DATA IS TO BE PRINTED IN AN IMAGE PRODUCTION DEVICE - A method and apparatus for detecting a size and shape of media on which image data is to be printed in an image production device is disclosed. The method may include receiving a request to print a print job, scanning image data for the print job, feeding media on which the image data is to be printed, scanning the fed media to determine the size and shape of the fed media, generating a mask based on the determined size and shape of the fed media, applying the mask to the image data, the mask permitting marking material to be applied to an intermediate member based on the determined size and shape of the fed media, applying the image data to the fed media; and outputting the fed media containing the image data. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205564 | Apparatus, method, and computer program product for forming images - A disclosed image forming apparatus for color printing includes a generator unit configured to generate dot sequential data as printing data based on received PDL color data, an image adjustment-conversion unit configured to carry out image adjustment processing and/or image conversion processing on the printing data generated by the generator unit based on a set printing condition, a rendering unit configured to render the printing data held in a page memory on which the image adjustment processing and/or the image conversion processing has been carried out by the image adjustment-conversion unit, and a printing unit configured to print the printing data rendered by the rendering unit. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205565 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THAT PERFORM MULTIPLE IMAGE PROCESSES, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus that can decompress image data in appropriate manners suitable for a plurality of processes, and simplify and speed up the processes. Blocks of image data are compressed, and information indicative of procedures of the processes to be performed on the blocks of image data by a plurality of image processing units is added to the compressed blocks of image data. Decompression methods for the compressed blocks of image data are determined according to the procedures in the information added to the compressed blocks of image data. The compressed blocks of image data are decompressed using the determined decompression methods. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205566 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - When a color selected for use in printing an additional image is not included in colors selected for normal printing, the color for the additional image is changed to an appropriate color, and an increase in cost is avoided. In the color deciding process, a controller examines a color mode at step (S | 08-25-2011 |
20110205567 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS FOR IDENTIFYING UNDESIRABLE TONER PLACEMENT - A method and apparatus for printing data on a print medium is disclosed. The apparatus is configured to format print data to pixel data, the pixel data including pixel values; identify a grid of pixels having a predetermined pattern of pixel values; obtain predetermined pcode grid from memory for the identified grid of pixels; and send the predetermined pcode grid to controller circuit for printing. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205568 | Imaging Device Calibration System And Method - One or more imaging device calibration methods and systems are disclosed. According to one embodiment, a calibration system and method includes the application of one or more white colorants on a high optical density media prior to application of calibration targets. The system and method allow for calibration of the imaging device without the necessity for changing the substrate or stopping printing. | 08-25-2011 |
20110211203 | Color printer system and printing method - A color printer system includes plural data transmitting units that transmits image data of each color to an engine, and a printing control unit that controls the plural data transmitting units. The printing control unit and an image data generating apparatus are connected by a first transmission path, and the plural data transmitting units and the image data generating apparatus are connected by plural of second transmission paths allocated to each color. The image data generating apparatus includes: an image data generating unit that performs bitmap expansion on a print job for each color to generate image data; and a communication unit that sequentially allocates the image data of colors other than a color not used for the superimposed printing to the second transmission path, which is allocated to transmit the image data of the not used color, and transmits the image data in units of transmission. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211204 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - The first processor element (PE) interprets a display list, generates pieces of edge information of objects contained in one line, sorts the pieces of edge information for each line, and transfers the level data containing link information linking to width information of between the edges of the objects, the pieces of edge information and overlapping information of the objects. When the level data corresponding to the pixel count in the sub-scanning direction is stored in a memory, a DMAC controls the readout order of the level data to read out the level data from the memory and transfers the readout level data to the second processor. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211205 | LIQUID EJECTION DEVICE HAVING IMAGE DATA PROCESSING UNIT - An image data processing device processes image data. The image data processing device includes an image data storing unit, a correction data producing unit, and an image density value addition unit. The image density value is either a first density value that is greater than or equal to a prescribed value or a second density value that is less than the prescribed value. The ink droplet is ejected on the first subject pixel whereas the ink droplet is unejected on the second subject pixel. The correction data producing unit produces correction data including a plurality of correction density values. The image density value addition unit adds the correction density value to the second density value of the corresponding pixel. The correction data producing unit produces a first correction density value and a second correction density value as the correction density value. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211206 | Print Data Generating Device and Non-Transitory Recording Medium - A print data generating device comprises a retrieving unit, a bar code data generating unit, and a print data generating unit. The retrieving unit is configured to retrieve image data of an original image. The bar code data generating unit is configured to generate, based on the image data of the original image, data of at least one bar code that stores the original image. The print data generating unit is configured to generate, based on the image data of the original image and the data of the at least one bar code, print data of a print image that includes the at least one bar code arranged on one page and the original image arranged on one or more pages. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211207 | LIQUID DROPLET DISCHARGING APPARATUS - The liquid droplet discharging apparatus includes a first workpiece stage and a second workpiece stage, an inspection stage arranged between the first workpiece stage and the second workpiece stage, an image recognizing section configured to execute image recognition with respect to a result of an inspection discharge of a liquid from a liquid droplet discharging head onto the inspection stage, and a stage moving mechanism configured to selectively move the first workpiece stage between the image formation area and a first workpiece exchange area, to selectively move the second workpiece stage between the image formation area and a second workpiece exchange area, and to selectively move the inspection stage between an inspection area and the image formation area. The inspection area is disposed between the image formation area and the first workpiece exchange area. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211208 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - In order to form a high-quality image, upon execution of multi-pass printing using a printing head with a plurality of nozzles, an image processing apparatus calculates, using a scan duty setting unit ( | 09-01-2011 |
20110211209 | IMAGE-FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING TOTAL AMOUNT OF TONER IN TRAP - The present invention provides an image-forming apparatus capable of reducing the amount of toner at a position at which the trapping is carried out. The apparatus has an image-deformation processing unit where input image data is processed to deform the image shape or the trapping or overprinting is carried out on the respective color plates. The apparatus determines whether or not the trapping should be carried out to the target pixels on the boundary between color plates in the adjacent different objects, determines the color plate having the trap color, obtains the amount of toner of the trap color, determines based on the amount of toner of the trap color and the target pixels whether or not the total amount of toner of the trap exceeds the limit value, and reduces the total amount of toner if the total amount of toner of the trap exceeds the limit value. | 09-01-2011 |
20110216333 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING A MULTI-FUNCTION PRINTER AS A USER INTERFACE FOR A PRINT DRIVER - A multi-function printer including a processor and a computer-readable storage medium in communication with the processor, wherein the computer-readable storage medium comprises one or more programming instructions for: receiving a plurality of electronic documents from one or more electronic devices; storing the plurality of electronic documents in a storage unit located within the multi-function printer; permitting access to one or more of the plurality of electronic documents via a user interface positioned about the multi-function printer; permitting selection of one or more print attributes via the user interface; applying the one or more print attributes selected to the one or more electronic documents accessed and outputting the one or electronic documents accessed having the one or more print attributes applied thereto. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216334 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing device includes a memory and a controller. The memory stores a first profile and a second profile. The first profile represents a correspondence relationship between RGB value of image data and color space data of an image printed on a sheet in correspondence with the image data. The second profile represents a correspondence relationship between the RGB value of the image data that is input to a display unit, and the color space data of the image displayed on the display unit. The controller specifies the color space data corresponding to the RGB value of the image data to be printed with the aid of the first profile, specifies the RGB value corresponding to the color space data specified by the first profile with the aid of the second profile, and uses the RGB value specified by the second profile as display data of the display unit. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216335 | COLOR CONVERTING METHOD, COLOR CONVERTING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A first profile corresponding to a first print is generated based on first spectral data of a first print and third spectral data of a light source, which serves as an observational light source for the first print. A second profile corresponding to a second protective-film-covered print is generated based on spectral data of a second print, second spectral data of a second laminating film, and third spectral data of a light source, which serves as an observational light source for the second protective-film-covered print. Using the first profile as an input profile and the second profile as an output profile, colors of image data representing an image of the first print are converted into colors of image data representing an image of the second print. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216336 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COLOR DEVIATION ADJUSTMENT CONTROL METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes an image forming unit, an adjustment unit, an image control unit, a sensor, a deviation amount calculating unit, and a determination unit. The image forming unit forms an image. The adjustment unit forms one set of a plurality of predetermined images in color, and adjusts color deviation. The image control unit controls the image forming unit to form a lesser number of predetermined images than the number of predetermined images formed by the adjustment unit. The sensor detects the predetermined images formed on the basis of control of the image control unit by the image forming unit. The deviation amount calculating unit calculates a deviation amount on the basis of the predetermined images. The determination unit determines whether or not color deviation occurs on the basis of the deviation amount, and controls performance of the adjustment unit on the basis of the determination result. | 09-08-2011 |
20110222080 | METHODS, SYSTEMS AND APPARATUS FOR JOINTLY OPTIMIZING NODE LOCATIONS AND CORRESPONDING OUTPUT VALUES OF A COLOR LOOK-UP-TABLE (LUT) - This disclosure provides methods, systems and apparatus for jointly optimizing node locations and corresponding output value of a color look-up-table (LUT) associated with an imaging device. According to one exemplary method, initially a set of LUT node locations are generated by solving a first optimization problem and subsequently, a set of LUT node values are generated by solving a second optimization problem. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222081 | Printing Three-Dimensional Objects Using Hybrid Format Data - Methods of how to build a 3D model with both surface features and internal structures are disclosed. 3D image data in a hybrid data format or other suitable data formats are first received as input and then broken down into layers of 2D data. The layers of 2D data hold various attribute information about the model, such as colors, shapes, durometer hardness, etc. The layers of data are printed on printing sheets that are specially formulated. Selected materials are also deposited on printed sheets as dictated by the 2D data. Each printed sheet is cut along the shape boundaries either before or after it has been bound to previously printed sheets. Finished sheets are then bound and processed to generate a 3D model with rich details. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222082 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus which can rotate input image data in a compressed state, comprises a storage unit which stores a rotation angle of the image data; a holding unit which holds, for each tile including blocks each including a predetermined number of pixels in the image data, information on a color arrangement in the block obtained by compressing the image data, color information corresponding to the color arrangement, and information on a position of the tile in the image data; and a rotation unit which converts the color arrangement in the block in accordance with the rotation angle of the image data stored in the storage unit to form rotated image data based on the converted color arrangement, color information corresponding to the color arrangement, and information on a position of the tile. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222083 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE PERFORMING COLOR CONVERSION AND PRODUCING SCALED IMAGE - An image processing device includes a color converting unit and a scaling unit. The color converting unit is configured to convert input image data to converted image data. The converted image data has a plurality of sets of converted pixel data. Each set of converted pixel data includes an achromatic color value and a plurality of chromatic color values. The achromatic color value indicates an amount of an achromatic color material. The achromatic color material produces an achromatic color. Each of the plurality of chromatic color values indicates an amount of one of a plurality of chromatic color materials. Each of chromatic color material produces a chromatic color. The achromatic color is produced by mixing at least one of the achromatic color material and the plurality of chromatic color materials. The scaling unit is configured to produce scaled image data based on the converted image data. The scaled image data includes a plurality of sets of scaled pixel data. Each set of scaled pixel data corresponds to at least one set of converted pixel data. The scaling unit produces each set of scaled pixel data based on the corresponding at least one set of converted pixel data. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222084 | DECOLORING DEVICE, SHEET CONVEYING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM RECORDING SHEET CONVEYING PROGRAM - There is provided a decoloring device including a decoloring unit, a first sheet conveying unit, a second sheet conveying unit, a reversing and conveying unit, a manual feed tray, and a manual discharge tray. The reversing and conveying unit is disposed adjacent to an outer wall of the decoloring device in relation to the first sheet conveying unit, and conveys once again the sheet, which is temporarily brought into the second sheet conveying unit after being decolored by the decoloring unit and is switch-back conveyed, to the first sheet conveying unit. The manual feed tray is provided at an outer wall side of the decoloring device adjacent to the reversing and conveying unit. The manual discharge tray is provided at a position of the outer wall side of the decoloring device adjacent to the reversing and conveying unit. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222085 | Image processing apparatus and image processing method - An image processing apparatus includes a correcting unit that performs enlarging or reducing correction on an image to be processed by determining an arrangement of pixels that are to be added to or deleted from gradational image data of the image to be processed based on an angle at which the pixels are to be arranged with respect to a horizontal direction of the image to be processed or with respect to a vertical direction of the image to be processed, and a pixel array control unit that changes the angle at which the pixels are arranged based on a test image of the image data to be processed after being corrected by the correcting unit. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222086 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - An image forming apparatus comprises: an image forming section that forms an image on a sheet; a density sensor that measures the image formed on the sheet and outputs a measured value corresponding to a density of the image; a conversion data storing section that stores plural conversion data showing relationship between the measured value outputted from the density sensor and the image density, for each sheet type and each screen for an image; a conversion data selection section that selects at least one conversion data from the plural conversion data stored in the conversion data storing section; and a density adjustment section that adjusts a density for an image formed by the image forming section based on a measured value acquired by measuring a prescribed image formed on a sheet and on the conversion data selected by the conversion data selection section. | 09-15-2011 |
20110228290 | COLOR MAPPING DETERMINATION FOR AN N-COLOR MARKING DEVICE BASED UPON COLOR STABILITY - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for determining color profiles based upon optimizing image output color stability. For each of a number of selected output colors, color stability values for a set of device-dependent color specifications that produce the selected output color are iteratively determined. The set of device-dependent color specifications is generated by varying a subset of colorants in the device-dependent color specifications while changing the remaining colorants to maintain the selected output color. The iterative process improves the color stability value, as determined by a color stability model, of the device-dependent color specifications that correspond to the selected output color. When an optimum color stability value is found, the device-dependent color specification having that color stability value is selected as the mapping for the selected device-independent color specification. Various embodiments are disclosed. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228291 | COLOR MAPPING DETERMINATION FOR AN N-COLOR MARKING DEVICE BASED UPON IMAGE SPATIAL NOISE DEFECTS - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for determining color profiles based upon optimizing output image spatial noise. For each of a number of selected output colors, spatial noise values for a set of device-dependent color specifications that produce the selected output color are iteratively determined. The set of device-dependent color specifications is generated by varying a subset of colorants in the device-dependent color specifications while changing the remaining colorants to maintain the selected output color. The iterative process improves the spatial noise value, as determined by a spatial noise model, of the device-dependent color specifications that correspond to the selected output color. When an optimum spatial noise value is found, the device-dependent color specification having that spatial noise value is selected as the mapping for the selected device-independent color specification. Various embodiments are disclosed. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228292 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing device includes a detecting unit and a pre-processing executing unit. Before image data is generated for a printer, the detecting unit detects first density information per image element, and detects, for the image elements, whether or not overprinting is set. If the detecting unit detects that the overprinting is set at an image element and the image element has a basic color of which first density information is set 0%, the pre-processing executing unit executes a pre-processing which changes the first density information of the image element into second density information which is greater than 0% and which is capable of being recognized as white by the naked eye. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228293 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus including: a calculation portion that calculates a first process time period required for a case where image processes are executed by a reconfiguration process mode, and a second process time period required for a case where the image processes are executed by a pipeline process mode, based on the number of pixels of image information of an input print job and contents of processes of the input print job; and an activation portion that activates a plurality of dynamic reconfigurable processors (DRPs) according to a process mode having a shorter time period in the first process time period and the second process time period. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228294 | IMAGE FORMATION APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image formation apparatus includes an image formation processing managing unit and a control unit. The image formation processing managing unit manages first image formation processing to form an image on a face of plane-shaped recording medium based on received information. The control unit controls conveyance of the plane-shaped recording medium between the image formation apparatus and the other image formation apparatus which performs second image formation processing to form an image on the other face of the plane-shaped recording medium, a second term needed to stop the second image formation processing since receiving an instruction to stop the second image formation processing on an image forming operation being longer than a first term needed to stop the first image formation processing since receiving an instruction to stop the first image formation processing on the image forming operation. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228295 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a selecting unit selecting a reference image from input images, a calculating unit calculating brightness ratios of the remaining input images as gains, a calculating unit calculating first weights for the remaining input images and calculating a second weight based on a brightness of image data as a synthesized image of the input image with the first weights, a generating unit generating a high-contrast image by performing weighting synthesis on the input images using the first weights and the second weight, a preparing unit preparing a tone conversion curve based on a brightness distribution of the high-contrast image and a brightness distribution as conversion target, and a generating unit performing the tone conversion on the high-contrast image based on the tone conversion curve, and generating the output image having the narrow tonal range. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228296 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus for performing filling processing for input image data, comprises: a holding unit which holds, for a block formed from a predetermined number of pixels included in the image data, a representative color of the block generated by compression, a color layout of pixels included in the block, and an interpolation color which is a color other than the representative color included in the block; and a fill unit which performs filling processing of the compressed image data using the representative color, the color layout, and the interpolation color, when filling the block of the compressed image data with a specific color, the fill unit replacing the representative color corresponding to a position based on a type of the filling processing with the specific color and replacing the interpolation color with the same specific color as that of the representative color. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228297 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication unit acquires image data. A flow control unit controls execution of a workflow in which optional processing on the image data and check processing are combined. A determining unit determines whether user confirmation is needed for a result of check target processing included in the check processing according to the workflow. A notification unit notifies a user of confirmation of the result when it is determined that the user confirmation is needed. A receiving unit receives a modification input of the result of the check target processing from the user. A modification unit modifies the image data according to the modification input when the receiving unit receives the modification input, while the unit modifies the image data corresponding to the check target processing when it is determined that the user confirmation is not needed. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228298 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes a control unit configured to determine whether each of a plurality of pages where the print data is printed is likely to bring about tint variation; extract a page determined to be likely to bring about the tint variation, as a sample printing page that requires execution of sample printing to check tint on paper, and execute printing of the sample printing page and causes a print paper processing apparatus to output print product of the sample printing. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228299 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD THAT READ COLOR IMAGE DATA FROM A DOCUMENT - An image processing apparatus includes an image reading unit that reads an image of a document as color image data including pieces of color component data; a dot-component removing unit that removes dot components by smoothing each color component data; a high-frequency-color identifying unit that identifies, of colors represented by dot-removed color component data obtained by the smoothing, a high-frequency color satisfying a predetermined high-frequency condition; an individual-density-conversion-information generating unit that generates, for each high-frequency color, individual-density conversion information for converting each color component data such that a color near the high-frequency color becomes substantially the same as the high-frequency color; and a color-component-data converting unit that converts, based on the individual-density conversion information, each color component data in a part of the color image data, the part being data in which a color represented by the dot-removed color component data is a color near the high-frequency color. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228300 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM, AND PROGRAM STORING MEDIUM - An image processing method causes a computer to execute calculating a reference ink use amount considering a black level of image data of an initial image as a reference level; calculating a relation between a correction value of each black level and the ink use amount from a state of using no ink to the reference level; calculating a proper correction value of the black level corresponding to a target ink use amount input by a user in the relation between each black level and the ink use amount; and generating image data of a correction image representing the initial image by the proper correction value and displaying the correction image on a display. | 09-22-2011 |
20110235070 | DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM, DATA PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - The data processing apparatus according to the present invention has the image data preparation unit that prepares various kinds of image data deriving from document data depending on various purposes of the document data; and the image synthesis instructing unit that instructs images to be synthesized based on the image data comprising a plurality of page portions on one sheet of paper for at least one kind of image data prepared by the image data preparation unit from various kinds of document data. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235071 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus and an image processing method are provided which, when forming an image using a plurality of different sizes of dots, can produce a satisfactory image free from problematical levels of density unevenness, graininess and insufficient density with any of these dot sizes. To this end, when printing on pixel areas of a print medium by a plurality of relative movements between the printing unit and the print medium, the dot overlap rate of a dot size that tends to show density unevenness is set higher than that of a dot size that tends to show other image impairments more conspicuously than the density unevenness. This results in a satisfactory image that eliminates such image impairments as density unevenness, graininess and density insufficiency in the entire grayscale range. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235072 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing device includes print processors for different colors, plural first conversion sections provided for each of the print processors, a second conversion section, and a controller. Each of the print processors performs printing of a corresponding color onto a recording medium. Each of the first conversion sections converts print data described in page description language into raster image data, and outputs the converted raster image data to the corresponding print processor. The second conversion section converts the print data into raster image data and outputs the converted raster image data to any of the print processors. The controller selectively performs a first control that causes the first conversion sections to convert the print data that has been input to the device in parallel, or a second control that causes the first conversion sections and the second conversion section to convert the input print data in parallel. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235073 | METHOD FOR GRAY BALANCE CORRECTION OF A PRINTING PROCESS - In printing processes, even when a process calibration under predefined printing conditions is used, it is possible for deviations in the gray balance to occur. Attempts have been made to correct the deviations, for example by changing the layer thickness of the printing inks in the printing process, but that can lead to color deviations in other regions. A gray balance correction method with which wastage that regularly occurs can be reduced and an occurrence of undesired color fluctuations can be avoided, is achieved by using differences between black and chromatic gray areas in gray balance areas to replace the measured values from a first process calibration with corrected measured values and carrying out a new process calibration. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235074 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS (SHEET PROCESSING APPARATUS HAVING SPEED CONTROL FUNCTION) - According to one embodiment, an image forming apparatus including an image visualizing section configured to visualize image data with a visualizing agent to obtain a visible image, an image moving section configured to move the visible image obtained by the image visualizing section to a sheet medium, a productivity setting section configured to set a number of times the image moving section moves the visible image to the sheet medium per unit time, and a sheet medium supplying section configured to supply the sheet medium from a sheet medium storing section to the image moving section at predetermined timing conforming to the number of times of the movement of the visible image set by the productivity setting section. | 09-29-2011 |
20110242555 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OR PROGRAM THEREFOR - An image processing apparatus includes an input unit configured to input a plurality of page data; a rendering unit configured to convert each of the plurality of page data into rendering data; a supply unit configured to supply the plurality of rendering data to a printing apparatus; an acquisition unit configured to acquire, for each of the plurality of rendering data, delay time from an end of printing of a last page to an end of conversion of rendering data used for next printing; and a scheduling unit configured to delay supply timing of rendering data converted first by the rendering unit among the plurality of page data based on the delay time of the plurality of rendering data. | 10-06-2011 |
20110242556 | COLOR PROCESSING METHOD AND COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS - A gloss characteristic measurement unit obtains measurement values regarding the gloss characteristic of a plurality of patches formed based on patch data in which the amount of clear color material is changed with respect to an output value from a color separation table for color materials. A color separation table generation unit selects one measurement value for each color or gray level indicated by the patch data, and generates, based on the selected measurement value and the color separation table for color materials, a color separation table in a case where the color materials and the clear color material are used. | 10-06-2011 |
20110242557 | PRINT JOB MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, PRINT JOB MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, AND PRINT JOB MANAGEMENT METHOD - A print job management system according to an embodiment has a transmission unit, a time calculation unit, and a list display unit. The transmission unit transmits a print job. The time calculation unit acquires the print job transmitted from the transmission unit and calculates a processing completion time taken for each of a plurality of image forming apparatuses to complete a process for the print job for each of the image forming apparatuses. The list display unit acquires the process completion time for each of the image forming apparatuses calculated by the time calculation unit and displays information regarding the processing completion time for each of the image forming apparatuses as a list. | 10-06-2011 |
20110242558 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus acquires information indicating each of a plurality of profiles, selects one profile based on the pieces of information, and transmits, to an information processing apparatus, identification information for identifying the selected profile. The image forming apparatus receives, from the information processing apparatus, an image reading instruction complying with a setting for reading an image, included in the profile identified based on the identification information. The image forming apparatus determines whether a setting indicated by the received instruction and a setting for reading the image, included in one selected profile correspond to each other. When it is determined that the settings do not correspond to each other, the image forming apparatus reads the image to generate image data in accordance with the setting for reading the image, included in one selected profile. | 10-06-2011 |
20110242559 | PRINTING SYSTEM, PRINTING CONTROL METHOD, AND PRINTING CONTROL PROGRAM - A printing apparatus includes an extracting section configured to extract first and second images from an original document such that the first and second images partially overlap at an overlapping portion, and a control section configured to execute printing onto a first medium based on the first image using a layout in which at least a portion of the overlapping portion of the first image extends beyond a first edge of the first medium and a margin is formed between a second edge and an image edge of the first image, and to execute printing onto a second medium based on the second image using a layout in which at least a portion of the overlapping portion of the second image extends beyond a first edge of the second medium and a margin is formed between a second edge and an image edge of the second image. | 10-06-2011 |
20110242560 | Image Forming Apparatus, Image Forming Method, and Computer-Readable Recording Medium Storing Print Restriction Program Code - An image forming apparatus includes a print processing unit and a printing ratio determination unit. The print processing unit is configured to obtain a printing ratio of document data at a time of print execution of the document data, and associate printing ratio data indicating the obtained printing ratio with the document data. The printing ratio determination unit is configured to identify the printing ratio of the document data from the printing ratio data associated with the document data and determine whether or not the identified printing ratio satisfies a specified condition. | 10-06-2011 |
20110242561 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus | 10-06-2011 |
20110242562 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING COLOR MANAGEMENT OF COLOR SPACES IN ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTS - A system and method is provided for improving color management of DeviceN color spaces in an electronic document. In one embodiment of the present invention, the system includes a memory device for storing a plurality of ICC profiles, and a rendering application operating on a computer, wherein each ICC profile includes a plurality of colorant names and an order in which they are laid down during a reproduction process. The rendering application is configured to render a document having at least one DeviceN color space so that it can be accurately displayed on a color display. The rendering application is further configured to identify a names array in a color definition of the DeviceN color space of the electronic document, compare the names array to the ICC profiles (or colorant names included therein) stored in the memory device to identify an ICC profile from the plurality of profiles, and (iii) use the identified ICC profile to map the DeviceN color space into control values for the color display. | 10-06-2011 |
20110242563 | IMAGE COMBINING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - An image combining apparatus and a control method for an image combining apparatus that allows a user to write a handwritten image on a writing sheet while confirming the positional relationship between the handwritten image and a photograph to be combined. When a writing sheet having a handwriting area in which a user writes the handwritten image to be combined with a photograph is printed, a reference image generated on the basis of the photograph is printed in the handwriting area. | 10-06-2011 |
20110249280 | METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING PRINTING DEVICE - A method for manufacturing a printing device includes: performing a linear transformation for transforming ink quantities in an ink color coordinate system corresponding to coordinate values in an input color coordinate system into a virtual color space, which has ink quantity vectors oriented in mutually different directions in the respective chroma value spaces of the plurality of inks as basis vectors, with reference to substitution ratio vectors; determining the ink quantities by carrying out a plurality of iterations of optimization using a predetermined objective function represented by a combination of individually weighted picture quality evaluation indices in the virtual color space; creating a color transformation table based on the optimized ink quantities; and recording the color transformation table to a recording medium of the printing device. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249281 | IMAGE PROCESSOR - A converting unit executes a color conversion process for image data according to a normal profile when a determining unit determines that a prescribed setting is not set for the image data. The converting unit executes the color conversion process for the image data according to a colorant-saving profile configured such that an amount of colorant to be used in the colorant-saving profile is smaller than that in the normal profile when the determining unit determines that the prescribed setting is set for the image data. One of a plurality of input color values of the image data is converted to one of the plurality of output color values according to the colorant-saving profile in the color conversion process. The one of the plurality of input color values has a first hue. The one of the plurality of output color values has a second hue different from the first hue. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249282 | Image processing apparatus, computer program product, and preview image displaying method - An image processing apparatus includes a system control unit, and a display control unit. The system control unit judges whether a setting item that is newly selected on a preview image is mutually exclusive with a setting item that has already been selected on the preview image. The display control unit displays, when the setting items are mutually exclusive with each other, an area corresponding to the setting item newly selected differently from other areas. The display control unit also displays, when the area is selected, why the setting item newly selected cannot be set. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249283 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND ITS CONTROL METHOD, JOB PROCESSING METHOD, AND PRINTING SYSTEM - When authentication data input before execution of print processing based on a secure print job is authenticated, a copy is printed based on the secure print job (S | 10-13-2011 |
20110255101 | GAMUT MAPPING USING HUE-PRESERVING COLOR SPACE - A method for applying gamut mapping to an input digital image having an associated input color gamut, to produce an output digital image having an associated output color gamut, which includes: defining a gamut mapping color transform which embodies the operations of transforming input color values from the input color space to linear RGB color values for a linear RGB color space, wherein the linear RGB color space has desirable hue preserving characteristics; transforming the linear RGB color values to determine nonlinear RGB color values; applying a 3×3 matrix transformation to the nonlinear RGB values to an opponent color space; applying a gamut mapping function to map opponent color values within the input color gamut to produce modified opponent color values within the output color gamut; and transforming the modified opponent color values to produce the output color values in the output color space. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255102 | FIFO METHODS, SYSTEMS AND APPARATUS FOR ELECTRONICALLY REGISTERING IMAGE DATA - Disclosed are FIFO type methods, systems and apparatus for electronically registering image data relative to a raster or other marking device. According to an exemplary method, a FIFO type data queuing configuration is provided, where the length of data memory segments associated with the FIFO are selected to correspond to the number of raster lines from the most upstream point of the physical raster to the point where the given pixel column intersects the physical raster. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255103 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - According to an attribute of each of a plurality of drawing objects of data of a PS format included in variable print data, the drawing object of the data of the PS format is converted into partially RIP-completed data of a PDF format or the drawing object of the data of the PS format is converted into RIP-completed image data of the PDF format. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255104 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND PROGRAM THEREFOR - An advantage of the invention is to provide an image processing apparatus and a medium therefor, which enable shortening of processing time necessary for performing the whole color conversion in the case where only one of LUTs used for the color conversion can be stored in a storage means having a high access rate. In the image processing apparatus, for image data including a plurality of pixels and being a target for a color conversion, when performing the color conversion of the image data, a value of a counter for pictures, which indicates a predicted total number of references to an LUT for pictures, and a value of a counter for texts, which indicates a predicted total number of references to an LUT for texts, are derived. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255105 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COLOR PROCESSING METHOD - The invention provides an image processing apparatus comprising: forming means for forming a patch based on patch data on a medium; temperature measuring means for measuring the temperature of a white paper portion of a medium to obtain a white paper temperature; colorimetry means for obtaining a colorimetric value by measuring the color of the patch formed on the medium; estimation means for estimating a colorimetry temperature, which is the temperature of the patch at the time when the colorimetry means measures its color, based on the patch data and the white paper temperature; and correction means for correcting the colorimetric value based on the estimated colorimetry temperature. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255106 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Banding can be prevented and image-quality degradation can be reduced. An image processing apparatus includes first creation means configured to distribute density of image data to a pixel on another scanning line on the basis of a difference between an actual print position of the image data and a reference position and to create position-corrected image data, second creation means configured to correct the image data using a correction value corresponding to a position of the image data and to create density-corrected image data, and generation means configured to generate output image data using the position-corrected image data created by the first creation means and the density-corrected image data created by the second creation means. | 10-20-2011 |
20110261374 | Image processing system, image processing apparatus and judgment apparatus - A judgment apparatus | 10-27-2011 |
20110261375 | Image Forming Apparatus, Non-Transitory Computer-Readable Recording Medium Having an Image Forming Program Recorded Thereon, and Image Forming Method - An image forming apparatus includes an additional image creating unit, a composite image creating unit, and a printing unit. The additional image creating unit is configured to create an additional image by using information associated with externally acquired software data if the externally acquired software data comprises specific software data. The composite image creating unit is configured to create a composite image in which the additional image and an image of an original are composited. The printing unit is configured to print the composite image. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261376 | Method For Enhancing Security Printing - A method for enhancing security printing includes determining fields associated with print job variability. Physical security information is entered, and a physical security data stream is generated from the physical security information. The physical security data stream is mapped to a data stream that is used to provide settings for the fields for the print job variability. The fields for the print job variability are set based upon the mapping the physical security data stream. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261377 | INFORMATION-PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION-PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM CONTAINING PROGRAMS - Defect-free printing is achieved by previewing on a display prior to printing, device functions and print specifications. Preview of double-sided faces is concurrently provided when double-sided printing is specified. Display is performed by generation of data which allows print preview that reflects consideration of device information and document data. Data is generated for perspective-reverse-face preview when page-specification information is set for double-sided faces. | 10-27-2011 |
20110267629 | COLOR LOOKUP TABLE GENERATION WHICH MINIMIZES INTERPOLATION ERRORS OVER THE ENTIRE COLOR SPACE OF A COLOR GAMUT - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for generating a color lookup table (LUT) that minimizes interpolation errors over the entire color space, including the off-grid colors. The present method for LUT optimization considers off-grid point errors in assigning entries to the LUT. As described herein further, grid point values are computed that provide a least mean square error solution for the entire printer gamut volume. The present method dramatically reduces errors near the gamut boundary and can be used for populating nodes of any LUT that will be linearly interpolated, not only a table mapping from L*a*b* to CMYK. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267630 | METHOD FOR MAPPING AN OUT-OF-GAMUT COLOR USING A REFERENCE GAMUT MAPPING - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for retrieving a gamut mapping strategy from a seed profile of a seed device. In a manner more fully described herein, the present method provides an embodiment which accounts for the pathological case of a false gamut mapping ray being produced in those instances where the shapes of the gamuts of the host and seed devices are substantially different. In these instances, the rays miss the boundary surface of the host gamut and intersect the boundary of the L*a*b* cube. Another embodiment is provided which accounts for those cases wherein the ray intersects the host gamut at a substantially oblique angle such that mapped color is sufficiently different to generate contours in the output print. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267631 | RETURN LABEL GENERATION - A method and apparatus sense the replacement of a used component with a new component within the apparatus using sensors within the apparatus. The method/apparatus can then automatically display a message on a graphic user interface of the apparatus in response to the sensing of the replacement. This message provides information for recycling the used component, and the message provides a shipping option for shipping the used component to an appropriate recycling location. If the shipping option is selected, the method/apparatus retrieves a shipping address from memory within the apparatus and prints a shipping label for shipping the used component to the recycling location using a printing engine operatively connected to the apparatus. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267632 | COLOR REGISTRATION STRATEGY FOR PREPRINTED FORM - A method for performing color registration on template media having template markings thereon comprises sensing the template media using a sensor to obtain first image data; printing a test pattern on the template media; sensing the template media along with the test pattern printed thereon using the sensor to obtain second image data; determining an output image data of the test pattern from the first image data, the second image data, and an estimated image data of the template media with the test pattern printed thereon; determining process direction and cross-process direction misregistrations from the output image data; and adjusting printheads based on the process direction and the cross-process direction misregistrations to provide adjusted color registration on subsequent template media. The estimated image data is representative of light scatter from the test pattern and light absorption by the test pattern | 11-03-2011 |
20110273730 | PROCESSING IMAGES TO BE BLENDED WITH REFLECTED IMAGES - Images are prepared for blending with a reflection. Angles of incidence and angles or reflection lead to reflections of a viewer appearing to be different than actual size. Accordingly, image preparation can include scaling images of objects to be blended with a reflection to an appropriate size. For a flat specular surface the size is one half the size the object would be if the object were sized to be associated with the feature that is reflected. A viewer will focus on the reflection of the viewer at an object plane. An image associated with the specular surface will be blurred. Accordingly, the preparation can include compensating for the blurring. Preparation can also include reducing an area coverage of the image of the object to no more than about fifty percent of the region of the refection to provide space for the reflection. | 11-10-2011 |
20110273731 | PRINTER WITH ATTENTION BASED IMAGE CUSTOMIZATION - An image selected to be printed is rendered for display, prior to printing, based on the relative position and orientation of a display in relation to a user's head, where the displayed rendered image is a representation of what the rendered image will look like when printed. The user's eye movement relative to the rendered image is tracked, with at least one area of interest in the image to the viewer being determined based on the viewer's eye movement, an imaging property of the at least one area of interest is adjusted, the image to be printed is rendered based on adjusting the imaging property, and the image is printed. | 11-10-2011 |
20110273732 | Method and apparatus for inspecting image, image forming apparatus, and computer-readable recording medium storing image inspecting program - An image inspecting apparatus includes a first light illuminating unit that irradiates a measured object on which an image is formed with illuminating light from a diagonal direction; an imaging unit that receives specular light of the illuminating light with which the measured object is irradiated by the first light illuminating unit; and an image inspecting unit that inspects the image. The image inspecting unit generates gloss reference data from density distribution data included in print data used for forming the image by using a converting unit. The image inspecting unit inspects a gloss distribution of the image by using the gloss reference data and a gloss distribution of the image that is generated based on an amount of the specular light received by the imaging unit. | 11-10-2011 |
20110273733 | Method for Storing a Profile Set, a Computer Readable Recording Medium Stored with a Profile Set Storage Program, a Profile Set Storage System, and a Color Conversion Process Device - The method of storing profile set storage method according to the present invention comprising (a) selecting as reconstruction data that enables to reconstruct a profile set, either size prioritized data, which is smaller than said profile set, or reconstruction speed prioritized data, which enables to be reconstructed within a shorter time period than is required for reconstructing the size prioritized data, and which is smaller than the profile set but is larger than the size prioritized data; (b) for generating the selected reconstruction data based on the profile set; and (c) storing the reconstruction data generated in the step (b) in a storage device. | 11-10-2011 |
20110279831 | REDUCING THE VISIBILITY OF COLOR CHANGES CAUSED BY COLOR PLANE REGISTRATION VARIATIONS IN HALFTONE COLOR PRINTING - A set of screens is provided for use in printing respective color separations in a halftone color printing process. This set of screens comprises at least two clustered-dot screens and the frequency and angle parameter values of the screens is such that the lowest frequency moiré produced by any combination of at least two frequency components, taken from the group comprising the first and second screen harmonics, for which the sum of the harmonic orders of the frequency components in the combination is less than a predetermined value, is of a sufficiently high frequency as to be substantially unperceivable to the human visual system; other moirés are also substantially unperceivable to the human visual system. The lowest frequency moiré serves to reduce the visibility of color changes caused by color plane registration variations. A printing system and method employing the screen set are also provided. | 11-17-2011 |
20110279832 | INKJET PRINTING APPARATUS AND CALIBRATION METHOD - A waiting time Ts is decided on the basis of ink type information and ink feed amount information, referring to waiting time table A (Step | 11-17-2011 |
20110279833 | PRINTER AND PRINTING METHOD - A printer performs calibration in which a reference primary color ink is mixed with at least one additional primary color ink to approximate a predetermined target primary color. The printer includes an acquisition section, a predicting section, an optimizing section and a printing unit. The acquisition section acquires spectral reflectances of the reference primary color ink printed on a base, the additional primary color ink printed on the base, and the base. The predicting section calculates predicted spectral reflectance of a mixture of the primary color inks by dividing a product of the spectral reflectances of the primary color inks by the spectral reflectance of the base raised to the power obtained by subtracting 1 from a total number of the inks. The optimizing section optimizes an ink-amount set of the mixture so that the predicted spectral reflectance is approximated to spectral reflectance of the target primary color. | 11-17-2011 |
20110279834 | Apparatus and method of controlling an image forming apparatus - A control apparatus for controlling an image forming apparatus specifies a color measurement area in image data, obtains a measured color of the color measurement area of a multi-color toner image of the image data, constructs an algorithm for control parameter correction, and determines a correction value of a control parameter of the image forming apparatus so as to make the difference between the measured color and an expected color to be smaller. | 11-17-2011 |
20110279835 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - This invention provides an image forming apparatus which reduces degradation of the line quality in an output image by a simple method while maintaining the stability of the density characteristics of the output image, and a control method therefor. To accomplish this, in accordance with the amount of change, from a reference density value, of a density value measured from a test pattern image formed on a photosensitive drum, the image forming apparatus according to the invention creates LUT | 11-17-2011 |
20110279836 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes an acquisition unit configured to acquire a lightness distribution of an image which input image data represents, a generation unit configured to generate a gloss control signal for controlling a glossiness of the image, depending on the lightness distribution, and a conversion unit configured to convert the input image data into output image data, based on the gloss control signal. | 11-17-2011 |
20110279837 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - In printing the same image data as image data printed by a printing unit of an image forming apparatus from another image forming apparatus, an image information processing system and an information processing system are capable of executing arbitrary high-quality printing, which can be implemented by acquiring image data received from an image processing server stored on the image forming apparatus, based on a reference location of a shortcut transmitted from the image processing server. The image information processing system and the information processing system can be controlled by a control method, which can be implemented by a program. | 11-17-2011 |
20110279838 | PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS AND PRINTING CONTROL METHOD - A printing control apparatus is provided which can produce an appropriate copy-forgery-inhibited pattern image by adding a monochrome copy-forgery-inhibited pattern even if monochrome mode printing is performed in the condition in which a color copy-forgery-inhibited pattern is set. When the monochrome mode printing is performed in the condition in which the color copy-forgery-inhibited pattern is set, and if the copy-forgery-inhibited pattern color is output with its color unchanged, the color is not converted into 100% black. Considering this, when a forced monochrome mode is selected, even if the user's setting for the copy-forgery-inhibited pattern is color, the color is changed to monochrome (black) before output. If the designated copy-forgery-inhibited pattern setting is for color, the designated copy-forgery-inhibited pattern setting is changed to the monochrome copy-forgery-inhibited pattern setting so that the printing processing is performed in the monochrome mode using the designated copy-forgery-inhibited pattern setting. | 11-17-2011 |
20110286014 | UPDATING AN IMAGE QUALITY METRIC DATABASE TO ACCOUNT FOR PRINTER DRIFT - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for determining a printer metric in terms of image quality (IQ) over a large complex set of conditions based upon measurements taken over a small simple set of conditions while compensating for printer drift. The present system and method effectively utilizes a predictive model that predicts noise measurements of multi-separations from those of single-separation colors and/or a subset of the multi-separations. Because a model is used to comprehend the metric over the entire gamut, the number of patches is reduced. This reduction enables the method to be used within a machine to dynamically characterize the device's image quality metric. Various embodiments have been disclosed. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286015 | FINDING A LOCUS OF COLORANT FORMULATIONS THAT PRODUCES A DESIRED COLOR - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for converting a set of L*a*b* values to CMYK color space in which all CMYK formulations that produce each L*a*b* value are found and enumerated. The CMYK formulations are found through a search algorithm starting with the lightest L*a*b* values then visiting neighboring L*a*b* values until the entire L*a*b* color set has been processed. The CMYK space is tessellated into a set of pentahedrons, and for each L*a*b* value, an enclosing pentahedron is found and the CMYK values corresponding to where the locus of this point penetrates each surface is recorded. Adjacent pentahedrons are then visited and this process continues until the gamut boundary is reached. The result is a piecewise linear representation of the CMYK locus containing all values that will give the target L*a*b* value. The present method provides a flexible and powerful approach for solving color management problems. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286016 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRINTING IN A DISTRIBUTED COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method and system is provided for printing jobs received from enterprise customers through a global printing network. One aspect relates to an architecture that interfaces customers, communication service firms (CSFs), and downstream digital print service providers (PSPs) in a global communications network. Such an architecture permits last-mile production functions that allow the distribution of print jobs to be optimized, containing costs, maintaining quality, and performing billing functions that improve the quality of such networks and make a global print network feasible. As a result, Enterprise customers benefit from lower costs and global sourcing while print service providers and graphics service firms benefit from increased revenue due to increased utilization of the overall global network. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286017 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - In an image processing apparatus, fast error diffusion processing is performed without increasing the size of an error diffusion processing circuit, even in cases where the print data to be generated is 12 colors data or similarly large data. More specifically, with quantization by error diffusion, binarized image data for 12 colors is obtained by causing an image processing circuit that executes 6 colors quantization processing to operate twice. At this point, RAM realized by DRAM with comparatively slow operating speeds, for example, is accessed for error data diffused to a first raster and error data diffused from a last raster. In contrast, an error buffer realized by SRAM inside the image processing circuit with fast operating speeds is accessed for all other error data. Thus, as a result, memory access speeds for reading out and writing error data can be improved overall. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286018 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus capable of outputting an image using a plurality of coloring agents includes a printing unit configured to print patch data to be used for correction of image data to be output by the image forming apparatus using the plurality of coloring agents, a selection unit configured to select a color corresponding to a coloring agent to be used in printing by the printing unit from the plurality of coloring agents, and a change unit configured to change an arrangement of a pattern of patch data which is printed using the coloring agent of the color selected by the selection unit to an arrangement different from an arrangement of a pattern of patch data to be formed using the selected coloring agent in patch data to be printed using the plurality of coloring agents when the patch data is printed by the printing unit. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286019 | PRINT IMAGING SYSTEM - A printing machine includes a high-speed print device configured to receive a print media and discharge a printed product that includes a printed image. An image capturing device is positioned adjacent the print device and is configured to capture an image of the printed image on the printed product. A computer includes a monitor, a processor, an input device, and a communication device configured to communicate with the print device. The monitor is configured to display the captured image, the input device is configured to allow a user to vary the displayed image, and the processor is configured to calculate an adjustment to the print device in response to the varied image. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286020 | IMAGE PROCESSOR AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - The present invention is intended to provide an image processor that can reduce color unevenness occurring in a composite color image formed by overlapping different types of inks due to a variation in printing characteristic among a plurality of nozzles while suppressing a reduction in processing speed in generation of printing data. The image processor converts a color signal indicating the image represented by a plurality of elements to a color signal corresponding to the plurality of inks with use of a conversion table determined on the basis of ejection characteristics of nozzle groups corresponding to the plurality of inks so as to suppress color unevenness occurring in a composite color image due to a variation in ejection characteristic among the plurality of nozzles. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286021 | PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS, PROGRAM, AND PRINT CONTROL METHOD - When a plurality of test copies of an identical image are required, print data of the first page is created from the same image that is used in regular printing and is test-printed; the second and following pages are test-printed using a simplified image that is created by extracting only contour portions of the image. | 11-24-2011 |
20110292410 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ADDING A COLOR BAR AS A RENDERING JOB TICKET ATTRIBUTE - A system and method for automatically adding a color bar as a rendering job ticket attribute and dynamically generating the color bar based on the rendering job attribute. The color bar can be added in association with the rendering job ticket along with a set of sub-attributes that include parameters associated with the color bar. The dynamic color bar can be automatically configured to include spot colors associated with the rendering job and the parameters can be specified in a device-independent way. Upon receiving the rendering job with the dynamic color bar attribute, the rendering device can render each page of the job in association with the color bar. The dynamic color bar generation instructions can be detected in the job ticket generated by a print driver thereby enhancing the use of the color bar in a color rendering application. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292411 | MARGIN ADJUSTMENT - In one embodiment, a width of a print media is measured. A margin adjustment decision is made utilizing a margin instruction if the measured width is within an acceptable variance from a standard width of the media. The margin adjustment decision is applied to a plot of an image to be printed on the media. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292412 | PAGE PARALLEL RASTER IMAGE PROCESSING - According to an aspect of the disclosure, a printing system is provided comprising a plurality of resources including idle and non-idle resources having a at least one image marking engine. The plurality of resources includes a page parallel RIP system wherein the RIP system supports configurable sized print chunks. The RIP system adaptively adjusts the size of the chunks according to the busyness of receiving RIP nodes. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292413 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A BILLING STRUCTURE FOR DOCUMENTS BASED ON MARKING MEDIUM PREDICTIONS - Disclosed is a method for processing raster image data and determining via a reference device (e.g., LUT), an amount of marking medium (toner, ink) to be used for printing a document. Then billing costs based on the amount of medium is determined. In particular, a calibration method may be performed on an apparatus to determine the amounts of medium used for that particular apparatus. The calibration method includes printing pages with test patches for a plurality of colors at a particular dot value (or density), and weighing similar printed test pages so that the amount of medium used to print colors at particular dot values is determined by subtracting a weight of the pages before printing from the weight of the printed test pages. The change in weight (or mass) of the medium is used to populate the reference device for that apparatus. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292414 | TWO-SIDED DOCUMENT COPYING - Methods and apparatus pertaining to copying two-sided documents are provided. An all-in-one, multi-function device provides an identification card copy selection to a user by way of a user interface. The device prompts the user during scanning of the front and back sides of the ID card. The device prints images of both the front and back sides of the ID card on the same side of a sheet of media. Identification card scanning and printing are performed as a walk-up procedure without need for user computer or network entity intervention. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292415 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC PRINTER PERFORMANCE TUNING USING BAYESIAN ANALYSIS - A method and a printing implementing the method for dynamic printer performance tuning. The method includes the steps of processing a page to be printed by a printer description language interpreter to generate a Display List, selecting tuning parameters from the Display List data, analyzing the tuning parameters by a Bayesian analyzer to obtain a score for each tuning parameter, and based on the score of each tuning parameter, adjusting rendering settings of the tuning parameters for printing the page. The steps of training the Bayesian analyzer includes creating a set of training pages, rendering each page to determine best performance settings for each tuning parameter, grouping the pages based on tuning parameter settings, generating Display List data of each page, rendering the training pages in each group to compile training data that are saved for future printing jobs. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292416 | PRINTER AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING DIGITAL IMAGE THEREIN - A stand-alone printer includes a storage module, a user interface module, a touch screen, a processing module, and a printing module. The storage module stores a digital image. The user interface module creates an adjusting scroll. The touch screen detects a slide operation and displays the digital image and the adjusting scroll. The processing module adjusts the digital image in response to the slide operation on the touch screen. The processing module outputs an adjusted digital image to the touch screen. The printing module prints the adjusted digital image. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292417 | Imaging processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer program product - An image processing apparatus includes a patch forming unit that forms a plurality of mixed-color patches by superposing single color patches of a plurality of colors with different gradation ratios according to gradation values; a color measuring unit that performs color measurement of the mixed-color patches; an estimating unit that estimates color values of single colors present in the mixed-color patches based on color measurement values obtained by performing color measurement; and a correction table setting unit that sets a correction table in order to correct the estimated color values of the single colors to target color values. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292418 | COLOR PRINTER WITH POWER SAVING RECORDING HEAD - The present invention relates to a color printer and particularly to a color printer reducing power consumption and complying with international criteria ensuring sustained earth environment. In a color printer having multiple optical writing heads for individual recording colors, the activated periods of individual color recording heads are set to different periods and one writing period of individual recording heads is divided into multiple periods, video data for recording one dot line are divided into multiple blocks in the main scan direction, and the divided video data are used for emission at different times in the sub-scan direction, whereby a smaller number of optical writing elements are simultaneously driven for emission and the peak power consumption of the entire apparatus is reduced. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292419 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, an image forming apparatus includes a printer section and a control section which controls the printer section. The control section controls a developing roller driving section to stop the rotation of a developing roller when an image on a recording medium is erased when the printer section operates in an image erasing mode, alternatively, the control section includes an image formation fee counter and an erasure fee counter provided separately from the image formation fee counter. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292420 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CREATING ART PIECE - A multi-step, computer-based process for creating a stylized art piece using collage and layering techniques. The process comprises acquiring and arranging high resolution digital images or photographs to form a gestalt or single cohesive piece using a computer. These images or photographs may involve sporting events, players, participants, areas of play, and related subjects. When arranged, the images or photographs may be overlapped, blended or merged in whole or in part. Digital processing techniques are used to make some or all of the images and photographs look older or aged. Several layers of diagrams or text are added. The piece is then printed on canvas, paper or other suitable material using the Giclee' printing process. The print is mounted on a frame, and then covered with one or more layers of a clear or translucent coating or over-laminate. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292421 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM ON WHICH PROGRAM IS RECORDED - The embodiment described herein can prompt setting of processing conditions to be set by using a display of a weight value used in a quota function. There is provided an image forming apparatus, including: a residual amount detection unit that detects a residual amount of each disposable product; a residual amount information acquisition unit that acquires residual amount information; a determination unit that determines whether there are the disposable products in which a residual amount is disproportionately small; a weight value setting unit that sets the weight value used for weighting so that the weighting for calculating the processing amount of the image forming processing corresponding to setting conditions not using the disposable products having a disproportionately small residual amount is relatively smaller than the weighting corresponding to other setting conditions; and a display control unit that displays the set weight value on a screen. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292422 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING DATA - A data processing apparatus includes a plurality of processing units each performing a respective one of process parts into which a predetermined process to be performed on data is divided, and a changing unit that changes a connection between the plurality of processing units on the basis of setting parameters that are set to enable a plurality of types of processing procedures. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292423 | PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD AND PRINTER - A print control apparatus comprising: a first receiving unit that receives, from a printer, support language information indicating whether a particular kind of language is supported by the printer; a judging unit that judges, by referring to the support language information received by the first receiving unit, whether the particular kind of language which is supported by the print control apparatus is supported by the printer; a transmitting unit that transmits, to the printer, a specification information acquisition command for acquiring specification information relating to a specification supported by the printer if the judging unit judges that the particular kind of language is supported by the printer; a second receiving unit that receives the specification information which is transmitted from the printer in response to the specification information acquisition command; and a controller that performs processing according to the specification information received by the second receiving unit. | 12-01-2011 |
20110299099 | IDENTIFYING A COLOR SEPARATION WHEREIN A BANDING DEFECT ORIGINATES - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for banding defect detection in user document images to improve image quality trend analysis in multifunction digital imaging system architectures. The present banding detection process uses region-based, time sequence analysis, and graylevels of image regions in a collection of a sequence of regions, to improve banding detection. The present method independently analyzes the colorant separations to detect banding due to sources that are colorant-dependent, e.g., due to a single developer housing. This identification can be performed in the presence of multiple banding defects. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299100 | PRINT CONTROLLING TERMINAL AND COLOR CORRECTION METHOD - A color correction method includes displaying an expected print image of a test image of the image forming apparatus on a monitor, outputting the test image to the image forming apparatus, performing color matching between the output test image and an expected print image on the monitor, changing an ICC profile of the monitor according to the performed color matching, and generating a print data using the changed ICC profile. Also a print controlling terminal which performs the color correction method. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299101 | PROFILE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PROFILE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - In profile adjustment processing, if colorimetric conditions are different from those of when the profile is created, notification is performed to enable the profile adjustment with a high accuracy. According to the present invention, there is provided a method for processing a profile including acquiring a colorimetric value by measuring a color of a patch printed by an image forming apparatus based on patch data, performing a calculation for creating a profile based on the colorimetric value, storing the profile created by the calculation in association with information about a condition of the colorimetric measurement, comparing, when the profile is adjusted, the colorimetric condition corresponding to the stored profile with a colorimetric condition used when the color of the patch is measured to adjust the profile, and notifying a user if the comparison determines that the colorimetric conditions do not coincide with each other. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299102 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM FOR EXECUTING THE IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus allows a printer to output chart data of a plurality of kinds of color mixture expressed by a three-dimensional color space constructed by CMY; obtains colorimetry values obtained from the output chart data; forms a reference value by converting patch data of the color mixture expressed by the three-dimensional color space into a device independent color space on the basis of a first color conversion table for converting the three-dimensional color space into the device independent color space; corrects a second color conversion table by using the obtained colorimetry values, the formed reference value, and the second color conversion table for converting the device independent color space into the three-dimensional color space; and forms a color conversion table for correcting a four-dimensional color space constructed by CMYK by using the first color conversion table and the second color conversion table. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299103 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEM, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - According to one embodiment, an image processing apparatus includes an image input unit, a tint block reading unit, a display unit, and a transmission unit. The image input unit scans a sheet on which information of a destination is formed in the form of a tint block. The tint block reading unit reads the information of the destination from the tint block image in the scanned image. The display unit displays the information of the destination that is read. The transmission unit transmits the image formed on the sheet to the destination when a transmission instruction is given from an operator who checks the information of the destination. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299104 | SPECTRAL CHARACTERISTIC OBTAINING APPARATUS, IMAGE EVALUATION APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A spectral characteristic obtaining apparatus including a light irradiation unit configured to emit light onto a reading object; a spectroscopic unit configured to separate at least a part of diffused reflected light from the light emitted onto the reading object by the light irradiation unit into a spectrum; and a light receiving unit configured to receive the diffused reflected light separated into the spectrum by the spectroscopic unit and to obtain a spectral characteristic. In at least one example embodiment, the light receiving unit is configured to be a spectroscopic sensor array including plural spectroscopic sensors arranged in a direction, and the spectroscopic sensors include a predetermined number of pixels arranged in the direction to receive lights with different spectral characteristics from each other. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299105 | RASTERING DISJOINT REGIONS OF THE PAGE IN PARALLEL - Disclosed is a method of rasterizing a page comprising a plurality of graphic objects. The method obtains a plurality of pixel-aligned object edges ( | 12-08-2011 |
20110299106 | PRINTING SYSTEM AND PRINT SETTING PROPOSAL METHOD - A recommendation set content in a print setting item is proposed based on a print setting history of a print job in which a print instruction is given from an information processing apparatus and printing is performed in an image forming apparatus at time of print setting in the information processing apparatus. A printing system accumulates set contents of print setting items at time of print instruction in the information processing apparatus as a print setting history, for example, in a server, and at start of print setting or at time of print setting change in the information processing apparatus, searches recommendation setting candidates based on a predetermined recommendation basis from the set contents of print setting items at the start of the print setting or at the time of the print setting change, and displays the searched recommendation setting candidates on the information processing apparatus. | 12-08-2011 |
20110304861 | COLORIMETRIC MATCHING THE PERCEPTION OF A DIGITAL DATA FILE TO HARDCOPY LEGACY - A system for generating one or more new hardcopy prints from an electronic file comprising original digital image data, wherein the new hardcopy print(s) match a legacy hardcopy previously generated from the original digital image data of the electronic file, even when the legacy hardcopy was printed from an “enhanced” or “tuned” version of the original image data. The original image data and scanner data derived by scanning the legacy hardcopy are used to identify corresponding areas of constant color in the original data and the legacy hardcopy. The corresponding color areas are represented in a colorimetric color space and the original data color values are adjusted to match the legacy hardcopy color values. The adjusted data are used to print a new hardcopy. The colorimetric color space conversion is completed using a plurality of different printing device assumptions, and the printing device assumption resulting in the smallest starting color difference between the original color values and legacy hardcopy color areas is used for the color matching process. | 12-15-2011 |
20110304862 | Image inspecting apparatus, image inspecting method, and image forming apparatus - An image inspecting apparatus includes a first light illuminating unit irradiating a measured object on which an image is formed with light from an inclined direction; a second light illuminating unit irradiating the measured object with light from a different direction; an imaging unit receiving reflected light of the light with which the measured object is irradiated by the first light illuminating unit and the second light illuminating unit; a first and a second reference plate having a mirror surface and a diffuse surface, respectively; and an image inspecting unit inspecting a gloss distribution of the image based on the amount of light received by the imaging unit and a correcting coefficient. | 12-15-2011 |
20110304863 | Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer program product - An image forming apparatus outputs a proof chart in response to an instruction for calibration execution from a user and then a color measuring unit measures the colors of patches on the proof chart. A profile management unit selects, from entries in a base profile DB, a base profile in an entry that has color reproduction characteristics that are closest to the color measurement values of the patches and generates a sheet correction TRC that has an approximation to the color measurement values of the patches when the selected base profile is used. The selected base profile is used as a color conversion parameter in a color management module, and the generated sheet correction TRC is used as a tone correction parameter in a sheet-corresponding correcting unit. | 12-15-2011 |
20110304864 | SYSTEM, APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING USE OF FUNCTION OF IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes a control data storage part configured to store control data including plural control settings that limit execution of a function of the image processing apparatus, the plural control settings including execution conditions that are progressively set in correspondence with one or more processes performed by the function of the image processing apparatus, an application control determination part configured to determine one or more of the plural control settings to be applied to the function, and a function process control part configured to limit the execution of the function by applying the one or more of the plural control settings to the function in correspondence with the progressively set execution conditions. | 12-15-2011 |
20110304865 | PRINTING CALIBRATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND PRINTING CALIBRATION PROCESSING METHOD - According to one embodiment, a printing calibration processing apparatus includes: a gradation-characteristic-data generating section configured to read images of a printed surface and a rear surface of a test chart output by an image forming section and generate gradation characteristic data of the surfaces; a gradation-correction-date creating section configured to determine a correction value of maximum gradation on the basis of gradation characteristics of the surfaces; a color-material-amount-conversion-data creating section configured to determine a maximum of a color material on the basis of the correction value of the maximum gradation; a color-material-amount-limitation processing section configured to perform, concerning image data for printing, limitation processing for setting the maximum of the color material as an upper limit of a color material use amount; and a gradation correcting section configured to apply gradation correction to the image data subjected to the limitation processing using the gradation correction data. | 12-15-2011 |
20110304866 | PRINT SERVER AND PRINT CONTROL METHOD - According to one embodiment, a print server includes an acquisition portion, an analysis portion, a selection portion, and a control portion. The acquisition portion acquires target color gamut information from print data and acquires printer color gamut information from each of a plurality of printers. The analysis portion analyzes the target color gamut information and the printer color gamut information of each printer. The selection portion selects one or more printers from among the plurality of printers on the basis of the analysis result. The control portion instructs the selected printer to print the print data. | 12-15-2011 |
20110304867 | IMAGING FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus for forming images at a plurality of resolution levels including at least one low resolution level and one high resolution level includes a photoconductor, onto which a beam size is set for the low resolution level; and an adjustment unit to conduct an exposure time-based density adjustment using a plurality of half-tone patterns prepared by changing an exposure time per pixel at a timing when a resolution level shifts from the low resolution level to the high resolution level and before actually shifting to an image forming operation executed at the high resolution level. | 12-15-2011 |
20110304868 | INKJET PRINTER, INKJET HEAD, AND PRINTING METHOD - To appropriately suppress an impact of an air resistance encountered by ink droplets discharged from nozzles of an inkjet head. | 12-15-2011 |
20110304869 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING PRINTING JOB BY ADJUSTING COLOR INFORMATION - A method and apparatus to perform a printing job by adjusting color information include updating a predetermined color conversion table stored in an image forming device by inputting color adjustment information from a user, and performing the printing job using the updated color conversion table. Accordingly, the printing job is performed by adjusting color information regardless of whether an emulator of the image forming device supports a color adjustment function, increasing the efficiency of the printing operation. Additionally, when printing jobs are performed by repeatedly adjusting color information using the same color adjustment information, since the color information is converted using the same color conversion table as the color conversion table is updated using the color adjustment information, a waste of time for the color conversion is reduced. Furthermore, a function of the emulator does not have to be changed to perform a printing job, even if a function of an image forming device driver is changed to add a color adjustment function to the image forming device. | 12-15-2011 |
20110310406 | BITMAP ANALYSIS - A method for bitmap analysis for print cost estimation performed by a physical computing system includes, with the physical computing system, receiving an electronic document comprising an image to be printed; with the physical computing system, analyzing a bitmap format of the image; and with the physical computing system, using an analysis of the bitmap format of the image to determine an estimate of an amount of ink to be used to print the image. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310407 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND RECORDING APPARATUS - Correction processing on image data is performed in a short time. An image processing apparatus supplies image data to a recording apparatus configured to convey a recording medium in a direction intersecting a direction in which recording elements are arranged. The image processing apparatus includes: tables containing correction information for each group into which the recording elements are divided, the correction information being used to correct values of multi-valued data; a horizontal/vertical conversion unit configured to convert multi-valued data in raster format into column format; a correction unit configured to correct multi-valued data belonging to a group by using correction information stored in a table corresponding to that group; a vertical/horizontal conversion unit configured to convert the multi-valued data in column form into raster format; and an output unit configured to output the data in raster format converted by the vertical/horizontal conversion unit to the recording apparatus. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310408 | FUNCTION EXECUTION DEVICE - A function execution device connected to at least one other device includes: a memory storing a plurality of setting values corresponding to a plurality of setting items; an execution portion executing a function by using the plurality of setting values; a screen data supply portion supplying, to a display device, device screen data for showing a device screen, on which a user selects a target device from the at least one other device, and item screen data for showing an item screen, on which the user selects at least one setting item from the plurality of setting items; an acquisition portion that acquires device information about the target device; and a transmission portion transmitting, to the target device, at least one setting value corresponding to the at least one setting item selected by the user on the item screen, among the plurality of setting values stored in the memory. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310409 | Image forming apparatus, image forming system, and method and program for supporting operation unit - An image forming apparatus connected to an image forming system in which a plurality of image forming apparatuses is linked. The image forming apparatus comprises: a user environment information acquiring unit that acquires user environment information; a user environment information reflecting unit that generates the screen representing the settings by using the user environment information; a capability acquiring unit that acquires capability information representing capabilities; a settability determining unit that determines the settability of various settings; a display control unit that is a unit displaying the screen on the display unit and further displays the screen that represents a determination result of the settability determining unit on the display unit; a search unit that searches for a first image forming apparatus; and a search result output unit that further displays the screen representing a search result of the search unit on the display unit through the display control unit. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310410 | METHOD OF MANUFACTURING IMAGING OPTICAL ELEMENTS AND OPTICAL SCANNING APPARATUS USING IMAGING OPTICAL ELEMENTS MANUFACTURED BY THE METHOD - Provided is a method of manufacturing imaging optical elements which cause a plural light beams to enter a deflection unit, and guide those beams to corresponding surfaces to be scanned, the imaging optical elements being arranged optically at the same position, having the same optical performance, the method including: measuring, with respect to the imaging optical elements having the same optical performance, the optical performance at each of a plurality of positions of the different light beam passing states; calculating a correction shape of an optical functional surface of the imaging optical element based on a deviation amount from a design value of the optical functional surface of the imaging optical element; performing correction processing on a shape of a mirror-finish insert of a mold for molding based on the correction shape of the optical functional surface; and performing molding by using the mirror-finish insert subjected to the correction processing. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310411 | Print Preview Apparatus and Recording Medium Recording a Program - Disclosed is a print preview apparatus including: an output control section which outputs an adjustment chart with a plurality of print color sample images formed based on a color data value of a color space depending on a print device adjusted to a color gamut reproducible by the print apparatus; a conversion section which converts each color data value of the color space depending on the print device to a color data value of a color space depending on a display device; a display section which displays a plurality of display color sample images corresponding to each of the plurality of print color sample images; and an adjustment section which presents the plurality of display color sample images displayed on the display section and which adjusts a color data value indicating a color of the presented display color sample image based on color adjustment information. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310412 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, NOISE CANCELLATION METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus comprising: a sound-level meter that measures operating noise of a rotating portion; a sound data generator that generates a noise control sound data object with the same amplitude but with the inverted phase to the operating noise; a speaker that emits sound based on the noise control sound data object; a memory that stores in advance a noise control sound data object generated to cancel out operating noise measured while the rotation frequency of the rotating portion is changed from a first rate to a second rate; and a controller that measures operating noise of the rotating portion and generates a noise control sound data object to cancel out the operating noise, then emits sound based on the noise control sound data object, while the rotating portion runs in steady state, meanwhile reads out from the memory, a suitable noise control sound data object from the memory and emit sound based on the noise control sound data object, during the transition of the rotation frequency of the rotating portion. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310413 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS PERFORMING POWER-SAVING OPERATION - An image processing apparatus includes a CPU, a memory, and a bus connecting the CPU and the memory, and performs a process for printing print data. The image processing apparatus includes an input unit for inputting print data from an external device, a conversion unit for converting print data into raster data, and a measuring unit for measuring a time required for conversion in the conversion unit. Measurement is performed by the measuring unit, and based on the measurement result, the setting for slowing down the speed of conversion processing in the conversion unit is made (for example, the setting for reducing at least one of the operating frequency of the CPU, the power supply voltage of the CPU, and the operating frequency of the bus). Thus, an effective power saving process can be performed. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310414 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE READING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An object area containing a text or a graphic is extracted from a document image containing the text or the graphic. Then, on the basis of the extracted object area and stored size information, a cropping area is determined that surrounds the object area with given margins. Further, setting of margins is received. Then, on the basis of the object area and the received setting of the margins, the cropping area is determined. Then, the cropping area determined on the basis of the object area and the size information or alternatively the cropping area determined on the basis of the object area and the setting of the margins is cropped from the document image. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310415 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CALCULATING METAMERIC COLORS - A method for creating a set of metameric printed color patches on a color printer enables visual assessment under a specific illuminant if the colors of a printed product have faded. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310416 | COLOR PRINTING SYSTEM - In a color printing system the printer driver automatically obtains local characteristic information, such as countries, cities, languages, etc., stored in the OS of the host computer. The printer driver or the image forming apparatus color-converts the input data into output data, which reflects the color preference of the specific region where the image forming apparatus is installed, by using the look-up table corresponding to the local characteristic information obtained by the printer driver. Accordingly, the color preference of the specific region, in which the image forming apparatus is installed, is set more quickly and easily without requiring a complicated structure. The system includes a host computer to store local characteristic information of a region where an apparatus is installed, a printer driver to store look-up tables according to the local characteristic information, to select a look-up table corresponding to the local characteristic information obtained from the host computer, and to convert input data into output data representing a color corresponding to a color preference of a specific region by using the selected look-up table, and an image forming apparatus which is connected to the host computer so as to receive and print the output data, which is color-converted by the printer driver. | 12-22-2011 |
20110317180 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVING PERFORMANCE OF TRIGONOMETRIC AND DISTANCE FUNCTION CALCULATIONS DURING PRINTING AND DISPLAY - Consistent with disclosed embodiments, systems and methods for optimizing printing of a print job comprising graphics by a printer are presented. In some embodiments, the method calculating optimal granularity for the print job, based on specified resolution and page size; generating at least one trigonometric table with the calculated granularity; determining if a job command in the print job comprises a trigonometric function; and, if so, obtaining at least one trigonometric value from the at least one trigonometric table based on information in the job command. A similar process may be used to optimize printing by reducing the number of distance calculations performed by using sub tables. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317181 | Image Scanning Apparatus, Computer Readable Medium, and Image Storing Method - There is provided an image scanning apparatus including a setting section which sets an image generation condition based on the attribute value of the existing image data stored in the image file; a generator section which scans the manuscript to generate the scanned image data based on the image generation condition set by the setting section; and a storing section which adds the scanned image data generated by the generator section into the image file to store the added image file. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317182 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an automatic acquiring unit which forms a mark for detecting at least one of positional deviation and density deviation and acquire a degree of deviation by measuring the mark, a manual acquiring unit which receives a user input to acquire a correction value; an image forming unit which forms an image based on an actual correction value determined by an automatic correction value specified based on the degree of deviation and a manual correction value which is the correction value acquired by the manual acquiring unit, and a changing unit which executes at least one of a first changing process of applying a weight to at least one of the automatic correction value and the manual correction value and the second changing process of changing at least one of the automatic correction value and the manual correction value into a past correction value. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317183 | ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT GENERATING APPARATUS, ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT GENERATION METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An electronic document generating apparatus adds, if the same attribute as an attribute of a layer to be processed of an original electronic document is not stored in a layer attribute DB, the attribute to the layer attribute DB, and analyzes an OBJ of a layer of the page to be processed in the original electronic document, and if the OBJ is an OBJ whose size-reduction is not permitted, stores “reduction-inhibited OBJ: ON” in the layer attribute DB as one of the attributes of the layer, and if the OBJ is an OBJ that includes personal data, stores “personal data: ON” in the layer attribute DB as one of the attributes of the layer, and further performs imposition of the page to be processed in the original electronic document according to the content of the layer attribute DB and an imposition method designated by the user. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317184 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus is provided which realizes an adequate operation of a paper dust removing device. The image forming apparatus has a storing portion which stores the likelihood that paper dust is produced upon previous image formation as previous paper dust production information according to the type of sheet. Further, the image forming apparatus has a CPU which adjusts paper dust removing performance upon current image formation to increase based on previous paper dust production information when the likelihood that paper dust is produced upon previous image formation is higher. Consequently, it is possible to realize an adequate paper dust removing operation of the paper dust removing device and prevent problems of images from occurring due to paper dust. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317185 | MISREGISTRATION CORRECTING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - A misregistration correcting apparatus form an edge list showing information of edges of one scan line from stored drawing objects, updates the formed edge list, and converts the formed edge list into a bit map of one scan line. The updating comprises a first edge list updating that updates the formed edge list on the basis of setting information of a trapping based on characteristics of a printing apparatus and an edge list of a one-line preceding line of the one scan line, and a second edge list updating that updates the edge list on the basis of the trapping setting information and a span showing an outline of the drawing object on the edge list. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317186 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISCRIMINATING WHETHER DOCUMENT IS COLOR DOCUMENT OR BLACK AND WHITE DOCUMENT, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND FACSIMILE MACHINE INCLUDING THE IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORING IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus includes an image reading unit, a pixel color determining unit, an isolated point determining unit, and a document discriminating unit. The image reading unit scans a document to detect pixel values of color components of each pixel. The pixel color determining unit determines whether a color of each pixel is a specific color based on the detected pixel values. The isolated point determining unit determines whether each pixel is an isolated point based on the detected pixel values. The document discriminating unit discriminates whether the document is a color document or a black-and-white document based on the detected pixel values while treating the pixels, of which the color has been determined to be the specific color by the pixel color determining unit and which have been determined to be isolated points by the isolated point determining unit, as black-and-white pixels. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317187 | CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROLLING METHOD, PROGRAM AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A problem of the present invention is to provide a control apparatus, a controlling method, a program, and a recording medium which can print by using at least one or more special colors in addition to four colors of Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black. To solve the above problem, the control apparatus according to the present invention includes analyzing unit that provides command analysis for a CMYK plate and a clear toner plate, generating unit that generates image data of the CMYK plate based on a result of the command analysis by the analyzing unit, and embedding unit that embeds a clear toner attribute obtained by analyzing the clear toner plate in an attribute flag accompanying each of pixels of the image data of the CMYK plate, which is generated by the generating unit. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317188 | PRINTING SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - A printing method includes obtaining an initial printer profile corresponding to a printing system having a plurality of ink colors, identifying a remaining ink parameter corresponding to each of the ink colors, and determining whether the remaining ink parameter of each of the ink colors are approximately equal to each other such that: performing a print job using the initial printer profile when the remaining ink parameter determination is that the remaining ink parameter of each of the ink colors are approximately equal to each other, and determining a modified printer profile by selectively changing color saturation for one or more of the ink colors to balance ink usage and performing the print job using the modified printer profile when the remaining ink parameter determination is that the remaining ink parameter of each of the ink colors are not approximately equal to each other. | 12-29-2011 |
20120002219 | PRINT SHOP MANAGEMENT METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR PRINTING MIXED COLOR AND BLACK AND WHITE DOCUMENTS - A method and computer program is described for managing a print shop system in which a plurality of color and black and white printers are connected to and managed by a computer. To print a source document having mixed color and black and white pages with a color-split printing process, the computer first execute a verification program to determine whether the source document indeed contains mixed color and black and black and white pages by utilizing a recursive pair-down or page-down scheme where the color values of the pages are compared and as soon as a mismatch in the color values of the processed pages occurs, the computer will return a result indicating that the source document indeed contains mixed color and black and white pages. Alternatively the computer will return a result indicating that the source document does not contain mixed color and black and white pages when a last page of the document is reached but a mismatch of the color value of the compared page never occurs. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002220 | CONTROLLING PRINTER ENERGY CONSUMPTION - A method for controlling printer energy consumption. The method includes identifying, during a first time interval, a quantity of energy consumed by a printer since commencement of the first time interval; generating a comparison by comparing the quantity of energy with a first energy threshold for the first time interval; and invoking an energy saving mode of the printer based on the comparison. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002221 | MAINTAINING PRINT SETTINGS ACROSS MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS - A method, including: receiving a request to print a first document from a first application; displaying print settings and an option to maintain print settings (MPS); collecting a time limit, a selection enabling the option to MPS, and a selection enabling a print setting; sending a first print job corresponding to the first document and the print setting to a printer; initiating, in response to the selection enabling the option to MPS, a time window having a duration set to the time limit; receiving a request to print a second document from a second application; identifying a remaining time of the time window; retrieving, in response to the remaining time exceeding zero, the indication of the print setting; and sending, bypassing the printer driver GUI, a second print job corresponding to the second document and the print setting to the printer. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002222 | CONTROL DEVICE - A content of the common setting is applied to the plurality of devices and a content of the special setting is applied to a specific device among the plurality of devices. When the item of the special setting for the specific device is selected on the common setting screen, the acquiring unit is configured to acquire special setting screen data corresponding to the selected item of the special setting from an external device. A second setting screen supplying unit is configured to supply the special setting screen data to the display unit such that the display unit displays a special setting screen on which the content of the special setting for the selected item is settable. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002223 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND A PAPER SHEET SUPPLY METHOD - An image forming apparatus, comprising: an input unit which designates the type of a sheet to be used in image formation; a sheet cassette which accommodates the sheets and in which the type of the accommodated sheets is set; a storage unit which stores the sheet type set in the sheet cassette if the sheet type set in the sheet cassette and the sheet type accommodated in the sheet cassette coincide with each other; and a control unit which, when the sheet type set in the sheet cassette is stored in the storage unit upon receiving a request of image formation, judges whether the sheet type designated by the input unit and the sheet type stored in the storage unit coincide with each other, if the sheet type designated by the input unit and the sheet type stored in the storage unit coincide with each other, said control unit instructs image formation, if the sheet type designated by the input unit and the sheet type stored in the storage unit do not coincide, said control unit notifies the judgment result to a user without instructing the image formation, and when the sheet type is not stored in the storage unit upon receiving the request of the image formation, said control unit instructs the image formation. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002224 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS TO ADD SPECIFIC DATA TO IMAGE, AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD OF ADDING THE SPECIFIC DATA TO THE IMAGE - According to one embodiment, an image forming apparatus includes a data adding part and an image forming part. The data adding part acquires first identification data from a first storage part provided in a colorant container to contain a colorant and storing the first identification data intrinsic to the colorant container, and adds first additional data based on the first identification data to image data to be formed on a sheet. The image forming part forms an image on the sheet based on the image data to which the first additional data is added. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002225 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE ENCODING MEDIUM ENCODED WITH A COMPUTER PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus, including a color conversion part configured to conduct a color conversion of image data. The color conversion part extends an information amount of an output value in the color conversion based on a first minimum information amount possible to depict a gradation in a lattice point interval of an input value in a look up table used for the color conversion. | 01-05-2012 |
20120008153 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming unit to form a color toner image using a color toner and a transparent layer using a transparent toner on a sheet of recording media, a sheet conveyance unit to transport the sheet, a 3D display lens forming unit disposed downstream from the image forming unit in a sheet conveyance direction, and a controller. The 3D display lens forming unit includes a shaping member including an uneven portion having predetermined surface unevenness, and a pressure member to press the shaping member against the sheet, forming a shaping nip between the shaping member and the pressure member. The 3D display lens forming unit shapes the transparent layer that is an outermost layer on the sheet into a stereoscopic display lens by transferring the surface unevenness of the uneven portion of the shaping member to the transparent layer formed on the sheet. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008154 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A length L of the test pattern string is determined so as to satisfy a condition L≦{P−(Q | 01-12-2012 |
20120008155 | IMAGE READING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A transparent sheet is attached onto an inclined surface of an original guide plate of an image reading apparatus, and similarly, a transparent sheet is attached onto an inclined surface at an edge portion of a reading guide plate, thereby preventing an original from being chipped by the ground glass-like inclined surfaces and illumination light from being diffused by the ground glass-like inclined surfaces. | 01-12-2012 |
20120013921 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPLACING BANNER PAGES WITH DOCUMENT IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION IN AN IMAGE PRODUCTION DEVICE - A method and apparatus for replacing banner pages with document identification information in an image production device is disclosed. The method may include receiving a request from a user to cease including a banner page with each printed document, the banner page being separate page containing document identification information, prompting the user to enter document identification information to be printed on the document, receiving the document identification information from the user, receiving a request from the user to print a document, and printing the document with document identification information on one or more pages of the document. | 01-19-2012 |
20120013922 | Print Data Format Modification Mechanism - A method is disclosed. The method includes establishing a post processing data format to enable proper post-processing of print jobs and modifying a print job received during print processing according to the post processing data format. | 01-19-2012 |
20120013923 | COLOR CONVERSION COEFFICIENT GENERATING APPARATUS, COLOR REPRODUCTION CHARACTERISTIC MODIFYING DEVICE, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - A color conversion coefficient generating apparatus includes a first color reproduction characteristic obtaining unit that obtains a first color reproduction characteristic that is obtained by correcting a color reproduction characteristic of a first device in accordance with a color of a first medium used for printing in the first device, a second color reproduction characteristic obtaining unit that obtains a second color reproduction characteristic that is obtained by correcting a color reproduction characteristic of a second device in accordance with a color of a second medium used for printing in the second device, a modifying unit that modifies the first color reproduction characteristic and that repeatedly modifies the modified first color reproduction characteristic, and a generating unit that generates a color conversion coefficient for performing simulated printing based on the color reproduction characteristic of the first device on the basis of the first and second color reproduction characteristics. | 01-19-2012 |
20120013924 | PRINTER AND PRINTING METHOD - A printer includes a display, a storing module, a picture decoder, a selecting module, a recorder, and a printing module. The storing module is configured to store a plurality of pictures. The picture decoder is configured to read a selected picture from the storing module, decode the selected picture and display the selected picture on the display. The selecting module is configured to draw a frame to surround a selected part of the selected picture. The recorder is configured to record the position and the size of the selected part. The printing module is configured to print the selected part. | 01-19-2012 |
20120019841 | DOCUMENT SCANNER - A document scanner ( | 01-26-2012 |
20120019842 | DIGITAL PRINTING CONTROL USING A SPECTROPHOTOMETER - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for xerographic Dmax control based upon measurements made on the printed paper using an inline spectrophotometer (ILS) or similar device. The disclosed method is based upon directly measuring the color to actuator sensitivity. Each of the separations is controlled independently using an actuator specific to that color separation. The present method is effective at controlling the color of the solid primaries. The fact that the vector of change is highly correlated with solid color variation seen in the field suggests that the teachings hereof effectively increase the solid color stability. Increased solid color stability increases the color stability throughout the printer gamut and the stability of the gamut boundaries, which increases the robustness of gamut mapping algorithms. Advantageously, the present method can be combined with existing ILS-based maintenance architectures. | 01-26-2012 |
20120019843 | COLOR PROCESSING DEVICE, COLOR PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - A color processing device includes a calculating unit that calculates hues in a device-dependent color space and hues in a device-independent color space of plural reproduction colors that are positioned on an input color gamut boundary and that have different hues, a deriving unit that calculates hues of corresponding colors in which a change in at least one of lightness and chrome caused by color gamut mapping performed in the device-independent color space is smaller than a change caused by the color gamut mapping performed on the reproduction colors, thereby deriving a correspondence between the hues in the device-dependent color space and the hues of the corresponding colors in the device-independent color space, a hue correcting unit that calculates hues in the device-dependent color space from input colors, thereby correcting the input colors, and a color gamut mapping unit that performs the color gamut mapping. | 01-26-2012 |
20120019844 | Image forming apparatus, image forming method, and computer program product - An image forming apparatus includes a first density correction unit that corrects density correction characteristics in correcting density of print image data to be output by using a density correction patch formed in an image forming process; a second density correction unit that corrects the density correction characteristics by using a density correction patch printed on a recording sheet; an image inspection unit that compares an image density of inspection image data obtained by scanning a printed output image with an image density of the print image data to be output, thereby inspecting a magnitude of a density change in the printed output image; and a density control unit that selects one from the first and second density correction units according to the magnitude of the density change and causes the density correction characteristics to be corrected by the selected one from the first and second density correction units. | 01-26-2012 |
20120019845 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS WHICH PERFORMS CALIBRATION FOR MAINTAINING IMAGE QUALITY - A luminance value for a second printing medium that has been obtained by reading a pattern image formed on the second printing medium different from a first printing medium is converted into a corresponding density value on the first printing medium. Calibration for the first printing medium can then be performed using the second printing medium. | 01-26-2012 |
20120019846 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes a storage unit and a converting unit. The storage unit stores a dither matrix including a plurality of sub-matrices. Each sub-matrix has a group of dot regions and each dot region has a threshold value. The dot regions are arranged in N rows and N columns in which N is an integer greater than or equal to 4 and the dot regions define a first diagonal line and a second diagonal line. Each sub-matrix has a plurality of first orthogonal lines extending in a direction parallel to the first diagonal line and a plurality of second orthogonal lines extending in a direction parallel to the second diagonal line. N dot regions whose threshold value is smaller than a prescribed value are contained in the group of dot regions. Only one of N dot regions is contained in each row and each column. At most one of N dot regions is contained in each first orthogonal line and each second orthogonal line. The converting unit is configured to convert print data into binary data by using the dither matrix. | 01-26-2012 |
20120019847 | IMAGE FORMATION CONTROL APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMATION CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING IMAGE FORMATION CONTROL PROGRAM - An image formation control apparatus capable of reducing vain power consumption of an image forming apparatus that cannot continue printing. The image formation control apparatus executes a print job by controlling a first image forming apparatus and a second image forming apparatus connected to a downstream side of the first image forming apparatus. A determination unit determines whether the first image forming apparatus is able to execute the print job based on status information about the first image forming apparatus. A control unit shifts the first image forming apparatus to a power saving mode and controls the second image forming apparatus to execute the print job when the determination unit determines that the first image forming apparatus cannot execute the print job. | 01-26-2012 |
20120019848 | PRINT SYSTEM, PRINTING DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - When a request for acquiring image correction data is issued, as is periodically done by a communication terminal, a printing device transmits the image correction data, if the state of the printing device is in a normal mode or in a first energy saving mode. If the acquisition of the image correction data as is periodically done by the communication terminal fails, the printing device transmits the image correction data to the communication terminal at the time when the communication terminal creates print data. | 01-26-2012 |
20120019849 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Data of each plane capable of obtaining a high-quality output image is generated. An image processing apparatus for quantizing input image data having gradation of an m value (m is a natural number) into output image data having gradation of an n value (n is a natural number smaller than m) includes a quantization unit configured to quantize input image data having gradation of an m value in a target pixel into output image data having gradation of an n value, and a plane separation unit configured to determine that the quantization value quantized by the quantization unit is to be assigned to the target pixel of which plane out of planes of two types or more, wherein the plane separation unit determines that the quantization value is to be assigned to the target pixel of which plane, based on distance information of the target pixel indicating distances, to the target pixel, from pixels on which a recording material is recorded in the each plane. | 01-26-2012 |
20120019850 | METHOD FOR CALIBRATING COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A calibration method for calibrating a color image forming apparatus includes detecting the color of a patch formed on a recording medium by the color image forming apparatus using a color sensor, converting a detected color signal in a first color specification system into a color signal in a second color specification system, and adjusting at least one of the image forming conditions for the color image forming apparatus, based on the color signal converted in the conversion step, where the conversion conditions in the color signal conversion are different depending on the attributes of the patch. | 01-26-2012 |
20120026516 | COLOR CHARACTERIZATION MODEL COMPUTATION USING WEIGHTED LEAST SQUARES MINIMIZATION - Methods and systems are presented for characterizing a color rendering system or a color marking material design process, in which forward color transform parameters are generated for mapping color from a first color space associated with an internal color representation of the color rendering system or marking material design process into a second color space using a least squares minimization of an error metric weighted according to a Taylor series expansion of the error metric. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026517 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GRADUALLY ADJUSTING A LOOK-UP TABLE FOR A PRINT ENGINE IN ORDER TO IMPROVE THE REGULATION OF COLOR QUALITY OF PRINTED IMAGES - Disclosed is a system and method for gradually adjusting a look-up table (LUT) for a print engine in order to improve the regulation of color quality of printed images. The LUT is updated so that a target value for a particular color is achieved. This corrects for a measured or predicted change in a tone reproduction curve. Depending upon the severity of the required adjustment, a series of incremental adjustments rather than a single adjustment can be made to the LUT table over a period of time. Each adjustment in the series can be limited to a predetermined maximum delta so that any corrections made to the LUT following the generation and evaluation of one test image and before the generation and evaluation of the next test image for the same target color are gradually and imperceptibly implemented (i.e., unnoticeable). | 02-02-2012 |
20120026518 | Image Forming Apparatus, Toner Usage Evaluation Method, and Computer-Readable Non-Transitory Recording Medium Storing a Toner Usage Evaluation Program - Provided is an image forming apparatus including a reference image generating unit and a toner usage evaluation unit. The reference image generating unit is configured to convert a subject image into a reference image having a data amount smaller than the subject image. The toner usage evaluation unit is configured to obtain a usage of toner for printing the subject image based on the reference image. | 02-02-2012 |
20120033237 | GREEN PRINTING: RE-PURPOSING A DOCUMENT TO SAVE INK AND PAPER - Green printing is utilized to repurpose a document. An indication is received that a printout of a document from a printer has been requested. The document has content with a format that would result in a first quantity of pages being printed. The content is grouped into one or more regions. Further, one or more transformations are applied to the content for each region such that the printer prints the document with the content in a transformed format that results in a second quantity of pages being printed without falling below a predetermined readability threshold. The second quantity of pages is less than the first quantity of pages. Further, the one or more transformations being applied to the document may result in a second quantity of ink being utilized to print the document such that the second quantity of ink being less than the first quantity of ink. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033238 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHARACTERIZING PRINTER STEAKING - Methods and systems are presented for characterizing printer streaking using a basis selection algorithm to determine parameters set for a streak template that best approximate a density profile derived from a scanned printed test image, with wavelet decomposition used to expedite the searching for position and width parameters. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033239 | Mechanism for Inserting Information Into a Bitmap - A method is disclosed. The method includes receiving a print job, rasterizing the print job to produce rasterized bitmap data, retrieving additional information to be encoded into the bitmap data and compressing the bitmap data using the additional information by performing a sequence of optimal and sub-optimal compression. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033240 | CONTROLLER CHIP AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS TO PERFORM COLOR MIS-REGISTRATION CORRECTION AND METHODS THEREOF - A method to perform color mis-registration correction in an image forming apparatus includes detecting a plurality of color image data from print data, detecting edge information of each color image pixel for each of the color image data, and comparing the detected edge information and determining whether to perform color mis-registration correction. If it is determined to perform the color mis-registration correction, the method includes comparing a value of a pixel which constitutes each color image and setting a correction value, and if a correction value for entire pixels of the each color image is set, performing color misregistration correction for the plurality of color image data according to the set correction value. Accordingly, color mis-registration correction may be performed effectively and stably. | 02-09-2012 |
20120038938 | Print controlling terminal and method for compensating colors - A present color compensating method includes receiving selection of an input ICC profile and an output ICC profile, receiving selection of a plurality of color rendering intents to be applied to an ICC profile, generating a color conversion table using the selected input ICC profile, the selected output profile, and the selected plurality of color rendering intents, and generating print data using the generated color conversion table. | 02-16-2012 |
20120038939 | COLOR CORRECTION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COLOR CORRECTION PROCESSING METHOD - According to one embodiment, each color correction processing apparatus includes an input portion, a storing portion and a correction portion. The input portion inputs each image signal value corresponding to each color component for each recording head block in order to record a color image by a plurality of recording head blocks. The storing portion records reference color deviation amount data that shows a plurality of reference color deviation amounts corresponding to a plurality of reference color points for each recording head block. The correction portion corrects each image signal value on the basis of the reference color deviation amount data. Furthermore, the correction portion corrects a correction target image signal value corresponding to non-reference color points shifted from the reference color points by the interpolation on the basis of the reference color deviation amount data. | 02-16-2012 |
20120044509 | COLOR CORRECTION APPARATUS AND COLOR CORRECTION METHOD - According to one embodiment, a color correction apparatus includes an input portion, a storing portion and a correction portion. The input portion inputs color image signals which correspond to recording color material amounts. The storing portion stores a standard color reproduction parameter for calculating a standard color reproduction chromaticity and reference chromaticity deviation amounts at a plurality of reference color points in recording color material amount coordinate space. The correction portion estimates chromaticity deviation amounts of the input color image signals on the basis of the reference chromaticity deviation amount, calculates a standard chromaticity which corresponds to the input color image signals on the basis of the standard color reproduction parameter and corrects the input color image signals on the basis of the estimated chromaticity deviation amounts and the standard chromaticity. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044510 | IMAGE RECORDING SYSTEM AND IMAGE RECORDING METHOD - A color gamut is extended, and thus high color and gradation are realized. An image recording system includes: a conversion unit for converting input color signals constituting an input image into signals constituting a group of recording material overlapped structures that includes a recording material overlapped structure in which at least two or more recording materials are overlapped to form pixels; and a recording unit for recording the recording materials on a recording medium in accordance with the converted signals. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044511 | TRANSFER APPARATUS FOR OFFSET PRINTING - The present invention relates to a transfer apparatus for offset printing, in which a gate-shaped frame ( | 02-23-2012 |
20120044512 | MULTICOLOR ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND PROCESSES OF FORMING THE SAME BY PRINTING - There is provided a process of forming a regular array of rows of subpixels on a workpiece. The subpixels having four different colors, and a subpixel pitch s. Of the four colors, q colors are formed by printing and r colors are formed by a non-printing method. The process includes the steps: (1) providing a printing head having z nozzles arranged in a row with a spacing between the nozzles of p, where z=4n | 02-23-2012 |
20120057176 | METHOD FOR GENERATING A SOFT PROOF FOR A PLURALITY OF COLOR PRINTERS - A system and method allows a user to display the appearance of an image when printed on one of a plurality of configurable color printers. The configurable color printers include at least one replaceable colorant. The system and method take the effect of the currently mounted colorant into account when generating the displayed image. The displayed image can be used as a soft proof for printing purposes. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057177 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a designation unit configured, in printing each of input first and second data by using a spot color printing material, to designate a spot color effect achieved by using the spot color printing material, a first determination unit configured to determine a paper attribute for implementing the designated spot color effect for the first data, a second determination unit configured, to determine a paper attribute for implementing the designated spot color effect for the second data, a setting unit configured to execute a setting of a print appearance for printing the first and the second data on one sheet, and sheet determination unit configured to determine a sheet having the attribute determined by the first and the second determination unit as a sheet onto which the first and the second data is to be printed according to the set print appearance. | 03-08-2012 |
20120062910 | PRINT DATA TRANSFORMATION USING CONVERSION ARRAYS - Methods and systems are disclosed herein for print data transformation using conversion arrays. A print datastream is received, where the print datastream includes bitmap data encoded as a first number of bits per pel. An array of conversion values is retrieved to convert the bitmap data to a second number of bits per pel encoding. The bitmap data is then converted using the array to the second number of bits per pel encoding, where one or more bytes of the bitmap data is used as an index to the array to generate output data. A printed output is generated based on the output data. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062911 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING COLOR PRINT JOBS ON A NETWORK OF CONFIGURABLE COLOR PRINTERS - A method to schedule color print jobs to one or more configurable color printers is described. The method monitors the state of any printers in use and maintains a queue of print jobs. The print jobs are assigned priorities based on a set of system policies. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062912 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND COMPUTER-USABLE MEDIUM FOR RANKING NETWORKED RENDERING DEVICES WITH VISUAL CUES - A method, system and computer-usable medium for ranking a networked rendering device with one or more or a set of visual cues. A client device can be configured with a rendering application in order to select and transmit a rendering job along with one or more job criteria to a back end system. Each network rendering device having one or more print capabilities can be evaluated based on the job criteria in order to generate an ‘overall ranking’ utilizing the back end system. Sorting the rendering devices based on the ‘overall ranking’ can generate a ranked list. Such ranked list can be displayed in a user interface associated with the client device based on a set of visual cues in order to permit a user to select a best-fit rendering device in a simple and efficient manner. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062913 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printer according to the present invention includes a central processing unit (CPU) configured to be able to process variable data printing (VDP) data including reusable data which is repeatedly utilized in a plurality of pages, and variable data which is not repeatedly utilized, to generate a plurality of intermediate language data from the reusable data, according to a plurality of settings for color processing, and to select intermediate language data to be used when generating a bitmap image, from the plurality of intermediate language data generated by a generation unit, and a RIP unit configured to generate a bitmap image by performing RIP-processing on the selected intermediate language data. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062914 | Image Processing Apparatus and Image Forming System - An image processing apparatus processes an image. An image obtaining section receives a color image. A region extracting section extracts a character region from the color image. A character color determining section determines whether the characters in the extracted character region have a non-highlight color or a different color from the non-highlight color. A highlighting section performs a highlight process on the characters if the characters have a color different from the non-highlight color. A de-highlighting section performs a de-highlight process on the characters if the characters have the non-highlight color. An image generating section produces a color-reduced image in which a number of colors has been reduced as a result of either the highlight process or the de-highlight process performed on extracted character region. A transmitting section transmits the color-reduced image to an external apparatus. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062915 | PRINTING DEVICE AND PRINT JOB CONTROL METHOD - A printing device includes a receiving part receiving print job data, an analysis part, a memory part, an image forming part that executes a print process of image information using first and second consumable products and that includes a remaining amount detecting part, and a print control unit that controls the print process. When the remaining amount of the first consumable product is detected to be lower than a predetermined amount, the print process using the first consumable product is temporarily suspended, the memory part stores the image information and the print information of the print job data that are sequentially received by the receiving part. When the print information for another print process not using the first consumable product is stored in the memory part, the print control unit deletes information relating to the print job data of the suspended print process. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062916 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, PRINTING CONTROL TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus and a printing control terminal apparatus include an input unit to receive printing data, a rendering unit to transform the printing data into bitmap data, an image processor to determine whether the bitmap data includes a transparency pattern and if it is determined that the bitmap data includes the transparency pattern, perform smoothing processing with respect to the bitmap data; and an output unit to output the bitmap data processed by the image processor. Accordingly, an image quality of printing data including a transparency pattern can be improved. In addition, an image forming method includes receiving image data including a plurality of pixels, determining whether an area of pixels is a patterned area including a pattern, determining the patterned area is transparent when the pattern of the patterned area matches a pre-stored pattern stored, performing a smoothing process on the patterned area, and printing the image data after performing the smoothing. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062917 | MASS CUSTOMIZATION OF ARTICLES HAVING DIMENSIONAL AND/OR ANIMATED IMAGES - Mass customization of articles with a customized composite or dimensional image created from one or more custom images, such as photographs, text, and the like. The customized composite image is automatically generated by interlacing, or otherwise combining, the one or more custom or personalized images, and is automatically placed or imposed in a digital template to form a print ready file. The print file is then digitally printed on a substrate and a lens is married thereto such that the composite image is viewable through the lens. Alternatively, the print ready file, or at least the customized composite image, is printed directly on the back of a lens such that the composite image is viewable through the lens. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062918 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus implements appropriate image processing on image data stored in a storage unit of the image processing apparatus easily and efficiently, and distributes the image data to an external apparatus. An image format conversion unit implements image processing such as resolution conversion processing, filter processing, γ correction processing, and halftone processing on image data stored in an HDD serving as an image data storage unit so that the image data conform to conditions, such as image quality and format, specified by an external client apparatus. The image-processed image data are then distributed to the external client apparatus. | 03-15-2012 |
20120069357 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ENHANCING THE DENSITY OF BLACK - A computer-implemented method and system for enhancing black density of a halftoned bitmap are provided. The method includes receiving a halftoned bitmap into computer memory, and, using a computer, identifying at least one black-only pixel in the halftoned bitmap. The method further includes for each of the identified black-only pixels, identifying at least one black-only pixel as a candidate for adding color based at least in part on the location of the black-only pixel with respect to an edge in the halftoned bitmap, modifying the halftoned bitmap by adding color to at least one of the candidate black-only pixels, and outputting the modified halftoned bitmap. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069358 | Image forming apparatus, imgae forming method, and program - An image forming apparatus including an attribute-value-information holding unit that holds an attribute-value table showing correspondence between a type of gradation processing and a fixing-temperature control attribute value; an image-formation-attribute processing unit that determines a type of gradation processing and a corresponding fixing-temperature control attribute value on the basis of contents of a print instruction and the attribute-value table; a gradation processing unit that performs gradation processing in accordance with the type of gradation processing determined by the image-formation-attribute processing unit; and a fixing-temperature control unit that controls fixing temperature in formation of a print image according to the fixing-temperature control attribute value determined by the image-formation-attribute processing unit. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069359 | Image forming apparatus, color-misregistration correcting method, and computer program product - An image forming apparatus includes recording heads for ejecting recording liquids of colors onto a recording medium. The apparatus includes a reference-patch forming unit that records a reference patch, the reference patch being formed by overlaying dot array patterns recorded with the recording liquids of different colors, the dot array patterns having no correlation therebetween; a detection-patch-group forming unit that records a detection patch group including detection patches, each of the detection patches being formed by overlaying dot array patterns recorded with the recording liquids of the different colors, the dot array patterns having a same cycle of regular dot array, the detection patches being allocated with different misregistration amounts of the dot array patterns; and a color-misregistration correcting unit that corrects color misregistration based on results of comparison between color tone of the reference patch and color tone of each of the detection patches. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069360 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, A CONTROL METHOD AND A RECORDING MEDIUM - The image forming apparatus includes an image forming part configured to form an image on a sheet; a post-processing part configured to process a sheet bundle, the sheet bundle including sheets on which images are formed by the image forming part; an image quality maintaining/adjusting part configured to maintain quality of the image formed by the image forming part; a sheet spacing changing part configured to increase a spacing between a final sheet of the sheet bundle and a next sheet; and an operation controlling part configured to activate the operation of the image quality maintaining/adjusting part such that an operation of the image quality maintaining/adjusting part is completed within the spacing increased by the sheet spacing changing part. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069361 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETECTION OF TONER CONSUMPTION - An apparatus to detect toner consumption converts an original file into a spool file to perform preview before printing, converts the spool file into preview data, classifies objects based on types of items recorded in the spool file to create an object map, and calculates dot counts based on the preview data and information of the object map to detect toner consumption. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069362 | PRINTING DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING PRINTING DEVICE - A printing device includes a printing unit that prints printing image data of a plurality of colors on a printing medium, a plurality of data storage units that receive and store the image data. The image data is transferred from the upper level device through a plurality of first transfer paths corresponding to the image data of the plurality of colors. The printing device further includes a control unit that controls the plurality of data storage units to receive control information for controlling a printing of the image data from the upper level device through a second transfer path, and send a request of transferring the image data to the upper level device on the basis of the control information, and to receive and store the image data transferred from the upper level device, and a conveyance control unit that controls a conveyance unit conveying the printing medium. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069363 | PRINTING DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING PRINTING DEVICE - A printing device includes at least one station and a transmission control unit. The station includes a printing unit that prints image data of a plurality of colors generated by an upper level device on a printing medium, and a plurality of holding units that receive and hold the image data of the plurality of colors transmitted from the upper level device through a plurality of first transmission paths respectively corresponding to the image data of the plurality of colors. The transmission control unit controls the plurality of holding units to receive printing information from the upper level device through a second transmission path, and controls, on the basis of the printing information, the plurality of holding units to respectively receive and hold the image data of the plurality of colors transmitted from the upper level device. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069364 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING PLURALITY OF SCREENS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a display unit and a control unit. The control unit displays, on the display unit, a first window for inputting a setting concerned with a plurality of functions. Further, the control unit stepwisely displays at least a portion of a second window over the first window in a manner corresponding to a type of the second window when the first window is displayed, the second window being for inputting a setting concerned with the plurality of functions. | 03-22-2012 |
20120075644 | PREFERRED HUE SELECTION METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING COLOR IMAGE REPRODUCTION - A method implemented in a color image reproduction system that includes a data processing apparatus having a non-transitory memory for storing a computer software program and a processor for executing the software program, wherein the program includes a program code configured to cause the data processing apparatus to execute a process for optimizing color image reproduction, which process includes the steps of finding preferred hue angles for a memory color, for each preferred hue angle determining a maximum chroma value of its hue slice, selecting two chroma points at a pre-determined percentage of the maximum chroma value, integrating a lightness function of chroma over a range between the two chroma points to calculate an area under a curve of the function, and selecting a preferred hue angle to be used as a gamut mapping target for the memory color based on the result of the area calculation. | 03-29-2012 |
20120075645 | COLOR SELECTION ASSISTING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, COLOR SELECTION ASSISTING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - At least one color patch, which is extracted as a candidate patch from within a color chart, is colorimetrically measured and a color value is acquired. Based on a color value of a designated color to be reproduced on a print and a color value of the candidate patch, a corresponding position on the color chart responsive to the color value of the designated color is calculated. Instruction mark images indicative of the calculated corresponding position are displayed respectively, together with a simulating image, in which a layout of multiple color patches on the color chart is simulated. | 03-29-2012 |
20120075646 | PRINTING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING PRINTING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A host computer generates a print job and transmits it to a printing apparatus. A media group definition defining one or a plurality of groups each combining a plurality of specified media with one or a plurality of feedable search media is added to each print job. The printing apparatus acquires the media group definition from the received print job, acquires, from the media group definition, feedable search media corresponding to the specified media for each page included in the print job, searches for a sheet feed stage storing any one of the feedable search media based on sheet feed stage information, feeds the print medium from the detected sheet feed stage, and prints the page on the print medium. | 03-29-2012 |
20120075647 | IMAGE READING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF IMAGE READING - An image reading apparatus includes a light-emitting device having a peak wavelength that varies depending on a value of a drive current, and illuminates a document with illumination light from the light-emitting device. A light receiving unit receives a light reflected from the document when the illumination light is emitted from the light-emitting device, and converts the received reflected light into image data at a predetermined sensitivity depending on the wavelengths of the received light. A current drive circuit supplies the drive current to turn on the light-emitting device. A wavelength distribution control unit produces two or more durations each having a different value of the drive current by controlling the current drive circuit during each main scanning to the document to produce two or more durations each having a different peak wavelength in each main scanning. | 03-29-2012 |
20120081718 | ALIGNMENT COMPENSATION BY PRINTER DRIVER - A method of compensating for misalignment of a print engine of an image forming apparatus, which includes: (a) forwarding a request from a host computer having a printer driver to an image forming apparatus for reference data of a printable area of the print engine; (b) sending the reference data of the printable area of the print engine to the printer driver; (c) comparing the reference data of the printable area of the print engine to an ideal reference data of the printable area of a print job; and (d) if the reference data of the printable area of the print engine is different than the ideal reference data of the printable area of the print job, generating a new reference data of the printable area of the printable area to adjust for the difference in printable area between the ideal reference data of the printable area of the print job and the reference data of the printable area of the print engine. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081719 | TESTING PRINTER CALIBRATION - The systems and methods presented herein provide for the testing of calibration processing within a print controller. In one embodiment, a method provides for testing a printer calibration module. The method includes simulating an optical density response of the printer to generate a plurality of optical density curves for the printer and determining spectral reflectance values for corresponding optical density values in the optical density curves. The method also includes processing the spectral reflectance values via the printer calibration module to generate a calibration output. The method also includes analyzing the calibration output to determine accuracy of the printer calibration module. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081720 | PRINT SHOP MANAGEMENT METHOD FOR CUSTOMIZING COLOR OR BLACK AND WHITE PRINTING - A method implemented in a print shop management system that includes a data processing apparatus having a non-transitory memory for storing a computer software program and a processor for executing the software program, wherein the program includes a program code configured to cause the data processing apparatus to execute a process for customizing color or black and white (B/W) printing of a document containing color and B/W pages, which process includes the steps of analyzing the document to obtain its original color page data which specifies color pages of the document that are originally set to be printed in color, providing a user interface for editing the color page data of the document by allowing input of individual page numbers designating which color pages of the document will indeed be printed in color, and printing the document according to the edited color page data by printing color pages of the document in color if they are also designated to be printed in color, and printing color pages of the document in black and white if they are not designated to be printed in color. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081721 | MULTI-FUNCTION PRINTER AND METHOD OF GENERATING PRINT DATA - In a multi-function printer, a scanning module reads an image of an original and generates corresponding color image data. A color converter converts a set of red (R), green (G) and blue (B) values of a pixel of the color image data into a set of cyan (C), magenta (M) and yellow (Y) values, and converts one of the two sets of values into a black (K) value. A pattern generator generates first to third sets of patterns according to the C, M and Y values, respectively. A print data generator processes the first to third sets of patterns and the K value into print data. A printing module receives the print data and prints the first to third sets of patterns on a medium in a superimposed manner. The first to third sets of patterns printed are monochrome images having darkness based on the K value. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081722 | COLOR VALUE ACQUIRING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, COLOR VALUE ACQUIRING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - The shape of a target mark extracted from within a print sample and to be reproduced on a print is entered. A color chart is printed comprising multiple color patches in which the shape of the target mark is simulated. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081723 | COLOR REPRODUCTION PREDICTING APPARATUS, COLOR REPRODUCTION PREDICTING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A cell interior point group of a first lattice is determined by determining at least one interior point for each of cells defined based on the first lattice points. Colorimetric values for device values of second lattice points are predicted based on device values and colorimetric values corresponding to the first lattice points, as well as device values and colorimetric values corresponding to the cell interior point group. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081724 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes: an internal storage device; an attachment portion to which an external storage device can be attached; an image reading unit that reads contents of an original as an image and converts the image into an electronic signal; a first image processing unit that generates image data from the electronic signal; and a second image processing unit that separates the image data thus generated into character data that is recognized as characters and data that is recognized as different data from the character data and, when the external storage device is attached to the attachment portion, stores data composed of an entirety or a part of the character data that is recognized as characters as first data in the external storage device and the data that is recognized as different data from the character data as second data in the internal storage device. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081725 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, PRINT ORDER RECEIVING APPARATUS, AND PRINT ORDER RECEIVING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a receiver which receives original image data from a terminal, a converter which converts the original image data to tone-changed image, a storing unit which stores parameter groups for converting the original image data, the parameter groups including a first parameter group for RGB components and a second parameter group for YMCK components, a print size selector, and a print controller which issues a print instruction for the converted image data. A display controller allows the terminal to display the converted image data obtained by using the first parameter group. The print controller issues a print instruction for the converted image data obtained by using the second parameter group. | 04-05-2012 |
20120086959 | OPTIMAL SPOT COLOR RECIPES USING VARIABLE GCR PROFILES - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for obtaining optimum CMYK values for spot colors, with significantly lower computational effort, by using a set of printer profiles with different pre-computed GCR strategies. Various versions are discussed on how to utilize and/or choose among these profiles for each spot color. The present invention is applicable to spot color emulation for CMYK as well as N-color printing, and can be used to optimize one or more image quality attributes, including graininess, mottle, color stability, ink cost, etc. Various embodiments are disclosed. | 04-12-2012 |
20120086960 | COLOR MATERIAL AMOUNT CONTROL METHOD AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS FOR LIMITING AN AMOUNT OF THE COLOR MATERIAL TO BE USED FOR IMAGE FORMATION - A color material amount control method having the steps of: setting a weighting factor of each color material to be used for image formation; and for each pixel, obtaining a color material amount summation by product sum of color material amount and the weighting factor of each color material, obtaining a required reduction amount for the color material amount summation from a predetermined target limit value with respect to the color material amount summation, and correcting the color material amount for each color material so as to reduce the required reduction amount from the color material amount summation. | 04-12-2012 |
20120086961 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Disclosed is an image processing apparatus that makes it possible to conduct an operation for correcting density unevenness in a main-scanning direction of an image, while achieving both the accuracy and the efficiency thereof. The image processing apparatus includes: an outputting section to output data representing a test chart including a plurality of patches respectively having different gradation values and extended in the main-scanning direction; an acquiring section to acquire a measured result of measuring a density of each of the patches included in the test chart printed on the basis of the data outputted by the outputting section; and a control section that compares the density unevenness of a pair of patches being adjacent to each other and deriving from the measured result, so as to determine new data representing a next patch to be outputted on a next occasion, based on a comparison result thereof. | 04-12-2012 |
20120086962 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COLOR CORRECTION USING BOTH SPATIAL CORRECTION AND PRINTER CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES - A system using a spatial correction to improve the result of a printer calibration and correction is described. More particularly, in one form, a spatial correction may be used to pre-condition a printer for an improved color calibration. In another form, spatial correction and color calibration are addressed in the same process for color correction. | 04-12-2012 |
20120092686 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus including a drawing unit which generates pixel data based on print data and an image processing unit which performs image processing for the pixel data, the apparatus comprises: a determination unit configured to determine, while the drawing unit and the image processing unit are performing processing, whether the image processing unit as an output destination of pixel data generated is configured to be stopped when receiving a stop instruction for the processing from a control unit; and a transmission unit configured to transmit pixel data of predetermined color values to the image processing unit for the number of pixels which have not been processed in processing of generating the pixel data when the determination unit determines that the image processing unit is not configured to be stopped, wherein the image processing unit performs image processing by using pixel data of the predetermined color values transmitted. | 04-19-2012 |
20120092687 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CORRECTION EFFECT VERIFICATION METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes a duplex conveyance path where a recording medium can be reversed and re-fed; and an output image detector to detect an image or a test pattern formed on a surface of the recording medium. The image forming apparatus is configured to: detect the test pattern formed on the first side of the recording medium by the output image detector; adjust and correct image forming conditions based on the detection result of the detector; convey the recording medium the first side of which the test pattern is formed on, to a duplex conveyance path; re-feed the recording medium and form a test pattern for verifying correction effect on a backside of the recording medium after correcting and updating the image forming conditions; and detect the test pattern formed on the backside of the recording medium again by the output image detector, thereby verifying the correction effect. | 04-19-2012 |
20120099125 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM FOR PERFORMING DIRECT PRINTING WHICH CONSIDERS COLOR MATCHING PROCESSING BASED ON A PROFILE DESCRIBING THE INPUT COLOR CHARACTERISTICS OF AN IMAGE INPUT DEVICE AND THE OUTPUT COLOR CHARACTERISTICS OF AN IMAGE OUTPUT DEVICE - An image processing method is provided for an image processing device which processes images of printing data input from a computer device and an image input device via a predetermined communication line or a network. Printing instruction information of the printing data is analyzed, and determination is made as to whether a request for color matching processing based on a profile describing input color characteristics of an image input device and output color characteristics of an image output device is included in the printing instruction information. In the case that a request for the color matching processing is included in the printing instruction information, color matching processing is requested to be performed by the computer device on the network. | 04-26-2012 |
20120105874 | IMAGING PRODUCT LAYOUT SYSTEM - An imaging kiosk comprises an image printer, a frame-specification reader for reading frame-specification information specifying two or more image openings in a picture frame, an image-acquisition device, and a computer system for controlling the image printer, the frame-specification reader, and the image-acquisition device. Images are acquired for rendering a single printable image having the two or more acquired images located in positions corresponding to the two or more image openings, and for printing the rendered image to make a frame-matched multi-image print. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105875 | IMAGING PRODUCT LAYOUT METHOD - A computer implemented method for making a single rendered printable image corresponding to a picture frame. Two or more digital images are arranged on a print sheet according to machine decodable frame-specification information that specifies where two or more image openings in a picture frame are situated. The two or more acquired images are rendered into a single printed page of images having the two or more acquired images located in positions corresponding to the image openings. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105876 | COLOR PLANE REGISTRATION ERROR CORRECTION - A printing method and system include printing a first image on a first portion of a first page and determining a color plane registration (CPR) error using a second portion of the first page. A second image is modified based on the CPR error, and the second image is printed on a second page. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105877 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes a determination unit and a restriction unit. The determination unit determines an image forming capability of each of the image forming apparatus and a different image forming apparatus, an image being formed on a printing medium that is transported between the image forming apparatus and the different image forming apparatus. The restriction unit restricts an image forming operation of the image forming apparatus when the determination unit determines that the image forming capability of any one of the image forming apparatus and the different image forming apparatus is to be lower than an image forming capability of the other one of the image forming apparatus and the different image forming apparatus when independently performing an operation to form an image on the printing medium. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105878 | ACCURATE PRINTING OF A TARGET COLOUR - A method of accurately printing a target colour is provided. The method comprises: in a first step measuring the light spectrum ( | 05-03-2012 |
20120105879 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD AND PROGRAM - The present invention prevents a printing result desired by a user from being unable to be printed out, due to registration of the same color name for sheets of different colors. To accomplish this, an image forming apparatus includes a reading unit that reads in a sheet; a generating unit that generates color data indicating a color of the sheet read by the reading unit; an obtaining unit that obtains a color name corresponding to the color data generated with the generating unit, by searching a color sample database, wherein color data and color names corresponding to the color data are stored in the color sample database; and a setting unit that sets a sheet feed cassette to the color name obtained by the obtaining unit. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105880 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image data acquisition unit, a frequency distribution acquisition unit, and a color setting unit. The image data acquisition unit acquires image data representing a color image. The frequency distribution acquisition unit allocates a color of each pixel of the data as a class and acquires a frequency distribution representing an occurrence rate of the color based on the data acquired by the image data acquisition unit. The color setting unit sets a first color with the highest frequency distribution occurrence rate as a background color in the color image, sets a second color with an occurrence rate next in magnitude to the first color as a character color in the color image, and sets a color with an occurrence rate lower than that of the second color as a pattern color that is a color of a specific pattern in the color image. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105881 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING IMAGE CONTROL ACCORDING TO TARGET VALUE - An image forming apparatus includes: an image forming section configured to form a toner image on an image bearing member; and a first control section configured to change an image target value of the image forming section. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105882 | PRINT COLOR PREDICTING APPARATUS, PRINT COLOR PREDICTING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A print color predicting apparatus, a print color predicting method, and a recording medium having a program recorded therein acquire a spectral reflectance of a print, estimate a plurality of sets of optical property values of a protective film that covers the print, depending on the spectral reflectance of the print, and predict a spectral reflectance of a protective-film-covered print, using the spectral reflectance of the print and the sets of optical property values of the protective film. | 05-03-2012 |
20120113439 | METHOD FOR PRODUCING THREE-DIMENSIONAL COMPONENTS - The present invention relates to a method for producing three-dimensional components, using a three-dimensional printing method, an auxiliary structure being additionally formed beyond an extension of the one or more components during the construction of components. The invention also relates to an auxiliary structure for components produced by means of three-dimensional printing methods, the auxiliary structure being constructed along with the component and extending beyond a dimension of the one or more components. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113440 | ATTRIBUTE DRIVEN GAMUT MAPPING VIA A MINIMIZED MULTI-OBJECTIVE CUMULATIVE COST FUNCTION - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for mapping out-of-gamut colors to a device's gamut to improve image quality in a color document reproduction device involves performing the following. First, an out-of-gamut color x | 05-10-2012 |
20120113441 | COLOR ADJUSTMENT DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A color adjustment device includes: a conversion unit that converts color values of a second color space stored in a color conversion table, which defines a correspondence relation between color values of a first color space and color values of the second color space, into color values of a third color space independent from a device outputting an image; a storage unit that stores tables that define different input-output characteristics depending on color values of the third color space; and a change unit that selects at least one table from the tables according to a specified adjustment method, and executes a change process that changes color values of the second color space stored in the color conversion table by using the at least one table. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113442 | Image forming apparatus and image forming method thereof - An image forming apparatus and method are provided. The image forming apparatus includes a communication interface unit that receives printing data, an image forming unit that performs an ordinary printing to form an image on printing paper based on the printing data, a paper supplying unit that provides the printing paper to the image forming unit along with a paper supplying route, a determination unit that determines whether a functional printing may be performed on the paper supplying route in an interval section between sheets of the printing paper, and a controller that controls the image forming unit to perform a functional printing, wherein the ordinary printing is a printing performed on one or more sheets of printing paper, and the functional printing is a printing performed in an interval section between the sheets of printing paper. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113443 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a scanning unit configured to scan at least one of two surfaces of a printed material on both of which information is printed and to obtain a density image representing intensity distribution of diffuse reflection light from the scanned surface and a gloss image representing intensity distribution of specular reflection light from the scanned surface, a mask image generating unit configured to generate a mask image for the scanned surface based on the obtained gloss image, and a show-through removing unit configured to perform mask processing on the density image using the generated mask image to generate a show-through-removed image that does not include show-through information for the scanned surface. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113444 | PRINTING APPARATUS, COLOR CONVERSION METHOD, PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - The printing apparatus is a printing apparatus which prints an image by forming a layer containing a colorant on a recording medium having luster, and is provided with a color conversion unit which converts a color of an image into a printed color expressed by the colorant such that a degree of change in brightness with respect to a gradation change for pixels belonging to a highlighted part in which index values relating to the brightness are equal to or greater than a predetermined value is greater than that for pixels with index values which do not belong to the highlighted part, among the pixels constituting the image. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113445 | METHOD OF PRINTING GRAPHIC CONTENT WITH POSITION TAGS - A method of printing graphic content with position tags. The method includes the steps of: obtaining a first representation of the graphic content in a CMYK color space; translating a K color plane of the CMYK color space into CMY color planes, thereby generating a second representation of the graphic content in a CMY color space; obtaining a representation of the position tags; generating output content by compositing the representation of the position tags over the second representation of the graphic content; and printing the output content using a printer. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113446 | COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - The number of color patches is reduced to attain high-precision color estimation. Hence, the colorimetric values of a plurality of color patches of at least one primary color output by an output device are input. Based on the colorimetric value of first color patches corresponding to a part of the plurality of color patches, colorimetric values corresponding to second color patches other than the first color patches of the plurality of color patches are estimated. Errors between the input colorimetric values of the second color patches and the estimated colorimetric values corresponding to the second color patches are calculated. A plurality of color patches corresponding to the output device is determined based on the calculated errors. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113447 | OUTPUT DEVICE, IMAGE DATA CONVERSION DEVICE, AND METHOD - An output device which outputs pixel data corresponding to a color material used by a printing unit to the printing unit includes an image buffer which stores image data, a generation unit which generates density data corresponding to the color material based on image data read out from the image buffer, a print buffer which stores density data generated by the generation unit, and a conversion unit which converts density data read out from the print buffer into pixel data corresponding to the resolution of the printing unit synchronously with the printing unit. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113448 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus and an image forming method for forming an image by using a plurality of color materials including pigment as a color material, by causing a plurality recording heads to perform a recording scan in a direction perpendicular to a conveyance direction of a recording medium to scan same image areas on the recording medium more than once. The recording heads are fitted with recording-element columns as many as kinds of color materials. Each recording-element column includes a plurality of recording elements arranged in a direction parallel with the conveyance direction of the recording medium. The image forming apparatus includes an input unit configured to input image data to display an image, a conversion unit configured to convert image data into dot data representing an image by a plurality of dots, and an allocation unit configured to allocate the recording elements to the dot data in each of recording scans. The allocation unit performs the allocation in such a manner that dots are concentrated in clusters of a predetermined size in the same image areas and at least one dot is superposed on top of another. | 05-10-2012 |
20120120419 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND TONE CORRECTION METHOD OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Disclosed is an image forming apparatus which forms an image on paper, the image forming apparatus including: an image forming section which forms the image on the paper; a correcting section which corrects tone of the image formed by the image forming section; and a control section which manages forming the image on a predetermined number of sheets of paper as print output of one unit, and which allows the correcting section to correct tone each time print output of the predetermined number of units is complete. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120420 | IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - An image forming system includes: a plurality of image forming apparatus each having a storage section; a density conversion data registering section obtaining density conversion data composed of a combination of a voltage value and a density value as colorimetry results of a color sensor and an external colorimeter, respectively, and storing the data into the storage section of the apparatus which forms a density correcting chart to be used for the colorimetry; a paper setting section storing a tray paper profile or a paper profile into a paper setting storage section, with the profiles correlated with at least one piece of the data obtained by the density conversion data registering section; and a correction controlling section making the plurality of image forming apparatus perform printer γ correction based on the data correlated with the paper profile or the tray paper profile at a time of the image formation. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120421 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An information processing apparatus connected to an image forming apparatus includes: a size detecting unit that detects a size of each page of a document to be printed; an orientation detecting unit that detects orientation of each page of the document; a receiving unit that receives a setting of post processing that is to be performed on a printed sheet on which the document is printed; a determining unit that determines whether pages of different sizes, both having one side of the same length and other sides of different lengths, are detected in the document; a rotation control unit that, when the determining unit determines that the pages of the different sizes have been detected, rotates pages so that sides of the same length are aligned on the basis of the setting of the post processing; and an output unit that outputs the document with the pages rotated. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120422 | IMAGING FORMING SYSTEM - Disclosed is an image forming system including a first image forming apparatus and a second image forming apparatus, the first image forming apparatus including: a first image forming section which performs image formation on a sheet; a first fixing section which performs image fixation on the sheet on which the first image forming section performs the image formation; and a first control section which makes, when the first image forming apparatus and the second image forming apparatus perform the image formation and the image fixation on different sides of a sheet to perform double-sided printing, thereby performing tandem outputting, a tandem-outputting target fixing temperature of the first fixing section lower than a first fudicial temperature which is a non-tandem-outputting target fixing temperature of the first fixing section for when the first image forming performs the image formation and the image fixation alone. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120423 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus including a plurality of photoreceptors; a plurality of developing devices for forming toner patterns on the plurality of photoreceptors; an intermediate transfer medium for receiving the toner patterns transferred from the plurality of photoreceptors; a controller for controlling the plurality of developing devices to form first toner patterns that are lines extending in a main-scanning direction and second toner patterns that are lines slanting from the main-scanning direction on the plurality of photoreceptors such that the first toner pattern and the second toner pattern transferred from the same photoreceptor will be arranged on the intermediate transfer medium at an interval in a sub-scanning direction of a circumferential length of the photoreceptor from which the first toner pattern and the second tone pattern are transferred; and a sensor for detecting the toner patterns transferred onto the intermediate transfer medium. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120424 | COLOR CONVERSION METHOD, COLOR CONVERSION APPARATUS, AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - A color conversion method that converts a spot color into a combination of a plurality of output-color values corresponding to output colors generated by an image forming apparatus, the method including: acquiring a name of the spot color; a category of the spot color, the category being one of a plurality of categories into which spot colors are classified; and an input-color value of the spot color; for each spot color; selecting a color conversion table corresponding to the acquired category out of a plurality of color conversion tables stored beforehand in a storage unit for the respective categories, each of the color conversion tables indicating a correspondence relationship between the input-color value and the combination of the output-color values; and converting the acquired input-color value into the combination of the output-color values based upon the selected color conversion table. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120425 | PRINTING SYSTEM AND CORRESPONDENCE RELATIONSHIP INFORMATION CREATION METHOD - A printing system includes a first unit that obtains a rendering command specifying a combination of at least a thickness and a color of a line; a second unit that converts the rendering command into a converted rendering command by converting the combination specified in the rendering command so that an average darkness of a result of printing the line matches a desired average darkness of a result of printing the line using a target printer; a third unit that generates image data including the rendered line based on the converted rendering command; and a printing unit that executes printing based on the image data. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120426 | PROCESS FOR GENERATING IMAGES WITH REALISTIC MODIFICATIONS - A method for generating an output image with realistic individual text inserts via software loaded on a computer is provided. The method comprises the steps of (1) providing a base image in a commercial graphical format with at least one position frame defined within the base image; the position frame defines an area within the base image where a text insert is insertable; (2) providing software loaded on the computer which transforms a low resolution image into a high resolution image; (3) defining a vector path within the position frame; (4) arranging the text insert along the vector path; (5) composing the text insert wherein the such step comprises the steps of (i) selecting individual elements, (ii) sizing the individual elements as a function of the vector path, (iii) assembling the elements into letters, and (iv) assembling the letters along the vector path to compose the text insert; and (6) entering text of the text insert via a user interface. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120427 | IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM THAT CONTROLS IMAGE FORMING REQUESTED FROM EXTERNAL DEVICE ACCORDING TO DIVISION CODE - An external device judges whether or not a image forming is brought into an operation mode in which the number of pages having an image formed thereon is managed for each division, each user belonging to the division, in a image forming device, when the request for the image forming in the image forming device from a user is accepted. The external device confirms that a division code of the user who has requested the image forming is set, when it is judged that the image forming is brought into the operation mode in which the number of the pages is managed for each division, and transmits the request for the image forming together with the division code to the image forming device, when it is confirmed that the division code of the user who has requested the image forming is set. | 05-17-2012 |
20120127491 | HIGH DENSITY INK-JET PRINTING ON A TRANSPARENCY IN A CIELAB COLORSPACE - A method of printing a high density image on a transparent medium. In some examples, the method includes calculating an expected optical density for an input pixel value, using a first function configured to output an optical density which produces a substantially linear relationship between the input pixel value and the output optical density as substantially perceived by a human eye. The method may also include calculating an L* value which represent a parameter in a CIELAB colorspace using the expected optical density. In some examples, the method includes calculating a response function that describes the relationship between L* and an output pixel value, the output pixel value specifying the amount of ink to deposit onto the transparent medium. In other examples, the method includes using the response function to solve for an output pixel value for the L* value; and creating a look up table. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127492 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - This invention can generate printed matter on which a multi-valued discrimination image of three values or more cannot be visually confirmed under ordinary light but can be visually confirmed via an infrared camera under infrared light. To this end, a holding unit holds items of color information C | 05-24-2012 |
20120127493 | INFORMATION GENERATION APPARATUS, INFORMATION GENERATION METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - For a selected pixel value, amounts of color material used of respective color materials used to print a background region, and those of respective color materials used to print a latent image region are calculated. The calculated amounts of color material used are stored in a memory in association with the selected pixel value. Amounts of color material used corresponding to respective pixel values of a pixel value group are read out from the memory, and are output to a printing apparatus. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127494 | IMAGE TONE CONVERSION APPARATUS, RECORDING MEDIUM, AND SYSTEM - An image tone conversion apparatus includes: a region specifying section configured to specify a region of an original image, to which region an image tone conversion is to be performed; an image tone specifying section configured to specify a different type of image tone in accordance with an elapsed time since the region specifying section has specified the region; an image converting section configured to convert an tone of the original image in the region specified by the region specifying section to the image tone specified by the image tone specifying section; and a superimposing section configured to superimpose the image in the region to which the image tone conversion has been performed by the image converting section on the region of the original image specified by the region specifying section. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127495 | PRINTING SYSTEM, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A PRINTING SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROLLER OF PRINT SYSTEM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - Confidentiality of a job that requires authentication processing prior to printing is maintained as much as possible. A method for controlling a printing system is provided that is capable of receiving a plurality of types of print jobs including a first type print job that requires authentication processing prior to printing and a second type print job that does not require authentication processing prior to printing, comprising the steps of allowing the printing system to execute a specific operation for allowing the printing system to start printing of a target job in case where resources required to complete printing of the target job are present in the printing system and causing the printing system to execute the specific operation in case where the target job is the first type job. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127496 | Terminal device having correction function for natural color and method thereof - A terminal device having a correction function for natural color and a method thereof are provided for creating an image closest in color to the natural color. A priority storing unit stores at a reference color data area a range of natural colors which are colors of objects existing in the natural world. A color editing unit corrects natural color image data corresponding to the natural color area, based on a command for correcting the natural area existing in a predetermined image from the user. A controlling unit decides whether the natural color image data corrected by the color editing unit is included in the reference color data area. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127497 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF DISPLAYING PRINTS OF RECONSTRUCTED 3D IMAGES - A method of providing a composite image for lenticular printing. The method comprises providing a plurality of reconstructed volume images, providing an indication of a reference zone in at least one of the plurality of reconstructed volume images, forming a composite image by interlacing at least two of the plurality of reconstructed volume images, the composite image forms stereoscopic effect depicting the reference zone at a selected distance from the composite image when attached to an image separating mask, and outputting the composite image. | 05-24-2012 |
20120133960 | PROVIDING CALIBRATION DATA FOR PRINTER - A method of providing calibration data for a printer includes printing a calibration target using the printer. The target includes a plurality of patch sets, each including a plurality of test patches, each patch having a respective color. Scanned patch data for one of the sets are received from a spot scanner. The scanned patch data values are compared to respective aims to determine a reproduction error value for the scanned patch set. A processor automatically determines which of the sets should be scanned next using the calculated reproduction error value. The process is repeated until all sets have been scanned, or until the reproduction error value is less than or equal to a selected threshold. Calibration data are automatically generated using the scanned patch data. | 05-31-2012 |
20120133961 | PRODUCING CALIBRATION TARGET FOR PRINTER - A method of making a calibration target for a printer having a color gamut includes selecting in-gamut test colors interrelated by successor relationships. The successor(s) of each test color are to be measured with or after that test color. A processor automatically divides the test colors into a plurality of patch sets and determines a set order of the patch sets. Each patch set has a position in the set order prior to the position of any other patch set containing successors of the test colors in that patch set. The patch sets are printed on a receiver in the determined set order to form the calibration target. Color patches corresponding to the test colors in each patch set are printed adjacent to each other on the receiver. | 05-31-2012 |
20120133962 | CALIBRATION SYSTEM, CALIBRATION METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM THAT STORES PROGRAM - A calibration system including: an image forming unit that outputs a chart including patches corresponding to input CMY values of tertiary and secondary colors; a color measuring unit that measures patch colors and outputs colorimetric values; and a control unit that sets a target profile correlating the input CMY values of the tertiary and secondary colors with target color values; inputs the colorimetric values; calculates differences between the input colorimetric values and the target color values; acquires corrected CMY values relative to the input CMY values of the tertiary and secondary colors; acquires first and second color components based on the corrected CMY values of the tertiary and secondary colors, respectively; calculates output CMY values of a primary color through weighted averaging of the first and second color components; and generates a primary color correction table to determine the output CMY values relative to the input CMY values. | 05-31-2012 |
20120140251 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR READING AND REPLACING CONTROL AND/OR IDENTIFICATION DATA IN A PRINT IMAGE TO SUPPORT DOCUMENT TRACKING, FLOW CONTROL, AND SECURITY - According to aspects of the embodiments, there is provided methods of decomposing and modifying a bitmap image before it is rendered by an output device. Segments of a print image are determined by an aptly programmed processor. In a bitmap driver process, dimensions and location of an area on each print image is processed so as to form objects that can be deleted, modified, or replaced. The process allows for the addition of objects such as tracking or security and the processing of objects to interpret the data found, remove it, and possibly replace it with data based on what was read. These modified objects are embedded in the output bitmap image without increasing its size by reusing dimensions and location of selected areas of the print image. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140252 | Guilloche mark generation - A method and system for creating guilloché base pattern with two-dimensional periodicity in a plurality of replicate patterns is shown wherein the creating can be assessed in real-time for pattern acceptability by a user. A base pattern is set on an imaging device in vector space relative to a set of predetermined pattern nodes. The base pattern is modulated via a user interface by adjusting positions of the pattern known for selectively controlling curve shapes of the pattern. A guilloché mark is illustrated by display on the imaging device of the adjusted base pattern and a compilation of associated replicate patterns for user assessment of the mark. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140253 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS TO SET OPTIMAL PRINT OPTIONS FOR TEST PRINTS OF PRIMITIVE IMAGES AND METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus and a method of forming an image in an image forming apparatus are proceed. The image forming apparatus, comprising: an image data processing part to create a plurality of test images using a primitive image, an image print part to print the created plurality of test images, an input part to receive a selection of one of the plurality of printed test images, and a control part to set the print options set of the selected test image as print options of the primitive image. | 06-07-2012 |
20120147390 | DIGITAL PRINTING CONTROL USING A SPECTROPHOTOMETER - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for xerographic Dmax control based upon measurements made on the printed paper using an inline spectrophotometer (ILS) or similar device. The disclosed method is based upon directly measuring the color to actuator sensitivity. Each of the separations is controlled independently using an actuator specific to that color separation. The present method is effective at controlling the color of the solid primaries. The fact that the vector of change is highly correlated with solid color variation seen in the field suggests that the teachings hereof effectively increase the solid color stability. Increased solid color stability increases the color stability throughout the printer gamut and the stability of the gamut boundaries, which increases the robustness of gamut mapping algorithms. Advantageously, the present method can be combined with existing ILS-based maintenance architectures. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147391 | METHOD FOR DYNAMIC OPTIMIZATION OF REFINEMENT PATCHES FOR COLOR PRINTER CHARACTERIZATION - A method generates a set of color patches that can be used to characterize a color printer. An accurate reference printer model is selected. A base set of calibration patches is printed and measured. The measurements are used to generate a model that can be used to predict the color produced by the reference printer for any combination of its colorants. The base set of patches is supplemented by a set of patches chosen to reduce the maximum color error produced by using the model compared to the predictions of a reference printer model. The supplemented set of patches is used to generate a more accurate model of the printer. The supplemented set of patches is used to recalibrate other instances of the printer. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147392 | COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS, COLOR PROCESSING METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM - There is provided a color processing apparatus comprising: a calculation unit configured to calculate, for each of a plurality of light sources, a first colorimetric value that is obtained by measuring a color having a spectral reflectance indicated by spectral reflectance information under the light source; a mapping unit configured to obtain, for each of the plurality of light sources, a second colorimetric value by mapping the first colorimetric value of the light source within a gamut under the light source; a color separation unit configured to obtain the output information from a plurality of the second colorimetric values, by adjusting the output information such that an error between a colorimetric value obtained by measuring a color output by the image output apparatus according to the output information under each of the light sources and the second colorimetric value for the light source is minimized. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147393 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM THEREOF - Each pixel value which forms image data is converted into color material amount data using a color component-specific color material amount conversion LUT generated using information indicating that the amount of a color material consumed for the same density value varies in each individual color component. The sum of the converted color material amount data, and the limit value of the amount of the color material are compared, and the color material amount data is decreased so that the sum of the color material amount data becomes equal to or smaller than the limit value in a case where the sum of the color material amount data is larger than the limit value. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147394 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An apparatus comprises: a first conversion unit configured to convert a first signal value serving as an output signal of each of a plurality of color materials into a value indicating an amount of each of the plurality of color materials; a control unit configured to control the value indicating the amount of each of the plurality of color materials based on a limit value for a total amount of the plurality of color materials for each pixel; and a second conversion unit configured to convert the value indicating the amount of each of the plurality of color materials that is controlled, into a second signal value serving as a corresponding output value, wherein when the total amount of the plurality of color materials based on the first signal value is not larger than the limit value in a pixel of interest, the control unit outputs the first signal value. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147395 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A sheet interval, serving as the distance between conveyed recording materials, is properly controlled based on a kind of a recording material and any one of a printing ratio, an adhesion amount of toner, and the presence or absence of graphic data, thus allowing printing at throughput suitable for, for example, the kind of the recording material and the printing ratio without changing an image forming condition such that image quality does not vary. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147396 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An image forming apparatus includes a printer engine, a storage unit, a print data interpreting unit, and a print control unit. The print data interpreting unit interprets print data and identifies both a first job type and a second job type. The first job type specifies any one of a special print job using special toner and a normal job using normal toner, and the second job type specifies a print function to be used. The print control unit makes a decision to permit or prohibit accumulation of print data in view of security based on the first job type and the second job type, accumulates the print data in the storage unit when the decision to permit the accumulation of the print data is made, and prohibits the accumulation of the print data when the decision to prohibits the accumulation of the print data is made. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147397 | Image Checking Device, Printing System, Image Checking Method, And Computer Program Product. - An image checking device checks a printed image printed out on a printing medium. The image checking device includes a data acquiring unit that acquires checking-image data, original reference image data input to an image forming device, and, from an attribute-information storage unit of the image forming device, attribute information about a printing medium; a correction-parameter storage unit that stores therein a correction parameter corresponding to the attribute information; an image generating unit that reads, from the correction-parameter storage unit, a correction parameter corresponding to the attribute information, corrects the original reference image data by using the correction parameter, and generates corrected reference image data; and an image checking unit that compares the checking-image data with the corrected reference image data by using a pre-set value to determine the degree of matching between the checking-image data and the corrected reference image data, thereby performing image checking on the printed image. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147398 | COLOR ERASING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE COLOR ERASING APPARATUS - A color erasing apparatus includes a conveyance member to convey a sheet on which an image is formed of a color erasable coloring material, a color erasing part to erase a color of the coloring material of the image formed on the sheet conveyed by the conveyance member, a control part that counts the processed number of sheets images of which are color-erased by the color erasing part and determines whether the processed number of sheets exceeds a previously set threshold, and a notification interface to output a signal for notifying that, cleaning of the color erasing part is required if the processed number of sheets exceeds the threshold. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147399 | PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS AND PRINTING CONTROL METHOD - The invention provides a printing control apparatus having a function for performing preview displaying prior to printing document data outputted by an application program. The apparatus comprises: a generator for generating a preview image based on the document data in accordance with a print setting; and a preview display controller for displaying, together with the preview image, a user interface which displays an option in a predetermined item of a print setting within a scope corresponding to a current print setting, when the predetermined item of the print setting corresponding to the preview image is to be changed. The printing control apparatus enables printing of the document data in accordance with the print setting changed through the user interface. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147400 | IMAGE PROCESS SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESS METHOD AND IMAGE PROCESS PROGRAM - An image process system applies a specific process to image data inputted via an input device and outputs the image data, to which the specific process has been applied, to an output device. The system includes: an input information acquisition portion that acquires information about the input device through which the image data is inputted; an output information acquisition portion that acquires information about the output device to which the image data inputted via the input device is to be outputted; a process execution portion that executes the specific process to the image data inputted via the input device on the basis of the information acquired by the input information acquisition portion and the output information acquisition portion; and a data output portion that outputs the image data, to which the specific process has been applied in the process execution portion, to the output device. | 06-14-2012 |
20120154830 | SYSTEM TO ENABLE DEVELOPMENT OF CLEAR TONER FORMS - A method for forming a variable data job includes a fixed original image provided by original image data in a first multiple channel color plane and content provided by variable image data in a second multiple channel color plane. The original image data is converted to fixed image data in a clear channel color plane. Raster image processing is performed on the fixed image data to translate the fixed image data into a first ready-to-print file. The ready-to-print file is saved in a memory as a post-RIP file. The variable image data is subsequently provided in at least the second multiple channel color plane. Image processing is performed on the variable image data to obtain a second ready-to-print file. The post-RIP file is merged with the second ready-to-print file for forming the variable data job. The variable data job is printed to render output. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154831 | UPDATING A SMOOTHNESS CONSTRAINED CLUSTER MODEL FOR COLOR CONTROL IN A COLOR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for updating a cluster model for color control. In one example embodiment, a cluster model is received and analyzed to identify clusters therein. Each of the identified clusters has an associated transform. Thereafter, in response to a threshold event having occurred, a critical cluster is identified and a critical color is identified from the cluster. Steps for identifying a critical color are more fully described herein. A selected number of patches is then printed in each of the critical colors and color measurements are obtained from the printed patches using, for instance, a colorimeter or spectrophotometer. If the color measurements have deviated beyond a defined threshold, then update the cluster model by: updating the transform associated with the cluster; redefining the number of clusters; redefining a center of any of the clusters; or redefining a boundary of the clusters. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154832 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - The present invention provides a mechanism that more appropriately evaluates an image defect caused by a specific process in an image forming apparatus. An image forming apparatus of this invention performs colorimetry of a patch image at a spatial resolution corresponding to the spatial frequency of color unevenness caused by a specific process included in an image forming process. A statistic value based on the n-th (n is an integer of 2 or more) order central moment of a specific color component of a colorimetric value obtained by performing colorimetry at the spatial resolution is compared with a reference value, thereby detecting that the color unevenness caused by the specific process has occurred in the patch image. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154833 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE CONTROL METHOD FOR IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - There is provided an apparatus and a method for displaying display patterns of respective regions on a preview image, changed according to an applied amount of transparent toner. A control method for controlling an image display apparatus includes displaying on a display unit a preview of an image to be printed using a printing unit, setting a region in which the printing unit performs printing using transparent toner with respect to an image previewed on the display unit, and a transparent toner amount applied on the region, and changing a preview display pattern of an image to be displayed on the display unit, using the set region to be printed therein with the transparent toner and the transparent toner amount. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154834 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS CONFIGURED TO PERFORM A CALIBRATION OPERATION - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming unit, a calibration unit, a determination unit, and a control unit. The calibration unit is configured to perform a calibration operation including forming a measurement image by the image forming unit to adjust an image forming condition. The determination unit is configured to determine available electric energy allowed to be used by the image forming apparatus. The control unit is configured to determine an interval at which to perform the calibration operation based on the available electric energy determined by the determination unit and control the calibration unit to perform the calibration operation each time the determined interval is reached. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154835 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus that enables to output a transmission result report without confusing a user even if a part of printing mechanisms or a printing function is broken. A report output unit generates a transmission result report showing a result of transmission of image data and causes the printing unit to output the transmission result report. A setting unit sets whether to add a part of the transmitted image data to the transmission result report as an additional image. A control unit creates and outputs the transmission result report without adding the additional image even if the setting unit sets to add the additional image, when the transmitted image data is the color image and when the printing unit cannot print a color image and can print a monochrome image. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154836 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF, AND PROGRAM - An apparatus includes: a transfer unit configured to transfer recording agent onto a transfer sheet to print input data; an acquisition unit configured to acquire, when the transfer unit transfers and when it is detected that processing is to be performed due to which time is extended that is taken from ending processing on the transfer sheet to starting the processing on a following transfer sheet, the time generated due to performance of the detected processing; a generation unit configured to generate, when the acquired time is longer than a previously set time, a patch pattern on the transfer sheet; and a correction unit configured to correct output image density using the generated patch pattern. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154837 | DEFECTIVE RECORDING ELEMENT DETECTING APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A defective recording element detecting apparatus includes: a read image data acquiring device which acquires read image data of a test pattern recorded on a recording medium by a recording head having recording elements; a reference area setting device which sets a reference area including a part of the test pattern on a read image representing image contents of the read image data; a comparison area setting device which sets a comparison area on the read image; a correlation operation device which performs a correlation operation between the comparison area and the reference area; a distortion correction value determining device which determines a distortion correction value, from a result of the correlation operation; an image distortion correcting device which corrects image distortion of the read image using the distortion correction value; and a defective recording element determining device which identifies a defective recording element according to the corrected read image. | 06-21-2012 |
20120162672 | Method And System For Assigning Color Values To Primary Colors And Secondary Colors For Color Rendering In An Inkjet Printer - A method enables primary color values for pixel to be processed before the pixel is rendered. The method includes allocating non-black primary colors as being under black, secondary colors, or tertiary colors. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162673 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus for performing image thinning processing, comprises: a thinning unit configured to be able to execute a plurality of thinning processes which have different output image qualities and processing times; an acquisition unit configured to acquire status information indicating a status of the apparatus; a division unit configured to divide an image into a plurality of divided images; a prediction unit configured to predict a processing time when thinning processing executed by the thinning unit is applied to each divided image divided by the division unit; and a selection unit configured to select, based on the status information acquired by the acquisition unit and the predicted processing time predicted by the prediction unit, thinning processing to be applied to each divided image from the plurality of thinning processes executed by the thinning unit. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162674 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS USING THRESHOLD MATRIX OF RESOLUTION HIGHER THAN RESOLUTION OF INPUT IMAGE - Disclosed is an image processing apparatus which uses a threshold matrix of a resolution higher than a resolution of an input image, the image processing apparatus including: a screen processing section which performs screen processing on an input image which is input; a matrix storage section which stores a threshold matrix of a resolution higher than a resolution of the input image; a threshold obtaining section which obtains a new threshold corresponding to each pixel of the input image based on a threshold of each cell composing the threshold matrix, wherein the screen processing section compares the pixel value of each pixel of the input image with the new threshold corresponding to each pixel of the input image obtained by the threshold obtaining section and generates a multivalue output image. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162675 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING SAME - An image correcting method for an image processing apparatus that reads a bound document and corrects a shadow in a bound portion in obtained document image data includes extracting shadow image data from the document image data, generating a grid with which a ratio of changes in luminance between the grid lines in directions perpendicular to each other is smaller than in a square grid and which has grid points within a capacity of a memory for correction values, calculating first correction values that corrects luminance of pixels in the shadow image data corresponding to grid points, storing the first correction values in the memory, calculating second correction values for luminance of the pixels in the shadow image data based on first correction values of grid points close to each pixel, and correcting luminance of the document image data using the first and second correction values. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162676 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REGULATING A PROPERTY OF AN IMAGE PRINTED ON A SUPPORT MATERIAL - In a method or device to control at least one property of a print image printed on a substrate, a first evaluation period is defined. A measurement value is determined with aid of an optical sensor which measures at least one determination point on the substrate within the first evaluation period, and also determining a position of the determination point within the first evaluation period. The determined measurement value is compared with a preset reference value. Depending on a result of the comparison, an inking of the substrate is controlled for the print image in at least one subsequent second evaluation period at a point within the second evaluation period which has a position within the second evaluation period that corresponds to said position of the determination point in said first evaluation period. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162677 | COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - The quality of an image read from a degraded image of an original document can be improved. Hence, a specific pixel of an image is selected, and additional information to be added to the image is generated from the position information and color information of the selected pixel. The image of an original document is read, position information and color information added to the original document are extracted, and the color information of a pixel corresponding to the position information is acquired from the read image. The color of the read image is corrected based on the extracted color information and the acquired color information. | 06-28-2012 |
20120170062 | Color Document Printing System - The different illustrative embodiments provide a computer program product, and apparatus for managing a set of colors in a document. A plurality of respective costs are identified. Each respective cost is associated with printing the document using a respective combination of a plurality of combinations of the set of colors. An amount of contrast for a first respective combination is identified using a contrast matrix. A determination is made as to whether the amount of contrast for the first respective combination and an associated respective cost meet a set of criteria. Responsive to a determination that the set of criteria is met, the document is printed using the first respective combination. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170063 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Obtaining a color correction value of an input image data color signal by referencing a lookup table according to the color signal, obtaining a color correction value of a color signal by performing an interpolation calculation with respect to 2 color correction values obtained by referencing the lookup table, determining whether the input image data color signal is a specified value, and outputting the specified value as the color correction value without performance of the interpolation calculation in the case where it is determined that the input image data color signal is the specified value. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170064 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM WITH REWRITABLE PRINT AND PERMANENT PRINT FUNCTION - According to one embodiment, an image forming apparatus includes an image forming job created and transmitted by an job creation unit including an image to be printed, a receiving unit that receives a request of print setting to the image, a display unit that displays a setting screen having a setting unit to designate a setting of rewritable print or permanent print per page in response to receive the request of print setting, a memory unit that stores the setting of rewritable print or permanent print per page set by operating the setting screen, in addition to the image as the image forming job, and an image forming unit that receives the image forming job from the job creation unit and forms images on a sheet based on the setting in the image forming job. | 07-05-2012 |
20120176631 | Mechanism for Applying Formula Based Transformations in a Color Management Workflow - A method is disclosed. The method includes receiving a print job to be printed, determining if the print job is to be processed according to a formula based workflow and invoking formula based International Color Consortium (ICC) profiles to perform color transformations if the print job is determined to be processed according to the formula based workflow. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176632 | PRINTING SYSTEM, PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A user is prompted to select one coating mode from a plurality of coating modes having different methods of applying a transparent recording agent. If the selected coating mode is not available in a preset print setting, a print setting available in the selected coating mode is presented to the user, and the set print setting is changed. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176633 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - A plurality of grid points for forming a quadrangle is quasi-formed on a medium prior to deformation, after which position information is acquired that relates to the positions of the grid points moved in conjunction with deformation of the medium. The area difference of two triangles divided by a first diagonal is computed in a quadrangle formed by the grid points after deformation of the medium, and the area difference of two triangles divided by a second diagonal different from the first diagonal is computed in the quadrangle. The quadrangle quasi-formed on the medium prior to deformation is divided using one of the first and second diagonals that yields the larger area difference, and the formation amount of colorant formed on the medium is corrected according to the deformation ratio after deformation for the triangles formed by the division. | 07-12-2012 |
20120182564 | PRINTING METHOD AND PRINTING APPARATUS - A method for printing information of items relating to a print setting on a sheet includes acquiring information relating to a width of the sheet to be used, setting a layout for printing the information of the items according to the acquired width, and printing the information of the items on the sheet according the set layout. | 07-19-2012 |
20120188565 | METHOD TO ALIGN AND APPLY GEOMETRIC DISTORTION AND UNIFORMITY COMPENSATION DATA - As set forth herein, computer-implemented methods and systems facilitate detecting non-uniformities (e.g., streaks or other defects) in a scanned image, and correcting the non-uniformities while accounting for geometric distortion therein. For instance a scanned image may include a light streak (e.g., higher L* values than expected) down the page at a given distance from a page edge. Paper shrinkage may also cause the image to be magnified relative to the page. Correction values (e.g., L* knockdown values or the like) are generated to bring the non-uniform L* values down to a darker level. To account for the magnification of the image, the correction values are electronically registered to uniformity data for the page, and applied at the correct location to account for the magnification. The corrected image is then printed by a marking device. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188566 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND PROCESSING METHOD THEREOF - A printing apparatus comprising: a reception unit configured to receive print data; an image processing unit configured to execute rendering processing based on page data generated from the print data and rasterize the page data into image data; a storage unit configured to store the image data rasterized by the image processing unit; and a control unit configured to, when a free area in the storage unit runs short in rasterization of first print data into image data, delete, from the storage unit, image data of second print data which designates a printing medium different from a printing medium on which the first print data is to be printed. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188567 | METHOD AND IMAGE-PROCESSING APPARATUS FOR PRESETTING OUTPUT LAYOUT AND MERGING IMAGES - A method for merging images comprises the following steps: displaying representative images of a first form image and a first ID image; according to a user input determining a position value of the first ID image relative to the first form image and storing the position value; and according to the position value merging a second ID image and one of the first form image and a second form image into a merged image. The present invention also provides an image-processing apparatus for presetting output layouts and merging images. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188568 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND PRINTING METHOD - Disclosed is a printing apparatus that forms a color image and a background image on a medium by repeating a dot formation operation of causing ink to be discharged from a first nozzle array and a second nozzle array moving in a moving direction so as to form the color dot and the background dot on the medium and a transport operation of transporting the medium in a transport direction, wherein a pixel in which the background dot is formed on the color dot and a pixel in which the color dot is formed on the background dot are mixed so as to form an area where the color image and the background image overlap. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188569 | METHOD OF CREATING A PRINTABLE RASTER IMAGE FILE - A method of creating a printable raster image file from a PDL file, including interpreting the PDL file, thereby to create a display list; and applying raster image processing to the display list, thereby to create the printable raster image file in four separation colours (C, M, Y, K), wherein the raster image processing is performed in a Graphics Processing Unit (GPU) having three colour channels (R, G, B) and an alpha channel (A) for transparency, and the three colour channels and the alpha channel are mapped onto the four separation colours (C, M, Y, K). | 07-26-2012 |
20120188570 | USER DEFINED ASSOCIATIONS OF COLORS TO CARTRIDGES FOR COLOR PRINTERS - A printer status interface controller displays an interface at a client system with a first color from among a plurality of colors associated with a first print cartridge position associated, from among a plurality of print cartridge positions of a printer. The printer status interface controller receives a user selection within the interface to specify an association of a second color from among the plurality of colors with the first print cartridge position. Responsive to the user selection to associate the second color with the first print cartridge position, a printer color association controller adjusts a reference to the first color in a print document to print in the second color through a second print cartridge in a second print cartridge position from among the plurality of print cartridge positions. | 07-26-2012 |
20120194831 | CONVERSION ARRAYS FOR PRINT IMAGE DATA TRANSFORMATION - Systems and methods for using conversion arrays to transform image in print jobs to different color depths. In one embodiment, the system stores a plurality of conversion arrays for converting images of print jobs encoded according to a page description language. The system receives a print job encoded according to the page description language, locates an image in the encoded print job, and identifies an existing color depth of the image, a pel color range, and a desired output color depth for the image. The system further selects a conversion array from the memory based on at least one of the existing color depth of the image, the pel color range, and the desired output color depth, and converts the image from the existing color depth of the image to the desired output color depth using the conversion array. The system further transmits the converted image for printing. | 08-02-2012 |
20120194832 | IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming system includes an image forming apparatus and an upper device connected to the image forming apparatus. The image forming apparatus includes a first receiving unit for receiving a print mode including a cost priority mode; a first transmission unit for transmitting the print mode to the upper device; a second receiving unit for receiving a print instruction; a print control unit for printing the print data; a duplex print control unit for controlling a printing operation; and a fixing temperature control unit for controlling a fixing temperature. The upper device includes a first storage unit for storing a save setting; a third receiving unit for receiving image data; a second storage unit for storing the print mode; an arrangement print control unit for generating the print data; and a second transmission unit for transmitting the print instruction. | 08-02-2012 |
20120194833 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING COLOR CORRECTION PARAMETER FOR RECORDING APPARATUS - From a cost and productivity perspective, the recording and color-measurement of a test pattern to determine whether it is necessary to execute calibration places a heavy burden on a user. The present invention determines the need for processing to generate a color correction parameter without recording a test pattern. More specifically, the present invention determines whether it is necessary to execute color correction parameter generation processing based on an increase in a dot count since color correction parameter generation processing was previously executed, or a change in a ejection rate. | 08-02-2012 |
20120200864 | GENERATING AN UNAMBIGUOUS DEFINITION OF DESIGNER INTENDED COLORS IN A DOCUMENT CREATION APPLICATION - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for determining and capturing the designer intended colors in an image so that the printer has an accurate color rendition target. The present method operates by capturing the monitor RGB values together with the monitor profile to get a representation of the intended image in a device-independent color space like L*a*b*. The teachings hereof work for vector graphics as well as raster images. Advantageously, this invention solves a real problem currently existing, for example, in the packaging print market, wherein colors produced from multiple spot colors with their overlays and blends are not well color managed. | 08-09-2012 |
20120200865 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes a check unit, an acquisition unit, a first determination unit, and an output unit. The check unit checks a processing status of a printing apparatus. The acquisition unit acquires exception processing information including a content of exception processing from the printing apparatus in response to the processing status checked by the check unit being in execution of the exception processing. The first determination unit determines a check operation to be added to a physical job ticket according to the exception processing content included in the exception processing information acquired by the acquisition unit. The output unit outputs the physical job ticket including the check operation determined by the first determination unit. | 08-09-2012 |
20120200866 | PRINTING APPARATUS, PRINTING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A printing apparatus includes a generation unit configured to identify a print area of a sheet on which a copy material is provided based on a print job, and, regarding the print area, generate image data subjected to other image processing which is other than image processing to be applied to the entire print job and in which an usage amount of a color material applied to the print area is not smaller than a defined value, and a forming unit configured to form an image in the print area by applying the color material according to the image data. | 08-09-2012 |
20120200867 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR SAME, AND PRINTING SYSTEM - An image processing device includes: a storage part configured to store a correlation between a pre-deformation color and a post-deformation color that reflects a color variation accompanying a deformation of a medium, with respect to a degree of deformation of the medium; an acquisition part configured to acquire degree-of-deformation information and color information for each region of a deformed object; and a determination part configured to determine a color of the image based on the degree-of-deformation information, the color information, and the correlation, so that the post-deformation color of each region of the deformed object approximates the color information. | 08-09-2012 |
20120200868 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE QUALITY ADJUSTMENT METHOD - Disclosed is an image forming apparatus including: an image forming section which forms an image on paper; a plurality of image reading sections each of which reads the image formed on the paper, and is connectable to the image forming apparatus; a storage section which stores connection information on a connection state between each of the image reading sections and the image forming apparatus; and a control section which selects a test image reading section from among the image reading sections based on the connection information, makes the selected test image reading section read a test image formed by the image forming section, and performs image quality adjustment based on the read test image. | 08-09-2012 |
20120200869 | Color Document Printing System - The different illustrative embodiments provide a method and apparatus for managing a set of colors in a document. A plurality of respective costs are identified. Each respective cost is associated with printing the document using a respective combination of a plurality of combinations of the set of colors. An amount of contrast for a first respective combination is identified using a contrast matrix. A determination is made as to whether the amount of contrast for the first respective combination and an associated respective cost meet a set of criteria. Responsive to a determination that the set of criteria is met, the document is printed using the first respective combination. | 08-09-2012 |
20120200870 | IMAGE INPUT UNIT AND IMAGE INPUT METHOD - The invention is characterized by the fact that an area sensor for outputting an analog signal responsive to the light reception amount of light of CMYG is used and when CMYG image data is converted into RGB image data, RGB image data having a domain also in negative values is generated without performing processing of putting the RGB image data into values of 0 or more, without decreasing the information amount of the CMYG image data. Further, the invention is characterized by the fact that when the image data is recorded in a file section | 08-09-2012 |
20120200871 | INFORMATION STORAGE DEVICE, REMOVABLE DEVICE, DEVELOPER CONTAINER, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An information storage device installed in a removable device configured to be removably installed in an image forming apparatus body, includes: an information storage unit that stores information communicated between the image forming apparatus body and the removable device; a terminal that comes in contact with a body side terminal; and a substrate that holds the information storage unit and the terminal and includes a hole configured to be engaged with a protruding section installed in the image forming apparatus body. The terminal includes a plurality of terminals each including one of a plurality of metallic plates arranged in a transverse direction thereof. An earth terminal, which comes in contact with a body side earth terminal formed in the protruding section, is formed in the hole. The hole is disposed at a position sandwiched between two metallic plates among the plurality of metallic plates. | 08-09-2012 |
20120206741 | SYSTEM TO ENABLE MULTI-PASS CLEAR TONER LAYER PRINTING - A method for rendering a clear toner layer is disclosed for a received print job description that is provided in multiple channels, including a clear channel and a color channel. A program selection is executed for a multiple pass operation. Image processing is performed on the print job description to generate a ready-to-print file. A layer of an image is rendered in a first pass using a clear toner applying component and a pigmented toner applying component. The values of the color channel are modified, and the ready-to-print file is modified using the values. The modified ready-to-print file is saved in a ready-to-print format. A layer of the image is rendered in a select pass using only the clear toner applying component. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206742 | PRINTING RAISED-LINE PICTURES FOR THE VISUALLY IMPAIRED - Methods and devices receive a first image. The first image comprises at least one visible feature. These methods and devices process the first image to identify at least one outline of the visible feature and store the outline as a second image. These methods and devices also emboss the second image on a sheet of media as an embossed print. The embossing processes comprises printing marking material on the sheet of media in a pattern matching the outline using a predetermined quantity of marking material, which is a sufficient amount of marking material to create a topographical feature on the sheet of media detectible by a human touch. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206743 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - There is provided an image processing apparatus comprising: a common color reproduction range generation unit configured to select the data of interest as common color reproduction range data if the data of interest is determined by the first color reproduction range determination unit to fall within the color reproduction range of the first output device and is determined by the second color reproduction range determination unit to fall within the color reproduction range of the second output device; and a table correction unit configured to correct output values for respective grid points of a first color conversion table included in the image processing apparatus in accordance with differences between the reference values and the colorimetric values corresponding to the common color reproduction range data. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206744 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - There is provided an image processing apparatus comprising a selection unit configured to select difference vectors to be used in correction processing of a first color conversion table from difference vectors between reference values and corresponding colorimetric values; a table correction unit configured to correct output values for respective grid points of the first color conversion table using the selected difference vectors; and a table generation unit configured to set conversion results of data which represent grid points of a third color conversion table as output values for the grid points, wherein the conversion results are obtained by performing conversion using a second color conversion table and the first color conversion table which is corrected by the table correction unit. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206745 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus includes a color converting unit; a registration list that registers a plurality of paper profiles associated with a plurality of registered papers; a parameter managing unit that includes a function of extracting a registered paper capable of approximating color reproduction characteristics of a user's paper sheet from among the registered papers registered in the registration list, based on a feature amount calculated from spectral reflectance characteristics of the user's paper sheet set in an image forming apparatus; and a user interface for receiving a user operation that instructs the parameter managing unit to extract a registered paper capable of approximating the color reproduction characteristics of the user's paper sheet, and for presenting the registered paper extracted by the parameter managing unit to the user. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206746 | COLOR ADJUSTMENT METHOD AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - Disclosed is a color adjustment method for each of image forming apparatuses, including: a gradation pattern creation step of forming a gradation pattern image including patches different in gradation for each of colors in n pieces of coloring materials; a density detection step of detecting densities of the respective patches, and obtaining density information; a gamma curve creation step of associating the density information of the respective patches in a second image forming apparatus with that in the first, and creating a gamma curve correcting a gradation of received image data so as to obtain densities of the respective patches in the first image forming apparatus; and a color adjustment step of extracting respective color components, deciding output values based on the gamma curve corresponding to the second image forming apparatus, creating output image data, and forming an image on a sheet in the second image forming apparatus. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206747 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD CAPABLE OF REVISING GRAY IMAGE - An apparatus includes a gray converter to convert an inputted color image to be printed into a gray conversion image and to outputs the gray conversion image a difference calculator to calculate a at least one difference value between at least one color channel image with respect to the color image and the gray conversion image; and a gray reviser to revise the gray conversion image based on the at least one difference value and to output a gray conversion image. | 08-16-2012 |
20120212752 | UPDATING A FLEET CMYK TO ENGINE cmyk LUT IN A COLOR MANAGEMENT STRATEGY - What is disclosed is a system and method which addresses the problem of inheriting color management intent from a fleet color management LUT into a 4-to-4 cascaded LUT. The LUT is updated starting with a set of patches that either form a uniform or non-uniform grid of the LUT or can be projected to a uniform or non-uniform grid in the CMYK space using, e.g., PCA. A set of L*a*b* target as well a variable that serve the purpose of preserving the GCR and other elements of the fleet profile is obtained by passing the set of CMYK values to the fleet printer model. By iterating on the printer (or the printer model of the engine at the moment of the engine change) and converging to the targets, the engine device cmyk set is obtained. The LUT is formed between the uniform or non-uniform gridded CMYK and the device cmyk. | 08-23-2012 |
20120212753 | SIMULATED PAPER TEXTURE USING GLOSSMARK ON TEXTURE-LESS STOCK - A method for simulating a textured appearance on a uniform substrate includes using variable halftone dot orientations. A texture description is provided for generating electronic data representing a three-dimensional texture. Texture regions of the texture description are identified using pixel cells in the electronic data. Halftone dot orientations are assigned for each pixel cell based on a value of the pixel cell. The halftone dot orientation represents a recessed or a raised surface portion. | 08-23-2012 |
20120212754 | RECORDING APPARATUS AND COLOR SAMPLE TABLE - A recording apparatus records a glitter color image on a medium by superimposing a glitter image formed by discharging a glitter ink and a color image formed by discharging at least one of a first color ink and a second color ink. The recording apparatus records a color sample table including a first pattern obtained by superimposing a glitter image formed with a predetermined ink amount per unit area and a color image; and a second pattern obtained by superimposing a glitter image formed with the predetermined ink amount per unit area and a color image having substantially the same color as that of the color image of the first pattern by using the first color ink or the second color ink at a different ink amount per unit area from that of the color image of the first pattern. | 08-23-2012 |
20120212755 | Method, System and Computer Program for Obtaining the Transformation of an Image - The invention relates to a system for obtaining the transformation ( | 08-23-2012 |
20120218569 | CMYK COLOR CONVERSION USING ITERATIVE COORDINATE REVISION - Systems and methods for color conversion from one CMYK color space to another CMYK color space. The system receives a color defined by a first coordinate in the first CMYK color space. The system converts the color to a second coordinate for the second CMYK color space, and determines a location in a perceptual color space for each of the first coordinate and the second coordinate. The system further identifies a distance between the locations in the perceptual color space, and reduces the distance in the perceptual color space between the two locations by iteratively revising the second coordinate in the second CMYK color space while holding the black level of the second coordinate constant. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218570 | CONVERTING BETWEEN COLOR AND MONOCHROME - Apparatuses, systems and methods are provided for converting a color portion of an image to monochrome, and/or for converting a monochrome portion of an image to color. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218571 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus extracts a line segment included in an image, and includes a density gradient direction determining section that determines a direction, in which density changes, of each processing unit composed of a predetermined number of pixels of an image, and an line segment extracting section that regards a couple of processing units whose density gradient direction are opposite each other as a processing unit pair and extracts a processing unit group including a plurality of processing unit pairs allocated in a row in a direction perpendicular to the density gradient directions as a line segment. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218572 | PROFILE CREATION METHOD, PROFILE CREATION APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING COLOR CONVERSION USING A PROFILE - With an apparatus according to the present invention, when an input color gamut is compressed to an output color gamut, based on the difference value between the lightness of paper white and the lightness at the maximum chroma in the output color gamut of a predetermined hue, if the lightness difference is below a predetermined threshold value, a compression convergence point is set at a position at which lightness is lower than or equal to the lightness at the maximum chroma in the output color gamut. This suppresses reduction of the gradation in the direction of input chroma, and makes it possible to compress the input color gamut to the output color gamut such that excellent color reproduction is achieved while the gradations of lightness and chroma in the input color space are maintained. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218573 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes a plurality of cores that carry out binarization processes while shifting a target pixel from the first pixel in a processing line in order toward the last pixel in the processing line in accordance with a diffusion of error that takes unprocessed pixels surrounding the target pixel including the pixels of the following line of the processing line as a diffusion range; of the plurality of cores, the core that processes the following line carries out the binarization process in order while delaying the target pixel at least by an amount equivalent to the diffusion range relative to the target pixel of the core that processes the previous line. Accordingly, the lines can be processed in parallel while reflecting the error appropriately on the unprocessed pixels, and thus the binarization process using error diffusion can be carried out more quickly. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218574 | PRINTING CONTROL DEVICE AND PRINTING CONTROL PROGRAM - Provided is a printing control device capable of: a reception process of receiving designation of a printing medium; an adjustment process of adjusting a printing apparatus in accordance with a printing result of a first test pattern; a color conversion table generation process of generating a color conversion table for the designated printing medium; and a profile generation process of generating a device profile of the printing apparatus on the basis of a colorimetric value of a second test pattern by performing color conversion on data, which represents the second test pattern, through the color conversion table, and by causing the printing apparatus to print the second test pattern. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218575 | Handprint Recognition Test Deck - A system and method for creating one of a plurality of test decks to qualify and test forms processing systems, including preparing a handprint snippet data base containing labeled handprint image snippets representing a unique hand, preparing a form description file and a data content file, selecting handprint snippets from the handprint snippet data base to formulate a form using the data content file, creating a form image using the selected snippets according to the form description file and printing the form image. | 08-30-2012 |
20120224193 | WEB SUBSTRATES HAVING WIDE COLOR GAMUT INDICIA PRINTED THEREON - A web substrate having indicia comprising X colors disposed thereon is disclosed. The indicia are disposed upon the web substrate by a contact printing system adapted to print the X colors upon the web substrate utilizing X−Y printing components. X and Y are whole numbers, 01. Each of the X colors are defined by L*a*b* color values defined by CIELab coordinate values disposed inside the boundary described by the MacAdam 3-D gamut. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224194 | WEB SUBSTRATES HAVING WIDE COLOR GAMUT INDICIA PRINTED THEREON - A paper product having at least one ply, a basis weight of greater than 18 g/m | 09-06-2012 |
20120224195 | WEB SUBSTRATES HAVING WIDE COLOR GAMUT INDICIA PRINTED THEREON - A paper product having at least one ply, a basis weight of greater than 18 g/m | 09-06-2012 |
20120224196 | METHOD AND DEVICE TO SORT PIXEL DATA IN A PRINT DATA STREAM - In a method and a device to sort pixel data in a print data stream, a data sorting memory is used configured so that it can be written per column and read per row. The pixel data are entered per column into the data sorting memory in the order of the incoming print data stream. Via the per-row readout the pixel data are re-sorted into an order suitable to control the print head. The sorting can thereby take place in only one write process and one read process. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224197 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An information processing apparatus includes a storage unit, an installation unit, a processing unit, and a transmission unit. The storage unit stores data to be printed in an intermediate format independent of a specific model of a printing apparatus. The installation unit installs a printer driver corresponding to a printing apparatus in response to a request from the printing apparatus. The processing unit causes the printer driver installed by the installation unit to generate, from the intermediate-format data, data capable of recognizing output settings used for actual printing apparatus printing and outputs the generated data to a storage area inside the information processing apparatus. The transmission unit acquires information about the output settings from the data output by the processing unit and transmits the information about the output settings to the printing apparatus. The printing apparatus displays the information about the output settings of the data to be printed. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224198 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, SETTING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM ENCODED WITH SETTING PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus includes a setting screen displaying portion to display a setting screen on a display portion, an input screen displaying portion to display an input screen including input keys on the display portion, a position detecting portion to detect a position designated by a user on a display surface of the display portion, an item selecting portion to select one of a plurality of setting items on the setting screen, a setting value accepting portion to accept a value determined by the input key designated by the user as a setting value for the setting item being selected, and a designation accepting portion, provided independently of the position detecting portion, to accept a user's designation. The input screen displaying portion displays the input screen on the display portion when the designation accepting portion accepts a first designation in the state where the setting screen is being displayed. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224199 | PROFILE CREATION METHOD, PROFILE CREATION PROGRAM, AND PRINTING APPARATUS - A second chromaticity value feature is corrected and approximated to a first chromaticity value feature, a new limit value for an ink amount is determined based on the second chromaticity value feature after the approximation, optimization is performed by designating an ink amount which is equal to or less than the newly determined limit value when an ink amount reproducing a hue value represented by a lattice point is determined by the optimization of the ink amount with the use of an object function for evaluating image quality when the designated amount of ink is made to adhere to a first print medium, the ink amount determined by the optimization is converted with a conversion relationship based on the first chromaticity value feature and the second value chromaticity feature. | 09-06-2012 |
20120229824 | PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS AND PRINTING CONTROL METHOD - Based on an input profile which regulates a corresponding relationship between an input gradation value of a device-dependent color space depending on a first printing apparatus and a gradation value of a device-independent color space, and an output profile which regulates a corresponding relationship between a gradation value of a device-independent color space and an input gradation value of a device-independent color space depending on a second printing apparatus, the colors of each pixel of a case, where the gradation values of each pixel shown by reference image data are input gradation values of the device-dependent color space depending on the first printing apparatus, are specified by the input gradation value of the device-dependent color space depending on the second printing apparatus, and the output gradation value is specified by converting the specified input gradation value based on the color conversion table of the second printing apparatus. | 09-13-2012 |
20120229825 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY EDITING DOCUMENT DATA, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM FOR COMPUTER PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus configured to store document data therein and to perform network communication is provided. The image forming apparatus includes a detection portion configured to detect, from a document to be saved, an unfinished part where a detection index and attribute data are described, the attribute data indicating an attribute of yet-to-be-written information to be written into the unfinished part; an obtaining portion configured to obtain information to be written into the unfinished part from a server connected to the image forming apparatus via a network based on the attribute data and information described in a vicinity of the unfinished part; and an editing portion configured to perform automatic editing by which the information obtained from the server is written into the unfinished part. | 09-13-2012 |
20120229826 | METHOD FOR DIGITAL IMAGE ADAPTION FOR PRINTING AN IMAGE ON A PRINTING APPARATUS - A method for mapping source colors of an image to destination colors reproducible by an printing apparatus, the source colors and destination colors having a lightness component, wherein the transformation includes a translation and a rotation, the combination of which maps the source black point onto the destination black point and source white point onto a point on the destination lightness line, a compression which maps the rotated and translated source white point onto the destination white point and in which the destination black point is a fixed point, and a gamut mapping, which leaves the lightness component of each color unchanged and maps each compressed color onto a destination color. | 09-13-2012 |
20120229827 | METHOD FOR DIGITAL IMAGE ADAPTATION FOR PRINTING AN IMAGE ON A PRINTING APPARATUS - An image dependent gamut mapping method for mapping source colors of an image to destination colors reproducible by a printing apparatus, each source color having a lightness component within a range between a source white point and a source black point, and each destination color having a lightness component within a range between a destination white point and a destination black point. A composed transfer function maps the source white point onto the destination white point and the source black point onto the destination black point, applying the composed transfer function on each lightness component of source colors of at least a part of the image. The transfer function is composed of linear mappings. The steepness of each linear mapping is determined by a mathematical optimization problem intended to preserve lightness and contrast in the image produced by the printing apparatus under the conditions of at least one constraint. | 09-13-2012 |
20120229828 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COLOURING A COSMETIC COVERING - The invention provides a method and apparatus for colouring a cosmetic covering. The apparatus includes image acquisition apparatus ( | 09-13-2012 |
20120229829 | IMAGE INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Disclosed is an image information processing apparatus that determines, based on image information, a region suitable for inspecting image forming performance of an image forming apparatus in an entire region of an image represented by the image information. The image information processing apparatus includes a segment region extraction unit that extracts a segment region having a predetermined size from the entire region of the image; a color reproducibility prediction unit that predicts a result of color reproducibility of the entire image by using an algorithm in a case where the image forming performance is adjusted based on a color measurement result of the extracted segment region; and an object region determination unit that determines, as an object region, the segment region showing a best one of the plural results obtained by repeatedly performing extraction processing by the segment region extraction unit and prediction processing by the color reproducibility prediction unit. | 09-13-2012 |
20120236331 | SYSTEMS AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATIC COLOR PLAN MISREGISTRATION CALIBRATION - A system and a method for implementing an automatic color plan misregistration (CPR) calibration procedure on a printing device are provided. The system includes a printing device. The printing device includes a user interface configured to receive a set of user inputs corresponding to parameters of a desired print project. The printing device also includes an automatic CPR calibration component configured to automatically implement a CPR calibration procedure in response to a user-defined trigger condition being met. The user-defined trigger condition can be programmable and stored in a memory. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236332 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM FOR STORING PROGRAMS - A predetermined quantity of parameter values, that are varied in stages, are generated on the basis of the value of a reference parameter input by a user. A print job is generated that includes a drawing command for printing a reduced image of image data, and this drawing command is converted into raster data and stored. A predetermined quantity of the stored raster data is copied, and the stored raster data is subjected to image adjustment processing on the basis of the reference parameter. The copied raster data is also subjected to image adjustment processing on the basis of the generated parameter values. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236333 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD IN IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - Attribute information representing the attributes of a printing medium is stored for each printing medium. Upon receiving a print job which designates the attributes of a printing medium, it is determined whether attribute information representing the attributes designated by the print job is stored. When it is determined that the attribute information is not stored, the attribute information representing the attributes designated by the print job is newly registered. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236334 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An image processing apparatus that generates a pattern of a colorless recording material to form an image using the colorless recording material includes: a region dividing unit that divides an input image into a plurality of regions as divided regions using a designated algorithm and pixel values of pixels that form the image; a spatial-frequency calculating unit that calculates spatial frequencies in each of the divided regions into which the image has been divided using pixel values in the divided region; and a pattern generating unit that generates a pattern of the colorless recording material, which is set to each of the divided regions, using the calculated spatial frequencies and a line pattern having a preset line width. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236335 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND PROGRAM FOR EXECUTING CONTROL METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes a determination unit configured to determine whether printing is designated to be performed using a transparent recording agent with respect to an area to be printed with a color recording agent having a density lower than a threshold among areas included in input image data, and a printing unit configured to perform printing by transferring the color recording agent and the transparent recording agent to a sheet and fixing the color recording agent and the transparent recording agent to the sheet by a single fixing process to form an image of the area if the determination unit determines that the printing is designated to be performed using the transparent recording agent with respect to the area to be printed with the color recording agent having the density lower than the threshold. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236336 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF THE SAME AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR THE SAME - An information apparatus determines whether a number of color pages in a document data has increased, and when it is determined that the number of the color pages has not increased, page reduction processing is executed on specified pages in the document data, and when it is determined that the number of the color pages has increased, page reduction processing is not executed on the specified pages in the document data. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236337 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus which converts first image data having grayscale value of a predetermined color space for each pixel into second image data having grayscale values of recording material colors of a printing section and having pixels of which the number is reduced to 1/n, includes grayscale value difference determination section that determines whether or not grayscale value difference between a predetermined target pixel and each of other pixels in a pixel block exceeds a threshold value for each of the pixel blocks for the first image data, and color conversion section that performs color conversion process by referring to color conversion table, and color conversion section performs a second process such that grayscale value of the recording material color obtained through color conversion process for an average value of grayscale values of the predetermined color space of the respective pixels is used as the second image data. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236338 | COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COLOR ADJUSTMENT METHOD - A color image forming apparatus specifies print mode (media), forms a test image based on gradation levels of a plurality of colors according to the specified print mode (media), and detects the test image with a color sensor. The color image forming apparatus performs gray axis correction calculation based on detection result obtained by the color sensor. | 09-20-2012 |
20120243008 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SPECIFYING COLOR TOLERANCE INTENT AND IMPLEMENTATION AS PART OF A DIGITAL PRINT WORKFLOW - Systems and methods are provided for enabling submission of color accuracy requirements with the submission of a print job. More specifically, a print job analysis system may be configured to receive a print job request having a color accuracy requirement level directly from a customer (or from an operator on behalf of the customer). In addition, the print job analysis system may also be configured to determine an appropriate color accuracy requirement level for the print job request if no color accuracy requirement level is directly provided with the print job request. Furthermore, the print job analysis system may also be configured to provide an analysis of recommended color accuracy requirement levels to the customer and/or the operator if they are unsure of an appropriate color accuracy requirement level to be used for the particular print job. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243009 | UV AND IR SPECIALTY IMAGING METHODS AND SYSTEMS - Disclosed are methods and systems of processing work flow associated with a print job including Specialty Imaging such as UV and/or IR encoding. According to one exemplary embodiment, a printing system controller accesses a spatially structured ink composed of a plurality of non-overlapping primitive spot colors to render Specialty Imaging effects along with other images and text associated with the print job. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243010 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM FOR COMPUTER PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus is provided which performs a process on data stored in advance in accordance with operation by a verified user. The apparatus includes a user authentication portion for performing user authentication on a second user in a state where a first user is verified and logs in the image forming apparatus, an access control portion for, in a login state where both the first user and the second user are verified, giving a permission to perform a process on user data to which one of the first user and the second user determined based on a login order is granted access, and an operation control portion for, in the login state, accepting operation that relates to the user data and falls within at least one of an operation permission given in advance to the first user and an operation permission given in advance to the second user. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243011 | PROFILE CREATION METHOD, PROFILE CREATION PROGRAM, AND PRINTING APPARATUS - A second chromaticity feature is corrected and approximated to a first chromaticity feature, a new limit value for an ink amount is determined based on the second chromaticity feature after the approximation, optimization is performed by designating an ink amount which is equal to or less than the newly determined limit value when an ink amount reproducing a hue value represented by a lattice point is determined by the optimization of the ink amount with the use of an object function for evaluating image quality when the designated amount of ink is made to adhere to a first print medium, the ink amount determined by the optimization is converted with a conversion relationship based on the first chromaticity feature and the second chromaticity feature, and a profile for a second print medium, for which the converted ink amount has been defined, is created. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243012 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - An image is divided into first a second regions on the basis of inputted image data, and a comparison is made between the gradation values of pixels in the first region and threshold values corresponding to the pixels of the first region of a dither mask. The results of the comparison are referenced to determine whether or not dots are formed in the pixels of the first region. Errors are calculated based on the results of determining the first boundary pixels, which are in the first region near the boundary between the first region second regions. Some of the errors are distributed as diffusion errors to pixels in the second region near the boundary. The diffusion errors distributed from the first boundary pixels are added, and it is determined whether or not dots are formed by the error diffusion method in the pixels of the second region. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243013 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, PRINTING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - Provided is an image processing device for comparing a determination value adjusted by comparing the gradation values of pixels included in inputted image data and threshold values of a dither mask prepared in advance, and a corrected gradation value obtained by correcting the gradation value of the pixel by the diffusion error from an adjacent processed pixel; and adjusting a determination value; generating dot data which indicate the presence or absence of the dot formation by applying error diffusion; and reducing the width of the adjustment of the determination value used in determining the dot formation so that the width of the adjustment is smaller in comparison with non-edge pixels in the case that a pixel is determined to be an edge pixel for which the difference in gradation value in relation to an adjacent pixel is equal to or greater than a predetermined value. | 09-27-2012 |
20120250041 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes a receiving unit, a rasterization processing unit, a saving unit, a detector, a conversion unit, a storage unit, and a removing unit. The receiving unit receives print information described in a page description language. The rasterization processing unit performs a rasterization process of converting the print information into bitmap data. The saving unit saves the bitmap data as cache data for each of objects included in the print information. The detector detects, among the objects included in the print information, an object which is called only once to obtain a detection result. The conversion unit converts, in accordance with the detection result, the object which is called only once for the print information into page data. The storage unit stores the page data. The removing unit removes a command to call, from the saving unit, the object called only once for the print information. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250042 | BI-COLOR -IMAGE-SIGNAL GENERATING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, BI-COLOR -IMAGE-SIGNAL GENERATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A bi-color-image-signal generating apparatus includes a reception unit and a generating unit. The reception unit receives specification of a specified color in a case of generating a bi-color image signal from a color image signal. The bi-color image signal has color components representing two colors which are an achromatic color and a chromatic color that is the specified color. The generating unit obtains an amount of each color material which is to be used to form an image having the two colors from the color image signal on the basis of a brightness of the specified color, an amount of each color material which is necessary for image formation using the specified color, and a brightness of the color image signal, and generates the bi-color image signal from the color image signal using the obtained amount of each color material. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250043 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING IMAGE FORMING PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus includes a two-color printing unit that prints a document image in two colors, a specific image adding unit that adds a specific image to the document image when the document image is printed in two colors, a printing unit that performs a printing process with color materials which are used to print the document image and the specific image in two colors, and an interrupt processing unit that performs an interrupt process of adding print information containing color materials of the specific image different from the document image such that the specific image is conspicuous in the document image before the printing process. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250044 | PRINT COLOR MANAGING APPARATUS, PRINT COLOR MANAGING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Color management conditions concerning management of color accuracy in a printing apparatus are set, and colorimetric values of color patches printed as color specimens by the printing apparatus are acquired in association with a printing time of the color patches. An execution period for a calibration process on the printing apparatus is determined based on a plurality of colorimetric values, which are acquired at a plurality of printing times, and the color management conditions, which have been set. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250045 | PRINT SYSTEM - A print controller sets, in response to reception of an inquiry related to dimensions of unprintable area as an area not allowing printing of a document from a document data creating unit, dimensions of the unprintable area to default values or values smaller than the default values. The set dimensions of the unprintable area are notified to a document data processing unit, print data is formed based on data received from the document data processing unit and the dimensions of the unprintable area, and a print instruction is given to a printing device. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250046 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS TO SAVE TONER AND METHOD TO CONTROL THE SAME - An image forming apparatus to save toner, which can increase the sharpness of printed data (for example, images or characters) on a printing medium while achieving toner saving, and a method to control the same. The image forming apparatus includes a determinator, a storage unit, and a halftoning processor. The determinator receives a command signal to print and then determines whether or not the received command signal is a command signal for a toner saving mode. The storage unit stores a halftone table in which an LPI higher than a normal LPI is set. If the received command signal is a command signal for the toner saving mode, the halftoning processor generates and outputs halftoning result by comparing gray level values corresponding to pixels of received input image data with grayscale values of the stored halftone table. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250047 | EQUIPMENT FOR CARRYING OUT THE QUALITY CONTROL OF MATERIAL PRINTED ON PAPER OR PLASTIC BANDS - Equipment for carrying out the quality control of material printed on paper or plastic bands, comprising a first part for un-winding the band, a central part for the control and correction of errors and a final part for re-winding the band, where the central part for the control and correction of errors has a device for acquiring images on the band, which is equipped with a moving system which moves it along said band, a band storage, a control device on which master images are loaded, where said control device is provided with a programme which confronts the images obtained by the device for acquiring images on the band with the master images previously loaded on said control device and which, if it encounters differences between the master images and the images acquired from the band, indicates one or more errors, stops the main driving motor and moves the device for acquiring images on the band after the error or the errors noted, in such a way that after the correction of the error or errors said device for acquiring images on the band passes again over the corrected area and checks whether the correction corresponds with the master image previously installed. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250048 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a receiving unit configured to externally receive print data including information on an attribute of an image to print, a rasterizing unit configured to generate raster image data based on the print data received by the receiving unit, an attribute data generating unit configured to generate attribute data representing an attribute of an image included in the raster image data generated by the rasterizing unit based on the information on an attribute of an image to print included in the print data, and a vectorizing unit configured to vectorize at least a part of the raster image data. The vectorizing unit identifies the attribute of the image included in the raster image data based on the attribute data generated by the attribute data generating unit, and performs vectorization based on the identified attribute of the image. | 10-04-2012 |
20120257223 | MULTI-FUNCTION PRINTER AND CALIBRATING METHOD FOR MULTI-FUNCTION PRINTER - A multi-function printer and a method for calibrating the multi-function printer is disclosed The calibrating method for a printer comprises printing a calibration pattern on a medium by the printer; obtaining a scanned image of the calibration pattern on the medium printed by the printer; comparing the scanned image against the calibration pattern; detecting defects of the scanned image; and if the defects exceed an pre-determined value, adjusting print settings of the printer according to the defects of the scanned image. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257224 | PRINTING APPARATUS - A printing apparatus receives information indicating a type of printing medium from an information processing apparatus, and determines whether data for performing color correction corresponding to the type of printing medium indicated by the information is stored. If it is determined that the data is stored, the printing apparatus transmits the data from a sub-board to the information processing apparatus, receives image data to undergo color correction from the information processing apparatus, and prints an image based on the image data on a main board. The printing apparatus shifts to the power saving mode by restricting power supply to the main board, and returns from the power saving mode upon receiving image data to undergo color correction from the information processing apparatus. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257225 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS FOR FORMING COLOR IMAGE HAVING TINT EASY TO SEE FOR USER - An image forming apparatus includes: a display section to display plural patterns having the same shape and different tints on the same screen; a selecting section which a user selects a desired pattern from the plural patterns displayed on the display section; a determining section which the user inputs a determination concerning whether the desired pattern selected with the selecting section is suitable; and a control section to set, according to the input to the determining section, a tint of a toner image formed by an image forming section. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257226 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND PROGRAM - An image processing device to receive print data generated based on image data of an original document, the original document including color pixels and being determined to be printed by color printing, and to store the received print data in a storage unit in preparation for a possible reprinting operation based on the received print data, the device including: a redetermination unit configured to redetermine whether to carry out color printing or monochrome printing to achieve a printing operation to print apart of the original document by using the stored print data. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257227 | Method for Generating an Optimized Printer Calibration - In order to optimize the calibration tables of a printer, and to improve the calibration for combined printing with respect to one-dimensional calibration, a method for optimized printer calibration is proposed, comprising the following method steps: a) for each primary color, the maximal value is colorimetrically limited; b) each primary color is colorimetrically linearized; c) the maximal value of the combined printing of all primary colors is determined colorimetrically; d) a definition of the resulting color range is made; e) the outer layer of the color range is determined at equal spaces; and f) the intermediate values of the resulting calibration tables are interpolated. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257228 | INK JET PRINTING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING IMAGE - An ink jet printing apparatus which inhibits possible bleeding by thinning color data adjacent to black data and enables printing free from image quality degradation such as gradation skip is provided. Specifically, when only one pixel has color data and pixels located vertically and horizontally adjacent to that pixel have no color data, an isolated point pixel containing a color dot is detected only in that pixel. Then, the dots other than the isolated point are thinned-out. This makes it possible to inhibit possible bleeding at the boundary between a color area and a black area and to achieve proper printing with the appropriate gradation of the entire image maintained. | 10-11-2012 |
20120262737 | Previewing and Imaging System - A previewing device that includes a covering member coupled to an imaging surface and a sensing unit operatively coupled to the covering member. The sensing unit is adapted to automatically capture an image corresponding to the imaging surface upon detecting the covering member is in a closed configuration. A preview unit is operatively coupled to the sensing unit is configured to display a preview of image data corresponding to an image on the imaging surface. | 10-18-2012 |
20120262738 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus comprises: means for performing color-reduction processing for a block; means for comparing color data of respective pixels in the block, thereby specifying a placement pattern of the color data included in the block; means for extracting, as first color data, color data corresponding to a pixel at a predefined position in the block, and further extracting color data other than the first color data included in the block; means for outputting the placement pattern specified, and the first color data and the color data other than the first color data, which are extracted; and means for controlling to execute color-reduction processing, for second image data formed from the first color data output, upon determining blocks each including a predetermined number of pixels as blocks to be processed, thereby further controlling to re-execute, for the block having undergone the color-reduction processing, processing by each means. | 10-18-2012 |
20120262739 | INTERMEDIATE TRANSFER BELT AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - To provide an intermediate transfer belt, containing a base, an elastic layer formed on the base, and spherical particles deposited on a surface of the elastic layer, in which wherein the elastic layer has micro rubber hardness of 40° or lower in the environment of 10° C. and 15% RH, and the intermediate transfer belt is designed to be mounted in an image forming apparatus. | 10-18-2012 |
20120262740 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus comprising a receiving unit that receives a print command, an analyzing unit that analyzes the received print command, a converting unit that converts the received print command into CMYK when the analysis by the analyzing unit shows that a spot color is designated for the received print command, and an image forming unit that prints an image of the converted CMYK onto a recording paper and prints an image of CMYK obtained based on one of the received print commands for which no spot color is designated onto the recording paper. | 10-18-2012 |
20120262741 | IMAGE PRINTER, IMAGE PRINTING METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM STORING IMAGE PRINTING PROGRAM - An image printer is an image printer including a pictorial tone changing/printing function to change original image data to image data having a different pictorial tone from that of the original data for printing on a printing medium and includes an original image storage unit, an address book storage unit which stores addressee data, an attribute setting unit which sets a pictorial tone changing attribute for changing the original image data to a designated pictorial tone for each piece of the addressee data, an addressee data selection unit, a pictorial tone changing unit which changes the original image data to image data having the pictorial tone associated with the pictorial tone changing attribute, a printing unit, and a control unit, whereby the image is changed to the pictorial tone designated in association with identification information of the addressees. | 10-18-2012 |
20120262742 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, RECORDING MEDIUM STORING PRINT CONTROL PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus includes a display unit; a screen control unit configured to control display of operation screens on the display unit so that there are more operation procedures for color printing compared to monochrome printing in printing operations performed by a user; a setting change unit configured to change a print setting of print data of a selected stored job, among stored jobs stored in a predetermined storage area, to monochrome or color when a print execution instruction is received, based on the print execution instruction received from an operation screen controlled and displayed by the screen control unit; and a print control unit configured to execute monochrome printing or color printing on the print data according to the print setting changed by the setting change unit. | 10-18-2012 |
20120262743 | WIDE-FORMAT COLOR PRINTER - A wide-format color printer includes a carriage, an ink carrier ( | 10-18-2012 |
20120262744 | COLOR JOB REPRINT SET-UP FOR A PRINTING SYSTEM - A printing system is provided for enabling a consistent color job re-print comprising a plurality of image marking engines. The system includes printing a master test image document printed by at least a first image marking engine. The master test image can have a data glyph and a plurality of reference patches. The data glyph can record distinct job attributes and the plurality of reference patches can record color parameters of a desired output. The system further provides a scanner for scanning the master test image document. The data glyph can provide the job attributes of the master test image document and can generate set-up data therefrom. The reference patches can provide the color parameters of the master test image document and can generate set-up data therefrom. | 10-18-2012 |
20120268755 | PRINTING SYSTEM COLOR VALIDATION SWATCH METHODS AND SYSTEMS - Disclosed are methods, apparatus and systems of characterizing a color rendering performance of a printing system. According to one exemplary method, a user operated UI provides instructions to a printing system to automatically execute a color validation swatch process during the execution of a print job. The user provided instructions provide the parameters necessary to configure the execution of the color validation process. | 10-25-2012 |
20120268756 | LABEL DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS AND LABEL DATA PROCESSING METHOD - A label data processing apparatus including: a label data storage unit configured to store one or more label data for printing a label; and a display unit configured to switch and display, per label, an editing screen including at least a portion of text data included in each label data, as a selection candidate for the label data. | 10-25-2012 |
20120268757 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes a storage device having a plurality of storage sections to store divided data for image formation, an image forming section to form an image based on the data stored in the storage device and a control section to control the storage device. The control section compares the number A of storage sections usable for storage in the storage device with the number B of storage sections being used for storage of the data, and, when A>B, reads out the data from the B units of storage sections, divides the read-out data and stores the divided data in parallel in the A units of storage sections, whereby a system performance is not lowered even when the number of storage sections changes. | 10-25-2012 |
20120268758 | IMAGE FORMING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming device includes a first development unit configured to form a first image on a recording medium with a first developer, a second development unit configured to form a second image on the recording medium with at least one of a plurality of second developers that are different from the first developer, and a print control unit configured to select the at least one of the plurality of second developers for forming the second image. The second developers are transparent developers, and the second image is a transparent image | 10-25-2012 |
20120268759 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - In order to eliminate image deterioration based on the characteristics of an output device upon execution of edge emphasis processing, an image processing apparatus includes a setting unit which sets a print characteristic on the print medium, a region setting unit which sets a region, a brightness value derivation unit which derives brightness values, a first derivative derivation which derives first derivatives of the brightness values, an edge direction determination unit which determines an edge direction of brightness, an emphasis level determination unit which determines an emphasis level of a pixel value based on the first derivatives, and a replacement unit which calculates second derivatives of brightness values and replaces a pixel value of a pixel of interest based on the sign of the second derivative. | 10-25-2012 |
20120268760 | PRINT PROCESSING DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD WITH REGISTRATION OF UNREGISTERED LANGUAGE REQUIRED TO PERFORM FUNCTION - A print processing device including a printing unit to print an image on a sheet, a reading unit to read a sheet, an operation unit including keys to be operated by a user, a print control unit to cause the printing unit to print either a first sheet for selecting an image from a plurality of images stored in a storage medium or a second sheet for selecting a language to be used in the first sheet, and an analyzing unit configured to analyze an image read by the reading unit. If a language is not registered, when the image corresponding to the second sheet is detected as an analysis result by the analyzing unit, the first sheet is printed using a language associated with the detected image and when the image corresponding to the second sheet is not detected, the second sheet is printed. | 10-25-2012 |
20120274954 | PRINTING DEVICE HAVING INTERNAL GRAPHIC USER INTERFACE DISPLAY - A printing apparatus includes non-transparent doors and/or drawers on a body of the printing apparatus. The non-transparent doors and drawers allow access to internal areas of the body of the printing apparatus. A processor is within the body of the printing apparatus, and the processor controls actions of the printing apparatus. Also, at least one internal graphic user interface display is within the body of the printing apparatus. The internal graphic user interface display is operatively connected to the processor, and the internal graphic user interface display is positioned to be observable only when the non-transparent doors and drawers are open. | 11-01-2012 |
20120274955 | Data architecture for mixed resolution interleaved cross-channel data flow and format - The present application provides a mixed resolution, interleaving-based, cross-channel data flow and data format for a printer image path. The architecture provides pixel data for a colorant of a given writing channel at its nominal (full) resolution, while pixel data for other colorants is provided at lowered resolution. Pixel data for a primary channel at its full resolution is interleaved with data for other secondary channels at lower resolution. Known sub-sampling or compression techniques can be used to lower the resolution of the secondary channels. The data at the different resolutions is generated by the digital front end (DFE), which distributes the data for each writing channel at the time it is needed. Preferably, the low resolution data is sent first to the writer, followed by high resolution data, so that data buffering is minimized. | 11-01-2012 |
20120274956 | DUPLEX PRINTER WITH INTERNAL HARD DRIVE - A duplex color printer includes a pair of print engines mounted in an opposed manner to define a print media feed path therebetween, each print engine including a printhead and a transfer roller for receiving ejected ink from the printhead; a pair of print media trays mounted on either side of the body for respectively containing print media; a print media feed arrangement for feeding print media from one of the trays along the print media path into the other one of the trays; an internal hard drive for locally storing pre-rasterized documents; an interface for facilitating user selection of a locally stored pre-rasterized document for printing by the pair of print engines; and a cleaning station provided in each print engine. Each cleaning station includes a resilient wiper and an absorbent sponge. The resilient wiper is provided downstream of the absorbent sponge with respect to the transfer roller. | 11-01-2012 |
20120274957 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, SETTING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM ENCODED WITH SETTING PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus includes a setting screen displaying portion to display a setting screen having a setting value setting area, an input screen displaying portion, responsive to designation of a position within a prescribed area determined by the setting area in the setting screen while the setting screen is being displayed, to display an input screen including input key images to be overlaid on the setting screen, a first setting value accepting portion to accept a value corresponding to the input key image designated by the user in the input screen, an operation accepting portion including hard keys, a second setting value accepting portion to accept a value corresponding to the hard key designated by the user, and a display terminating portion, responsive to acceptance of an operation of enabling the operation accepting portion while the input screen is being displayed, to terminate the display of the input screen. | 11-01-2012 |
20120274958 | COLOR ADJUSTMENT METHOD, COLOR ADJUSTMENT APPARATUS AND RECORDING MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - A color adjustment method includes a color adjustment step to obtain an adjusted CMYK value from an output CMYK value using a color adjustment table. The color adjustment table is to convert the output CMYK value into the adjusted CMYK value and created based on first and third tables. The third table is created based on: a CMYK value determined by C, M and Y values and a K value found from the C, M and Y values, the CMYK value having a proportion of the K value to the CMYK value larger than the proportion used when a second table is created; and a relationship between the CMYK value and the output color value for the CMYK value. This relationship is obtained based on a relationship between an input CMYK value and the output color value of the first table. | 11-01-2012 |
20120274959 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed are an image forming apparatus and an image forming method thereof. The image forming method includes: selecting at least one among plural scanning profiles needed for color management at a scanning operation of a document and plural printing profiles needed for the color management at a printing operation of the document according to a user's input; and generating a printing image based on the selected scanning and printing profiles and a preset scanning or printing profile. | 11-01-2012 |
20120274960 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING OPERATION FOR IMAGE INFORMATION - An image processing apparatus includes: an operation section by which a user selects image information and that is configured to perform an operation for the selected image information; a determination section configured to determine a display item to be displayed by the operation section based on attribute information that corresponds to the selected image information; and an operation control section configured to change the displayed item to be displayed by the operation section based on a determination result by the determination section. A method for performing an operation for image information includes: displaying a plurality of sets of image information so as to allow a user to select predetermined image information; determining a display item to be displayed, based on attribute information that corresponds to the selected image information; and changing the displayed item to be displayed, based on a determination result. | 11-01-2012 |
20120287449 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COLOR REGISTRATION ADJUSTMENT - A method for color registration includes determining if color registration is necessary, and if color registration is necessary, rotating an image forming medium and setting an optimum luminance of a registration sensor with respect to a rotating surface of the image forming medium, confirming an area with an undesirable surface condition on the image forming medium using luminance detected with respect to the rotating surface of the image forming medium during the setting of the optimum luminance, forming a preset mark for color registration adjustment excluding the area confirmed to have an undesirable surface condition, and carrying out color registration adjustment using the optimum luminance set with respect to the formed mark. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287450 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a first image forming section to form a first image onto an image carrier and transfer the first image onto the paper, a paper humidifying section to humidify at least the first image transferred paper, a humidity switching section to switch to be humidified or not by the paper humidifying section, a second image forming section to form a second image onto the image carrier and transfer the second image onto the paper, a paper transport section to transport the paper from the first image forming section to the second image forming section, and a control section to control the first and second image forming sections, wherein the control section is operated to switch the image formation control at the second image forming section, depending on whether the paper is to be humidified or not. | 11-15-2012 |
20120293814 | METHOD OF COMPRESSING COLOR REPRODUCTION RANGE AND PROFILE CREATION DEVICE USING SAME - To provide a gamut mapping method, the description of a correspondence relationship of which is more directly than that of a conventional method, the gamut mapping method being capable of performing fine control. A method of compressing a color reproduction range includes a step of allocating a vector representing a direction in which a color value on a grid point should shift in a uniform color space, to each grid point on the uniform color space and a step of finding a direction of shift for an input color value on the uniform color space based on the vector and mapping the input color value to a color reproduction range of an output device. | 11-22-2012 |
20120293815 | METHOD OF PROCESSING NEUTRAL GRAY COLOR PRINT JOBS AS MONOCHROME BLACK DURING BILLING DETECTION AND PRINTING AS A NEUTRAL GRAY COMPOSITE BLACK - A method of converting a RIPped K-only page or pixels to composite black in a digital print engine is included which executes the conversion process during current job workflow, while detecting the K-only page or pixels for billing purposes as K-only, and printed out as composite black. | 11-22-2012 |
20120300228 | Target color recipes - An apparatus for generating target color recipes includes a controller ( | 11-29-2012 |
20120300229 | DEPOSITING TEXTURE ON RECEIVER - Apparatus for depositing a texture on a receiver includes a data source that provides multilevel input tint data values. A lossy compressor produces compressed multilevel tint data values from the multilevel input tint data values. A decompressor produces multilevel decompressed tint data values from the compressed multilevel tint data values. A texture memory receives those values from the decompressor and provides corresponding multilevel texture pixel data values. A print engine deposits at each of a plurality of pixel sites on the receiver an amount of texture-forming material corresponding to the respective multilevel texture pixel data value. A loader loads into the texture memory a texture set including multilevel texture pixel data values for each of a plurality of textures, and each texture in the texture set corresponds to a respective selected range of multilevel decompressed tint data value. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300230 | COLOR MANAGEMENT FOR SELECTABLE GLOSS APPLICATIONS - Methods and systems are disclosed which are capable of efficiently performing color management of a variable gloss color printing system. The methods and systems select at least one set of the linear color values corresponding to the color profile for the printing device (at the nominal gloss condition). The linear color values selected comprise those obtained from color values corresponding to each node of the color profile at the nominal gloss condition. In a colorimetric embodiment, the linear color values can comprise: tristimulus values XYZ; red, green, blue (RGB); or luminance component Y, and two chromatic components C1 and C2 (YCC). In a reflectance embodiment, the linear color values comprise reflectance spectra. This exemplary method adds an offset term to each of the linear color values to produce a corresponding set of modified linear color values, and generates a color profile for the printing device at the desired gloss condition based on the modified linear color values. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300231 | PRINT IMAGING SYSTEM - Systems and methods for performing imaging on print devices are provided. One system comprises a processing circuit in communication with an image capturing device. The image capturing device is configured to capture an image of at least a portion of a printed product of a web or offset print device and output at least one signal representative of the captured image. The processing circuit is configured to receive the at least one signal representative of the captured image and an input signal representative of a print parameter change and to determine a change to the captured image representative of how the captured image would be printed on the web or offset print device with the print parameter change represented by the input signal. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300232 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus processes image data including first data corresponding to an output color of an output device and a plurality of second data of respective spot colors. The image processing apparatus includes a conversion section and a storage section. The conversion section calculates a device color value for a spot color or a spot color combination among the spot colors, referring to a first table, to generate a second table. In the second table, spot color identification information on the spot color or the spot color combination is correlated with the device color value. The conversion section also generates third data based on the plurality of second data. In the third data, each pixel is represented by the spot color identification information. The storage section stores the first data, the second table and the third data. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300233 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PRINTED MATERIAL - An image processing device includes an image processing part configured to perform image processing to an original image including a background and an object by adding a first texture component to at least the background. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300234 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND MEDIUM - When the density adjustment is performed on a plurality of density areas by overlapping adjacent density areas with each other, output inversion may occur in the overlapped density area after the adjustment depending on an adjustment setting value. An image processing apparatus generates a correction characteristic based on adjustment values according to the plurality of density areas, corrects the correction characteristic to monotonously increase an inversion section of the correction characteristic in a case where a change in a gradation is inversed in the generated correction characteristic, and adjusts the density of image data based on the corrected correction characteristic. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300235 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF FORMING IMAGE - An image forming apparatus includes an image holding body on which a toner image is formed; a transfer unit that functions to transfer the toner image formed on the image holding body onto a recording medium; and an adjusting unit that adjusts a gap between the transfer unit and the image holding body based on the rigidity of the recording medium, the recording medium being conveyed through the gap with respect to the image holding body. | 11-29-2012 |
20120307264 | PROVIDING A PROFILE TO EMULATE A COLOR MAP - A profile combines at least the following: a color map between device-dependent color spaces, a first output profile that characterizes a mapping between a color space of a first output device being emulated and a device-independent color space, and a second output profile that characterizes a mapping between a color space of a second output device and the device-independent color space. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307265 | Presentation-Based Quality Determination - A solution for evaluating a printing configuration for an electronic document in which one or more presentation attributes of a physical reproduction (e.g., a printed copy) of the electronic document are considered. A perceived quality of the physical reproduction of the electronic document can be determined using a set of properties of the electronic document and the one or more presentation attributes. The perceived quality can be utilized in various ways as part of a printing process. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307266 | THREE COLOR NEUTRAL AXIS CONTROL IN A PRINTING DEVICE - A color printing method includes converting source color data to intermediate color data represented in a device independent color space using a first multidimensional gamut mapping of the first device dependent color space to the device independent color space. The device independent color space has a neutral color component. The method further includes converting the intermediate color data to destination color data represented in a second device dependent color space using a second multidimensional gamut mapping of the device independent color space to the second device dependent color space. The second device dependent color space has three primary color components and a virtual black color component defined by substantially equal tonal values of the three primary color components. The second multidimensional gamut mapping includes a mapping from the neutral color component of the device independent color space to the virtual black color component of the second device dependent color space. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307267 | CAPABILITY-BASED CONFIGURATION OF PRINT JOBS - The disclosed embodiments provide a system that performs a print job. During operation, the system obtains a printing context for the print job, including a content type associated with the print job and a regional setting. The regional setting may be associated with the application, an operating system, and/or a device associated with the print job. Next, the system obtains a set of capabilities associated with a printer. The system then automatically sets one or more job options for the print job based on the printing context and the set of capabilities, wherein the one or more job options include a media size and a border size. Finally, the system sends the print job to the printer, where the print job is executed using the printer. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307268 | AUTOMATIC GENERATION OF PRINT DATA FOR PRINT JOBS BASED ON AVAILABLE MEDIA ATTRIBUTES - The disclosed embodiments provide a system that performs a print job. During operation, the system obtains one or more available media attributes, including a media size, a border size, and/or a media type, from a printer associated with the print job. Next, the system provides the available media attributes to an application and uses the application to automatically generate and format print data for the print job based on the available media attributes. Finally, the system sends the print job to the printer, where the print job is executed using the printer. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307269 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE DRAWING PROCESSING METHOD, SOFTWARE PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes a drawing process controller and a hardware processor useable for drawing processes. In a first drawing process, print data including main image data input-able to the image forming apparatus is processed to convert the main image data to output-able data of the image forming apparatus based on an image drawing command. The hardware processor conducts a second drawing process for pre-set image data settable to the image forming apparatus and expressed in an output-able data format output-able by the image forming apparatus, based on an image drawing command, to prepare the pre-set image data as output-able data of the image forming apparatus, and further combines the main image data expressed as the output-able data and the pre-set image expressed as the output-able data as an output image. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307270 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COLOR CONVERSION TABLE GENERATING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a plurality of color conversion tables for color-separation-limited printing. Using a color conversion table for color-separation-limited printing, a piece of input color information corresponding to chromatic color within a specified applying hue range for a specified specific color is converted into a piece of output color information corresponding to color having hue of the specific color, and a piece of the input color information corresponding to color outside of the applying hue range is converted into a piece of the output color information corresponding to gray color. Each of the color conversion tables for color-separation-limited printing is configured such that color values corresponding to saturation and lightness of the output color information are reduced at least in gradation from a maximum saturation part to a low-lightness part. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307271 | PRINTING METHOD AND PRINTING PROCESSOR FOR COLOR IMAGES - A specific gamut of colors extending a reproduction range of colors in a color space is set to make for any ink color belonging to the specific gamut a conversion from CMYK dot pattern data into numbers of ink drops to be discharged from an inkjet head, using as a lookup table an extended pattern table having a maximal drop number ‘7’. For ink colors belonging to a gamut of colors outside the specific gamut, a default pattern table having a maximal drop number ‘5’ is used as a lookup table for the conversion from CMYK dot pattern data into ink drop numbers. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307272 | PRINTING SYSTEM, PARTNER SELECTING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printing system includes a first storage part storing printing partners correlated with respective predetermined printing fields and respective printing quality evaluation degrees; a second storage part storing distribution partners correlated with respective delivery quality evaluation degrees; a printing partner selecting part configured to select a single printing partner whose predetermined printing field matches a printing field to which a print ordered by a user corresponds and whose printing evaluation degree is the highest among the printing partners; a distribution partner selecting part configured to select a single distribution partner whose delivery quality evaluation degree is the highest among the distribution partners; and an order placing part configured to place, via an electrical network, an order for a printing service for printing the print to the single printing partner and an order for a delivery service for delivering the print to the single distribution partner. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307273 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A generation unit is configured to generate a plurality of pieces of chromatic color material data, for each color positioned at a surface of a dark portion in a color gamut that can be reproduced using a black color material and the plurality of chromatic color materials, in such a way as to set a number of specific colors of the plurality of chromatic color materials whose dots are arranged exclusively with dots of other chromatic color materials on a recording medium to be equal to or less than one color. | 12-06-2012 |
20120314230 | IMAGE OPERATIONS USING FRAME-BASED COORDINATE SPACE TRANSFORMATIONS OF IMAGE DATA IN A DIGITAL IMAGING SYSTEM - What is provided are a system and method which enables users to configure their respective imaging devices to receive image data in a first coordinate space and map the received data to a second coordinate space for subsequent processing. In such a manner, users or key operators can configure their imaging device to transform image data to any desired orientation for processing across any imaging device. Preset configuration in the imaging device can be setup at the factory or installed in the field for desired behavior. Furthermore, the preset configurations can be used to correct problems with jobs in the field. A simple user interface (UI) addition to the digital front end (DFE) describe below provides operator selection. The operator can emulate current customer workflow across a variety of imaging devices for both intra-brand and inter-brand reduces any impact on legacy work flows. Various embodiments are disclosed. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314231 | DUAL COLOR MATCHING FEEDBACK CONTROL METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HIDING INFRARED MARKINGS AND OTHER INFORMATION - A dual color matching feedback control method, system and processor-readable medium for hiding an infrared marking in a wide range of customer selectable colors. The approach includes an inline spectrophotometer sensor to measure at least two color mixtures and a matching color feedback control unit adjusts the two mixtures to match each other in color appearance. A customized color can be selected from a smaller gamut of darker color by a customer and a sufficient difference in a black toner (k toner) between the two color mixtures can be maintained to provide sufficient contrast for the infrared detection. An initial match can be provided by incorporating a color model that is similar to a predicted color mixture. The two colors can then be rendered and adjusted for better match prior to rendering the hidden mark. Such an approach adjusts an amount of other toners so that the color difference between the hidden mark colorant and a surrounding colorant is minimized and a presence of the hidden mark is less detectable to the observer under a standard condition. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314232 | POSITION CALIBRATION OF A SPOT OF AN OPTICAL SENSOR - A method for position calibration of a spot of an optical sensor may include providing a position calibration patch on a sheet at a predetermined position, along a scan path of the spot across the sheet, the patch comprising at least two adjacent blocks of different colors. The method may also include obtaining a single sample of the position calibration patch using the optical sensor. The method may further include determining from the single sample the position of the spot of the sensor with respect to the position calibration patch. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314233 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS THAT FORMS AN IMAGE USING AN ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESS - A texture processing unit obtains smoothness information from a paper type specifying unit or a smoothness measuring device, and a lookup table is selected corresponding to the smoothness. An image area division unit divides off image signals of a predetermined hue area from among converted image signals. Predetermined hue area refers to a hue area in which, among multiple areas of different hues, a toner transfer failure tends to occur at concave portions that exist on a printing surface of a printing medium. The image signal processing unit applies the lookup table selected by the texture processing unit on the image signals that have been divided off, thereby increasing the toner amounts at concave portions. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314234 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PRINTING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus, image printing apparatus and image processing method are provided that can output an image that fulfills both of sharpness and robustness by multi-pass printing regardless of the image. For this purpose, in preforming multi-pass printing, a distribution coefficient for distributing density data of each pixel to multiple printing scans varies depending on attribute information of the each pixel. For a pixel whose attribute information indicates importance on robustness, a bias of distribution coefficients for multiple scans are made small; and for a pixel whose attribute information indicates importance on sharpness, a bias of distribution coefficients for multiple printing scans is made large. | 12-13-2012 |
20120320388 | RELEVANCE BASED PRINT INTEGRITY VERIFICATION - A relevance based print integrity method includes comparing current raster image data that define a document to be printed with golden raster image data that define a previous version of said document with a known (perfect) quality. A plurality of differences between said current raster image data and said golden raster image data are calculated, and each of the differences is processed to determine a relevance value of the difference and to assign the relevance value to the difference. The method includes generating and storing a list of the differences, wherein the list is ordered in terms of the relevance value assigned to each difference. The difference list is presented to a user textually or graphically and/or is used to control or interrupt printing operations. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320389 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An image processing apparatus draws an image in units of band. The image processing apparatus includes: a first storage unit that stores therein a halftone pattern; an analyzer that analyzes drawing commands, the drawing commands including a first command specifying a drawing band that is the band on which drawing is performed, a second command giving an instruction to read the halftone pattern, and a third command giving an instruction to execute drawing; and a drawing processor that, only when an image, drawing of which is instructed by the second command, is determined as belonging to the drawing band, reads the halftone pattern specified by the first command from the first storage unit to draw that image using the halftone pattern read. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320390 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus which divides image data into predetermined unit blocks and forms an image, the apparatus comprises: a determination unit that determines continuous block lines, that include closed regions having identical components, among a plurality of block lines included in a block; a generation unit that generates data of an intermediate language of each of the blocks using pieces of information of the plurality of block lines and the determination result obtained by the determination unit; a selection unit that selects an image forming method corresponding to the data of the intermediate language of each of the blocks, that is generated by the generation unit; and a forming unit that forms an image of the data of the intermediate language of each of the blocks, in accordance with the image forming method selected by the selection unit. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320391 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming portion for superposedly outputting a color toner image and a transparent toner image on a recording material; an image data obtaining portion for obtaining a color image data used for forming the color toner image and first and second transparent image data used for forming the transparent toner image; and an executing portion for executing an operation in a test mode in which a test image which collects and coordinates a predetermined number of images including a first image and a second image is outputted on the recording material smaller in number than the predetermined number. The first image is prepared by synthesizing and reducing the color image data and the first transparent image data. The second image is prepared by synthesizing and reducing the color image data and the second transparent image data different from the first transparent image data. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320392 | IMAGE FORMING APPARAUS - A feeder has a longer side direction orthogonal to a conveyance direction of a recording medium, and is configured to feed a maximum size recording medium with a longer side first. An image forming unit has a maximum sheet feed width corresponding to a longer side length of the maximum size recording medium, and is configured to print a toner image corresponding to digital image data onto the recording medium. An image reader has a shorter side direction aligned with a sheet feed width direction of the image forming unit and the longer side direction of the feeder so that a longer side direction of a maximum size document to be placed on a platen is orthogonal to the sheet feed width direction of the image forming unit and the longer side direction of the feeder. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320393 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, PRINTING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND METHOD OF PRODUCING PRINTING APPARATUS - An image processing device performs an image process on image data and outputs printing image data to a printing apparatus which performs printing using special luster ink having special luster, and the image processing device includes: an input unit that inputs the image data; a specification unit that specifies an ink amount set that is combination of ink amounts of inks used in printing by the printing apparatus on the basis of color information and luster degree information of the input image data; and an output unit that outputs the printing image data for printing based on the specified ink amount set to the printing apparatus, wherein the image data includes the color information that is information representing a color of an image and the luster degree information that is information representing a degree of luster of the image based on spectrum reflectances at a plurality of angles. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320394 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF COLOR REVISING - An image forming apparatus includes a storage unit to store a color conversion table, a user interface unit to receive a color revision initiation command, an image forming unit to print a color chart generated based on the color conversion table if the color revision initiation command is received, the color chart having a plurality of CMYK mixed colors having at least one of brightness and chroma changed, a scan unit to scan the printed color chart, and a change unit to revise the color conversion table using the scanned color chart. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320395 | PRINT CONTROL WITH INTERFACES PROVIDED IN CORRESPONDENCE WITH PRINTING METHODS - Display control is made so as to obtain an optimum setting picture plane in accordance with a change in designation of an outputting method of a distribution printing, a multiple-address printing, an automatic substitute printing, or the like without allowing the user to be conscious thereof. | 12-20-2012 |
20120327433 | METHOD OF DESIGNING A COLOR CHART - A method of characterizing an imaging system is described includes printing a color chart having a plurality of predetermined color patches; measuring the color patches to obtain colorimetric data; initializing a Neugebauer model with the Neugebauer solids of said colorimetric data; optimizing the global parameters of the Neugebauer model; optimizing the parameters associated with Demichel terms based on the Neugebauer primary associated with the Demichel term; optimizing parameters that vary with device coordinates; and creating a characterization file for the imaging system. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327434 | SPOT COLOR RENDERING VIA FEEDBACK-BASED MULTI-OBJECTIVE OPTIMIZATION - What is disclosed is a feedback control based system and method for selecting spot color recipes for improved spot color rendition while simultaneously minimizing a function of image quality attributes formed with states defined as vectors such as L*, a*, b*, mottle, graininess, etc. Color is measured with an in-line spectrophotometer or with a full/partial width array. If the sensor is not available, then a model of the print device is used to optimize the function of image quality attributes. In one example embodiment, a spot color of interest is selected along with a set of image quality attributes to be improved for the spot colors of interest. Set points for process actuators and color recipes of the color marking device are adjusted such that a function of the image quality attributes is minimized when the spot color is rendered on the device. Various workflows are disclosed. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327435 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Disclosed is an image forming apparatus including: a specific color designation receiving unit to receive a designation of a specific color; an image forming unit to form an image of a patch for measuring the specific color designated via the specific color designation receiving unit; a measurement unit to measure a color in the image of the patch for measuring the specific color; and a control unit which is configured to control the specific color designation receiving unit, the image forming unit and the measurement unit, wherein the control unit judges whether a color shift between the designated specific color and the color in the image of the patch for measuring the specific color is within an acceptable range. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327436 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND HOST DATA GENERATING DEVICE - An image processing device includes an image data generator generating static part data, image data of static part common to plural pages, and variable part data for each page, image data of variable part varying for each page, at specified resolution based on variable printing data, a static part data storage unit storing static part data, and a data merge unit combining static part data stored in the static part data storage unit and variable part data, and the image data generator generates, when the amount of the static part data at specified resolution exceeds the capacity of the static part data storage unit, static part data having at least part of resolution changed from the specified resolution so that the data amount does not exceed the capacity of the static part data storage unit and causes the static part data storage unit to store the generated static part data. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327437 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus is provided which associates specific folders, which are set for specific setting items, with a specific file, and performs operations on the specific file according to the settings of the specific folders. The image forming apparatus includes an associating unit that associates a file having setting on its own file with one of the specific folders, and a setting contents substituting unit that substitutes setting contents of the specific folder with setting contents of the own file. | 12-27-2012 |
20130003086 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING HIGH DYNAMIC RANGE IMAGES USING TONE MAPPING TO EXTENDED RGB SPACE - A method for processing a high dynamic range (HDR) image for printing. Tone mapping is first applied to the input image to map the colors from the original color space to an extended RGB space without scaling or clipping of colors. The colors are then converted to a device-independent color space such as Jab, and scaled (normalized) in that space. Then, image-based gamut mapping is performed in the Jab space to map the gamut of the image to the gamut of the destination device. The colors are then converted to the color space of the destination device (e.g. printer) and outputted. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003087 | DEPOSITING TEXTURE FOR JOB ON RECEIVER - Apparatus for depositing a texture on a receiver includes a data source adapted to receive a job specification and provide corresponding texture identification data values. A texture memory receives the texture identification data values from the data source and provides corresponding multilevel texture pixel data values. A loader loads into the texture memory a texture set including multilevel texture pixel data values for each of a plurality of textures, each texture in the texture set corresponding to one or more of the texture identification data values. A print engine deposits at each of a plurality of pixel sites on the receiver an amount of texture-forming material corresponding to the respective multilevel texture pixel data value. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003088 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RETRIEVING PRINT MEDIA ATTRIBUTES FROM A PRINT MEDIA DATABASE SERVER - A method of determining print media attributes of print media, which includes the following steps: obtaining information from a package of print media using an image recognition system associated with the image forming apparatus; sending the information via a network connection to at least one print media database server for determination of print media attributes for the package of print media; determining the print media attributes of the package of print media by matching the information obtained from the image recognition system to a print attribute database hosted by the at least one print media database server, the print attribute database containing print media attributes for a plurality of print mediums, which are available to a plurality of image forming apparatuses; and sending the print media attributes for the package of print media to the image forming apparatus, which generates printer configuration settings for the print media. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003089 | COLOR PROFILE ADJUSTMENT - One example relates to a print system for adjusting a color profile. The print system can comprise a system comprising a memory for storing computer executable instructions and a processing unit for accessing the memory and executing the computer executable instructions. The computer executable instructions can comprise a profile transformer to receive a color sample comprising a color measurement of a proper subset of a gamut of colors printable with ink deposited at a printer. The profile transformer can also provide an adjusted color profile for the printer based on (i) an original color profile associated with a substrate for the printer and (ii) the color sample. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003090 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus not having a measuring sensor and an image forming apparatus having a measuring sensor are arbitrarily combined with each other to thereby achieve calibration with respect to the image forming apparatus not having the sensor. A color printer obtains measuring instrument information on measurement of a color in the image forming apparatus having the measuring sensor, and generates a chart image. A measuring printer measures the chart image using measurement chart information including conditions for measuring the chart image transmitted from the color printer. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003091 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM EXECUTING IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a plurality of sensors arrange for reading different patches in a chart for color correction that includes a plurality of patches, a unit configured to acquire information on a color gamut, a color gamut division unit configured to divide the acquired color gamut into divided color gamuts, a determination unit configured to determine a plurality of patches to be used in a measurement of each divided color gamut, and a chart data generation unit configured to generate chart data of the chart in such a way as to allow one and the same sensor of the plurality of sensors to measure the plurality of patches of a respective divided color gamut determined by the determination unit. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003092 | ESTIMATION OF INK/TONER COVERAGE WHEN PRINTING - In summary, the present invention provides a method, apparatus and program product for calculating an estimate of the amount of toner coverage required for printing print data defined in a compressed data stream. The estimate is obtained with reduced processing by obtaining coverage data from a partially decompressed formed of the data stream and using this to obtain the coverage estimate, thus removing the need to do a full de-compression of the data stream. For example the coverage data is a count of toned pixels for at least one intensity level. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003093 | ESTIMATION OF INK/TONER COVERAGE WHEN PRINTING - In summary, the present invention provides a method, apparatus and program product for calculating an estimate of the amount of toner coverage required for printing print data defined in a compressed data stream. The estimate is obtained with reduced processing by obtaining coverage data from a partially decompressed formed of the data stream and using this to obtain the coverage estimate, thus removing the need to do a full de-compression of the data stream. For example the coverage data is a count of toned pixels for at least one intensity level. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003094 | BIDIRECTIONAL MULTI-PASS INKJET PRINTER SUPPRESSING DENSITY UNEVENNESS BASED ON IMAGE INFORMATION AND SCAN LINE POSITION OF EACH DOT - An image forming apparatus includes a color converting unit | 01-03-2013 |
20130010312 | AUTOMATIC CROSS-TRACK DENSITY CORRECTION METHOD - Methods are provided for automatic cross-track density correction for a print engine having a print head that forms lines of picture elements on a receiver based upon lines of pixel values. In one aspect of the method, the print engine is caused to print a first print having a plurality of different areas along a cross-track direction with target densities and data is received from which measured densities for different ones of the plurality of different areas can be determined. A line density adjustment function is based upon a functional relationship between a cross track position of different ones of the areas and a difference between the measured density and the target density at the different ones of the areas. A production print is subsequently printed according to lines of pixel values for the production print modulated by the line density adjustment function. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010313 | PRINTER HAVING AUTOMATIC CROSS-TRACK DENSITY CORRECTION - Printers are provided having a print engine having a print head that forms lines of picture elements on a receiver based upon lines of pixel values and a controller that causes the print engine to print a first print having a plurality of different areas along a cross-track direction with target densities and that receives data from which measured densities for different ones of the plurality of different areas can be determined. The controller determines a line density adjustment function based upon a functional relationship between a cross-track position of different ones of the areas and a difference between the measured density and the target density at the different ones of the areas and subsequently prints a production print according to lines of pixel values for the production print modulated by the line density adjustment function. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010314 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image processing apparatus that converts input image data into printable image data is provided. The apparatus performs screen processing on the input image data, and determines whether moiré occurs in screen image data generated by the screen processing unit for a target pixel in the input image data. Depending on the determination result made by the determination unit, the apparatus outputs one of a screen pixel value in the screen image data for the target pixel and a value obtained by converting an input pixel value into a printable pixel value based on intermediate data, as a value of the target pixel in the printable image data, the intermediate data being generated by replacing a screen pixel in the screen image data that is determined to have moiré by the determination unit with the input pixel value in the input image data. | 01-10-2013 |
20130016370 | FORCE K PROCESSING IN A CMYK COLOR CONVERSIONAANM Shestak; Vladimir V.AACI Fort CollinsAAST COAACO USAAGP Shestak; Vladimir V. Fort Collins CO USAANM Ernst; Larry M.AACI LongmontAAST COAACO USAAGP Ernst; Larry M. Longmont CO USAANM Li; HongAACI SuperiorAAST COAACO USAAGP Li; Hong Superior CO USAANM Walp; Jason C.AACI LouisvilleAAST COAACO USAAGP Walp; Jason C. Louisville CO US - Force K processing is presented to replace gray color values of input data with only levels of black ink/toner when color management is not specified in the print job. A system converts input data of a print job to a CMYK color space of a printer by processing a lookup table of color values for the color space of the input data based on a detected color space of the input data to identify gray color values of the lookup table. The system also determines that these gray color values produce an output in the CMYK color space of the printer that includes one or more of cyan, magenta, and yellow color components. The system replaces the gray color values with black color values and corresponds the black color values of the lookup table with gray color values of the input data for conversion of the input data. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016371 | CORRECTION APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUMAANM TANAKA; SatoshiAACI KanagawaAACO JPAAGP TANAKA; Satoshi Kanagawa JP - A correction apparatus includes an operating section that operates for forming an image having a predetermined density, a calculating section that calculates a first correction amount that is used when a value of the predetermined density is to be corrected, and a correction section that corrects the predetermined density value in such a manner that the correction is performed by using the first correction amount when first identification information corresponding to an image that has been processed by the operating section before the correction performed by the correction section and second identification information corresponding to an image that is to be processed by the operating section after the correction performed by the correction section do not satisfy a predetermined condition, whereas the correction is performed by using a second correction amount that is smaller than the first correction amount, when the first and second identification information satisfy the predetermined condition. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016372 | APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD AND CONTROL APPARATUSAANM Shibano; HiromasaAACI OsakaAACO JPAAGP Shibano; Hiromasa Osaka JP - A user is able to appropriately select character data such as a watermark, and importance of the document is able to be effectively recognized by an addressee using a language which is different from that of a user who sends the document. A setting accepting portion accepts setting of a first language describing a first character indicated by the first character data, and setting of a second character which is a translation of the first character to a second language; a data generating portion generates a composite image data in which the image data is combined with the first character data indicating a first character which is a translation of the second character to the first language; and an apparatus control portion controls the image forming apparatus to cause the image forming apparatus to execute image forming processing of the composite image data. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016373 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM FOR PRINT CONTROLAANM Shimohira; YoshihikoAACI KanagawaAACO JPAAGP Shimohira; Yoshihiko Kanagawa JP - An information processing apparatus includes a drawing receiving unit to receive a page start command and a drawing command from an OS, a transparency processing unit to generate a bitmap upon receiving the page start command, to alpha blend a first image with a second image existing on the bitmap to generate a blended image upon receiving the drawing command that includes the first image with an alpha channel, and to duplicate the alpha blended image, and a drawing processing unit to convert the drawing command that includes the first image with the alpha channel, into a print command to draw the duplicated alpha blended image. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016374 | IMAGE TEST APPARATUS, IMAGE TEST SYSTEM, AND IMAGE TEST METHODAANM KAWAMOTO; HiroyukiAACI KanagawaAACO JPAAGP KAWAMOTO; Hiroyuki Kanagawa JPAANM Kitai; TadashiAACI KanagawaAACO JPAAGP Kitai; Tadashi Kanagawa JPAANM Kaneko; HitomiAACI SaitamaAACO JPAAGP Kaneko; Hitomi Saitama JPAANM Kojima; KeijiAACI KanagawaAACO JPAAGP Kojima; Keiji Kanagawa JPAANM Ishizaki; HiroyoshiAACI KanagawaAACO JPAAGP Ishizaki; Hiroyoshi Kanagawa JPAANM Miyamoto; KeiichiAACI KanagawaAACO JPAAGP Miyamoto; Keiichi Kanagawa JP - An image test apparatus includes a color-image-data acquiring unit that acquires color image data being data of an image to be formed with a color material; a master-image-data generating unit that converts the color image data depending on transparent image data being data of an image to be formed with a transparent color material, thereby generating master image data; and an image testing unit that tests, using the master image data, a test image data which is generated by optically reading a print image from a printed matter on which the print image based on the color image data and the transparent image data has been printed. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016375 | DOCUMENT ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM AND DOCUMENT ADMINISTRATION METHODAANM HASHIDUME; HiroshiAACI TokyoAACO JPAAGP HASHIDUME; Hiroshi Tokyo JPAANM OGURA; KazuhiroAACI Kanagawa-kenAACO JPAAGP OGURA; Kazuhiro Kanagawa-ken JPAANM YOSHIDA; MinoruAACI TokyoAACO JPAAGP YOSHIDA; Minoru Tokyo JPAANM SAITO; AkiraAACI TokyoAACO JPAAGP SAITO; Akira Tokyo JPAANM MORIYA; KoichiAACI Kanagawa-kenAACO JPAAGP MORIYA; Koichi Kanagawa-ken JP - A document administration system includes an administration unit, a discrimination information image discriminating unit, and an image forming apparatus which, forms an image on a recording medium in case that the discrimination information image discriminating unit discriminates that the recording medium has the discrimination information image before the image is formed on the recording medium, and forms the image and the discrimination information image based on the discrimination information connected to the image on the recording medium in case that the discrimination information image discriminating unit discriminates that the recording medium does not have the discrimination information image before the image is formed on the recording medium. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016376 | DOCUMENT ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM AND DOCUMENT ADMINISTRATION METHODAANM Hashidume; HiroshiAACI TokyoAACO JPAAGP Hashidume; Hiroshi Tokyo JPAANM Ogura; KazuhiroAACI Kanagawa-kenAACO JPAAGP Ogura; Kazuhiro Kanagawa-ken JPAANM Yoshida; MinoruAACI TokyoAACO JPAAGP Yoshida; Minoru Tokyo JPAANM Saito; AkiraAACI TokyoAACO JPAAGP Saito; Akira Tokyo JPAANM Moriya; KoichiAACI Kanagawa-kenAACO JPAAGP Moriya; Koichi Kanagawa-ken JP - According to one embodiment, a document administration system includes an administration unit to administer administration information of an image formed on a recording medium in connection with discrimination information of the recording medium and a decoloring device. The decoloring device includes a reading unit to read a discrimination information image based on the discrimination information, the discrimination information image being formed on the recording medium with erasable coloring agent, a decoloring unit to decolor the image formed on the recording medium with erasable coloring agent after the reading unit has read the discrimination information image, and a printer to print the discrimination information image in which at least the number of times of decoloring has been updated based on the discrimination information image read by the reading unit on the recording medium after decoloring. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016377 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATIC RECOVERY OF CLOUD PRINT JOBS AFTER PRINTER ERROR - A system for automatic recovery of cloud print jobs after printer error. A cloud printing system for transmitting a print job to a printer. A printer control system for receiving status data from the printer and modifying one or more control parameters of the cloud printing system in response to the status data. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016378 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes an acquisition unit configured to acquire image data, a generation unit configured to generate a histogram based on a signal value of each pixel in the image data acquired by the acquisition unit, a derivation unit configured to derive the number of pixels matching a first condition in the histogram generated by the generation unit, and a selection unit configured to select, according to the number of pixels derived by the derivation unit, one of a fixing processing adjustment mode for increasing a degree of gloss of a print product by adjusting fixing processing and a transparent toner mode for increasing a degree of gloss of a print product by using a transparent toner. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016379 | METHOD TO TRANSFORM A VIRTUAL OBJECT INTO A REAL PHYSICAL OBJECTAANM Lou; ZheAACI MortselAACO BEAAGP Lou; Zhe Mortsel BEAANM Van Broeck; SigurdAACI ZoerselAACO BEAAGP Van Broeck; Sigurd Zoersel BEAANM Van Den Broeck; MarcAACI Sint-Katelijne-WaverAACO BEAAGP Van Den Broeck; Marc Sint-Katelijne-Waver BE - A method to create a coarse-grained real physical object (RO) from a fine-grained 3D virtual object (VO). The method comprises the steps of selecting (RTVO) the virtual object, e.g. a character, or at least elements thereof (head, chest, arms, legs) in a virtual environment (VE), creating (CRBB) a bounding box for each element wherein the element fits, creating (CRTC) a texture cloud for each bounding box by taking a 360 degree snapshot of the element as delimited by its bounding box, applying (APIS) image stitching technology on the texture cloud for obtaining a distinct texture for each bounding box, printing (PRBB) the bounding boxes with their associated texture, and stitching the bounding boxes together. The printing step may occur on a paper printer whereby a cut-and-glue real physical object (RO) can be obtained, or directly on a 3D printer. The method is possibly completed by encrypting the real object with semipedia technology, thereby bringing the real object into the virtual environment (VE) and allowing a user can to use the real object for controlling its corresponding virtual object (VO). | 01-17-2013 |
20130021623 | PROCESSING MULTI-PAGE SEGMENTS IN A PARALLEL RIP ENVIRONMENT WITH A SERIAL RIP - Systems and methods are provided for error correction in a parallel RIP environment. The system comprises parallel RIPs and a serial RIP. The system receives a print job comprising logical pages, separates the print job into segments of logical pages, and distributes the segments to the parallel RIPs for interpretation and rasterization. The system further determines that a parallel RIP has encountered an error indicating that a segment includes multiple logical pages, and instructs the serial RIP to rasterize the segment responsive to detecting the error. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021624 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes an edge-portion detector, an edge-width detector, and a tone correction unit. The edge-portion detector detects a pixel of an edge portion by determining whether or not each of pixels constituting image data which has been input is a pixel which is included in the edge portion. The edge-width detector detects, for the pixel of the edge portion detected by the edge-portion detector, an edge width which is a width of the edge portion. When the edge width detected by the edge-width detector is smaller than a value which is set in advance, the tone correction unit performs tone correction differently in accordance with the detected edge width. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021625 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a dense-light color decomposition unit that decomposes, into dense and light color components, elementary color components out of elementary color components in first print image data in a color space of a printer, in order to generate dense-light color decomposed second print image data, a converter unit that converts the color value represented by the combination of the elementary color components in the color space of the printer into a color value represented by a combination of elementary color components in a color space of a display, and supplies the color value as a conversion result to the display, and a supplying unit that extracts, from the print image data, a color component selected as a target of composite display from among the color components and supplies the extracted color component to the converter unit. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021626 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, PRINTING CONTROL TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD THEREOF - An image forming method, which includes pre-scanning a page to be scanned, displaying candidate colors that correspond to a preset condition through analysis of color components of the pre-scanned image, selecting a dropout color among the displayed candidate colors, and eliminating the selected dropout color from a main-scanned image if main scan of the page to be scanned is performed. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021627 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTER, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes an image acquiring unit, a distance acquiring unit, a painterly transformation processor, a thickness information acquiring unit, and a data generating unit. The distance acquiring unit acquires distance information for each of at least one object image included in an acquired image. The painterly transformation processor transforms each of the object image, included in the acquired image, into a painterly image. The thickness information acquiring unit acquires thickness information corresponding to the distance for each of the object image. The data generating unit generates data in which the painterly image and the thickness information are associated with each other. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021628 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM - An image processing apparatus for performing color tone conversion on a predetermined original image data using a predetermined color tone conversion parameter, includes a converted image data generating unit that generates weight-applied converted original image data obtained by performing the color tone conversion by the color tone conversion parameter while applying weighted values, which is determined such that the lower the degree to be changed by the color tone conversion is, the smaller the value becomes, on the original image data for each of a predetermined range. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021629 | METHOD OF EDITING STATIC DIGITAL COMBINED IMAGES COMPRISING IMAGES OF MULTIPLE OBJECTS - A method of editing a combined image which includes a plurality of object images. This editing method includes displaying an outline rectangle which forms outlines of one or more object images within the combined image, and when a predetermined first operation is performed on an object image selected from among the object images located within the outline rectangle, segmenting the selected object image and another object image located within the outline rectangle, and alternatively, when a predetermined second operation is performed on an object image selected from among the object images located within the outline rectangle, combining the selected object image with another object image located within an outline rectangle other than the outline rectangle. After the segmenting or combining is performed, renewing displaying of the outline rectangle according the segmenting or combining result. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021630 | CUSTOMIZING PRINT CONTENT FOR PERSONALIZING CONSUMER PRODUCTS - Disclosed herein are methods and apparatus for creating an interactive interface allowing a user to create a virtual design on-screen. Specifications of the design created by the user may be subsequently transmitted to a server for high-resolution rendering and printing on an adhesive appliqué or other material adapted to receive print. In some embodiments, the created product is adapted to fit a particular device, such as a cell phone, laptop, personal digital assistant, snowboard, boat, or motor vehicle. Alternatively, the printed product can be adhesively applied to a portion of a wall, a window, or upon the side of a building. In one embodiment, the interactive interface allows the user to create their own personalized product by using a combination of images, colors, text, and shapes, specified for a particular CAD that will print onto an adhesive skin. In this manner, the adhesive skin can be made to look exactly like the finished product of a personally customized design presented on a computer screen. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021631 | COLOR PRINTING SYSTEM CALIBRATION - A component of a color printing system, such as lookup tables for converting requested marking-agent coverages to corresponding half-tone screen sizes, is calibrated. The calibration can be effected off an arbitrary image and involves making reflectance spectrum measures of the printed image at multiple locations. Expected reflectance measures for each measurement location are computed based on the requested coverage value for each of the marking agents printed there. The computed measures may be dependent on a parameter. A value of the parameter is determined that minimizes the aggregate differences between the sensed and expected reflectance-spectrum measures, and this value is then used in calibrating the component. | 01-24-2013 |
20130027718 | CONTROL DEVICE, COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM, AND PRINTING SYSTEM - A control device includes a generating unit, a specifying unit, a calculating unit, a determining unit, and a controller. The generating unit generates, upon receiving a print instruction, which includes attribute information representing an attribute of a printed material to be created, processing information by using the attribute information and a preset rule. The specifying unit specifies activation periods of activation operations of activating the respective processing devices indicated by the processing information. The calculating unit calculates processing periods of processing operations executed to create the printed material by the respective processing devices indicated by the processing information. The determining unit determines starting times of the activation operations executed by the respective processing devices indicated by the processing information. The controller controls the respective processing devices indicated by the processing information so that the processing devices start the respective activation operations at the starting times determined by the determining unit. | 01-31-2013 |
20130027719 | OPERATION APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND MEDIUM FOR RECORDING PROGRAM - The operation apparatus according to the present disclosure includes a touch panel, a determination unit, a shrinkage rate calculating unit, a window shrinking unit, and a multi window display unit. The shrinkage rate calculating unit that calculates, in a case in which the determination unit determines that an input operation on the plurality of setting item keys is detected within a predetermined time period, a shrinkage rate allowing equal allocation of space for a predetermined number of setting condition input windows in a display region based on the setting item number, and a size of the display region in a case of displaying only one setting condition input window on the touch panel. The multi window display unit that displays in the display region the predetermined number of setting condition input windows that are shrunk by the window shrinking unit. | 01-31-2013 |
20130027720 | COLOR MEASURING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A color measuring device include an illuminating unit configured to illuminate an image-capturing range; an image capturing unit configured to capture an image of the image-capturing range containing a patch and an object; an extracting unit configured to extract image data of a surrounding region in a predetermined color from the image data output by the image capturing unit; an interpolating unit configured to interpolate at least one target region that is at least one of regions of the patch and the object based on the image data of the surrounding region; a storage unit configured to store therein, as correction data, interporting data that is interporated; a correcting unit configured to correct the image data output by the image capturing unit by using the correction data; and a calculating unit configured to calculate a colorimetric value of the object based on the corrected image data. | 01-31-2013 |
20130027721 | COLOR MEASURING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A color measuring device includes: an image capturing unit; a reference chart; a light quantity control unit; a generating unit; a correction unit; and a calculating unit. The image capturing unit outputs image data of an image-capturing range. The reference chart has multiple patches of different densities. The light quantity control unit controls the illumination unit. The generating unit generates first correction data based on image data of the multiple patches illuminated by a first light quantity and generates second correction data based on image data of the multiple patches illuminated by a second light quantity. The correction unit corrects image data of the reference chart and a color measurement target, using the first correction data or the second correction data. The calculating unit calculates color measurement value of the color measurement target based on the corrected image data of the reference chart and the color measurement target. | 01-31-2013 |
20130027722 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a control unit configured to perform, if a suitable color measurement area suitable for color measurement of a combined color is found in an image, a color-reproduction-accuracy increasing process while, if not, to perform a deposition-amount stabilizing process. In the color-reproduction-accuracy increasing process, a control parameter is adjusted so as to reduce a difference between a result of the color measurement on the suitable color measurement area and a desired color. In the deposition-amount stabilizing process, a plurality of test primary-color toner images are formed by an image forming unit, and a control parameter for the image forming unit are adjusted so as to reduce a difference between each of results of toner deposition amount measurement on the test primary-color toner images and a corresponding target deposition amount. | 01-31-2013 |
20130027723 | Emissive Image Substrate Marking, Articles Marked With An Emissive Image, and Authentication Methods Involving The Same - A system for printing and emissive image on a substrate that includes red, green, and blue additive-color emissive inks configured to be printed to a substrate using an ink printer device intended for use with subtractive-color ink. An image to be printed can be converted to color negative form prior to printing using the subtractive-color ink printer. The system may include a subtractive-color ink printer intended for use with subtractive-color ink cartridges. The system may also include a computer device programmed to convert an image to a color negative form. | 01-31-2013 |
20130033713 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF FORMING IMAGE, TERMINAL AND METHOD OF PRINT CONTROL, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus and an image forming method, a print controlling terminal and a print controlling method are provided. The image forming apparatus includes a storage unit which stores stereoscopic image patterns to be used for creation of a three dimensional (3D) image, a print unit which prints the stereoscopic image patterns, a user interface unit which receives at least one pattern selected from among the stereoscopic image patterns, and an image creating unit which creates the 3D image by reflecting information related to the at least one selected pattern. | 02-07-2013 |
20130033714 | PRINTING CONTROL DEVICE, STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PRINTING CONTROL PROGRAM, AND PRINTING CONTROL METHOD - The printing control device of the present invention inquires whether or not an actual output printer driver supports the function of the items regarding drawing processing in step SC | 02-07-2013 |
20130038884 | IN-PROCESS COLOR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DIGITAL COLOR PRINTING - A system and method according to which the color performance of a digital color print job is monitored or otherwise managed during the production run of the digital color print job. | 02-14-2013 |
20130038885 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a first light source that emits light when color print is specified; a first deflection unit that deflects the light emitted from the first light source; a first driving unit that drives the first deflection unit; a second light source that emits light when color print is specified and when monochrome print is specified; a second deflection unit that deflects the light emitted from the second light source; a second driving unit that drives the second deflection unit; a control unit that, when a image data receiving unit receives first image data and information specifying that the first image data is to be printed in monochrome and receives second image data and information specifying that the second image data is to be printed in color, causes the first driving unit to operate while a monochrome image corresponding to the first image data is being formed. | 02-14-2013 |
20130038886 | PRINTING SYSTEM, PRINTING METHOD, AND NON-TRASNITORY COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORED WITH PRINTING PROGRAM - A printing system of the present invention includes: a generating unit which performs a rasterizing process to print data while performing a color conversion process by applying a multi-dimensional lookup table for calibration, which is for matching a color of the image to be printed by a printing unit by combining base colors to a target color and for keeping the color of the image consistent, to generate image data; a storage unit which stores the image data; a calibration unit which applies a first one-dimensional lookup table for calibration to calibrate the color information of the image data at a first round of printing the image, and applies a second one-dimensional lookup table for calibration newer than the first one-dimensional lookup table for calibration to calibrate the color information of the image data at a second round of newly printing the image. | 02-14-2013 |
20130044336 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus including at least one processor that executes a program, includes an analysis unit configured to analyze a print job, an optimization unit configured to, based on a result of the analysis performed by the analysis unit, combine a plurality of objects included in the print job into one object according to an upper limit number, which is different according to a type of the objects to be combined, an intermediate data generation unit configured to generate intermediate data based on the objects combined by the optimization unit, and an image data generation unit configured to generate image data from the intermediate data generated by the intermediate data generation unit. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044337 | INFORMATION OUTPUT DEVICE, MEDIUM, AND INFORMATION INPUT/OUTPUT DEVICE - In the information output device, media are disposed on a stage surface on the basis of a predetermined rule, the dot patterns are read by imaging units disposed in a space below the stage and converted into code values or coordinate value indicating the dot patterns from photographed images obtained by the imaging units, and information corresponding to the code values or the coordinate values is outputted. Further, light transmitting reading holes are respectively provided at a plurality of medium disposing locations on the stage surface, and the imaging units are disposed in the space below the stage corresponding the respective reading holes such that the imaging units photograph the medium surfaces of the media disposed in the reading holes. | 02-21-2013 |
20130050720 | IMAGE QUALITY STATUS WORKFLOW - Methods and systems for maintaining image quality are disclosed. A printing system and method is provided for maintaining image quality, comprising: initially establishing a plurality of image quality threshold standards; assigning an image quality threshold standard from the plurality of image quality threshold standards to an associated image job; comparing the assigned image quality threshold standard of each associated image job to a system check value; and, marking any image jobs having an assigned image quality threshold standard greater than the quality system check value. | 02-28-2013 |
20130050721 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE - Read data indicative of first and second surfaces of manuscript is divided into a plurality of first and second blocks, respectively. A judging unit judges, based on a first condition, whether each second block is a specified second block and whether each first block is a specified first block. A second condition is set for each first block corresponding to the specified second block. Each second block is more difficult to be judged as the specified second block based on respective second condition than based on the first condition. The judging unit judges whether each first block corresponding to the specified second block is the specified first block based on the respective second condition. The first surface is a specified color first surface when a ratio of a number of the specified first blocks to a total number of first blocks is greater than or equal to a prescribed value. | 02-28-2013 |
20130050722 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - The image forming apparatus includes: a log obtaining unit configured to obtain a print log which is an execution history of a print job; a color utilization ratio obtaining unit configured to obtain a color utilization ratio which is a ratio of chromatic color material utilization when past print jobs were executed from the print log obtained by the log obtaining unit; a determination unit configured to determine to perform mixed color correction and single color correction when the color utilization ratio obtained by the color utilization ratio obtaining unit is equal to or larger than a threshold value and to perform the single color correction without performing the mixed color correction when the color utilization ratio is smaller than the threshold value; and a correction unit configured to perform the correction determined by the determination unit. | 02-28-2013 |
20130050723 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus and a control method thereof which execute auto color registration in consideration of mechanical change factors of both photoconductors and drive rollers. The control method of an image forming apparatus includes photoconductors, an intermediate transfer belt to which developers attached to the photoconductors are transferred, and drive rollers to drive the intermediate transfer belt, test patterns are printed on the intermediate transfer belt by adjusting a printing time interval of the test patterns according to a spatial period of the photoconductors and a spatial period of the drive rollers, if conditions to execute auto color registration (ACR) are satisfied, and ACR is executed according to a signal reflected by the test patterns. | 02-28-2013 |
20130050724 | INFORMATION INPUT/OUTPUT METHOD USING DOT PATTERN - A dot pattern including a block defined as a rectangular area of a square or a rectangle of a medium face, such as printed matter. A straight line in a vertical direction and a horizontal direction configuring a frame of the block each are defined as a standard grid line. Virtual reference grid points are provided at predetermined intervals on the reference grid line. Reference grid point dots are placed on respective virtual reference grid points. Straight lines that connect the virtual reference grid points to each other and are parallel to the reference grid lines are defined as grid lines. A point of intersection of grid lines is defined as a virtual grid point. A dot pattern is generated by arranging one or a plurality of information dots, each of which has a distance and a direction around the virtual grid point. | 02-28-2013 |
20130057880 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - A array including array elements in a number smaller than the minimum number of pixels, having values larger than Th_c, and a plurality of array elements having values smaller than Th_c is generated. A formation array having the same size as that of a latent image is generated from the generated array. An image obtained by replacing the pixel value at a pixel position within the first region in the latent image with the value at the pixel position in the formation array is generated as a configuration image. The pixel value at each pixel position in the configuration image, that corresponds to each pixel position in the input image, is output as the amount of a highly infrared absorbent color material used to print a pixel at this pixel position in the input image. | 03-07-2013 |
20130057881 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing device includes a rewriting unit that extracts attribute information of each image object from first page description language data and adds a special color space designating command including at least one color name parameter that represents the attribute information of each of the extracted image objects to rewrite the first page description language data into second page description language data; an RIP unit that interprets the second page description language data rewritten by the rewriting unit to obtain each pixel value of printing image data for a printing device; and a color converting unit that performs a color conversion process during the processing of the RIP unit, wherein the rewriting unit and the color converting unit share information on the correspondence between a color space and a combination of color name parameters for expressing the color space. | 03-07-2013 |
20130057882 | DEVICE COOPERATION SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND FUNCTION PROVIDING METHOD - In a device cooperation system, devices connected via a network take partial charge of providing a function. A first device acquires image data to be output; receives a condition used when the first device and a second device output the image data; stores a possible output amount that can be output by the first device; determines whether a total page number, which is obtained from the condition and a number of pages of the acquired image data, is less than or equal to the possible output amount; determines first and second output numbers to be respectively allocated to the first and second devices; sends the image data and the second output number to the second device; and updates the possible output amount according to a number output by the first and second devices. | 03-07-2013 |
20130057883 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DEACTIVATING POWER-SAVING MODE, RELAY DEVICE, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM FOR COMPUTER PROGRAM - A power-saving mode deactivation apparatus for performing communication via a communication network with specific processing apparatuses for particular processing is provided. The power-saving mode deactivation apparatus includes a storage portion for storing therein a deactivation method for deactivating a power-saving mode of each of the specific processing apparatuses; a detection portion for detecting that particular processing data for the particular processing is not delivered to, among the specific processing apparatuses, a destination specific processing apparatus of the particular processing data, and a deactivation portion for performing, when the detection portion detects that the particular processing data is not delivered to the destination specific processing apparatus, deactivation processing for deactivating a power-saving mode of the destination specific processing apparatus based on the deactivation method, stored in the storage portion, for the destination specific processing apparatus. | 03-07-2013 |
20130057884 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND CONTROL METHOD - An information processing apparatus includes: a retaining unit that retains condition information to control an output setting of first output data based on a predetermined condition; a receiving unit that receives second output data obtained by dividing the first output data into pieces each having a predetermined amount of data; and a first determining unit that determines whether to control the output setting of the first output data based on the second output data, having the predetermined amount of data, and the condition information. | 03-07-2013 |
20130057885 | Printing System, POS System, Connection Device, Control Method of Printing System, and Program Therefor - A printing system has an interface unit ( | 03-07-2013 |
20130063738 | Preprinted Form Overlay - A method is disclosed. The method includes simulating a preprinted form using a presentation overlay. The presentation device is directed to present the overlay as if it had been preprinted on the paper. Document data is then mixed with the simulated preprinted form such that the result accurately simulates a real preprinted form. | 03-14-2013 |
20130063739 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes an obtaining unit and a combining unit. The obtaining unit obtains, from attribute information, data format information indicating data formats of first image data representing a first image and second image data representing a second image. The attribute information is included in the first image data and the second image data. The first image is printed at predetermined positions in all units of printing. The second image is changed in accordance with the individual units of printing and is printed at predetermined positions in the individual units of printing. The combining unit divides the first image data and the second image data in accordance with the data formats, and combines compressed data generated by compressing raster data of the first image data with compressed data generated by compressing raster data of the second image data, depending on amounts of image represented by divided portions. | 03-14-2013 |
20130063740 | DISPLAY PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, DISPLAY PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A display processing apparatus includes a gloss-control plane generating unit configured to generate gloss-control plane data for specifying a type of a surface effect applied to a recording medium and an area in a recording medium to which the surface effect is applied; an obtaining unit configured to obtain replacement information that is used to replace a type of the surface effect that is not available in a device configuration with a type of the surface effect that is available in the device configuration; a replacing unit configured to replace the type of the surface effect designated by the designation information with the type of the available surface effect using the replacement information obtained by the obtaining unit; and a preview image generating unit configured to generate a preview image based on the gloss-control plane data having an area to which the available surface effect is to be applied. | 03-14-2013 |
20130063741 | DISPLAY PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A display processing apparatus includes a first correcting unit that, based on original data containing first-type color image data that indicates a color image in each drawing area and containing first-type gloss control image data that indicates a type of gloss effect to be given to a recording medium and indicates a gloss area to which the gloss effect is to be given in each drawing area, corrects color saturation of an area in the first-type color image data that corresponds to the gloss area specified by the first-type gloss control image data depending on the type of gloss effect, to thereby generate first-type corrected image data; and a display control unit that, on a display unit, displays the first-type corrected image data as a print preview of a projected printing result of the original data. | 03-14-2013 |
20130070263 | RED-EYE REMOVAL SYSTEMS AND METHOD FOR VARIABLE DATA PRINTING (VDP) WORKFLOWS - A VDP workflow system and method are disclosed. The system includes an image memory to store a photograph image. The system also includes a VDP document tool to access the photograph image from the image memory and to generate a VDP document comprising the photograph image. The system further includes a red-eye removal tool to process the VDP document to discover red-eye artifacts and to remove the red-eye artifacts from the photograph image on the VDP document based on a programmable red-eye sensitivity value. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070264 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM, AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming section that forms an image on a recording medium, plural recording medium supply sections that supply a recording medium to the image forming section, a recording medium setting section that sets attributes of the recording medium supplied by the recording medium supply section, a function program registration section that makes function programs for executing processes that use processing functions relating to image formation correspond to recording medium attribute information relating to the recording medium usable for the function program and performs registration for each of the function programs, and a control section that controls whether or not the registered function program is executable based on the attributes of the recording medium set by the recording medium setting section and the recording medium attribute information registered by the function program registration section. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070265 | MARK FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND MARK FORMING METHOD - A mark forming apparatus according to the present embodiment includes an image acquisition portion, a calculation portion, a detection portion, and a formation portion. The image acquisition portion scans and acquires an image formed on a sheet. The calculation portion calculates a color material attachment amount of the image from the image acquired by the image acquisition portion. The detection portion detects a predetermined mark which is already formed on the sheet. The formation portion forms a predetermined mark with a shape according to the color material attachment amount calculated by the calculation portion on the sheet in addition to the existing predetermined mark detected by the detection portion. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070266 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING USE OF MEDIUM - A system includes a receiving unit and a controller. The receiving unit receives data about the number of processes performed in an image forming unit to form an image with a decolorable color material and data about the number of processes performed in a decolorizing unit to decolorize an image formed with the decolorable color material. Based on the data received by the receiving unit the controller calculates the number of media in user's use in a condition after they are subjected to image formation by the image forming unit and before they are decolorized by the decolorizing unit. The controller deters image formation by the image forming unit if the number of the media in user's use exceeds a first threshold, and allows the image forming unit to form an image if the number of the media in user's use does not exceed the first threshold. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070267 | SURFACE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM - A surface processing apparatus includes a heater and a controller for controlling a heating of a sheet. The controller determines a difference between a position, on the sheet, of an image indicated by original image information and a position, on the sheet, of the actually formed image on the sheet indicated by outer configuration information of the sheet and the actual image information. The controller corrects inputted heating position information, for the heater, on the basis of information of the difference, and controls the heating of the heating means in accordance with the corrected heating position information. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070268 | CONTROL DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM AND PROGRAM - A control device according to the present invention is a control device that controls a print device that forms an image on a recording medium based on image data in which density values of multiple colors are defined every pixel, including: a stored color setting unit that sets a stored color indicating a color of which a toner amount is not restricted in each object indicating an area in which a predetermined type of image in the image data is drawn, in response to designation from a user; and a determination unit that determines density values of each of colors, in the each object, other than the stored color, such that a total sum of the density values of the colors is within a value subtracting a density value of the stored color from a reference value. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070269 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Image processing in which image data is input. The input image data is converted into first image data defined by a color space depending on a characteristic of a first environment light and into second image data defined by a color space depending on a characteristic of a second environment light. A color is specified which has a color difference between the first image data and the second image data, the color difference of the specified color being larger than a predetermined value. Information is output indicating the specified color. | 03-21-2013 |
20130077104 | PRINT DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM, PRINT DATA PROCESSING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A print data processing system includes a print data interpretation processing unit, a memory, and a raster image data generation unit. The print data interpretation processing unit interprets PDL print data, and generates first intermediate format data, second intermediate format data, and attribute information. The memory stores the first intermediate format data and first raster image data of each image object of a predetermined type. The first raster image is generated by performing a drawing process on the first intermediate format data. When an image object of the predetermined type and another image object overlap, the raster image data generation unit uses the first intermediate format data to generate second raster image data. When an image object of the predetermined type and another image object do not overlap, the raster image data generation unit uses the first raster image data to generate the second raster image data. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077105 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes a forming unit configured to form an identical pattern on a plurality of pages of a recording material, a reading unit configured to read patterns on the plurality of pages formed by the pattern forming unit, a generation unit configured to generate a correction look-up table corresponding to each page by using the patterns on the plurality of pages, and a correction unit configured to correct output image data by using the correction look-up table corresponding to each page generated by the generation unit. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077106 | PRINT CONTROLLING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR FORMING IMAGE - An image forming apparatus, a print controlling apparatus, and an image forming method using the same are provided. The image forming method includes extracting at least one graphical primitive from print data, forming an image by arranging the graphical primitive according to whether the extracted graphical primitives are close to each other or not, converting the formed image into a sketch image, modifying the print data by replacing the sketch image and some of the graphical primitives constituting the sketch image, and draft-printing using the modified print data. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077107 | COLOR CONVERSION DEVICE, IMAGE-FORMING DEVICE, STORING MEDIUM STORING COLOR CONVERSION PROGRAM AND IMAGE-FORMING PROGRAM AND COLOR CONVERSION TABLE - A color conversion program including a grid point arranging part which arranges, between an input device represented by three values of RGB and four values of CMYK, grid points as correspondence of the RGB value of the input device and the CMYK value of the output device in a radial direction from a prescribed achromatic color axis to generate a radial color conversion table; and a color conversion table restructuring processing part which stacks, in the order of hue, a hue layer consisting of a surface of a hue and a surface of its complementary hue of the radial color conversion table to generate an orthogonal grid color conversion table in which the grids form an orthogonal grid. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077108 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, IMAGING DEVICE, AND PRINTING DEVICE - A digital camera | 03-28-2013 |
20130083335 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Provided is an image forming apparatus including an image forming section for forming a test image including a plurality of patterns in which at least one pattern is more easily affected by a variation factor for density than another pattern, an accepting section for accepting an amount of adjustment for density, and an adjusting section for adjusting density of an image to be formed by the image forming section based on the amount of adjustment for density accepted by the accepting section. | 04-04-2013 |
20130088728 | SPOT COLOR EDITING ASSISTANT TOOL FOR SPOT COLOR REPRODUCTION - A computer-implemented method for imaging of spot colors within a document using a spot color editor is provided. The method includes determining a spot color formula, using a spot color editor, for providing a colorimetric match to a desired spot color in a print job, wherein the spot color is within a color space and the spot color formula includes colorant values for each color in the color space; printing a test image of the spot color with the determined spot color formula for analysis, wherein the color composition of the spot color test image is analyzed by a user to determine whether desired image quality is achieved; and determining an updated spot color formula for providing a colorimetric match to the desired spot color in the print job based on a received input, if the desired image quality is not achieved. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088729 | USING A PARETO FRONTIER TO FIND AN OPTIMAL COLOR SOLUTION FOR SPOT CALIBRATION - What is disclosed is a method for determining a color solution which achieves color objectives for a color marking device involves performing the following. In one embodiment, N objectives of interest are identified for a color marking device and a N-dimensional Pareto Front is constructed which comprises a collection of color solutions which accommodates those objectives. The Pareto Front is constructed using an optimization process based upon printer models of the objectives. Color solutions can be at least one color recipe, or a combination of color recipes and process actuators. A target point is selected in an N-dimensional objective space based upon at least one user-selected preference. The target point is then mapped to a point on the Pareto Front. The mapping identifies one of the color solutions which, in turn, is used to generate a spot color for the device. The generated spot color achieves the user-selected preference. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088730 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a memory, a read image receiver, a color converter, and a display. The memory stores, regarding a multicolor color sample including sample images for plural predetermined colors, the colors of the sample images included in the multicolor color sample and information about sample images included in a single-color color sample in association with each other, the single-color color sample being generated by a specific image forming apparatus. The read image receiver receives a read image, the read image being an image obtained by reading a printed image generated by printing, using a single color, an image of plural colors by the specific image forming apparatus. The color converter converts the single color of the read image into plural colors on the basis of an association stored in the memory. The display displays an image of the plural colors generated through conversion. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088731 | PROCESSING IMAGE DATA STRIPS - An apparatus and methods for processing image data in multi-row strips to generate print data for colorizers of a printer. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088732 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes first and second interpreters configured to interpret page description language data and generate intermediate data. The apparatus further includes a setting unit configured to set an image quality priority mode for one of the first and second interpreters and a color/monochrome determination priority mode for the other of the first and second interpreters. Either the first interpreter or the second interpreter, for which the color/monochrome determination priority mode is set, skips the generation of the intermediate data for a processing target page in a case where it is determined that the processing target page is a color page. | 04-11-2013 |
20130094034 | Digital Image Text Addition - A method and apparatus to determine a brightness of an area of a digital image upon which text is to be added, select a color of the text based upon the determined brightness, and add a semi-transparent mask layer about the text to be added. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094035 | MULTIPLE PATTERNING TECHNOLOGY METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ACHIEVING MINIMAL PATTERN MISMATCH - The present disclosure provides for many different embodiments of a multiple patterning technology method and system. An exemplary method includes receiving a pattern layout having a plurality of features; coloring each of the plurality of features one of at least two colors, thereby forming a colored pattern layout, wherein the coloring includes coloring match-sensitive features a same color; and fabricating at least two masks with the features of the colored pattern layout, wherein each mask includes features of a single color. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094036 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - The present invention provides an image forming apparatus that forms a test pattern for controlling the amount of color material, suppresses increase of the color material amount, and prevents image defects such as spattering, poor fixation due to granularity, or the like. To accomplish this, the image forming apparatus forms a test pattern on printing material using color material of a plurality of colors, reads the formed test pattern, and controls the color material amount of each color by changing an image forming condition in accordance with a result of the reading. Note that the image forming apparatus forms a mixed pattern image using color material of a plurality of chromatic colors, and controls the amount of color material of a single color based on the mixed pattern image. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094037 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE - An image processing device includes a storage unit capable of storing various kinds of images, a first drawing unit to write a source image after subjected to an image processing in the storage unit, a second drawing unit to generate an image and write the generated image in the storage unit, and an analyzing unit to analyze a page drawing command, so that the analyzing unit controls the first drawing unit in accordance with a first drawing command, if the analyzed command is the first drawing command to instruct the first drawing unit to write the image, and the analyzing unit controls the second drawing unit in accordance with a second drawing command, if the analyzed command is the second drawing command to instruct the second drawing unit to write the image. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094038 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE RECOMMENDATION METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing system includes a first determination unit configured to determine a relationship between a user and another person established through utilization of a predetermined service, a second determination unit configured to determine a relationship between a first image, which is of the user and has been subjected to image correction processing, and a second image, which is of the another person, and a recommendation unit configured to, based on a determination result of the first determination unit and a determination result of the second determination unit, recommend image correction processing performed on the second image to the user. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094039 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming unit configured to from a measurement image on a recording paper by a color material, a fixing unit configured to fix the measurement image onto the recording paper by heating, a measurement unit configured to measure the measurement image fixed onto the recording paper downstream of the fixing unit in a conveyance direction of the recording paper, and a control unit configured to perform control such that a period of time from when the recording paper passes through the fixing unit until the measurement unit measures color of the measurement image is longer than a period of time from when the recording paper passes through the fixing unit until the measurement unit measures density of the measurement image. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094040 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - To suppress an effect caused by a thermochromism phenomenon in which the color of an image whose color is to be measured changes depending on temperature and to accurately detect the color of the image whose color is to be measured. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094041 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming unit configured to form a measurement image on a recording paper by using a color material, a fixing unit configured to fix a plurality of measurement images onto the recording paper by heating the measurement images, a measurement unit configured to measure the measurement images fixed onto the recording paper downstream of the fixing unit in a conveyance direction of the recording paper, a cooling unit configured to cool the recording paper heated by the fixing unit, and a control unit configured to perform control such that a cooling capacity of the cooling unit in a case where the measurement unit measures color of the measurement images is higher than a cooling capacity of the cooling unit in a case where the measurement unit measures density of the measurement images. | 04-18-2013 |
20130100464 | Method and Apparatus for a Print Driver to Control Document and Workflow Transfer - A method and apparatus for a print driver to control document and workflow transfer are described. In one embodiment, the method comprises receiving a request to print an electronic document. The method may also comprise capturing workflow configuration data with a workflow print driver. In one embodiment, the method further comprises deploying the electronic document into a workflow based on the workflow configuration data. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100465 | INK REDUCTION METHOD - A method for forming a color transform for a color printing device having a plurality of colorant channels that includes applying a tone scale adjustment function and a total colorant load limit. An optimization process is used to optimize a merit function including a tone scale reproduction accuracy term and a gamut shape term. The method involves determining an initial merit function value responsive to an initial total colorant load limit and an initial set of tone scale adjustment parameters for a tone scale adjustment function. Modified tone scale adjustment parameters and a modified total colorant load limit are determined that provide an improved merit function value subject to a constraint that an average total colorant load is no more than a predefined threshold for a predefined distribution of input colors. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100466 | METHOD OF INK REDUCTION - A method for forming a color transform for a color printing device having a plurality of colorant channels that includes applying a colorant control value transformation function characterized by a set of transformation function parameters. An optimization process is used to optimize a merit function including a gamut shape term. The method involves determining an initial merit function value responsive to an initial gamut shape determined using the initial set of transformation function parameters. Modified transformation function parameters are determined that produce a modified gamut shape and provide an improved merit function value. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100467 | IMAGE FORMATION DEVICE - An image formation device includes a printing portion containing a detachable fixer, a fixer identification portion which identifies a type of fixer mounted on the image formation device, a sensor which reads an image printed on a paper by the printing portion, a gamma correction data generating portion which generates gamma correction data by reading a gamma correction chart printed on a paper by the printing portion and stores the generated gamma correction data in a memory medium such that the gamma correction data is associated with a type of the fixer and a type of the paper that are used for printing the gamma correction chart, and printer gamma correction portion which performs printer gamma correction on an image data to be printed based on the gamma correction data stored in the memory medium corresponding to the paper type and the fixer type used for printing. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100468 | COLOR ADJUSTMENT METHOD, COLOR ADJUSTMENT APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING COLOR ADJUSTMENT PROGRAM - Disclosed is a color adjustment method including color converting to obtain output CMYK values corresponding to an object indicated by input image data from the input image data by using a color conversion table for converting the input image data to the output CMYK values which is created on the basis of an output device profile. The color adjustment method further includes color adjusting to obtain adjusted CMYK values from the output CMYK values by using a color adjustment table for converting the output CMYK values to the adjusted CMYK values, the color adjustment table is created on the basis of a third conversion table for converting the color value indicating the coordinate in the device-independent color space to the adjusted CMYK values and the first conversion table. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100469 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM FOR THE SAME - When an image processing apparatus transmits image data input thereto to an external apparatus via a network, and image processing is performed on the image data in the external apparatus, the image processing apparatus selects and transmits a component signal of the image data required according to the type of the image processing to be applied. The image processing apparatus receives the component signal processed with the image processing in the external apparatus, and synthesizes the received signals with the component signal stored in the apparatus. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100470 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS THAT IS CAPABLE OF TWO-COLOR PRINTING, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING CONTROL PROGRAM THEREFOR - An image processing apparatus that is capable of reducing the printing time when printing data saved and is capable of two-color printing. A raster conversion unit generates raster image data by developing image information that shows an image expressed in arbitrary colors. A storage unit stores the raster image data converted by the raster conversion unit and a color mode that is specified from among “full color”, “single color”, and “two-color” when the raster image data is printed. A color conversion unit generates output image data by processing the raster image data according to the selected color mode. A control unit makes a printer unit print the output image data that is generated by processing the raster image data stored in the storage unit by the color conversion unit when being instructed to print the image. | 04-25-2013 |
20130107289 | RASTERIZATION OF PRINTING DATA | 05-02-2013 |
20130107290 | PRINTER CALIBRATION USING A SCANNER | 05-02-2013 |
20130107291 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING THE COLOR ACCURACY OF DIGITAL PRINTING DEVICES AND ADAPTATION TO A PREVIOUSLY DEFINED STATE | 05-02-2013 |
20130107292 | DYNAMIC IMAGE GAMUT COMPRESSION | 05-02-2013 |
20130107293 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PERSONALIZED DIGITAL PRINTING | 05-02-2013 |
20130107294 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS | 05-02-2013 |
20130107295 | PRINT CONTROL TERMINAL DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD | 05-02-2013 |
20130107296 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS | 05-02-2013 |
20130107297 | OPERATING DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS | 05-02-2013 |
20130107298 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS | 05-02-2013 |
20130114092 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMAGING DEVICE CHARACTERIZATION INCLUDING LOOK-UP TABLE CONSTRUCTION VIA TENSOR DECOMPOSITION - A method and apparatus for characterizing the performance of a printing device comprising printing a target set of patches with the device and measuring the printing device response with the printed target set; compiling a LUT from the printed target set and measured response; and representing the LUT as a tensor. According to one exemplary embodiment, tensor decomposition/parallel factor analysis is employed for compacting the tensor representation of the LUT. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114093 | METHOD TO ENHANCE DETAILED INFORMATION - A method for enhancing detail information in rasterized, continuous tone images includes a function that enlarges the contrast of a pixel in a neighborhood of pixels when in that neighborhood one of the pixels has a value that is close to a white color. This is determined by selecting the whitest pixel in the neighborhood. The function shows a gradual transition between the situations in which the whitest pixel is close to the white color and in which the whitest pixel is far from the white color. The method results in a better rendering of fine print when the image is sent to a printing system that reproduces the image on receiving material. For small characters, the legibility is improved by application of this method. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114094 | CONVERSION TABLE COMPRESSION METHOD AND PROGRAM - This invention relates to a conversion table compression method of compressing a conversion table and storing the conversion table in a storage medium, including an axial difference creating step of creating an axial difference table by calculating, from data stored in the conversion table, the difference values between grid points adjacent in predetermined directions along a plurality of axes which define the input space of the conversion table, a compressing step of compressing the axial difference table to create compressed data, and a storing step of storing the compressed data in a recording medium. | 05-09-2013 |
20130120770 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR CREATING STRUCTURAL DOCUMENTS HAVING BACKGROUND CONTENT - A method of generating a structural document may include causing, by a cloud system, a graphical representation of a structural document associated with a structural document kit to be displayed on a user computing device. The cloud system may be located remotely from the user computing device. The graphical representation may include a background content item and a customizable area. The method may include receiving a selection of a content item, determining a position of the selected content item within the customizable area, and transmitting the selected content item to the user computing device. The user computing device may be configured to transmit the selected content item to a print device. The print device may be configured to print the selected content item on a label of the structural document kit. The label may be configured to be affixed to the structural document. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120771 | Image Processing For Images With Aroma Information - A method and apparatus for receiving a digital image file, reading the digital image file to obtain information identifying a scent and printing the digital image on a receiver medium including automatically applying the scent on the receiver medium. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120772 | DETECTION APPARATUS AND METHOD, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A detection apparatus includes the following elements. A first measuring unit measures, from a binary image, density levels of first and second regions which are alternately arranged in a first direction in the binary image, the binary image being disposed on a second surface of a holding member which includes a first surface and the second surface. A storage unit stores therein information indicating an association between a distance from the first measuring unit to the second surface and a contrast between the adjacent first and second regions. A calculator calculates a contrast between the adjacent first and second regions. A detector specifies a distance corresponding to the calculated contrast by using the stored information, and detects a deflection of the holding member in the first direction by using the specified distance as the distance from the second surface to the adjacent first and second regions. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120773 | Terminal Device Having Correction Function For Natural Color And Method Thereof - A terminal device having a correction function for natural color and a method thereof are provided for creating an image closest in color to the natural color. A priority storing unit stores at a reference color data area a range of natural colors which are colors of objects existing in the natural world. A color editing unit corrects natural color image data corresponding to the natural color area, based on a command for correcting the natural area existing in a predetermined image from the user. A controlling unit decides whether the natural color image data corrected by the color editing unit is included in the reference color data area. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120774 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes a storage unit and a control unit. The control unit analyzes and rasterizes print data; generates raster data represented by a first color value in a first color space, color space information indicating the first color space, and specific color information indicating that the first color value is a specific color value; stores the raster data in association with the color space information and the specific color information; determines whether the specific color information exists; converts the first color value into a second color value in a second color space of an output device if the specific color information does not exist; replaces the specific color value with a predetermined color value in the second color space if the specific color information exists; and generates image data to be outputted by the output device. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120775 | COLOR MONITORING METHOD FOR PRINTING PRESSES - A method of signaling or indicating a coloration condition upon a change of an operating condition in a printing press having a control unit, includes the steps of specifying a target ink density for a print job, storing the specified target ink density in the control unit, calculating an actual ink density using the control unit based on an actual operating condition of the printing press, comparing the actual ink density to the target ink density in the control unit, and emitting a first signal using the control unit when the actual ink density is within a range of tolerance about the target ink density stored in the control unit. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120776 | PRINT ENGINE FOR PRINTING A PRINT JOB USING APPROPRIATE CALIBRATION DATA - A print engine for producing printed output according to image data in a print job includes in its user interface an activation element for printing a part of the image data in a selected print job using currently applicable calibration data. After inspection of the printed output the selected print job may be finished without further calibration or it may be finished after a calibration is performed. This calibration of the intensity of the process colours is performed for a job control value that occurs within the selected print job. Therefore the effect of the calibration is directly visible to the user of the print engine. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120777 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO GENERATE A PREVIEW IMAGE - A method and apparatus to generate a preview image. The method of generating the preview image includes classifying data input from an application program by data types, performing a color matching operation that converts a first color signal of the input data into a second color signal used in a printing device according to one or more rendering intents set for the classified data types, and generating the preview image of the input data for which the color matching operation is completed. The preview image is generated based on the color-matched data for the different classified data types. Thus, the preview image appears to be substantially the same image as a document that is printed by an image forming device. | 05-16-2013 |
20130128288 | BIT SELECTION FROM PRINT IMAGE IN MEMORY OF HANDHELD IMAGE TRANSLATION DEVICE - Systems, apparatuses, and methods for selecting bits from a defined print image in memory of a handheld imaging translation device are described herein. The bits may be selected by determining a location of a print nozzle, mapping the location to a memory location, and selecting a bit from the memory location. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128289 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TUNING DEVICE LINK PROFILES FOR COLOR PRINTING - A system and method according to which device link profiles (DLPs) for color printing are tuned or otherwise adjusted. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128290 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND ITS METHOD - An unnatural color change which occurs when combining trapping and spatial filter processing is suppressed. When image data is input, it is determined whether to perform trapping at the position of the pixel of interest of the input image data, and trapping is performed for the input image data. In addition, spatial filter processing is performed for the pixel of interest of the input data, an output of the trapping and that of the filter processing are weighted, and image data to be output is calculated. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128291 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus may include a conversion unit, a determination unit, and a calculation unit to convert image data into color material data indicating a chromatic color material amount and an achromatic color material amount. The conversion unit converts image data of a pixel of interest into chromatic color material color material data. The determination unit determines achromatic color material color material data on the pixel of interest based on coloring information corresponding to the converted color material data of the chromatic color material and coloring information that occurs at surrounding pixels that surround the interest pixel. The calculation unit calculates coloring information that occurs at the interest pixel based on coloring information corresponding to a combination of the converted color material data of the chromatic color material and the determined color material data of the achromatic color material and the coloring information that occurs at the surrounding pixels. | 05-23-2013 |
20130135631 | PRINTER, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MONITORING PRINT QUALITY - A printer, a system and a method for monitoring print quality are provided. In this method, during a printout process of a document, the document is scanned at the same time, and scan information is obtained after the printout process is completed. Original information relating to the document is compared against the scan information to determine whether a data loss occurs. An abnormal print message is displayed to warn the user when there is a data loss or the data loss is occurred; otherwise, a normal print message is displayed. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135632 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROLLING METHOD OF IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A plurality of preview images in case of color printing performed to an area selected by a user and monochrome printing performed to an area not selected by the user are generated based on a plurality of parameters, and then the generated preview images are displayed. Further, preview images in case of color printing performed to a specific area and monochrome printing performed to another area are generated respectively to a plurality of patterns, and then the generated preview images are displayed. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135633 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROLLING METHOD OF IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - The present invention aims to eliminate a ground color of an original from image data generated by a reading unit. To achieve this, a user sets elimination levels of a plurality of color components for each of the plurality of color components while confirming the image data. Then, a process of eliminating the ground color of the original from the image data is performed based on a setting by the user. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135634 | Printing Apparatus to Control Images to be Laid Out Side by Side - A printing apparatus wherein first image data corresponding to a first document is generated, second partial data corresponding to a partial range of a second document is generated in a state in which the first image data is stored in a storage portion, joint data in which first partial data and the second partial data are joined is generated, the first partial data being included in the first image data and corresponding to a partial range of the first document which is laid out side by side with respect to the partial range of the second document based on the second partial data in a state in which a first image based on the first image data and a second image based on second image data are laid out side by side in a scanning direction of a head, and an image based on the joint data is printed. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135635 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a first image output device and a second image output device outputting first and second output data from the original image data, a color component mapping device generating color component mapping data containing correspondences between a first or second output image data obtained by capturing the output data with an input device and the original image data, a color tone conversion parameter fixing device generating color tone conversion parameters from pixels in the first output image data and in the original image data, the pixel in the original image data when output as the second output image data having a pixel value equal to the value of the pixel in the first output image data, and a color tone conversion device using the conversion parameters. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135636 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND MEASUREMENT APPARATUS - During a drying period for a sheet on which a color image for colorimetric measurement has been printed, or during a colorimetric measurement period, printing of a normal image for a different sheet can be concurrently performed. A printing apparatus includes: a printing unit, for printing an image on a sheet that is conveyed along a first path; a second path, to which the sheet can be moved from the first path, and along which the sheet printed by the printing unit is retained; and a colorimetric measurement unit, for performing colorimetric measurement of the color image printed on the sheet. While the sheet received in the second path is held before colorimetric measurement is performed, or while colorimetric measurement is performed by the colorimetric measurement unit, the first path can be employed to permit the printing unit to print an image on a different sheet. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135637 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME, IMAGE READING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes: a line noise detection section for detecting line noise pixels included in input image data; a segmentation process section for determining a pixel in a text region; and a line noise removal process section for (i) determining a replacement-target line noise pixel by excepting, from the line noise pixels, the pixel in the text region and a pixel within a first distance from the pixel in the text region and (ii) replacing the replacement-target line noise pixel with another pixel other than the line noise pixels, which another pixel is included in the input image data. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135638 | PRINTING SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD FOR PRINTING SYSTEM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A system in which when a setting of a certain sheet storing unit of a group of sheet storing units is changed, and the changed setting of the certain sheet storing unit is different from settings of other sheet storing units within the same group as the certain sheet storing unit, a user is notified accordingly, or the changed setting is set to the other sheet storing units. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135639 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE DETERMINING MOSQUITO NOISE - In an image processing device, the processor performs: (a) setting, as target pixel data, each set of pixel data; (b) selecting, from among the plurality of sets of pixel data, a plurality of first sets of pixel data corresponding to a plurality of first pixels positioned within a prescribed range of the image; (c) determining whether the plurality of first sets of pixel data represents a white background; (d) determining whether a variation in color difference components among the plurality of first sets of pixel data satisfies a prescribed condition; and (e) determining that target pixel data includes mosquito noise when the plurality of first sets of pixel data represents the white background and when the variation in the color difference component among the plurality of first sets of pixel data satisfies the prescribed condition. The prescribed range includes a pixel corresponding to the target pixel data. | 05-30-2013 |
20130141740 | COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COLOR PROCESSING METHOD - The profile of a reference color space is acquired, and the acquired profile is converted into the profile of a uniform color appearance space which is a color space different from the reference color space. An evaluation value of color in the profile of the uniform color appearance space is calculated, and the profile of the uniform color appearance space is corrected based on the calculated evaluation value. The corrected profile is inversely converted into the profile of the reference color space. | 06-06-2013 |
20130141741 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a photosensitive drum, a developing device, a primary transfer part, a droplet ejecting unit and a controller. On the photosensitive drum, an electrostatic latent image is formed. The developing device forms a toner image by causing a developing agent to adhere to the electrostatic latent image. The primary transfer part transfers the toner image onto an intermediate transfer belt. The droplet ejecting unit ejects droplets onto the toner image on the photosensitive drum after forming the toner image on the photosensitive drum and before transferring the toner image to the transfer member. The controller controls an ejection area of the droplet ejecting unit in accordance with image information of the toner image. | 06-06-2013 |
20130148136 | RENDERING DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, RENDERING DATA PROCESSING METHOD, PRINT APPARATUS, PRINT METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A rendering data processing apparatus comprises: a determination unit configured to determine objects of a bitmap pattern in rendering data; a specification unit configured to specify an object, for which a bitmap rendering command can be replaced with a graphic rendering command, among the determined objects of the bitmap pattern; a replacement unit configured to replace the bitmap rendering command for the object specified by the specification unit with the graphic rendering command; and a combination unit configured, in a case where a plurality of patterns designated by a plurality of graphic rendering commands replaced by the replacement unit are arranged adjacent to each other and rendered, to combine the plurality of graphic rendering commands corresponding to the plurality of patterns with each other. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148137 | SERVER DEVICE, ASSOCIATION PROCESS FLOW DETERMINING METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM - A server device includes an external device information managing unit which manages external device information regarding plural external devices, and an association process flow determining unit which determines an association process flow that defines how plural processes in image processing are performed on image data by the external devices, based on the external device information. The association process flow determining unit is configured to determine plural association process flows for the image processing, and the determined association process flows include first and second association process flows such that first external devices defined in the first association process flow differ from second external devices defined in the second association process flow. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148138 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND GRADATION CORRECTION METHOD FOR THE SAME - An image forming apparatus and a gradation correction method for the same are provided. An image forming apparatus includes an image forming section that forms a plurality of patch bands in a plurality of positions in a main scanning direction on an image bearing member, each of the plurality of patch bands having a plurality of gradation patches disposed in a sub-scanning direction; a density detection section that detects densities of the plurality of patch bands; and a control section that performs gradation correction based on detection results from the density detection section. The plurality of patch bands differs from each other. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148139 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - JPEG data to be printed is Huffman-decoded on a block-by-block basis and is stored in a Huffman decoded data storage unit as Huffman decoded data, image data is generated by performing a later-stage decoding process (group decoding, run-length decoding, inverse quantization, inverse DCT) on the Huffman decoded data, a display process for displaying an image in a display unit based on the generated image data is executed, and the JPEG data is reconstructed by inserting RST markers at intervals equivalent to every stripe width while encoding the Huffman decoded data produced during the display process and stored in a reconstructed JPEG data storage unit. Then, when rotated printing is instructed, rotation/decoding that performs rotation while decoding the stored reconstructed JPEG data using the RST markers is carried out, print data is created from the image data obtained by the rotation/decoding, and a printing process is executed. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148140 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR INKJET PRINTING - A method of printing a document on a printing device which includes providing an output profile in a color space of the printing device, the printing device utilizing multiple device colorants; transforming a color space of the document to the color space of the printing device if the color space of the document is not the same as the color space of the printing device; and applying a colorant limiting transform to the color space of the document. The colorant limiting transform limits each device colorant based on a combined usage of the device colorants in the output profile. The method also includes printing the document on the printing device using the transformed profile. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148141 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a determination unit and a trap unit. The determination unit is configured to determine for each of a plurality of color plates whether trapping processing is performed at a position of a target pixel of an image divided to the plurality of color plates. The trap unit is configured to perform the trapping processing at the position of the target pixel for each of the plurality of color plates based on a determination result of the determination unit. In a case where the determination unit determines that the trapping processing is performed on a predetermined color plate, the trap unit does not perform the trapping processing at the position of the target pixel for the color plate on which the trapping processing is performed according to the determination by the determination unit. | 06-13-2013 |
20130155425 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER - According to one embodiment, an image forming apparatus includes a display section, an input section, a control section, and an image forming section. The display section displays a printing target image as a preview. The input section receives designation of an area from a user on a preview image displayed by the display section. The control section distinguishes a region of the printing target image such that a part of a region in the designated area is one of color and monochrome and the other part of the region is the other of the color and the monochrome. The image forming section forms the printing target image on a sheet according to the distinction of the color and the monochrome by the control section. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155426 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD THEREFOR, AND PROGRAM - A image processing apparatus of the present invention comprises an image generation unit configured to generate image data of one page, a printing unit configured to mount color material on an intermediate transfer member to perform printing, and an obtaining unit configured to obtain a time (a time between print pages) showing a time interval between printing one page and printing next one page by the printing unit, and the printing unit outputs patches for adjusting density to be reproduced in the printing, to the intermediate transfer member in the time between print pages. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155427 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes an obtaining unit configured to obtain a gamma correction table used for image formation on non-reference paper using a correlation between a characteristic of reference paper and a characteristic of the non-reference paper and a gamma correction table obtained through calibration using the reference paper, a first reading unit configured to form a pattern on plain paper and read the formed pattern, a second reading unit configured to form a pattern on an image bearing member and read the formed pattern, a comparison unit configured to compare a value read by the first reading unit with a value ready by the second reading unit, and a correction unit configured to correct the characteristic indicating the correlation used for obtaining the gamma correction table for the non-reference paper by the obtaining unit when a difference of values compared by the comparison unit exceeds a first threshold. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155428 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a forming unit configured to form, on a sheet, a pattern from which at least two lines each connecting two points located at positions parallel to a conveyance direction of the sheet are detectable, a detection unit configured to detect, from the pattern formed by the forming unit, at least two lengths of lines each connecting two points located at positions parallel to the conveyance direction, and an acquisition unit configured to acquire a correction value used when correction is performed so that there is no difference between the lengths of a plurality of lines detected by the detection unit. The forming unit forms an image obtained by correcting a corrected image to be output using the correction value acquired by the acquisition unit. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155429 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORING CONTROL PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus of the present invention determines whether or not electronic information on a displayed image on a portable display terminal set on a platen can be received from outside of the image forming apparatus, and generating converted data for printing by receiving said electronic information and converting it into a printable format when it is determined that the electronic information can be received (S | 06-20-2013 |
20130155430 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR MEASURING LINE WIDTH OF LINES - A line width is derived based on the number of black pixels counted in an area set so that in a case where a first line width is finer than a second line width, the area for the lines having a first line width is set larger than for the lines having a second line width. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155431 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus to effectively reduce power consumption of an image forming apparatus in a sleep mode by reducing current consumed in an operating panel microcomputer by operating parts by constituting the parts so that a power voltage is continually supplied to the parts to indicate that the image forming apparatus is in a power-on state while stopping the operation of the operating panel microcomputer of an operating panel part in a sleep mode. | 06-20-2013 |
20130163011 | COLOR CONVERSION TABLE CREATING DEVICE, COLOR CONVERSION TABLE CREATING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - Disclosed are a device, a method, and a storage medium to create a color conversion table. According to one implementation, a color conversion table creating device includes, a color material amount limiting processing section; a first color conversion processing section; a second color conversion processing section; a combining section; a color material amount limiting inverse conversion processing section; and an output value determining section. The color material amount limiting processing section performs color material amount limiting of an input value in the color conversion table. The color material limiting inverse conversion processing section performs inverse conversion of the color material amount limiting after color conversion and combining the CMYK components. The output value determining section sets the inverted CMYK color components as an output value in the color conversion table. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163012 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE OUTPUT SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING CONTROL METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE INFORMATION RECORDING MEDIUM - Color gamuts of output images based on image output methods of plural image output apparatuses and output media are stored. Plural sets of color reference data for associating a color gamut of the image output request apparatus with color gamuts of output images of the image output apparatuses are stored. It is determined whether an output of image data from the image output request apparatus by one of the image output apparatuses is possible. When it is not possible, another one of the image output apparatuses is determined. A preview image and image data for outputting are generated corresponding to the determined one of the image output apparatuses based on the image data, the profile information of the determined one of the image output apparatuses and the color reference data. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163013 | USER DEFINED ASSOCIATIONS OF COLORS TO CARTRIDGES FOR COLOR PRINTERS - Inputs of scaled percentages of a single color of ink are received, each of the scaled percentages being associated with a color of multiple colors in a file, the color being different than the single color of ink and being associated with a separate cartridge position from among multiple cartridge positions of a printer. An input of the single color of ink is received, the single color of ink being one of the file colors. The file colors other than the single color of ink for the printer to print in the single color of ink scaled according to each of the scaled percentages. | 06-27-2013 |
20130169981 | INPUT DISPLAY APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An input display apparatus can communicate with a printing apparatus, and includes a display unit, a touch detection unit, and an orientation detection unit. The input display apparatus determines which screen components is touched by the operator touches, determines a type of an operation from the touch by the operator, and determines based on the orientation of the input display apparatus whether or not the input display apparatus has been rotated on a plane including a display screen. When the operation is a long press operation, and the input display apparatus has been rotated, the touched screen component determined to be touched is rotated and displayed in a direction opposite to a rotation direction of the input display apparatus. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169982 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image data processing unit that converts combined data, in which image data to be used for adjusting image quality is inserted between pieces of print image data, into image forming data, and outputs the converted data; an image forming data counting unit that counts image forming pixels for each divided region obtained by dividing the image forming data in a sub-scanning direction; a storage unit that stores therein image forming data information relating to the image data to be used for adjusting image quality; and a control data generating unit that generates a control parameter for controlling image forming units based on count values of the image forming pixels. The control data generating unit generates the control parameters based on the image forming data information for a period in which the image data to be used for adjusting image quality is output. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169983 | Method and Apparatus for Rasterizing Transparent Page - A method for rasterizing a transparent page comprises interpreting the transparent page to obtain graphic entities, transparency properties of the graphic entities, and profile information of the graphic entities; dividing the transparent page into a transparent area and a nontransparent area according to the transparency properties of the graphic entities; identifying, from the graphic entities, an overlapping graphic entity having an overlapping portion with the transparent area according to the profile information of the graphic entities; and dividing the transparent area into a de-transparentizing area and an ultimate transparent area by using the overlapping graphic entity. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169984 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus prints an image using a plurality of color materials and a colorless material. A memory stores information indicating a plurality of dot placements which include different dot placements of the colorless material, and correspond to an amount of the colorless material. Color material amount data indicating amounts of the plurality of color materials and the amount of the colorless material is input for each pixel. A dot placement of the colorless material is determined from the plurality of dot placements based on the amount of the colorless material indicated by the input color material amount data, so that coloring of specular reflection light on each pixel becomes closer to an achromatic color. | 07-04-2013 |
20130176578 | Mask Generation Mechanism - A method is disclosed. The method includes generating a seed pattern which ensures one dot per column, computing an auto correlation function and performing pixel error processing. Pixel error processing includes performing multiple operations during each iteration to create visually pleasing halftone mask patterns which follow a one dot per column constraint. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176579 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING GRADATION CORRECTION IN AN IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND PROGRAM - If the temperature of a fixing unit is not stable when automatic gradation correction is performed, an error occurs in gradation correction when a chart for gradation measurement is output. An image forming apparatus of the present invention is characterized by including a unit configured to transfer a toner image based on image data onto a sheet, to pass the sheet through a fixing unit, and to output a first chart, a unit configured to create a conversion table for gradation correction using a value obtained by reading the output first chart, and a stabilization processing unit configured to stabilize the fixing unit by outputting a second chart before outputting the first chart when creation of the conversion table for gradation correction is instructed, wherein the stabilization processing unit outputs the second chart in a number of sheets specified in advance by a user. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176580 | OUTPUT PROFILE FOR COLOUR REPRODUCTION SYSTEM - A method for characterizing a colour rendering reprographic apparatus for making an output colour profile comprises the steps of measuring a set of colour values, indicative of output of the colour rendering reprographic apparatus on a predetermined medium and processing these measurement data to profile data that are applicable for creating an output colour profile according to the standards of the International Colour Consortium. The processing step comprises a correction of a measured colour value with a medium compensation value that depends on the medium gray colour value at the same lightness as the measured colour value. The medium gray colour value is a value that results from the application of black colorant on the predetermined medium. The medium compensation value reduces to zero at the lightness of the predetermined medium. The effect of this processing step is that a profile is generated that gives prints that are both free of background colorant and have natural colour rendering. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176581 | METHOD FOR ADJUSTING THE AMOUNT OF MARKING MATERIAL IN A PRINTED IMAGE - A method for reducing an amount of marking material for printing a binary image on a receiving material uses a printing process configured to apply print pixels and to associate each image pixel with at least two print pixels. A print signal is generated indicating for each print pixel whether marking material is to be applied. The print signal is filtered by a predefined mask that defines for which print pixels no marking material will be applied independent of the pixel value of the associated image pixel. The print pixels that are blocked by the mask define a regular pattern to avoid graininess in the printed image. The main effect on print quality is a reduction of the contrast in the image. By choosing one of a set of at least two masks, the user selects the amount of reduction that is realized in the print process. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176582 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - This invention provides a sample print which allows the user to easily set color adjustment parameters. To this end, upon outputting images which undergo color processing using a plurality of different parameter sets, a sample print mode of parallelly outputting a reference image and images which have different parameter sets of the image processing from the reference image, and are arranged around the reference image, and a sample print mode of parallelly outputting the reference image which is arranged at a corner of an image group including images in a specific hue direction, and images which have different parameter sets of the color processing from the reference image and are arranged between the corner and other corners, are prepared. | 07-11-2013 |
20130182266 | GENERATING AN IMAGE PROFILE LUT FOR A N-COLOR MARKING DEVICE VIA MULTI-OBJECTIVE COST MINIMIZATION - What is disclosed is a method for profile LUT construction which uses a cost function to provide improvements to one or more image quality attributes present in printed images while imposing constraints in terms of color accuracy and spectral response to achieve a color match under various illuminants. Image quality attributes are selected. A reference profile is selected. For each node, candidate recipes are found which reproduce L*a*b* colors within a threshold e | 07-18-2013 |
20130182267 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PRINTING RECYCLED INK WITH PROCESS BLACK NEUTRALIZATION - A method for recycling ink in an inkjet printer includes combining purged inks having two or more colors with black ink to form a mixed ink. The printer identifies an optical characteristic of the mixed ink and compares it to the optical characteristic for black ink. A controller for the printer adjusts the operation of the printer to form ink images having an optical characteristic that is closer to black ink than ink images formed with the mixed ink alone. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182268 | IMAGE DATA CREATION APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM - An image processing apparatus includes: an image data acquisition section configured to acquire image data corresponding to a black-and-white image which allows a feature thereof correlated with a color to be represented by a density level of one single color; a color determination section configured to determine a corresponding color which corresponds to the feature included in the black-and-white image; and a color image data creation section configured to create the color image data corresponding to a color image which allows an image area thereof indicating the feature to be represented in the corresponding color. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182269 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - An image forming apparatus includes a density conversion unit converting the density of one or more image data from among plural image data to be combined having different tones so as to correspond to the tone to be combined; a combine unit combining the plural image data by using the image data whose density is converted by the density conversion unit; and an image forming unit forming an image by using the image data combined by the combine unit. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182270 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A user is unable to confirm whether a sheet for color printing and a sheet for monochromatic printing may be mixed before executing a job. | 07-18-2013 |
20130188203 | NETWORK SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROLLING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING A PROGRAM - The storage unit stores first ability information indicating an image processing ability of each of the plurality of image reading apparatuses and second ability information indicating an image processing ability of the image processing apparatus. The accepted job is instructed to execute by any one of the plurality of image reading apparatuses and specifies at least image processing. The selecting is performed on either an image reading apparatus instructing to execute the job or the image processing apparatus based on the first ability information and the second ability information. When the image reading apparatus is selected, the image reading apparatus is controlled to execute the image processing specified in the job. When the image processing apparatus is selected, the image processing apparatus is controlled to execute the image processing specified in the job on data read by the image reading apparatus. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188204 | METHOD FOR PRINTING AN IMAGE WITH LOW INK USAGE - A method for printing an image with colour pixels is disclosed. This method optimizes the print quality for a selected level of ink usage by maximizing a dot-off-dot strategy and separating between direct binary search dot patterns for a number of selected colorants in a printer comprising black colorant. Ink usage is controlled by determining the fraction of coinciding printer colorants that may be substituted by black colorant. The perceived error between the image pixels and the image dot pattern is minimized according to a human visual system model that excludes non-homogeneous patterns that affect the quality of the halftone textures. Dots for other colorants are processed independently and added to the obtained halftone dot pattern for the selected colorants. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188205 | PRINTING DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - In a printer controller, an obtaining unit automatically obtains the configuration of each station. Based on the obtaining result of the obtaining unit, a table creating unit creates a table of setting information for each data control unit as well as creates a table of setting information for an image output control unit; and sends the table of the setting information for the data control unit to the data control units and sends the table of the settings information for the image output control unit to the image output control unit. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188206 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING PRINTING APPARATUS - A printing apparatus includes one or more print execution units each including a plurality of storage units configured to receive and storage pieces of image data transferred from a higher level apparatus via a first transfer path, respectively, a plurality of image forming units configured to form an image on a print medium in accordance with the pieces of image data stored in the storage units, and a selection unit configured to select a path for transferring a piece of image data stored in the storage units for each of the image forming units; and a print control unit configured to control the print execution units to print the image data in accordance with control information transferred from the higher level apparatus via a second transfer path. The selection unit selects the path in accordance with configuration information indicating configuration of all of the one or more print execution units. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188207 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, PRINTING DEVICE, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing device that changes the output format of the generated printout can dynamically change the output format of the printout using print data from an existing system. An image processing device that executes a process to change the output format of a printout has an output format selector that selects a template determining the format of the printout based on information contained in the print data for the printout, and a print data generator that changes the print data according to the selected template. | 07-25-2013 |
20130194594 | PRINTING DEVICE AND METHOD OF PRODUCING PRINTING MATERIAL - A basic color to be printed in achromatic colors (a layer superimposed with another layer) is changed in response to the brightness of a pixel indicated by the original image data. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194595 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORING INSTRUCTION FOR SETTING NUMBER OF PAGES TO FIT TO SINGLE SHEET - An information processing apparatus may include a controller. The controller may be configured to receive a desired number of pages to fit to a single sheet and determine whether the received desired number of pages is equal to or greater than a predetermined reference number of pages. The controller may be further configured to set a number of pages to fit to a single sheet to the received desired number of pages if the received desired number of pages is equal to or greater than the predetermined reference number of pages and display an error screen if the received desired number of pages is smaller than the predetermined reference number of pages. | 08-01-2013 |
20130201494 | CONFIGURATION OF PRINT DATA FOR PRINT JOBS BASED ON DOCUMENT-PROCESSING CAPABILITIES OF PRINTERS - The disclosed embodiments provide a system that facilitates the execution of a print job. During operation, the system obtains a set of document-processing capabilities from a printer associated with the print job and obtains print data for the print job. Next, the system selects a set of document attributes for the print job based on the document-processing capabilities and the print data, wherein the set of document attributes comprises a document format and a document size. Finally, the system configures the print data to conform to the document attributes to enable processing of the print job by the printer. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201495 | METHODS FOR IMPROVING COLOR DIFFERENTIATION BY DOT PLACEMENT MANIPULATION AND COLOR HUE ADJUSTMENT - A method that includes receiving an original image containing color pels; analyzing a placement of the color pels; and altering the placement of the color pels by applying at least one pattern on the color pels and creating a new image. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201496 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR AUTOMATIC COLOR DEFICIENT VISION CORRECTION OF AN IMAGE - A method that includes receiving an image, automatically determining at least one region of interest in the image based on at least one color deficiency type from a plurality of color deficiency types, modifying the image by correcting the at least one region of interest and producing an output of the modified image. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201497 | DENSITY DETECTION APPARATUS AND METHOD AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A density detection apparatus includes the following elements. An image forming unit forms density detection images having different area ratios. A measuring unit measures an amount of reflected light. A storage unit stores reference values and also stores a representative value thereof. A determining unit determines a threshold for the area ratios of the density detection images on the basis of a variation among the reference values. A density obtaining unit obtains, for a density detection image having an area ratio which exceeds the threshold, a density level by using the amount of light reflected by the density detection image and the representative value, and obtains, for a density detection image having an area ratio which is equal to or smaller than the threshold, a density level by using the amount of light reflected by the density detection image, the associated reference value, and the representative value. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201498 | Methods for Improving Color Differentiation by Dot Placement Manipulation and Color Hue Adjustment - A method of improving color differentiation includes receiving an original image containing color pels of a plurality of colors, detecting at least one region of interest in the original image, and modifying the an original image to improve a contrast between a color pel of a first color and a color pel of a second color. The contrast may be improved by removing and/or adding a color pel of a first color. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201499 | CONTROL DEVICE, PRINT SYSTEM, PRINT DEVICE, PRINT CONTROL METHOD AND PROGRAM - A control device which designates sequential number printing to print while updating character information, comprising: a sequential number setting unit which carries out sequential number setting to carry out the sequential number printing, on the character information; a current value designating unit which collectively designates a current value to all the character information with sequential number setting, in one document; and a print instruction unit which gives an instruction to start the sequential number printing at the current value that is designated. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201500 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus which allows a user to freely select a desired image quality is provided. The control unit | 08-08-2013 |
20130201501 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a conversion unit configured to convert image data corresponding to a pixel of interest in an image into color material data corresponding to a color material amount of a chromatic color material, and a generation unit configured to generate color material data corresponding to a color material amount of an achromatic color material at the pixel of interest in such a manner that the color material data corresponding to the color material amount of the achromatic color material at the pixel of interest is different from color material data corresponding to a color material amount of the achromatic color material at a pixel adjacent to the pixel of interest. | 08-08-2013 |
20130208289 | COLOR MEASURING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, COLOR MEASURING METHOD, AND COLOR MEASURING SYSTEM - A color measuring device includes a unit configured to calculate a reference-value matrix for converting imaged reference RGB value of a reference color patch a reference colorimetric value of the reference color patch; a unit configured to convert a color-measurement RGB value of a color measurement object into an imaged colorimetric value of the color measurement object by using the corresponding reference-value matrix; a unit configured to select reference color patches of which the reference colorimetric values each have a close distance from the imaged colorimetric value in the predetermined color space; a unit configured to select, as selection RGB values, the imaged reference RGB values of the selected patches; a unit configured to calculate a selection-RGB-value matrix for converting the selection RGB values into the reference colorimetric values; and a unit configured to convert the color-measurement RGB value into a colorimetric value by using the selection-RGB-value matrix. | 08-15-2013 |
20130215438 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - A technology that enables accurate position specification on an image displayed on a screen to perform processing and correction of the image data is provided. When the image is printed on a sheet on which a dot pattern is printed, a reference point of the image on the display device is set and the reference point is printed in a visible mark together with the image. This mark is imaged with an imaging means, and calibration is performed in which position coordinates of the marks on the sheet and the reference points of the image are matched, thereby preventing variation in coordinates between designation made on the sheet with the imaging means and processing on the image. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215439 | Systems and Methods for Facilitating Reproduction of Arbitrary Colors - Systems and methods are provided for facilitating reproduction of arbitrary colors in a workflow by identifying color reproduction processes in the workflow and characterizing the color reproduction processes by determining a statistical variance (e.g., as characterized by a probability density function). Systems and methods are provided for simulating possible output colors for a color reproduction process that involve identifying a desired color for reproduction and determining possible output colors for the color reproduction process based on a predetermined statistical variance. Systems and methods are provided for mapping out-of-gamut-colors for a color reproduction process are provided that involve providing an out-of-gamut color, consulting a database of characterized artistic adjustments, selecting a first adjusted color by applying an artistic adjustment from the database to the out-of gamut color, determining if the first adjusted color is out-of-gamut, and, if out-of-gamut, selecting a second adjusted color by adjusting a magnitude of the vector. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215440 | Method And Apparatus For Calibrating And Profiling Colored Media Given An Inkset On A Printer Using White Ink And An Apparatus And Automatic Method For Color Separating And Printing On Colored Background Using White Ink - An embedded system for calibrating and profiling colored media using an inkset, white ink and an online or offline printing device for printing. The system includes an embedded apparatus capable of generating, adapting, and printing the targets required for calibrating and profiling. The printing involves generation of white ink data and suitable separations for printing inkset for the target to be printed on the colored media. A dual-acting device capable of acting as a plate making or film generating means for offline printing, and as a print controller for online printing may be used. The printing device may be selected from an offset printing device or a screen printing device when offline printing and/or an inkjet printer or a laser printer when online printing. | 08-22-2013 |
20130222822 | PRINTED DYNAMIC ANAGLYPH IMAGE METHOD - Methods are described that provide dynamic anaglyph images with a first appearance state and a second appearance state. At least one mutable colorant and at least one non-mutable colorant are selected for a colorant type map so that the printed dynamic anaglyph image has a first appearance state in which the at least one mutable colorant is in the first colorant state and is color matched to at least one of a left eye information and a right eye information and so that in the second appearance state printed the mutable colorant is in a second colorant state in which the at least one mutable colorant provides a color that spectrally overlaps a spectral filter in one eye of a pair of stereo color glasses so that three dimensional effects can be perceived. | 08-29-2013 |
20130222823 | PRINTING SYSTEM AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A printing system includes the following elements. An image forming unit forms an image. An image reader reads an image. A first color converter creates second image data. A second color converter creates fourth image data. A determining unit determines whether a pixel value of each of pixels in the first image data or the second image data is located inside or outside an input color gamut that is readable by the image reader. A correction unit corrects pixels located at the same position as a pixel having a pixel value located outside the input color gamut. An inspection unit performs inspection to find a defect of an image. The correction unit performs correction on the pixels located at the same position as a pixel having a pixel value located outside the input color gamut so that the inspection unit does not detect a difference between the corrected pixels. | 08-29-2013 |
20130222824 | Image Creating Apparatus Having Color Arrangement Changing Unit and Image Creating Apparatus Having Color Arrangement Restoring Unit - An image creating apparatus has a printing device configured to print a changed image on a recording medium; a difficult-to-recognize color arrangement storage unit configured to store a difficult-to-recognize color arrangement that is difficult to visually recognize; an object extracting unit configured to extract objects from an original image; a difficult-to-recognize object detecting unit configured to detect a difficult-to-recognize object; a representative color obtaining unit configured to obtain the representative color of the difficult-to-recognize object; a color arrangement changing unit configured to (i) change the color arrangement of the image so that the color arrangement of the periphery is changed from the difficult-to-recognize color arrangement in at least part of the difficult-to-recognize object and (ii) embed information about the representative color as dots; and a changed image printing unit configured to command the printing device to print the changed image with the changed color arrangement. | 08-29-2013 |
20130222825 | PRINTER DRIVER AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A printer driver and an image forming apparatus for appropriately combining additional information (such as a stamp) and an original to print the combined image data. The printer driver according to one embodiment of the present invention, relates to a printer driver connected to a printer for registering form data transmitted from the printer driver, and for combining the registered form data and contents data. The printer driver transmits transparent data as form data and a command indicating that the form data is transparent data, to the printer. | 08-29-2013 |
20130229671 | IMAGE CAPTURING UNIT, COLOR MEASURING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING DEVICE, COLOR MEASURING SYSTEM, AND COLOR MEASURING METHOD - An image capturing unit includes a sensor section that images a predetermined range including a subject; a reference chart section that is imaged by the sensor section with the subject; and an illumination light source that illuminates the subject and the reference chart section. The illumination light source is arranged at a position where a mirror reflection region that mirror reflects light entering from the illumination light source to the sensor section is outside a region of the subject and the reference chart section. | 09-05-2013 |
20130235395 | INTEGRATED COLOR DETECTION AND COLOR PIXEL COUNTING FOR BILLING - Disclosed herein are a method and an image processing apparatus implementing the method for color pixel counting in documents by integrating color detection and counting. The method determines if pixels are neutral (e.g., gray) or non-neutral (i.e., color). Windows are used to analyze the pixels. For each window, a number of pixels with at least one color plane ON are counted, as well as a number of ON pixels in each color plane. The windows are determined to be neutral or color. A billable count of color pixels is determined based on the neutrality of the windows. Based on the billable count of color pixels, a bill for outputting the document is determined. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235396 | PRINTING SYSTEM AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A printing system includes the following elements. An addition unit creates additional image data having a specific attribute and adds it to original image data, thereby creating document image data. An image forming unit forms a document image including an original image and an additional image on a recording medium on the basis of the document image data. An image reader reads the document image, thereby creating read image data. A difference image creator creates difference image data by calculating a difference between the original image data and the read image data. A canceling unit corrects, on the basis of the specific attribute, the difference image data by canceling a difference generated due to the addition of the additional image data, thereby creating corrected difference image data. An inspection unit performs inspection to find a defect of the original image on the basis of the corrected difference image data. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235397 | SYSTEM FOR DISTRIBUTING AND CONTROLLING COLOR REPRODUCTION AT MULTIPLE SITES - The system provides for controlling color reproduction of input color image data in a network having nodes (or sites). The system distributes the input color image data from one of the nodes to other nodes, and provides data structures in the network. The system has means for providing color calibration data at each node characterizing output colors (colorants) of the rendering device of the node, and means for producing at each node, responsive to the color calibration data of the rendering device of the node, information for transforming the input color image data into output color image data at the rendering device of the node. The rendering device of each node renders a color reproduction responsive to the output color image data, wherein colors displayed in the reproduction at the rendering device of each node appear substantially the same within the output colors attainable by the rendering devices. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235398 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CREATING A CUSTOMIZED PRINT - A method for producing a customized print includes determining a color of at least one feature of an object, where the object is imaged with a reference color chart. A color palette is selected based on the at least one determined feature color and a print is generated based on the selected color palette. A system for producing a customized print is also described. | 09-12-2013 |
20130242318 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - In the invention, an inclination amount of sensors is reflected in positional deviation correction patterns, and for correcting formation positions of images of various colors, the positional deviation correction patterns are formed on a conveying belt. The positional deviation correction patterns are detected by the sensors. A control unit calculates positional deviation correction amounts based on detection results of the positional deviation correction patterns. Based on the calculated positional deviation correction amounts, the control unit performs calculation for correcting the positional deviation correction patterns, and cancels the inclination amount reflected in the calculation results to obtain final positional deviation correction amounts. Skew correction is performed based on the final positional deviation correction amounts, and thus, the positional deviations are corrected. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242319 | IMAGING UNIT, COLOR MEASURING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, COLOR MEASURING SYSTEM, AND COLOR MEASURING METHOD - An imaging unit includes a frame having an opening; a sensor unit that captures, via the opening, a subject located outside the frame; a reference chart unit that is arranged on the frame and is captured by the sensor unit together with the subject; and a cover member that covers the opening. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242320 | IMAGE CAPTURING UNIT, COLOR MEASURING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, COLOR MEASURING SYSTEM, AND COLOR MEASUREMENT METHOD - An image capturing unit includes: a sensor unit that captures an image of a predetermined area including an image capture object; a reference chart portion that is disposed in the predetermined area and an image of which is captured together with an image of the image capture object by the sensor unit; an illumination light source that illuminates the image capture object and the reference chart portion; and a specular reflection preventing member that prevents that specular reflection light of light emitted from the illumination light source enters the sensor unit. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242321 | IMAGE CAPTURING UNIT, COLOR MEASURING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING DEVICE, COLOR MEASURING SYSTEM, AND COLOR MEASURING METHOD - An image capturing unit includes a sensor unit that captures a predetermined area including a subject; a reference chart that is arranged in the predetermined area and captured together with the subject by the sensor unit; an optical path length changing member that is arranged on an optical path extending from the subject to the sensor unit and is capable of changing a length of the optical path. | 09-19-2013 |
20130250315 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USING GAME MECHANICS TO IMPLEMENT ENTERPRISE PRINT GOVERNANCE - A method, non-transitory computer readable medium, and apparatus for processing a request to print using game mechanics are disclosed. For example, the method receives one or more parameters associated with the request to print, calculates a score for the request to print based upon the one or more parameters, updates an overall score of a user associated with the request to print based upon the score that is calculated and presents the overall score that is updated to a display device of the user. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250316 | PRINTING SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND PRINTING METHOD - A printing system includes following components. An image forming section forms an image on a recording medium using first image data. A first image creation section creates the first image data by performing first image processing including correction of a characteristic unique to the image forming section and first processing, on original image data. The second image creation section creates second image data by performing second image processing including the first processing but not including the correction of a characteristic unique to the image forming section, on the original image data. The image reading section reads the image on the recording medium to obtain read image data. The detection section detects a defect in the image on the recording medium, by comparing on a pixel-by-pixel basis the read image data or comparison image data obtained by processing the read image data with the second image data. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250317 | COLOR CONVERSION DEVICE, COLOR CONVERSION METHOD, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A color conversion device includes a non-basic-color value determiner that determines a value of a non-basic color, to be used in an image forming unit, different from a basic color based on a maximum value for the non-basic color usable relative to an input basic-color value in an input image signal having the basic color as an element, a first non-basic-color limit rate and a second non-basic-color limit rate set relative to the input basic-color value and a total input basic-color value, respectively, and each indicating a rate that limits the use of the non-basic color relative to the maximum value; and a basic-color value determiner that determines a value of the basic color to be used in the image forming unit based on the determined non-basic-color value. The determiners convert the input image signal into an output image signal having the basic and non-basic colors as elements. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250318 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes a measuring unit, an adjustment image forming unit, a density value calculating unit, and a transfer parameter determining unit. The measuring unit measures colors of an image formed on a recording medium. The adjustment image forming unit forms an adjustment image including a combination color which is produced by superimposing colorants of two or more component colors. The density value calculating unit calculates, in accordance with a measurement result obtained by measuring the combination color included in the adjustment image by the measuring unit, a density value of a component color of a colorant that is formed in an uppermost layer on the recording medium among the two or more component colors. The transfer parameter determining unit determines a value of a transfer parameter in accordance with the calculated density value, the transfer parameter defining an operation condition used for performing transfer. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250319 | IMAGE INSPECTION METHOD, IMAGE INSPECTION APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM STORING IMAGE INSPECTION CONTROL PROGRAM - An image inspection apparatus obtains a threshold value indicating an allowable range of offset differences between an output target inspection image and a pre-provided inspection image, and determines whether to inspect a read image obtained by reading an output target image formed on a recording sheet having a pre-provided image, using the threshold value. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250320 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND GENERATING METHOD - A color gamut for each printing mode is maximally used, a color separation table is used, which includes an area (color reproduction maintaining area) for which an image having a color difference of a predetermined value or less between printing modes in a case where the same input value is input is output and an area (area other than the color reproduction maintaining area) for which an image having a color difference of a predetermined value or more between the printing modes in a case where the same input value is input is output. From this, a color matching table can be shared between the printing modes. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250321 | PRINTER APPARATUS, PRINTING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A printer apparatus configured to form an image on a recording medium by providing a heat amount according to a gradation includes a first image forming unit configured to form a first image by transferring ink to the recording medium, and a second image forming unit configured to form a second image by forming concavity and convexity on the recording medium. The second image forming unit forms concavity and convexity on a surface of the recording medium by setting one of a gradation of a drawing region of the second image and a gradation of a drawing peripheral region surrounding the drawing region higher than a predetermined threshold gradation, and setting the other of the gradation of the drawing region and the gradation of the drawing peripheral region lower than the predetermined threshold gradation. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250322 | COLOR INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, COLOR INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND COLOR INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - A color information processing method includes: inputting reference data including color information about each pixel or each pixel group of a reference medium and evaluation target data including color information about each pixel or each pixel group of an evaluation medium by an input means; performing an image matching process of image matching the input reference data and evaluation target data; setting a specific area which is a unit of evaluation and includes a plurality of pixels to each data item subjected to the image matching process; and comparing the color information items about each pixel or each pixel group in the reference data and the evaluation target data in the set specific area to calculate a color difference and performing an averaging process to calculate an average evaluation result for the specific area by a calculation means. | 09-26-2013 |
20130258359 | COLOR CALIBRATION - A method of calibrating a printer is disclosed. The printer prints a plurality of patches using know color values. At least two patches of each color are printed. The patches are measured to determine a measured color value for each patch. The measured color values are checked for validity. The printer is calibrated using only the valid measured color values. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258360 | Selection of Colors for an Ensemble of Visible Reference Color Patches - A method of creating an ensemble of visible color reference patches first adds a set of starting colors to a queue. The process then finds a candidate color within a color selection zone that is furthest away from colors existing in the queue. This candidate color is then selected by placing it in the queue. The steps of finding and selecting are repeated until a target number of selected colors is reached. The process then generates visible color patches of the selected colors for forming the ensemble. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258361 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CHANGING PHYSICAL PAGE PROPERTIES IN A POSTER PRINTING APPLICATION - A method for changing physical page properties in a large format printing application on a client device, the client device having executable instructions for creating a print job for producing a printout of an image, which includes the steps of: selecting the image for the print job; selecting a logical page size for the printout of the image; dividing the logical page size into a plurality of physical pages based on a selected medium; and selecting at least one physical page from the plurality of physical pages and changing at least one print property on the at least one physical page. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258362 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CHANGING PHYSICAL PAGE PROPERTIES IN A PRITING APPLICATION - A method for changing physical page properties in a large format printing application on a client device, the client device having executable instructions for creating a print job for producing a printout of an image. The steps include selecting the image for the print job; selecting a logical page size for the printout of the image; dividing the logical page size into a plurality of physical pages based on a selected medium; selecting at least one physical page from the plurality of physical pages and changing at least one print property on the at least one physical page; and adjusting the at least one print property on adjacent physical pages to the selected at least one physical page to avoid a sudden change in image quality and/or image appearance of the image in the printout. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258363 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes the following elements. An image forming unit forms an image by using plural predetermined colors. An index forming unit causes the image forming unit to form two or more consecutive image correcting indexes of one type by using an identical color, the image correcting indexes being used for correcting misregistration of an image to be formed. The image correcting indexes are sequentially transferred to an image carrier. A detector includes a light source emitting light to the image correcting indexes and a light receiver receiving light reflected by the image carrier and the image correcting indexes to generate a detection signal. A position specifying unit specifies a position between two consecutive image correcting indexes by using the detection signal. A misregistration correcting unit corrects misregistration of an image to be formed by using the specified position. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258364 | IMAGE READING DEVICE, IMAGE READING METHOD, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image reading device includes a first reader member that receives light from a medium to read an image recorded on a surface thereof; a second reader member that separates the light from the medium and reads a color of the recorded image based on the separated light; a deriving unit that derives associating information that associates a first read result with a second read result based on the first read result and the second read result, the first read result being obtained by the first reader member, the second read result being obtained by the second reader member; and a measuring unit that measures the color of the image on the medium for performing color calibration by reading the medium by using the first reader member so as to determine a color corresponding to the second read result based on the first read result and the associating information. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258365 | PRINTING CONDITION SETTING APPARATUS, PRINTING CONDITION SETTING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY STORAGE MEDIUM - Details of medium condition items, which are condition items concerning a medium for transferring the color materials, are grouped according to predetermined collection rules, and group attributes are allocated to printing conditions. Color conversion condition items, which are condition items concerning color conversion conditions for the printing process, are set or canceled altogether with respect to a plurality of printing conditions having allocated group attributes. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258366 | COLORIMETRIC APPARATUS AND COLORIMETRIC METHOD - In an apparatus including an irradiation unit capable of irradiating a sheet selectively with visible light and ultraviolet light, and a measurement unit which measures a spectral reflectance based on light reflected by the sheet, whether to cause the irradiation unit to emit the ultraviolet light when measuring the spectral reflectance of a patch image printed on the sheet is determined based on the spectral reflectance of a reference image of the color of the sheet that has been measured by the measurement unit which measures a spectral reflectance while the ultraviolet light is emitted. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258367 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming unit, a storage unit, an image processing unit and a control unit. The image processing unit (i) calculates a summed height of a color toner image formed on a sheet by summing up a height of the color toner image on the basis of input image data, (ii) calculates, on the basis of a target value for glossiness stored in the storage unit, a target total height of the color toner image and a clear toner image to realize the target value for glossiness, and (iii) calculates a height of the clear toner image by subtracting the summed height from the target total height. On the basis of the calculated height of the clear toner image, the control unit adjusts the height of the clear toner image formed on the sheet. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258368 | COLOR MEASURING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, COLORIMETRIC SYSTEM AND COLOR MEASURING METHOD - A color measuring device includes a housing; a sensor unit configured to capture an image of a region, the sensor unit being held to the housing; an illumination light source configured to illuminate the region, the illumination light source being held to the housing; a detecting unit configured to detect a distance between predetermined two points from image data of the region obtained by the sensor unit; a correcting unit configured to correct the image data including a subject whose color is to be measured according to a ratio of the detected distance to a reference distance; and a calculating unit configured to calculate a colorimetric value of the subject based on the corrected image data. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258369 | IMAGE CAPTURING DEVICE, COLOR MEASURING DEVICE, COLOR MEASURING SYSTEM, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image capturing device includes an image capturing unit, a moving unit, a detector, and a determiner. The image capturing unit includes an optical transmission member; and a sensor capturing an image of the subject via the optical transmission member. The moving unit moves the image capturing unit in an optical axis direction of the sensor. The detector detects a contamination from first and second images. The first and second images are captured by the sensor when the image capturing unit is located at first and second positions in the optical axis direction, respectively. The second position is spaced away from the subject than the first position in the optical axis direction. The determiner determines that a contamination is deposited on the optical transmission member when a difference in the number of pixels in which a contamination is detected between the first and second images is less than a threshold. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258370 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND RECORDING APPARATUS - Correction processing on image data is performed in a short time. An image processing apparatus supplies image data to a recording apparatus configured to convey a recording medium in a direction intersecting a direction in which recording elements are arranged. The image processing apparatus includes: tables containing correction information for each group into which the recording elements are divided, the correction information being used to correct values of multi-valued data; a horizontal/vertical conversion unit configured to convert multi-valued data in raster format into column format; a correction unit configured to correct multi-valued data belonging to a group by using correction information stored in a table corresponding to that group; a vertical/horizontal conversion unit configured to convert the multi-valued data in column form into raster format; and an output unit configured to output the data in raster format converted by the vertical/horizontal conversion unit to the recording apparatus. | 10-03-2013 |
20130265593 | Color Conversion for Rendering Devices Involving Improved Gamut Mapping - In accordance with one aspect of the present disclosure, apparatus are provided that include a color data conversion subsystem configured to convert color data in order to produce device-dependent output color separation data. The color data conversion subsystem has been configured by gamut mapping including providing a gamut in a hue-based color space and applying color distance adjustments to the hue-based color space. A hue dependent lightness preservation operation can also be part of the subsystem. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265594 | INTERACTIVE TOOL FOR INCORPORATING USER INPUT AND FEEDBACK IN IMAGE QUALITY RELATED DIAGNOSIS - The presently disclosed embodiment provides an interactive tool for printed image artifact characterization that successfully combines the advantages from both a human visual system and automated image quality characterization. In the interactive tool provided, the user may specify coarse level information, such as the region of interest in a print image, to be examined by the automated image-quality characterization algorithm, which can then employ sophisticated algorithms, e.g. signal processing, feature extraction, estimation and classification, to find precise fine-level descriptors. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265595 | ROBUST RECOGNITION OF CLUSTERS OF STREAKS AT MULTIPLE SCALES - The present disclosure is generally related to the field of printing, and other processes based on the continuous deposition of material, including industrial molding or extrusion processes, and more particularly to techniques for grouping object quality anomalies in a specified region of an object based on context-specific characterization and shared descriptive profile features. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265596 | DISPLAY INPUT DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS HAVING TOUCH PANEL - A display input device includes a display portion and a touch panel portion. The display portion displays a screen and an image and displays an object which is an image to be cut or copied. The touch panel portion is provided for the display portion, accepts an input from a user, detects a plurality of positions that are touched, and accepts a first operation of narrowing the interval between two points touched at the same time. In addition, the touch panel portion accepts an input of designating, as a designated object, the object displayed at one or both of the positions of the two touched points, and accepts the first operation as an input of giving an instruction to cut or copy the designated object. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265597 | DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, RECORDING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS - A data processing apparatus includes a processing unit that distinguishes a command of a first command system including commands designating attributes of a printing form and a command of a second command system including commands designating attributes that are not defined in the first command system. When a recording instruction including an instruction designating the printing form by a command of the first command system and data arranged in accordance with the printing form designated by the command of the first command system are input, the processing unit arranges the data included in the recording instruction in accordance with a printing form designated by the command of the second command system to generate recording data. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265598 | OFF-GRAY BALANCE CALIBRATION FOR EXTENDED COLOR GAMUT - A printing system and associated method is provided which is capable of operating in a standard output color gamut mode and/or a non-standard output color gamut mode. According to an exemplary method, the printing system non-standard output color gamut mode is associated with an off-gray balance calibration to extend the gamut of the printing system to include colors outside the gamut associated with the standard output color gamut mode. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265599 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND SOFTWARE FOR REDUCING PRINTER COLORANT USAGE - A system, method, and printer controller software for reducing printer colorant usage by using printer controller software which controls the deposition by the printer of the printer colorant on the printable medium in response to selected print image quality and printer colorant reduction criteria, as well as identifying printer colorant deposition characteristics of the printable medium, identifying characteristics of the printer, and identifying characteristics of the printer colorant. | 10-10-2013 |
20130271775 | Accommodating Dynamic Ranges in a Cone Space Model - Methods and systems for accommodating color ranges are provided. A source light-to-dark dynamic range of a first output medium may be obtained with a source white point and a source black point. A destination light-to-dark dynamic range of a second output medium may be obtained with a destination white point and a destination black point. A white point mapping and a black point mapping may be determined. Based on a first representation of an image on the first output medium, a second representation of the image may be created by interpolating the source light-to-dark dynamic range to the destination light-to-dark dynamic range based on the white point mapping and the black point mapping. A computing device may cause the second output medium to produce the representation of the image. | 10-17-2013 |
20130271776 | DIGITAL IMAGE PRINTING SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, PRINTING DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND COMPUTER PRODUCT - In a digital image printing system, an external device capable of storing digital image data, and a printing apparatus capable of printing the digital image data are mutually connectable, and capable of exchanging data. The printing apparatus includes a paper feeding unit having a multi-tray structure. The external device sends parameters, that is, paper size, paper type, page layout of the digital image data, and at least one digital image data to the printing apparatus, and the printing apparatus selects a tray from the paper feeding unit based on the parameters, and an aspect ratio of the digital image data, and prints the digital image data. | 10-17-2013 |
20130271777 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A document for variable printing and print settings including a conditional print setting that depends on metadata included in the document are received, information that is common between the conditional print setting and metadata included in the document is replaced with unique information, and printing is instructed using the conditional print setting and the document in which the common information is replaced with the unique information. | 10-17-2013 |
20130271778 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An information processing apparatus includes: an image data generation unit that generates image data of a gloss control plane including a type of a surface effect given to at least a region of a recording medium, coordinates to identify the region, and designation to emphasize, among a first region and a second region adjacent to each other, a surface effect of the first region as compared with a surface effect of the second region; a change unit that changes the surface effect of the second region when the designation to emphasis is given to the first region; a print data generation unit that generates print data on the basis of the image data of the gloss control plane in which the surface effect of the second region has been changed by the change unit; and an output unit that outputs the print data. | 10-17-2013 |
20130271779 | Color-Adjusting Method and Non-Transitory Computer Readable Medium Storing Color-Adjusting Program - Provided are a color-adjusting method and a non-transitory computer readable medium storing a color-adjusting program. The color-adjusting method is used in converting colors of a first device into colors of a second device. The method includes: using a processor of a color-conversion device to perform: representing the gamut of the second device on a lightness-chroma plane for a hue in a color system; obtaining a limiting value of a total quantity of color material; dividing a region outside the gamut into a high-lightness region and a low-lightness region, and further dividing the low-lightness region into a low-chroma region and a medium-high-chroma region based on a reference point defined according to the limiting value; defining a gamut-mapping angle for each of the resulting divided regions; and mapping out-gamut colors within the gamut of the second device by using the gamut-mapping angle. | 10-17-2013 |
20130278951 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS WHICH PERFORMS TONE CORRECTION - An image forming apparatus includes: a holding unit configured to hold image processing coefficients, each of which representing a relationship between an input density and an output density of an image signal output to an image forming unit; and an updating unit configured to update an image processing coefficient based on the relationship between densities of measurement images and densities of image signals for forming the measurement images. The updating unit is further configured to, when a maximum value of an output density of the image processing coefficients is smaller than a maximum value of the density of the image signal, form at least one first measurement image in accordance with an image signal indicating a density higher than the maximum value of the output density of the image processing coefficients. | 10-24-2013 |
20130278952 | PRINT CONTROLLING APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROLLING SYSTEM, PRINT CONTROLLING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A print controlling apparatus, in which image data is generated, includes: a generating unit that generates the image data based on gloss control plane data to identify a type of a surface effect to be provided to a recoding medium and an area to be provided with the surface effect in the recording medium; and an outputting unit that outputs the image data. | 10-24-2013 |
20130278953 | PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL SYSTEM, AND PRINT CONTROL METHOD - A print control apparatus includes a storage unit configured to store surface-effect selection tables for respective pieces of recording medium information on a recording medium, different types of same surface effects being registered in each surface-effect selection table; an acquiring unit configured to acquire a piece of recording medium information; a table generating unit configured to generate a surface-effect selection table corresponding to the piece of recording medium information and store the surface-effect selection table in the storage unit; a determining unit configured to determine the surface-effect selection table; and an image data generating unit configured to generate image data based on the surface-effect selection table and based on gloss-control plane data in which a type of a surface effect to be applied to the recording medium and an area of the recording medium to which the surface effect is to be applied are specified. | 10-24-2013 |
20130286413 | COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A color processing apparatus includes a correction unit. When, among colors on a color gamut boundary from a lowest-lightness color on an achromatic color axis to a highest-chroma color in a predetermined color space in an output color gamut of an output device in the color space, there exist a high-lightness color whose lightness is higher than that of the highest-chroma color and a color with the same lightness as that of the high-lightness color but with different chroma, and when there exists a low-lightness color whose lightness is lower than that of the lowest-lightness color on the achromatic color axis in the color space, the correction units corrects the low-lightness color to a higher lightness side higher than that of the lowest-lightness color on the achromatic color axis. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286414 | PRINTING CONTROL METHOD AND PRINTING SYSTEM USING THE SAME - A printing control method of a printer is implemented in a printing system including an information providing device and a printer. The printer is connected to the information providing device for printing data sent by the information providing device. Once a printing driver program of the information providing device receives page data to be outputted, the printing driver program converts a number of first color components of the page data into a number of second color components and checks if any one of the second color components contains zeroes for all the content. If one second color component is found to have zeroes for all the content, this very second color component will not be sent to the printer, whereas the rest of the second color components will be sent to the printer for output. | 10-31-2013 |
20130293903 | PRINTING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - There are provided a printing apparatus which adjusts printing according to a color attribute of an original determined by reading when printing is executed for an original to be read, a control method thereof, and a program. To accomplish this, this printing apparatus reads an original to determine a color attribute of the original, converts data of a print image so that a color attribute of the data of the print image corresponds to the determined color attribute of the original, and prints the print image on the original. | 11-07-2013 |
20130293904 | PROFILE SETTING APPARATUS, PROFILE SETTING METHOD, STORAGE MEDIUM, AND PROFILE MANAGING SYSTEM - A combination of types of a printing device, a print medium, an input color space characteristic which is a color space characteristic of an object to be reproduced, and an output color space characteristic which is a color space characteristic of a print, is designated with respect to a printing job to be executed. A device link profile corresponding to the designated combination is set with respect to the printing job to be executed. | 11-07-2013 |
20130293905 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS THAT PERFORMS GRADATION CORRECTION, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus capable of performing gradation correction without causing a user to perform a troublesome operation. The image forming apparatus includes an image reading unit that reads an original. A chart is formed on a recording material, and the recording material having the chart formed thereon is conveyed to the image reading unit via a shared conveying path used for both of reading the original and forming an image on the recording material. The conveyed recording material is read by the image reading unit, and gradation correction is performed based on the chart read by the image reading unit. | 11-07-2013 |
20130301064 | SYSTEM FOR DISTRIBUTING AND CONTROLLING COLOR REPRODUCTION AT MULTIPLE SITES - The system provides for controlling color reproduction of input color image data in a network having nodes (or sites). The system distributes the input color image data from one of the nodes to other nodes, and provides data structures in the network. The system has means for providing color calibration data at each node characterizing output colors (colorants) of the rendering device of the node, and means for producing at each node, responsive to the color calibration data of the rendering device of the node, information for transforming the input color image data into output color image data at the rendering device of the node. The rendering device of each node renders a color reproduction responsive to the output color image data, wherein colors displayed in the reproduction at the rendering device of each node appear substantially the same within the output colors attainable by the rendering devices. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301065 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, INKJET PRINTING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Differences in color change due to bronze colors and the optical interference state related to bronzing are suppressed among multiple print modes. The blue primary color “Blue” in the standard RGB gamut is mapped to a point (color) that has moved in the clockwise direction, and that color is taken to be the primary color “Blue-s” in the Standard mode gamut. As a result, when an observer observes this color, the color shifted in the counter-clockwise direction is perceived as a color of the same hue as the primary color “Blue-f” in the Fine mode gamut, suppressing the difference in perceived color between the Fine mode and the Standard mode. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301066 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - Provided is an ink jet printing apparatus that, without causing an increase in apparatus size, can print an image having high evenness in both of image clarity and glossiness regardless a gradation or gamut of the image. For this purpose, on the basis of input image data, pieces of multivalued color data respectively corresponding to colored inks, and first multivalued data and second multivalued data that correspond to image enhancing liquid are generated. On a print medium, the colored inks and the image enhancing liquid according to the first multivalued data are printed at nearly the same timing, and after the printing of them has been completed, the image enhancing liquid according to the second multivalued data is printed. In doing so, gloss properties appearing on the print medium can be made to fall within certain ranges, respectively, independently of input image data. | 11-14-2013 |
20130308144 | COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A color processing apparatus includes an obtaining unit, a setting unit, and a color converting unit. The obtaining unit obtains a predetermined corresponding relationship between total amount limit information regarding limitation of a total amount of inks of colors, and a combination in which, among droplet diameters of inks of colors ejectable to satisfy the total amount limit information, droplet diameters of at least two or more inks are made uniform, and the types of droplet diameters of inks of the colors are two or fewer types. The setting unit sets the combination of droplet diameters corresponding to the accepted ink total amount limit information, on the basis of the obtained corresponding relationship. The color converting unit converts a color in an input color gamut reproducible by an input device into a color in an output color gamut in accordance with the set combination of droplet diameters. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308145 | PRINTING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CREATING LOOKUP TABLE, LOOKUP TABLE, PRINTING METHOD, AND PRINTED MATTER - A printing apparatus for performing printing with the use of a special gloss material and a coloring material is provided. The printing apparatus includes: an inputting unit that receives or acquires image data as an input; and a printing unit that controls the arrangement of the special gloss material and the coloring material on a print target medium on the basis of the inputted image data to print the image data. The printing unit changes the amount of use of the special gloss material depending on an index value that is related to the lightness of a color represented by the coloring material. | 11-21-2013 |
20130321827 | GENERATION OF SAMPLES FOR A PRINT JOB THAT INCLUDE RESOURCE USAGE ESTIMATES - Systems and methods are provided for generating printed samples of a print job. The system receives a print job, and generates samples for the print job according to different sets of printing parameters. The system determines estimates of printing resource usage based on each set of printing parameters, and initiates printing of the samples along with the resource usage estimates. Further, the system receives user input selecting one of the samples, and initiates printing of the print job according to the printing parameters of the selected sample. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321828 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING RASTERIZED IMAGE DATA - A method for processing pixels in rasterized image data includes a combination of text and photographic content. Each pixel having a discrete color value, a surround value based on the number of neighboring pixels having the same color value is determined. A division in blocks of two by two pixels is made and a critical number is determined based on the number of surround values lower than a predetermined threshold. This critical number has one of five possible values. Based on this critical number, a discrimination is made between noisy blocks, and flat blocks. The color values of pixels within a noisy block are replaced by an average of the color values of the pixels within the noisy block. For image data rasterized with 600 pixels per inch, this method does not deteriorate the image quality of text nor photographic content. The image data are more apt for lossless compression. | 12-05-2013 |
20130329236 | COMPENSATION FOR OPTICAL BRIGHTENERS OF PRINT MEDIA TO FACILITATE CALIBRATION OF A PRINTING SYSTEM - Systems and methods are provided for compensating for optical brighteners found in print media while calibrating a printer. The system is able to determine reflectance values for a print medium, to determine reflectance values for a colorant applied to the print medium, and to alter the determined reflectance values for the colorant based on the reflectance values of the print medium. The system is further able to calibrate a printer that applied the colorant to the print medium based on the altered reflectance values. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329237 | Cell-Based Compression of Digital Images - An m×n pixel cell may be obtained from an input image, each of the pixels having a respective color value. A characterization of the cell may be determined, including determining a lowest color value and a highest color value of the pixels cell. A difference between the highest color value and the lowest color value may be calculated. If the difference is less than or equal to a threshold difference, an output color value inclusively between the highest color value and the lowest color value may be selected, and a first representation of the output color value may be written to an output medium. If the difference is greater than the threshold difference, multiple output color values may be selected, and a second representation of the multiple output color values may be written to the output medium. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329238 | Print Setting Apparatus, Control Method of Print Setting Apparatus, Computer Readable Storage Medium Storing Control Program of Print Setting Apparatus, and Printing Apparatus - A print setting apparatus of the present invention displays a first preview image and a second preview image each showing output results of print data obtained by the first print setting and the second print setting, respectively (S | 12-12-2013 |
20130329239 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS IN WHICH TIME TAKEN TO RETURN FROM SLEEP STATE IS REDUCED, METHOD OF CONTROLLING IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus in which time taken before a screen is displayed after return from sleep is reduced. Image data to be displayed on an LCD touch panel after the image forming apparatus returns from a power saving state to a normal state is generated when the image forming apparatus shifts from the normal state to the power saving state. The generated image data is stored in a memory. When the image forming apparatus returns from the power saving state to the normal state, the LCD touch panel is caused to display an image represented by the image data stored in the memory. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329240 | IMAGE ELIMINATION APPARATUS, IMAGE ELIMINATING METHOD AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image elimination apparatus includes a first reader configured to read a status of a sheet, a first judgment portion configured to judge whether the read sheet is reusable or not, an image eliminator configured to eliminate an image formed on the sheet, a second reader configured to read the sheet passing through the image eliminator, a second judgment portion configured to judge whether the image formed on the sheet is eliminated or not, and a controller configured to control the first reader and the second reader so as to read with different reading precision. | 12-12-2013 |
20130335756 | GENERATING A PRINT PREVIEW - In an embodiment, a processor-readable medium stores code representing instructions that when executed by a processor cause the processor to receive a request for a print-preview of an image, convert RGB data of the image to CMYK data, convert the CMYK data to converted RGB data, and generate the print-preview of the image with the converted RGB data. | 12-19-2013 |
20130335757 | SIMULATED EMBOSSING AND IMPRINTING - Image processing is used to simulate the appearance of an embossed print. The application of clear dry ink or spot varnish to the print generates the tactile feel of an embossed print. Embodiments thus provide a technique that simulates the effect of an embossed print without the need for plates or specialized equipment, other than a printer that is adapted to apply clear dry ink or spot varnish. | 12-19-2013 |
20130335758 | IMAGE-FORMING APPARATUS COMMUNICATING WITH AN INFORMATION-PROCESSING APPARATUS - Devices, systems, and methods for generating a document recommendation obtain document setting information, generate a first document recommendation based on the document setting information, send the first document recommendation to an image-forming device, obtain document content information; generate a second document recommendation based on the document content information; and send the second document recommendation to the image-forming device. | 12-19-2013 |
20130335759 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus configured to transmit image data to a printing unit for printing an image on a sheet, includes a first obtaining unit configured to obtain information representing displacement of an image in a sub-scanning direction, a second obtaining unit configured to obtain information representing displacement of an image to be printed on a sheet in a sub-scanning direction with respect to the sheet, a correction unit configured to, based on a plurality of correction amounts determined from information obtained by the first obtaining unit and information obtained by the second obtaining unit, at each of a plurality of positions in a main-scanning direction, perform correction for shifting the image data in the sub-scanning direction, and a transmission unit configured to transmit the corrected image data to the printing unit. | 12-19-2013 |
20130335760 | COLOR CONVERSION APPARATUS, COLOR CONVERSION METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Device color signals are converted such that a total amount of used color materials in the first image area, in which image granularity is more important, is not reduced from a total amount before the device color signals are converted, and/or such that a total amount of used color materials in the second image area, in which cost of the used color materials is more important, is not increased from a total amount before the device color signals are converted. | 12-19-2013 |
20130335761 | Providing A Mapping Data Structure For Use In Generating A Proof - To generate a proof of a printable item, a data structure is provided that maps a set of spot colors into a respective set of color values based on measurement data provided by a measurement device of colors printed by a printing system from the spot colors. | 12-19-2013 |
20130342857 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING COMMON COLOR PROFILES FOR ONE OR MORE PRINTING DEVICES BY A CLOUD ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM - An approach is provided for cloud administrative management of spatial uniformity correction useful in printing. The approach involves determining, by a cloud administration system, an achievable gamut achievable by an imaging system for at least one of: all spatial locations of an output image, all print engines of a plurality of print engines, and at least one printer within a cluster of printers. The approach also involves determining, a mean gamut. The approach further involves causing, at least in part, a gamut mapping from the mean gamut to the achievable gamut. The approach additionally involves determining a set of transformations for each of a set of input colors to a set of target colors, the set of target colors selected from colors in the achievable gamut. The approach further involves causing, at least in part, an output image to be generated based, at least in part, on the transformed values. | 12-26-2013 |
20130342858 | RASTER IMAGE PROCESSOR CONFIGURATION DETERMINATION BASED ON PER PAGE COLOR DETERMINATION - A system comprising a host processor and a raster image processor (RIP). The host processor is to determine whether each page in a multi-page document contains color, partition a print job into a plurality of print sub-jobs, and determine a separate configuration for the RIP for each print sub-job. | 12-26-2013 |
20130342859 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE DATA CONVERTER TO CONVERT IMAGE DATA THEREFOR, AND METHOD OF CONVERTING IMAGE DATA THEREFOR - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming device to form an image on a sheet of recording media according to a toner adhering amount of each pixel and position data indicating a position of the pixel on the sheet, a storage device to store post-processing position data that indicates a position of post processing on the sheet, a retriever to retrieve the post-processing position data from the storage device, and a converter to convert the toner adhering amount of the pixel designated by the post-processing position data. | 12-26-2013 |
20130342860 | COLOR IMAGE FORMATION APPARATUS, COLOR IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM, COLOR IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING COLOR IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM STORED THEREIN - A color image formation apparatus includes: a containing unit containing a plurality of developers; an image formation unit for performing an image formation process using at least a part of the plurality of developers; a control unit for causing the image formation unit to perform the image formation process with color change for at least one of colors designated by a job to be processed being made such that the image formation process can be performed using a developer not restricted in use when a part of the plurality of developers is restricted in use; and a reception unit for receiving designation of a change-prohibited color, which is a color not to be changed by the control unit. The control unit causes the image formation process to be performed while prohibiting, in the color change, change of the change-prohibited color of the colors designated by the job to be processed. | 12-26-2013 |
20130342861 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR CORRECTING COLORS IN AN IMAGE OUTPUT - An information processing apparatus connectable to an image processing apparatus that performs printing using a sheet stored in a paper feed stage and classified as a paper type on which a calibration table has been generated, includes an a receiving unit configured to receive an instruction to perform printing, and a notification unit configured to refer to information on the paper feed stage acquired, and notify, in a case where the sheet classified as a paper type on which the calibration table has been generated is not stored in a first paper feed stage instructed to be used for printing when the receiving unit has received an instruction to perform printing, of a second paper feed stage that stores a different type of sheet from the type of sheet stored in the first paper feed stage. | 12-26-2013 |
20140002831 | PRINT-LEVEL SENSING FOR INTERACTIVE PLAY WITH A PRINTED IMAGE | 01-02-2014 |
20140009769 | ENABLING OPTIMAL USE OF NON-STANDARD COLORANTS - Methods and systems receive a print job and determine whether the print job specifies one or more extended gamut color marking materials. The extended gamut color marking materials comprise marking materials having colorants other than standard colorants. The standard colorants consist of cyan, magenta, yellow, black (CMYK). When the print job does not specify one or more of the extended gamut color marking materials, the methods and systems determine whether the print job will perform better with one or more of the extended gamut colorants in addition to the standard colorants. The methods and systems print the print job use the extended gamut colorant(s) and the standard colorants when the print job specifies the extended gamut color marking material, and when the print job will perform better with one or more of the print system's extended gamut colorants in addition to the standard colorants. | 01-09-2014 |
20140016143 | COLOR SEPARATION AND PRINTING - The present disclosure relates to a computer implemented method for color separation for a printer, systems, and methods for printing using a printer. In some examples, the method for color separation for a printer comprises
| 01-16-2014 |
20140016144 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ISOLATED DOT DETECTION AND GROWTH IN A DOCUMENT IMAGE - A method for detecting and growing isolated dots in a document image having a plurality of pixels is provided. The method includes isolating the pixels of the image to form a plurality of windows, each window having a target pixel; detecting an isolated dot in the received image; identifying a dot growth factor to grow the detected isolated dot in the received image; using the dot growth factor to identify tiered pixel patterns from a plurality of predefined, tiered pixel patterns, wherein each of the tiered pixel patterns having a predetermined dot growth factor; comparing the pixels within each window to the pixel patterns within the identified tier to identify a match between the pixels within the window and at least one of the pixel patterns; and changing a pixel value of the target pixel, when a match is identified, to grow the isolated dot by the dot growth factor. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016145 | DOT GROWTH SYSTEM AND METHOD - The present disclosure relates to a method and system for processing isolated dots of an image to be printed by a printer. The method includes generating a random number, determining whether a target pixel is to be turned on and enabled for printing, determining a sum of pixels surrounding the target pixel in a plurality of pixels in a scanline of the image, the target pixel corresponding to an isolated dot in an input image, that are in an on state, the on state defined by a higher binary logic level relative to a binary logic level corresponding to a turned off pixel, determining a numerical value stored in a lookup table using the determined sum of pixels that are in the turned on state surrounding the target pixel as an index to the lookup table, and comparing the generated random number to the determined numerical value. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016146 | ISOLATED HOLE DETECTION AND GROWTH - The present disclosure relates to a method and system for processing isolated holes in an image to be printed or displayed. The method includes generating a random number lying in a finite range of numbers, determining whether a target pixel is to be turned off and enabled for printing as a hole, determining a sum of pixels surrounding a target pixel in a plurality of pixels in a scanline of the image, the target pixel corresponding to an isolated hole in an input image, that are in an on state, the on state defined by a higher binary logic level relative to a binary logic level corresponding to a turned off pixel, determining a numerical value stored in a lookup table in a memory unit coupled to the processor using the determined number of pixels that are in the turned on state surrounding the target pixel. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016147 | MOSAIC GENERATING PLATFORM METHODS, APPARATUSES AND MEDIA - A group of images may be obtained. The number of images in the group may be determined. Possible template configurations for the group of images may be determined based on the number of images. Images may be ranked with respect to the possible template configurations. Overall rankings for the possible template configurations may be calculated and an optimal template configuration may be identified based on the overall rankings. A mosaic may be generated from the group of images in accordance with the optimal template configuration. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016148 | PRINT DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS - Printing which satisfies an index of performance of a printing apparatus may be unfeasible depending on the sizes of image information and attribute information which a print data processing apparatus transfers to the printing apparatus, a network band, or the index of performance of the printing apparatus. The print data processing apparatus converts a difficult-to-compress attribute contained in the attribute information into an easy-to-compress attribute, and transfers the converted attribute information to the printing apparatus. The printing apparatus extracts the attribute converted by the print data processing apparatus, by using the image information. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016149 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus according to the present invention includes an image forming unit configured to form an image, a measuring unit configured to measure the formed image, a control unit configured to control execution of a single-color calibration to be performed to correct reproduction characteristics of a single-color formed by the image forming unit based on a measuring result of a single-color image formed with a single-color recording agent and execution of a multi-color calibration to be performed to correct reproduction characteristics of a multi-color image formed by the image forming unit based on a measuring result of a multi-color formed with a plurality of recording agents, and a selection unit configured to select whether to cause the control unit to perform the multi-color calibration after completing the single-color calibration or cause the control unit to perform any one of the single-color calibration and the multi-color calibration. | 01-16-2014 |
20140022570 | CONVERSION OF K-ONLY DATA FROM A SOURCE TO A DESTINATION COLOR SPACE - In an implementation, conversion of K-only data from a source CMYK color space to a destination CMYK color space is managed. The destination CMYK color space is transformed to a virtual RGB color space, in which a neutral axis of the virtual RGB color space is set to be mapped to destination K-only output colors in a color separation table for mapping of source K-only grays to destination K-only grays. The source CMYK color space is converted to a device independent color space and the conversion is adjusted such that the source K-only grays are forced to have the same chrominance as the neutral axis of the virtual RGB color space in the color separation table. The LUT is generated to include a K-only mapping by combining the virtual RGB color space with the adjusted conversion of the source K-only grays. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022571 | IMAGE READING APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image reading apparatus includes an image reading unit and a computational unit. The image reading unit includes a reference reflecting member that acts as a color reference, an illuminating unit that illuminates a part of the reference reflecting member and a sheet being transported in proximity thereto, a line sensor that reads an image formed on the sheet and the part of the reference reflecting member in proximity to the sheet in the sheet width direction, and a spectroscope that measures the spectral distribution of each of multiple patches for correcting color tones formed on the sheet and arranged in the sheet transport direction. The computational unit generates color tone correction data by performing computations based on the spectral distribution of each patch measured by the spectroscope, and the read values of the reference reflecting member obtained by the line sensor. | 01-23-2014 |
20140029024 | COLOR IMAGE DATA COMPRESSION - Color image data is compressed by determining the number of colors within a cell of an input image, each cell comprising an N×M array of pixels; in response to determining that the number of colors is greater than a first predetermined threshold, compress the cell using lossy compression; and in response to determining that the number of colors is less than the first predetermined threshold, reduce the number of colors. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029025 | PRINT JOB PREVIEW - A method for providing a print job preview is disclosed. A print job is received and a raster image of the print job and a preview image representing the print job are generated. An output to a remote printer is generated, the output including the raster image of the print job and the preview image representing the print job. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029026 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS THAT PRINTS IMAGE DATA INCLUDING COLOR CODE SYMBOL - An image forming apparatus capable of printing image data including a color code symbol without damaging information held in the code symbol even in an environment where only monochrome printing is possible due to print settings or the capability of an apparatus. A code symbol is extracted from input image data, and code symbol information is acquired from the extracted code symbol. It is determined whether or not an image to be output by performing image processing on the input image data is a monochrome image. When it is determined that the image to be output is a monochrome image, a monochrome code symbol is generated based on the acquired code symbol information. The generated monochrome code symbol and the image to be output are synthesized, and the synthesized image is output. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029027 | Color Adjustment Apparatus, Color Adjustment Method, and Non-Transitory Computer-Readable Recording Medium Storing a Color Adjustment Program - A color adjustment apparatus includes an acquisition unit acquiring the color value for specified paper of a desired image forming apparatus and a color value for unspecified paper, a generation unit generating a relational expression associating the color value for the specified paper with the color value for the unspecified paper, a registration unit obtaining and registering an association between the property information of a reference color for the unspecified paper and the relational expression, a calculation unit calculating the predicted color value for the specified paper of another image forming apparatus based on a relational expression associated with the property information of the reference color of arbitrary paper and the color value for the same paper of the other image forming apparatus, and a setting unit setting the predicted color value as a color value to be reproduced by the desired image forming apparatus. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029028 | AUTOMATED USER PREFERENCES FOR A DOCUMENT PROCESSING UNIT - According to some embodiments, a document processing unit may receive information associated with a document to be processed. The document processing unit might comprise, for example, a printer, scanner, copier, facsimile machine, or multi-function device. The document processing unit may then determine a user identifier indicating a user associated with the document to be processed. At least one user preference value associated with the user may then be automatically retrieved, and the document may be processed in accordance with the user preference value. | 01-30-2014 |
20140036281 | SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING EFFICIENT COMBINATIONS OF TONER COLORS TO FORM PRINTS WITH ENHANCED GAMUT - Systems for determining toner colors to be combined to form a target color at a location on a receiver. In one aspect, a system has a processor that determines a fluorescent toner color to be provided at the location based upon the density and hue angle of the target color and that determines one or more reflective toner colors to be provided with the determined fluorescent toner color at the location to form the target color in which the amount of the fluorescent toner color is decreased as the target color density increases. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036282 | PRINTING SYSTEM WITH NOISE REDUCTION - Systems are provided for determining toner color having a processor that generates a fluorescent toner color image that when printed using a corresponding fluorescent toner will generate a diffuse fluorescent color light that reduces the extent to which noise induced variations in density in a noise evident portion of a toner print are observable. The processor further adjusts reflective toner color images used to form the toner print so that the reflective toner color images combine with the fluorescent color image to form a target color image. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036283 | SOFT PROOFING SYSTEM - A soft proof system includes a display module and a manager. The display module displays a visual representation of a print product, and a color array expressing a tolerance range of a color component of the visual representation and a target color within the range. Via the manager, a visualization function produces the visual representation and the color array according to a soft proof array. A tolerance selection function, associated with the display module, enables selection of the tolerance range for at least a portion of the print product, wherein the selection is expressed on the display in the visual representation and in the color array. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036284 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An apparatus includes an image-forming unit configured to form an image, a measuring unit configured to measure the image, a control unit configured to control execution of single-color calibration to correct reproduction characteristics of a single-color formed by the image-forming unit based on a measuring result of a single-color image formed with a single-color recording agent, and execution of multi-color calibration to correct reproduction characteristics of a multi-color formed by the image-forming unit based on a measuring result of a multi-color image formed with a plurality of color recording agents, and an evaluation unit configured to evaluate single-color reproduction characteristics with reference to a target value usable to evaluate the single-color reproduction characteristics by measuring the single-color image after execution of the single-color calibration. The control unit is configured to correct reproduction characteristics of a multi-color by performing the multi-color calibration after the evaluation unit has completed the evaluation. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036285 | CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROLLING METHOD, PROGRAM AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A problem of the present invention is to provide a control apparatus, a controlling method, a program, and a recording medium which can print by using at least one or more special colors in addition to four colors of Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black. To solve the above problem, the control apparatus according to the present invention includes analyzing unit that provides command analysis for a CMYK plate and a clear toner plate, generating unit that generates image data of the CMYK plate based on a result of the command analysis by the analyzing unit, and embedding unit that embeds a clear toner attribute obtained by analyzing the clear toner plate in an attribute flag accompanying each of pixels of the image data of the CMYK plate, which is generated by the generating unit. | 02-06-2014 |
20140043625 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a color material layer forming unit and a proportion controller. The color material layer forming unit forms on a printing medium a first metallic color material layer including a color material having metallic particles, one or more process color material layers including color materials of one or more process colors, and a second metallic color material layer including a color material having metallic particles so that the first metallic color material layer, the one or more process color material layers, and the second metallic color material layer are stacked on the printing medium in this order. The proportion controller executes first control to increase a proportion of the second metallic color material layer with respect to the first metallic color material layer when a total amount of the color materials of the one or more process colors exceeds a predetermined value. | 02-13-2014 |
20140043626 | PRINT COLOR EVALUATING SYSTEM, PRINT COLOR EVALUATING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - Print data are generated so as to include an evaluation patch group, which has at least one evaluation color patch, the color of which was determined depending on the type of input color space characteristics used in a color conversion process on content data representing print content, and an identification color patch having a color inherent to the type of input color space characteristics. The type of input color space characteristics is identified based on a colorimetric value of the identification color patch on a print. Judgment conditions for color reproducibility are acquired depending on the type of input color space characteristics. | 02-13-2014 |
20140043627 | COLOR CORRECTING SYSTEM AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS INCLUDING SAME - A color correcting system mountable in an image forming apparatus comprises an imaging unit configured to perform image formation and a control unit configured to acquire a control parameter for use in image formation by the imaging unit and a status parameter indicating a status at the time of image formation. If a value for a color in an image formed by the imaging unit does not exceed a first threshold, and at least one member selected from the group consisting of adhering toner amount, gloss, line width, and line position for the image formed by the imaging unit does not exceed a second threshold, the control unit is configured to determine a control parameter on the basis of the acquired control parameter and the acquired status parameter, such that at least a color difference decreases. | 02-13-2014 |
20140043628 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - An apparatus sets a chromaticity point serving as a gray reference in a color gamut of a color space that an output device is able to output, specifies, in the color gamut of the color space that the output device is able to output, a first minimum lightness point on a lightness axis of the set chromaticity point and a second minimum lightness point that is achromatic, and generates a gray line that passes through a black point that is a minimum lightness point on a line connecting the first minimum lightness point and the second minimum lightness point, the first minimum lightness point, and the set chromaticity point and reaches a white point in the color gamut of the color space that the output device is able to output. | 02-13-2014 |
20140043629 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes a scanning unit, a gloss detecting unit, and a glossy information processing unit. The scanning unit includes a light source and is configured to scan a document to be scanned at a first illumination position not resulting in halation caused by light of the light source output to the document, and scan the document at a second illumination position resulting in halation caused by the light output to the document. The gloss detecting unit is configured to detect a glossy portion of the document based on images scanned at the first illumination position and the second illumination position. The glossy information processing unit is configured to perform a predetermined process by using information represented by the detected glossy portion. | 02-13-2014 |
20140055797 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING A PROGRAM - Acquired monochrome image data is converted into color image data using a first lookup table in which gray line gradations are mapped to coordinate values in a color space. Image processing corresponding to printing is executed for the converted color image data, and the color image data that is subjected to the image processing is converted into color material data using a second lookup table in which the coordinate values in the color space are mapped to coordinate values in a color material color space. | 02-27-2014 |
20140055798 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes bus, adding portion, image processing portion, and output processing portion. In the case where document sheet data as a processing target is monochrome image data, the adding portion outputs, to the bus, color image data obtained by adding, to the monochrome image data, dummy image data pieces for a plurality of colors each corresponding to a predetermined processing unit amount which corresponds to a part of the monochrome image data. The image processing portion performs image processing per data amount equal to or smaller than the processing unit amount and outputs the resultant data to the bus. The output processing portion outputs image data pieces for a plurality of colors included in the color image data processed by the image processing and acquired from the bus, in accordance with synchronization signals inputted for the respective image data pieces for the plurality of colors. | 02-27-2014 |
20140063514 | System and Method to Implement Sharing of Paper Documents Using Virtual Currency - The application discloses systems and methods for physically sharing a hard copy of a document. The systems and methods include presenting to a user a graphical user interface having printing options for printing the document, where the graphical user interface has an input for receiving an indication by the user that the user is willing to share the hard copy of the document; presenting to the user options for defining characteristics of the hard copy of the document in response to receiving the indication; and publishing at least one of the defined characteristics within a profile page of the user. | 03-06-2014 |
20140063515 | NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORING COLOR ADJUSTMENT INSTRUCTING PROGRAM, AND COLOR ADJUSTMENT INSTRUCTING DEVICE - A color adjustment instructing program of the present invention causes a computer to execute a step (a) of instructing a color chart to be printed, the color chart being formed by a plurality of color patches expressed by different color data, a step (b) of obtaining a color measurement result of a printed material produced by printing in response to the instructing, a step (c) of calculating an adjustment result in a case where adjustment of a conversion table of a color space is performed on the basis of the color measurement result, and a step (d) of displaying the adjustment result calculated for each adjustment and a repeat state of the adjustment, when the adjustment is repeatedly performed. | 03-06-2014 |
20140063516 | RECORDING DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE RECORDING DEVICE - A recording device includes a recording unit that performs a recording operation, a first storage unit that stores a first template associated with a recording form, a second storage unit that store a second template corresponding to the first template, and a recording control unit that takes the second template corresponding to the designated first template from the second storage unit and gets the recording unit to perform the recording operation by using the second template when a recording instruction containing data designating the first template is input. | 03-06-2014 |
20140071465 | TECHNIQUES RELATED TO PRINTING - Application of treatments for treating a colorant for printing an image is described herein. In an example, an amount of a treatment to be applied on a substrate portion is determined considering color calibration of a printing system for specific conditions of printing the image. The treatment is for treating the amount of colorant on the substrate portion. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071466 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Provided are an image processing apparatus and an image processing method that are able to optimize the arrangement method and arrangement size of a plurality of dot-arrangement patterns for each printing mode and each nozzle array without creating a need to increase memory. In order for this, a dot-arrangement table that stores a plurality of patterns having different dot arrangements for each level of multi-value data, and a small matrix arrangement table that stores information about the arrangement of those patterns are prepared. Desired arrangement information is acquired from the small matrix arrangement table according to the size and reading starting address of arrangement information that was set for each printing mode, and a unique dot-arrangement matrix is generated for each printing mode. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071467 | RECORDING DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD OF A RECORDING DEVICE, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - When a recording device dynamically changes the printout using the ability to record based on a template. A printer | 03-13-2014 |
20140071468 | GRAPHICS PROCESSING UNIT BASED COLOR MANAGEMENT OF OUTPUT DEVICES - A method includes querying, through a processor, a database of color profiles to determine a secondary color profile therefrom, and comparing, through the processor, the determined secondary color profile to a primary color profile of a primary display communicatively coupled to the processor. The method also includes selecting, through the processor, the determined secondary color profile to be applied to a secondary display also communicatively coupled to the processor upon determining that multimedia content displayed on the primary display with the primary color profile matches with the same multimedia content displayed on the secondary display with the determined secondary color profile. Further, the method includes reducing a color discrepancy between the same multimedia content on the primary display and the secondary display based on rendering the same multimedia content on the primary display with the primary color profile and the secondary display with the selected secondary color profile. | 03-13-2014 |
20140078524 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RECOGNIZING TAB SHEETS AND DISPLAYING ONE OR MORE SETS OF TABS SHEETS ON A GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - A computer program product comprising a non-transitory computer readable medium having a computer readable code embodied therein for displaying one or more sets of tab sheets on a graphical user interface, the computer readable program code configured to execute a process, which includes inputting attributes of one or more sets of tab sheets into an image forming apparatus. The attributes of the one or more sets of tab sheets are converted into a thumbnail image. Upon selecting tab paper in a paper media menu on a graphical user interface, the thumbnail image of the one or more sets of tab sheets is displayed. A set of tab sheets is then selected for insertion into a print job, and the print job is sent to the image forming apparatus for printing. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078525 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes an object inserting unit, a spot color converting unit, and a color conversion processing unit. The object inserting unit calculates, in a case where a designation for overprinting a first object on a second object is made, the position and shape of an overlap portion and a color value representing the color of the overlap portion using a process color, generates a third object having the calculated position, shape, and color value, and inserts the third object into print image data with a designation of knockout. The spot color converting unit converts the color value of the first object represented using the spot color into a color value represented using a process color. The color conversion processing unit performs color conversion processing for the color values of the first object, the second object, and the third object and outputs the color-converted print image data. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078526 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing unit, includes: an overlap portion detection unit that detects an overlap portion between plural objects from image data configured by objects expressed by geometrical information and color values; a color value calculation unit that for the overlap portion between the plural objects, calculates a color value of the overlap portion from the plural objects according to an overlap processing method of the overlap portion; an object producing unit that produces a new object from the overlap portion between the plural objects detected by the overlap portion detection unit, and the color value calculated by the color value calculation unit; and a control unit that controls the object produced by the object producing unit to be superimposed on the overlap portion between the plural objects with a knock-out method. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078527 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, OUTPUT SYSTEM AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE INFORMATION RECORDING MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes an analysis part that analyzes a set of output data that has been input to obtain an attribute value of an output attribute; a determination part that determines whether to generate a preview image of the set of output data, based on the attribute value of the output attribute of the set of output data and history information that associates attribute values of the output attribute of sets of output data with information concerning preview displays of the sets of output data; and a preview image generation part that generates, based on the determination result of the determination part to generate the preview image of the set of output data, the preview image of the set of output data, and stores the generated preview image in a storage part. | 03-20-2014 |
20140085647 | CALIBRATION APPARATUS FOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORED WITH PROGRAM FOR CALIBRATION APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR CALIBRATING IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A calibration apparatus for an image forming apparatus includes a calculation unit for calculating a color deviation by subtracting a target value from each value on the two orthogonal axes not including brightness of a color coordinate system based on a measured color value of a printed material and a display unit for displaying the color deviation with respect to each gray balance at the feedback such that the number of times of inversions of a sign of the color deviation calculated by the calculation unit and a variation width of the color deviation when the sign of the color deviation is inverted can be detected. | 03-27-2014 |
20140085648 | PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS, PRINTING SYSTEM, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORED WITH PRINTING CONTROL PROGRAM - A printing control apparatus includes a generation unit for generating image data for preview display and attribute data indicating an attribute of each pixel of the image data by analyzing print data described by a page description language and a storage unit for storing the image data for preview display and the attribute data generated by the generation unit in connection with each other. | 03-27-2014 |
20140092404 | ARTICLES AND METHODS TO PROVIDE COLOR CONSISTENCY OF PRINTED PRODUCTS - A color reference guide is provided for ensuring consistency among color-printed products. The guide can include a plurality of calibration pages and each calibration page can include a calibration bar and a color logo. The calibration bar can be the same on each calibration page and the color logo can be different on each calibration page. A method of providing consistency among color-printed products is also provided and involves comparing a printed logo to a corresponding color logo in the color reference guide. The color reference guide can be used in a variety of printing processes, for example, in a CMYK four-color printing process or in a G7 color printing process. The color reference guide and method are also useful in calibrating a color printer. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092405 | IMAGE FORMING CONTROL APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A control method of an image forming control apparatus includes displaying a plurality of setting items about image forming, changing at least one setting value of the plurality of setting items and storing the plurality of setting items, and emphatically displaying a setting item, of which the setting value is changed, among the plurality of setting items. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092406 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a composite image generator and a print controller. The composite image generator generates a composite image by superimposing, on a document image of a document represented by document data, two-dimensional code images individually corresponding to multiple document elements included in the document. The print controller causes a printer to print the composite image. The composite image generator determines positions of the two-dimensional code images corresponding to the document elements so that the positions do not overlap images of the document elements. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092407 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE SETTING COLOR CONVERSION METHOD TO METHOD ADEQUATE FOR IMAGE TO BE CONVERTED - An image processing device includes a processor and a memory storing computer-readable instructions therein. The computer-readable instructions, when executed by the processor, cause the image processing device to perform: acquiring a plurality of hue values from a plurality of pixels of the image; determining an index value of the image based on the plurality of hue values, the index value representing a degree of change in hue of the image before and after executing a color conversion on the image; and setting a color conversion method to a first method when the index value represents that the degree of change in hue of the image is comparatively low, and setting the color conversion method to a second method when the index value represents that the degree of change in hue of the image is comparatively high. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092408 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing device includes a processor and a memory. The image processing device acquires target image data including each pixel value of a plurality of pixels. The image processing device extracts a plurality of photographic pixels and a plurality of non-photographic pixels from the plurality of the pixels in the target image. The image processing device generates photographic correspondence data. The image processing device generates non-photographic correspondence data. The image processing device converts an original pixel value of a pixel of the plurality of photographic pixels into a respective converted pixel value by using the photographic correspondence data. The image processing device converts an original pixel value of a pixel of the plurality of non-photographic pixels into a respective converted pixel value by using the non-photographic correspondence data. | 04-03-2014 |
20140098387 | System and Method for Creating a Run-Time Color-Conversion Look-Up Table - A method for creating a run-time color-conversion look-up table is provided. A conceptual representation of a slice of a color conversion object is presented. The color conversion object is defined by a color coordinate system having a neutral axis and a plurality of color axes. The slice is defined by a plurality of grid points on the color coordinate system that are in a common plane orthogonal to the neutral axis. In addition, the slice is bound along a plurality of faces of the color conversion object for which at least one of the plurality of color axes is at a minimum or maximum value. The method further includes applying design rules for certain grid points and determining outputs for other grid points. The outputs for the slice are stored in a portion of the look-up table. A tool for creating a 3D look-up table is also described. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098388 | PRINT PROCESSING METHOD AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD - A printer driver for generating print job data to be transferred to a printer in response to a drawing instruction determines, based on combining condition, whether the received drawing instruction can be combined with another drawing instruction. If the printer driver determines that the received drawing instruction can be combined, the printer driver stores the received drawing instruction as intermediate data. If the printer driver determines that the received drawing instruction cannot be combined, the printer driver combines intermediate data of already stored drawing instructions into a single item of print job data and outputs the print job data to the printer. The combining condition is that the received drawing instruction meets all of three conditions. | 04-10-2014 |
20140104628 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING A DESTINATION VARIABLE DOCUMENT FROM A SOURCE VARIABLE DOCUMENT HAVING RECURRING AND VARIABLE CONTENT - Methods, and computer systems and computer program products for performing them, for storing a destination document from a source document. Recurring content in the source document is flattened and stored in a first memory location, and then for each page in the source document, the page is flattened using the variable and (stored) recurring content, and portions influenced by the variable content are extracted and stored in a second memory location The content in the first and second memory locations may be optionally color converted from a source color space to a device color space and stored in third and fourth memory locations, respectively. For each page n, a new page is added to the destination document comprising the flattened, recurring content stored in the first (or third, if color-converted) memory location and the flattened, variable content stored in the second (or fourth, if color-converted) memory location. | 04-17-2014 |
20140111818 | Data Flow to a Printing Device - A method of increasing data flow to a printing device includes, with a first raster image processor, converting a document into a first bitmap having a first dot density and representing a black color plane of the document; with a second raster image processor, converting the document into a second bitmap at a second dot density that is a relatively lower dot density than that of the first bitmap, the second bitmap representing other color planes of the document; and transmitting data of the first and second bitmaps to a printing device for printing to a print medium. | 04-24-2014 |
20140118757 | METHOD OF PRINTING A PANORAMIC PRINT - A method of making a panoramic image includes capturing a first image ( | 05-01-2014 |
20140118758 | METHOD FOR CREATING A COPY IMAGE AND REPRODUCTION SYSTEM - A method creates a copy image from a hardcopy original on a reproduction system including a display. The method includes displaying a predetermined digital image according to image parameters set with initial image parameter values, reading out image parameter values entered by a user for replacing the initial image parameter values and characterizing the hardcopy original, displaying the predetermined digital image in accordance with the read-out image parameter values, determining a first conversion of image parameters mapping the initial image parameter values to the read-out image parameter values, determining a second conversion of image parameters by inverting the first conversion, scanning the hardcopy original resulting in scan-bound image parameter values, applying the second conversion to the scan-bound image parameter values resulting in converted image parameter values, and creating the copy image by taking into account the converted image parameter values. A reproduction system is configured for applying the method. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118759 | PROCESSING IMAGE DATA STRIPS IN COLUMNAR REGIONS - An apparatus and methods for processing image data in which an image pipeline serially processes columnar regions of a multi-row strip of the image data. | 05-01-2014 |
20140126001 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATED GENERATION OF A WHITE INK SEPARATION OUT OF CMYK DATA OR RGB PRINT DATA - Techniques are provided that include an algorithm and a computing device using such algorithm to compute a white ink separation channel from the CMYK or RGB data from a print pipeline as an input. This input originally corresponds to print data on a media with standard whiteness, e.g. standard whiteness corresponding to a diffuser used by the Comission Internationale de l'Eclairage (CIE) 1964 media whiteness formula. In an example implementation, the white ink channel computed by the computing device using such algorithm may be printed as a pre-coat on a colorimetrically different media which does not comply with definitions and formulae of CIE's whiteness and tint. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126002 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPTIMIZING BLACK POINT COMPENSATION PARAMETERS - A method for processing black point compensation parameters for a color image to be printed so as to enhance image quality of the color image is provided. The method includes converting a received color image to a gray scale image; determining, using the received color image and the gray scale image, a performance attribute to estimate the effect of the black point compensation parameters on the image quality of the received color image, respectively; deriving a model to estimate relationships between the black point compensation parameters and the determined performance attribute; maximizing the performance attribute of the derived model so as to process the black point compensation parameters for the color image; and using the processed black point compensation parameters to construct output device profiles. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126003 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPTIMIZING BLACK POINT COMPENSATION PARAMETERS - A method for processing black point compensation parameters for a color image to be printed so as to enhance image quality of the color image is provided. The method includes analyzing image content of a received color image to identify one or more performance attributes to be considered during a black point compensation parameters processing procedure, the performance attributes estimate an effect of the black point compensation parameters on the image quality of the received color image; selecting, based on the identified performance attributes, a black point compensation (BPC) algorithm to be used during the processing procedure; deriving a model using the identified performance attribute that is configured to estimate relationships between the black point compensation parameters and the identified performance attribute; maximizing the performance attribute of the derived model so as to process the BPC parameters for the color image; and using the processed black point compensation parameters to construct output device profiles. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126004 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing system includes a color standard storage unit that stores multiple color standards that output apparatuses having a shared output method specify range of color reproduction, a virtual color gamut information unit stored associated with the color standard, associated with the color standard, and processed statistically, a color space converter that converts image data input from a network into image data in color space of the color standard, and a preview image generator that color-compresses the image data in the color standard within range of color reproduction of the output apparatus and generates a preview image from the image data generated after color-compression. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126005 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE - A multifunction printer, which generates first image data of a document by reading the document, generates second image data in which a background color of the document is removed by conducting a color conversion process to the first image data, and prints an image based on the second image data, has a background color density computing section which computes background color density of the document from the first image data, a color conversion table generating section which generates a first color conversion table and a second color conversion table based on the background color density, and an image processing section which separates an image shown by the first image data into a letter region and a non-letter region, converts the color by applying the first color conversion table to the letter region, and converts the color by applying the second color conversion table to the non-letter region. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126006 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, DISPLAY METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A display apparatus that displays a preview of print data includes an input unit that receives input of a sheet handling method of a sheet on which the print data is printed from a user, a generating unit that dynamically generates a three-dimensional image representing a behavior, which is a continuous change in a form of the sheet on which the print data is printed, according to the input sheet handling method, and a display unit that displays, as a moving image, the three-dimensional image that is dynamically generated. | 05-08-2014 |
20140139850 | PRINTER CALIBRATION USING MEASURED AND DETERMINED OPTICAL DENSITIES OF DIFFERENT PRIMARY COLORS FROM TEST PATCHES - The optical density of a first primary color is determined using two test patches. The first patch is printed with only the first primary color and a second primary color. The second patch is printed using the first primary color and a second primary color. The optical density of both patches is measured. The optical density of the first primary color is determined using the measured optical density of the second primary color and the measured optical density of the first patch. | 05-22-2014 |
20140139851 | Compensation For Alignment Errors In An Optical Sensor - A method of operating a printer to detect errors in an optical sensor includes forming a printed line across a first side of a print medium and generating first image data corresponding to the printed line with the optical sensor. The optical sensor generates second image data of the second side of the print medium as the print medium passes the optical sensor a second time. A detect in the optical sensor is identified with reference to a difference between process direction alignments of the line in the first image data and the second image data. | 05-22-2014 |
20140139852 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - As viewed for each processing unit in HS processing, a processing unit width is more than 1 pixel, so that threshold arrangement corresponding to a target quality of an image intended by a dither matrix is kept while a possibility of avoiding the zero number of dots from being generated can be enhanced. Moreover, the threshold arrangement is kept while a possibility of generating the same number of dots in processing units can be enhanced. Consequently, the threshold arrangement corresponding to a predetermined target quality of an image intended by a dither matrix is kept while it is possible to reduce occurrence of an uneven density caused by the HS processing. Thus, it is possible to prevent the threshold arrangement from being limited by the HS according to the degree of the reduction. | 05-22-2014 |
20140139853 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - When an input image is shifted by 640 pixels from a test pattern with reference to the position of a nozzle, the remainder is obtained by dividing 640 pixels by pixels of the dither matrix in an x direction. For example, when the size of the dither matrix in the x direction is 256 pixels, the dither matrix is shifted by 128 pixels in a direction reverse to the x direction. In this manner, the phase of the dither matrix at the time of the quantization during test pattern printing matches the phase of the dither matrix at the time of the quantization during input image printing. Consequently, unevenness of the dither matrix at a position N becomes the same in both of the test pattern and the input image. The HS correction to density unevenness caused by the unevenness of the dither matrix becomes suitable for the input image. | 05-22-2014 |
20140139854 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Nozzles in a print head are arrayed in a density of 600 dpi. Moreover, a dither matrix has a size of 16 pixels×16 pixels in 600 dpi. The dither matrix is repeatedly used. In the meantime, each of rectangles represents an HS processing unit. WHS=3 pixels. As a consequence, the relationship of a least common multiple below is established in a nozzle array direction: 3×WD=16×WHS. In this case, the cycle of interference unevenness can be prolonged to the least common multiple between WD and WHS, that is, 48 pixels (3WD). In this manner, the size of the dither matrix is not an integral multiple of the HS processing unit width, so that the cycle of interference unevenness can be prolonged more than the size of the dither matrix. Thus, the interference unevenness can be hardly recognized. | 05-22-2014 |
20140139855 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - One dither mask having a highest spacial frequency is selected from a plurality of dither masks. Next, a granularity is obtained with reference to a table based on the selected dither mask and an ejection amount level per area. Moreover, a difference in granularity between adjacent areas is calculated with respect to all of the areas. A maximum value is obtained out of the obtained differences in granularity, and then, the maximum difference in granularity is compared with a determination threshold. When the maximum difference in granularity is the threshold or greater, it is determined whether or not a dither mask having a spacial frequency lower than that of the selected dither mask is stored in a memory. When there are dither masks having lower spacial frequencies, a dither mask having a spacial frequency lower by one level than that of the selected dither mask is selected. | 05-22-2014 |
20140139856 | PRINTING CONTROLLING TERMINAL APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING PRINTING USING THE SAME - A printing controlling terminal apparatus, an image forming apparatus, and a printing controlling method thereof are provided. The printing controlling terminal apparatus includes a user interface that receives a command to print regarding a document, a determiner that determines if the document intended by the command to print is printed in color, a print data generator that generates print data regarding the document according to a result of the determining, and a communicator that transmits the generated print data to an image forming apparatus. The determiner divides each page of the document into a plurality of blocks, extracts color information from each of the plurality of blocks by applying weighted values to color values of the plurality of divided blocks, and determines whether to print the document in color based on the color information. | 05-22-2014 |
20140146330 | NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM STORING IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - There is provided a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing an image processing program causing a controller to execute: obtaining a plurality of image data; allowing the display section to display at least one print preview image; judging whether two points move away from each other or approach toward each other; and changing the value of N, in a case that it is judged that the two points move away from each other or approach toward each other. In a case that the at least one print preview image has been displayed on the display section and that the value of N is changed, the display section is allowed to display a print preview image in the particular area depending on the value of N changed by the controller. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146331 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus includes a control unit configured to control execution of monochromatic calibration and multi-color calibration, and a registration unit configured to register paper types of paper to be used at time of execution of the monochromatic calibration, a monochromatic target value set for each of the paper types used for the monochromatic calibration, paper types of paper to be used at time of execution of multi-color calibration, and a multi-color target value set for each of the paper types used for the multi-color calibration. The image processing apparatus executes the multi-color calibration, after executing the monochromatic calibration, via the control unit by using paper of a paper type selected from common paper types out of the registered paper types and the monochromatic target value and the multi-color target value set for the selected paper type. | 05-29-2014 |
20140153008 | A METHOD, AN APPARATUS AND A PRINTING EQUIPMENT FOR PRINTING DOCUMENTS - The present invention provides a method, an apparatus and a printing equipment for printing documents, comprising: obtaining the name of the color document; retrieving the printing step information for the color document, according to the name of the color document, and determining if the printing step information for the color document is complete; printing the color document, according to the printing step information, in the case that the printing step information for the color document is complete. Thus, it is possible to avoid the problem of consuming a large amount of time caused by processing the color document at each time of printing it, so as to greatly increase the speed and efficiency of cyclic printing documents. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153009 | COLOR CONVERTING APPARATUS AND COLOR CONVERTING METHOD FOR DESIGNATED-COLOR PRINTING, AND COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A color converting apparatus is used for designated-color printing. The apparatus is provided with a color space converting unit for converting a designated-color designated by a printing command to a converted-color in a color space represented by brightness, saturation and hue of color, and a color classifying unit for classifying the converted-color to one of plural classified-colors on the basis of the brightness, saturation and hue of said converted-color. Color correlating-relationship information is prepared, which sets correlating relationship between the plural classified-colors and one or more printing colors. The apparatus is further provided with a classified-color/printing-color correlating unit for selecting one printing color correlated with the one classified-color from among one or more printing colors, based on the color correlating-relationship information and for correlating the selected printing color with the printing command. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153010 | OPTICAL-WRITING CONTROL DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING OPTICAL WRITING DEVICE - An optical-writing control device calculates correction values for use in correcting a transfer position at which developing-agent images are to be transferred onto a sheet, and overlaying positions at which the developing-agent images are to be overlaid, based on a detection signal output from a sensor upon detection of a correction pattern for use in correcting the transfer position and a correction pattern for use in correcting the overlaying positions. A timing of detecting the pattern for use in correcting the overlaying positions is determined based on a correction value calculated based on the detection signal output upon detection of the pattern for use in correcting the transfer position. The pattern for use in correcting the transfer position is caused to have a width, in the main-scanning direction, that is wider than the width in the main-scanning direction of the pattern for use in correcting the overlaying positions. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153011 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - A device for controlling an image forming apparatus includes an acquisition unit configured to acquire image data, and pixel piece insertion/extraction information indicating whether a pixel piece needs to be inserted into or extracted from each pixel of the image data, a generation unit configured to generate an exposure signal according to a pixel value indicating a pixel of interest in the image data and to pixel piece insertion/extraction information on the pixel of interest, and a control unit configured to control exposure by the apparatus according to the exposure signal. The generation unit causes the pixel of interest to be formed by a plurality of pixel pieces arranged in a direction in which the apparatus scans, presets at least one of the pixel pieces as an adjustment blank pixel piece, and deletes the piece when the width of the pixel of interest in the scanning direction is reduced. | 06-05-2014 |
20140160497 | PRINTER IMAGE ALIGNMENT - A printer calibration method is disclosed. A printer prints a first target on a page. The page is rotated 180 degrees and reloaded into the printer. The printer prints a second target onto the same side of the page. The two targets produce information on image alignment to the page. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160498 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD - In a system for printing by use of an image forming apparatus and an image processing apparatus connected thereto, calibration in the image processing apparatus may not be properly performed depending on the result of the calibration in the image forming apparatus. This leads to a problem of not being able to obtain an optimum printing result. To solve this problem, the image forming apparatus determines whether there is a need for calibration in the image processing apparatus by referring to the result of calibration therein. The image forming apparatus then sends notification to the image processing apparatus to prompt a user to perform calibration depending on the determination. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160499 | MAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus is capable of generating a color image according to an image processing request for execution of image processing on a document being read and computerized, and also capable of reducing a consumption amount of developing material to print a background image. A control method for controlling an image forming apparatus includes reading an image of a document, recognizing a background color of the read image, storing image data indicating the read image and the recognized background color, receiving a processing request for execution of processing on the stored image data, and controlling execution of processing on the image data according to the received processing request and the stored background color. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160500 | RECORDING DATA GENERATION APPARATUS, RECORDING SYSTEM, PROGRAM, RECORDING DATA GENERATION METHOD AND IMAGE DATA DISPLAY METHOD - Included are a display portion that displays image data; a selection portion that allows selection of a partial pixel from amongst the pixels of image data; a color range setting portion that allows setting a color range on the basis of a color of the partial pixel; a determination portion that determines whether or not an image pixel constituting falls within the color range; a determination practice portion that sequentially performs this determination until the pixel adjacent to a determination-completed pixel becomes a pixel not falling within the color range; a pixel designation portion that designates at least one pixel as falling within the color range; a color conversion portion that converts a color of each pixel designated by the pixel designation portion; and a recording data generation portion that generates recording data on the basis of image data resulting from the color conversion. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160501 | System and Method for Color Reproduction Tolerances - Systems and methods for color reproduction tolerances are provided. One method according to the present disclosure may involve selecting a printing configuration, printing a color scale sample using the printing configuration, and scoring the printed color scale sample based at least in part on an extent to which transpositions of the color swatches occur over a color range. When the score of the printed color scale sample indicates a print quality is or will he above a threshold level of quality, a print job using colors of the color range may be printed using the printing configuration. | 06-12-2014 |
20140168670 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS INCLUDING REMOVAL UNIT FOR REMOVING DEVELOPER - An image forming apparatus has a control unit configured to: after an image is formed in a color mode, if an integrated supply amount is larger than or equal to a reference supply amount, cause a supply image with a first amount of developer, otherwise, cause a supply image with a second amount of developer larger that the first amount; and, after an image is formed in the monochrome mode, cause a supply image with a third amount of developer smaller than the first amount, and, to make an interval between recording materials when the supply image with the third amount is formed shorter than an interval between recording materials when the supply image with the first amount or larger is formed. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168671 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - There are provided a printing apparatus which holds a job, determines whether attribution information of a sheet to be used by the stored job is registered for a sheet storage unit, judges whether a sheet exists in a sheet storage unit to be used by the job, and notifies a result of the determination and a result of the judgment. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168672 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus is provided which includes: an inputting unit configured to input image data including a first process color and a second process color; and a determining unit configured to determine a density of the second process color for a target pixel in the inputted image data on the basis of a density of the first process color in the target pixel and on a density of the second process color in a peripheral pixel of the target pixel. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168673 | PRINTING USING COLOR CHANGEABLE MATERIAL - Systems and methods for printing data on a substrate including a color-changeable material are provided. One system includes a processing circuit and a device including an energy source. At least a portion of a printed publication is printed on the substrate using a commercial printing press based on fixed data. The device including the energy source is configured to add variable data to the substrate. The processing circuit is configured to receive the variable data and to control the energy source to change a color of the color-changeable material based on the variable data to provide at least a portion of the printed publication. The processing circuit is configured to control the energy source to change the color of the color-changeable material in-line with a flow of the substrate through one of a printing line, a finishing line, or a packaging line of the commercial printing press. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168674 | PRINT CONTROLLING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, METHOD OF COLOR REVISING AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A print controlling apparatus includes a storage to store a plurality of color feature information, an acquirer to acquire color feature information of a second image forming apparatus, a moderator to moderate color converting table of a first image forming apparatus by using the acquired color feature information and the plurality of color feature information stored in the storage, and a controller to perform printing jobs regarding the first image forming apparatus by using the moderated color converting table. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168675 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING COLOR OF OUTPUT IMAGE IN IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - In a case where image processing, in which a ratio of the number of color pixels greatly fluctuates, is executed after performing charging determination, an output result might not match a result of the charging determination. There is provided a device for determining a color of an output image in a case where an image to be printed is printed with an additional image attached thereto, the device including: a unit configured to divide the image to be printed into blocks of a predetermined size; a unit configured to calculate an average value of color components of pixels included in the block; a correction value calculation unit configured to correct a calculated average value using a correction value corresponding to the additional image; and a color/monochrome determination processing unit configured to determine, based on the corrected average value, whether the block is a color block or a monochrome block. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168676 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, RECORDING MEDIUM, AND CONTROL METHOD - An information processing apparatus ignores a second setting in a despooling process and generates a print command based on a first setting even if a change from the first setting to the second setting is received. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168677 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS THAT CONTROLS IMAGE FORMATION CONDITION - An image forming apparatus includes: a receiving unit configured to receive reflection light emitted by a light emitting unit, and output a detection signal corresponding to an amount of received reflection light; a detection unit configured to output, as an output signal, a signal corresponding to a difference between a value that corresponds to an amount of reflection light from a first position at which a detection image having one or more lines in a direction different from a movement direction is formed and a value that corresponds to an amount of reflection light from a second position different from the first position; and a control unit configured to control an image formation condition related to density of an image to be formed, based on a peak value of the output signal. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168678 | METHOD TO CONTROL A COLOR PRINTER OR COLOR COPIER WITH THE AID OF ADDITIONAL PRINTED POSITIONING MARKINGS - In a method to control a printer or copier, a color measurement unit is provided for determining a measurement value of a print marking in a measurement region of color measurement unit. The print marking is printed on the printing substrate web. In addition a positioning marking is also printed on the printing substrate web in a predetermined position relative to the print marking in order to determine a relative position between the print marking and the measurement region of the color measurement unit. The positioning marking comprises at least two partial regions printed in different colors, the partial regions being formed such that a determined color value of the positioning marking changes given a movement of the measurement region of the color measurement unit transverse to a movement direction of the printing substrate web. A real color value is determined with the color measurement unit if the measurement region of the color measurement unit is arranged in a region of the positioning marking. A relative position between the print marking and the color measurement unit is determined depending on a real color value. The measurement value of the print marking is determined and the printer or copier is controlled depending on the measurement value of the print marking. | 06-19-2014 |
20140176967 | COLORIMETRIC RENDERING - A method for colorimetric rendering includes receiving, by a display device, an image that has been preprocessed for adjusting color and disregarding, by the display device, the preprocessing for adjusting color. The display device performs a colorimetric rendering transform at the time of display or print of the image by using an embedded colorimetric reference. A display device for colorimetric rendering of digital images is also provided. | 06-26-2014 |
20140176968 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - The blocking unit generates first block property data having a first value if all pixels in the block image do not have a color of the color plane, and generates first block property data having a second value if at least one pixel in the block image has the color. The gamma correction unit performs gamma correction for the block image having the second value and does not perform gamma correction for the block image having the first value. The screen process unit generates a block dot image by performing a screen process for the block image after the gamma correction. The toner adhesion amount calculating unit identifies values of the first block property data of block images adjacent to an objective block image, and identifies the toner adhesion amount of the object block as a value changed correspondingly to the identified values of the first block property data. | 06-26-2014 |
20140176969 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus includes an acquisition unit configured to acquire a paper type to be used at the time of execution of an input print job, a determination unit configured to determine a paper type to be used for executing the input print job by using information about the paper type acquired by the acquisition unit, and a generation unit configured to generate a correction table corresponding to the paper type determined by the determination unit, the correction table being used to correct an image that is formed by an image forming unit by using a value obtained as a result of measuring a patch formed by the image forming unit on paper of the paper type determined by the determination unit. | 06-26-2014 |
20140176970 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR GENERATING IMAGE PROCESSING PARAMETERS - An image processing apparatus includes a first determination unit configured to determine whether a difference between the result of measuring a first chart formed by an image forming unit and a target value is larger than a first preset threshold value, and a control unit configured to, based on a result of determination by the determination unit, control execution of correction of reproduction characteristics of an image formed by the image forming unit by using the result of measuring a second chart formed by the image forming unit and the target value. | 06-26-2014 |
20140185066 | RECORDING APPARATUS HAVING DATA CONCEALMENT PROCESSING FUNCTION - When executed by a controller of recording apparatus, the instructions causes the recording apparatus to perform: calculating at least one of a first recording ratio and a second recording ratio based on an image data of an image recorded on a recording medium; controlling a depositing device of recording apparatus to perform a concealment process when at least one condition is satisfied, the at least one condition including a condition that the at least one of the first recording ratio and the second recording ratio is smaller than a threshold value; and controlling the depositing device not to perform the concealment process when the at least one of the first recording ratio and the second recording ratio is greater than or equal to the threshold value. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185067 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING IMAGES - An image processing apparatus prints an image without streaks on a medium. A receiving section receives base color image data and non-base color image data. A detecting section detects a boundary between a first area in which the base color image is printed and a second area which surrounds the first area and no image is printed therein. A correction section performs correction on the image data to generate one of a third area defined in a peripheral portion of the first area and a fourth area which is defined in a peripheral portion of the second area and is contiguous to the first area. A smaller amount of base color toner is consumed in the third and fourth area than in the first area. A printing section prints an image on a medium in accordance with the corrected base color image data and the non-base color image data. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185068 | IMAGE CORRECTION DATA GENERATING APPARATUS AND IMAGE CORRECTION DATA GENERATING PROGRAM - An image data acquiring unit | 07-03-2014 |
20140185069 | APPARATUS, METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM FOR CONTROLLING A PRINTING APPARATUS - An apparatus includes an acquiring unit configured to acquire information for specifying an attribute of a printing medium, a first control unit configured to, in a case where an attribute of a printing medium corresponding to a first printing and an attribute specified by the information newly acquired by the acquiring unit for a second printing are different, control the printing apparatus so that the second printing is not executed, a display control unit configured to cause a display to display a screen for confirming an attribute of a printing medium, in accordance with an instruction by the user, and a second control unit configured to control the printing apparatus so that the control by the first control unit is not executed and the second printing is executed, on the condition that the screen be displayed before the acquisition of the information corresponding to the second printing. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185070 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing device includes a mode instruction information obtaining section, a color determination threshold storage section, a mode determination section, and an automatic color determination threshold adjustment section. The mode determination section, using a color determination threshold, determines a mode to be a color mode when the image data belongs to a color mode range, and determines the mode to be a monochrome mode when the image data belongs to a monochrome mode range. The automatic color determination threshold adjustment section adjusts the color determination threshold so as to widen a mode range corresponding to the mode determined by the mode determination section, when the mode indicated by the instruction information obtained by the mode instruction information obtaining section is different from the mode determined by the mode determination section. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185071 | APPARATUS THAT PERFORMS CALIBRATION FOR MAINTAINING IMAGE QUALITY - To add an arbitrary recording medium as a recording medium that can be used for calibration to maintain the quality of an image to be formed, an image forming unit forms a pattern image on each of a specific recording medium that can be used for the calibration and the arbitrary recording medium. A creating unit creates second conversion setting information applied to the arbitrary recording medium to convert luminance information into density information, using first luminance information obtained from the pattern image formed on the specific recording medium, second luminance information obtained from the pattern image formed on the arbitrary recording medium, and first conversion setting information applied to the specific recording medium for converting luminance information into density information. A determining unit determines a common image formation condition applied to the specific recording medium and the arbitrary recording medium based on the second conversion setting information. | 07-03-2014 |
20140192371 | PRINTING CONDITION SETTING APPARATUS, PRINTING CONDITION SETTING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY STORAGE MEDIUM - Color conversion conditions corresponding to medium types belonging to the same group as a selected representative type are collectively updated based on calibration results. It is judged whether or not there is a fluctuating factor concerning color reproduction characteristics between a print medium that is used at present in the calibration and a print medium that was used in the past. If a fluctuating factor is determined to exist, then only the color converting condition corresponding to the representative type is updated. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192372 | METHOD OF PROCESSING IMAGE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS USING THE SAME - An image processing method and an image forming apparatus using the same. The method of processing includes dividing an image into a predetermined number of blocks, calculating an average of color signals of pixels existing in each of the blocks divided, classifying the blocks into color blocks and monochrome blocks using the calculated average, and determining whether the image is a color image or a monochrome image using a proportion of the color blocks. Accordingly, for a document wherein color and monochrome images are mixed, it is automatically determined whether an image is a color image or a monochrome image. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192373 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A COLOUR CALIBRATION TARGET - A method includes the step of printing a calibration target with a printing device, the printing device including a plurality of groups of printheads, the printheads of the same group being fed with ink of the same colour, the calibration target including a plurality of coloured zones that are intended to be subsequently processed, the method further including the steps of:
| 07-10-2014 |
20140198325 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR DETERMINING COLOR CHARACTERSTICS OF AN IMAGE - Disclosed embodiments relate to a method implementable on a computing device for determining color characteristics of an image. The method includes identifying one or more regions in the image based on a luminance value associated with pixels in the image. Each region comprises a set of pixels having a predefined range of luminance values. The set of pixels associated with the one or more regions are categorized into one or more predefined color categories corresponding to each of the one or more regions, based on a chroma value associated with each pixel in the set of pixels. The color characteristics of the image are determined based on a count of the categorized pixels in each of the one or more predefined color categories. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198326 | CONTROL APPARATUS AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - Provided are a control apparatus for controlling an image forming apparatus including an inline sensor, and a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing a control program. The control apparatus includes: a data analyzing section configured to extract color information contained in an image of a certain page of a job and determine whether there is missing color information necessary for color administration of the job in the extracted color information; a color patch creating section configured to create a color patch or color patches corresponding to the missing color information and arrange the color patch or color patches in the certain page; and a control section configured to send image data of the certain page in which the color patch or color patches are arranged to the image forming apparatus so as to make the image forming apparatus perform print processing and measuring color information. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198327 | CONTROL APPARATUS AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - Provided is a control apparatus for controlling an image forming apparatus including an inline sensor. The control apparatus includes: a data analyzing section configured to extract color information contained in an image of a target page positioned a predetermined number of pages after a certain page, where the predetermined number of pages are pages to be printed during at least a period from print processing for the certain page to measurement of color information on the printed image of the certain page; a color patch creating section configured to create a color patch corresponding to the color information contained in the image of the target page and arrange the color patch in the certain page; and a control section configured to send image data of the certain page to the image forming apparatus so as to make the image forming apparatus perform print processing and measuring color information. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198328 | COLOR PROCESSING METHOD, COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND NON-TRANSITORY RECORDING MEDIUM - The shape of a target mark extracted from within a print sample and to be reproduced on a print is entered. A color chart is printed comprising multiple color patches in which the shape of the target mark is simulated. | 07-17-2014 |
20140211222 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD USING MULTI-PROCESSOR - An image forming apparatus including a multi-processor and an image forming method thereof. The apparatus includes a data processing unit to divide input print data into a plurality of divided print data according to a predetermined criterion and to simultaneously process the plurality of divided print data using a multi-processor, and an image forming unit to form an image corresponding to the processed print data. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211223 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus converts first color values in a first color space to second color values in a second color space for an objective color. If the objective color is not within a color reproduction space of an outputting device, the searching unit searches for a set of color values as base color values in the color reproduction space so that the set of color values minimizes a value of the color difference formula for the first color values. As the second color values, the searching unit determines a set of color values in a predetermine neighbor space of the base color values so that the determined set of color values minimizes a difference between property values on a color property of which the allowed color difference is smallest among the allowed color differences at the first color values. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211224 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR PRINTING THREE DIMENSIONAL IMAGES - Systems and methods for printing a 3D object on a three-dimensional (3D) printer are described. The methods semi-automatically or automatically delineate an item in an image, receive a 3D model of the item, matches said item to said 3D model, and send the matched 3D model to a 3D printer. | 07-31-2014 |
20140218754 | IMAGE CAPTURING DEVICE AND RECORDING APPARATUS - An image capturing device includes: a housing; a reference pattern used for color measurement and arranged in the housing; an image capturing element that captures an image of the reference pattern in a first area and an image of an object in a second area of the image capturing area; an image forming element causing the image of the reference pattern and the image of the object to be formed on the image capturing element by being arranged on a first optical path between the image capturing element and the reference pattern and a second optical path between the image capturing element and the object; and an optical member that guides any one of the images of the reference pattern and the object formed by the image forming element so that the images are to be formed on an element surface of the image capturing element. | 08-07-2014 |
20140233046 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus comprises: a decision unit which decides, based on a first resolution and a second resolution, a sampling pixel to be used for resolution conversion in the first image data; a determination unit which determines whether the first image data includes a white line of not larger than a predetermined width; a replacing unit which, in a case where a pixel of interest in the first image data is a pixel included in the white line and is not the sampling pixel, replaces a value of the pixel of interest with a value of a pixel adjacent to the pixel of interest; and a conversion unit which converts the first image data including the replaced value of the pixel into the second image data having the second resolution. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233047 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD AND TANGIBLE COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - Disclosed is an image forming apparatus including: an image obtaining unit configured to obtain an image of an identification card; a printing unit; a utilization purpose entry receiving unit configured to receive an entry of a utilization purpose of a document to be printed by the printing unit; and a control unit configured to overlap a text indicating the utilization purpose received by the utilization purpose entry receiving unit, with the image of the identification card, and to instruct the printing unit to print the overlapped text and the image of the identification card. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233048 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RETRIEVING PRINT MEDIA ATTRIBUTES FROM A PRINT MEDIA DATABASE SERVER - A method of managing at least one print media database server for print media attributes of print media is disclosed, the method includes hosting print media attributes for a plurality of image forming apparatuses on the at least one print media database server, and wherein the at least one print media database server contains print media attributes for a plurality of print media from one or more manufacturers; receiving, by the at least one print media database server, additional print media attributes from either of the one or more manufacturers and one of the plurality of image forming apparatuses; confirming accuracy of the additional print media attributes; and enabling, by the at least one print media database server, access to the additional print media attributes in the print media database from the plurality of image forming apparatuses, after the accuracy of the additional print media attributes is confirmed. | 08-21-2014 |
20140240726 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - In the image processing apparatus, a display control unit displays property control units that specify correction strength independently for chroma, brightness and hue angle in selectable ranges in accordance with the user operation. Allowed correction ranges for chroma, brightness and hue angle based on a color difference formula are set to the selectable ranges. If correction strength specified by one of the property control units is changed according to the user operation, then an allowed correction range determining unit determines and changes the allowed correction ranges of residual properties using the color difference formula to which the changed correction strength of one property among chroma, brightness and hue angle has been applied, and the display control unit changes the selectable ranges of the property control units of the residual properties to the changed allowed correction ranges, and changes indication of the property control units of the residual properties. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240727 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - In the case where charging by grade in accordance with a plurality of image attributes is performed, it is not possible for a user to identify the image attribute with which printing is performed from the appearance of printed matter that is output. In accordance with a color pixel ratio in image data, an image attribute of the image data is determined and a display unit is controlled to display the determined image attribute and the color pixel ratio. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240728 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus performs image formation of a target image with the use of a first color gamut as a standard color gamut for image formation. The image forming apparatus includes a storage section, a color conversion section, and an image forming section. The storage section stores a color expansion table indicating a second color gamut wider than the first color gamut. The color conversion section converts, when a color in the target image is present outside the first color gamut, a color value of the color in the target image to a color value of a coloring material used for image formation on the basis of the color expansion table. The image forming section performs image formation of the target image on the basis of the color value of the coloring material. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240729 | METHOD AND SYSTEM TO PROCESS COLOR PRINT IMAGES FOR DIGITAL PRINTING - In a method or system for processing a color print image for digital printing at a predetermined printing apparatus, the print image is deconstructed into color separations according to characteristic color curves of the printing apparatus. The color separations are stored in a data unit as greyscale bitmap images and at least one of a color code and color values are associated with each color separation in the data unit. The print image encoded in the data unit is presented at a display device for monitoring or management before printout at the printing apparatus, the print image being presented at the display device by means of at least one of the color code and color values associated with the respective color separations such that the individual color separations are transparently superimposed. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240730 | Presentation-Based Qualty Determination - A solution for evaluating a printing configuration for an electronic document in which one or more presentation attributes of a physical reproduction (e.g., a printed copy) of the electronic document are considered. A perceived quality of the physical reproduction of the electronic document can be determined using a set of properties of the electronic document and the one or more presentation attributes. The perceived quality can be utilized in various ways as part of a printing process. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240731 | SYSTEMS & METHODS FOR PROVIDING VARIABLE DATA PRINTING (VDP) USING DYNAMIC FONT DOWNGRADING - Apparatus and methods for providing downgraded fonts for VDP printing application are described. A server system may be configured to generate and/or select a set of downgraded rasterized fonts for delivery to a client system in order to provide limited client-side WYSIWIG display functionality using the downgraded fonts. A client side application may use the downgraded fonts to provide a display-only or draft print only rendering of a VDP print job. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240732 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONVERTING A VECTOR-BASED REPRESENTATION OF A DESIRED DEVICE PATTERN FOR A LITHOGRAPHY APPARATUS, APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING DATA TO A PROGRAMMABLE PATTERNING DEVICE, A LITHOGRAPHY APPARATUS AND A DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD - A method for converting a vector-based representation of a desired device pattern for an exposure apparatus, a lithography or exposure apparatus, an apparatus and method to provide data to a programmable patterning device, and a device manufacturing method. In an embodiment, the method for converting outputs a rasterized representation of the desired dose pattern of radiation corresponding to the desired device pattern, wherein the vector-based representation includes primitive data identifying one or more primitive patterns; and instance data identifying how at least a portion of the desired device pattern is formed from one or more instances of each identified primitive pattern, the method including forming a rasterized primitive of each primitive pattern identified in the primitive data, and forming the rasterized representation by storing each rasterized primitive in association with the instance data corresponding to that rasterized primitive. | 08-28-2014 |
20140253930 | IMAGE FORMING DEVICE, DENSITY CORRECTION METHOD, AND NON-TRANSISTORY COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - An image forming device includes a density correction unit that corrects density based on a density detection value of the density correction pattern; a first density correction pattern generating unit that generates a first density correction pattern having low resolution; and a second density correction pattern generating unit that generates a second density correction pattern having high resolution. When a first density detection value of the first density correction pattern is greater than a predetermined threshold value, the density correction unit corrects the density by determining a density correction reflection rate, based on the first density detection value. When the first density detection value is less than or equal to the predetermined threshold value, the density correction unit corrects the density by determining the density correction reflection rate, based on a second density detection value of the second density correction pattern. | 09-11-2014 |
20140253931 | COLOR IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING COLOR IMAGE - In a color image processing apparatus in the present invention, correction values used for causing reproduction characteristics of multi-colors formed by an image forming unit to be close to target values are obtained using results of measurement of colors of multi-color patch images formed by the image forming unit using a plurality of recording materials. The color image processing apparatus includes a first processing unit configured to, when the image forming unit forms a color image, execute a correction process using the correction values, a second processing unit configured to, when the image forming unit forms the color image, execute the correction process without using at least some of the correction values or not to execute the correction process, and a control unit configured to selectively cause the first processing unit and the second processing unit to operate. | 09-11-2014 |
20140268191 | METHODS, SYSTEMS AND PROCESSOR-READABLE MEDIA FOR DYNAMICALLY DETECTING AND SWITCHING PROFILING CONFIGURATIONS - Methods and systems for dynamically detecting and switching profiling configuration in digital rendering. A set of color patches utilized for profiling can be rendered via a calibration engine and the color patches can be measured via inline/offline spectrophotometer. A high-accuracy MFD model can be built based on measurement from the color patches. A set of measurement values for a set of CMYK color probes can be obtained directly from the measurement and/or by processing through a MFD model. A classifier can be configured to determine a toner set based on the predicted and/or measured Lab values. The profiling procedure then automatically sets up a parameter set for the corresponding toner set to build a color look-up table via an inversion and optimization function. A destination ICC profile can be built based on the color LUTs. The system can handle multiple toner sets and produce optimized color outcome for each toner set. | 09-18-2014 |
20140268192 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATICALLY UPDATING A PROSE ATTRIBUTE ENTRY BASED UPON PRINT JOB PARAMETERS OF A PRINT JOB ORDER - A method, non-transitory computer readable medium, and apparatus for updating a prose attribute entry based upon one or more print job parameters of a print job order are disclosed. For example, the method detects a mismatch between the one or more print job parameters of the print job order and a prose attribute field of a print job request, presents an option to update the prose attribute entry in the prose attribute field corresponding to the one or more print job parameters of the print job order that are mismatched, receives a confirmation to update the prose attribute entry in the prose attribute field and updates the prose attribute entry to include the one or more print job parameters that were mismatched | 09-18-2014 |
20140268193 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COLOR PRINT MANAGEMENT - In a color printing environment, functions for printing color management are dissociated. An abstraction layer is also provided to facilitate setting and evaluation of all factors relating to color print and prediction. | 09-18-2014 |
20140268194 | Method and System for Determining an Object Type from Raster Data in an Image Forming Apparatus - A method for determining a color profile from received raster data and printing the raster data is provided. Color profiles provide a mapping from a color space of the raster data to a color space of the printer, which typically uses CMYK toner or ink. A text color profile may be employed to print crisper text, or a photo color profile may be employed to produce better images. The raster data includes a plurality of raster scan lines containing digital pixel values. The method includes determining a number of sequentially repeated digital pixel values and a number of sequentially non-repeated digital pixel values for the plurality of raster scan lines. A color profile is selected based on a determination between the repeated and non-repeated digital pixel values. An example image forming apparatus that may carry out the method is also provided. | 09-18-2014 |
20140285830 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes: an acquiring unit that acquires second raster data generated by reading color sample images formed based on first color sample images of first raster data by an image forming apparatus; a detecting unit that detects a defect present in second color sample images of the second raster data; and a correcting unit that excludes image data of a region where the defect is detected by the detecting unit from the second color sample images, and corrects the color conversion parameters such that a color of each second color sample image formed based on the first raster data by the image forming apparatus comes close to a color corresponding to the first color sample image of the first raster data, based on the second raster data corresponding to a region excluding the region where the defect is detected by the detecting unit, and the first raster data. | 09-25-2014 |
20140285831 | PRINTING SYSTEM AND PRINTING METHOD FOR DETERMINING INK-SAVING AMOUNT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a printing system and a printing method for determining an ink-saving amount. The printing system comprises: a rasterizer processor configured to load a content file, and perform a raster process according to a predetermined ink-saving parameter so as to output a raster image; a computer-to-plate (CTP) device configured to output an imaging CTP plate according to the raster image; and a CTP output device configured to print a one-bit Tiff image according to the imaging CTP plate; and an ink-saving amount determination device coupled, in parallel with the CTP device, to the rasterizer processor and configured to acquire a raster image when the ink-saving parameter is disabled and compares the raster image with a raster image acquired from the rasterizer processor when the ink-saving parameter is enabled, so as to determine the ink-saving amount available for the content file. | 09-25-2014 |
20140285832 | COLOR PRINTING SYSTEM, COLOR PRINTING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORING COLOR PRINTING PROGRAM - There is provided a color printing system including: a specification unit that specifies an area which has predetermined colors from printing target image data; a printing unit that prints the image data; a color measurement unit that measures the colors of the area, which is specified by the specification unit, with regard to a printed matter; a recording unit that records color measurement results whenever the image data is printed; and a color adjustment unit that, when a predetermined number of color measurement results of the predetermined colors are completed, executes color adjustment using the color measurement results. Therefore, it is possible to prevent accuracy from being lowered while the color adjustment is effectively executed. | 09-25-2014 |
20140293299 | Image Processing Device Determining Characteristic Quantity Relating to Number of Colors - An image processing device identifies first pixels representing an object and second pixels representing a background in a target image; sets, in the target image, a target range of pixels in which at least one first pixel and at least one second pixel are included; changes, to a second pixel, a first pixel that is included in the target range and is adjacent to the second pixel, thereby classifying the plurality of first pixels into at least one changed first pixel and remaining first pixels, the changed first pixel being a first pixel that has been changed to a second pixel, the remaining first pixel being a first pixel that has been unchanged; and determines a characteristic quantity by using pixel values of the remaining first pixels, the characteristic quantity relating to a number of colors in the object. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293300 | PRINTING CONDITION SETTING APPARATUS, PRINTING CONDITION SETTING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY STORAGE MEDIUM - It is detected whether or not a print medium supplied to a printing apparatus has been replaced with a print medium of the same medium type within a period of time from a preceding calibration execution time to a present calibration execution time. A representative condition corresponding to a color conversion condition that is obtained at the present calibration execution time is corrected depending on the detected result. Based on the corrected representative condition, color conversion conditions corresponding to two or more medium types that belong to the same group as the representative type are corrected collectively. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293301 | PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS AND PRINT CONTROL PROGRAM - A print control apparatus includes an image data acquisition unit for acquiring at least first image data of a raster format that defines color information and second image data of a raster format that defines an amount of recording with a special color ink different from the color that is indicated by the color information, a PDL data generation unit for generating PDL data with which an instruction for printing a document comprising at least an image represented by the first image data and the second image data is described by a page description language, and a transfer unit for transferring the generated PDL data to a print unit, wherein the PDL data generation unit generating a command for designating a method of printing for the special color ink represented by the second image data and generating PDL data that includes the generated command. | 10-02-2014 |
20140300911 | To generate a histogram matched image - A method to generate a histogram matched image in which a portion of a first reference image is partitioned into a plurality of regions. Histogram matching is performed separately on the plurality of regions of the first reference image and corresponding regions in a second image to generate a plurality of first histogram matched reference images. Histogram matching is also performed on the portion of the first reference image and a corresponding portion in the second image to generate a second histogram matched reference image. An area from one of at least a first histogram matched reference image and the second histogram matched reference image is selected to generate a finalized histogram matched reference image. | 10-09-2014 |
20140307274 | PROVIDING REDUCED AND NON-PRINT OPTIONS USING PRINT DRIVER - Methods and systems receive, into computerized device, an instruction to print a document and provide a print driver interface in response to the instruction to print the document, from the computerized device. The methods and systems then automatically record user interaction with the print driver interface and determine an intended use of the document, based on the user interaction with the print driver interface, using the computerized device. The intended use of the document is in addition to an option to print the document. The methods and systems can then automatically print the document and/or electronically share the document based on the intended use of the document, using the computerized device. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307275 | TO GENERATE AN IMAGE - A method to generate an image in which a plurality of offset vectors for portions of a first image are determined by comparing the similarity of the portions to portion of a second image. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307276 | FUNCTION SETTING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A function setting device includes a first operator and a second operator. The first operator is operated for selecting one function item from among plural function items forming a first menu and for setting the selected function item and for then selecting one function value from among plural function values of the set function item forming a second menu and for setting the selected function value, the second menu being provided for each function item. One function item is assigned to the second operator. The second operator sets the selection of the assigned function item when the second operator is operated for the first time and selects one function value from among plural function values of the set function item forming the second menu every time the second operator is operated for a subsequent time. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307277 | PRINT CONTROL SYSTEM, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRUDUCT - A print control system includes: a color reference generation unit that generates color reference information defining a color reference for reproducing a color characteristic of a first output device by a second output device designated as a print destination using a first output profile representing a color reproduction characteristic of the first output device serving as a reference of color matching; a first color conversion unit that applies color conversion to image data designated as a print target using the color reference information and a second output profile representing a color reproduction characteristic of the second output device; and a transmission unit that transmits the converted image data to the second output device and requests printing. | 10-16-2014 |
20140313527 | METHOD OF GENERATING A SMOOTH IMAGE FROM POINT CLOUD DATA - A method for processing an array of pixels in a point cloud, comprises calculating local error limits for each distance value for each pixel in the processed point cloud data set. One may then determine the error bar. One begins a distance value adjusting loop by for each pixel in the processed point cloud data set by calculating the difference between the distance value in the pixel of the point cloud data set being processed and each of the neighboring pixels or the most suitable neighboring pixel distance value is determined whether the difference is within the range defined by the error bar. It the difference is not within the error bar, the distance value is changed for the pixel being processed by a small fraction while keeping the new distance value within the range defined by the original distance value for the pixel being processed plus or minus the error bar. If the difference is within the error bar the distance value in the pixel being processed is replaced by a weighted average value. The number of neighboring pixels with their distance values within the error bar for the pixel being processed is counted and if the count is greater than a predetermined threshold, average the counted distance values and substitute the average for the pixel distance value, but if the count is below the threshold leave the pixel distance value unchanged. It is determined whether loop exit criteria have been met and if loop exit criteria have not been met beginning the loop again, and if loop exit criteria have been met, terminating the loop. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313528 | PRINT SETTING APPARATUS AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORED WITH CONTROL PROGRAM OF PRINT SETTING APPARATUS - A PC performing print setting of print data to be output by a printer capable of executing a plurality of calibration methods, including a selection unit that selects one color profile as a color profile to be used for color conversion of the print data from a plurality of color profiles, a determination unit that determines whether a first calibration method executed at a time of creation of one color profile selected by the selection unit agrees with a second calibration method currently registered in the printer, with reference to the one color profile selected by the selection unit and a correction table indicating a correspondence relation between output characteristic values of the printer before and after correction by the second calibration method, and a first notification unit that notifies a user of a determination result by the determination unit. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313529 | DEVICE, METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - In the case where a request for printing is mage during execution of a continuous calibration, it is possible to interrupt a job without impairing the quality of printing by performing printing after executing an effective calibration in accordance with the kind of job, however, there is no mechanism to cancel each calibration in the standby state, and in order to make cancellation, it is necessary to wait until execution of each calibration is started, and therefore, the printing chances are lessened. There is provided a mechanism to display kinds of jobs in which printing is recommended at the point of time of end of each calibration and to enable cancellation of the calibration function of calibrations other than effective calibration after the effective calibration is executed. | 10-23-2014 |
20140320871 | Image Process for Ensuring Visibility of Color Image in Black and White Printing - An image processing apparatus includes an image processing unit configured to set a background color in color line image data to one of white and transparent and express a line-drawing color of a line-drawing object by achromatic brightness when performing black-and-white printing based on the color line image data. The image processing unit includes: an origin setting unit configured to set a brightness of the background color to an origin on a brightness axis of a hue coordinate system in a case where the background color in the color line image data is a color other than white; and a first brightness setting unit configured to set a distance from the origin to a coordinate of the line-drawing color in the hue coordinate system as a brightness of the line-drawing object for the black-and-white printing. | 10-30-2014 |
20140320872 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus implements appropriate image processing on image data stored in a storage unit of the image processing apparatus easily and efficiently, and distributes the image data to an external apparatus. An image format conversion unit implements image processing such as resolution conversion processing, filter processing, γ correction processing, and halftone processing on image data stored in an HDD serving as an image data storage unit so that the image data conform to conditions, such as image quality and format, specified by an external client apparatus. The image-processed image data are then distributed to the external client apparatus. | 10-30-2014 |
20140333943 | DISPLAY PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, DISPLAY PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A display processing apparatus includes a gloss-control plane generating unit configured to generate gloss-control plane data for specifying a type of a surface effect applied to a recording medium and an area in a recording medium to which the surface effect is applied; an obtaining unit configured to obtain replacement information that is used to replace a type of the surface effect that is not available in a device configuration with a type of the surface effect that is available in the device configuration; a replacing unit configured to replace the type of the surface effect designated by the designation information with the type of the available surface effect using the replacement information obtained by the obtaining unit; and a preview image generating unit configured to generate a preview image based on the gloss-control plane data having an area to which the available surface effect is to be applied. | 11-13-2014 |
20140340697 | DETERMINING NEW COLOR VALUES OF AN IMAGE BASED ON AN ACITIVITY MAP - A method comprises computing an activity map for an input image. The activity map indicates an amount of variable spatial activity in the input image. The method further comprises producing an output image based on the activity map, and controlling a printhead to cause the output image to be printed. The output image contains a plurality of color pixels and each such color pixel is represented by at least one of cyan (C), magenta (M), yellow (Y), and black (K) in a color space. | 11-20-2014 |
20140347680 | Methods and Systems for Printing an Image on an Article - Systems and methods are provided for creating a print image using a computer processing system. The print image is then printed on an article. The methods include retrieving layouts and images, prompting a user to select a layout and images for placement in at least one bounded area; and sending layout, image, and placement information to a print server for creating a print image. The print server is connected to a printer for printing the print image on an article. | 11-27-2014 |
20140347681 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes an obtaining unit configured to obtain a background image object and a foreground image object to be rendered with an overlap with the background image object, the background image object partially overlapping a pixel which is partially overlapped by the foreground image object; a determination unit configured to determine whether or not there is a possibility that in the pixel, the background image object is rendered instead of the foreground image object, on the basis of a rendering rule for the foreground image object and the background image object, the rendering rule for an image object being determined by a kind of attribute of the image object; and a control unit configured to control a rendering so that the background image object does not to show up in the pixel, in a case where the possibility is determined to exist by the determination unit. | 11-27-2014 |
20140347682 | Image Creating Apparatus Having Color Arrangement Changing Unit and Image Creating Apparatus Having Color Arrangement Restoring Unit - An image creating apparatus has a printing device configured to print a changed image on a recording medium; a difficult-to-recognize color arrangement storage unit configured to store a difficult-to-recognize color arrangement that is difficult to visually recognize; an object extracting unit configured to extract objects from an original image; a difficult-to-recognize object detecting unit configured to detect a difficult-to-recognize object; a representative color obtaining unit configured to obtain the representative color of the difficult-to-recognize object; a color arrangement changing unit configured to (i) change the color arrangement of the image so that the color arrangement of the periphery is changed from the difficult-to-recognize color arrangement in at least part of the difficult-to-recognize object and (ii) embed information about the representative color as dots; and a changed image printing unit configured to command the printing device to print the changed image with the changed color arrangement. | 11-27-2014 |
20140355013 | Systems and Methods for Red-Eye Correction - Systems and methods are provided for correcting red-eye in a digital image. an identification of pixels in a color image where red-eye is to be corrected is accessed. At least a portion of the color image is converted from a color representation to generate a grayscale representation. The color image is adjusted by replacing identified pixels in the color image with corresponding pixels from the grayscale representation to generate an adjusted color image, and the adjusted color image is saved in a computer-readable medium. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355014 | Image-Forming Apparatus Adjusting Image-Forming Operation Using Values Acquired from Different Measurement Environments - An image-forming apparatus includes a rotary body, an image-forming unit, at least two sensors, and a control device. The image-forming unit performs an image-forming operation. The at least two sensors read an image formed on the rotary body. The control device is configured to to: control the image-forming unit to form a test image on the rotary body; control the sensors to read the test image formed on the rotary body to acquire at least two values each relating to one of the at least two sensors; calculate a weighted average value of the at least two values by using weightings that are assigned to the at least two values, respectively, one of the weightings being different from another of the weightings; and correct the image-forming operation using the weighted average value. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355015 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus reads an image, generates image data of the image, and forms an image on a sheet based on image data. The apparatus corrects a tone of an image based on an image read in the reading, the image being an image of a sheet formed in the forming, based on image data for tone correction after a preparation operation for respectively forming images on a predetermined number of sheets has been executed. The apparatus determining whether or not a remaining number sheets used in the forming is greater than or equal to a predetermined number and performs a display, in accordance with the result of the determining, in order to confirm with a user whether or not to execute the preparation operation. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355016 | NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORED WITH PROGRAM FOR IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND CONTROLLER - A storage medium which stores a program to cause an image forming system to execute a process includes, (a1) forming a product image, which is subjected to color correction by a product LUT being applied thereto, and a verification image, which is subjected to color correction by a verification LUT being applied thereto on same paper, (b1) subjecting said verification image that is formed in (a1) to color measurement, (c1) determining whether verification LUT is applicable to color correction of the product image based on a difference between said color measurement values of the verification image that is measured in (b1) and target values, and (d1) forming the product image and the verification image, which are respectively subjected to color correction by applying the verification LUT that is determined to be applicable, and applying another verification LUT to color correction of said verification image, on same paper. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355017 | COLOR ADJUSTING SYSTEM, COLOR ADJUSTING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORED WITH COLOR ADJUSTING PROGRAM - A color adjusting system ( | 12-04-2014 |
20140362389 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - Provided is an image processing apparatus including a ground color detecting unit that detects ground color information indicating a ground color from input first image data, a storage control unit that causes a storage unit to store a history of the ground color information detected by the ground color detecting unit, a setting unit that sets a first threshold value that is a reference of the ground color on the basis of a representative value of first ground color information indicating a first ground color included in the history stored in the storage unit, and a ground color removing unit that performs a ground color removal process for input second image data on the basis of the first threshold value set by the setting unit. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362390 | PRINT SETTING APPARATUS AND PRINT SETTING METHOD - In accordance with one embodiment, a print setting apparatus comprises an operation section and a control section. The operation section accepts the selection on the content to be printed. The control section acquires the printing attribute of the content to be printed selected with the operation section. Further, the control section indicates a print setting based on the printing attribute of the content to a printing apparatus for printing the content. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362391 | COLOR CONVERSION METHOD AND PROFILE GENERATION METHOD - A tincture adjustment value used to adjust a monochrome signal to a tincture desired by a user is set, and a tincture conversion table and chromaticity line table are generated based on that tincture adjustment value and the profile of an image output apparatus. Using the generated tables, a lightness signal L* corresponding to an input monochrome signal is converted into a distance signal l on a chromaticity line, and the distance signal l is converted into a chromaticity signal (a*, b*). The lightness signal L* and chromaticity signal (a*, b*) are converted into a color signal of the image output apparatus. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362392 | COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COLOR PROCESSING METHOD - The profile of a reference color space is acquired, and the acquired profile is converted into the profile of a uniform color appearance space which is a color space different from the reference color space. An evaluation value of color in the profile of the uniform color appearance space is calculated, and the profile of the uniform color appearance space is corrected based on the calculated evaluation value. The corrected profile is inversely converted into the profile of the reference color space. | 12-11-2014 |
20140368843 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - An information processing apparatus for causing an image forming apparatus to perform printing, the image forming apparatus being able to perform calibration in order to correct an output color to a target color indicated by target information, includes a storing unit configured to, when printing processing is executed for a print job by the image forming apparatus, store the target information in association with the print job. | 12-18-2014 |
20140368844 | METHOD FOR MAKING A COLOR TRANSFORM - A method for making a color transform for an output device is provided. The color transform represents a correspondence relation between a first and a second color space. Each of the two color spaces involves a number of color channels and the color channels of the second color space control the colorants in the output device. An excess relation for the color channels of the color space associated with the output device is established and only color points in the second color space wherefor a sum of the excess values related to the color point is lower than a predetermined limit, are included in the color transform. This enables to adapt the shape of a color gamut to a behaviour of the colorants and enhances the flexibility in making a color transform for various print processes. | 12-18-2014 |
20140368845 | Image Forming Apparatus Combining Stamp Image With Original Image - An image forming apparatus includes the following: a stamp shape data generation unit configured to generate stamp shape data indicating a shape of a stamp image, wherein the stamp image includes stamp color data indicating a color of the stamp image; a stamp combining unit configured to (i) generate planes of the stamp shape data corresponding to color components of the stamp color data, wherein a color density of each plane of the stamp shape data is equal to a color density of a corresponding color component of the stamp color data, and (ii) combine the planes of the stamp shape data with respective planes of image data to form a combined image; and an output execution unit configured to execute an output operation on the combined image. | 12-18-2014 |
20140368846 | PRESS COLOR STATE ESTIMATOR - A system can comprise a memory to store machine readable instructions and a processing unit to access the memory and execute the machine readable instructions. The machine readable instructions can comprise a press color state (PCS) estimator to calculate an optical density for each of four single separation solid colors based on a color measurement provided by a scanner. The color measurement can characterize material printed on a substrate and scanned by a scanner. The PCS estimator can also provide an updated LUT for each of the four single separation colors based on the color measurement provided by the scanner. The machine readable instructions can comprise a print controller to provide the optical density for each of the four single separation solid colors and the updated LUT to a printer to facilitate color calibration of the printer. | 12-18-2014 |
20140376011 | PROGRAM AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - There is provided a computer-readable medium having a computer program for causing a computer to perform operations including: acquiring a printing condition for print data to be printed by a printing apparatus; generating the print data based on the printing condition; determining, based on the printing condition, whether to generate a plurality of log data, each including an image corresponding to the print data; if it is determined to generate the plurality of log data for the print data, generating and storing in a storage device first log data which is log data according to the acquired printing condition, and second log data which is log data according to another printing condition different from the acquired printing condition; if it is determined not to generate the plurality of log data for the print data, generating and storing in the storage device only the first log data. | 12-25-2014 |
20150009513 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus for applying a color balance correction to input image data, comprises a first highlight color calculation unit which estimates a light source at the time of shooting from pixel values of the image data, converts color values of the image data based on a condition of the estimated light source at the time of shooting, and calculates a first highlight color; a second highlight color calculation unit which calculates a second highlight color from the image data; a third highlight color calculation unit which calculates a third highlight color based on a positional relationship between the first highlight color and the second highlight color on a color space; and a correction unit which attains the color balance correction by converting the pixel values of the image data using the third highlight color. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009514 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus according to the present invention includes a detection unit configured to detect approach or contact of a printing apparatus relative to a display apparatus, a first acquisition unit configured to acquire information about a print attribute of the printing apparatus detected by the detection unit, a second acquisition unit configured to acquire attribute information about content data to be displayed on the display apparatus, and a determination unit configured to determine suitability of printing the content data in the printing apparatus, based on the information about the print attribute of the printing apparatus and the attribute information about the content data. | 01-08-2015 |
20150015900 | COLOR CORRECTION APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A color correction apparatus includes a memory and a display controller. The memory stores, for each of colorimeters that subjects a color chart output by an image forming apparatus to colorimetry, definition information in which a type of correction of color characteristics that the colorimeter is capable of performing has been defined in advance. The display controller performs control such that, for each of the colorimeters, the type of correction of color characteristics that the colorimeter is capable of performing is displayed on a display on the basis of the definition information stored in the memory. | 01-15-2015 |
20150015901 | Image Processing System and Method - Image processing system for generating control signals for printing means, from source image data from an image source, comprising a raster image processing and layout module configured to convert said source image data into a first lane bitmap element and a second lane bitmap element; a streaming processor arranged to receive said first lane bitmap element and said second lane bitmap element, and position signals comprising position data for said first and/or said second lane image in the printed image; said streaming processor being configured to generate control signals for the printing means based on said first lane bitmap element, said second lane bitmap element, and said position signals in order to be able to adjust the position of said first lane image and/or the position of the second lane image in the printed image. | 01-15-2015 |
20150015902 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RETRIEVING PRINT MEDIA ATTRIBUTES FROM A PRINT MEDIA DATABASE SERVER - A method is disclosed managing at least one print media database server for print media attributes of print media, which includes hosting print media attributes for a plurality of image forming apparatuses on the at least one print media database server, and the at least one print media database server contains print media attributes for a plurality of print media; receiving, by the at least one print media database server, additional print media attributes from one of the plurality of image forming apparatuses; confirming accuracy of the additional print media attributes; and releasing, by the at least one print media database server, the additional print media attributes in the print media database to the plurality of image forming apparatuses after the accuracy of the additional print media attributes is confirmed, thereby sharing the additional print media attributes in the print media database among the plurality of image forming apparatuses. | 01-15-2015 |
20150022832 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFECTING COLOR SEPARATION, COLOR VARIATION, COLOR CHARACTERIZATION, AND GAMUT MAPPING IN COLOR PRINTING - Embodiments of the invention concern automatic color separation with a white ink for colored and/or transparent substrate, automatic color separation with a silver ink for a natural rendering, automatic color separation with a varnish which has a gloss scale different from that of the printed sample for all shades of gloss that are possible between high glossy to high matte for a false third rendering, automatic color variation with variable thickness under the inks, and variable gamut mapping for a low contrast space. | 01-22-2015 |
20150022833 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Disclosed is an image forming apparatus for performing color forming processing which forms a color image on one side or both sides of output paper, or performing monochrome forming processing which forms a monochrome image on one side or both sides of output paper, based on unit image data concerning a page. The image forming apparatus includes: a one-side determination unit for determining whether output data concerning a plurality of sheets are to be image-formed on one side or both sides; a color determination unit for determining whether the unit image data to be image-formed is color image data or monochrome image data based on the determination result by the one-side determination unit; and a forced forming unit for continuously forming images of unit image data concerning a specific number of sheets in the color forming processing based on the determination results by the one-side determination unit and the color determination unit. | 01-22-2015 |
20150029522 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a reception unit, an intermediate data generation unit, an extraction unit, a conversion unit, an addition unit, a determination unit, and a drawing processing unit. In the case where the determination unit determines that intermediate data for spot color image data have background image data, the drawing processing unit performs a drawing process so as to add a color of spot color image data and a color of the background image data of the spot color image data on the basis of color transparency information added by the addition unit, color information on spot color image data converted by the conversion unit, and color information on the background image data. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029523 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - In an image processing apparatus, an area separating unit classifies a property of a pixel in an image into any of plural properties that include at least a character property and an image property, a black generation and UCR processing unit performs a black generation process and a UCR process for the image, and a process amount specifying unit specifies a black generation amount and a UCR amount used in the black generation process and the UCR process to the black generation and UCR processing unit. Further, the process amount specifying unit sets the black generation amount and the UCR amount on the basis of a smallest color component value of a pixel with the image property using a conversion characteristic that varies in accordance with a lightness value, a chroma saturation value and a hue value of the pixel with the image property. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029524 | HOST APPARATUS, METHOD FOR PROCESSING FILE THEREOF, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A host apparatus connectable to an image forming apparatus and a method are provided. The host apparatus includes a storage configured to store a portable document format (PDF) file, an object extractor configured to extract at least one object that requires color conversion from among objects included in the stored PDF file, a color conversion processor configured to perform color conversion process for each of the extracted objects by using a color conversion function corresponding to each of the extracted objects, and a communication interface configured to transmit the PDF file where the color conversion process is performed to the image forming apparatus. | 01-29-2015 |
20150036152 | Image Processing for Facilitating Identification of Colors - An image processing apparatus includes an image region determining unit, an image color determining unit, and a change processor. The image region determining unit is configured to determine a colored region where an inside of an outline is filled with a single color from color image data. The image color determining unit is configured to determine a color of the colored region determined by the image region determining unit. The change processor is configured to change the colored region determined by the image region determining unit to a patterned region with a pattern different in each of the colors determined by the image color determining unit. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036153 | IMAGE GENERATION PROGRAM AND PRINTER - An image generation method for generating an image, which is printed on a medium arranged so as to face a lens layer having a plurality of lenses and includes a three-dimensional image and a two-dimensional image, includes performing lossy compression for the two-dimensional image in a direction in which light focusing of the lenses occurs and magnifying the two-dimensional image in the direction in which the light focusing of the lenses occurs after the lossy compression for the two-dimensional image has been performed. | 02-05-2015 |
20150043017 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING DOUBLE-SIDED PRINT PARAMETERS AND FOR DOUBLE-SIDED PRINTING - A method for generating print parameters includes: obtaining a printed paper of a test sample sheet obtained by a printing device after performing double-sided printing on the test sample sheet using preset front print parameters and preset back print parameters; detecting a front effect index of a front print effect and a back effect index of a back print effect for the printed paper of the test sample sheet by a print parameter generating device; comparing the front effect index and the back effect index with a standard effect index to obtain a comparison result, or comparing the front effect index with the back effect index to obtain a comparison result; determining from the comparison result and store in the printing device front print parameters and back print parameters used for double-sided printing on a paper to be printed with the same material and attributes as the test sample sheet. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043018 | IMAGE FORMING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image forming device includes an image data acquiring unit that acquires image data, a receiving unit that receives an instruction that includes an indication of whether or not to conduct a color change and a color change method for an image to be formed on a print medium on the basis of the image data, a display that displays an image reflecting the instruction before forming an image on a print medium, and an image forming unit that forms an image on a print medium on the basis of the image data and the instruction. | 02-12-2015 |
20150049352 | FACSIMILE APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PRINTING FACSIMILE - A facsimile apparatus according to an embodiment comprises a receiving section configured to receive facsimile data, a data storage section configured to store the facsimile data received by the receiving section, a non-decolorable printing section, and a decolorable printing section. The facsimile apparatus further comprises a transmission source information detection section configured to detect transmission source information of the received facsimile data, an accumulation section configured to accumulate in advance a list containing a plurality of facsimile transmission source information, a comparison section configured to determine whether the detected transmission source information of the received facsimile data is included in the list and a printing control section configured to control printing of the content of the received facsimile data in the non-decolorable printing section or in the decolorable printing section, based on the determination by the comparison section. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049353 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS PERFORMING TRAPPING PROCESS WHEN PRINT DATA INCLUDES A PLURALITY OF PIECES OF IMAGE DATA AND TO SUPERPOSE THE ADJACENT PIECES OF IMAGE DATA AND A DETERMINATION UNIT THAT DETERMINES WHETHER OR NOT TRAPPING ATTRIBUTE INFORMATION, WHICH INDICATES THAT THE TRAPPING PROCESS IS TO BE PERFORMED, IS ATTACHED TO THE PIECES OF IMAGE DATA ON A PIECE BY PIECE BASIS OF PERFORMED COLOR CORRECTION - An image forming apparatus performs a trapping process. The image forming apparatus includes an image processing unit that includes a determination unit, a color correction unit, a processing unit, an adding unit, and a generating unit. The processing unit performs the trapping process on the pieces of image data, on which the color correction has been performed by the color correction unit. The generating unit generates intermediate data in accordance with the print data including the pieces of image data, on which the trapping process has been performed. The image forming apparatus also includes a rendering unit that performs a rendering process on one or more of the pieces of image data on which the color correction has been performed by the rendering unit and on the pieces of image data for which tag information indicates that the color correction has been performed. | 02-19-2015 |
20150055151 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes: a data receiving unit that receives data; an image specifying unit that specifies a first image contained in the data; a replacement data specifying unit that specifies replacement data for the first image on the basis of a characteristic of the data; and a data generating unit that generates data in which the first image has been replaced with an image represented by the replacement data. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055152 | Image Processing Apparatus - An image processing apparatus comprising: a processor; and memory storing instructions causing the image processing apparatus to execute: acquiring target data representing a target image; performing determination for each of a plurality of target pixels forming the target data about whether or not the target pixel is an object pixel which has density equal to or higher than predetermined density; selecting first color as a conversion color for a first object pixel of object pixels, and selecting a second color as a conversion color for the second object pixel of object pixels; converting a pixel value of the first object pixel to a first value indicative of the first color, and converting a pixel value of the second object pixel to a second value indicative of the second color to generate first converted data; and outputting the first converted data. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055153 | Image Processing Apparatus - An image processing apparatus includes: a processor; and memory storing computer readable instructions, when executed by the processor, causing the image processing apparatus to execute: acquiring target data representing a target image; calculating, for each of a plurality of target pixels forming the target data, a density relation value related to density of the target pixel; selecting a conversion color for an object pixel among the plurality of target pixels; converting pixel value of the object pixel to generate converted data such that, the higher the density represented by the density relation value of the object pixel, the closer the pixel value of a pixel of the converted data to a value indicative of the conversion color for the object pixel; and outputting the converted data. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055154 | Image Processing Apparatus - An image processing apparatus includes a processor and a memory storing instructions, the instructions, when executed by the processor, causing the image processing apparatus to perform: receiving first image data representing a first image; specifying a partial image included in the first image; specifying an internal area included in the partial image; and generating a second image in which a plurality of the partial images is continuously arranged, wherein the plurality of partial images arranged in the second image includes: a first partial image; and a second partial image that is arranged continuously to the first partial image and overlaps with the internal area of the first partial image. | 02-26-2015 |
20150062598 | PRINTING QUALITY DETERMINATION BASED ON TEXT ANALYSIS - A method comprising using at least one hardware processor for: analyzing text in a digital document, to identify a text segment referring to a figure of the digital document; mapping said text segment to said figure; identifying, in said text segment, reference to one or more non-grayscale colors of said figure, to determine a level of importance of said one or more colors to legibility of said figure; and printing said digital document in accordance with the level of importance. | 03-05-2015 |
20150062599 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CALCULATING INK SAVING AMOUNT - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus for calculating ink saving amount. The method comprises: generating, using an ink-saving solution, first cyan, magenta, yellow and black bitmap files that correspond to a printing layout; generating, using a non-ink-saving solution, second cyan, magenta, yellow, and black bitmap files that correspond to the printing layout; calculating dot percentages of all the bitmap files; calculating percentages of saving amount of cyan, magenta, yellow, and black inks according to the dot percentages of the first cyan, magenta, yellow, and black bitmap files, and the second cyan, magenta, yellow, and black bitmap files. | 03-05-2015 |
20150062600 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - Shape information representing the shape of a path is obtained. End-point information representing a modification method for the end point of the stroke is obtained. Connection-point information representing a modification method for the connection point of the stroke is obtained. Stencil data of the stroke is generated based on the shape information, the connection-point information, and the end-point information. | 03-05-2015 |
20150062601 | PRINT CONTROLLING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A print controlling apparatus includes: a receiving unit that receives input data including: gloss control plane data indicating a surface effect type to be achieved on the recording medium with certain density information; and table identifying information for identifying a surface effect selection table indicating a corresponding relation between the surface effect type and the density information used to generate the gloss control plane data; an acquiring unit that acquires an independent data portion indicating a portion corresponding to the surface effect type capable of being achieved independent from competence of the printing apparatus, out of the surface effect selection table identified by the table identifying information included in the input data from an external device; and a generating unit that generates the clear toner plane data using the independent data portion acquired by the acquiring unit. | 03-05-2015 |
20150062602 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, RECORDING APPARATUS, PROGRAM AND DISPLAY METHOD - An image display device includes a display portion that displays a preview image of recording images. When pieces of data of the recording images include transparency information in addition to color information, the display portion displays the preview image of the recording images thereon while holding the transparency information. | 03-05-2015 |
20150062603 | IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - An information processing apparatus is connected to an image forming apparatus to be capable of communicating with the image forming apparatus. The information processing apparatus includes a storage unit for storing low cost printing information transmitted from the image forming apparatus; a receiving unit for receiving a printing instruction; and a control unit for determining whether first data or second data different from the first data is transmitted to the image forming apparatus according to the low cost printing information stored in the storage unit when the receiving unit receives the printing instruction. | 03-05-2015 |
20150070717 | COLOR REPRODUCTION ASSISTING SYSTEM, COLOR REPRODUCTION ASSISTING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY STORAGE MEDIUM - A plurality of printing conditions and designated color information are acquired, and it is judged whether a designated color specified from the designated color information can be reproduced under the printing conditions or not. On condition that at least one of the printing conditions under which the designated color cannot be reproduced is judged as being present, then a substitute color that is different from the designated color is determined in order to increase the number of the printing conditions under which the designated color can be reproduced. A display device displays visible information (colorimetric value display field, color difference display field, and color patch group) with respect to the substitute color. | 03-12-2015 |
20150077771 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Provided is an image processing apparatus that includes a first color space converting unit configured to convert image data constituted by a color space for printing into image data constituted by a color space for display; and a second color space converting unit configured to convert image data constituted by the color space for display into image data constituted by the color space for printing. | 03-19-2015 |
20150077772 | DATA GENERATION APPARATUS, NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM, AND DATA GENERATION METHOD - A data generation apparatus includes: a communication section configured to communicate with a print instructing apparatus; and a preview-image generating section configured to analyze a received print job and generate a preview image. The preview-image generating section is further configured to determine whether or not an object having a property not supported by the data generation apparatus exists in each page of the document; in response to determining that the object exists, obtain a possible alternative to the property of the object; generate edit data to be used for highlighting a replaced part in the preview image in which the property of the object is replaced with the possible alternative; and output the edit data to the print instructing apparatus so as to allow a user to recognize the replaced part. | 03-19-2015 |
20150077773 | IMAGE FORMING METHOD, NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORED WITH PROGRAM FOR IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - There is provided an image forming method using an image forming system that includes a plurality of image forming apparatuses. A print setting using attribute information that is necessary for image formation performed by a first image forming apparatus is registered in a second image forming apparatus in advance, it is determined whether a print setting of print data coincides with the registered print setting when a rasterization process of image data is performed by the second image forming apparatus, when the print settings coincide with each other, the attribute information is generated by the second image forming apparatus and is transmitted from the processing unit of the second image forming apparatus to an image forming unit of the first image forming apparatus together with the image data and the print setting, whereby the image formation is performed. | 03-19-2015 |
20150085304 | Printing Control Apparatus - A printing control apparatus includes: an intermediate data generating unit that generates a piece of intermediate data; a judgment unit that, using attribute information, judges whether a piece of object data is a bitmap image; a first color/monochrome judgment unit that makes a color/monochrome judgment using the attribute information; and a second color/monochrome judgment unit that further makes the color/monochrome judgment for each individual pixel when the piece of object data is a bitmap image and is judged to be in color by the first color/monochrome judgment unit. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085305 | IMAGE CAPTURING DEVICE, COLOR MEASURING DEVICE, COLOR MEASURING SYSTEM, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image capturing device includes an image capturing unit, a moving unit, a detector, and a determiner. The image capturing unit includes an optical transmission member; and a sensor capturing an image of the subject via the optical transmission member. The moving unit moves the image capturing unit in an optical axis direction of the sensor. The detector detects a contamination from first and second images. The first and second images are captured by the sensor when the image capturing unit is located at first and second positions in the optical axis direction, respectively. The second position is spaced away from the subject than the first position in the optical axis direction. The determiner determines that a contamination is deposited on the optical transmission member when a difference in the number of pixels in which a contamination is detected between the first and second images is less than a threshold. | 03-26-2015 |
20150092204 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing device includes an accepting unit, and a conversion information generating unit. The accepting unit accepts items of read data in a device-dependent color space that are generated by reading color patches, items of reference data in a device-independent color space of the color patches, and items of specific color component data each indicating a specific color component in a corresponding one of the color patches. The conversion information generating unit generates conversion information reflecting the presence or amount of a specific color component included in each color patch as information for converting input data in the device-dependent color space to output data in the device-independent color space, on the basis of the items of read data, the items of reference data, and the items of specific color component data. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092205 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - In the image processing apparatus, a color gamut information storage unit stores terminal information, color gamut determination information and color gamut information in association with one another; an input image determination unit determines whether the input image is a standard color gamut image or a non-standard color gamut image based on the color gamut determination information acquired based on the terminal information; and a first color conversion unit converts the input image as determined to be the non-standard color gamut image into an output image suitable for a color gamut of a printing apparatus based on the color gamut information acquired based on the terminal information so that the input image printed by the printing apparatus may be equal in color to the input image displayed on the display unit of the terminal device. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092206 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS WHICH PERFORMS CALIBRATION FOR MAINTAINING IMAGE QUALITY - An image forming apparatus includes a correcting unit that corrects image data using a tone correction condition. An image forming unit forms an image on a printing medium based on the corrected image data. An obtaining unit obtains read data by a reading unit reading a pattern image formed on the medium by the image forming unit. A converting unit converts the read data into density data using a converting condition corresponding to the printing medium. A first creating unit creates the tone correction condition based on the density data converted by the converting unit. A second creating unit controls the correcting unit to correct the patch data using the tone correction condition created by the first creating unit, controls the image forming unit to form a patch image on another printing medium based on the corrected patch data, and creates the converting condition corresponding to the other printing medium. | 04-02-2015 |
20150098097 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME - An image processing apparatus includes a reading unit configured to read an image formed on a sheet, an erasing unit configured to erase the image formed on the sheet, and a controller configured to determine whether or not the image on the sheet as read by the reading unit is formed of an erasable material and prevent the sheet that is determined to have an image formed of the non-erasable material from being conveyed to the erasing unit. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098098 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - In a case where density adjustment is performed on a plurality of density ranges, adjustment setting values of adjacent density ranges affect one another, and therefore, tone reversal occurs depending on adjustment setting values. Consequently, control points to be used are determined in accordance with a combination of density ranges to be adjusted of the plurality of density ranges. Further, a density level at an intermediate point in a density range to be adjusted is adjusted based on an adjustment level of the density range to be adjusted. Then, by performing interpolation between the control points to be used including an intermediate point whose density level is adjusted, density characteristics data indicative of density characteristics is generated and then density adjustment of image data is performed. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098099 | COLOR CONVERSION PROCESSING APPARATUS, COLOR CONVERSION PROCESSING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY STORAGE MEDIUM - A color conversion processing apparatus acquires spot color information, which is capable of defining a spot color with device-dependent color values. The color conversion processing apparatus further acquires a reference profile and an updated profile, and using the spot color information, converts an image signal of a spot color plate into a first image signal of a process color plate. Then, by having the reference profile and the updated profile act successively thereon, the color conversion processing apparatus converts the first image signal into a second image signal of a process color plate. | 04-09-2015 |
20150116738 | COLOR CONVERTING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND COLOR CONVERTING METHOD - An image forming apparatus is a color converting device for converting a first color value acquired from printing data to a second color value. A color position calculating section calculates a hue plane and a chroma of the first color value. A color value converting section converts the first color value to the second color value using a K-monochrome color conversion table in which achromatic colors are set as monochromatic colors when the chroma of the first color value calculated by the color position calculating section is greater than a chroma threshold value γ, and using a hue plane color conversion table in which the achromatic colors are set as mixed colors of a plurality of colors when the chroma is not greater than the chroma threshold value γ. | 04-30-2015 |
20150116739 | Method and Apparatus for Converting a Color from One Color System to Another Color System - A color conversion device includes: a hue acquisition unit that acquires a hue of a second target color having the same lightness and the same chroma as a first target color within Voronoi diagrams in which predefined colors defined in a color conversion table are set as generator points; a side group acquisition unit that acquires side groups that are two groups located on both sides of the first target color in terms of the hue, based on a hue of the first target color and the hue of the second target color; and a color conversion unit that acquires a third target color by converting the first target color from a color in a color system before conversion into a color in a color system after the conversion based on the predefined colors of the side groups acquired by the side group acquisition unit and the first target color. | 04-30-2015 |
20150116740 | Apparatus, Method, and Non-Transitory Computer-Readable Recording Medium for Image Forming That Create Highly Accurate Color Conversion Table - An image forming apparatus includes an interpolation reference data creating unit, a reference space coordinate calculating unit, an interpolation operation unit, and a color conversion unit. The interpolation reference data creating unit divides a hue plane with grid points and creates interpolation reference data where triangular shapes formed by the grid points for an linear interpolation are varied in portions where saturation of the hue plane is equal to or less than a predetermined threshold and where the saturation of the hue plane is higher than the predetermined threshold. The interpolation operation unit performs the linear interpolation with the coordinates of the triangular shapes formed by the grid points in the hue plane adjacent to the coordinates calculated by the reference space coordinate calculating unit so as to create the color conversion table. The color conversion unit converts a color value with the color conversion table. | 04-30-2015 |
20150116741 | IMAGE EDITING APPARATUS ALLOWING EASY EDITING OF PREVIEW IMAGES - An image editing apparatus allowing easy edition of page arrangement order on the preview display of page images includes a display device having a display screen and a preview display device configured to display image data in a scrollable manner. If any page is selected from the images of preview display, the selected page is displayed as a reduced image at a position different from the preview images. By drag-and-dropping the reduced image to an arrangement of preview images, the selected page moves to the drag-and-dropped position in the image data. | 04-30-2015 |
20150124270 | IMAGE ERASING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING IMAGE ON SHEET - An image erasing apparatus includes a scanning unit configured to scan an image on a sheet and a mark printing area on the sheet where one or more marks may be printed, an erasing unit configured to erase the image from the sheet, a marking unit configured to put a mark on the sheet from which the image is erased, and a control unit. The control unit is configured to determine a number of the marks printed on the sheet based on the scanned mark printing area, determine an image area based on the scanned image, and determine a position of the mark to be put on the sheet by the marking unit based on the determined number of the marks and the determined image area. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124271 | SYSTEM TO ENABLE DEVELOPMENT AND USAGE OF FIFTH COLOR SEPARATION FORMS - One embodiment of the disclosure relates to a method for creating a document print stream. The method includes receiving a first image in a first color model. The method includes generating a modified first image by extending original separation channels in the first image to include a fifth separation channel. The method includes generating a bitmap of the modified image. The method includes storing the modified image as a separation form. The method includes receiving a print job in the first color model. The method includes merging the separation form with the print job. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124272 | COLOR IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING COLOR IMAGE - In a color image processing apparatus in the present invention, correction values used for causing reproduction characteristics of multi-colors formed by an image forming unit to be close to target values are obtained using results of measurement of colors of multi-color patch images formed by the image forming unit using a plurality of recording materials. The color image processing apparatus includes a first processing unit configured to, when the image forming unit forms a color image, execute a correction process using the correction values, a second processing unit configured to, when the image forming unit forms the color image, execute the correction process without using at least some of the correction values or not to execute the correction process, and a control unit configured to selectively cause the first processing unit and the second processing unit to operate. | 05-07-2015 |
20150131112 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes a determination unit and an adjustment unit. The determination unit determines a rating item for which a degree of interest of a user is high among plural rating items set for an image to be formed. The adjustment unit sets a standard for the rating item determined by the determination unit among the plural rating items and performs an adjustment process such that the standard is satisfied, the rating item being the rating item for which the degree of interest of the user is high. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131113 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, METHOD OF PROCESSING INFORMATION, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - An information processing device includes a receiving unit, a first identifying unit, and a generation unit. The receiving unit receives specified position information indicating a position specified by a user with respect to an image indicated by target image data including drawing information of each object. The first identifying unit identifies a first object indicating an object including the position indicated by the specified position information. The generation unit generates a third object indicating an object having lower priority of display than a second object indicating higher priority of display than the first object, and having higher priority of display than the first object, and an object having the same shape as the first object. | 05-14-2015 |
20150138571 | PRINTING WITH TARGET COLOR DATA - In one embodiment, a processor-readable medium stores code representing instructions that when executed by a processor cause the processor to print a print job, and determine target color data for each sheet of the print job while printing the job. The instructions further cause the processor to continually save the target color data to a server for each sheet of the print job as each sheet is printed. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138572 | PRINTING SYSTEM AND METHOD OF OPERATION - According to one example, there is provided a printing system. The printing system comprises a support having a plurality of spaced apertures and a colour sensor moveable to measure light from each aperture. The printing system further comprises a controller to control the colour sensor to measure characteristics of light emitted through each aperture, and to determine, for each aperture, light calibration data. The printing system is particularly adapted for use with substrates that are intended to be viewed when backlit, that is in conjunction with backlighting. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138573 | COLOR ERASING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE COLOR ERASING APPARATUS - A color erasing apparatus includes a conveyance member to convey a sheet on which an image is formed of a color erasable coloring material, a color erasing part to erase a color of the coloring material of the image formed on the sheet conveyed by the conveyance member, a control part that counts the processed number of sheets images of which are color-erased by the color erasing part and determines whether the processed number of sheets exceeds a previously set threshold, and a notification interface to output a signal for notifying that cleaning of the color erasing part is required if the processed number of sheets exceeds the threshold. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138574 | COLOR CONVERSION TABLE CREATION METHOD, NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORED WITH COLOR CONVERSION TABLE CREATION PROGRAM, AND COLOR CONVERSION TABLE CREATING APPARATUS - Provided is a color conversion table creation method for creating a color conversion table for an image forming apparatus which forms an image by performing, on an input color value with total use amount of color material exceeding set amount, a process for reducing the total use amount of color material, the table presenting correspondence between the input color value input to the image forming apparatus and an output color value in a device-independent color space. The method includes: acquiring an input color value of a patch image for creating the table; when the total use amount of color material defined by the acquired input color value is around the set amount, adjusting the input color value to have a smaller difference between the total use amount and the set amount; and creating the color conversion table using the patch image with the adjusted input color value. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138575 | PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A print control apparatus includes a receiving unit which receives print data containing gloss-control-plane image data indicating gloss control values for identifying a type of surface effect and a region where the surface effect is to be applied, a storage unit which stores information containing multiple total-amount control modes and stores surface-effect choice information which defines, for each of the gloss control values, the surface effect type, a total-amount control mode, and a priority level of the total-amount control mode, a generating unit which generates transparent-developing-material image data indicating pixel-by-pixel density values each depending on a transparent-developing-material recording amount, and a selecting unit which selects a total-amount control mode whose priority level is highest in total-amount control modes of surface effect types associated with the gloss control values of the gloss-control-plane image data as a total-amount control mode for use in printing the transparent-developing-material image data. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138576 | PROFILE CREATION METHOD, NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORED WITH PROFILE CREATION PROGRAM, AND PROFILE CREATING APPARATUS - Provided is a profile creation method for creating a color conversion profile for an image forming apparatus which forms an image by performing, on an input color value having total use amount of color material exceeding set amount, a process for reducing the total use amount, by interpolating lattice points in a look-up table. The profile creation method includes: determining whether a point of an input color value with the total use amount of color material being equal to the set amount exists between two adjacent lattice points in the look-up table; and, when it is determined so, calculating an output color value of an interpolation point set between the two lattice points, by a polynomial interpolation method for performing interpolation calculation by using, besides output color values of the two lattice points, an output color value of a lattice point other than the two lattice points. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138577 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus that can transmit an image outputted after the execution of a workflow as well as an attribute information file including attribute information suitable for an external system as a transmission destination to the external system. An attribute information management unit manages attributes required by the external system when the image data is transmitted to the external system. A workflow execution unit executes a workflow as a sequential processing in which a plurality of functions of the image processing apparatus are combined. An attribute value setting unit sets attribute values for the attributes required by the external system when the communication unit transmits the image data to the external system. An external system interconnection unit causes the communication unit to transmit the image data output from the workflow execution unit to the external system with reference to the attribute values set by the attribute value setting unit. | 05-21-2015 |
20150294202 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - According to an embodiment, an image forming apparatus includes an image forming unit and a controller. The image forming unit prints an original image and a specific image in a recording medium. In a case where it is determined that the recording medium is a reused recording medium, the controller controls the image forming unit to newly print the specific image at a position different from a print position of the previously-printed specific image. | 10-15-2015 |
20150294204 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS THAT PERFORMS HIGHLY-ACCURATE CALIBRATION, CALIBRATION PROGRAM, AND CALIBRATION SYSTEM - An image forming apparatus includes a print device, a tone correction unit, a peripheral light quantity drop detecting unit, and a color value correction unit. The tone correction unit corrects a tone characteristic of the print device based on color values of a plurality of color patches of each of a reference chart and a test chart in an image. The image is generated by simultaneously taking a reference sheet and a test sheet by an imaging device. The reference chart is drawn on the reference sheet. The test chart is printed on the test sheet by the print device. The peripheral light quantity drop detecting unit detects the amount of the peripheral light quantity drop in each of the patches based on the positions and luminances of the plurality of reference regions in the image and the positions of the patches in the image. | 10-15-2015 |
20150294205 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING COLOR OF OUTPUT IMAGE IN IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - In a case where image processing, in which a ratio of the number of color pixels greatly fluctuates, is executed after performing charging determination, an output result might not match a result of the charging determination. There is provided a device for determining a color of an output image in a case where an image to be printed is printed with an additional image attached thereto, the device including: a unit configured to divide the image to be printed into blocks of a predetermined size; a unit configured to calculate an average value of color components of pixels included in the block; a correction value calculation unit configured to correct a calculated average value using a correction value corresponding to the additional image; and a color/monochrome determination processing unit configured to determine, based on the corrected average value, whether the block is a color block or a monochrome block. | 10-15-2015 |
20150302282 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING PRINTING APPARATUS - A printing apparatus distinguishes whether image data of a page included in print data is color or monochrome, determines whether image data of a page generated based on print data is color or monochrome, and changes from a color print mode to a monochrome print mode based on a result of the distinguishing and a result of the determination. | 10-22-2015 |
20150302284 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND REMAINING TONER AMOUNT ESTIMATION METHOD - A device having a function of adjusting image processing such as PWM setting, printer density setting and engine speed downstream of a video counter or a dot counter determines a correction coefficient of a video count value or a dot count value, according to a combination of adjustment values of image processing for realizing configured print settings, and corrects the count value by applying the correction coefficient to the video count value or the dot count value. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304523 | METHOD FOR VERIFYING COLOR MATCHING PRECISION, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORED WITH PROGRAM FOR IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - A method for verifying a color matching precision includes determining a relationship in a magnitude of a distance X, a distance A, and a distance B, which are respectively distances between an achromatic color point and a new target color gamut point on a boundary of a new target color gamut, a verified target color gamut point on a boundary of a verified target color gamut, and a printer color gamut point on a boundary of a printer color gamut having a same hue. When X is more than A and B is less than A and X, a color matching precision of a new target color gamut point is verified by calculating a color difference between the new target color gamut point and a measured color value of the verified target color gamut point having the same hue as the new target color gamut point. | 10-22-2015 |
20150317548 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS THAT CORRECTS IMAGE FORMING CONDITION - An image forming apparatus includes: a first correction unit configured to obtain a measurement value of a correction amount based on a detection result by a detection unit, and correct an image forming condition based on the measurement value; a second correction unit configured to obtain a variation value by a prediction calculation at a predetermined timing, obtain a prediction value by accumulating the variation value since the first correction unit performed the correction, and correct the image forming condition based on the prediction value, the variation value being a estimated value of the correction amount; and a determination unit configured to obtain an evaluation value related to a prediction error based on the variation value since the first correction unit performed the correction, and determine, based on the evaluation value, the correction timing by the first correction unit. | 11-05-2015 |
20150317549 | COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A color processing apparatus includes a job information acquiring unit, first and second timing determining units and a conversion relationship creating unit. The job information acquiring unit acquires information relating to an image formation job performed by an image forming unit. The first timing determining unit determines a first timing, at which a conversion relationship for color adjustment of an image formed by the image forming unit is created, based on the acquired information relating to the job. The second timing determining unit determines a second timing, at which power is supplied to a color information acquiring unit which acquires color information of images for color measurement for color adjustment, based on the determined first timing. The conversion relationship creating unit creates the conversion relationship based on the color information acquired by the color information acquiring unit. | 11-05-2015 |
20150332131 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus according to the present invention includes a setting unit configured to set whether execute gloss processing for reproducing a metallic luster is executed on a partial area of an image expressed by input image data, based on the input image data, and a recording unit configured to record on the partial area a color material corresponding to any of a complementary color of the partial area, black, and gray and to record thereon a color material for reproducing the color of the partial area in a case where a result of the setting unit indicates execution of the gloss processing. | 11-19-2015 |
20150332132 | COLOR PREDICTION SYSTEM AND COLOR PREDICTION METHOD - A color prediction system includes: database storing absorption/scattering coefficients of each primary color ink; sections for: selecting a spot color ink as a combination of primary color inks that reproduce a colorimetric value of a color sample, reading absorption and scattering coefficients of the primary color inks of a reference spot color from the database, obtaining absorption and scattering coefficients of the spot color ink of a specified formulation ratio, and calculating a spectral reflectance of the spot color ink to be reproduced; obtaining a reproduced color from the spectral reflectance; obtaining a difference from the colorimetric value of the color sample and correcting the formulation ratio to calculate a formulation ratio with an allowable difference; and calculating a Neugebauer primary color of overprinted spot color inks from the absorption and scattering coefficients of the spot color inks calculated at formulation ratios determined by the formulation ratio determination section. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334265 | PRINT SYSTEM, CONTROLLER, PRINTER, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A print system includes a controller and a printer. The controller transmits image data of an image in which pixels are arranged in a main scanning direction and a subscanning direction, and transmits subscanning-direction line information which is information about a predetermined subscanning-direction line. The printer expands the image data transmitted from the controller into print data for printing, and extracts extraction information in the subscanning direction from the print data so as to compare the subscanning-direction line information with the extraction information. The extraction information corresponds to the transmitted subscanning-direction line information. | 11-19-2015 |
20150339552 | INK SET OPTIMIZATION - A method of selecting optimal inks from a plurality of ink candidates for a given color is provided, said method including a) obtaining a measure of spectral reflectance of a print substrate; b) obtaining a measure of the spectral reflectance of a first candidate ink of a first color; c) predicting a color gamut for the first candidate ink based on the spectral reflectance of the ink and the spectral reflectance of the substrate; d) repeating steps b) and e) for a second ink candidate of the first color; e) selecting the ink candidate for which the predicted color gamut includes the most target spot colors as the optimal ink for the first color. | 11-26-2015 |
20150339555 | IMAGE INTERPOLATING UNIT, RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING IMAGE INTERPOLATING PROGRAM, AND IMAGE READING APPARATUS - Provided is an image interpolating unit including: a first interpolation pixel generator that generates a first pixel value; a second interpolation pixel generator that detects, based on a total of differences between pixel values in a pixel group centered around a lost pixel and pixel values in pixel groups centered around a single pixel around the lost pixel, reference pixels of the lost pixel, and generate, based on the reference pixels, a second pixel value on the lost pixel; a reference pixel edge amount calculator; and an interpolator that inserts, as an interpolation pixel value, one of the first and the second pixel values into a position corresponding to the lost pixel, based on edge amounts of the reference pixels and a total of differences between pixel values in a pixel group centered around the reference pixels and the pixel values in the pixel group centered around the lost pixel. | 11-26-2015 |
20150339557 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS THAT PERFORMS COLOR MISREGISTRATION CORRECTION CONTROL CAUSED BY INCLINATION OF TRANSFER MEMBER - An image forming apparatus includes: a transfer member that is driven to be rotated; an image forming unit configured to form an image on the transfer member; a detection unit configured to detect inclination of the transfer member relative to a rotation direction of the transfer member; and a control unit configured to perform correction control of color misregistration caused by the inclination of the transfer member when an image is formed by the image forming unit, based on the inclination of the transfer member. The control unit is further configured not to perform the correction control when a monochrome image is formed. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341527 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CLOSED-LOOP COLOR CORRECTION BASED ON A MULTIDIMENSIONAL TABLE - The present invention relates to a method and system for closed-loop color correction based on a multidimensional table, and belongs to printing device correction methods in the field of image hardcopy. The method comprises a step of performing loop color correction for color conversion based on a multidimensional look-up table, wherein a mapping relationship is established between a set of input dots and a set of output dots using a multidimensional look-up table in the color conversion. With the method and system of this invention, for different combinations of papers, printing inks and devices, a color conversion may be corrected to a more accurate extent, getting a chromatic aberration and a visual appearance closer to that of a target color, so as to achieve the purpose of color consistency management. | 11-26-2015 |
20150347879 | PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - According to a print control apparatus and a method of controlling the same of the present invention, when the printing apparatus is in a power saving state, when an instruction for registering in the printing apparatus sheet information stored in a storage unit in association with a sheet feeder of the printing apparatus is received, the sheet information is registered in a list, and when the printing apparatus returns from the power saving state, control is performed so that sheet information registered in the list is transmitted to the printing apparatus. | 12-03-2015 |
20150356381 | COLOR PREDICTION FOR COLOR PRINTING - Color prediction for color printing is performed in response to loading media into a printer and initiation of a calibration sequence, using one or more sensors to measure physical properties of the media. Based at least upon the measured physical properties, an optimal preset is identified in a database and the optimal preset is loaded into the printer as a starting calibration. A difference from values in the optimal preset loaded into the printer and those of the measured physical properties is determined and the printer prints a chart. The sensors measure the chart and the measurements of the chart are used to fine tune the optimal preset. The fine tuned preset is then saved as a new media profile. | 12-10-2015 |
20150356387 | PROFILE CREATION METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORED WITH PROFILE CREATION PROGRAM - The profile creation method creates a color conversion profile for a printer by causing the printer to output a color chart including patch images having colors corresponding to combinations of values of a plurality of basic colors. The method includes acquiring colorimetric values of the patch images included in the color chart output from the printer; creating a color conversion profile from the acquired colorimetric values by using a calculation formula according to a degree of variation in a color of each patch image obtained from data of colorimetric values accumulated regarding the each patch image; and when the data of the colorimetric values increases by a predetermined amount, creating a new color conversion profile from the acquired colorimetric values by using a calculation formula according to the degree of the variation obtained from the data after the increase. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358506 | PROFILE CREATION METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORED WITH PROFILE CREATION PROGRAM - The profile creation method creates a color conversion profile for a printer by causing the printer to output a color chart including patch images having colors corresponding to combinations of values of a plurality of basic colors. The method includes extracting a pair of grid points adjacent to each other from among grid points of a lookup table indicating a correspondence relationship between the values of the colors of the patch images and colorimetric values of the patch images, and performing an interpolation process according to a degree of color variation in two patch images corresponding to the pair of grid points obtained from data of colorimetric values accumulated regarding the two patch images to obtain a grid point for interpolation between the pair of grid points. | 12-10-2015 |
20150365565 | TO GENERATE A PRINT SPECIFICATION COLOR SEPARATION LOOK-UP TABLE - In a method to generate a print specification color separation look-up table, a device color space is sampled to provide at least one sampled value. The sampled value is transformed to a device independent color space. The transformed sampled value is gamut mapped using a source color gamut and a color separation color gamut to provide a color separation value. The gamut mapping is performed in an expansion mode and a compression mode. | 12-17-2015 |
20150371119 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, METHOD OF CORRECTING IMAGE MAGNIFICATION, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes: an expansion/contraction ratio calculation unit that calculates a value of a ratio of expansion or contraction of a printing medium at a time of printing a second surface as compared with a time of printing a first surface; a storage control unit that causes an NVRAM to hold the calculated value of the ratio of expansion or contraction; and a magnification correcting unit that corrects magnification of an image on the second surface using a newly calculated value of the ratio when a difference between the newly calculated value and a value that has been held by the NVRAM until the new value is calculated is within a predetermined range, and corrects the magnification of the image on the second surface using a value closer to 0 than the newly calculated value when the difference exceeds the predetermined range. | 12-24-2015 |
20150371121 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - In image forming apparatus includes a binarization unit, a line thinning unit, and an output unit. The binarization unit binarizes each pixel of image data. The line thinning unit performs line thinning on pixels that are line thinning targets. The output unit outputs pixels that have been subjected to the line thinning by the line thinning unit. | 12-24-2015 |
20150371124 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus, which generates data for reproducing a color of a dot image formed by a printer using a first color material, in an image forming apparatus, includes a grayscale data generation unit that generates input grayscale data in which a grayscale value corresponding to a dot area ratio is stored in a peripheral part of a dot, and a grayscale value corresponding to a color of a dot portion of the dot image is stored in a core part surrounded by the peripheral part, on the basis of dot data indicating the dot image, and a color conversion unit that converts the input grayscale data into output grayscale data indicating a usage amount of a second color material used in the image forming apparatus. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373229 | PRINTER APPARATUS AND METHOD - A printer apparatus comprises one or more ports ( | 12-24-2015 |
20160019445 | DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE RECORDING SYSTEM, DATA PROCESSING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A black figure specification part of a data processing apparatus specifies a black figure from among a plurality of figures in original image data that represents each figure in a vector format. When the overprint attribute of the black figure is ON, a data processing part adds a new black figure whose overprint attribute is OFF and that indicates a figure central portion of the black figure excluding an outer edge portion of a predetermined width from the edge, to the original image data. When the black figure overlaps with another figure that includes a color other than black, the density of the other color in the area where the figure central portion and the other figure overlap each other is zero in raster data for image recording. This increases the darkness of color of the black figure and reduces the appearance of white streaks around the black figure. | 01-21-2016 |
20160019447 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus include an acquisition unit and a recording unit. The acquisition unit acquires, for each page, image data including a color value for each of plural pixels and information that indicates a type of an object for each of the pixels. The recording unit records a number of pages including plural pixels, a difference between the color values of which is less than a first threshold determined in advance and the types of the objects of which are different from each other. | 01-21-2016 |
20160026419 | IMAGE DATA GENERATION - A method of generating data associated with printing an image. The method comprises receiving data defining an image design specification, generating a plurality of options for printing an image based upon the image design specification, 5 displaying data based upon the plurality of options to a user, receiving selection of one of the options from the user, and generating the data associated with printing an image based upon the selected option. | 01-28-2016 |
20160026902 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - An information processing apparatus includes a first acquiring unit, an identifying unit, and a transmitting unit. The first acquiring unit acquires image data including color values each of which denotes a corresponding one of multiple pixels in one or multiple pages. The identifying unit identifies, from the color values, color regions to which pixels constituting at least part of the multiple pixels belong in a predetermined color model. The transmitting unit transmits the number of pages in which the color regions identified by the identifying unit correspond to a predetermined color region combination. | 01-28-2016 |
20160034795 | COLOR MAPPING - A method for generating a color mapping for a printing apparatus is described. The printing apparatus includes a plurality of colorants including a first colorant configured to reflect radiation having a first set of wavelengths and a second colorant configured to absorb radiation having a second set of wavelengths and emit radiation having a third set of wavelengths. The method includes obtaining spectral characteristics for the plurality of colorants, computing a gamut of colors available to the printing apparatus and determining a color mapping from an input color space to an output color space. | 02-04-2016 |
20160034797 | IMAGE-PROCESSING DEVICE DETERMINING DOT FORMATION STATE OF TARGET PIXEL BY USING GRADATION VALUE OF TARGET PIXEL - In an image-processing device, the controller determines a dot formation state of a target pixel in an image. The determination is performed alternately with a forward process and a reverse process while sequentially selecting each of pixel lines in an order progressing in a first direction. A second pixel density of a second image of a second color is smaller than a first pixel density of a first image of a first color. In the determination, each of the line processes is one of at least two of a first type line process, a second type line process, a third type line process, and a fourth type line process. Line processes are performed for a first unit area in a first pattern. Line processes are performed for a second unit area in a second pattern different from the first pattern. | 02-04-2016 |
20160041796 | PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A print control apparatus connectable to an image forming apparatus, an image forming apparatus, a print control method, an image forming method, and a non-transitory computer-readable medium are provided. The print control apparatus includes a manipulation inputter configured to receive a command to print a document, a controller configured to calculate a toner amount for each of a plurality of print saving modes applicable to the document, and determine a print saving mode to be applied to the document based on the calculated toner amount, a printer driver configured to generate print data on the document according to the determined print saving mode, and a communication interface configured to transmit the generated print data to the image forming apparatus. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044201 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT METHOD - A maximum resource use amount for use by an application is acquired for each application, the acquired maximum resource use amount and a resource amount used by the applications are stored for each application, and when an application calls a resource use API in order to acquire or release a resource, it is determined, based on the upper limit of the used resource amount and the used resource amount, whether or not to generate the resource, and, if it is determined to generate the resource, the resource is generated and the used resource amount is updated. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044209 | PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORING COLOR CALIBRATION CONTROL PROGRAM - Provided are a print control apparatus and a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing a color calibration control program. A print control apparatus includes an information storage processing section which stores measured color values into a database which stores history information of color measurement, where the measured color values are obtained by measuring colors in a color chart by using a printing device. The print control apparatus further includes a color defining section which defines a specific color by referring to the database, and a color calibration controlling section which, while the printing device is processing a print job, causes the printing device to measure the specific color, determines whether to calibrate the printing device on the basis of a change with time in the measured color value of the specific color, and calibrates the printing device according to the determination result. | 02-11-2016 |
20160048746 | COLOR MANAGED PRINTING SYSTEM - A system and method for color management of a color printer for correcting color drift using a single unified calibration tone reproduction curve (TRC). The unified calibration TRC may be applied to destination profiles for all halftones during printing. When printer drift occurs, only the unified calibration TRC is recalibrated to create a new unified calibration TRC which is subsequently applied to the destination profiles for all color halftones during printing to correct the color output of the color printer. | 02-18-2016 |
20160048747 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM - An extractor extracts a gloss control value unused in first gloss control plane data. A conversion table generator generates a conversion table defining a special color density value corresponding to the extracted gloss control value. A second surface effect conversion table generator generates a second surface effect conversion table obtained by registering, in the first surface effect conversion table, definition information for the special color image specified by the special color density value in the conversion table in association with the gloss control values in the conversion table. A second gloss control plane data generator generates second gloss control plane data in which the special color density value in the clear plane data is converted into the corresponding gloss control value in the conversion table. A clear toner plane generator generates the clear toner plane data based on the second surface effect conversion table and third gloss control plane data. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050331 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a receiving unit configured to receive a request from an information processing apparatus capable of communicating with the image processing apparatus via a network, a determination unit configured to, based on authority information about user's authority included in the request received by the receiving unit and setting item information for identifying a setting item included in the request, determine whether a user has a write authority on the setting item, and a control unit configured to, in a case where the determination unit determines that the user has the write authority on the setting item, control whether to permit a change of a setting value of the setting item, based on a setting value of security policy information associated with the setting item. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050339 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - An image forming apparatus can reduce degradation of the line quality in an output image by a simple method while maintaining the stability of the density characteristics of the output image, and a control method therefor. To accomplish this, in accordance with the amount of change, from a reference density value, of a density value measured from a test pattern image formed on a photosensitive drum, the image forming apparatus according to the invention creates LUT | 02-18-2016 |
20160065771 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL PROGRAM AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus according to an embodiment includes a decoloring unit for performing decoloring processing on an image formed on a sheet using decolorable material. An image forming unit forms an image on the sheet using decolorable material. A reuse tray receives a sheet provided by a user. A processor determines whether a sheet is provided on the reuse tray based on the signal from the sensor. When it is determined that a sheet is provided on the reuse tray, the decoloring unit performs the decoloring processing on the sheet, and the image forming unit forms an image on the sheet that was subject to the decoloring processing. When the image forming unit forms an image on the sheet that was subject to decoloring processing, a rewards account of the user is updated. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065790 | PRINTING CONTROL DEVICE AND PRINTING CONTROL METHOD - A printing control device performs control to convert an input image with reference to a color conversion table that specifies a correspondence relationship between an input coordinate value and an amount of printing coloring material used, and to print an output image after the conversion. The printing control device includes a list printing control unit which performs control to print a list of images based on the input image for adjusting the color conversion table with reference to a list printing color conversion table that has a structure different from the color conversion table. | 03-03-2016 |
20160072983 | PRINTER CALIBRATION USING LIMITED RANGE REFLECTION SCANNERS AS INPUT SOURCES - A method of calibrating a printer using a reflective scanner is disclosed. Because the reflective scanner used for calibration may only be able to accurately measure a limited density range that is less than the full density range of the printer, some information from the reflective scanner is disregarded or deemphasized during the calibration process. A calibration page is printed and scanned. Lookup tables (LUTs) that comprise the printer calibration values are updated based on adjustments calculated from the scanner for density regions where the scanner produces relatively accurate measurements, but updated based on the preexisting settings for density regions where the scanner produces relatively inaccurate measurements. In transitions regions between accurate and inaccurate regions, the LUTs are adjusted based on a combination of measurements from the scanner and the preexisting settings. | 03-10-2016 |
20160077779 | HOST DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING PRINT DATA TO PRINTER AND METHOD OF RENDERING PRINT DATA VIA HOST DEVICE - A host device for transmitting print data to a printer is configured to generate bitmap image data by using the print data, to extract object attribute information from objects forming the print data, to convert the generated bitmap image data and the extracted object attribute information into a format of a printer command which is capable of being processed by the printer, and to transmit the converted bitmap image data and the converted object attribute information to the printer. | 03-17-2016 |
20160077780 | IN-PROCESS COLOR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DIGITAL COLOR PRINTING - In-process color management system and method for digital color printing are disclosed. An example method includes generating a color target during a production run of a printing operation; measuring first color space values of the color target; in response to measuring the first color space values, comparing the first measured color space values to reference color space values to identify a difference between the first measured color space values and the reference color space values; comparing the difference to a threshold range; and in response to the difference being outside of the threshold range, adjusting color values during the production run to enable a difference between second measured color space values and the reference color values to be within the threshold range. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080607 | PRINTED COLOR PREDICTION METHOD AND DEVICE, PROFILE GENERATION METHOD AND DEVICE, COLOR CONVERSION METHOD AND DEVICE, AND COLOR CONVERSION SYSTEM - A printed color prediction method includes: a step of acquiring the spectral reflectance in a protective film non-coating region of a printed matter that the protective film does not coat; a step of estimating the optical physical property value of the protective film; a step of acquiring the spectral distribution of an observation light source; a step of estimating the color change property due to the interaction between the printed matter as a base matter and the protective film; and a step of predicting the colorimetric value of a protective film-attached printed matter, based on the acquired spectral reflectance of the printed matter, the optical physical property value of the protective film, the spectral distribution of the observation light source and the color change property due to the interaction. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080609 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, PRINTING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM - The information processing system includes an accumulation unit for accumulating a print result as result data, an input acceptance unit for accepting input of color standard information indicating a standard of a print color and paper property information indicating a property of a print paper, an acquisition unit for acquiring print property information indicating a property of a printing apparatus that performs printing on the print paper, a determination unit for referring the color standard information and the paper property information, which have been input to the input acceptance unit, and the print property information, which has been acquired in the acquisition unit, to the result data of the accumulation unit, and determining whether printing complying with a standard based on the color standard information is possible in the printing apparatus, and a notification unit for notifying a determination result thereof. | 03-17-2016 |
20160086064 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes: an image forming machine that forms an image on a recording material; and an image processing unit that sets different addition/subtraction amounts for thickness of lines constituting bold characters and thickness of lines constituting non-bold characters in changing thickness of lines constituting each character in case where image information for formation of an image by the image forming machine includes bold character information and non-bold character information. | 03-24-2016 |
20160086067 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - There is provided an image processing apparatus capable of favorably reproducing a metallic texture on a recording medium. The image processing apparatus includes an input unit configured to receive color information included in image data, a conversion unit configured to convert the color information into color material amount data of a chromatic color material, and a determination unit configured to make a determination on color material amount data of an achromatic color material to be formed on top of the chromatic color material on a recording medium so as to cause a hue of diffused light and a hue of specular reflection light of an image, which is formed of a chromatic color material corresponding to the converted color material amount data of the chromatic color material, formed on the recording medium to coincide with each other. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088192 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, DECOLORING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - In one embodiment, an image forming apparatus forms an image on a recording medium using a plurality of decolorable coloring materials having different decoloring conditions. Further, the image forming apparatus forms a mark relating to authority information indicating authority capable of decoloring one of the plurality of decolorable coloring materials for each of the decolorable coloring materials on the recording medium. Further, in another embodiment, a decoloring apparatus grasps the authority information, and decolors the image of the decolorable coloring material, in accordance with the grasped authority information. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088196 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE AND METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An information processing device includes a processing part, a controlling part, and a providing part. The processing part executes a process. The controlling part controls the processing part to execute the process when the process corresponding to an operation on an operating image is requested from a display device that temporarily stores and displays an externally provided operating image. The providing part provides a first operating image to be displayed by the display device to the display device, and provides, to the display device in advance, a second operating image displayed when the first operating image is operated, within a range not exceeding a quantity predetermined as an upper limit. | 03-24-2016 |
20160094758 | Color Conversion Apparatus, Recording Medium, and Color Conversion Method for Accurately Representing Print Color Using Display Color - A color conversion apparatus includes an independent color value converting circuit and a display color value converting circuit. The independent color value converting circuit converts the image color value into an independent color value independent from a device. The display color value converting circuit converts the independent color value converted by the independent color value converting circuit into the display color value. The independent color value converting circuit converts the image color value into the independent color value indicative of the print color by the print device corresponding to the print color value converted from the image color value. The display color value converting circuit converts the independent color value into the display color value based on display-device-property information indicative of a correspondence relationship between the display color value and the independent color value indicative of the display color by the display device corresponding to the display color value. | 03-31-2016 |
20160100080 | IMAGE DATA CLUSTERING AND COLOR CONVERSION - Methods and systems herein provide for color conversion of image data to another color space. Such color conversion includes converting image data to a color space by identifying color regions in the image data. One color conversion system herein includes a color region identifier operable to select color values in the image data, determine numerical centers of the selected color values, and generate color regions, or color value “clusters”, based on the selected color values and the numerical centers. The color conversion system also includes an optimization module operable to refine the numerical center of each color region, determine a boundary for each color region based on the refined center, and remove a portion of the color cluster centers to optimize a number of the color regions for color conversion processing. | 04-07-2016 |
20160105589 | A METHOD OF PREPARING THE RENDERING WITH A COLOR OUTPUT DEVICE OF AT LEAST ONE OBJECT - A method of preparing the rendering with a color output device of at least one object, the method comprising—computing a first output color profile of a first color model, said profile mimicking, for the human eye, a second output color profile of a second color model, said first output color profile being used in a description of said at least one object in a page description language, and the second output color profile being the output device profile,—and converting colors of pixels of the representation of the at least one object obtained by application of a rendering engine to said description, from the first output color profile to the second output color profile. | 04-14-2016 |
20160112580 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes an image bearer to bear a black toner pattern formed with a black toner image under an increased exposure amount and an increased developing bias. A first optical sensor detects an amount of reflection light reflected by the black toner pattern on the image bearer. The first optical sensor includes a light-emitting element to emit light toward the black toner pattern on the image bearer and a light-receiving element to receive the reflection light reflected by the black toner pattern on the image bearer. A toner adhesion amount converter converts the amount of the reflection light detected by the first optical sensor into a toner adhesion amount of toner adhered to the image bearer and adjusts an image density according to the toner adhesion amount. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112606 | PRINTER CARTRIDGE AND MEMORY DEVICE CONTAINING A COMPRESSED COLOR TABLE - A printer cartridge includes a memory device and at least one compressed color table stored on the memory device. A compressed color table includes a losslessly compressed neutral axis, a number of nodes that correspond to seed color table nodes and a number of delta nodes that correspond to a number of delta tables. The number of delta tables indicate differences between interpolated color table nodes and corresponding actual color table nodes. | 04-21-2016 |
20160134782 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - An information processing apparatus includes a data analysis unit analyzing an overlap region where an image printed by a first image forming apparatus and an image printed by a second image forming apparatus overlap each other, first and second color patch generation units generating first and second color patches corresponding to colors of the overlap region, an adjustment unit adjusting color information with which an image is printed on a printed matter, based on a result of measurement of a color patch measured by a measurement unit, and an instruction output unit instructing the image forming apparatus to print the image based on the adjusted color information. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134783 | LAB VALUE CONVERSION BASED ON PRIVATE TAG - Lab value conversion based on a provide tag is disclosed. A determination may be made that spot processing is enabled. A profile may be accessed based on the determination that spot processing is enabled. A private tag may be identified in the profile. Lab values may be converted based on the identified private tag. A private tag may also be selected by the user based on the attribute mapping. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134784 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING CROSS-SECTION OF COLOR GAMUT, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - This is a method for obtaining a cross-section of a color gamut of an image forming apparatus by slicing the color gamut along a plane. This method includes the steps of obtaining gamut boundary line segments, obtaining cross-section boundary line segments, and obtaining endpoints. The gamut boundary line-segment obtaining step is to obtain gamut boundary line segments serving as baseline segments of a boundary of the color gamut. The cross-section boundary line-segment obtaining step is to obtain cross-section boundary line segments serving as baseline segments of a boundary of the cross-section. The endpoints obtained in the endpoint obtaining step are points of intersection of the gamut boundary line segments and the plane. The cross-section boundary line segments obtained in the cross-section boundary line-segment obtaining step are line segments making up a route that is the shortest route passing through all the endpoints only once. | 05-12-2016 |
20160142589 | Color-Measuring Apparatus, Print Control Apparatus, And Print Control Method - A color-measuring apparatus includes an imaging unit that images a test pattern and obtains image information of the test pattern, a reference color-measuring unit that color-measures the test pattern and obtains a reference color measurement value of the test pattern, and an amending unit that obtains the color measured result of the test pattern in a narrow range in at least one direction in comparison with a measuring range for obtaining the reference color measurement value by the reference color-measuring unit based on at least the image information and the reference color measurement value. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142590 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus includes a control unit configured to control execution of monochromatic calibration and multi-color calibration, and a registration unit configured to register paper types of paper to be used at time of execution of the monochromatic calibration, a monochromatic target value set for each of the paper types used for the monochromatic calibration, paper types of paper to be used at time of execution of multi-color calibration, and a multi-color target value set for each of the paper types used for the multi-color calibration. The image processing apparatus executes the multi-color calibration, after executing the monochromatic calibration, via the control unit by using paper of a paper type selected from common paper types out of the registered paper types and the monochromatic target value and the multi-color target value set for the selected paper type. | 05-19-2016 |
20160147487 | IMAGE PROCESSOR THAT GENERATES IMAGE DATA USED IN PRINTING - In an image processor, a controller is configured to perform: acquiring target image data representing a target image including a first object and a second object; selecting one of a first printing quality and a second printing quality, printing the target image with the second printing quality consuming more colorant than printing the target image with the first printing quality; setting, in a case where the second printing quality is selected, a first scale factor indicating a ratio of a size of a reduced first object to a first object size and a second scale factor indicating a ratio of a size of a reduced second object and a second object size; generating processed image data representing a processed image including the size-reduced first object and the size-reduced second object; and controlling a print executing unit to print the processed image according to the processed image data. | 05-26-2016 |
20160154614 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM WITH DECOLORABLE PRINTING AND NON-DECOLORABLE PRINTING | 06-02-2016 |
20160156810 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, METHOD OF CALIBRATING IMAGE DETECTION UNIT, AND POST-PROCESSING APPARATUS | 06-02-2016 |
20160156811 | COLOR ADJUSTMENT METHOD | 06-02-2016 |
20160156813 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS THAT ENSURES MONOCHROME OUTPUT ON COLOR DOCUMENT INCLUDING FLUORESCENT COLOR WHILE MAINTAINING READING OPERATION SPEED AND IMAGE PROCESSING SPEED, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM | 06-02-2016 |
20160162763 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, PRINTING DEVICE, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing device that changes the output format of the generated printout can dynamically change the output format of the printout using print data from an existing system. An image processing device that executes a process to change the output format of a printout has an output format selector that selects a template determining the format of the printout based on information contained in the print data for the printout, and a print data generator that changes the print data according to the selected template. | 06-09-2016 |
20160162764 | PRINT CONTROL SYSTEM AND PRINT CONTROL METHOD - A print control system | 06-09-2016 |
20160165097 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An acquisition unit acquires information in terms of a type of a device to be used. A storage unit stores a plurality of ICC profiles corresponding to respective devices. A generation unit generates a list of descriptions of usable ICC profiles. A determination unit determines whether the generated list includes a description of an ICC profile including the information unit in terms of the type of the device to be used. In a case where the determination made by the determination unit is affirmative, a change unit changes the description of determined ICC profile to a description including the information in terms of a device model name of the device to be used. A providing unit provides the list generated by the generation unit or the list changed by the change unit to a user. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165099 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TUNING DEVICE LINK PROFILES FOR COLOR PRINTING - System and method for tuning device link profiles for color printing are disclosed. An example apparatus includes a printer to print a color target on a substrate during a production run of a printing operation; a color measurement device to measure first color space values of the color target; and a processor to: compare the first measured color space values to reference color space values to identify a difference between the first measured color space values and the reference color space values; compare the difference to a tolerance range; in response to the difference being outside of the tolerance range, generate a second device profile to enable a difference between second measured color space values and the reference color values to be within the tolerance range; calibrate the printer based on the second device profile; and continue the printing operation using the second device profile. | 06-09-2016 |
20160173722 | METHOD FOR CORRECTING SHADING AND SCANNER DEVICE | 06-16-2016 |
20160173733 | DECOLORING APPARATUS | 06-16-2016 |
20160182764 | Print Data Generation Device and Printer | 06-23-2016 |
20160182765 | COLOR MEASUREMENT APPARATUS AND PRINTING APPARATUS | 06-23-2016 |
20160182766 | PRINTING APPARATUS | 06-23-2016 |
20160189014 | CAPTURING IMAGE DATA OF PRINTER OUTPUT - An apparatus and method for use in capturing image data of an output of a printing device during a print run, the method comprising capturing a first portion of image data of a first spread, capturing a second portion of image data of a second spread, wherein the location of the second portion of image data on the second spread is different from the location of the first portion of image data on the first spread, and combining the first portion with the second portion to generate oversampled image data. | 06-30-2016 |
20160202937 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD | 07-14-2016 |
20160203392 | HYBRID DRAFT MODE PRINTING | 07-14-2016 |
20160205287 | COLOR MEASURING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS | 07-14-2016 |
20160379095 | SPECTROMETRY DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING DEVICE, AND SPECTROMETRY METHOD - A printer includes a spectroscope that has a variable wavelength interference filter which incidents light from a measurement region, and a light receiving section which receives light from the variable wavelength interference filter and which outputs a detection signal according to an amount of received light, a carriage moving unit which relatively moves the spectroscope along one direction with respect to a measurement target of spectrometry and moves the measurement region with respect to the measurement target, and a timing detection circuit which has a differential circuit that differentiates the detection signal and outputs a differentiation signal, wherein in a case where the measurement target is a color patch, spectrometry in which the amount of received light is detected starts based on the differential signal. | 12-29-2016 |
20160379099 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - Provided is an image forming apparatus including an image forming section that periodically forms a color calibration image which is used for color adjustment along with an image on a recording material, a color information obtaining section that periodically obtains color information of the color calibration image which is formed on the recording material before color adjustment which is periodically performed, and a color adjusting section that, based on plural pieces of the color information that is obtained by the color information obtaining section, performs color adjustment on an image formed by the image forming section such that a difference between a color of an image which is supposed to be output and a color of an image which is output is reduced by a next color adjustment. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381247 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing device includes a first and a second image processing module including an image processing unit, and a connection module that is connected to the first and second image processing modules, and moves an image data from one image processing module to the other image processing module. At least one of the image processing modules includes a weighted average processing unit that calculates, based on a weighting coefficient included in an attribute value, a weighted average of a pixel value of the input image data and a image processed pixel value, and an output unit which outputs at least one of the image processed pixel value and the weighted-averaged pixel value. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381248 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS UPDATING GAMMA CORRECTION TABLE TO THEREBY EXECUTE CALIBRATION AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes: a printing device, a detection device, a processor, and a storage device. The printing device prints, with concentration corresponding to each input value, an image on a recording medium for the each input value. The detection device detects a concentration value of the each image. The storage device stores each variation information previously set for the each input value. The each variation information indicates a specific concentration value and a range of variation from the specific concentration value. The processor converts, of the concentration values detected by the detection device, the concentration value included in the corresponding variation range into the corresponding specific concentration value. The processor, based on the each concentration value obtained through the conversion process, generates a new gamma correction table. | 12-29-2016 |
20170235528 | ADAPTIVE SELECTION OF RENDERING INTENT FOR NEGATIVE TEXT EMBEDDED WITH IMAGE OBJECTS | 08-17-2017 |
20170236041 | Halftone Calibration Mechanism | 08-17-2017 |
20180025258 | PRINT DATA PROCESSING METHOD AND PRINT DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS | 01-25-2018 |
20190146730 | Printer and Medium | 05-16-2019 |
20190146737 | WEB SERVICE FOR PRINTER COLOUR MATCHING | 05-16-2019 |
20190149698 | PRINTER CALIBRATION WITH SELECTED COLORS | 05-16-2019 |
20190149699 | PRINTING SYSTEM CALIBRATION | 05-16-2019 |
20220138515 | Image Data Mapping - Image data mapping is described in which a patch image with patch image parameters including a patch image identifier relating to the patch image is generated; the production of the patch image on a recorded medium in a first printing environment is initiated; the produced patch image with the patch image parameters to determine patch image data of the produced patch image is analysed; and the patch image data is mapped to the patch image identifier to generate an information resource. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141355 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD - An image forming apparatus including an image forming unit is provided. The apparatus determines a color of a tone patch for tone correction, to be composited with an image, in accordance with a color component used in the image; generates a patch-included image by compositing the tone patch of the color determined with the image; generates a corrected image by performing tone correction on the patch-included image on the basis of tone correction information for each color component; performs color measurement of the tone patch formed on the medium on which the corrected image has been formed, and updates the tone correction information on the basis of a value measured. | 05-05-2022 |